]> code.delx.au - gnu-emacs/blob - lisp/ldefs-boot.el
Merge from emacs--devo--0
[gnu-emacs] / lisp / ldefs-boot.el
1 ;;; loaddefs.el --- automatically extracted autoloads
2 ;;
3 ;;; Code:
4 \f
5 ;;;### (autoloads (5x5-crack 5x5-crack-xor-mutate 5x5-crack-mutating-best
6 ;;;;;; 5x5-crack-mutating-current 5x5-crack-randomly 5x5) "5x5"
7 ;;;;;; "play/5x5.el" (17994 6715))
8 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/5x5.el
9
10 (autoload (quote 5x5) "5x5" "\
11 Play 5x5.
12
13 The object of 5x5 is very simple, by moving around the grid and flipping
14 squares you must fill the grid.
15
16 5x5 keyboard bindings are:
17 \\<5x5-mode-map>
18 Flip \\[5x5-flip-current]
19 Move up \\[5x5-up]
20 Move down \\[5x5-down]
21 Move left \\[5x5-left]
22 Move right \\[5x5-right]
23 Start new game \\[5x5-new-game]
24 New game with random grid \\[5x5-randomize]
25 Random cracker \\[5x5-crack-randomly]
26 Mutate current cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-current]
27 Mutate best cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-best]
28 Mutate xor cracker \\[5x5-crack-xor-mutate]
29 Quit current game \\[5x5-quit-game]
30
31 \(fn &optional SIZE)" t nil)
32
33 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-randomly) "5x5" "\
34 Attempt to crack 5x5 using random solutions.
35
36 \(fn)" t nil)
37
38 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-mutating-current) "5x5" "\
39 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the current solution.
40
41 \(fn)" t nil)
42
43 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-mutating-best) "5x5" "\
44 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the best solution.
45
46 \(fn)" t nil)
47
48 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-xor-mutate) "5x5" "\
49 Attempt to crack 5x5 by xoring the current and best solution.
50 Mutate the result.
51
52 \(fn)" t nil)
53
54 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack) "5x5" "\
55 Attempt to find a solution for 5x5.
56
57 5x5-crack takes the argument BREEDER which should be a function that takes
58 two parameters, the first will be a grid vector array that is the current
59 solution and the second will be the best solution so far. The function
60 should return a grid vector array that is the new solution.
61
62 \(fn BREEDER)" t nil)
63
64 ;;;***
65 \f
66 ;;;### (autoloads nil "abbrev" "abbrev.el" (17994 6715))
67 ;;; Generated autoloads from abbrev.el
68 (put 'abbrev-mode 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
69
70 ;;;***
71 \f
72 ;;;### (autoloads (list-one-abbrev-table) "abbrevlist" "abbrevlist.el"
73 ;;;;;; (17994 6715))
74 ;;; Generated autoloads from abbrevlist.el
75
76 (autoload (quote list-one-abbrev-table) "abbrevlist" "\
77 Display alphabetical listing of ABBREV-TABLE in buffer OUTPUT-BUFFER.
78
79 \(fn ABBREV-TABLE OUTPUT-BUFFER)" nil nil)
80
81 ;;;***
82 \f
83 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-mode ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "progmodes/ada-mode.el"
84 ;;;;;; (17994 6715))
85 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-mode.el
86
87 (autoload (quote ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "\
88 Define SPEC and BODY as being valid extensions for Ada files.
89 Going from body to spec with `ff-find-other-file' used these
90 extensions.
91 SPEC and BODY are two regular expressions that must match against
92 the file name.
93
94 \(fn SPEC BODY)" nil nil)
95
96 (autoload (quote ada-mode) "ada-mode" "\
97 Ada mode is the major mode for editing Ada code.
98
99 Bindings are as follows: (Note: 'LFD' is control-j.)
100 \\{ada-mode-map}
101
102 Indent line '\\[ada-tab]'
103 Indent line, insert newline and indent the new line. '\\[newline-and-indent]'
104
105 Re-format the parameter-list point is in '\\[ada-format-paramlist]'
106 Indent all lines in region '\\[ada-indent-region]'
107
108 Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in region '\\[ada-adjust-case-region]'
109 Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in buffer '\\[ada-adjust-case-buffer]'
110
111 Fill comment paragraph, justify and append postfix '\\[fill-paragraph]'
112
113 Next func/proc/task '\\[ada-next-procedure]' Previous func/proc/task '\\[ada-previous-procedure]'
114 Next package '\\[ada-next-package]' Previous package '\\[ada-previous-package]'
115
116 Goto matching start of current 'end ...;' '\\[ada-move-to-start]'
117 Goto end of current block '\\[ada-move-to-end]'
118
119 Comments are handled using standard GNU Emacs conventions, including:
120 Start a comment '\\[indent-for-comment]'
121 Comment region '\\[comment-region]'
122 Uncomment region '\\[ada-uncomment-region]'
123 Continue comment on next line '\\[indent-new-comment-line]'
124
125 If you use imenu.el:
126 Display index-menu of functions and procedures '\\[imenu]'
127
128 If you use find-file.el:
129 Switch to other file (Body <-> Spec) '\\[ff-find-other-file]'
130 or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file]
131 Switch to other file in other window '\\[ada-ff-other-window]'
132 or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window]
133 If you use this function in a spec and no body is available, it gets created with body stubs.
134
135 If you use ada-xref.el:
136 Goto declaration: '\\[ada-point-and-xref]' on the identifier
137 or '\\[ada-goto-declaration]' with point on the identifier
138 Complete identifier: '\\[ada-complete-identifier]'.
139
140 \(fn)" t nil)
141
142 ;;;***
143 \f
144 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-header) "ada-stmt" "progmodes/ada-stmt.el"
145 ;;;;;; (17994 6715))
146 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-stmt.el
147
148 (autoload (quote ada-header) "ada-stmt" "\
149 Insert a descriptive header at the top of the file.
150
151 \(fn)" t nil)
152
153 ;;;***
154 \f
155 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-find-file) "ada-xref" "progmodes/ada-xref.el"
156 ;;;;;; (17994 6715))
157 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-xref.el
158
159 (autoload (quote ada-find-file) "ada-xref" "\
160 Open FILENAME, from anywhere in the source path.
161 Completion is available.
162
163 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
164
165 ;;;***
166 \f
167 ;;;### (autoloads (change-log-redate change-log-merge add-log-current-defun
168 ;;;;;; change-log-mode add-change-log-entry-other-window add-change-log-entry
169 ;;;;;; find-change-log prompt-for-change-log-name add-log-mailing-address
170 ;;;;;; add-log-full-name add-log-current-defun-function) "add-log"
171 ;;;;;; "add-log.el" (17994 6715))
172 ;;; Generated autoloads from add-log.el
173
174 (defvar add-log-current-defun-function nil "\
175 *If non-nil, function to guess name of surrounding function.
176 It is used by `add-log-current-defun' in preference to built-in rules.
177 Returns function's name as a string, or nil if outside a function.")
178
179 (custom-autoload (quote add-log-current-defun-function) "add-log" t)
180
181 (defvar add-log-full-name nil "\
182 *Full name of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
183 This defaults to the value returned by the function `user-full-name'.")
184
185 (custom-autoload (quote add-log-full-name) "add-log" t)
186
187 (defvar add-log-mailing-address nil "\
188 Email addresses of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog headers.
189 This defaults to the value of `user-mail-address'. In addition to
190 being a simple string, this value can also be a list. All elements
191 will be recognized as referring to the same user; when creating a new
192 ChangeLog entry, one element will be chosen at random.")
193
194 (custom-autoload (quote add-log-mailing-address) "add-log" t)
195
196 (autoload (quote prompt-for-change-log-name) "add-log" "\
197 Prompt for a change log name.
198
199 \(fn)" nil nil)
200
201 (autoload (quote find-change-log) "add-log" "\
202 Find a change log file for \\[add-change-log-entry] and return the name.
203
204 Optional arg FILE-NAME specifies the file to use.
205 If FILE-NAME is nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
206 If `change-log-default-name' is nil, behave as though it were 'ChangeLog'
207 \(or whatever we use on this operating system).
208
209 If `change-log-default-name' contains a leading directory component, then
210 simply find it in the current directory. Otherwise, search in the current
211 directory and its successive parents for a file so named.
212
213 Once a file is found, `change-log-default-name' is set locally in the
214 current buffer to the complete file name.
215 Optional arg BUFFER-FILE overrides `buffer-file-name'.
216
217 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME BUFFER-FILE)" nil nil)
218
219 (autoload (quote add-change-log-entry) "add-log" "\
220 Find change log file, and add an entry for today and an item for this file.
221 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
222 name and email (stored in `add-log-full-name' and `add-log-mailing-address').
223
224 Second arg FILE-NAME is file name of the change log.
225 If nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
226
227 Third arg OTHER-WINDOW non-nil means visit in other window.
228
229 Fourth arg NEW-ENTRY non-nil means always create a new entry at the front;
230 never append to an existing entry. Option `add-log-keep-changes-together'
231 otherwise affects whether a new entry is created.
232
233 Option `add-log-always-start-new-record' non-nil means always create a
234 new record, even when the last record was made on the same date and by
235 the same person.
236
237 The change log file can start with a copyright notice and a copying
238 permission notice. The first blank line indicates the end of these
239 notices.
240
241 Today's date is calculated according to `add-log-time-zone-rule' if
242 non-nil, otherwise in local time.
243
244 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME OTHER-WINDOW NEW-ENTRY)" t nil)
245
246 (autoload (quote add-change-log-entry-other-window) "add-log" "\
247 Find change log file in other window and add entry and item.
248 This is just like `add-change-log-entry' except that it displays
249 the change log file in another window.
250
251 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME)" t nil)
252 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "a" 'add-change-log-entry-other-window)
253
254 (autoload (quote change-log-mode) "add-log" "\
255 Major mode for editing change logs; like Indented Text Mode.
256 Prevents numeric backups and sets `left-margin' to 8 and `fill-column' to 74.
257 New log entries are usually made with \\[add-change-log-entry] or \\[add-change-log-entry-other-window].
258 Each entry behaves as a paragraph, and the entries for one day as a page.
259 Runs `change-log-mode-hook'.
260 \\{change-log-mode-map}
261
262 \(fn)" t nil)
263
264 (defvar add-log-lisp-like-modes (quote (emacs-lisp-mode lisp-mode scheme-mode dsssl-mode lisp-interaction-mode)) "\
265 *Modes that look like Lisp to `add-log-current-defun'.")
266
267 (defvar add-log-c-like-modes (quote (c-mode c++-mode c++-c-mode objc-mode)) "\
268 *Modes that look like C to `add-log-current-defun'.")
269
270 (defvar add-log-tex-like-modes (quote (TeX-mode plain-TeX-mode LaTeX-mode plain-tex-mode latex-mode)) "\
271 *Modes that look like TeX to `add-log-current-defun'.")
272
273 (autoload (quote add-log-current-defun) "add-log" "\
274 Return name of function definition point is in, or nil.
275
276 Understands C, Lisp, LaTeX (\"functions\" are chapters, sections, ...),
277 Texinfo (@node titles) and Perl.
278
279 Other modes are handled by a heuristic that looks in the 10K before
280 point for uppercase headings starting in the first column or
281 identifiers followed by `:' or `='. See variables
282 `add-log-current-defun-header-regexp' and
283 `add-log-current-defun-function'.
284
285 Has a preference of looking backwards.
286
287 \(fn)" nil nil)
288
289 (autoload (quote change-log-merge) "add-log" "\
290 Merge the contents of change log file OTHER-LOG with this buffer.
291 Both must be found in Change Log mode (since the merging depends on
292 the appropriate motion commands). OTHER-LOG can be either a file name
293 or a buffer.
294
295 Entries are inserted in chronological order. Both the current and
296 old-style time formats for entries are supported.
297
298 \(fn OTHER-LOG)" t nil)
299
300 (autoload (quote change-log-redate) "add-log" "\
301 Fix any old-style date entries in the current log file to default format.
302
303 \(fn)" t nil)
304
305 ;;;***
306 \f
307 ;;;### (autoloads (defadvice ad-activate ad-add-advice ad-disable-advice
308 ;;;;;; ad-enable-advice ad-default-compilation-action ad-redefinition-action)
309 ;;;;;; "advice" "emacs-lisp/advice.el" (17994 6740))
310 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/advice.el
311
312 (defvar ad-redefinition-action (quote warn) "\
313 *Defines what to do with redefinitions during Advice de/activation.
314 Redefinition occurs if a previously activated function that already has an
315 original definition associated with it gets redefined and then de/activated.
316 In such a case we can either accept the current definition as the new
317 original definition, discard the current definition and replace it with the
318 old original, or keep it and raise an error. The values `accept', `discard',
319 `error' or `warn' govern what will be done. `warn' is just like `accept' but
320 it additionally prints a warning message. All other values will be
321 interpreted as `error'.")
322
323 (custom-autoload (quote ad-redefinition-action) "advice" t)
324
325 (defvar ad-default-compilation-action (quote maybe) "\
326 *Defines whether to compile advised definitions during activation.
327 A value of `always' will result in unconditional compilation, `never' will
328 always avoid compilation, `maybe' will compile if the byte-compiler is already
329 loaded, and `like-original' will compile if the original definition of the
330 advised function is compiled or a built-in function. Every other value will
331 be interpreted as `maybe'. This variable will only be considered if the
332 COMPILE argument of `ad-activate' was supplied as nil.")
333
334 (custom-autoload (quote ad-default-compilation-action) "advice" t)
335
336 (autoload (quote ad-enable-advice) "advice" "\
337 Enables the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
338
339 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil)
340
341 (autoload (quote ad-disable-advice) "advice" "\
342 Disable the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
343
344 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil)
345
346 (autoload (quote ad-add-advice) "advice" "\
347 Add a piece of ADVICE to FUNCTION's list of advices in CLASS.
348 If FUNCTION already has one or more pieces of advice of the specified
349 CLASS then POSITION determines where the new piece will go. The value
350 of POSITION can either be `first', `last' or a number where 0 corresponds
351 to `first'. Numbers outside the range will be mapped to the closest
352 extreme position. If there was already a piece of ADVICE with the same
353 name, then the position argument will be ignored and the old advice
354 will be overwritten with the new one.
355 If the FUNCTION was not advised already, then its advice info will be
356 initialized. Redefining a piece of advice whose name is part of the cache-id
357 will clear the cache.
358
359 \(fn FUNCTION ADVICE CLASS POSITION)" nil nil)
360
361 (autoload (quote ad-activate) "advice" "\
362 Activate all the advice information of an advised FUNCTION.
363 If FUNCTION has a proper original definition then an advised
364 definition will be generated from FUNCTION's advice info and the
365 definition of FUNCTION will be replaced with it. If a previously
366 cached advised definition was available, it will be used.
367 The optional COMPILE argument determines whether the resulting function
368 or a compilable cached definition will be compiled. If it is negative
369 no compilation will be performed, if it is positive or otherwise non-nil
370 the resulting function will be compiled, if it is nil the behavior depends
371 on the value of `ad-default-compilation-action' (which see).
372 Activation of an advised function that has an advice info but no actual
373 pieces of advice is equivalent to a call to `ad-unadvise'. Activation of
374 an advised function that has actual pieces of advice but none of them are
375 enabled is equivalent to a call to `ad-deactivate'. The current advised
376 definition will always be cached for later usage.
377
378 \(fn FUNCTION &optional COMPILE)" t nil)
379
380 (autoload (quote defadvice) "advice" "\
381 Define a piece of advice for FUNCTION (a symbol).
382 The syntax of `defadvice' is as follows:
383
384 (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
385 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
386 BODY... )
387
388 FUNCTION ::= Name of the function to be advised.
389 CLASS ::= `before' | `around' | `after' | `activation' | `deactivation'.
390 NAME ::= Non-nil symbol that names this piece of advice.
391 POSITION ::= `first' | `last' | NUMBER. Optional, defaults to `first',
392 see also `ad-add-advice'.
393 ARGLIST ::= An optional argument list to be used for the advised function
394 instead of the argument list of the original. The first one found in
395 before/around/after-advices will be used.
396 FLAG ::= `protect'|`disable'|`activate'|`compile'|`preactivate'|`freeze'.
397 All flags can be specified with unambiguous initial substrings.
398 DOCSTRING ::= Optional documentation for this piece of advice.
399 INTERACTIVE-FORM ::= Optional interactive form to be used for the advised
400 function. The first one found in before/around/after-advices will be used.
401 BODY ::= Any s-expression.
402
403 Semantics of the various flags:
404 `protect': The piece of advice will be protected against non-local exits in
405 any code that precedes it. If any around-advice of a function is protected
406 then automatically all around-advices will be protected (the complete onion).
407
408 `activate': All advice of FUNCTION will be activated immediately if
409 FUNCTION has been properly defined prior to this application of `defadvice'.
410
411 `compile': In conjunction with `activate' specifies that the resulting
412 advised function should be compiled.
413
414 `disable': The defined advice will be disabled, hence, it will not be used
415 during activation until somebody enables it.
416
417 `preactivate': Preactivates the advised FUNCTION at macro-expansion/compile
418 time. This generates a compiled advised definition according to the current
419 advice state that will be used during activation if appropriate. Only use
420 this if the `defadvice' gets actually compiled.
421
422 `freeze': Expands the `defadvice' into a redefining `defun/defmacro' according
423 to this particular single advice. No other advice information will be saved.
424 Frozen advices cannot be undone, they behave like a hard redefinition of
425 the advised function. `freeze' implies `activate' and `preactivate'. The
426 documentation of the advised function can be dumped onto the `DOC' file
427 during preloading.
428
429 See Info node `(elisp)Advising Functions' for comprehensive documentation.
430
431 \(fn FUNCTION ARGS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
432
433 ;;;***
434 \f
435 ;;;### (autoloads (align-newline-and-indent align-unhighlight-rule
436 ;;;;;; align-highlight-rule align-current align-entire align-regexp
437 ;;;;;; align) "align" "align.el" (17994 6715))
438 ;;; Generated autoloads from align.el
439
440 (autoload (quote align) "align" "\
441 Attempt to align a region based on a set of alignment rules.
442 BEG and END mark the region. If BEG and END are specifically set to
443 nil (this can only be done programmatically), the beginning and end of
444 the current alignment section will be calculated based on the location
445 of point, and the value of `align-region-separate' (or possibly each
446 rule's `separate' attribute).
447
448 If SEPARATE is non-nil, it overrides the value of
449 `align-region-separate' for all rules, except those that have their
450 `separate' attribute set.
451
452 RULES and EXCLUDE-RULES, if either is non-nil, will replace the
453 default rule lists defined in `align-rules-list' and
454 `align-exclude-rules-list'. See `align-rules-list' for more details
455 on the format of these lists.
456
457 \(fn BEG END &optional SEPARATE RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
458
459 (autoload (quote align-regexp) "align" "\
460 Align the current region using an ad-hoc rule read from the minibuffer.
461 BEG and END mark the limits of the region. This function will prompt
462 for the REGEXP to align with. If no prefix arg was specified, you
463 only need to supply the characters to be lined up and any preceding
464 whitespace is replaced. If a prefix arg was specified, the full
465 regexp with parenthesized whitespace should be supplied; it will also
466 prompt for which parenthesis GROUP within REGEXP to modify, the amount
467 of SPACING to use, and whether or not to REPEAT the rule throughout
468 the line. See `align-rules-list' for more information about these
469 options.
470
471 For example, let's say you had a list of phone numbers, and wanted to
472 align them so that the opening parentheses would line up:
473
474 Fred (123) 456-7890
475 Alice (123) 456-7890
476 Mary-Anne (123) 456-7890
477 Joe (123) 456-7890
478
479 There is no predefined rule to handle this, but you could easily do it
480 using a REGEXP like \"(\". All you would have to do is to mark the
481 region, call `align-regexp' and type in that regular expression.
482
483 \(fn BEG END REGEXP &optional GROUP SPACING REPEAT)" t nil)
484
485 (autoload (quote align-entire) "align" "\
486 Align the selected region as if it were one alignment section.
487 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES
488 is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to
489 override the default alignment rules that would have been used to
490 align that section.
491
492 \(fn BEG END &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
493
494 (autoload (quote align-current) "align" "\
495 Call `align' on the current alignment section.
496 This function assumes you want to align only the current section, and
497 so saves you from having to specify the region. If RULES or
498 EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it
499 can be used to override the default alignment rules that would have
500 been used to align that section.
501
502 \(fn &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
503
504 (autoload (quote align-highlight-rule) "align" "\
505 Highlight the whitespace which a given rule would have modified.
506 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. TITLE identifies the rule
507 that should be highlighted. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a
508 list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to override the
509 default alignment rules that would have been used to identify the text
510 to be colored.
511
512 \(fn BEG END TITLE &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
513
514 (autoload (quote align-unhighlight-rule) "align" "\
515 Remove any highlighting that was added by `align-highlight-rule'.
516
517 \(fn)" t nil)
518
519 (autoload (quote align-newline-and-indent) "align" "\
520 A replacement function for `newline-and-indent', aligning as it goes.
521
522 \(fn)" t nil)
523
524 ;;;***
525 \f
526 ;;;### (autoloads (outlineify-sticky allout-mode) "allout" "allout.el"
527 ;;;;;; (17994 6715))
528 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout.el
529
530 (put (quote allout-show-bodies) (quote safe-local-variable) (if (fboundp (quote booleanp)) (quote booleanp) (quote (lambda (x) (member x (quote (t nil)))))))
531
532 (put (quote allout-header-prefix) (quote safe-local-variable) (quote stringp))
533
534 (put (quote allout-primary-bullet) (quote safe-local-variable) (quote stringp))
535
536 (put (quote allout-plain-bullets-string) (quote safe-local-variable) (quote stringp))
537
538 (put (quote allout-distinctive-bullets-string) (quote safe-local-variable) (quote stringp))
539
540 (put (quote allout-use-mode-specific-leader) (quote safe-local-variable) (quote (lambda (x) (or (memq x (quote (t nil allout-mode-leaders comment-start))) (stringp x)))))
541
542 (put (quote allout-old-style-prefixes) (quote safe-local-variable) (if (fboundp (quote booleanp)) (quote booleanp) (quote (lambda (x) (member x (quote (t nil)))))))
543
544 (put (quote allout-stylish-prefixes) (quote safe-local-variable) (if (fboundp (quote booleanp)) (quote booleanp) (quote (lambda (x) (member x (quote (t nil)))))))
545
546 (put (quote allout-numbered-bullet) (quote safe-local-variable) (if (fboundp (quote string-or-null-p)) (quote string-or-null-p) (quote (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x))))))
547
548 (put (quote allout-file-xref-bullet) (quote safe-local-variable) (if (fboundp (quote string-or-null-p)) (quote string-or-null-p) (quote (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x))))))
549
550 (put (quote allout-presentation-padding) (quote safe-local-variable) (quote integerp))
551
552 (put (quote allout-use-hanging-indents) (quote safe-local-variable) (if (fboundp (quote booleanp)) (quote booleanp) (quote (lambda (x) (member x (quote (t nil)))))))
553
554 (put (quote allout-reindent-bodies) (quote safe-local-variable) (quote (lambda (x) (memq x (quote (nil t text force))))))
555
556 (put (quote allout-layout) (quote safe-local-variable) (quote (lambda (x) (or (numberp x) (listp x) (memq x (quote (: * + -)))))))
557
558 (put (quote allout-passphrase-verifier-string) (quote safe-local-variable) (quote stringp))
559
560 (put (quote allout-passphrase-hint-string) (quote safe-local-variable) (quote stringp))
561
562 (autoload (quote allout-mode) "allout" "\
563 Toggle minor mode for controlling exposure and editing of text outlines.
564 \\<allout-mode-map>
565
566 Optional arg forces mode to re-initialize iff arg is positive num or
567 symbol. Allout outline mode always runs as a minor mode.
568
569 Allout outline mode provides extensive outline oriented formatting and
570 manipulation. It enables structural editing of outlines, as well as
571 navigation and exposure. It also is specifically aimed at
572 accommodating syntax-sensitive text like programming languages. (For
573 an example, see the allout code itself, which is organized as an allout
574 outline.)
575
576 In addition to typical outline navigation and exposure, allout includes:
577
578 - topic-oriented authoring, including keystroke-based topic creation,
579 repositioning, promotion/demotion, cut, and paste
580 - incremental search with dynamic exposure and reconcealment of hidden text
581 - adjustable format, so programming code can be developed in outline-structure
582 - easy topic encryption and decryption
583 - \"Hot-spot\" operation, for single-keystroke maneuvering and exposure control
584 - integral outline layout, for automatic initial exposure when visiting a file
585 - independent extensibility, using comprehensive exposure and authoring hooks
586
587 and many other features.
588
589 Below is a description of the key bindings, and then explanation of
590 special `allout-mode' features and terminology. See also the outline
591 menubar additions for quick reference to many of the features, and see
592 the docstring of the function `allout-init' for instructions on
593 priming your emacs session for automatic activation of `allout-mode'.
594
595 The bindings are dictated by the customizable `allout-keybindings-list'
596 variable. We recommend customizing `allout-command-prefix' to use just
597 `\\C-c' as the command prefix, if the allout bindings don't conflict with
598 any personal bindings you have on \\C-c. In any case, outline structure
599 navigation and authoring is simplified by positioning the cursor on an
600 item's bullet character, the \"hot-spot\" - then you can invoke allout
601 commands with just the un-prefixed, un-control-shifted command letters.
602 This is described further in the HOT-SPOT Operation section.
603
604 Exposure Control:
605 ----------------
606 \\[allout-hide-current-subtree] `allout-hide-current-subtree'
607 \\[allout-show-children] `allout-show-children'
608 \\[allout-show-current-subtree] `allout-show-current-subtree'
609 \\[allout-show-current-entry] `allout-show-current-entry'
610 \\[allout-show-all] `allout-show-all'
611
612 Navigation:
613 ----------
614 \\[allout-next-visible-heading] `allout-next-visible-heading'
615 \\[allout-previous-visible-heading] `allout-previous-visible-heading'
616 \\[allout-up-current-level] `allout-up-current-level'
617 \\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level'
618 \\[allout-backward-current-level] `allout-backward-current-level'
619 \\[allout-end-of-entry] `allout-end-of-entry'
620 \\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry] `allout-beginning-of-current-entry' (alternately, goes to hot-spot)
621 \\[allout-beginning-of-line] `allout-beginning-of-line' - like regular beginning-of-line, but
622 if immediately repeated cycles to the beginning of the current item
623 and then to the hot-spot (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles' is set).
624
625
626 Topic Header Production:
627 -----------------------
628 \\[allout-open-sibtopic] `allout-open-sibtopic' Create a new sibling after current topic.
629 \\[allout-open-subtopic] `allout-open-subtopic' ... an offspring of current topic.
630 \\[allout-open-supertopic] `allout-open-supertopic' ... a sibling of the current topic's parent.
631
632 Topic Level and Prefix Adjustment:
633 ---------------------------------
634 \\[allout-shift-in] `allout-shift-in' Shift current topic and all offspring deeper
635 \\[allout-shift-out] `allout-shift-out' ... less deep
636 \\[allout-rebullet-current-heading] `allout-rebullet-current-heading' Prompt for alternate bullet for
637 current topic
638 \\[allout-rebullet-topic] `allout-rebullet-topic' Reconcile bullets of topic and
639 its' offspring - distinctive bullets are not changed, others
640 are alternated according to nesting depth.
641 \\[allout-number-siblings] `allout-number-siblings' Number bullets of topic and siblings -
642 the offspring are not affected.
643 With repeat count, revoke numbering.
644
645 Topic-oriented Killing and Yanking:
646 ----------------------------------
647 \\[allout-kill-topic] `allout-kill-topic' Kill current topic, including offspring.
648 \\[allout-copy-topic-as-kill] `allout-copy-topic-as-kill' Copy current topic, including offspring.
649 \\[allout-kill-line] `allout-kill-line' kill-line, attending to outline structure.
650 \\[allout-copy-line-as-kill] `allout-copy-line-as-kill' Copy line but don't delete it.
651 \\[allout-yank] `allout-yank' Yank, adjusting depth of yanked topic to
652 depth of heading if yanking into bare topic
653 heading (ie, prefix sans text).
654 \\[allout-yank-pop] `allout-yank-pop' Is to allout-yank as yank-pop is to yank
655
656 Topic-oriented Encryption:
657 -------------------------
658 \\[allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption] `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption'
659 Encrypt/Decrypt topic content
660
661 Misc commands:
662 -------------
663 M-x outlineify-sticky Activate outline mode for current buffer,
664 and establish a default file-var setting
665 for `allout-layout'.
666 \\[allout-mark-topic] `allout-mark-topic'
667 \\[allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer'
668 Duplicate outline, sans concealed text, to
669 buffer with name derived from derived from that
670 of current buffer - \"*BUFFERNAME exposed*\".
671 \\[allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer'
672 Like above 'copy-exposed', but convert topic
673 prefixes to section.subsection... numeric
674 format.
675 \\[eval-expression] (allout-init t) Setup Emacs session for outline mode
676 auto-activation.
677
678 Topic Encryption
679
680 Outline mode supports gpg encryption of topics, with support for
681 symmetric and key-pair modes, passphrase timeout, passphrase
682 consistency checking, user-provided hinting for symmetric key
683 mode, and auto-encryption of topics pending encryption on save.
684
685 Topics pending encryption are, by default, automatically
686 encrypted during file saves. If the contents of the topic
687 containing the cursor was encrypted for a save, it is
688 automatically decrypted for continued editing.
689
690 The aim of these measures is reliable topic privacy while
691 preventing accidents like neglected encryption before saves,
692 forgetting which passphrase was used, and other practical
693 pitfalls.
694
695 See `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption' function docstring
696 and `allout-encrypt-unencrypted-on-saves' customization variable
697 for details.
698
699 HOT-SPOT Operation
700
701 Hot-spot operation provides a means for easy, single-keystroke outline
702 navigation and exposure control.
703
704 When the text cursor is positioned directly on the bullet character of
705 a topic, regular characters (a to z) invoke the commands of the
706 corresponding allout-mode keymap control chars. For example, \"f\"
707 would invoke the command typically bound to \"C-c<space>C-f\"
708 \(\\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level').
709
710 Thus, by positioning the cursor on a topic bullet, you can
711 execute the outline navigation and manipulation commands with a
712 single keystroke. Regular navigation keys (eg, \\[forward-char], \\[next-line]) don't get
713 this special translation, so you can use them to get out of the
714 hot-spot and back to normal editing operation.
715
716 In allout-mode, the normal beginning-of-line command (\\[allout-beginning-of-line]]) is
717 replaced with one that makes it easy to get to the hot-spot. If you
718 repeat it immediately it cycles (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles'
719 is set) to the beginning of the item and then, if you hit it again
720 immediately, to the hot-spot. Similarly, `allout-beginning-of-current-entry'
721 \(\\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry]) moves to the hot-spot when the cursor is already located
722 at the beginning of the current entry.
723
724 Extending Allout
725
726 Allout exposure and authoring activites all have associated
727 hooks, by which independent code can cooperate with allout
728 without changes to the allout core. Here are key ones:
729
730 `allout-mode-hook'
731 `allout-mode-deactivate-hook'
732 `allout-exposure-change-hook'
733 `allout-structure-added-hook'
734 `allout-structure-deleted-hook'
735 `allout-structure-shifted-hook'
736
737 Terminology
738
739 Topic hierarchy constituents - TOPICS and SUBTOPICS:
740
741 ITEM: A unitary outline element, including the HEADER and ENTRY text.
742 TOPIC: An ITEM and any ITEMs contained within it, ie having greater DEPTH
743 and with no intervening items of lower DEPTH than the container.
744 CURRENT ITEM:
745 The visible ITEM most immediately containing the cursor.
746 DEPTH: The degree of nesting of an ITEM; it increases with containment.
747 The DEPTH is determined by the HEADER PREFIX. The DEPTH is also
748 called the:
749 LEVEL: The same as DEPTH.
750
751 ANCESTORS:
752 Those ITEMs whose TOPICs contain an ITEM.
753 PARENT: An ITEM's immediate ANCESTOR. It has a DEPTH one less than that
754 of the ITEM.
755 OFFSPRING:
756 The ITEMs contained within an ITEM's TOPIC.
757 SUBTOPIC:
758 An OFFSPRING of its ANCESTOR TOPICs.
759 CHILD:
760 An immediate SUBTOPIC of its PARENT.
761 SIBLINGS:
762 TOPICs having the same PARENT and DEPTH.
763
764 Topic text constituents:
765
766 HEADER: The first line of an ITEM, include the ITEM PREFIX and HEADER
767 text.
768 ENTRY: The text content of an ITEM, before any OFFSPRING, but including
769 the HEADER text and distinct from the ITEM PREFIX.
770 BODY: Same as ENTRY.
771 PREFIX: The leading text of an ITEM which distinguishes it from normal
772 ENTRY text. Allout recognizes the outline structure according
773 to the strict PREFIX format. It consists of a PREFIX-LEAD string,
774 PREFIX-PADDING, and a BULLET. The BULLET might be followed by a
775 number, indicating the ordinal number of the topic among its
776 siblings, or an asterisk indicating encryption, plus an optional
777 space. After that is the ITEM HEADER text, which is not part of
778 the PREFIX.
779
780 The relative length of the PREFIX determines the nesting DEPTH
781 of the ITEM.
782 PREFIX-LEAD:
783 The string at the beginning of a HEADER PREFIX, by default a `.'.
784 It can be customized by changing the setting of
785 `allout-header-prefix' and then reinitializing `allout-mode'.
786
787 When the PREFIX-LEAD is set to the comment-string of a
788 programming language, outline structuring can be embedded in
789 program code without interfering with processing of the text
790 (by emacs or the language processor) as program code. This
791 setting happens automatically when allout mode is used in
792 programming-mode buffers. See `allout-use-mode-specific-leader'
793 docstring for more detail.
794 PREFIX-PADDING:
795 Spaces or asterisks which separate the PREFIX-LEAD and the
796 bullet, determining the ITEM's DEPTH.
797 BULLET: A character at the end of the ITEM PREFIX, it must be one of
798 the characters listed on `allout-plain-bullets-string' or
799 `allout-distinctive-bullets-string'. When creating a TOPIC,
800 plain BULLETs are by default used, according to the DEPTH of the
801 TOPIC. Choice among the distinctive BULLETs is offered when you
802 provide a universal argugment (\\[universal-argument]) to the
803 TOPIC creation command, or when explictly rebulleting a TOPIC. The
804 significance of the various distinctive bullets is purely by
805 convention. See the documentation for the above bullet strings for
806 more details.
807 EXPOSURE:
808 The state of a TOPIC which determines the on-screen visibility
809 of its OFFSPRING and contained ENTRY text.
810 CONCEALED:
811 TOPICs and ENTRY text whose EXPOSURE is inhibited. Concealed
812 text is represented by \"...\" ellipses.
813
814 CONCEALED TOPICs are effectively collapsed within an ANCESTOR.
815 CLOSED: A TOPIC whose immediate OFFSPRING and body-text is CONCEALED.
816 OPEN: A TOPIC that is not CLOSED, though its OFFSPRING or BODY may be.
817
818 \(fn &optional TOGGLE)" t nil)
819
820 (defalias (quote outlinify-sticky) (quote outlineify-sticky))
821
822 (autoload (quote outlineify-sticky) "allout" "\
823 Activate outline mode and establish file var so it is started subsequently.
824
825 See doc-string for `allout-layout' and `allout-init' for details on
826 setup for auto-startup.
827
828 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
829
830 ;;;***
831 \f
832 ;;;### (autoloads (ange-ftp-hook-function ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp"
833 ;;;;;; "net/ange-ftp.el" (17994 6715))
834 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ange-ftp.el
835
836 (defalias (quote ange-ftp-re-read-dir) (quote ange-ftp-reread-dir))
837
838 (autoload (quote ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp" "\
839 Reread remote directory DIR to update the directory cache.
840 The implementation of remote ftp file names caches directory contents
841 for speed. Therefore, when new remote files are created, Emacs
842 may not know they exist. You can use this command to reread a specific
843 directory, so that Emacs will know its current contents.
844
845 \(fn &optional DIR)" t nil)
846
847 (autoload (quote ange-ftp-hook-function) "ange-ftp" "\
848 Not documented
849
850 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
851
852 ;;;***
853 \f
854 ;;;### (autoloads (animate-birthday-present animate-sequence animate-string)
855 ;;;;;; "animate" "play/animate.el" (17994 6715))
856 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/animate.el
857
858 (autoload (quote animate-string) "animate" "\
859 Display STRING starting at position VPOS, HPOS, using animation.
860 The characters start at randomly chosen places,
861 and all slide in parallel to their final positions,
862 passing through `animate-n-steps' positions before the final ones.
863 If HPOS is nil (or omitted), center the string horizontally
864 in the current window.
865
866 \(fn STRING VPOS &optional HPOS)" nil nil)
867
868 (autoload (quote animate-sequence) "animate" "\
869 Display strings from LIST-OF-STRING with animation in a new buffer.
870 Strings will be separated from each other by SPACE lines.
871
872 \(fn LIST-OF-STRINGS SPACE)" nil nil)
873
874 (autoload (quote animate-birthday-present) "animate" "\
875 Display one's birthday present in a new buffer.
876 You can specify the one's name by NAME; the default value is \"Sarah\".
877
878 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
879
880 ;;;***
881 \f
882 ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-color-process-output ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on)
883 ;;;;;; "ansi-color" "ansi-color.el" (17994 6715))
884 ;;; Generated autoloads from ansi-color.el
885
886 (autoload (quote ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on) "ansi-color" "\
887 Set `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' to t.
888
889 \(fn)" t nil)
890
891 (autoload (quote ansi-color-process-output) "ansi-color" "\
892 Maybe translate SGR control sequences of comint output into text-properties.
893
894 Depending on variable `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' the comint output is
895 either not processed, SGR control sequences are filtered using
896 `ansi-color-filter-region', or SGR control sequences are translated into
897 text-properties using `ansi-color-apply-on-region'.
898
899 The comint output is assumed to lie between the marker
900 `comint-last-output-start' and the process-mark.
901
902 This is a good function to put in `comint-output-filter-functions'.
903
904 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
905
906 ;;;***
907 \f
908 ;;;### (autoloads (antlr-set-tabs antlr-mode antlr-show-makefile-rules)
909 ;;;;;; "antlr-mode" "progmodes/antlr-mode.el" (17833 42928))
910 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/antlr-mode.el
911
912 (autoload (quote antlr-show-makefile-rules) "antlr-mode" "\
913 Show Makefile rules for all grammar files in the current directory.
914 If the `major-mode' of the current buffer has the value `makefile-mode',
915 the rules are directory inserted at point. Otherwise, a *Help* buffer
916 is shown with the rules which are also put into the `kill-ring' for
917 \\[yank].
918
919 This command considers import/export vocabularies and grammar
920 inheritance and provides a value for the \"-glib\" option if necessary.
921 Customize variable `antlr-makefile-specification' for the appearance of
922 the rules.
923
924 If the file for a super-grammar cannot be determined, special file names
925 are used according to variable `antlr-unknown-file-formats' and a
926 commentary with value `antlr-help-unknown-file-text' is added. The
927 *Help* buffer always starts with the text in `antlr-help-rules-intro'.
928
929 \(fn)" t nil)
930
931 (autoload (quote antlr-mode) "antlr-mode" "\
932 Major mode for editing ANTLR grammar files.
933 \\{antlr-mode-map}
934
935 \(fn)" t nil)
936
937 (autoload (quote antlr-set-tabs) "antlr-mode" "\
938 Use ANTLR's convention for TABs according to `antlr-tab-offset-alist'.
939 Used in `antlr-mode'. Also a useful function in `java-mode-hook'.
940
941 \(fn)" nil nil)
942
943 ;;;***
944 \f
945 ;;;### (autoloads (appt-activate appt-make-list appt-delete appt-add
946 ;;;;;; appt-display-diary appt-display-duration appt-display-mode-line
947 ;;;;;; appt-msg-window appt-visible appt-audible appt-message-warning-time
948 ;;;;;; appt-issue-message) "appt" "calendar/appt.el" (17952 17513))
949 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/appt.el
950
951 (defvar appt-issue-message t "\
952 *Non-nil means check for appointments in the diary buffer.
953 To be detected, the diary entry must have the format described in the
954 documentation of the function `appt-check'.")
955
956 (custom-autoload (quote appt-issue-message) "appt" t)
957
958 (defvar appt-message-warning-time 12 "\
959 *Time in minutes before an appointment that the warning begins.")
960
961 (custom-autoload (quote appt-message-warning-time) "appt" t)
962
963 (defvar appt-audible t "\
964 *Non-nil means beep to indicate appointment.")
965
966 (custom-autoload (quote appt-audible) "appt" t)
967
968 (defvar appt-visible t "\
969 *Non-nil means display appointment message in echo area.
970 This variable is only relevant if `appt-msg-window' is nil.")
971
972 (custom-autoload (quote appt-visible) "appt" t)
973
974 (defvar appt-msg-window t "\
975 *Non-nil means display appointment message in another window.
976 If non-nil, this variable overrides `appt-visible'.")
977
978 (custom-autoload (quote appt-msg-window) "appt" t)
979
980 (defvar appt-display-mode-line t "\
981 *Non-nil means display minutes to appointment and time on the mode line.
982 This is in addition to any other display of appointment messages.")
983
984 (custom-autoload (quote appt-display-mode-line) "appt" t)
985
986 (defvar appt-display-duration 10 "\
987 *The number of seconds an appointment message is displayed.
988 Only relevant if reminders are to be displayed in their own window.")
989
990 (custom-autoload (quote appt-display-duration) "appt" t)
991
992 (defvar appt-display-diary t "\
993 *Non-nil displays the diary when the appointment list is first initialized.
994 This will occur at midnight when the appointment list is updated.")
995
996 (custom-autoload (quote appt-display-diary) "appt" t)
997
998 (autoload (quote appt-add) "appt" "\
999 Add an appointment for today at NEW-APPT-TIME with message NEW-APPT-MSG.
1000 The time should be in either 24 hour format or am/pm format.
1001
1002 \(fn NEW-APPT-TIME NEW-APPT-MSG)" t nil)
1003
1004 (autoload (quote appt-delete) "appt" "\
1005 Delete an appointment from the list of appointments.
1006
1007 \(fn)" t nil)
1008
1009 (autoload (quote appt-make-list) "appt" "\
1010 Update the appointments list from today's diary buffer.
1011 The time must be at the beginning of a line for it to be
1012 put in the appointments list (see examples in documentation of
1013 the function `appt-check'). We assume that the variables DATE and
1014 NUMBER hold the arguments that `diary-list-entries' received.
1015 They specify the range of dates that the diary is being processed for.
1016
1017 Any appointments made with `appt-add' are not affected by this
1018 function.
1019
1020 For backwards compatibility, this function activates the
1021 appointment package (if it is not already active).
1022
1023 \(fn)" nil nil)
1024
1025 (autoload (quote appt-activate) "appt" "\
1026 Toggle checking of appointments.
1027 With optional numeric argument ARG, turn appointment checking on if
1028 ARG is positive, otherwise off.
1029
1030 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1031
1032 ;;;***
1033 \f
1034 ;;;### (autoloads (apropos-documentation apropos-value apropos apropos-documentation-property
1035 ;;;;;; apropos-command apropos-variable apropos-read-pattern) "apropos"
1036 ;;;;;; "apropos.el" (17842 58280))
1037 ;;; Generated autoloads from apropos.el
1038
1039 (autoload (quote apropos-read-pattern) "apropos" "\
1040 Read an apropos pattern, either a word list or a regexp.
1041 Returns the user pattern, either a list of words which are matched
1042 literally, or a string which is used as a regexp to search for.
1043
1044 SUBJECT is a string that is included in the prompt to identify what
1045 kind of objects to search.
1046
1047 \(fn SUBJECT)" nil nil)
1048
1049 (autoload (quote apropos-variable) "apropos" "\
1050 Show user variables that match PATTERN.
1051 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1052 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1053 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1054 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1055
1056 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
1057 normal variables.
1058
1059 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1060
1061 (defalias (quote command-apropos) (quote apropos-command))
1062
1063 (autoload (quote apropos-command) "apropos" "\
1064 Show commands (interactively callable functions) that match PATTERN.
1065 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1066 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1067 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1068 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1069
1070 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
1071 noninteractive functions.
1072
1073 If VAR-PREDICATE is non-nil, show only variables, and only those that
1074 satisfy the predicate VAR-PREDICATE.
1075
1076 When called from a Lisp program, a string PATTERN is used as a regexp,
1077 while a list of strings is used as a word list.
1078
1079 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL VAR-PREDICATE)" t nil)
1080
1081 (autoload (quote apropos-documentation-property) "apropos" "\
1082 Like (documentation-property SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW) but handle errors.
1083
1084 \(fn SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW)" nil nil)
1085
1086 (autoload (quote apropos) "apropos" "\
1087 Show all meaningful Lisp symbols whose names match PATTERN.
1088 Symbols are shown if they are defined as functions, variables, or
1089 faces, or if they have nonempty property lists.
1090
1091 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1092 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1093 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1094 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1095
1096 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil,
1097 consider all symbols (if they match PATTERN).
1098
1099 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1100
1101 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1102
1103 (autoload (quote apropos-value) "apropos" "\
1104 Show all symbols whose value's printed representation matches PATTERN.
1105 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1106 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1107 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1108 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1109
1110 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also looks
1111 at the function and at the names and values of properties.
1112 Returns list of symbols and values found.
1113
1114 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1115
1116 (autoload (quote apropos-documentation) "apropos" "\
1117 Show symbols whose documentation contains matches for PATTERN.
1118 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1119 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1120 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1121 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1122
1123 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also use
1124 documentation that is not stored in the documentation file and show key
1125 bindings.
1126 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1127
1128 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1129
1130 ;;;***
1131 \f
1132 ;;;### (autoloads (archive-mode) "arc-mode" "arc-mode.el" (17960
1133 ;;;;;; 49045))
1134 ;;; Generated autoloads from arc-mode.el
1135
1136 (autoload (quote archive-mode) "arc-mode" "\
1137 Major mode for viewing an archive file in a dired-like way.
1138 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
1139 Letters no longer insert themselves.
1140 Type `e' to pull a file out of the archive and into its own buffer;
1141 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the archive mode buffer.
1142
1143 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
1144 save it, the contents of that buffer will be saved back into the
1145 archive.
1146
1147 \\{archive-mode-map}
1148
1149 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
1150
1151 ;;;***
1152 \f
1153 ;;;### (autoloads (array-mode) "array" "array.el" (17842 58280))
1154 ;;; Generated autoloads from array.el
1155
1156 (autoload (quote array-mode) "array" "\
1157 Major mode for editing arrays.
1158
1159 Array mode is a specialized mode for editing arrays. An array is
1160 considered to be a two-dimensional set of strings. The strings are
1161 NOT recognized as integers or real numbers.
1162
1163 The array MUST reside at the top of the buffer.
1164
1165 TABs are not respected, and may be converted into spaces at any time.
1166 Setting the variable `array-respect-tabs' to non-nil will prevent TAB conversion,
1167 but will cause many functions to give errors if they encounter one.
1168
1169 Upon entering array mode, you will be prompted for the values of
1170 several variables. Others will be calculated based on the values you
1171 supply. These variables are all local to the buffer. Other buffer
1172 in array mode may have different values assigned to the variables.
1173 The variables are:
1174
1175 Variables you assign:
1176 array-max-row: The number of rows in the array.
1177 array-max-column: The number of columns in the array.
1178 array-columns-per-line: The number of columns in the array per line of buffer.
1179 array-field-width: The width of each field, in characters.
1180 array-rows-numbered: A logical variable describing whether to ignore
1181 row numbers in the buffer.
1182
1183 Variables which are calculated:
1184 array-line-length: The number of characters in a buffer line.
1185 array-lines-per-row: The number of buffer lines used to display each row.
1186
1187 The following commands are available (an asterisk indicates it may
1188 take a numeric prefix argument):
1189
1190 * \\<array-mode-map>\\[array-forward-column] Move forward one column.
1191 * \\[array-backward-column] Move backward one column.
1192 * \\[array-next-row] Move down one row.
1193 * \\[array-previous-row] Move up one row.
1194
1195 * \\[array-copy-forward] Copy the current field into the column to the right.
1196 * \\[array-copy-backward] Copy the current field into the column to the left.
1197 * \\[array-copy-down] Copy the current field into the row below.
1198 * \\[array-copy-up] Copy the current field into the row above.
1199
1200 * \\[array-copy-column-forward] Copy the current column into the column to the right.
1201 * \\[array-copy-column-backward] Copy the current column into the column to the left.
1202 * \\[array-copy-row-down] Copy the current row into the row below.
1203 * \\[array-copy-row-up] Copy the current row into the row above.
1204
1205 \\[array-fill-rectangle] Copy the field at mark into every cell with row and column
1206 between that of point and mark.
1207
1208 \\[array-what-position] Display the current array row and column.
1209 \\[array-goto-cell] Go to a particular array cell.
1210
1211 \\[array-make-template] Make a template for a new array.
1212 \\[array-reconfigure-rows] Reconfigure the array.
1213 \\[array-expand-rows] Expand the array (remove row numbers and
1214 newlines inside rows)
1215
1216 \\[array-display-local-variables] Display the current values of local variables.
1217
1218 Entering array mode calls the function `array-mode-hook'.
1219
1220 \(fn)" t nil)
1221
1222 ;;;***
1223 \f
1224 ;;;### (autoloads (artist-mode) "artist" "textmodes/artist.el" (17842
1225 ;;;;;; 58277))
1226 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/artist.el
1227
1228 (autoload (quote artist-mode) "artist" "\
1229 Toggle artist mode. With arg, turn artist mode on if arg is positive.
1230 Artist lets you draw lines, squares, rectangles and poly-lines, ellipses
1231 and circles with your mouse and/or keyboard.
1232
1233 How to quit artist mode
1234
1235 Type \\[artist-mode-off] to quit artist-mode.
1236
1237
1238 How to submit a bug report
1239
1240 Type \\[artist-submit-bug-report] to submit a bug report.
1241
1242
1243 Drawing with the mouse:
1244
1245 mouse-2
1246 shift mouse-2 Pops up a menu where you can select what to draw with
1247 mouse-1, and where you can do some settings (described
1248 below).
1249
1250 mouse-1
1251 shift mouse-1 Draws lines, rectangles or poly-lines, erases, cuts, copies
1252 or pastes:
1253
1254 Operation Not shifted Shifted
1255 --------------------------------------------------------------
1256 Pen fill-char at point line from last point
1257 to new point
1258 --------------------------------------------------------------
1259 Line Line in any direction Straight line
1260 --------------------------------------------------------------
1261 Rectangle Rectangle Square
1262 --------------------------------------------------------------
1263 Poly-line Poly-line in any dir Straight poly-lines
1264 --------------------------------------------------------------
1265 Ellipses Ellipses Circles
1266 --------------------------------------------------------------
1267 Text Text (see thru) Text (overwrite)
1268 --------------------------------------------------------------
1269 Spray-can Spray-can Set size for spray
1270 --------------------------------------------------------------
1271 Erase Erase character Erase rectangle
1272 --------------------------------------------------------------
1273 Vaporize Erase single line Erase connected
1274 lines
1275 --------------------------------------------------------------
1276 Cut Cut rectangle Cut square
1277 --------------------------------------------------------------
1278 Copy Copy rectangle Copy square
1279 --------------------------------------------------------------
1280 Paste Paste Paste
1281 --------------------------------------------------------------
1282 Flood-fill Flood-fill Flood-fill
1283 --------------------------------------------------------------
1284
1285 * Straight lines can only go horizontally, vertically
1286 or diagonally.
1287
1288 * Poly-lines are drawn while holding mouse-1 down. When you
1289 release the button, the point is set. If you want a segment
1290 to be straight, hold down shift before pressing the
1291 mouse-1 button. Click mouse-2 or mouse-3 to stop drawing
1292 poly-lines.
1293
1294 * See thru for text means that text already in the buffer
1295 will be visible through blanks in the text rendered, while
1296 overwrite means the opposite.
1297
1298 * Vaporizing connected lines only vaporizes lines whose
1299 _endpoints_ are connected. See also the variable
1300 `artist-vaporize-fuzziness'.
1301
1302 * Cut copies, then clears the rectangle/square.
1303
1304 * When drawing lines or poly-lines, you can set arrows.
1305 See below under ``Arrows'' for more info.
1306
1307 * The mode line shows the currently selected drawing operation.
1308 In addition, if it has an asterisk (*) at the end, you
1309 are currently drawing something.
1310
1311 * Be patient when flood-filling -- large areas take quite
1312 some time to fill.
1313
1314
1315 mouse-3 Erases character under pointer
1316 shift mouse-3 Erases rectangle
1317
1318
1319 Settings
1320
1321 Set fill Sets the character used when filling rectangles/squares
1322
1323 Set line Sets the character used when drawing lines
1324
1325 Erase char Sets the character used when erasing
1326
1327 Rubber-banding Toggles rubber-banding
1328
1329 Trimming Toggles trimming of line-endings (that is: when the shape
1330 is drawn, extraneous white-space at end of lines is removed)
1331
1332 Borders Toggles the drawing of line borders around filled shapes.
1333
1334
1335 Drawing with keys
1336
1337 \\[artist-key-set-point] Does one of the following:
1338 For lines/rectangles/squares: sets the first/second endpoint
1339 For poly-lines: sets a point (use C-u \\[artist-key-set-point] to set last point)
1340 When erase characters: toggles erasing
1341 When cutting/copying: Sets first/last endpoint of rect/square
1342 When pasting: Pastes
1343
1344 \\[artist-select-operation] Selects what to draw
1345
1346 Move around with \\[artist-next-line], \\[artist-previous-line], \\[artist-forward-char] and \\[artist-backward-char].
1347
1348 \\[artist-select-fill-char] Sets the charater to use when filling
1349 \\[artist-select-line-char] Sets the charater to use when drawing
1350 \\[artist-select-erase-char] Sets the charater to use when erasing
1351 \\[artist-toggle-rubber-banding] Toggles rubber-banding
1352 \\[artist-toggle-trim-line-endings] Toggles trimming of line-endings
1353 \\[artist-toggle-borderless-shapes] Toggles borders on drawn shapes
1354
1355
1356 Arrows
1357
1358 \\[artist-toggle-first-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the beginning
1359 of the line/poly-line
1360
1361 \\[artist-toggle-second-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the end
1362 of the line/poly-line
1363
1364
1365 Selecting operation
1366
1367 There are some keys for quickly selecting drawing operations:
1368
1369 \\[artist-select-op-line] Selects drawing lines
1370 \\[artist-select-op-straight-line] Selects drawing straight lines
1371 \\[artist-select-op-rectangle] Selects drawing rectangles
1372 \\[artist-select-op-square] Selects drawing squares
1373 \\[artist-select-op-poly-line] Selects drawing poly-lines
1374 \\[artist-select-op-straight-poly-line] Selects drawing straight poly-lines
1375 \\[artist-select-op-ellipse] Selects drawing ellipses
1376 \\[artist-select-op-circle] Selects drawing circles
1377 \\[artist-select-op-text-see-thru] Selects rendering text (see thru)
1378 \\[artist-select-op-text-overwrite] Selects rendering text (overwrite)
1379 \\[artist-select-op-spray-can] Spray with spray-can
1380 \\[artist-select-op-spray-set-size] Set size for the spray-can
1381 \\[artist-select-op-erase-char] Selects erasing characters
1382 \\[artist-select-op-erase-rectangle] Selects erasing rectangles
1383 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-line] Selects vaporizing single lines
1384 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-lines] Selects vaporizing connected lines
1385 \\[artist-select-op-cut-rectangle] Selects cutting rectangles
1386 \\[artist-select-op-copy-rectangle] Selects copying rectangles
1387 \\[artist-select-op-paste] Selects pasting
1388 \\[artist-select-op-flood-fill] Selects flood-filling
1389
1390
1391 Variables
1392
1393 This is a brief overview of the different varaibles. For more info,
1394 see the documentation for the variables (type \\[describe-variable] <variable> RET).
1395
1396 artist-rubber-banding Interactively do rubber-banding or not
1397 artist-first-char What to set at first/second point...
1398 artist-second-char ...when not rubber-banding
1399 artist-interface-with-rect If cut/copy/paste should interface with rect
1400 artist-arrows The arrows to use when drawing arrows
1401 artist-aspect-ratio Character height-to-width for squares
1402 artist-trim-line-endings Trimming of line endings
1403 artist-flood-fill-right-border Right border when flood-filling
1404 artist-flood-fill-show-incrementally Update display while filling
1405 artist-pointer-shape Pointer shape to use while drawing
1406 artist-ellipse-left-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1407 artist-ellipse-right-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1408 artist-borderless-shapes If shapes should have borders
1409 artist-picture-compatibility Whether or not to be picture mode compatible
1410 artist-vaporize-fuzziness Tolerance when recognizing lines
1411 artist-spray-interval Seconds between repeated sprayings
1412 artist-spray-radius Size of the spray-area
1413 artist-spray-chars The spray-``color''
1414 artist-spray-new-chars Initial spray-``color''
1415
1416 Hooks
1417
1418 When entering artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-init-hook' is called.
1419 When quitting artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-exit-hook' is called.
1420
1421
1422 Keymap summary
1423
1424 \\{artist-mode-map}
1425
1426 \(fn &optional STATE)" t nil)
1427
1428 ;;;***
1429 \f
1430 ;;;### (autoloads (asm-mode) "asm-mode" "progmodes/asm-mode.el" (17842
1431 ;;;;;; 56333))
1432 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/asm-mode.el
1433
1434 (autoload (quote asm-mode) "asm-mode" "\
1435 Major mode for editing typical assembler code.
1436 Features a private abbrev table and the following bindings:
1437
1438 \\[asm-colon] outdent a preceding label, tab to next tab stop.
1439 \\[tab-to-tab-stop] tab to next tab stop.
1440 \\[asm-newline] newline, then tab to next tab stop.
1441 \\[asm-comment] smart placement of assembler comments.
1442
1443 The character used for making comments is set by the variable
1444 `asm-comment-char' (which defaults to `?\\;').
1445
1446 Alternatively, you may set this variable in `asm-mode-set-comment-hook',
1447 which is called near the beginning of mode initialization.
1448
1449 Turning on Asm mode runs the hook `asm-mode-hook' at the end of initialization.
1450
1451 Special commands:
1452 \\{asm-mode-map}
1453
1454 \(fn)" t nil)
1455
1456 ;;;***
1457 \f
1458 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-show-mode auto-show-mode) "auto-show" "obsolete/auto-show.el"
1459 ;;;;;; (17994 6715))
1460 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/auto-show.el
1461
1462 (defvar auto-show-mode nil "\
1463 Obsolete.")
1464
1465 (custom-autoload (quote auto-show-mode) "auto-show" t)
1466
1467 (autoload (quote auto-show-mode) "auto-show" "\
1468 This command is obsolete.
1469
1470 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
1471
1472 ;;;***
1473 \f
1474 ;;;### (autoloads (autoarg-kp-mode autoarg-mode) "autoarg" "autoarg.el"
1475 ;;;;;; (17842 58280))
1476 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoarg.el
1477
1478 (defvar autoarg-mode nil "\
1479 Non-nil if Autoarg mode is enabled.
1480 See the command `autoarg-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
1481
1482 (custom-autoload (quote autoarg-mode) "autoarg" nil)
1483
1484 (autoload (quote autoarg-mode) "autoarg" "\
1485 Toggle Autoarg minor mode globally.
1486 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
1487 \\<autoarg-mode-map>
1488 In Autoarg mode digits are bound to `digit-argument' -- i.e. they
1489 supply prefix arguments as C-DIGIT and M-DIGIT normally do -- and
1490 C-DIGIT inserts DIGIT. \\[autoarg-terminate] terminates the prefix sequence
1491 and inserts the digits of the autoarg sequence into the buffer.
1492 Without a numeric prefix arg the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] is
1493 invoked, i.e. what it would be with Autoarg mode off.
1494
1495 For example:
1496 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer, as does `C-6 C-9'.
1497 `6 9 a' inserts 69 `a's into the buffer.
1498 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate] \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer and
1499 then invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate].
1500 `C-u \\[autoarg-terminate]' invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] four times.
1501
1502 \\{autoarg-mode-map}
1503
1504 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1505
1506 (defvar autoarg-kp-mode nil "\
1507 Non-nil if Autoarg-Kp mode is enabled.
1508 See the command `autoarg-kp-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1509 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1510 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1511 or call the function `autoarg-kp-mode'.")
1512
1513 (custom-autoload (quote autoarg-kp-mode) "autoarg" nil)
1514
1515 (autoload (quote autoarg-kp-mode) "autoarg" "\
1516 Toggle Autoarg-KP minor mode globally.
1517 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
1518 \\<autoarg-kp-mode-map>
1519 This is similar to \\[autoarg-mode] but rebinds the keypad keys `kp-1'
1520 etc. to supply digit arguments.
1521
1522 \\{autoarg-kp-mode-map}
1523
1524 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1525
1526 ;;;***
1527 \f
1528 ;;;### (autoloads (autoconf-mode) "autoconf" "progmodes/autoconf.el"
1529 ;;;;;; (17842 56333))
1530 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/autoconf.el
1531
1532 (autoload (quote autoconf-mode) "autoconf" "\
1533 Major mode for editing Autoconf configure.in files.
1534
1535 \(fn)" t nil)
1536
1537 ;;;***
1538 \f
1539 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-insert-mode define-auto-insert auto-insert)
1540 ;;;;;; "autoinsert" "autoinsert.el" (17842 58280))
1541 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoinsert.el
1542
1543 (autoload (quote auto-insert) "autoinsert" "\
1544 Insert default contents into new files if variable `auto-insert' is non-nil.
1545 Matches the visited file name against the elements of `auto-insert-alist'.
1546
1547 \(fn)" t nil)
1548
1549 (autoload (quote define-auto-insert) "autoinsert" "\
1550 Associate CONDITION with (additional) ACTION in `auto-insert-alist'.
1551 Optional AFTER means to insert action after all existing actions for CONDITION,
1552 or if CONDITION had no actions, after all other CONDITIONs.
1553
1554 \(fn CONDITION ACTION &optional AFTER)" nil nil)
1555
1556 (defvar auto-insert-mode nil "\
1557 Non-nil if Auto-Insert mode is enabled.
1558 See the command `auto-insert-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1559 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1560 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1561 or call the function `auto-insert-mode'.")
1562
1563 (custom-autoload (quote auto-insert-mode) "autoinsert" nil)
1564
1565 (autoload (quote auto-insert-mode) "autoinsert" "\
1566 Toggle Auto-insert mode.
1567 With prefix ARG, turn Auto-insert mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
1568 Returns the new status of Auto-insert mode (non-nil means on).
1569
1570 When Auto-insert mode is enabled, when new files are created you can
1571 insert a template for the file depending on the mode of the buffer.
1572
1573 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1574
1575 ;;;***
1576 \f
1577 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-update-autoloads update-directory-autoloads
1578 ;;;;;; update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "emacs-lisp/autoload.el"
1579 ;;;;;; (17860 50557))
1580 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/autoload.el
1581
1582 (autoload (quote update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "\
1583 Update the autoloads for FILE in `generated-autoload-file'
1584 \(which FILE might bind in its local variables).
1585 If SAVE-AFTER is non-nil (which is always, when called interactively),
1586 save the buffer too.
1587
1588 Return FILE if there was no autoload cookie in it, else nil.
1589
1590 \(fn FILE &optional SAVE-AFTER)" t nil)
1591
1592 (autoload (quote update-directory-autoloads) "autoload" "\
1593 Update loaddefs.el with all the current autoloads from DIRS, and no old ones.
1594 This uses `update-file-autoloads' (which see) to do its work.
1595 In an interactive call, you must give one argument, the name
1596 of a single directory. In a call from Lisp, you can supply multiple
1597 directories as separate arguments, but this usage is discouraged.
1598
1599 The function does NOT recursively descend into subdirectories of the
1600 directory or directories specified.
1601
1602 \(fn &rest DIRS)" t nil)
1603
1604 (autoload (quote batch-update-autoloads) "autoload" "\
1605 Update loaddefs.el autoloads in batch mode.
1606 Calls `update-directory-autoloads' on the command line arguments.
1607
1608 \(fn)" nil nil)
1609
1610 ;;;***
1611 \f
1612 ;;;### (autoloads (global-auto-revert-mode turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode
1613 ;;;;;; auto-revert-tail-mode turn-on-auto-revert-mode auto-revert-mode)
1614 ;;;;;; "autorevert" "autorevert.el" (17925 15265))
1615 ;;; Generated autoloads from autorevert.el
1616
1617 (autoload (quote auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\
1618 Toggle reverting buffer when file on disk changes.
1619
1620 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on if and only if arg is positive.
1621 This is a minor mode that affects only the current buffer.
1622 Use `global-auto-revert-mode' to automatically revert all buffers.
1623 Use `auto-revert-tail-mode' if you know that the file will only grow
1624 without being changed in the part that is already in the buffer.
1625
1626 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1627
1628 (autoload (quote turn-on-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\
1629 Turn on Auto-Revert Mode.
1630
1631 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1632 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode)
1633
1634 \(fn)" nil nil)
1635
1636 (autoload (quote auto-revert-tail-mode) "autorevert" "\
1637 Toggle reverting tail of buffer when file on disk grows.
1638 With arg, turn Tail mode on iff arg is positive.
1639
1640 When Tail mode is enabled, the tail of the file is constantly
1641 followed, as with the shell command `tail -f'. This means that
1642 whenever the file grows on disk (presumably because some
1643 background process is appending to it from time to time), this is
1644 reflected in the current buffer.
1645
1646 You can edit the buffer and turn this mode off and on again as
1647 you please. But make sure the background process has stopped
1648 writing before you save the file!
1649
1650 Use `auto-revert-mode' for changes other than appends!
1651
1652 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1653
1654 (autoload (quote turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode) "autorevert" "\
1655 Turn on Auto-Revert Tail Mode.
1656
1657 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1658 (add-hook 'my-logfile-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode)
1659
1660 \(fn)" nil nil)
1661
1662 (defvar global-auto-revert-mode nil "\
1663 Non-nil if Global-Auto-Revert mode is enabled.
1664 See the command `global-auto-revert-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1665 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1666 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1667 or call the function `global-auto-revert-mode'.")
1668
1669 (custom-autoload (quote global-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" nil)
1670
1671 (autoload (quote global-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\
1672 Revert any buffer when file on disk changes.
1673
1674 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on globally if and only if arg is positive.
1675 This is a minor mode that affects all buffers.
1676 Use `auto-revert-mode' to revert a particular buffer.
1677
1678 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1679
1680 ;;;***
1681 \f
1682 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-avoidance-mode mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid"
1683 ;;;;;; "avoid.el" (17842 58280))
1684 ;;; Generated autoloads from avoid.el
1685
1686 (defvar mouse-avoidance-mode nil "\
1687 Activate mouse avoidance mode.
1688 See function `mouse-avoidance-mode' for possible values.
1689 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1690 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-avoidance-mode'.")
1691
1692 (custom-autoload (quote mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid" nil)
1693
1694 (autoload (quote mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid" "\
1695 Set cursor avoidance mode to MODE.
1696 MODE should be one of the symbols `banish', `exile', `jump', `animate',
1697 `cat-and-mouse', `proteus', or `none'.
1698
1699 If MODE is nil, toggle mouse avoidance between `none' and `banish'
1700 modes. Positive numbers and symbols other than the above are treated
1701 as equivalent to `banish'; negative numbers and `-' are equivalent to `none'.
1702
1703 Effects of the different modes:
1704 * banish: Move the mouse to the upper-right corner on any keypress.
1705 * exile: Move the mouse to the corner only if the cursor gets too close,
1706 and allow it to return once the cursor is out of the way.
1707 * jump: If the cursor gets too close to the mouse, displace the mouse
1708 a random distance & direction.
1709 * animate: As `jump', but shows steps along the way for illusion of motion.
1710 * cat-and-mouse: Same as `animate'.
1711 * proteus: As `animate', but changes the shape of the mouse pointer too.
1712
1713 Whenever the mouse is moved, the frame is also raised.
1714
1715 \(see `mouse-avoidance-threshold' for definition of \"too close\",
1716 and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-dist' and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-var' for
1717 definition of \"random distance\".)
1718
1719 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
1720
1721 ;;;***
1722 \f
1723 ;;;### (autoloads (backquote) "backquote" "emacs-lisp/backquote.el"
1724 ;;;;;; (17842 54152))
1725 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/backquote.el
1726
1727 (autoload (quote backquote) "backquote" "\
1728 Argument STRUCTURE describes a template to build.
1729
1730 The whole structure acts as if it were quoted except for certain
1731 places where expressions are evaluated and inserted or spliced in.
1732
1733 For example:
1734
1735 b => (ba bb bc) ; assume b has this value
1736 `(a b c) => (a b c) ; backquote acts like quote
1737 `(a ,b c) => (a (ba bb bc) c) ; insert the value of b
1738 `(a ,@b c) => (a ba bb bc c) ; splice in the value of b
1739
1740 Vectors work just like lists. Nested backquotes are permitted.
1741
1742 \(fn ARG)" nil (quote macro))
1743
1744 (defalias (quote \`) (symbol-function (quote backquote)))
1745
1746 ;;;***
1747 \f
1748 ;;;### (autoloads (display-battery-mode battery) "battery" "battery.el"
1749 ;;;;;; (17842 58280))
1750 ;;; Generated autoloads from battery.el
1751 (put 'battery-mode-line-string 'risky-local-variable t)
1752
1753 (autoload (quote battery) "battery" "\
1754 Display battery status information in the echo area.
1755 The text being displayed in the echo area is controlled by the variables
1756 `battery-echo-area-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1757
1758 \(fn)" t nil)
1759
1760 (defvar display-battery-mode nil "\
1761 Non-nil if Display-Battery mode is enabled.
1762 See the command `display-battery-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1763 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1764 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1765 or call the function `display-battery-mode'.")
1766
1767 (custom-autoload (quote display-battery-mode) "battery" nil)
1768
1769 (autoload (quote display-battery-mode) "battery" "\
1770 Display battery status information in the mode line.
1771 The text being displayed in the mode line is controlled by the variables
1772 `battery-mode-line-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1773 The mode line will be updated automatically every `battery-update-interval'
1774 seconds.
1775
1776 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1777
1778 ;;;***
1779 \f
1780 ;;;### (autoloads (benchmark benchmark-run-compiled benchmark-run)
1781 ;;;;;; "benchmark" "emacs-lisp/benchmark.el" (17842 54152))
1782 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/benchmark.el
1783
1784 (autoload (quote benchmark-run) "benchmark" "\
1785 Time execution of FORMS.
1786 If REPETITIONS is supplied as a number, run forms that many times,
1787 accounting for the overhead of the resulting loop. Otherwise run
1788 FORMS once.
1789 Return a list of the total elapsed time for execution, the number of
1790 garbage collections that ran, and the time taken by garbage collection.
1791 See also `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1792
1793 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil (quote macro))
1794
1795 (autoload (quote benchmark-run-compiled) "benchmark" "\
1796 Time execution of compiled version of FORMS.
1797 This is like `benchmark-run', but what is timed is a funcall of the
1798 byte code obtained by wrapping FORMS in a `lambda' and compiling the
1799 result. The overhead of the `lambda's is accounted for.
1800
1801 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil (quote macro))
1802
1803 (autoload (quote benchmark) "benchmark" "\
1804 Print the time taken for REPETITIONS executions of FORM.
1805 Interactively, REPETITIONS is taken from the prefix arg. For
1806 non-interactive use see also `benchmark-run' and
1807 `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1808
1809 \(fn REPETITIONS FORM)" t nil)
1810
1811 ;;;***
1812 \f
1813 ;;;### (autoloads (bibtex-mode) "bibtex" "textmodes/bibtex.el" (17956
1814 ;;;;;; 21270))
1815 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex.el
1816
1817 (autoload (quote bibtex-mode) "bibtex" "\
1818 Major mode for editing BibTeX files.
1819
1820 General information on working with BibTeX mode:
1821
1822 Use commands such as \\[bibtex-Book] to get a template for a specific entry.
1823 Then fill in all desired fields using \\[bibtex-next-field] to jump from field
1824 to field. After having filled in all desired fields in the entry, clean the
1825 new entry with the command \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1826
1827 Some features of BibTeX mode are available only by setting the variable
1828 `bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries' to non-nil. However, then BibTeX mode
1829 works only with buffers containing valid (syntactical correct) and sorted
1830 entries. This is usually the case, if you have created a buffer completely
1831 with BibTeX mode and finished every new entry with \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1832
1833 For third party BibTeX files, call the command \\[bibtex-convert-alien]
1834 to fully take advantage of all features of BibTeX mode.
1835
1836
1837 Special information:
1838
1839 A command such as \\[bibtex-Book] outlines the fields for a BibTeX book entry.
1840
1841 The names of optional fields start with the string OPT, and are thus ignored
1842 by BibTeX. The names of alternative fields from which only one is required
1843 start with the string ALT. The OPT or ALT string may be removed from
1844 the name of a field with \\[bibtex-remove-OPT-or-ALT].
1845 \\[bibtex-make-field] inserts a new field after the current one.
1846 \\[bibtex-kill-field] kills the current field entirely.
1847 \\[bibtex-yank] yanks the last recently killed field after the current field.
1848 \\[bibtex-remove-delimiters] removes the double-quotes or braces around the text of the current field.
1849 \\[bibtex-empty-field] replaces the text of the current field with the default \"\" or {}.
1850 \\[bibtex-find-text] moves point to the end of the current field.
1851 \\[bibtex-complete] completes word fragment before point according to context.
1852
1853 The command \\[bibtex-clean-entry] cleans the current entry, i.e. it removes OPT/ALT
1854 from the names of all non-empty optional or alternative fields, checks that
1855 no required fields are empty, and does some formatting dependent on the value
1856 of `bibtex-entry-format'. Furthermore, it can automatically generate a key
1857 for the BibTeX entry, see `bibtex-generate-autokey'.
1858 Note: some functions in BibTeX mode depend on entries being in a special
1859 format (all fields beginning on separate lines), so it is usually a bad
1860 idea to remove `realign' from `bibtex-entry-format'.
1861
1862 BibTeX mode supports Imenu and hideshow minor mode (`hs-minor-mode').
1863
1864 ----------------------------------------------------------
1865 Entry to BibTeX mode calls the value of `bibtex-mode-hook'
1866 if that value is non-nil.
1867
1868 \\{bibtex-mode-map}
1869
1870 \(fn)" t nil)
1871
1872 ;;;***
1873 \f
1874 ;;;### (autoloads (binhex-decode-region binhex-decode-region-external
1875 ;;;;;; binhex-decode-region-internal) "binhex" "gnus/binhex.el"
1876 ;;;;;; (17842 54741))
1877 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/binhex.el
1878
1879 (defconst binhex-begin-line "^:...............................................................$")
1880
1881 (autoload (quote binhex-decode-region-internal) "binhex" "\
1882 Binhex decode region between START and END without using an external program.
1883 If HEADER-ONLY is non-nil only decode header and return filename.
1884
1885 \(fn START END &optional HEADER-ONLY)" t nil)
1886
1887 (autoload (quote binhex-decode-region-external) "binhex" "\
1888 Binhex decode region between START and END using external decoder.
1889
1890 \(fn START END)" t nil)
1891
1892 (autoload (quote binhex-decode-region) "binhex" "\
1893 Binhex decode region between START and END.
1894
1895 \(fn START END)" t nil)
1896
1897 ;;;***
1898 \f
1899 ;;;### (autoloads (blackbox) "blackbox" "play/blackbox.el" (17842
1900 ;;;;;; 55395))
1901 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/blackbox.el
1902
1903 (autoload (quote blackbox) "blackbox" "\
1904 Play blackbox.
1905 Optional prefix argument is the number of balls; the default is 4.
1906
1907 What is blackbox?
1908
1909 Blackbox is a game of hide and seek played on an 8 by 8 grid (the
1910 Blackbox). Your opponent (Emacs, in this case) has hidden several
1911 balls (usually 4) within this box. By shooting rays into the box and
1912 observing where they emerge it is possible to deduce the positions of
1913 the hidden balls. The fewer rays you use to find the balls, the lower
1914 your score.
1915
1916 Overview of play:
1917
1918 \\<blackbox-mode-map>To play blackbox, type \\[blackbox]. An optional prefix argument
1919 specifies the number of balls to be hidden in the box; the default is
1920 four.
1921
1922 The cursor can be moved around the box with the standard cursor
1923 movement keys.
1924
1925 To shoot a ray, move the cursor to the edge of the box and press SPC.
1926 The result will be determined and the playfield updated.
1927
1928 You may place or remove balls in the box by moving the cursor into the
1929 box and pressing \\[bb-romp].
1930
1931 When you think the configuration of balls you have placed is correct,
1932 press \\[bb-done]. You will be informed whether you are correct or
1933 not, and be given your score. Your score is the number of letters and
1934 numbers around the outside of the box plus five for each incorrectly
1935 placed ball. If you placed any balls incorrectly, they will be
1936 indicated with `x', and their actual positions indicated with `o'.
1937
1938 Details:
1939
1940 There are three possible outcomes for each ray you send into the box:
1941
1942 Detour: the ray is deflected and emerges somewhere other than
1943 where you sent it in. On the playfield, detours are
1944 denoted by matching pairs of numbers -- one where the
1945 ray went in, and the other where it came out.
1946
1947 Reflection: the ray is reflected and emerges in the same place
1948 it was sent in. On the playfield, reflections are
1949 denoted by the letter `R'.
1950
1951 Hit: the ray strikes a ball directly and is absorbed. It does
1952 not emerge from the box. On the playfield, hits are
1953 denoted by the letter `H'.
1954
1955 The rules for how balls deflect rays are simple and are best shown by
1956 example.
1957
1958 As a ray approaches a ball it is deflected ninety degrees. Rays can
1959 be deflected multiple times. In the diagrams below, the dashes
1960 represent empty box locations and the letter `O' represents a ball.
1961 The entrance and exit points of each ray are marked with numbers as
1962 described under \"Detour\" above. Note that the entrance and exit
1963 points are always interchangeable. `*' denotes the path taken by the
1964 ray.
1965
1966 Note carefully the relative positions of the ball and the ninety
1967 degree deflection it causes.
1968
1969 1
1970 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1971 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1972 1 * * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - O -
1973 - - O - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - * * * * - -
1974 - - - - - - - - - - - * * * * * 2 3 * * * - - * - -
1975 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - O - * - -
1976 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * * - -
1977 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * - O -
1978 2 3
1979
1980 As mentioned above, a reflection occurs when a ray emerges from the same point
1981 it was sent in. This can happen in several ways:
1982
1983
1984 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1985 - - - - O - - - - - O - O - - - - - - - - - - -
1986 R * * * * - - - - - - - * - - - - O - - - - - - -
1987 - - - - O - - - - - - * - - - - R - - - - - - - -
1988 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1989 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1990 - - - - - - - - R * * * * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1991 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - - - - -
1992
1993 In the first example, the ray is deflected downwards by the upper
1994 ball, then left by the lower ball, and finally retraces its path to
1995 its point of origin. The second example is similar. The third
1996 example is a bit anomalous but can be rationalized by realizing the
1997 ray never gets a chance to get into the box. Alternatively, the ray
1998 can be thought of as being deflected downwards and immediately
1999 emerging from the box.
2000
2001 A hit occurs when a ray runs straight into a ball:
2002
2003 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2004 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - -
2005 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - H * * * * - - - -
2006 - - - - - - - - H * * * * O - - - - - - * - - - -
2007 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - O - - - -
2008 H * * * O - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2009 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2010 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2011
2012 Be sure to compare the second example of a hit with the first example of
2013 a reflection.
2014
2015 \(fn NUM)" t nil)
2016
2017 ;;;***
2018 \f
2019 ;;;### (autoloads (bookmark-bmenu-list bookmark-load bookmark-save
2020 ;;;;;; bookmark-write bookmark-delete bookmark-insert bookmark-rename
2021 ;;;;;; bookmark-insert-location bookmark-relocate bookmark-jump
2022 ;;;;;; bookmark-set) "bookmark" "bookmark.el" (17842 58280))
2023 ;;; Generated autoloads from bookmark.el
2024 (define-key ctl-x-map "rb" 'bookmark-jump)
2025 (define-key ctl-x-map "rm" 'bookmark-set)
2026 (define-key ctl-x-map "rl" 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2027
2028 (defvar bookmark-map nil "\
2029 Keymap containing bindings to bookmark functions.
2030 It is not bound to any key by default: to bind it
2031 so that you have a bookmark prefix, just use `global-set-key' and bind a
2032 key of your choice to `bookmark-map'. All interactive bookmark
2033 functions have a binding in this keymap.")
2034 (define-prefix-command 'bookmark-map)
2035 (define-key bookmark-map "x" 'bookmark-set)
2036 (define-key bookmark-map "m" 'bookmark-set) ; "m" for "mark"
2037 (define-key bookmark-map "j" 'bookmark-jump)
2038 (define-key bookmark-map "g" 'bookmark-jump) ; "g" for "go"
2039 (define-key bookmark-map "i" 'bookmark-insert)
2040 (define-key bookmark-map "e" 'edit-bookmarks)
2041 (define-key bookmark-map "f" 'bookmark-insert-location) ; "f" for "find"
2042 (define-key bookmark-map "r" 'bookmark-rename)
2043 (define-key bookmark-map "d" 'bookmark-delete)
2044 (define-key bookmark-map "l" 'bookmark-load)
2045 (define-key bookmark-map "w" 'bookmark-write)
2046 (define-key bookmark-map "s" 'bookmark-save)
2047
2048 (autoload (quote bookmark-set) "bookmark" "\
2049 Set a bookmark named NAME inside a file.
2050 If name is nil, then the user will be prompted.
2051 With prefix arg, will not overwrite a bookmark that has the same name
2052 as NAME if such a bookmark already exists, but instead will \"push\"
2053 the new bookmark onto the bookmark alist. Thus the most recently set
2054 bookmark with name NAME would be the one in effect at any given time,
2055 but the others are still there, should you decide to delete the most
2056 recent one.
2057
2058 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
2059 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
2060 yank successive words.
2061
2062 Typing C-u inserts the name of the last bookmark used in the buffer
2063 \(as an aid in using a single bookmark name to track your progress
2064 through a large file). If no bookmark was used, then C-u inserts the
2065 name of the file being visited.
2066
2067 Use \\[bookmark-delete] to remove bookmarks (you give it a name,
2068 and it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
2069 the list of bookmarks.)
2070
2071 \(fn &optional NAME PARG)" t nil)
2072
2073 (autoload (quote bookmark-jump) "bookmark" "\
2074 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
2075 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2076 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2077 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2078 this.
2079
2080 If the file pointed to by BOOKMARK no longer exists, you will be asked
2081 if you wish to give the bookmark a new location, and `bookmark-jump'
2082 will then jump to the new location, as well as recording it in place
2083 of the old one in the permanent bookmark record.
2084
2085 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
2086
2087 (autoload (quote bookmark-relocate) "bookmark" "\
2088 Relocate BOOKMARK to another file (reading file name with minibuffer).
2089 This makes an already existing bookmark point to that file, instead of
2090 the one it used to point at. Useful when a file has been renamed
2091 after a bookmark was set in it.
2092
2093 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
2094
2095 (autoload (quote bookmark-insert-location) "bookmark" "\
2096 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK.
2097 Optional second arg NO-HISTORY means don't record this in the
2098 minibuffer history list `bookmark-history'.
2099
2100 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional NO-HISTORY)" t nil)
2101
2102 (defalias (quote bookmark-locate) (quote bookmark-insert-location))
2103
2104 (autoload (quote bookmark-rename) "bookmark" "\
2105 Change the name of OLD bookmark to NEW name.
2106 If called from keyboard, prompt for OLD and NEW. If called from
2107 menubar, select OLD from a menu and prompt for NEW.
2108
2109 If called from Lisp, prompt for NEW if only OLD was passed as an
2110 argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting is done. You
2111 must pass at least OLD when calling from Lisp.
2112
2113 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
2114 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
2115 name.
2116
2117 \(fn OLD &optional NEW)" t nil)
2118
2119 (autoload (quote bookmark-insert) "bookmark" "\
2120 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK.
2121 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2122 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2123 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2124 this.
2125
2126 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
2127
2128 (autoload (quote bookmark-delete) "bookmark" "\
2129 Delete BOOKMARK from the bookmark list.
2130 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
2131 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
2132 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
2133 one most recently used in this file, if any).
2134 Optional second arg BATCH means don't update the bookmark list buffer,
2135 probably because we were called from there.
2136
2137 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional BATCH)" t nil)
2138
2139 (autoload (quote bookmark-write) "bookmark" "\
2140 Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer).
2141 Don't use this in Lisp programs; use `bookmark-save' instead.
2142
2143 \(fn)" t nil)
2144
2145 (autoload (quote bookmark-save) "bookmark" "\
2146 Save currently defined bookmarks.
2147 Saves by default in the file defined by the variable
2148 `bookmark-default-file'. With a prefix arg, save it in file FILE
2149 \(second argument).
2150
2151 If you are calling this from Lisp, the two arguments are PARG and
2152 FILE, and if you just want it to write to the default file, then
2153 pass no arguments. Or pass in nil and FILE, and it will save in FILE
2154 instead. If you pass in one argument, and it is non-nil, then the
2155 user will be interactively queried for a file to save in.
2156
2157 When you want to load in the bookmarks from a file, use
2158 `bookmark-load', \\[bookmark-load]. That function will prompt you
2159 for a file, defaulting to the file defined by variable
2160 `bookmark-default-file'.
2161
2162 \(fn &optional PARG FILE)" t nil)
2163
2164 (autoload (quote bookmark-load) "bookmark" "\
2165 Load bookmarks from FILE (which must be in bookmark format).
2166 Appends loaded bookmarks to the front of the list of bookmarks. If
2167 optional second argument OVERWRITE is non-nil, existing bookmarks are
2168 destroyed. Optional third arg NO-MSG means don't display any messages
2169 while loading.
2170
2171 If you load a file that doesn't contain a proper bookmark alist, you
2172 will corrupt Emacs's bookmark list. Generally, you should only load
2173 in files that were created with the bookmark functions in the first
2174 place. Your own personal bookmark file, `~/.emacs.bmk', is
2175 maintained automatically by Emacs; you shouldn't need to load it
2176 explicitly.
2177
2178 If you load a file containing bookmarks with the same names as
2179 bookmarks already present in your Emacs, the new bookmarks will get
2180 unique numeric suffixes \"<2>\", \"<3>\", ... following the same
2181 method buffers use to resolve name collisions.
2182
2183 \(fn FILE &optional OVERWRITE NO-MSG)" t nil)
2184
2185 (autoload (quote bookmark-bmenu-list) "bookmark" "\
2186 Display a list of existing bookmarks.
2187 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Bookmark List*'.
2188 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
2189 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
2190
2191 \(fn)" t nil)
2192
2193 (defalias (quote list-bookmarks) (quote bookmark-bmenu-list))
2194
2195 (defalias (quote edit-bookmarks) (quote bookmark-bmenu-list))
2196
2197 (defvar menu-bar-bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Bookmark functions"))) (define-key map [load] (quote ("Load a Bookmark File..." . bookmark-load))) (define-key map [write] (quote ("Save Bookmarks As..." . bookmark-write))) (define-key map [save] (quote ("Save Bookmarks" . bookmark-save))) (define-key map [edit] (quote ("Edit Bookmark List" . bookmark-bmenu-list))) (define-key map [delete] (quote ("Delete Bookmark..." . bookmark-delete))) (define-key map [rename] (quote ("Rename Bookmark..." . bookmark-rename))) (define-key map [locate] (quote ("Insert Location..." . bookmark-locate))) (define-key map [insert] (quote ("Insert Contents..." . bookmark-insert))) (define-key map [set] (quote ("Set Bookmark..." . bookmark-set))) (define-key map [jump] (quote ("Jump to Bookmark..." . bookmark-jump))) map))
2198
2199 (defalias (quote menu-bar-bookmark-map) menu-bar-bookmark-map)
2200
2201 ;;;***
2202 \f
2203 ;;;### (autoloads (browse-url-kde browse-url-generic browse-url-mail
2204 ;;;;;; browse-url-mmm browse-url-lynx-emacs browse-url-lynx-xterm
2205 ;;;;;; browse-url-w3-gnudoit browse-url-w3 browse-url-iximosaic
2206 ;;;;;; browse-url-cci browse-url-grail browse-url-mosaic browse-url-gnome-moz
2207 ;;;;;; browse-url-galeon browse-url-firefox browse-url-mozilla browse-url-netscape
2208 ;;;;;; browse-url-default-browser browse-url-at-mouse browse-url-at-point
2209 ;;;;;; browse-url browse-url-of-region browse-url-of-dired-file
2210 ;;;;;; browse-url-of-buffer browse-url-of-file browse-url-url-at-point
2211 ;;;;;; browse-url-galeon-program browse-url-firefox-program browse-url-browser-function)
2212 ;;;;;; "browse-url" "net/browse-url.el" (17842 55218))
2213 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/browse-url.el
2214
2215 (defvar browse-url-browser-function (cond ((memq system-type (quote (windows-nt ms-dos cygwin))) (quote browse-url-default-windows-browser)) ((memq system-type (quote (darwin))) (quote browse-url-default-macosx-browser)) (t (quote browse-url-default-browser))) "\
2216 *Function to display the current buffer in a WWW browser.
2217 This is used by the `browse-url-at-point', `browse-url-at-mouse', and
2218 `browse-url-of-file' commands.
2219
2220 If the value is not a function it should be a list of pairs
2221 \(REGEXP . FUNCTION). In this case the function called will be the one
2222 associated with the first REGEXP which matches the current URL. The
2223 function is passed the URL and any other args of `browse-url'. The last
2224 regexp should probably be \".\" to specify a default browser.")
2225
2226 (custom-autoload (quote browse-url-browser-function) "browse-url" t)
2227
2228 (defvar browse-url-firefox-program "firefox" "\
2229 *The name by which to invoke Firefox.")
2230
2231 (custom-autoload (quote browse-url-firefox-program) "browse-url" t)
2232
2233 (defvar browse-url-galeon-program "galeon" "\
2234 *The name by which to invoke Galeon.")
2235
2236 (custom-autoload (quote browse-url-galeon-program) "browse-url" t)
2237
2238 (autoload (quote browse-url-url-at-point) "browse-url" "\
2239 Not documented
2240
2241 \(fn)" nil nil)
2242
2243 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-file) "browse-url" "\
2244 Ask a WWW browser to display FILE.
2245 Display the current buffer's file if FILE is nil or if called
2246 interactively. Turn the filename into a URL with function
2247 `browse-url-file-url'. Pass the URL to a browser using the
2248 `browse-url' function then run `browse-url-of-file-hook'.
2249
2250 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
2251
2252 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-buffer) "browse-url" "\
2253 Ask a WWW browser to display BUFFER.
2254 Display the current buffer if BUFFER is nil. Display only the
2255 currently visible part of BUFFER (from a temporary file) if buffer is
2256 narrowed.
2257
2258 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
2259
2260 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-dired-file) "browse-url" "\
2261 In Dired, ask a WWW browser to display the file named on this line.
2262
2263 \(fn)" t nil)
2264
2265 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-region) "browse-url" "\
2266 Ask a WWW browser to display the current region.
2267
2268 \(fn MIN MAX)" t nil)
2269
2270 (autoload (quote browse-url) "browse-url" "\
2271 Ask a WWW browser to load URL.
2272 Prompts for a URL, defaulting to the URL at or before point. Variable
2273 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2274
2275 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" t nil)
2276
2277 (autoload (quote browse-url-at-point) "browse-url" "\
2278 Ask a WWW browser to load the URL at or before point.
2279 Doesn't let you edit the URL like `browse-url'. Variable
2280 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2281
2282 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2283
2284 (autoload (quote browse-url-at-mouse) "browse-url" "\
2285 Ask a WWW browser to load a URL clicked with the mouse.
2286 The URL is the one around or before the position of the mouse click
2287 but point is not changed. Doesn't let you edit the URL like
2288 `browse-url'. Variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser
2289 to use.
2290
2291 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
2292
2293 (autoload (quote browse-url-default-browser) "browse-url" "\
2294 Find a suitable browser and ask it to load URL.
2295 Default to the URL around or before point.
2296
2297 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2298 non-nil, load the document in a new window, if possible, otherwise use
2299 a random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2300 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2301
2302 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2303 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2304
2305 The order attempted is gnome-moz-remote, Mozilla, Firefox,
2306 Galeon, Konqueror, Netscape, Mosaic, IXI Mosaic, Lynx in an
2307 xterm, MMM, and then W3.
2308
2309 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
2310
2311 (autoload (quote browse-url-netscape) "browse-url" "\
2312 Ask the Netscape WWW browser to load URL.
2313 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2314 `browse-url-netscape-arguments' are also passed to Netscape.
2315
2316 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2317 non-nil, load the document in a new Netscape window, otherwise use a
2318 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2319 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2320
2321 If `browse-url-netscape-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2322 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2323 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2324
2325 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2326 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2327
2328 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2329
2330 (autoload (quote browse-url-mozilla) "browse-url" "\
2331 Ask the Mozilla WWW browser to load URL.
2332 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2333 `browse-url-mozilla-arguments' are also passed to Mozilla.
2334
2335 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2336 non-nil, load the document in a new Mozilla window, otherwise use a
2337 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2338 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2339
2340 If `browse-url-mozilla-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2341 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2342 new tab in an existing window instead.
2343
2344 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2345 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2346
2347 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2348
2349 (autoload (quote browse-url-firefox) "browse-url" "\
2350 Ask the Firefox WWW browser to load URL.
2351 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in
2352 variable `browse-url-firefox-arguments' are also passed to
2353 Firefox.
2354
2355 When called interactively, if variable
2356 `browse-url-new-window-flag' is non-nil, load the document in a
2357 new Firefox window, otherwise use a random existing one. A
2358 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2359 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2360
2361 If `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2362 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2363 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2364
2365 When called non-interactively, optional second argument
2366 NEW-WINDOW is used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2367
2368 On MS-Windows systems the optional `new-window' parameter is
2369 ignored. Firefox for Windows does not support the \"-remote\"
2370 command line parameter. Therefore, the
2371 `browse-url-new-window-flag' and `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab'
2372 are ignored as well. Firefox on Windows will always open the requested
2373 URL in a new window.
2374
2375 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2376
2377 (autoload (quote browse-url-galeon) "browse-url" "\
2378 Ask the Galeon WWW browser to load URL.
2379 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2380 `browse-url-galeon-arguments' are also passed to Galeon.
2381
2382 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2383 non-nil, load the document in a new Galeon window, otherwise use a
2384 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2385 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2386
2387 If `browse-url-galeon-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2388 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2389 new tab in an existing window instead.
2390
2391 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2392 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2393
2394 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2395
2396 (autoload (quote browse-url-gnome-moz) "browse-url" "\
2397 Ask Mozilla/Netscape to load URL via the GNOME program `gnome-moz-remote'.
2398 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2399 `browse-url-gnome-moz-arguments' are also passed.
2400
2401 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2402 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use an
2403 existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the
2404 effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2405
2406 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2407 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2408
2409 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2410
2411 (autoload (quote browse-url-mosaic) "browse-url" "\
2412 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2413
2414 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2415 `browse-url-mosaic-arguments' are also passed to Mosaic and the
2416 program is invoked according to the variable
2417 `browse-url-mosaic-program'.
2418
2419 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2420 non-nil, load the document in a new Mosaic window, otherwise use a
2421 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2422 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2423
2424 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2425 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2426
2427 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2428
2429 (autoload (quote browse-url-grail) "browse-url" "\
2430 Ask the Grail WWW browser to load URL.
2431 Default to the URL around or before point. Runs the program in the
2432 variable `browse-url-grail'.
2433
2434 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2435
2436 (autoload (quote browse-url-cci) "browse-url" "\
2437 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2438 Default to the URL around or before point.
2439
2440 This function only works for XMosaic version 2.5 or later. You must
2441 select `CCI' from XMosaic's File menu, set the CCI Port Address to the
2442 value of variable `browse-url-CCI-port', and enable `Accept requests'.
2443
2444 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2445 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use a
2446 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2447 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2448
2449 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2450 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2451
2452 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2453
2454 (autoload (quote browse-url-iximosaic) "browse-url" "\
2455 Ask the IXIMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2456 Default to the URL around or before point.
2457
2458 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2459
2460 (autoload (quote browse-url-w3) "browse-url" "\
2461 Ask the w3 WWW browser to load URL.
2462 Default to the URL around or before point.
2463
2464 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2465 non-nil, load the document in a new window. A non-nil interactive
2466 prefix argument reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2467
2468 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2469 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2470
2471 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2472
2473 (autoload (quote browse-url-w3-gnudoit) "browse-url" "\
2474 Ask another Emacs running gnuserv to load the URL using the W3 browser.
2475 The `browse-url-gnudoit-program' program is used with options given by
2476 `browse-url-gnudoit-args'. Default to the URL around or before point.
2477
2478 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2479
2480 (autoload (quote browse-url-lynx-xterm) "browse-url" "\
2481 Ask the Lynx WWW browser to load URL.
2482 Default to the URL around or before point. A new Lynx process is run
2483 in an Xterm window using the Xterm program named by `browse-url-xterm-program'
2484 with possible additional arguments `browse-url-xterm-args'.
2485
2486 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2487
2488 (autoload (quote browse-url-lynx-emacs) "browse-url" "\
2489 Ask the Lynx WWW browser to load URL.
2490 Default to the URL around or before point. With a prefix argument, run
2491 a new Lynx process in a new buffer.
2492
2493 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2494 non-nil, load the document in a new lynx in a new term window,
2495 otherwise use any existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument
2496 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2497
2498 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2499 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2500
2501 \(fn URL &optional NEW-BUFFER)" t nil)
2502
2503 (autoload (quote browse-url-mmm) "browse-url" "\
2504 Ask the MMM WWW browser to load URL.
2505 Default to the URL around or before point.
2506
2507 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2508
2509 (autoload (quote browse-url-mail) "browse-url" "\
2510 Open a new mail message buffer within Emacs for the RFC 2368 URL.
2511 Default to using the mailto: URL around or before point as the
2512 recipient's address. Supplying a non-nil interactive prefix argument
2513 will cause the mail to be composed in another window rather than the
2514 current one.
2515
2516 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2517 non-nil use `compose-mail-other-window', otherwise `compose-mail'. A
2518 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2519 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2520
2521 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2522 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2523
2524 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2525
2526 (autoload (quote browse-url-generic) "browse-url" "\
2527 Ask the WWW browser defined by `browse-url-generic-program' to load URL.
2528 Default to the URL around or before point. A fresh copy of the
2529 browser is started up in a new process with possible additional arguments
2530 `browse-url-generic-args'. This is appropriate for browsers which
2531 don't offer a form of remote control.
2532
2533 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2534
2535 (autoload (quote browse-url-kde) "browse-url" "\
2536 Ask the KDE WWW browser to load URL.
2537 Default to the URL around or before point.
2538
2539 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2540
2541 ;;;***
2542 \f
2543 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-bruces bruce) "bruce" "play/bruce.el" (17842
2544 ;;;;;; 55395))
2545 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bruce.el
2546
2547 (autoload (quote bruce) "bruce" "\
2548 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
2549
2550 \(fn)" t nil)
2551
2552 (autoload (quote snarf-bruces) "bruce" "\
2553 Return a vector containing the lines from `bruce-phrases-file'.
2554
2555 \(fn)" nil nil)
2556
2557 ;;;***
2558 \f
2559 ;;;### (autoloads (bs-show bs-customize bs-cycle-previous bs-cycle-next)
2560 ;;;;;; "bs" "bs.el" (17842 58280))
2561 ;;; Generated autoloads from bs.el
2562
2563 (autoload (quote bs-cycle-next) "bs" "\
2564 Select next buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2565 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2566 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2567
2568 \(fn)" t nil)
2569
2570 (autoload (quote bs-cycle-previous) "bs" "\
2571 Select previous buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2572 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2573 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2574
2575 \(fn)" t nil)
2576
2577 (autoload (quote bs-customize) "bs" "\
2578 Customization of group bs for Buffer Selection Menu.
2579
2580 \(fn)" t nil)
2581
2582 (autoload (quote bs-show) "bs" "\
2583 Make a menu of buffers so you can manipulate buffers or the buffer list.
2584 \\<bs-mode-map>
2585 There are many key commands similar to `Buffer-menu-mode' for
2586 manipulating buffer list and buffers itself.
2587 User can move with [up] or [down], select a buffer
2588 by \\[bs-select] or [SPC]
2589
2590 Type \\[bs-kill] to leave Buffer Selection Menu without a selection.
2591 Type \\[bs-help] after invocation to get help on commands available.
2592 With prefix argument ARG show a different buffer list. Function
2593 `bs--configuration-name-for-prefix-arg' determine accordingly
2594 name of buffer configuration.
2595
2596 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
2597
2598 ;;;***
2599 \f
2600 ;;;### (autoloads (insert-text-button make-text-button insert-button
2601 ;;;;;; make-button define-button-type) "button" "button.el" (17992
2602 ;;;;;; 30877))
2603 ;;; Generated autoloads from button.el
2604
2605 (defvar button-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map " " (quote push-button)) (define-key map [mouse-2] (quote push-button)) map) "\
2606 Keymap used by buttons.")
2607
2608 (defvar button-buffer-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map [9] (quote forward-button)) (define-key map "\e " (quote backward-button)) (define-key map [backtab] (quote backward-button)) map) "\
2609 Keymap useful for buffers containing buttons.
2610 Mode-specific keymaps may want to use this as their parent keymap.")
2611
2612 (autoload (quote define-button-type) "button" "\
2613 Define a `button type' called NAME.
2614 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2615 specifying properties to use as defaults for buttons with this type
2616 \(a button's type may be set by giving it a `type' property when
2617 creating the button, using the :type keyword argument).
2618
2619 In addition, the keyword argument :supertype may be used to specify a
2620 button-type from which NAME inherits its default property values
2621 \(however, the inheritance happens only when NAME is defined; subsequent
2622 changes to a supertype are not reflected in its subtypes).
2623
2624 \(fn NAME &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2625
2626 (autoload (quote make-button) "button" "\
2627 Make a button from BEG to END in the current buffer.
2628 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2629 specifying properties to add to the button.
2630 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2631 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2632 `define-button-type'.
2633
2634 Also see `make-text-button', `insert-button'.
2635
2636 \(fn BEG END &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2637
2638 (autoload (quote insert-button) "button" "\
2639 Insert a button with the label LABEL.
2640 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2641 specifying properties to add to the button.
2642 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2643 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2644 `define-button-type'.
2645
2646 Also see `insert-text-button', `make-button'.
2647
2648 \(fn LABEL &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2649
2650 (autoload (quote make-text-button) "button" "\
2651 Make a button from BEG to END in the current buffer.
2652 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2653 specifying properties to add to the button.
2654 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2655 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2656 `define-button-type'.
2657
2658 This function is like `make-button', except that the button is actually
2659 part of the text instead of being a property of the buffer. Creating
2660 large numbers of buttons can also be somewhat faster using
2661 `make-text-button'.
2662
2663 Also see `insert-text-button'.
2664
2665 \(fn BEG END &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2666
2667 (autoload (quote insert-text-button) "button" "\
2668 Insert a button with the label LABEL.
2669 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2670 specifying properties to add to the button.
2671 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2672 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2673 `define-button-type'.
2674
2675 This function is like `insert-button', except that the button is
2676 actually part of the text instead of being a property of the buffer.
2677 Creating large numbers of buttons can also be somewhat faster using
2678 `insert-text-button'.
2679
2680 Also see `make-text-button'.
2681
2682 \(fn LABEL &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2683
2684 ;;;***
2685 \f
2686 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-byte-recompile-directory batch-byte-compile
2687 ;;;;;; batch-byte-compile-if-not-done display-call-tree byte-compile
2688 ;;;;;; compile-defun byte-compile-file byte-recompile-directory
2689 ;;;;;; byte-force-recompile byte-compile-warnings-safe-p) "bytecomp"
2690 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el" (17949 41467))
2691 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el
2692 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2693 (put 'byte-compile-disable-print-circle 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2694 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic-docstrings 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2695
2696 (autoload (quote byte-compile-warnings-safe-p) "bytecomp" "\
2697 Not documented
2698
2699 \(fn X)" nil nil)
2700
2701 (autoload (quote byte-force-recompile) "bytecomp" "\
2702 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that already has a `.elc' file.
2703 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2704
2705 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
2706
2707 (autoload (quote byte-recompile-directory) "bytecomp" "\
2708 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that needs recompilation.
2709 This is if a `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file.
2710 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2711
2712 If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally this function *does not*
2713 compile the corresponding `.el' file. However,
2714 if ARG (the prefix argument) is 0, that means do compile all those files.
2715 A nonzero ARG means ask the user, for each such `.el' file,
2716 whether to compile it.
2717
2718 A nonzero ARG also means ask about each subdirectory before scanning it.
2719
2720 If the third argument FORCE is non-nil,
2721 recompile every `.el' file that already has a `.elc' file.
2722
2723 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional ARG FORCE)" t nil)
2724 (put 'no-byte-compile 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2725
2726 (autoload (quote byte-compile-file) "bytecomp" "\
2727 Compile a file of Lisp code named FILENAME into a file of byte code.
2728 The output file's name is generated by passing FILENAME to the
2729 `byte-compile-dest-file' function (which see).
2730 With prefix arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg), LOAD the file after compiling.
2731 The value is non-nil if there were no errors, nil if errors.
2732
2733 \(fn FILENAME &optional LOAD)" t nil)
2734
2735 (autoload (quote compile-defun) "bytecomp" "\
2736 Compile and evaluate the current top-level form.
2737 Print the result in the echo area.
2738 With argument, insert value in current buffer after the form.
2739
2740 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2741
2742 (autoload (quote byte-compile) "bytecomp" "\
2743 If FORM is a symbol, byte-compile its function definition.
2744 If FORM is a lambda or a macro, byte-compile it as a function.
2745
2746 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
2747
2748 (autoload (quote display-call-tree) "bytecomp" "\
2749 Display a call graph of a specified file.
2750 This lists which functions have been called, what functions called
2751 them, and what functions they call. The list includes all functions
2752 whose definitions have been compiled in this Emacs session, as well as
2753 all functions called by those functions.
2754
2755 The call graph does not include macros, inline functions, or
2756 primitives that the byte-code interpreter knows about directly (eq,
2757 cons, etc.).
2758
2759 The call tree also lists those functions which are not known to be called
2760 \(that is, to which no calls have been compiled), and which cannot be
2761 invoked interactively.
2762
2763 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
2764
2765 (autoload (quote batch-byte-compile-if-not-done) "bytecomp" "\
2766 Like `byte-compile-file' but doesn't recompile if already up to date.
2767 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2768 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2769
2770 \(fn)" nil nil)
2771
2772 (autoload (quote batch-byte-compile) "bytecomp" "\
2773 Run `byte-compile-file' on the files remaining on the command line.
2774 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2775 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2776 Each file is processed even if an error occurred previously.
2777 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-byte-compile $emacs/ ~/*.el\".
2778 If NOFORCE is non-nil, don't recompile a file that seems to be
2779 already up-to-date.
2780
2781 \(fn &optional NOFORCE)" nil nil)
2782
2783 (autoload (quote batch-byte-recompile-directory) "bytecomp" "\
2784 Run `byte-recompile-directory' on the dirs remaining on the command line.
2785 Must be used only with `-batch', and kills Emacs on completion.
2786 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-byte-recompile-directory .'.
2787
2788 Optional argument ARG is passed as second argument ARG to
2789 `batch-recompile-directory'; see there for its possible values
2790 and corresponding effects.
2791
2792 \(fn &optional ARG)" nil nil)
2793
2794 ;;;***
2795 \f
2796 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-dst" "calendar/cal-dst.el" (17956 13479))
2797 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-dst.el
2798
2799 (put (quote calendar-daylight-savings-starts) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2800
2801 (put (quote calendar-daylight-savings-ends) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2802
2803 ;;;***
2804 \f
2805 ;;;### (autoloads (list-yahrzeit-dates) "cal-hebrew" "calendar/cal-hebrew.el"
2806 ;;;;;; (17956 13479))
2807 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-hebrew.el
2808
2809 (autoload (quote list-yahrzeit-dates) "cal-hebrew" "\
2810 List Yahrzeit dates for *Gregorian* DEATH-DATE from START-YEAR to END-YEAR.
2811 When called interactively from the calendar window, the date of death is taken
2812 from the cursor position.
2813
2814 \(fn DEATH-DATE START-YEAR END-YEAR)" t nil)
2815
2816 ;;;***
2817 \f
2818 ;;;### (autoloads (defmath calc-embedded-activate calc-embedded calc-grab-rectangle
2819 ;;;;;; calc-grab-region full-calc-keypad calc-keypad calc-eval quick-calc
2820 ;;;;;; full-calc calc calc-dispatch calc-settings-file) "calc" "calc/calc.el"
2821 ;;;;;; (17965 11665))
2822 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc.el
2823
2824 (defvar calc-settings-file (convert-standard-filename "~/.calc.el") "\
2825 *File in which to record permanent settings.")
2826
2827 (custom-autoload (quote calc-settings-file) "calc" t)
2828 (define-key ctl-x-map "*" 'calc-dispatch)
2829
2830 (autoload (quote calc-dispatch) "calc" "\
2831 Invoke the GNU Emacs Calculator. See `calc-dispatch-help' for details.
2832
2833 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2834
2835 (autoload (quote calc) "calc" "\
2836 The Emacs Calculator. Full documentation is listed under \"calc-mode\".
2837
2838 \(fn &optional ARG FULL-DISPLAY INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2839
2840 (autoload (quote full-calc) "calc" "\
2841 Invoke the Calculator and give it a full-sized window.
2842
2843 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2844
2845 (autoload (quote quick-calc) "calc" "\
2846 Do a quick calculation in the minibuffer without invoking full Calculator.
2847
2848 \(fn)" t nil)
2849
2850 (autoload (quote calc-eval) "calc" "\
2851 Do a quick calculation and return the result as a string.
2852 Return value will either be the formatted result in string form,
2853 or a list containing a character position and an error message in string form.
2854
2855 \(fn STR &optional SEPARATOR &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
2856
2857 (autoload (quote calc-keypad) "calc" "\
2858 Invoke the Calculator in \"visual keypad\" mode.
2859 This is most useful in the X window system.
2860 In this mode, click on the Calc \"buttons\" using the left mouse button.
2861 Or, position the cursor manually and do M-x calc-keypad-press.
2862
2863 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2864
2865 (autoload (quote full-calc-keypad) "calc" "\
2866 Invoke the Calculator in full-screen \"visual keypad\" mode.
2867 See calc-keypad for details.
2868
2869 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2870
2871 (autoload (quote calc-grab-region) "calc" "\
2872 Parse the region as a vector of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2873
2874 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2875
2876 (autoload (quote calc-grab-rectangle) "calc" "\
2877 Parse a rectangle as a matrix of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2878
2879 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2880
2881 (autoload (quote calc-embedded) "calc" "\
2882 Start Calc Embedded mode on the formula surrounding point.
2883
2884 \(fn ARG &optional END OBEG OEND)" t nil)
2885
2886 (autoload (quote calc-embedded-activate) "calc" "\
2887 Scan the current editing buffer for all embedded := and => formulas.
2888 Also looks for the equivalent TeX words, \\gets and \\evalto.
2889
2890 \(fn &optional ARG CBUF)" t nil)
2891
2892 (autoload (quote defmath) "calc" "\
2893 Not documented
2894
2895 \(fn FUNC ARGS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
2896
2897 ;;;***
2898 \f
2899 ;;;### (autoloads (calculator) "calculator" "calculator.el" (17870
2900 ;;;;;; 28179))
2901 ;;; Generated autoloads from calculator.el
2902
2903 (autoload (quote calculator) "calculator" "\
2904 Run the Emacs calculator.
2905 See the documentation for `calculator-mode' for more information.
2906
2907 \(fn)" t nil)
2908
2909 ;;;***
2910 \f
2911 ;;;### (autoloads (calendar-week-start-day calendar calendar-setup
2912 ;;;;;; solar-holidays bahai-holidays islamic-holidays christian-holidays
2913 ;;;;;; hebrew-holidays other-holidays local-holidays oriental-holidays
2914 ;;;;;; general-holidays holidays-in-diary-buffer diary-list-include-blanks
2915 ;;;;;; nongregorian-diary-marking-hook mark-diary-entries-hook nongregorian-diary-listing-hook
2916 ;;;;;; diary-display-hook diary-hook list-diary-entries-hook print-diary-entries-hook
2917 ;;;;;; american-calendar-display-form european-calendar-display-form
2918 ;;;;;; european-date-diary-pattern american-date-diary-pattern european-calendar-style
2919 ;;;;;; abbreviated-calendar-year sexp-diary-entry-symbol diary-include-string
2920 ;;;;;; bahai-diary-entry-symbol islamic-diary-entry-symbol hebrew-diary-entry-symbol
2921 ;;;;;; diary-nonmarking-symbol diary-file calendar-move-hook today-invisible-calendar-hook
2922 ;;;;;; today-visible-calendar-hook initial-calendar-window-hook
2923 ;;;;;; calendar-load-hook all-bahai-calendar-holidays all-islamic-calendar-holidays
2924 ;;;;;; all-christian-calendar-holidays all-hebrew-calendar-holidays
2925 ;;;;;; mark-holidays-in-calendar view-calendar-holidays-initially
2926 ;;;;;; calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting mark-diary-entries-in-calendar
2927 ;;;;;; view-diary-entries-initially calendar-offset) "calendar"
2928 ;;;;;; "calendar/calendar.el" (17956 13479))
2929 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/calendar.el
2930
2931 (defvar calendar-offset 0 "\
2932 The offset of the principal month from the center of the calendar window.
2933 0 means the principal month is in the center (default), -1 means on the left,
2934 +1 means on the right. Larger (or smaller) values push the principal month off
2935 the screen.")
2936
2937 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-offset) "calendar" t)
2938
2939 (defvar view-diary-entries-initially nil "\
2940 Non-nil means display current date's diary entries on entry to calendar.
2941 The diary is displayed in another window when the calendar is first displayed,
2942 if the current date is visible. The number of days of diary entries displayed
2943 is governed by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'. This variable can
2944 be overridden by the value of `calendar-setup'.")
2945
2946 (custom-autoload (quote view-diary-entries-initially) "calendar" t)
2947
2948 (defvar mark-diary-entries-in-calendar nil "\
2949 Non-nil means mark dates with diary entries, in the calendar window.
2950 The marking symbol is specified by the variable `diary-entry-marker'.")
2951
2952 (custom-autoload (quote mark-diary-entries-in-calendar) "calendar" t)
2953
2954 (defvar calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting nil "\
2955 Determine how the calendar mode removes a frame no longer needed.
2956 If nil, make an icon of the frame. If non-nil, delete the frame.")
2957
2958 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting) "calendar" t)
2959
2960 (defvar view-calendar-holidays-initially nil "\
2961 Non-nil means display holidays for current three month period on entry.
2962 The holidays are displayed in another window when the calendar is first
2963 displayed.")
2964
2965 (custom-autoload (quote view-calendar-holidays-initially) "calendar" t)
2966
2967 (defvar mark-holidays-in-calendar nil "\
2968 Non-nil means mark dates of holidays in the calendar window.
2969 The marking symbol is specified by the variable `calendar-holiday-marker'.")
2970
2971 (custom-autoload (quote mark-holidays-in-calendar) "calendar" t)
2972
2973 (defvar all-hebrew-calendar-holidays nil "\
2974 If nil, show only major holidays from the Hebrew calendar.
2975 This means only those Jewish holidays that appear on secular calendars.
2976
2977 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Hebrew calendar.")
2978
2979 (custom-autoload (quote all-hebrew-calendar-holidays) "calendar" t)
2980
2981 (defvar all-christian-calendar-holidays nil "\
2982 If nil, show only major holidays from the Christian calendar.
2983 This means only those Christian holidays that appear on secular calendars.
2984
2985 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Christian
2986 calendar.")
2987
2988 (custom-autoload (quote all-christian-calendar-holidays) "calendar" t)
2989
2990 (defvar all-islamic-calendar-holidays nil "\
2991 If nil, show only major holidays from the Islamic calendar.
2992 This means only those Islamic holidays that appear on secular calendars.
2993
2994 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Islamic
2995 calendar.")
2996
2997 (custom-autoload (quote all-islamic-calendar-holidays) "calendar" t)
2998
2999 (defvar all-bahai-calendar-holidays nil "\
3000 If nil, show only major holidays from the Baha'i calendar.
3001 These are the days on which work and school must be suspended.
3002
3003 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Baha'i
3004 calendar.")
3005
3006 (custom-autoload (quote all-bahai-calendar-holidays) "calendar" t)
3007
3008 (defvar calendar-load-hook nil "\
3009 List of functions to be called after the calendar is first loaded.
3010 This is the place to add key bindings to `calendar-mode-map'.")
3011
3012 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-load-hook) "calendar" t)
3013
3014 (defvar initial-calendar-window-hook nil "\
3015 List of functions to be called when the calendar window is first opened.
3016 The functions invoked are called after the calendar window is opened, but
3017 once opened is never called again. Leaving the calendar with the `q' command
3018 and reentering it will cause these functions to be called again.")
3019
3020 (custom-autoload (quote initial-calendar-window-hook) "calendar" t)
3021
3022 (defvar today-visible-calendar-hook nil "\
3023 List of functions called whenever the current date is visible.
3024 This can be used, for example, to replace today's date with asterisks; a
3025 function `calendar-star-date' is included for this purpose:
3026 (setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-star-date)
3027 It can also be used to mark the current date with `calendar-today-marker';
3028 a function is also provided for this:
3029 (setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-mark-today)
3030
3031 The corresponding variable `today-invisible-calendar-hook' is the list of
3032 functions called when the calendar function was called when the current
3033 date is not visible in the window.
3034
3035 Other than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any
3036 characters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the
3037 functions that move by days and weeks.")
3038
3039 (custom-autoload (quote today-visible-calendar-hook) "calendar" t)
3040
3041 (defvar today-invisible-calendar-hook nil "\
3042 List of functions called whenever the current date is not visible.
3043
3044 The corresponding variable `today-visible-calendar-hook' is the list of
3045 functions called when the calendar function was called when the current
3046 date is visible in the window.
3047
3048 Other than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any
3049 characters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the
3050 functions that move by days and weeks.")
3051
3052 (custom-autoload (quote today-invisible-calendar-hook) "calendar" t)
3053
3054 (defvar calendar-move-hook nil "\
3055 List of functions called whenever the cursor moves in the calendar.
3056
3057 For example,
3058
3059 (add-hook 'calendar-move-hook (lambda () (diary-view-entries 1)))
3060
3061 redisplays the diary for whatever date the cursor is moved to.")
3062
3063 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-move-hook) "calendar" t)
3064
3065 (defvar diary-file "~/diary" "\
3066 Name of the file in which one's personal diary of dates is kept.
3067
3068 The file's entries are lines beginning with any of the forms
3069 specified by the variable `american-date-diary-pattern', by default:
3070
3071 MONTH/DAY
3072 MONTH/DAY/YEAR
3073 MONTHNAME DAY
3074 MONTHNAME DAY, YEAR
3075 DAYNAME
3076
3077 with the remainder of the line being the diary entry string for
3078 that date. MONTH and DAY are one or two digit numbers, YEAR is a
3079 number and may be written in full or abbreviated to the final two
3080 digits (if `abbreviated-calendar-year' is non-nil). MONTHNAME
3081 and DAYNAME can be spelled in full (as specified by the variables
3082 `calendar-month-name-array' and `calendar-day-name-array'),
3083 abbreviated (as specified by `calendar-month-abbrev-array' and
3084 `calendar-day-abbrev-array') with or without a period,
3085 capitalized or not. Any of DAY, MONTH, or MONTHNAME, YEAR can be
3086 `*' which matches any day, month, or year, respectively. If the
3087 date does not contain a year, it is generic and applies to any
3088 year. A DAYNAME entry applies to the appropriate day of the week
3089 in every week.
3090
3091 The European style (in which the day precedes the month) can be
3092 used instead, if you execute `european-calendar' when in the
3093 calendar, or set `european-calendar-style' to t in your .emacs
3094 file. The European forms (see `european-date-diary-pattern') are
3095
3096 DAY/MONTH
3097 DAY/MONTH/YEAR
3098 DAY MONTHNAME
3099 DAY MONTHNAME YEAR
3100 DAYNAME
3101
3102 To revert to the default American style from the European style, execute
3103 `american-calendar' in the calendar.
3104
3105 A diary entry can be preceded by the character
3106 `diary-nonmarking-symbol' (ordinarily `&') to make that entry
3107 nonmarking--that is, it will not be marked on dates in the calendar
3108 window but will appear in a diary window.
3109
3110 Multiline diary entries are made by indenting lines after the first with
3111 either a TAB or one or more spaces.
3112
3113 Lines not in one the above formats are ignored. Here are some sample diary
3114 entries (in the default American style):
3115
3116 12/22/1988 Twentieth wedding anniversary!!
3117 &1/1. Happy New Year!
3118 10/22 Ruth's birthday.
3119 21: Payday
3120 Tuesday--weekly meeting with grad students at 10am
3121 Supowit, Shen, Bitner, and Kapoor to attend.
3122 1/13/89 Friday the thirteenth!!
3123 &thu 4pm squash game with Lloyd.
3124 mar 16 Dad's birthday
3125 April 15, 1989 Income tax due.
3126 &* 15 time cards due.
3127
3128 If the first line of a diary entry consists only of the date or day name with
3129 no trailing blanks or punctuation, then that line is not displayed in the
3130 diary window; only the continuation lines is shown. For example, the
3131 single diary entry
3132
3133 02/11/1989
3134 Bill Blattner visits Princeton today
3135 2pm Cognitive Studies Committee meeting
3136 2:30-5:30 Lizzie at Lawrenceville for `Group Initiative'
3137 4:00pm Jamie Tappenden
3138 7:30pm Dinner at George and Ed's for Alan Ryan
3139 7:30-10:00pm dance at Stewart Country Day School
3140
3141 will appear in the diary window without the date line at the beginning. This
3142 facility allows the diary window to look neater, but can cause confusion if
3143 used with more than one day's entries displayed.
3144
3145 Diary entries can be based on Lisp sexps. For example, the diary entry
3146
3147 %%(diary-block 11 1 1990 11 10 1990) Vacation
3148
3149 causes the diary entry \"Vacation\" to appear from November 1 through
3150 November 10, 1990. Other functions available are `diary-float',
3151 `diary-anniversary', `diary-cyclic', `diary-day-of-year',
3152 `diary-iso-date', `diary-french-date', `diary-hebrew-date',
3153 `diary-islamic-date', `diary-bahai-date', `diary-mayan-date',
3154 `diary-chinese-date', `diary-coptic-date', `diary-ethiopic-date',
3155 `diary-persian-date', `diary-yahrzeit', `diary-sunrise-sunset',
3156 `diary-phases-of-moon', `diary-parasha', `diary-omer',
3157 `diary-rosh-hodesh', and `diary-sabbath-candles'. See the
3158 documentation for the function `list-sexp-diary-entries' for more
3159 details.
3160
3161 Diary entries based on the Hebrew, the Islamic and/or the Baha'i
3162 calendar are also possible, but because these are somewhat slow, they
3163 are ignored unless you set the `nongregorian-diary-listing-hook' and
3164 the `nongregorian-diary-marking-hook' appropriately. See the
3165 documentation for these functions for details.
3166
3167 Diary files can contain directives to include the contents of other files; for
3168 details, see the documentation for the variable `list-diary-entries-hook'.")
3169
3170 (custom-autoload (quote diary-file) "calendar" t)
3171
3172 (defvar diary-nonmarking-symbol "&" "\
3173 Symbol indicating that a diary entry is not to be marked in the calendar.")
3174
3175 (custom-autoload (quote diary-nonmarking-symbol) "calendar" t)
3176
3177 (defvar hebrew-diary-entry-symbol "H" "\
3178 Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Hebrew calendar.")
3179
3180 (custom-autoload (quote hebrew-diary-entry-symbol) "calendar" t)
3181
3182 (defvar islamic-diary-entry-symbol "I" "\
3183 Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Islamic calendar.")
3184
3185 (custom-autoload (quote islamic-diary-entry-symbol) "calendar" t)
3186
3187 (defvar bahai-diary-entry-symbol "B" "\
3188 Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Baha'i calendar.")
3189
3190 (custom-autoload (quote bahai-diary-entry-symbol) "calendar" t)
3191
3192 (defvar diary-include-string "#include" "\
3193 The string indicating inclusion of another file of diary entries.
3194 See the documentation for the function `include-other-diary-files'.")
3195
3196 (custom-autoload (quote diary-include-string) "calendar" t)
3197
3198 (defvar sexp-diary-entry-symbol "%%" "\
3199 The string used to indicate a sexp diary entry in `diary-file'.
3200 See the documentation for the function `list-sexp-diary-entries'.")
3201
3202 (custom-autoload (quote sexp-diary-entry-symbol) "calendar" t)
3203
3204 (defvar abbreviated-calendar-year t "\
3205 Interpret a two-digit year DD in a diary entry as either 19DD or 20DD.
3206 For the Gregorian calendar; similarly for the Hebrew, Islamic and
3207 Baha'i calendars. If this variable is nil, years must be written in
3208 full.")
3209
3210 (custom-autoload (quote abbreviated-calendar-year) "calendar" t)
3211
3212 (defvar european-calendar-style nil "\
3213 Use the European style of dates in the diary and in any displays.
3214 If this variable is t, a date 1/2/1990 would be interpreted as February 1,
3215 1990. The default European date styles (see `european-date-diary-pattern')
3216 are
3217
3218 DAY/MONTH
3219 DAY/MONTH/YEAR
3220 DAY MONTHNAME
3221 DAY MONTHNAME YEAR
3222 DAYNAME
3223
3224 Names can be capitalized or not, written in full (as specified by the
3225 variable `calendar-day-name-array'), or abbreviated (as specified by
3226 `calendar-day-abbrev-array') with or without a period.
3227
3228 Setting this variable directly does not take effect (if the
3229 calendar package is already loaded). Rather, use either
3230 \\[customize] or the functions `european-calendar' and
3231 `american-calendar'.")
3232
3233 (custom-autoload (quote european-calendar-style) "calendar" nil)
3234
3235 (defvar american-date-diary-pattern (quote ((month "/" day "[^/0-9]") (month "/" day "/" year "[^0-9]") (monthname " *" day "[^,0-9]") (monthname " *" day ", *" year "[^0-9]") (dayname "\\W"))) "\
3236 List of pseudo-patterns describing the American patterns of date used.
3237 See the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation.")
3238
3239 (custom-autoload (quote american-date-diary-pattern) "calendar" t)
3240
3241 (defvar european-date-diary-pattern (quote ((day "/" month "[^/0-9]") (day "/" month "/" year "[^0-9]") (backup day " *" monthname "\\W+\\<\\([^*0-9]\\|\\([0-9]+[:aApP]\\)\\)") (day " *" monthname " *" year "[^0-9]") (dayname "\\W"))) "\
3242 List of pseudo-patterns describing the European patterns of date used.
3243 See the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation.")
3244
3245 (custom-autoload (quote european-date-diary-pattern) "calendar" t)
3246
3247 (defvar european-calendar-display-form (quote ((if dayname (concat dayname ", ")) day " " monthname " " year)) "\
3248 Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the European style.
3249 See the documentation of `calendar-date-display-form' for an explanation.")
3250
3251 (custom-autoload (quote european-calendar-display-form) "calendar" t)
3252
3253 (defvar american-calendar-display-form (quote ((if dayname (concat dayname ", ")) monthname " " day ", " year)) "\
3254 Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the American style.
3255 See the documentation of `calendar-date-display-form' for an explanation.")
3256
3257 (custom-autoload (quote american-calendar-display-form) "calendar" t)
3258
3259 (defvar print-diary-entries-hook (quote lpr-buffer) "\
3260 List of functions called after a temporary diary buffer is prepared.
3261 The buffer shows only the diary entries currently visible in the diary
3262 buffer. The default just does the printing. Other uses might include, for
3263 example, rearranging the lines into order by day and time, saving the buffer
3264 instead of deleting it, or changing the function used to do the printing.")
3265
3266 (custom-autoload (quote print-diary-entries-hook) "calendar" t)
3267
3268 (defvar list-diary-entries-hook nil "\
3269 List of functions called after diary file is culled for relevant entries.
3270 It is to be used for diary entries that are not found in the diary file.
3271
3272 A function `include-other-diary-files' is provided for use as the value of
3273 this hook. This function enables you to use shared diary files together
3274 with your own. The files included are specified in the diary file by lines
3275 of the form
3276
3277 #include \"filename\"
3278
3279 This is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are
3280 obeyed. You can change the \"#include\" to some other string by changing
3281 the variable `diary-include-string'. When you use `include-other-diary-files'
3282 as part of the list-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the
3283 function `mark-included-diary-files' as part of `mark-diary-entries-hook'.
3284
3285 For example, you could use
3286
3287 (setq list-diary-entries-hook
3288 '(include-other-diary-files sort-diary-entries))
3289 (setq diary-display-hook 'fancy-diary-display)
3290
3291 in your `.emacs' file to cause the fancy diary buffer to be displayed with
3292 diary entries from various included files, each day's entries sorted into
3293 lexicographic order.")
3294
3295 (custom-autoload (quote list-diary-entries-hook) "calendar" t)
3296
3297 (defvar diary-hook nil "\
3298 List of functions called after the display of the diary.
3299 Can be used for appointment notification.")
3300
3301 (custom-autoload (quote diary-hook) "calendar" t)
3302
3303 (defvar diary-display-hook nil "\
3304 List of functions that handle the display of the diary.
3305 If nil (the default), `simple-diary-display' is used. Use `ignore' for no
3306 diary display.
3307
3308 Ordinarily, this just displays the diary buffer (with holidays indicated in
3309 the mode line), if there are any relevant entries. At the time these
3310 functions are called, the variable `diary-entries-list' is a list, in order
3311 by date, of all relevant diary entries in the form of ((MONTH DAY YEAR)
3312 STRING), where string is the diary entry for the given date. This can be
3313 used, for example, a different buffer for display (perhaps combined with
3314 holidays), or produce hard copy output.
3315
3316 A function `fancy-diary-display' is provided as an alternative
3317 choice for this hook; this function prepares a special noneditable diary
3318 buffer with the relevant diary entries that has neat day-by-day arrangement
3319 with headings. The fancy diary buffer will show the holidays unless the
3320 variable `holidays-in-diary-buffer' is set to nil. Ordinarily, the fancy
3321 diary buffer will not show days for which there are no diary entries, even
3322 if that day is a holiday; if you want such days to be shown in the fancy
3323 diary buffer, set the variable `diary-list-include-blanks' to t.")
3324
3325 (custom-autoload (quote diary-display-hook) "calendar" nil)
3326
3327 (defvar nongregorian-diary-listing-hook nil "\
3328 List of functions called for listing diary file and included files.
3329 As the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used
3330 to cull relevant entries. You can use either or both of
3331 `list-hebrew-diary-entries', `list-islamic-diary-entries' and
3332 `list-bahai-diary-entries'. The documentation for these functions
3333 describes the style of such diary entries.")
3334
3335 (custom-autoload (quote nongregorian-diary-listing-hook) "calendar" t)
3336
3337 (defvar mark-diary-entries-hook nil "\
3338 List of functions called after marking diary entries in the calendar.
3339
3340 A function `mark-included-diary-files' is also provided for use as the
3341 `mark-diary-entries-hook'; it enables you to use shared diary files together
3342 with your own. The files included are specified in the diary file by lines
3343 of the form
3344 #include \"filename\"
3345 This is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are
3346 obeyed. You can change the \"#include\" to some other string by changing the
3347 variable `diary-include-string'. When you use `mark-included-diary-files' as
3348 part of the mark-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the
3349 function `include-other-diary-files' as part of `list-diary-entries-hook'.")
3350
3351 (custom-autoload (quote mark-diary-entries-hook) "calendar" t)
3352
3353 (defvar nongregorian-diary-marking-hook nil "\
3354 List of functions called for marking diary file and included files.
3355 As the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used
3356 to cull relevant entries. You can use either or both of
3357 `mark-hebrew-diary-entries', `mark-islamic-diary-entries' and
3358 `mark-bahai-diary-entries'. The documentation for these functions
3359 describes the style of such diary entries.")
3360
3361 (custom-autoload (quote nongregorian-diary-marking-hook) "calendar" t)
3362
3363 (defvar diary-list-include-blanks nil "\
3364 If nil, do not include days with no diary entry in the list of diary entries.
3365 Such days will then not be shown in the fancy diary buffer, even if they
3366 are holidays.")
3367
3368 (custom-autoload (quote diary-list-include-blanks) "calendar" t)
3369
3370 (defvar holidays-in-diary-buffer t "\
3371 Non-nil means include holidays in the diary display.
3372 The holidays appear in the mode line of the diary buffer, or in the
3373 fancy diary buffer next to the date. This slows down the diary functions
3374 somewhat; setting it to nil makes the diary display faster.")
3375
3376 (custom-autoload (quote holidays-in-diary-buffer) "calendar" t)
3377
3378 (put (quote general-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3379
3380 (defvar general-holidays (quote ((holiday-fixed 1 1 "New Year's Day") (holiday-float 1 1 3 "Martin Luther King Day") (holiday-fixed 2 2 "Groundhog Day") (holiday-fixed 2 14 "Valentine's Day") (holiday-float 2 1 3 "President's Day") (holiday-fixed 3 17 "St. Patrick's Day") (holiday-fixed 4 1 "April Fools' Day") (holiday-float 5 0 2 "Mother's Day") (holiday-float 5 1 -1 "Memorial Day") (holiday-fixed 6 14 "Flag Day") (holiday-float 6 0 3 "Father's Day") (holiday-fixed 7 4 "Independence Day") (holiday-float 9 1 1 "Labor Day") (holiday-float 10 1 2 "Columbus Day") (holiday-fixed 10 31 "Halloween") (holiday-fixed 11 11 "Veteran's Day") (holiday-float 11 4 4 "Thanksgiving"))) "\
3381 General holidays. Default value is for the United States.
3382 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3383
3384 (custom-autoload (quote general-holidays) "calendar" t)
3385
3386 (put (quote oriental-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3387
3388 (defvar oriental-holidays (quote ((if (fboundp (quote atan)) (holiday-chinese-new-year)))) "\
3389 Oriental holidays.
3390 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3391
3392 (custom-autoload (quote oriental-holidays) "calendar" t)
3393
3394 (put (quote local-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3395
3396 (defvar local-holidays nil "\
3397 Local holidays.
3398 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3399
3400 (custom-autoload (quote local-holidays) "calendar" t)
3401
3402 (put (quote other-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3403
3404 (defvar other-holidays nil "\
3405 User defined holidays.
3406 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3407
3408 (custom-autoload (quote other-holidays) "calendar" t)
3409
3410 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-1) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3411
3412 (defvar hebrew-holidays-1 (quote ((holiday-rosh-hashanah-etc) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-julian 11 (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year)) (increment-calendar-month m y -1) (let ((year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y)))))) (if (zerop (% (1+ year) 4)) 22 21))) "\"Tal Umatar\" (evening)")))))
3413
3414 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-2) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3415
3416 (defvar hebrew-holidays-2 (quote ((if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hanukkah) (holiday-hebrew 9 25 "Hanukkah")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 10 (let ((h-year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list displayed-month 28 displayed-year)))))) (if (= (% (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 10 10 h-year)) 7) 6) 11 10)) "Tzom Teveth")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 11 15 "Tu B'Shevat")))))
3417
3418 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-3) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3419
3420 (defvar hebrew-holidays-3 (quote ((if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 11 (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year)) (increment-calendar-month m y 1) (let* ((h-year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y))))) (s-s (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (if (= (% (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 7 1 h-year)) 7) 6) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 11 17 h-year))) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 11 16 h-year)))))) (day (extract-calendar-day s-s))) day)) "Shabbat Shirah")))))
3421
3422 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-4) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3423
3424 (defvar hebrew-holidays-4 (quote ((holiday-passover-etc) (if (and all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year)) (increment-calendar-month m y -1) (let ((year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y)))))) (= 21 (% year 28))))) (holiday-julian 3 26 "Kiddush HaHamah")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-tisha-b-av-etc)))))
3425
3426 (put (quote hebrew-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3427
3428 (defvar hebrew-holidays (append hebrew-holidays-1 hebrew-holidays-2 hebrew-holidays-3 hebrew-holidays-4) "\
3429 Jewish holidays.
3430 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3431
3432 (custom-autoload (quote hebrew-holidays) "calendar" t)
3433
3434 (put (quote christian-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3435
3436 (defvar christian-holidays (quote ((if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 1 6 "Epiphany")) (holiday-easter-etc 0 "Easter Sunday") (holiday-easter-etc -2 "Good Friday") (holiday-easter-etc -46 "Ash Wednesday") (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -63 "Septuagesima Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -56 "Sexagesima Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -49 "Shrove Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -48 "Shrove Monday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -47 "Shrove Tuesday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -14 "Passion Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -7 "Palm Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -3 "Maundy Thursday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 35 "Rogation Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 39 "Ascension Day")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 49 "Pentecost (Whitsunday)")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 50 "Whitmonday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 56 "Trinity Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 60 "Corpus Christi")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-greek-orthodox-easter)) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 8 15 "Assumption")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-advent 0 "Advent")) (holiday-fixed 12 25 "Christmas") (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-julian 12 25 "Eastern Orthodox Christmas")))) "\
3437 Christian holidays.
3438 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3439
3440 (custom-autoload (quote christian-holidays) "calendar" t)
3441
3442 (put (quote islamic-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3443
3444 (defvar islamic-holidays (quote ((holiday-islamic 1 1 (format "Islamic New Year %d" (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year)) (increment-calendar-month m y 1) (extract-calendar-year (calendar-islamic-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y))))))) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 1 10 "Ashura")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 3 12 "Mulad-al-Nabi")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 7 26 "Shab-e-Mi'raj")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 8 15 "Shab-e-Bara't")) (holiday-islamic 9 1 "Ramadan Begins") (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 9 27 "Shab-e Qadr")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 10 1 "Id-al-Fitr")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 12 10 "Id-al-Adha")))) "\
3445 Islamic holidays.
3446 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3447
3448 (custom-autoload (quote islamic-holidays) "calendar" t)
3449
3450 (put (quote bahai-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3451
3452 (defvar bahai-holidays (quote ((holiday-fixed 3 21 (format "Baha'i New Year (Naw-Ruz) %d" (- displayed-year (1- 1844)))) (holiday-fixed 4 21 "First Day of Ridvan") (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 22 "Second Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 23 "Third Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 24 "Fourth Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 25 "Fifth Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 26 "Sixth Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 27 "Seventh Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 28 "Eighth Day of Ridvan")) (holiday-fixed 4 29 "Ninth Day of Ridvan") (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 30 "Tenth Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 5 1 "Eleventh Day of Ridvan")) (holiday-fixed 5 2 "Twelfth Day of Ridvan") (holiday-fixed 5 23 "Declaration of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 5 29 "Ascension of Baha'u'llah") (holiday-fixed 7 9 "Martyrdom of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 10 20 "Birth of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 11 12 "Birth of Baha'u'llah") (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 11 26 "Day of the Covenant")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 11 28 "Ascension of `Abdu'l-Baha")))) "\
3453 Baha'i holidays.
3454 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3455
3456 (custom-autoload (quote bahai-holidays) "calendar" t)
3457
3458 (put (quote solar-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3459
3460 (defvar solar-holidays (quote ((if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-equinoxes-solstices)) (if (progn (require (quote cal-dst)) t) (funcall (quote holiday-sexp) calendar-daylight-savings-starts (quote (format "Daylight Saving Time Begins %s" (if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-starts-time (float 60)) calendar-standard-time-zone-name) ""))))) (funcall (quote holiday-sexp) calendar-daylight-savings-ends (quote (format "Daylight Saving Time Ends %s" (if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-ends-time (float 60)) calendar-daylight-time-zone-name) "")))))) "\
3461 Sun-related holidays.
3462 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3463
3464 (custom-autoload (quote solar-holidays) "calendar" t)
3465
3466 (put (quote calendar-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3467
3468 (defvar calendar-setup nil "\
3469 The frame setup of the calendar.
3470 The choices are: `one-frame' (calendar and diary together in one separate,
3471 dedicated frame); `two-frames' (calendar and diary in separate, dedicated
3472 frames); `calendar-only' (calendar in a separate, dedicated frame); with
3473 any other value the current frame is used. Using any of the first
3474 three options overrides the value of `view-diary-entries-initially'.")
3475
3476 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-setup) "calendar" t)
3477
3478 (autoload (quote calendar) "calendar" "\
3479 Choose between the one frame, two frame, or basic calendar displays.
3480 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
3481
3482 The original function `calendar' has been renamed `calendar-basic-setup'.
3483 See the documentation of that function for more information.
3484
3485 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3486
3487 (defvar calendar-week-start-day 0 "\
3488 The day of the week on which a week in the calendar begins.
3489 0 means Sunday (default), 1 means Monday, and so on.
3490
3491 If you change this variable directly (without using customize)
3492 after starting `calendar', you should call `redraw-calendar' to
3493 update the calendar display to reflect the change, otherwise
3494 movement commands will not work correctly.")
3495
3496 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-week-start-day) "calendar" nil)
3497
3498 ;;;***
3499 \f
3500 ;;;### (autoloads (canlock-verify canlock-insert-header) "canlock"
3501 ;;;;;; "gnus/canlock.el" (17842 54741))
3502 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/canlock.el
3503
3504 (autoload (quote canlock-insert-header) "canlock" "\
3505 Insert a Cancel-Key and/or a Cancel-Lock header if possible.
3506
3507 \(fn &optional ID-FOR-KEY ID-FOR-LOCK PASSWORD)" nil nil)
3508
3509 (autoload (quote canlock-verify) "canlock" "\
3510 Verify Cancel-Lock or Cancel-Key in BUFFER.
3511 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is assumed. Signal an error if
3512 it fails.
3513
3514 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
3515
3516 ;;;***
3517 \f
3518 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-compat" "progmodes/cc-compat.el" (17842
3519 ;;;;;; 56333))
3520 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-compat.el
3521 (put 'c-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3522
3523 ;;;***
3524 \f
3525 ;;;### (autoloads (c-guess-basic-syntax) "cc-engine" "progmodes/cc-engine.el"
3526 ;;;;;; (17942 63381))
3527 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-engine.el
3528
3529 (autoload (quote c-guess-basic-syntax) "cc-engine" "\
3530 Return the syntactic context of the current line.
3531
3532 \(fn)" nil nil)
3533
3534 ;;;***
3535 \f
3536 ;;;### (autoloads (pike-mode idl-mode java-mode objc-mode c++-mode
3537 ;;;;;; c-mode c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" "progmodes/cc-mode.el"
3538 ;;;;;; (17992 30878))
3539 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-mode.el
3540
3541 (autoload (quote c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3542 Initialize CC Mode for use in the current buffer.
3543 If the optional NEW-STYLE-INIT is nil or left out then all necessary
3544 initialization to run CC Mode for the C language is done. Otherwise
3545 only some basic setup is done, and a call to `c-init-language-vars' or
3546 `c-init-language-vars-for' is necessary too (which gives more
3547 control). See \"cc-mode.el\" for more info.
3548
3549 \(fn &optional NEW-STYLE-INIT)" nil nil)
3550
3551 (defvar c-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3552 Syntax table used in c-mode buffers.")
3553 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(cc\\|hh\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3554 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\(pp\\|xx\\|\\+\\+\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3555 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(CC?\\|HH?\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3556 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\'" . c-mode))
3557 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.y\\(acc\\)?\\'" . c-mode))
3558 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.lex\\'" . c-mode))
3559
3560 (autoload (quote c-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3561 Major mode for editing K&R and ANSI C code.
3562 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3563 c-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3564 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
3565 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3566
3567 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3568
3569 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3570 initialization, then `c-mode-hook'.
3571
3572 Key bindings:
3573 \\{c-mode-map}
3574
3575 \(fn)" t nil)
3576
3577 (defvar c++-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3578 Syntax table used in c++-mode buffers.")
3579
3580 (autoload (quote c++-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3581 Major mode for editing C++ code.
3582 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3583 c++-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3584 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3585 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3586 message.
3587
3588 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3589
3590 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3591 initialization, then `c++-mode-hook'.
3592
3593 Key bindings:
3594 \\{c++-mode-map}
3595
3596 \(fn)" t nil)
3597
3598 (defvar objc-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3599 Syntax table used in objc-mode buffers.")
3600 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.m\\'" . objc-mode))
3601
3602 (autoload (quote objc-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3603 Major mode for editing Objective C code.
3604 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3605 objc-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3606 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3607 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3608 message.
3609
3610 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3611
3612 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3613 initialization, then `objc-mode-hook'.
3614
3615 Key bindings:
3616 \\{objc-mode-map}
3617
3618 \(fn)" t nil)
3619
3620 (defvar java-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3621 Syntax table used in java-mode buffers.")
3622 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.java\\'" . java-mode))
3623
3624 (autoload (quote java-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3625 Major mode for editing Java code.
3626 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3627 java-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3628 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3629 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3630 message.
3631
3632 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3633
3634 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3635 initialization, then `java-mode-hook'.
3636
3637 Key bindings:
3638 \\{java-mode-map}
3639
3640 \(fn)" t nil)
3641
3642 (defvar idl-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3643 Syntax table used in idl-mode buffers.")
3644 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.idl\\'" . idl-mode))
3645
3646 (autoload (quote idl-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3647 Major mode for editing CORBA's IDL, PSDL and CIDL code.
3648 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3649 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3650 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3651 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3652 message.
3653
3654 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3655
3656 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3657 initialization, then `idl-mode-hook'.
3658
3659 Key bindings:
3660 \\{idl-mode-map}
3661
3662 \(fn)" t nil)
3663
3664 (defvar pike-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3665 Syntax table used in pike-mode buffers.")
3666 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(u?lpc\\|pike\\|pmod\\(.in\\)?\\)\\'" . pike-mode))
3667 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("pike" . pike-mode))
3668
3669 (autoload (quote pike-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3670 Major mode for editing Pike code.
3671 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3672 pike-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3673 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3674 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3675 message.
3676
3677 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3678
3679 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3680 initialization, then `pike-mode-hook'.
3681
3682 Key bindings:
3683 \\{pike-mode-map}
3684
3685 \(fn)" t nil)
3686 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.awk\\'" . awk-mode))
3687 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("awk" . awk-mode))
3688 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("mawk" . awk-mode))
3689 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("nawk" . awk-mode))
3690 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("gawk" . awk-mode))
3691 (autoload 'awk-mode "cc-mode" "Major mode for editing AWK code." t)
3692
3693 ;;;***
3694 \f
3695 ;;;### (autoloads (c-set-offset c-add-style c-set-style) "cc-styles"
3696 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-styles.el" (17842 56333))
3697 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-styles.el
3698
3699 (autoload (quote c-set-style) "cc-styles" "\
3700 Set the current buffer to use the style STYLENAME.
3701 STYLENAME, a string, must be an existing CC Mode style - These are contained
3702 in the variable `c-style-alist'.
3703
3704 The variable `c-indentation-style' will get set to STYLENAME.
3705
3706 \"Setting the style\" is done by setting CC Mode's \"style variables\" to the
3707 values indicated by the pertinent entry in `c-style-alist'. Other variables
3708 might get set too.
3709
3710 If DONT-OVERRIDE is neither nil nor t, style variables whose default values
3711 have been set (more precisely, whose default values are not the symbol
3712 `set-from-style') will not be changed. This avoids overriding global settings
3713 done in ~/.emacs. It is useful to call c-set-style from a mode hook in this
3714 way.
3715
3716 If DONT-OVERRIDE is t, style variables that already have values (i.e., whose
3717 values are not the symbol `set-from-style') will not be overridden. CC Mode
3718 calls c-set-style internally in this way whilst initializing a buffer; if
3719 cc-set-style is called like this from anywhere else, it will usually behave as
3720 a null operation.
3721
3722 \(fn STYLENAME &optional DONT-OVERRIDE)" t nil)
3723
3724 (autoload (quote c-add-style) "cc-styles" "\
3725 Adds a style to `c-style-alist', or updates an existing one.
3726 STYLE is a string identifying the style to add or update. DESCRIPTION
3727 is an association list describing the style and must be of the form:
3728
3729 ([BASESTYLE] (VARIABLE . VALUE) [(VARIABLE . VALUE) ...])
3730
3731 See the variable `c-style-alist' for the semantics of BASESTYLE,
3732 VARIABLE and VALUE. This function also sets the current style to
3733 STYLE using `c-set-style' if the optional SET-P flag is non-nil.
3734
3735 \(fn STYLE DESCRIPTION &optional SET-P)" t nil)
3736
3737 (autoload (quote c-set-offset) "cc-styles" "\
3738 Change the value of a syntactic element symbol in `c-offsets-alist'.
3739 SYMBOL is the syntactic element symbol to change and OFFSET is the new
3740 offset for that syntactic element. The optional argument is not used
3741 and exists only for compatibility reasons.
3742
3743 \(fn SYMBOL OFFSET &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
3744
3745 ;;;***
3746 \f
3747 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-subword" "progmodes/cc-subword.el" (17949
3748 ;;;;;; 41467))
3749 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-subword.el
3750 (autoload 'c-subword-mode "cc-subword" "Mode enabling subword movement and editing keys." t)
3751
3752 ;;;***
3753 \f
3754 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-vars" "progmodes/cc-vars.el" (17941 38806))
3755 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-vars.el
3756 (put 'c-basic-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3757 (put 'c-backslash-column 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3758 (put 'c-file-style 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
3759
3760 ;;;***
3761 \f
3762 ;;;### (autoloads (ccl-execute-with-args check-ccl-program define-ccl-program
3763 ;;;;;; declare-ccl-program ccl-dump ccl-compile) "ccl" "international/ccl.el"
3764 ;;;;;; (17842 54888))
3765 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ccl.el
3766
3767 (autoload (quote ccl-compile) "ccl" "\
3768 Return the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM as a vector of integers.
3769
3770 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM)" nil nil)
3771
3772 (autoload (quote ccl-dump) "ccl" "\
3773 Disassemble compiled CCL-CODE.
3774
3775 \(fn CCL-CODE)" nil nil)
3776
3777 (autoload (quote declare-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
3778 Declare NAME as a name of CCL program.
3779
3780 This macro exists for backward compatibility. In the old version of
3781 Emacs, to compile a CCL program which calls another CCL program not
3782 yet defined, it must be declared as a CCL program in advance. But,
3783 now CCL program names are resolved not at compile time but before
3784 execution.
3785
3786 Optional arg VECTOR is a compiled CCL code of the CCL program.
3787
3788 \(fn NAME &optional VECTOR)" nil (quote macro))
3789
3790 (autoload (quote define-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
3791 Set NAME the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM.
3792
3793 CCL-PROGRAM has this form:
3794 (BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION
3795 CCL_MAIN_CODE
3796 [ CCL_EOF_CODE ])
3797
3798 BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION is an integer value specifying the approximate
3799 output buffer magnification size compared with the bytes of input data
3800 text. It is assured that the actual output buffer has 256 bytes
3801 more than the size calculated by BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION.
3802 If the value is zero, the CCL program can't execute `read' and
3803 `write' commands.
3804
3805 CCL_MAIN_CODE and CCL_EOF_CODE are CCL program codes. CCL_MAIN_CODE
3806 executed at first. If there's no more input data when `read' command
3807 is executed in CCL_MAIN_CODE, CCL_EOF_CODE is executed. If
3808 CCL_MAIN_CODE is terminated, CCL_EOF_CODE is not executed.
3809
3810 Here's the syntax of CCL program code in BNF notation. The lines
3811 starting by two semicolons (and optional leading spaces) describe the
3812 semantics.
3813
3814 CCL_MAIN_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3815
3816 CCL_EOF_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3817
3818 CCL_BLOCK := STATEMENT | (STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3819
3820 STATEMENT :=
3821 SET | IF | BRANCH | LOOP | REPEAT | BREAK | READ | WRITE | CALL
3822 | TRANSLATE | MAP | LOOKUP | END
3823
3824 SET := (REG = EXPRESSION)
3825 | (REG ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR EXPRESSION)
3826 ;; The following form is the same as (r0 = integer).
3827 | integer
3828
3829 EXPRESSION := ARG | (EXPRESSION OPERATOR ARG)
3830
3831 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. If the result is nonzero, execute
3832 ;; CCL_BLOCK_0. Otherwise, execute CCL_BLOCK_1.
3833 IF := (if EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3834
3835 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. Provided that the result is N, execute
3836 ;; CCL_BLOCK_N.
3837 BRANCH := (branch EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3838
3839 ;; Execute STATEMENTs until (break) or (end) is executed.
3840 LOOP := (loop STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3841
3842 ;; Terminate the most inner loop.
3843 BREAK := (break)
3844
3845 REPEAT :=
3846 ;; Jump to the head of the most inner loop.
3847 (repeat)
3848 ;; Same as: ((write [REG | integer | string])
3849 ;; (repeat))
3850 | (write-repeat [REG | integer | string])
3851 ;; Same as: ((write REG [ARRAY])
3852 ;; (read REG)
3853 ;; (repeat))
3854 | (write-read-repeat REG [ARRAY])
3855 ;; Same as: ((write integer)
3856 ;; (read REG)
3857 ;; (repeat))
3858 | (write-read-repeat REG integer)
3859
3860 READ := ;; Set REG_0 to a byte read from the input text, set REG_1
3861 ;; to the next byte read, and so on.
3862 (read REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3863 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3864 ;; (if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1))
3865 | (read-if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3866 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3867 ;; (branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...]))
3868 | (read-branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3869 ;; Read a character from the input text while parsing
3870 ;; multibyte representation, set REG_0 to the charset ID of
3871 ;; the character, set REG_1 to the code point of the
3872 ;; character. If the dimension of charset is two, set REG_1
3873 ;; to ((CODE0 << 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code
3874 ;; point and CODE1 is the second code point.
3875 | (read-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3876
3877 WRITE :=
3878 ;; Write REG_0, REG_1, ... to the output buffer. If REG_N is
3879 ;; a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3880 ;; representation.
3881 (write REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3882 ;; Same as: ((r7 = EXPRESSION)
3883 ;; (write r7))
3884 | (write EXPRESSION)
3885 ;; Write the value of `integer' to the output buffer. If it
3886 ;; is a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3887 ;; representation.
3888 | (write integer)
3889 ;; Write the byte sequence of `string' as is to the output
3890 ;; buffer.
3891 | (write string)
3892 ;; Same as: (write string)
3893 | string
3894 ;; Provided that the value of REG is N, write Nth element of
3895 ;; ARRAY to the output buffer. If it is a multibyte
3896 ;; character, write the corresponding multibyte
3897 ;; representation.
3898 | (write REG ARRAY)
3899 ;; Write a multibyte representation of a character whose
3900 ;; charset ID is REG_0 and code point is REG_1. If the
3901 ;; dimension of the charset is two, REG_1 should be ((CODE0 <<
3902 ;; 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code point and CODE1
3903 ;; is the second code point of the character.
3904 | (write-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3905
3906 ;; Call CCL program whose name is ccl-program-name.
3907 CALL := (call ccl-program-name)
3908
3909 ;; Terminate the CCL program.
3910 END := (end)
3911
3912 ;; CCL registers that can contain any integer value. As r7 is also
3913 ;; used by CCL interpreter, its value is changed unexpectedly.
3914 REG := r0 | r1 | r2 | r3 | r4 | r5 | r6 | r7
3915
3916 ARG := REG | integer
3917
3918 OPERATOR :=
3919 ;; Normal arithmethic operators (same meaning as C code).
3920 + | - | * | / | %
3921
3922 ;; Bitwize operators (same meaning as C code)
3923 | & | `|' | ^
3924
3925 ;; Shifting operators (same meaning as C code)
3926 | << | >>
3927
3928 ;; (REG = ARG_0 <8 ARG_1) means:
3929 ;; (REG = ((ARG_0 << 8) | ARG_1))
3930 | <8
3931
3932 ;; (REG = ARG_0 >8 ARG_1) means:
3933 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 >> 8))
3934 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 & 255)))
3935 | >8
3936
3937 ;; (REG = ARG_0 // ARG_1) means:
3938 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 / ARG_1))
3939 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 % ARG_1)))
3940 | //
3941
3942 ;; Normal comparing operators (same meaning as C code)
3943 | < | > | == | <= | >= | !=
3944
3945 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are higher and lower byte of Shift-JIS
3946 ;; code, and CHAR is the corresponding JISX0208 character,
3947 ;; (REG = ARG_0 de-sjis ARG_1) means:
3948 ;; ((REG = CODE0)
3949 ;; (r7 = CODE1))
3950 ;; where CODE0 is the first code point of CHAR, CODE1 is the
3951 ;; second code point of CHAR.
3952 | de-sjis
3953
3954 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are the first and second code point of
3955 ;; JISX0208 character CHAR, and SJIS is the correponding
3956 ;; Shift-JIS code,
3957 ;; (REG = ARG_0 en-sjis ARG_1) means:
3958 ;; ((REG = HIGH)
3959 ;; (r7 = LOW))
3960 ;; where HIGH is the higher byte of SJIS, LOW is the lower
3961 ;; byte of SJIS.
3962 | en-sjis
3963
3964 ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR :=
3965 ;; Same meaning as C code
3966 += | -= | *= | /= | %= | &= | `|=' | ^= | <<= | >>=
3967
3968 ;; (REG <8= ARG) is the same as:
3969 ;; ((REG <<= 8)
3970 ;; (REG |= ARG))
3971 | <8=
3972
3973 ;; (REG >8= ARG) is the same as:
3974 ;; ((r7 = (REG & 255))
3975 ;; (REG >>= 8))
3976
3977 ;; (REG //= ARG) is the same as:
3978 ;; ((r7 = (REG % ARG))
3979 ;; (REG /= ARG))
3980 | //=
3981
3982 ARRAY := `[' integer ... `]'
3983
3984
3985 TRANSLATE :=
3986 (translate-character REG(table) REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3987 | (translate-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3988 ;; SYMBOL must refer to a table defined by `define-translation-table'.
3989 LOOKUP :=
3990 (lookup-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3991 | (lookup-integer SYMBOL REG(integer))
3992 ;; SYMBOL refers to a table defined by `define-translation-hash-table'.
3993 MAP :=
3994 (iterate-multiple-map REG REG MAP-IDs)
3995 | (map-multiple REG REG (MAP-SET))
3996 | (map-single REG REG MAP-ID)
3997 MAP-IDs := MAP-ID ...
3998 MAP-SET := MAP-IDs | (MAP-IDs) MAP-SET
3999 MAP-ID := integer
4000
4001 \(fn NAME CCL-PROGRAM &optional DOC)" nil (quote macro))
4002
4003 (autoload (quote check-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
4004 Check validity of CCL-PROGRAM.
4005 If CCL-PROGRAM is a symbol denoting a CCL program, return
4006 CCL-PROGRAM, else return nil.
4007 If CCL-PROGRAM is a vector and optional arg NAME (symbol) is supplied,
4008 register CCL-PROGRAM by name NAME, and return NAME.
4009
4010 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM &optional NAME)" nil (quote macro))
4011
4012 (autoload (quote ccl-execute-with-args) "ccl" "\
4013 Execute CCL-PROGRAM with registers initialized by the remaining args.
4014 The return value is a vector of resulting CCL registers.
4015
4016 See the documentation of `define-ccl-program' for the detail of CCL program.
4017
4018 \(fn CCL-PROG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
4019
4020 ;;;***
4021 \f
4022 ;;;### (autoloads (cfengine-mode) "cfengine" "progmodes/cfengine.el"
4023 ;;;;;; (17842 56333))
4024 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cfengine.el
4025
4026 (autoload (quote cfengine-mode) "cfengine" "\
4027 Major mode for editing cfengine input.
4028 There are no special keybindings by default.
4029
4030 Action blocks are treated as defuns, i.e. \\[beginning-of-defun] moves
4031 to the action header.
4032
4033 \(fn)" t nil)
4034
4035 ;;;***
4036 \f
4037 ;;;### (autoloads (checkdoc-minor-mode checkdoc-ispell-defun checkdoc-ispell-comments
4038 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-continue checkdoc-ispell-start checkdoc-ispell-message-text
4039 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive checkdoc-ispell-interactive
4040 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer checkdoc-ispell checkdoc-defun
4041 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-defun checkdoc-message-text checkdoc-rogue-spaces
4042 ;;;;;; checkdoc-comments checkdoc-continue checkdoc-start checkdoc-current-buffer
4043 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-current-buffer checkdoc-message-interactive
4044 ;;;;;; checkdoc-interactive checkdoc) "checkdoc" "emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el"
4045 ;;;;;; (17842 54152))
4046 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el
4047
4048 (autoload (quote checkdoc) "checkdoc" "\
4049 Interactively check the entire buffer for style errors.
4050 The current status of the check will be displayed in a buffer which
4051 the users will view as each check is completed.
4052
4053 \(fn)" t nil)
4054
4055 (autoload (quote checkdoc-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
4056 Interactively check the current buffer for doc string errors.
4057 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
4058 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
4059 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
4060 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
4061 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
4062 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
4063
4064 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
4065
4066 (autoload (quote checkdoc-message-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
4067 Interactively check the current buffer for message string errors.
4068 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
4069 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
4070 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
4071 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
4072 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
4073 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
4074
4075 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
4076
4077 (autoload (quote checkdoc-eval-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
4078 Evaluate and check documentation for the current buffer.
4079 Evaluation is done first because good documentation for something that
4080 doesn't work is just not useful. Comments, doc strings, and rogue
4081 spacing are all verified.
4082
4083 \(fn)" t nil)
4084
4085 (autoload (quote checkdoc-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
4086 Check current buffer for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
4087 With a prefix argument (in Lisp, the argument TAKE-NOTES),
4088 store all errors found in a warnings buffer,
4089 otherwise stop after the first error.
4090
4091 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4092
4093 (autoload (quote checkdoc-start) "checkdoc" "\
4094 Start scanning the current buffer for documentation string style errors.
4095 Only documentation strings are checked.
4096 Use `checkdoc-continue' to continue checking if an error cannot be fixed.
4097 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to collect all the warning messages into
4098 a separate buffer.
4099
4100 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4101
4102 (autoload (quote checkdoc-continue) "checkdoc" "\
4103 Find the next doc string in the current buffer which has a style error.
4104 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to continue through the whole buffer and
4105 save warnings in a separate buffer. Second optional argument START-POINT
4106 is the starting location. If this is nil, `point-min' is used instead.
4107
4108 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4109
4110 (autoload (quote checkdoc-comments) "checkdoc" "\
4111 Find missing comment sections in the current Emacs Lisp file.
4112 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
4113 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
4114 if there is one.
4115
4116 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4117
4118 (autoload (quote checkdoc-rogue-spaces) "checkdoc" "\
4119 Find extra spaces at the end of lines in the current file.
4120 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
4121 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
4122 if there is one.
4123 Optional argument INTERACT permits more interactive fixing.
4124
4125 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES INTERACT)" t nil)
4126
4127 (autoload (quote checkdoc-message-text) "checkdoc" "\
4128 Scan the buffer for occurrences of the error function, and verify text.
4129 Optional argument TAKE-NOTES causes all errors to be logged.
4130
4131 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4132
4133 (autoload (quote checkdoc-eval-defun) "checkdoc" "\
4134 Evaluate the current form with `eval-defun' and check its documentation.
4135 Evaluation is done first so the form will be read before the
4136 documentation is checked. If there is a documentation error, then the display
4137 of what was evaluated will be overwritten by the diagnostic message.
4138
4139 \(fn)" t nil)
4140
4141 (autoload (quote checkdoc-defun) "checkdoc" "\
4142 Examine the doc string of the function or variable under point.
4143 Call `error' if the doc string has problems. If NO-ERROR is
4144 non-nil, then do not call error, but call `message' instead.
4145 If the doc string passes the test, then check the function for rogue white
4146 space at the end of each line.
4147
4148 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
4149
4150 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell) "checkdoc" "\
4151 Check the style and spelling of everything interactively.
4152 Calls `checkdoc' with spell-checking turned on.
4153 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc'
4154
4155 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4156
4157 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
4158 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
4159 Calls `checkdoc-current-buffer' with spell-checking turned on.
4160 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-current-buffer'
4161
4162 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4163
4164 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
4165 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer interactively.
4166 Calls `checkdoc-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
4167 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-interactive'
4168
4169 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4170
4171 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
4172 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
4173 Calls `checkdoc-message-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
4174 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-interactive'
4175
4176 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4177
4178 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-message-text) "checkdoc" "\
4179 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
4180 Calls `checkdoc-message-text' with spell-checking turned on.
4181 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-text'
4182
4183 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4184
4185 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-start) "checkdoc" "\
4186 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
4187 Calls `checkdoc-start' with spell-checking turned on.
4188 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-start'
4189
4190 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4191
4192 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-continue) "checkdoc" "\
4193 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer after point.
4194 Calls `checkdoc-continue' with spell-checking turned on.
4195 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-continue'
4196
4197 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4198
4199 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-comments) "checkdoc" "\
4200 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer's comments.
4201 Calls `checkdoc-comments' with spell-checking turned on.
4202 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-comments'
4203
4204 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4205
4206 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-defun) "checkdoc" "\
4207 Check the style and spelling of the current defun with Ispell.
4208 Calls `checkdoc-defun' with spell-checking turned on.
4209 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-defun'
4210
4211 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4212
4213 (autoload (quote checkdoc-minor-mode) "checkdoc" "\
4214 Toggle Checkdoc minor mode, a mode for checking Lisp doc strings.
4215 With prefix ARG, turn Checkdoc minor mode on iff ARG is positive.
4216
4217 In Checkdoc minor mode, the usual bindings for `eval-defun' which is
4218 bound to \\<checkdoc-minor-mode-map>\\[checkdoc-eval-defun] and `checkdoc-eval-current-buffer' are overridden to include
4219 checking of documentation strings.
4220
4221 \\{checkdoc-minor-mode-map}
4222
4223 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4224
4225 ;;;***
4226 \f
4227 ;;;### (autoloads (encode-hz-buffer encode-hz-region decode-hz-buffer
4228 ;;;;;; decode-hz-region) "china-util" "language/china-util.el" (17842
4229 ;;;;;; 58278))
4230 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/china-util.el
4231
4232 (autoload (quote decode-hz-region) "china-util" "\
4233 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current region.
4234 Return the length of resulting text.
4235
4236 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
4237
4238 (autoload (quote decode-hz-buffer) "china-util" "\
4239 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current buffer.
4240
4241 \(fn)" t nil)
4242
4243 (autoload (quote encode-hz-region) "china-util" "\
4244 Encode the text in the current region to HZ.
4245 Return the length of resulting text.
4246
4247 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
4248
4249 (autoload (quote encode-hz-buffer) "china-util" "\
4250 Encode the text in the current buffer to HZ.
4251
4252 \(fn)" t nil)
4253
4254 ;;;***
4255 \f
4256 ;;;### (autoloads (command-history list-command-history repeat-matching-complex-command)
4257 ;;;;;; "chistory" "chistory.el" (17842 58280))
4258 ;;; Generated autoloads from chistory.el
4259
4260 (autoload (quote repeat-matching-complex-command) "chistory" "\
4261 Edit and re-evaluate complex command with name matching PATTERN.
4262 Matching occurrences are displayed, most recent first, until you select
4263 a form for evaluation. If PATTERN is empty (or nil), every form in the
4264 command history is offered. The form is placed in the minibuffer for
4265 editing and the result is evaluated.
4266
4267 \(fn &optional PATTERN)" t nil)
4268
4269 (autoload (quote list-command-history) "chistory" "\
4270 List history of commands typed to minibuffer.
4271 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
4272 Calls value of `list-command-history-filter' (if non-nil) on each history
4273 element to judge if that element should be excluded from the list.
4274
4275 The buffer is left in Command History mode.
4276
4277 \(fn)" t nil)
4278
4279 (autoload (quote command-history) "chistory" "\
4280 Examine commands from `command-history' in a buffer.
4281 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
4282 The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
4283 Use \\<command-history-map>\\[command-history-repeat] to repeat the command on the current line.
4284
4285 Otherwise much like Emacs-Lisp Mode except that there is no self-insertion
4286 and digits provide prefix arguments. Tab does not indent.
4287 \\{command-history-map}
4288
4289 This command always recompiles the Command History listing
4290 and runs the normal hook `command-history-hook'.
4291
4292 \(fn)" t nil)
4293
4294 ;;;***
4295 \f
4296 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl" "emacs-lisp/cl.el" (17842 54152))
4297 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl.el
4298
4299 (defvar custom-print-functions nil "\
4300 This is a list of functions that format user objects for printing.
4301 Each function is called in turn with three arguments: the object, the
4302 stream, and the print level (currently ignored). If it is able to
4303 print the object it returns true; otherwise it returns nil and the
4304 printer proceeds to the next function on the list.
4305
4306 This variable is not used at present, but it is defined in hopes that
4307 a future Emacs interpreter will be able to use it.")
4308
4309 ;;;***
4310 \f
4311 ;;;### (autoloads (common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" "emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el"
4312 ;;;;;; (17842 54152))
4313 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el
4314
4315 (autoload (quote common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" "\
4316 Not documented
4317
4318 \(fn INDENT-POINT STATE)" nil nil)
4319
4320 ;;;***
4321 \f
4322 ;;;### (autoloads (c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "progmodes/cmacexp.el"
4323 ;;;;;; (17842 56333))
4324 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cmacexp.el
4325
4326 (autoload (quote c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "\
4327 Expand C macros in the region, using the C preprocessor.
4328 Normally display output in temp buffer, but
4329 prefix arg means replace the region with it.
4330
4331 `c-macro-preprocessor' specifies the preprocessor to use.
4332 Tf the user option `c-macro-prompt-flag' is non-nil
4333 prompt for arguments to the preprocessor (e.g. `-DDEBUG -I ./include'),
4334 otherwise use `c-macro-cppflags'.
4335
4336 Noninteractive args are START, END, SUBST.
4337 For use inside Lisp programs, see also `c-macro-expansion'.
4338
4339 \(fn START END SUBST)" t nil)
4340
4341 ;;;***
4342 \f
4343 ;;;### (autoloads (run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "cmuscheme.el" (17842
4344 ;;;;;; 58280))
4345 ;;; Generated autoloads from cmuscheme.el
4346
4347 (autoload (quote run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "\
4348 Run an inferior Scheme process, input and output via buffer `*scheme*'.
4349 If there is a process already running in `*scheme*', switch to that buffer.
4350 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
4351 of `scheme-program-name').
4352 If the file `~/.emacs_SCHEMENAME' or `~/.emacs.d/init_SCHEMENAME.scm' exists,
4353 it is given as initial input.
4354 Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the Scheme processor
4355 discards input when it starts up.
4356 Runs the hook `inferior-scheme-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook'
4357 is run).
4358 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
4359
4360 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
4361 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*scheme*")
4362
4363 ;;;***
4364 \f
4365 ;;;### (autoloads (cp-make-coding-system) "code-pages" "international/code-pages.el"
4366 ;;;;;; (17842 54888))
4367 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/code-pages.el
4368
4369 (autoload (quote cp-make-coding-system) "code-pages" "\
4370 Make coding system NAME for and 8-bit, extended-ASCII character set.
4371 V is a 128-long vector of characters to translate the upper half of
4372 the character set. DOC-STRING and MNEMONIC are used as the
4373 corresponding args of `make-coding-system'. If MNEMONIC isn't given,
4374 ?* is used.
4375 Return an updated `non-iso-charset-alist'.
4376
4377 \(fn NAME V &optional DOC-STRING MNEMONIC)" nil (quote macro))
4378 (autoload-coding-system 'cp437 '(require 'code-pages))
4379 (autoload-coding-system 'cp737 '(require 'code-pages))
4380 (autoload-coding-system 'cp775 '(require 'code-pages))
4381 (autoload-coding-system 'cp850 '(require 'code-pages))
4382 (autoload-coding-system 'cp851 '(require 'code-pages))
4383 (autoload-coding-system 'cp852 '(require 'code-pages))
4384 (autoload-coding-system 'cp855 '(require 'code-pages))
4385 (autoload-coding-system 'cp857 '(require 'code-pages))
4386 (autoload-coding-system 'cp858 '(require 'code-pages))
4387 (autoload-coding-system 'cp860 '(require 'code-pages))
4388 (autoload-coding-system 'cp861 '(require 'code-pages))
4389 (autoload-coding-system 'cp862 '(require 'code-pages))
4390 (autoload-coding-system 'cp863 '(require 'code-pages))
4391 (autoload-coding-system 'cp864 '(require 'code-pages))
4392 (autoload-coding-system 'cp865 '(require 'code-pages))
4393 (autoload-coding-system 'cp866 '(require 'code-pages))
4394 (autoload-coding-system 'cp869 '(require 'code-pages))
4395 (autoload-coding-system 'cp874 '(require 'code-pages))
4396 (autoload-coding-system 'windows-1250 '(require 'code-pages))
4397 (autoload-coding-system 'cp1250 '(require 'code-pages))
4398 (autoload-coding-system 'windows-1253 '(require 'code-pages))
4399 (autoload-coding-system 'cp1253 '(require 'code-pages))
4400 (autoload-coding-system 'windows-1254 '(require 'code-pages))
4401 (autoload-coding-system 'cp1254 '(require 'code-pages))
4402 (autoload-coding-system 'windows-1255 '(require 'code-pages))
4403 (autoload-coding-system 'cp1255 '(require 'code-pages))
4404 (autoload-coding-system 'windows-1256 '(require 'code-pages))
4405 (autoload-coding-system 'cp1256 '(require 'code-pages))
4406 (autoload-coding-system 'windows-1257 '(require 'code-pages))
4407 (autoload-coding-system 'cp1257 '(require 'code-pages))
4408 (autoload-coding-system 'windows-1258 '(require 'code-pages))
4409 (autoload-coding-system 'cp1258 '(require 'code-pages))
4410 (autoload-coding-system 'next '(require 'code-pages))
4411 (autoload-coding-system 'koi8-t '(require 'code-pages))
4412 (autoload-coding-system 'iso-8859-16 '(require 'code-pages))
4413 (autoload-coding-system 'iso-8859-6 '(require 'code-pages))
4414 (autoload-coding-system 'iso-8859-10 '(require 'code-pages))
4415 (autoload-coding-system 'iso-8859-13 '(require 'code-pages))
4416 (autoload-coding-system 'georgian-ps '(require 'code-pages))
4417 (autoload-coding-system 'cp720 '(require 'code-pages))
4418 (autoload-coding-system 'cp1125 '(require 'code-pages))
4419 (autoload-coding-system 'mik '(require 'code-pages))
4420 (autoload-coding-system 'pt154 '(require 'code-pages))
4421 (autoload-coding-system 'iso-8859-11 '(require 'code-pages))
4422
4423 ;;;***
4424 \f
4425 ;;;### (autoloads (codepage-setup cp-supported-codepages cp-offset-for-codepage
4426 ;;;;;; cp-language-for-codepage cp-charset-for-codepage cp-make-coding-systems-for-codepage)
4427 ;;;;;; "codepage" "international/codepage.el" (17842 54888))
4428 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/codepage.el
4429
4430 (autoload (quote cp-make-coding-systems-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
4431 Create a coding system to convert IBM CODEPAGE into charset ISO-NAME
4432 whose first character is at offset OFFSET from the beginning of 8-bit
4433 ASCII table.
4434
4435 The created coding system has the usual 3 subsidiary systems: for Unix-,
4436 DOS- and Mac-style EOL conversion. However, unlike built-in coding
4437 systems, the Mac-style EOL conversion is currently not supported by the
4438 decoder and encoder created by this function.
4439
4440 \(fn CODEPAGE ISO-NAME OFFSET)" nil nil)
4441
4442 (autoload (quote cp-charset-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
4443 Return the charset for which there is a translation table to DOS CODEPAGE.
4444 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string.
4445
4446 \(fn CODEPAGE)" nil nil)
4447
4448 (autoload (quote cp-language-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
4449 Return the name of the MULE language environment for CODEPAGE.
4450 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string.
4451
4452 \(fn CODEPAGE)" nil nil)
4453
4454 (autoload (quote cp-offset-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
4455 Return the offset to be used in setting up coding systems for CODEPAGE.
4456 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string.
4457
4458 \(fn CODEPAGE)" nil nil)
4459
4460 (autoload (quote cp-supported-codepages) "codepage" "\
4461 Return an alist of supported codepages.
4462
4463 Each association in the alist has the form (NNN . CHARSET), where NNN is the
4464 codepage number, and CHARSET is the MULE charset which is the closest match
4465 for the character set supported by that codepage.
4466
4467 A codepage NNN is supported if a variable called `cpNNN-decode-table' exists,
4468 is a vector, and has a charset property.
4469
4470 \(fn)" nil nil)
4471
4472 (autoload (quote codepage-setup) "codepage" "\
4473 Create a coding system cpCODEPAGE to support the IBM codepage CODEPAGE.
4474
4475 These coding systems are meant for encoding and decoding 8-bit non-ASCII
4476 characters used by the IBM codepages, typically in conjunction with files
4477 read/written by MS-DOS software, or for display on the MS-DOS terminal.
4478
4479 \(fn CODEPAGE)" t nil)
4480
4481 ;;;***
4482 \f
4483 ;;;### (autoloads (comint-redirect-results-list-from-process comint-redirect-results-list
4484 ;;;;;; comint-redirect-send-command-to-process comint-redirect-send-command
4485 ;;;;;; comint-run make-comint make-comint-in-buffer) "comint" "comint.el"
4486 ;;;;;; (17937 3189))
4487 ;;; Generated autoloads from comint.el
4488
4489 (defvar comint-output-filter-functions (quote (comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom comint-watch-for-password-prompt)) "\
4490 Functions to call after output is inserted into the buffer.
4491 One possible function is `comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom'.
4492 These functions get one argument, a string containing the text as originally
4493 inserted. Note that this might not be the same as the buffer contents between
4494 `comint-last-output-start' and the buffer's `process-mark', if other filter
4495 functions have already modified the buffer.
4496
4497 See also `comint-preoutput-filter-functions'.
4498
4499 You can use `add-hook' to add functions to this list
4500 either globally or locally.")
4501
4502 (define-obsolete-variable-alias (quote comint-use-prompt-regexp-instead-of-fields) (quote comint-use-prompt-regexp) "22.1")
4503
4504 (autoload (quote make-comint-in-buffer) "comint" "\
4505 Make a Comint process NAME in BUFFER, running PROGRAM.
4506 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to NAME surrounded by `*'s.
4507 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
4508 via `start-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting a TCP
4509 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already a
4510 running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional fourth arg
4511 STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to the process.
4512
4513 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4514
4515 \(fn NAME BUFFER PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4516
4517 (autoload (quote make-comint) "comint" "\
4518 Make a Comint process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
4519 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
4520 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
4521 via `start-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting a TCP
4522 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already a
4523 running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
4524 STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of the process to.
4525
4526 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4527
4528 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4529
4530 (autoload (quote comint-run) "comint" "\
4531 Run PROGRAM in a Comint buffer and switch to it.
4532 The buffer name is made by surrounding the file name of PROGRAM with `*'s.
4533 The file name is used to make a symbol name, such as `comint-sh-hook', and any
4534 hooks on this symbol are run in the buffer.
4535 See `make-comint' and `comint-exec'.
4536
4537 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
4538
4539 (defvar comint-file-name-prefix "" "\
4540 Prefix prepended to absolute file names taken from process input.
4541 This is used by Comint's and shell's completion functions, and by shell's
4542 directory tracking functions.")
4543
4544 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-send-command) "comint" "\
4545 Send COMMAND to process in current buffer, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4546 With prefix arg ECHO, echo output in process buffer.
4547
4548 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4549
4550 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4551
4552 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-send-command-to-process) "comint" "\
4553 Send COMMAND to PROCESS, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4554 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
4555
4556 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4557
4558 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER PROCESS ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4559
4560 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-results-list) "comint" "\
4561 Send COMMAND to current process.
4562 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4563 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4564
4565 \(fn COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4566
4567 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-results-list-from-process) "comint" "\
4568 Send COMMAND to PROCESS.
4569 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4570 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4571
4572 \(fn PROCESS COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4573
4574 ;;;***
4575 \f
4576 ;;;### (autoloads (compare-windows) "compare-w" "compare-w.el" (17926
4577 ;;;;;; 45410))
4578 ;;; Generated autoloads from compare-w.el
4579
4580 (autoload (quote compare-windows) "compare-w" "\
4581 Compare text in current window with text in next window.
4582 Compares the text starting at point in each window,
4583 moving over text in each one as far as they match.
4584
4585 This command pushes the mark in each window
4586 at the prior location of point in that window.
4587 If both windows display the same buffer,
4588 the mark is pushed twice in that buffer:
4589 first in the other window, then in the selected window.
4590
4591 A prefix arg means reverse the value of variable
4592 `compare-ignore-whitespace'. If `compare-ignore-whitespace' is
4593 nil, then a prefix arg means ignore changes in whitespace. If
4594 `compare-ignore-whitespace' is non-nil, then a prefix arg means
4595 don't ignore changes in whitespace. The variable
4596 `compare-windows-whitespace' controls how whitespace is skipped.
4597 If `compare-ignore-case' is non-nil, changes in case are also
4598 ignored.
4599
4600 If `compare-windows-sync' is non-nil, then successive calls of
4601 this command work in interlaced mode:
4602 on first call it advances points to the next difference,
4603 on second call it synchronizes points by skipping the difference,
4604 on third call it again advances points to the next difference and so on.
4605
4606 \(fn IGNORE-WHITESPACE)" t nil)
4607
4608 ;;;***
4609 \f
4610 ;;;### (autoloads (compilation-next-error-function compilation-minor-mode
4611 ;;;;;; compilation-shell-minor-mode compilation-mode compilation-start
4612 ;;;;;; compile compilation-disable-input compile-command compilation-search-path
4613 ;;;;;; compilation-ask-about-save compilation-window-height compilation-mode-hook)
4614 ;;;;;; "compile" "progmodes/compile.el" (18006 55797))
4615 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/compile.el
4616
4617 (defvar compilation-mode-hook nil "\
4618 *List of hook functions run by `compilation-mode' (see `run-mode-hooks').")
4619
4620 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-mode-hook) "compile" t)
4621
4622 (defvar compilation-window-height nil "\
4623 *Number of lines in a compilation window. If nil, use Emacs default.")
4624
4625 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-window-height) "compile" t)
4626
4627 (defvar compilation-process-setup-function nil "\
4628 *Function to call to customize the compilation process.
4629 This function is called immediately before the compilation process is
4630 started. It can be used to set any variables or functions that are used
4631 while processing the output of the compilation process. The function
4632 is called with variables `compilation-buffer' and `compilation-window'
4633 bound to the compilation buffer and window, respectively.")
4634
4635 (defvar compilation-buffer-name-function nil "\
4636 Function to compute the name of a compilation buffer.
4637 The function receives one argument, the name of the major mode of the
4638 compilation buffer. It should return a string.
4639 nil means compute the name with `(concat \"*\" (downcase major-mode) \"*\")'.")
4640
4641 (defvar compilation-finish-function nil "\
4642 Function to call when a compilation process finishes.
4643 It is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, and a string
4644 describing how the process finished.")
4645
4646 (defvar compilation-finish-functions nil "\
4647 Functions to call when a compilation process finishes.
4648 Each function is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer,
4649 and a string describing how the process finished.")
4650 (put 'compilation-directory 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4651
4652 (defvar compilation-ask-about-save t "\
4653 *Non-nil means \\[compile] asks which buffers to save before compiling.
4654 Otherwise, it saves all modified buffers without asking.")
4655
4656 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-ask-about-save) "compile" t)
4657
4658 (defvar compilation-search-path (quote (nil)) "\
4659 *List of directories to search for source files named in error messages.
4660 Elements should be directory names, not file names of directories.
4661 nil as an element means to try the default directory.")
4662
4663 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-search-path) "compile" t)
4664
4665 (defvar compile-command "make -k " "\
4666 *Last shell command used to do a compilation; default for next compilation.
4667
4668 Sometimes it is useful for files to supply local values for this variable.
4669 You might also use mode hooks to specify it in certain modes, like this:
4670
4671 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook
4672 (lambda ()
4673 (unless (or (file-exists-p \"makefile\")
4674 (file-exists-p \"Makefile\"))
4675 (set (make-local-variable 'compile-command)
4676 (concat \"make -k \"
4677 (file-name-sans-extension buffer-file-name))))))")
4678
4679 (custom-autoload (quote compile-command) "compile" t)
4680 (put 'compile-command 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4681
4682 (defvar compilation-disable-input nil "\
4683 *If non-nil, send end-of-file as compilation process input.
4684 This only affects platforms that support asynchronous processes (see
4685 `start-process'); synchronous compilation processes never accept input.")
4686
4687 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-disable-input) "compile" t)
4688
4689 (autoload (quote compile) "compile" "\
4690 Compile the program including the current buffer. Default: run `make'.
4691 Runs COMMAND, a shell command, in a separate process asynchronously
4692 with output going to the buffer `*compilation*'.
4693
4694 You can then use the command \\[next-error] to find the next error message
4695 and move to the source code that caused it.
4696
4697 If optional second arg COMINT is t the buffer will be in Comint mode with
4698 `compilation-shell-minor-mode'.
4699
4700 Interactively, prompts for the command if `compilation-read-command' is
4701 non-nil; otherwise uses `compile-command'. With prefix arg, always prompts.
4702 Additionally, with universal prefix arg, compilation buffer will be in
4703 comint mode, i.e. interactive.
4704
4705 To run more than one compilation at once, start one and rename
4706 the `*compilation*' buffer to some other name with
4707 \\[rename-buffer]. Then start the next one. On most systems,
4708 termination of the main compilation process kills its
4709 subprocesses.
4710
4711 The name used for the buffer is actually whatever is returned by
4712 the function in `compilation-buffer-name-function', so you can set that
4713 to a function that generates a unique name.
4714
4715 \(fn COMMAND &optional COMINT)" t nil)
4716
4717 (autoload (quote compilation-start) "compile" "\
4718 Run compilation command COMMAND (low level interface).
4719 If COMMAND starts with a cd command, that becomes the `default-directory'.
4720 The rest of the arguments are optional; for them, nil means use the default.
4721
4722 MODE is the major mode to set in the compilation buffer. Mode
4723 may also be t meaning use `compilation-shell-minor-mode' under `comint-mode'.
4724 If NAME-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it with one argument (the mode name)
4725 to determine the buffer name.
4726
4727 If HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP is non-nil, `next-error' will temporarily highlight
4728 the matching section of the visited source line; the default is to use the
4729 global value of `compilation-highlight-regexp'.
4730
4731 Returns the compilation buffer created.
4732
4733 \(fn COMMAND &optional MODE NAME-FUNCTION HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP)" nil nil)
4734
4735 (autoload (quote compilation-mode) "compile" "\
4736 Major mode for compilation log buffers.
4737 \\<compilation-mode-map>To visit the source for a line-numbered error,
4738 move point to the error message line and type \\[compile-goto-error].
4739 To kill the compilation, type \\[kill-compilation].
4740
4741 Runs `compilation-mode-hook' with `run-mode-hooks' (which see).
4742
4743 \\{compilation-mode-map}
4744
4745 \(fn &optional NAME-OF-MODE)" t nil)
4746
4747 (autoload (quote compilation-shell-minor-mode) "compile" "\
4748 Toggle compilation shell minor mode.
4749 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
4750 In this minor mode, all the error-parsing commands of the
4751 Compilation major mode are available but bound to keys that don't
4752 collide with Shell mode. See `compilation-mode'.
4753 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-shell-minor-mode-hook'.
4754
4755 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4756
4757 (autoload (quote compilation-minor-mode) "compile" "\
4758 Toggle compilation minor mode.
4759 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
4760 In this minor mode, all the error-parsing commands of the
4761 Compilation major mode are available. See `compilation-mode'.
4762 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-minor-mode-hook'.
4763
4764 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4765
4766 (autoload (quote compilation-next-error-function) "compile" "\
4767 Advance to the next error message and visit the file where the error was.
4768 This is the value of `next-error-function' in Compilation buffers.
4769
4770 \(fn N &optional RESET)" t nil)
4771
4772 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("\\.gcov\\'" . compilation-mode)))
4773
4774 ;;;***
4775 \f
4776 ;;;### (autoloads (partial-completion-mode) "complete" "complete.el"
4777 ;;;;;; (17954 15344))
4778 ;;; Generated autoloads from complete.el
4779
4780 (defvar partial-completion-mode nil "\
4781 Non-nil if Partial-Completion mode is enabled.
4782 See the command `partial-completion-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
4783 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4784 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
4785 or call the function `partial-completion-mode'.")
4786
4787 (custom-autoload (quote partial-completion-mode) "complete" nil)
4788
4789 (autoload (quote partial-completion-mode) "complete" "\
4790 Toggle Partial Completion mode.
4791 With prefix ARG, turn Partial Completion mode on if ARG is positive.
4792
4793 When Partial Completion mode is enabled, TAB (or M-TAB if `PC-meta-flag' is
4794 nil) is enhanced so that if some string is divided into words and each word is
4795 delimited by a character in `PC-word-delimiters', partial words are completed
4796 as much as possible and `*' characters are treated likewise in file names.
4797
4798 For example, M-x p-c-m expands to M-x partial-completion-mode since no other
4799 command begins with that sequence of characters, and
4800 \\[find-file] f_b.c TAB might complete to foo_bar.c if that file existed and no
4801 other file in that directory begins with that sequence of characters.
4802
4803 Unless `PC-disable-includes' is non-nil, the `<...>' sequence is interpreted
4804 specially in \\[find-file]. For example,
4805 \\[find-file] <sys/time.h> RET finds the file `/usr/include/sys/time.h'.
4806 See also the variable `PC-include-file-path'.
4807
4808 Partial Completion mode extends the meaning of `completion-auto-help' (which
4809 see), so that if it is neither nil nor t, Emacs shows the `*Completions*'
4810 buffer only on the second attempt to complete. That is, if TAB finds nothing
4811 to complete, the first TAB just says \"Next char not unique\" and the
4812 second TAB brings up the `*Completions*' buffer.
4813
4814 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4815
4816 ;;;***
4817 \f
4818 ;;;### (autoloads (dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "completion.el"
4819 ;;;;;; (17842 58280))
4820 ;;; Generated autoloads from completion.el
4821
4822 (defvar dynamic-completion-mode nil "\
4823 Non-nil if Dynamic-Completion mode is enabled.
4824 See the command `dynamic-completion-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
4825 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4826 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
4827 or call the function `dynamic-completion-mode'.")
4828
4829 (custom-autoload (quote dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" nil)
4830
4831 (autoload (quote dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "\
4832 Enable dynamic word-completion.
4833
4834 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4835
4836 ;;;***
4837 \f
4838 ;;;### (autoloads (decompose-composite-char compose-last-chars compose-chars-after
4839 ;;;;;; find-composition compose-chars decompose-string compose-string
4840 ;;;;;; decompose-region compose-region encode-composition-rule)
4841 ;;;;;; "composite" "composite.el" (17842 58280))
4842 ;;; Generated autoloads from composite.el
4843
4844 (defconst reference-point-alist (quote ((tl . 0) (tc . 1) (tr . 2) (Bl . 3) (Bc . 4) (Br . 5) (bl . 6) (bc . 7) (br . 8) (cl . 9) (cc . 10) (cr . 11) (top-left . 0) (top-center . 1) (top-right . 2) (base-left . 3) (base-center . 4) (base-right . 5) (bottom-left . 6) (bottom-center . 7) (bottom-right . 8) (center-left . 9) (center-center . 10) (center-right . 11) (ml . 3) (mc . 10) (mr . 5) (mid-left . 3) (mid-center . 10) (mid-right . 5))) "\
4845 Alist of symbols vs integer codes of glyph reference points.
4846 A glyph reference point symbol is to be used to specify a composition
4847 rule in COMPONENTS argument to such functions as `compose-region' and
4848 `make-composition'.
4849
4850 Meanings of glyph reference point codes are as follows:
4851
4852 0----1----2 <---- ascent 0:tl or top-left
4853 | | 1:tc or top-center
4854 | | 2:tr or top-right
4855 | | 3:Bl or base-left 9:cl or center-left
4856 9 10 11 <---- center 4:Bc or base-center 10:cc or center-center
4857 | | 5:Br or base-right 11:cr or center-right
4858 --3----4----5-- <-- baseline 6:bl or bottom-left
4859 | | 7:bc or bottom-center
4860 6----7----8 <---- descent 8:br or bottom-right
4861
4862 Glyph reference point symbols are to be used to specify composition
4863 rule of the form (GLOBAL-REF-POINT . NEW-REF-POINT), where
4864 GLOBAL-REF-POINT is a reference point in the overall glyphs already
4865 composed, and NEW-REF-POINT is a reference point in the new glyph to
4866 be added.
4867
4868 For instance, if GLOBAL-REF-POINT is `br' (bottom-right) and
4869 NEW-REF-POINT is `tc' (top-center), the overall glyph is updated as
4870 follows (the point `*' corresponds to both reference points):
4871
4872 +-------+--+ <--- new ascent
4873 | | |
4874 | global| |
4875 | glyph | |
4876 -- | | |-- <--- baseline (doesn't change)
4877 +----+--*--+
4878 | | new |
4879 | |glyph|
4880 +----+-----+ <--- new descent
4881 ")
4882
4883 (autoload (quote encode-composition-rule) "composite" "\
4884 Encode composition rule RULE into an integer value.
4885 RULE is a cons of global and new reference point symbols
4886 \(see `reference-point-alist').
4887
4888 \(fn RULE)" nil nil)
4889
4890 (autoload (quote compose-region) "composite" "\
4891 Compose characters in the current region.
4892
4893 Characters are composed relatively, i.e. composed by overstricking or
4894 stacking depending on ascent, descent and other properties.
4895
4896 When called from a program, expects these four arguments.
4897
4898 First two arguments START and END are positions (integers or markers)
4899 specifying the region.
4900
4901 Optional 3rd argument COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is a character or a
4902 sequence (vector, list, or string) of integers. In this case,
4903 characters are composed not relatively but according to COMPONENTS.
4904
4905 If it is a character, it is an alternate character to display instead
4906 of the text in the region.
4907
4908 If it is a string, the elements are alternate characters.
4909
4910 If it is a vector or list, it is a sequence of alternate characters and
4911 composition rules, where (2N)th elements are characters and (2N+1)th
4912 elements are composition rules to specify how to compose (2N+2)th
4913 elements with previously composed N glyphs.
4914
4915 A composition rule is a cons of global and new glyph reference point
4916 symbols. See the documentation of `reference-point-alist' for more
4917 detail.
4918
4919 Optional 4th argument MODIFICATION-FUNC is a function to call to
4920 adjust the composition when it gets invalid because of a change of
4921 text in the composition.
4922
4923 \(fn START END &optional COMPONENTS MODIFICATION-FUNC)" t nil)
4924
4925 (autoload (quote decompose-region) "composite" "\
4926 Decompose text in the current region.
4927
4928 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
4929 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region.
4930
4931 \(fn START END)" t nil)
4932
4933 (autoload (quote compose-string) "composite" "\
4934 Compose characters in string STRING.
4935
4936 The return value is STRING where `composition' property is put on all
4937 the characters in it.
4938
4939 Optional 2nd and 3rd arguments START and END specify the range of
4940 STRING to be composed. They default to the beginning and the end of
4941 STRING respectively.
4942
4943 Optional 4th argument COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is a character or a
4944 sequence (vector, list, or string) of integers. See the function
4945 `compose-region' for more detail.
4946
4947 Optional 5th argument MODIFICATION-FUNC is a function to call to
4948 adjust the composition when it gets invalid because of a change of
4949 text in the composition.
4950
4951 \(fn STRING &optional START END COMPONENTS MODIFICATION-FUNC)" nil nil)
4952
4953 (autoload (quote decompose-string) "composite" "\
4954 Return STRING where `composition' property is removed.
4955
4956 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
4957
4958 (autoload (quote compose-chars) "composite" "\
4959 Return a string from arguments in which all characters are composed.
4960 For relative composition, arguments are characters.
4961 For rule-based composition, Mth (where M is odd) arguments are
4962 characters, and Nth (where N is even) arguments are composition rules.
4963 A composition rule is a cons of glyph reference points of the form
4964 \(GLOBAL-REF-POINT . NEW-REF-POINT). See the documentation of
4965 `reference-point-alist' for more detail.
4966
4967 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
4968
4969 (autoload (quote find-composition) "composite" "\
4970 Return information about a composition at or nearest to buffer position POS.
4971
4972 If the character at POS has `composition' property, the value is a list
4973 of FROM, TO, and VALID-P.
4974
4975 FROM and TO specify the range of text that has the same `composition'
4976 property, VALID-P is non-nil if and only if this composition is valid.
4977
4978 If there's no composition at POS, and the optional 2nd argument LIMIT
4979 is non-nil, search for a composition toward LIMIT.
4980
4981 If no composition is found, return nil.
4982
4983 Optional 3rd argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string to look for a
4984 composition in; nil means the current buffer.
4985
4986 If a valid composition is found and the optional 4th argument DETAIL-P
4987 is non-nil, the return value is a list of FROM, TO, COMPONENTS,
4988 RELATIVE-P, MOD-FUNC, and WIDTH.
4989
4990 COMPONENTS is a vector of integers, the meaning depends on RELATIVE-P.
4991
4992 RELATIVE-P is t if the composition method is relative, else nil.
4993
4994 If RELATIVE-P is t, COMPONENTS is a vector of characters to be
4995 composed. If RELATIVE-P is nil, COMPONENTS is a vector of characters
4996 and composition rules as described in `compose-region'.
4997
4998 MOD-FUNC is a modification function of the composition.
4999
5000 WIDTH is a number of columns the composition occupies on the screen.
5001
5002 \(fn POS &optional LIMIT STRING DETAIL-P)" nil nil)
5003
5004 (autoload (quote compose-chars-after) "composite" "\
5005 Compose characters in current buffer after position POS.
5006
5007 It looks up the char-table `composition-function-table' (which see) by
5008 a character after POS. If non-nil value is found, the format of the
5009 value should be an alist of PATTERNs vs FUNCs, where PATTERNs are
5010 regular expressions and FUNCs are functions. If the text after POS
5011 matches one of PATTERNs, call the corresponding FUNC with three
5012 arguments POS, TO, and PATTERN, where TO is the end position of text
5013 matching PATTERN, and return what FUNC returns. Otherwise, return
5014 nil.
5015
5016 FUNC is responsible for composing the text properly. The return value
5017 is:
5018 nil -- if no characters were composed.
5019 CHARS (integer) -- if CHARS characters were composed.
5020
5021 Optional 2nd arg LIMIT, if non-nil, limits the matching of text.
5022
5023 Optional 3rd arg OBJECT, if non-nil, is a string that contains the
5024 text to compose. In that case, POS and LIMIT index to the string.
5025
5026 This function is the default value of `compose-chars-after-function'.
5027
5028 \(fn POS &optional LIMIT OBJECT)" nil nil)
5029
5030 (autoload (quote compose-last-chars) "composite" "\
5031 Compose last characters.
5032 The argument is a parameterized event of the form
5033 (compose-last-chars N COMPONENTS),
5034 where N is the number of characters before point to compose,
5035 COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is the same as the argument to `compose-region'
5036 \(which see). If it is nil, `compose-chars-after' is called,
5037 and that function finds a proper rule to compose the target characters.
5038 This function is intended to be used from input methods.
5039 The global keymap binds special event `compose-last-chars' to this
5040 function. Input method may generate an event (compose-last-chars N COMPONENTS)
5041 after a sequence of character events.
5042
5043 \(fn ARGS)" t nil)
5044 (global-set-key [compose-last-chars] 'compose-last-chars)
5045
5046 (autoload (quote decompose-composite-char) "composite" "\
5047 Convert CHAR to string.
5048
5049 If optional 2nd arg TYPE is non-nil, it is `string', `list', or
5050 `vector'. In this case, CHAR is converted to string, list of CHAR, or
5051 vector of CHAR respectively.
5052 Optional 3rd arg WITH-COMPOSITION-RULE is ignored.
5053
5054 \(fn CHAR &optional TYPE WITH-COMPOSITION-RULE)" nil nil)
5055
5056 (make-obsolete (quote decompose-composite-char) (quote char-to-string) "21.1")
5057
5058 ;;;***
5059 \f
5060 ;;;### (autoloads (conf-xdefaults-mode conf-ppd-mode conf-colon-mode
5061 ;;;;;; conf-space-keywords conf-space-mode conf-javaprop-mode conf-windows-mode
5062 ;;;;;; conf-unix-mode conf-mode) "conf-mode" "textmodes/conf-mode.el"
5063 ;;;;;; (17842 58277))
5064 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/conf-mode.el
5065
5066 (autoload (quote conf-mode) "conf-mode" "\
5067 Mode for Unix and Windows Conf files and Java properties.
5068 Most conf files know only three kinds of constructs: parameter
5069 assignments optionally grouped into sections and comments. Yet
5070 there is a great range of variation in the exact syntax of conf
5071 files. See below for various wrapper commands that set up the
5072 details for some of the most widespread variants.
5073
5074 This mode sets up font locking, outline, imenu and it provides
5075 alignment support through `conf-align-assignments'. If strings
5076 come out wrong, try `conf-quote-normal'.
5077
5078 Some files allow continuation lines, either with a backslash at
5079 the end of line, or by indenting the next line (further). These
5080 constructs cannot currently be recognized.
5081
5082 Because of this great variety of nuances, which are often not
5083 even clearly specified, please don't expect it to get every file
5084 quite right. Patches that clearly identify some special case,
5085 without breaking the general ones, are welcome.
5086
5087 If instead you start this mode with the generic `conf-mode'
5088 command, it will parse the buffer. It will generally well
5089 identify the first four cases listed below. If the buffer
5090 doesn't have enough contents to decide, this is identical to
5091 `conf-windows-mode' on Windows, elsewhere to `conf-unix-mode'.
5092 See also `conf-space-mode', `conf-colon-mode', `conf-javaprop-mode',
5093 `conf-ppd-mode' and `conf-xdefaults-mode'.
5094
5095 \\{conf-mode-map}
5096
5097 \(fn)" t nil)
5098
5099 (autoload (quote conf-unix-mode) "conf-mode" "\
5100 Conf Mode starter for Unix style Conf files.
5101 Comments start with `#'.
5102 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5103
5104 # Conf mode font-locks this right on Unix and with \\[conf-unix-mode]
5105
5106 \[Desktop Entry]
5107 Encoding=UTF-8
5108 Name=The GIMP
5109 Name[ca]=El GIMP
5110 Name[cs]=GIMP
5111
5112 \(fn)" t nil)
5113
5114 (autoload (quote conf-windows-mode) "conf-mode" "\
5115 Conf Mode starter for Windows style Conf files.
5116 Comments start with `;'.
5117 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5118
5119 ; Conf mode font-locks this right on Windows and with \\[conf-windows-mode]
5120
5121 \[ExtShellFolderViews]
5122 Default={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
5123 {5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
5124
5125 \[{5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}]
5126 PersistMoniker=file://Folder.htt
5127
5128 \(fn)" t nil)
5129
5130 (autoload (quote conf-javaprop-mode) "conf-mode" "\
5131 Conf Mode starter for Java properties files.
5132 Comments start with `#' but are also recognized with `//' or
5133 between `/*' and `*/'.
5134 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5135
5136 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-javaprop-mode] (Java properties)
5137 // another kind of comment
5138 /* yet another */
5139
5140 name:value
5141 name=value
5142 name value
5143 x.1 =
5144 x.2.y.1.z.1 =
5145 x.2.y.1.z.2.zz =
5146
5147 \(fn)" t nil)
5148
5149 (autoload (quote conf-space-mode) "conf-mode" "\
5150 Conf Mode starter for space separated conf files.
5151 \"Assignments\" are with ` '. Keywords before the parameters are
5152 recognized according to the variable `conf-space-keywords-alist'.
5153 Alternatively, you can specify a value for the file local variable
5154 `conf-space-keywords'.
5155 Use the function `conf-space-keywords' if you want to specify keywords
5156 in an interactive fashion instead.
5157
5158 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5159
5160 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-space-mode] (space separated)
5161
5162 image/jpeg jpeg jpg jpe
5163 image/png png
5164 image/tiff tiff tif
5165
5166 # Or with keywords (from a recognized file name):
5167 class desktop
5168 # Standard multimedia devices
5169 add /dev/audio desktop
5170 add /dev/mixer desktop
5171
5172 \(fn)" t nil)
5173
5174 (autoload (quote conf-space-keywords) "conf-mode" "\
5175 Enter Conf Space mode using regexp KEYWORDS to match the keywords.
5176 See `conf-space-mode'.
5177
5178 \(fn KEYWORDS)" t nil)
5179
5180 (autoload (quote conf-colon-mode) "conf-mode" "\
5181 Conf Mode starter for Colon files.
5182 \"Assignments\" are with `:'.
5183 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5184
5185 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-colon-mode] (colon)
5186
5187 <Multi_key> <exclam> <exclam> : \"\\241\" exclamdown
5188 <Multi_key> <c> <slash> : \"\\242\" cent
5189
5190 \(fn)" t nil)
5191
5192 (autoload (quote conf-ppd-mode) "conf-mode" "\
5193 Conf Mode starter for Adobe/CUPS PPD files.
5194 Comments start with `*%' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
5195 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5196
5197 *% Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-ppd-mode] (PPD)
5198
5199 *DefaultTransfer: Null
5200 *Transfer Null.Inverse: \"{ 1 exch sub }\"
5201
5202 \(fn)" t nil)
5203
5204 (autoload (quote conf-xdefaults-mode) "conf-mode" "\
5205 Conf Mode starter for Xdefaults files.
5206 Comments start with `!' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
5207 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5208
5209 ! Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-xdefaults-mode] (.Xdefaults)
5210
5211 *background: gray99
5212 *foreground: black
5213
5214 \(fn)" t nil)
5215
5216 ;;;***
5217 \f
5218 ;;;### (autoloads (shuffle-vector cookie-snarf cookie-insert cookie)
5219 ;;;;;; "cookie1" "play/cookie1.el" (17842 55395))
5220 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/cookie1.el
5221
5222 (autoload (quote cookie) "cookie1" "\
5223 Return a random phrase from PHRASE-FILE.
5224 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
5225 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
5226
5227 \(fn PHRASE-FILE STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
5228
5229 (autoload (quote cookie-insert) "cookie1" "\
5230 Insert random phrases from PHRASE-FILE; COUNT of them.
5231 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
5232 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
5233
5234 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional COUNT STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
5235
5236 (autoload (quote cookie-snarf) "cookie1" "\
5237 Reads in the PHRASE-FILE, returns it as a vector of strings.
5238 Emit STARTMSG and ENDMSG before and after. Caches the result; second
5239 and subsequent calls on the same file won't go to disk.
5240
5241 \(fn PHRASE-FILE STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
5242
5243 (autoload (quote shuffle-vector) "cookie1" "\
5244 Randomly permute the elements of VECTOR (all permutations equally likely).
5245
5246 \(fn VECTOR)" nil nil)
5247
5248 ;;;***
5249 \f
5250 ;;;### (autoloads (copyright copyright-fix-years copyright-update)
5251 ;;;;;; "copyright" "emacs-lisp/copyright.el" (17842 54152))
5252 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/copyright.el
5253
5254 (autoload (quote copyright-update) "copyright" "\
5255 Update copyright notice at beginning of buffer to indicate the current year.
5256 With prefix ARG, replace the years in the notice rather than adding
5257 the current year after them. If necessary, and
5258 `copyright-current-gpl-version' is set, any copying permissions
5259 following the copyright are updated as well.
5260 If non-nil, INTERACTIVEP tells the function to behave as when it's called
5261 interactively.
5262
5263 \(fn &optional ARG INTERACTIVEP)" t nil)
5264
5265 (autoload (quote copyright-fix-years) "copyright" "\
5266 Convert 2 digit years to 4 digit years.
5267 Uses heuristic: year >= 50 means 19xx, < 50 means 20xx.
5268
5269 \(fn)" t nil)
5270
5271 (autoload (quote copyright) "copyright" "\
5272 Insert a copyright by $ORGANIZATION notice at cursor.
5273
5274 \(fn &optional STR ARG)" t nil)
5275
5276 ;;;***
5277 \f
5278 ;;;### (autoloads (cperl-perldoc-at-point cperl-perldoc cperl-mode)
5279 ;;;;;; "cperl-mode" "progmodes/cperl-mode.el" (17955 36604))
5280 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cperl-mode.el
5281
5282 (autoload (quote cperl-mode) "cperl-mode" "\
5283 Major mode for editing Perl code.
5284 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
5285 Tab indents for Perl code.
5286 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
5287 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
5288
5289 Various characters in Perl almost always come in pairs: {}, (), [],
5290 sometimes <>. When the user types the first, she gets the second as
5291 well, with optional special formatting done on {}. (Disabled by
5292 default.) You can always quote (with \\[quoted-insert]) the left
5293 \"paren\" to avoid the expansion. The processing of < is special,
5294 since most the time you mean \"less\". CPerl mode tries to guess
5295 whether you want to type pair <>, and inserts is if it
5296 appropriate. You can set `cperl-electric-parens-string' to the string that
5297 contains the parenths from the above list you want to be electrical.
5298 Electricity of parenths is controlled by `cperl-electric-parens'.
5299 You may also set `cperl-electric-parens-mark' to have electric parens
5300 look for active mark and \"embrace\" a region if possible.'
5301
5302 CPerl mode provides expansion of the Perl control constructs:
5303
5304 if, else, elsif, unless, while, until, continue, do,
5305 for, foreach, formy and foreachmy.
5306
5307 and POD directives (Disabled by default, see `cperl-electric-keywords'.)
5308
5309 The user types the keyword immediately followed by a space, which
5310 causes the construct to be expanded, and the point is positioned where
5311 she is most likely to want to be. eg. when the user types a space
5312 following \"if\" the following appears in the buffer: if () { or if ()
5313 } { } and the cursor is between the parentheses. The user can then
5314 type some boolean expression within the parens. Having done that,
5315 typing \\[cperl-linefeed] places you - appropriately indented - on a
5316 new line between the braces (if you typed \\[cperl-linefeed] in a POD
5317 directive line, then appropriate number of new lines is inserted).
5318
5319 If CPerl decides that you want to insert \"English\" style construct like
5320
5321 bite if angry;
5322
5323 it will not do any expansion. See also help on variable
5324 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'. (Note that one can switch the
5325 help message on expansion by setting `cperl-message-electric-keyword'
5326 to nil.)
5327
5328 \\[cperl-linefeed] is a convenience replacement for typing carriage
5329 return. It places you in the next line with proper indentation, or if
5330 you type it inside the inline block of control construct, like
5331
5332 foreach (@lines) {print; print}
5333
5334 and you are on a boundary of a statement inside braces, it will
5335 transform the construct into a multiline and will place you into an
5336 appropriately indented blank line. If you need a usual
5337 `newline-and-indent' behavior, it is on \\[newline-and-indent],
5338 see documentation on `cperl-electric-linefeed'.
5339
5340 Use \\[cperl-invert-if-unless] to change a construction of the form
5341
5342 if (A) { B }
5343
5344 into
5345
5346 B if A;
5347
5348 \\{cperl-mode-map}
5349
5350 Setting the variable `cperl-font-lock' to t switches on font-lock-mode
5351 \(even with older Emacsen), `cperl-electric-lbrace-space' to t switches
5352 on electric space between $ and {, `cperl-electric-parens-string' is
5353 the string that contains parentheses that should be electric in CPerl
5354 \(see also `cperl-electric-parens-mark' and `cperl-electric-parens'),
5355 setting `cperl-electric-keywords' enables electric expansion of
5356 control structures in CPerl. `cperl-electric-linefeed' governs which
5357 one of two linefeed behavior is preferable. You can enable all these
5358 options simultaneously (recommended mode of use) by setting
5359 `cperl-hairy' to t. In this case you can switch separate options off
5360 by setting them to `null'. Note that one may undo the extra
5361 whitespace inserted by semis and braces in `auto-newline'-mode by
5362 consequent \\[cperl-electric-backspace].
5363
5364 If your site has perl5 documentation in info format, you can use commands
5365 \\[cperl-info-on-current-command] and \\[cperl-info-on-command] to access it.
5366 These keys run commands `cperl-info-on-current-command' and
5367 `cperl-info-on-command', which one is which is controlled by variable
5368 `cperl-info-on-command-no-prompt' and `cperl-clobber-lisp-bindings'
5369 \(in turn affected by `cperl-hairy').
5370
5371 Even if you have no info-format documentation, short one-liner-style
5372 help is available on \\[cperl-get-help], and one can run perldoc or
5373 man via menu.
5374
5375 It is possible to show this help automatically after some idle time.
5376 This is regulated by variable `cperl-lazy-help-time'. Default with
5377 `cperl-hairy' (if the value of `cperl-lazy-help-time' is nil) is 5
5378 secs idle time . It is also possible to switch this on/off from the
5379 menu, or via \\[cperl-toggle-autohelp]. Requires `run-with-idle-timer'.
5380
5381 Use \\[cperl-lineup] to vertically lineup some construction - put the
5382 beginning of the region at the start of construction, and make region
5383 span the needed amount of lines.
5384
5385 Variables `cperl-pod-here-scan', `cperl-pod-here-fontify',
5386 `cperl-pod-face', `cperl-pod-head-face' control processing of POD and
5387 here-docs sections. With capable Emaxen results of scan are used
5388 for indentation too, otherwise they are used for highlighting only.
5389
5390 Variables controlling indentation style:
5391 `cperl-tab-always-indent'
5392 Non-nil means TAB in CPerl mode should always reindent the current line,
5393 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
5394 `cperl-indent-left-aligned-comments'
5395 Non-nil means that the comment starting in leftmost column should indent.
5396 `cperl-auto-newline'
5397 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces,
5398 and after colons and semicolons, inserted in Perl code. The following
5399 \\[cperl-electric-backspace] will remove the inserted whitespace.
5400 Insertion after colons requires both this variable and
5401 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon' set.
5402 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon'
5403 Non-nil means automatically newline even after colons.
5404 Subject to `cperl-auto-newline' setting.
5405 `cperl-indent-level'
5406 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
5407 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
5408 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
5409 `cperl-continued-statement-offset'
5410 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
5411 then-clause of an if, or body of a while, or just a statement continuation.
5412 `cperl-continued-brace-offset'
5413 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
5414 This is in addition to `cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
5415 `cperl-brace-offset'
5416 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
5417 `cperl-brace-imaginary-offset'
5418 An open brace following other text is treated as if it the line started
5419 this far to the right of the actual line indentation.
5420 `cperl-label-offset'
5421 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
5422 `cperl-min-label-indent'
5423 Minimal indentation for line that is a label.
5424
5425 Settings for classic indent-styles: K&R BSD=C++ GNU PerlStyle=Whitesmith
5426 `cperl-indent-level' 5 4 2 4
5427 `cperl-brace-offset' 0 0 0 0
5428 `cperl-continued-brace-offset' -5 -4 0 0
5429 `cperl-label-offset' -5 -4 -2 -4
5430 `cperl-continued-statement-offset' 5 4 2 4
5431
5432 CPerl knows several indentation styles, and may bulk set the
5433 corresponding variables. Use \\[cperl-set-style] to do this. Use
5434 \\[cperl-set-style-back] to restore the memorized preexisting values
5435 \(both available from menu). See examples in `cperl-style-examples'.
5436
5437 Part of the indentation style is how different parts of if/elsif/else
5438 statements are broken into lines; in CPerl, this is reflected on how
5439 templates for these constructs are created (controlled by
5440 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'), and how reflow-logic should treat \"continuation\" blocks of else/elsif/continue, controlled by the same variable,
5441 and by `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace-multiline',
5442 `cperl-merge-trailing-else', `cperl-indent-region-fix-constructs'.
5443
5444 If `cperl-indent-level' is 0, the statement after opening brace in
5445 column 0 is indented on
5446 `cperl-brace-offset'+`cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
5447
5448 Turning on CPerl mode calls the hooks in the variable `cperl-mode-hook'
5449 with no args.
5450
5451 DO NOT FORGET to read micro-docs (available from `Perl' menu)
5452 or as help on variables `cperl-tips', `cperl-problems',
5453 `cperl-praise', `cperl-speed'.
5454
5455 \(fn)" t nil)
5456
5457 (autoload (quote cperl-perldoc) "cperl-mode" "\
5458 Run `perldoc' on WORD.
5459
5460 \(fn WORD)" t nil)
5461
5462 (autoload (quote cperl-perldoc-at-point) "cperl-mode" "\
5463 Run a `perldoc' on the word around point.
5464
5465 \(fn)" t nil)
5466
5467 ;;;***
5468 \f
5469 ;;;### (autoloads (cpp-parse-edit cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "progmodes/cpp.el"
5470 ;;;;;; (17842 56333))
5471 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cpp.el
5472
5473 (autoload (quote cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "\
5474 Highlight C code according to preprocessor conditionals.
5475 This command pops up a buffer which you should edit to specify
5476 what kind of highlighting to use, and the criteria for highlighting.
5477 A prefix arg suppresses display of that buffer.
5478
5479 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5480
5481 (autoload (quote cpp-parse-edit) "cpp" "\
5482 Edit display information for cpp conditionals.
5483
5484 \(fn)" t nil)
5485
5486 ;;;***
5487 \f
5488 ;;;### (autoloads (crisp-mode crisp-mode) "crisp" "emulation/crisp.el"
5489 ;;;;;; (17842 54264))
5490 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/crisp.el
5491
5492 (defvar crisp-mode nil "\
5493 Track status of CRiSP emulation mode.
5494 A value of nil means CRiSP mode is not enabled. A value of t
5495 indicates CRiSP mode is enabled.
5496
5497 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5498 use either M-x customize or the function `crisp-mode'.")
5499
5500 (custom-autoload (quote crisp-mode) "crisp" nil)
5501
5502 (autoload (quote crisp-mode) "crisp" "\
5503 Toggle CRiSP/Brief emulation minor mode.
5504 With ARG, turn CRiSP mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
5505
5506 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5507
5508 (defalias (quote brief-mode) (quote crisp-mode))
5509
5510 ;;;***
5511 \f
5512 ;;;### (autoloads (completing-read-multiple) "crm" "emacs-lisp/crm.el"
5513 ;;;;;; (17842 54152))
5514 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/crm.el
5515
5516 (autoload (quote completing-read-multiple) "crm" "\
5517 Read multiple strings in the minibuffer, with completion.
5518 By using this functionality, a user may specify multiple strings at a
5519 single prompt, optionally using completion.
5520
5521 Multiple strings are specified by separating each of the strings with
5522 a prespecified separator character. For example, if the separator
5523 character is a comma, the strings 'alice', 'bob', and 'eve' would be
5524 specified as 'alice,bob,eve'.
5525
5526 The default value for the separator character is the value of
5527 `crm-default-separator' (comma). The separator character may be
5528 changed by modifying the value of `crm-separator'.
5529
5530 Contiguous strings of non-separator-characters are referred to as
5531 'elements'. In the aforementioned example, the elements are: 'alice',
5532 'bob', and 'eve'.
5533
5534 Completion is available on a per-element basis. For example, if the
5535 contents of the minibuffer are 'alice,bob,eve' and point is between
5536 'l' and 'i', pressing TAB operates on the element 'alice'.
5537
5538 The return value of this function is a list of the read strings.
5539
5540 See the documentation for `completing-read' for details on the arguments:
5541 PROMPT, TABLE, PREDICATE, REQUIRE-MATCH, INITIAL-INPUT, HIST, DEF, and
5542 INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD.
5543
5544 \(fn PROMPT TABLE &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
5545
5546 ;;;***
5547 \f
5548 ;;;### (autoloads (cua-selection-mode cua-mode) "cua-base" "emulation/cua-base.el"
5549 ;;;;;; (17888 45995))
5550 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-base.el
5551
5552 (defvar cua-mode nil "\
5553 Non-nil if Cua mode is enabled.
5554 See the command `cua-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5555 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5556 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5557 or call the function `cua-mode'.")
5558
5559 (custom-autoload (quote cua-mode) "cua-base" nil)
5560
5561 (autoload (quote cua-mode) "cua-base" "\
5562 Toggle CUA key-binding mode.
5563 When enabled, using shifted movement keys will activate the
5564 region (and highlight the region using `transient-mark-mode'),
5565 and typed text replaces the active selection.
5566
5567 Also when enabled, you can use C-z, C-x, C-c, and C-v to undo,
5568 cut, copy, and paste in addition to the normal Emacs bindings.
5569 The C-x and C-c keys only do cut and copy when the region is
5570 active, so in most cases, they do not conflict with the normal
5571 function of these prefix keys.
5572
5573 If you really need to perform a command which starts with one of
5574 the prefix keys even when the region is active, you have three
5575 options:
5576 - press the prefix key twice very quickly (within 0.2 seconds),
5577 - press the prefix key and the following key within 0.2 seconds, or
5578 - use the SHIFT key with the prefix key, i.e. C-S-x or C-S-c.
5579
5580 You can customize `cua-enable-cua-keys' to completely disable the
5581 CUA bindings, or `cua-prefix-override-inhibit-delay' to change
5582 the prefix fallback behavior.
5583
5584 CUA mode manages Transient Mark mode internally. Trying to disable
5585 Transient Mark mode while CUA mode is enabled does not work; if you
5586 only want to highlight the region when it is selected using a
5587 shifted movement key, set `cua-highlight-region-shift-only'.
5588
5589 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5590
5591 (autoload (quote cua-selection-mode) "cua-base" "\
5592 Enable CUA selection mode without the C-z/C-x/C-c/C-v bindings.
5593
5594 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5595 (eval-after-load 'CUA-mode
5596 '(error (concat "\n\n"
5597 "CUA-mode is now part of the standard GNU Emacs distribution, so you may\n"
5598 "now enable CUA via the Options menu or by customizing option `cua-mode'.\n\n"
5599 "You have loaded an older version of CUA-mode which does\n"
5600 "not work correctly with this version of GNU Emacs.\n\n"
5601 (if user-init-file (concat
5602 "To correct this, remove the loading and customization of the\n"
5603 "old version from the " user-init-file " file.\n\n")))))
5604
5605 ;;;***
5606 \f
5607 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-menu-create custom-menu-create customize-save-customized
5608 ;;;;;; custom-save-all custom-file customize-browse custom-buffer-create-other-window
5609 ;;;;;; custom-buffer-create customize-apropos-groups customize-apropos-faces
5610 ;;;;;; customize-apropos-options customize-apropos customize-saved
5611 ;;;;;; customize-rogue customize-unsaved customize-face-other-window
5612 ;;;;;; customize-face customize-changed-options customize-option-other-window
5613 ;;;;;; customize-option customize-group-other-window customize-group
5614 ;;;;;; customize-mode customize customize-save-variable customize-set-variable
5615 ;;;;;; customize-set-value custom-menu-sort-alphabetically custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically
5616 ;;;;;; custom-browse-sort-alphabetically) "cus-edit" "cus-edit.el"
5617 ;;;;;; (17952 11093))
5618 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-edit.el
5619
5620 (defvar custom-browse-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5621 If non-nil, sort customization group alphabetically in `custom-browse'.")
5622
5623 (custom-autoload (quote custom-browse-sort-alphabetically) "cus-edit" t)
5624
5625 (defvar custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5626 If non-nil, sort each customization group alphabetically in Custom buffer.")
5627
5628 (custom-autoload (quote custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically) "cus-edit" t)
5629
5630 (defvar custom-menu-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5631 If non-nil, sort each customization group alphabetically in menus.")
5632
5633 (custom-autoload (quote custom-menu-sort-alphabetically) "cus-edit" t)
5634 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\`\\*Customiz.*\\*\\'")
5635
5636 (autoload (quote customize-set-value) "cus-edit" "\
5637 Set VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
5638
5639 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5640 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5641
5642 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5643 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5644
5645 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5646
5647 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5648
5649 (autoload (quote customize-set-variable) "cus-edit" "\
5650 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE.
5651 VALUE is a Lisp object.
5652
5653 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5654 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5655
5656 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5657 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5658
5659 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5660 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5661
5662 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5663
5664 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5665
5666 (autoload (quote customize-save-variable) "cus-edit" "\
5667 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and save it for future sessions.
5668 Return VALUE.
5669
5670 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5671 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5672
5673 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5674 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5675
5676 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5677 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5678
5679 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5680
5681 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5682
5683 (autoload (quote customize) "cus-edit" "\
5684 Select a customization buffer which you can use to set user options.
5685 User options are structured into \"groups\".
5686 Initially the top-level group `Emacs' and its immediate subgroups
5687 are shown; the contents of those subgroups are initially hidden.
5688
5689 \(fn)" t nil)
5690
5691 (autoload (quote customize-mode) "cus-edit" "\
5692 Customize options related to the current major mode.
5693 If a prefix \\[universal-argument] was given (or if the current major mode has no known group),
5694 then prompt for the MODE to customize.
5695
5696 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
5697
5698 (autoload (quote customize-group) "cus-edit" "\
5699 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group.
5700
5701 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
5702
5703 (autoload (quote customize-group-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
5704 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group.
5705
5706 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
5707
5708 (defalias (quote customize-variable) (quote customize-option))
5709
5710 (autoload (quote customize-option) "cus-edit" "\
5711 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable.
5712
5713 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5714
5715 (defalias (quote customize-variable-other-window) (quote customize-option-other-window))
5716
5717 (autoload (quote customize-option-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
5718 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable.
5719 Show the buffer in another window, but don't select it.
5720
5721 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5722
5723 (defvar customize-package-emacs-version-alist nil "\
5724 Alist mapping versions of a package to Emacs versions.
5725 We use this for packages that have their own names, but are released
5726 as part of Emacs itself.
5727
5728 Each elements looks like this:
5729
5730 (PACKAGE (PVERSION . EVERSION)...)
5731
5732 Here PACKAGE is the name of a package, as a symbol. After
5733 PACKAGE come one or more elements, each associating a
5734 package version PVERSION with the first Emacs version
5735 EVERSION in which it (or a subsequent version of PACKAGE)
5736 was first released. Both PVERSION and EVERSION are strings.
5737 PVERSION should be a string that this package used in
5738 the :package-version keyword for `defcustom', `defgroup',
5739 and `defface'.
5740
5741 For example, the MH-E package updates this alist as follows:
5742
5743 (add-to-list 'customize-package-emacs-version-alist
5744 '(MH-E (\"6.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"6.1\" . \"22.1\")
5745 (\"7.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.1\" . \"22.1\")
5746 (\"7.2\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.3\" . \"22.1\")
5747 (\"7.4\" . \"22.1\") (\"8.0\" . \"22.1\")))
5748
5749 The value of PACKAGE needs to be unique and it needs to match the
5750 PACKAGE value appearing in the :package-version keyword. Since
5751 the user might see the value in a error message, a good choice is
5752 the official name of the package, such as MH-E or Gnus.")
5753
5754 (defalias (quote customize-changed) (quote customize-changed-options))
5755
5756 (autoload (quote customize-changed-options) "cus-edit" "\
5757 Customize all settings whose meanings have changed in Emacs itself.
5758 This includes new user option variables and faces, and new
5759 customization groups, as well as older options and faces whose meanings
5760 or default values have changed since the previous major Emacs release.
5761
5762 With argument SINCE-VERSION (a string), customize all settings
5763 that were added or redefined since that version.
5764
5765 \(fn SINCE-VERSION)" t nil)
5766
5767 (autoload (quote customize-face) "cus-edit" "\
5768 Customize FACE, which should be a face name or nil.
5769 If FACE is nil, customize all faces. If FACE is actually a
5770 face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5771
5772 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5773 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5774
5775 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
5776
5777 (autoload (quote customize-face-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
5778 Show customization buffer for face FACE in other window.
5779 If FACE is actually a face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5780
5781 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5782 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5783
5784 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
5785
5786 (autoload (quote customize-unsaved) "cus-edit" "\
5787 Customize all user options set in this session but not saved.
5788
5789 \(fn)" t nil)
5790
5791 (autoload (quote customize-rogue) "cus-edit" "\
5792 Customize all user variables modified outside customize.
5793
5794 \(fn)" t nil)
5795
5796 (autoload (quote customize-saved) "cus-edit" "\
5797 Customize all already saved user options.
5798
5799 \(fn)" t nil)
5800
5801 (autoload (quote customize-apropos) "cus-edit" "\
5802 Customize all loaded options, faces and groups matching REGEXP.
5803 If ALL is `options', include only options.
5804 If ALL is `faces', include only faces.
5805 If ALL is `groups', include only groups.
5806 If ALL is t (interactively, with prefix arg), include variables
5807 that are not customizable options, as well as faces and groups
5808 \(but we recommend using `apropos-variable' instead).
5809
5810 \(fn REGEXP &optional ALL)" t nil)
5811
5812 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-options) "cus-edit" "\
5813 Customize all loaded customizable options matching REGEXP.
5814 With prefix arg, include variables that are not customizable options
5815 \(but we recommend using `apropos-variable' instead).
5816
5817 \(fn REGEXP &optional ARG)" t nil)
5818
5819 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-faces) "cus-edit" "\
5820 Customize all loaded faces matching REGEXP.
5821
5822 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5823
5824 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-groups) "cus-edit" "\
5825 Customize all loaded groups matching REGEXP.
5826
5827 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5828
5829 (autoload (quote custom-buffer-create) "cus-edit" "\
5830 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
5831 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5832 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5833 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5834 that option.
5835
5836 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5837
5838 (autoload (quote custom-buffer-create-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
5839 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS, and display it in another window.
5840 The result includes selecting that window.
5841 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5842 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5843 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5844 that option.
5845
5846 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5847
5848 (autoload (quote customize-browse) "cus-edit" "\
5849 Create a tree browser for the customize hierarchy.
5850
5851 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5852
5853 (defvar custom-file nil "\
5854 File used for storing customization information.
5855 The default is nil, which means to use your init file
5856 as specified by `user-init-file'. If the value is not nil,
5857 it should be an absolute file name.
5858
5859 You can set this option through Custom, if you carefully read the
5860 last paragraph below. However, usually it is simpler to write
5861 something like the following in your init file:
5862
5863 \(setq custom-file \"~/.emacs-custom.el\")
5864 \(load custom-file)
5865
5866 Note that both lines are necessary: the first line tells Custom to
5867 save all customizations in this file, but does not load it.
5868
5869 When you change this variable outside Custom, look in the
5870 previous custom file (usually your init file) for the
5871 forms `(custom-set-variables ...)' and `(custom-set-faces ...)',
5872 and copy them (whichever ones you find) to the new custom file.
5873 This will preserve your existing customizations.
5874
5875 If you save this option using Custom, Custom will write all
5876 currently saved customizations, including the new one for this
5877 option itself, into the file you specify, overwriting any
5878 `custom-set-variables' and `custom-set-faces' forms already
5879 present in that file. It will not delete any customizations from
5880 the old custom file. You should do that manually if that is what you
5881 want. You also have to put something like `(load \"CUSTOM-FILE\")
5882 in your init file, where CUSTOM-FILE is the actual name of the
5883 file. Otherwise, Emacs will not load the file when it starts up,
5884 and hence will not set `custom-file' to that file either.")
5885
5886 (custom-autoload (quote custom-file) "cus-edit" t)
5887
5888 (autoload (quote custom-save-all) "cus-edit" "\
5889 Save all customizations in `custom-file'.
5890
5891 \(fn)" nil nil)
5892
5893 (autoload (quote customize-save-customized) "cus-edit" "\
5894 Save all user options which have been set in this session.
5895
5896 \(fn)" t nil)
5897
5898 (autoload (quote custom-menu-create) "cus-edit" "\
5899 Create menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5900 The menu is in a format applicable to `easy-menu-define'.
5901
5902 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
5903
5904 (autoload (quote customize-menu-create) "cus-edit" "\
5905 Return a customize menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5906 If optional NAME is given, use that as the name of the menu.
5907 Otherwise the menu will be named `Customize'.
5908 The format is suitable for use with `easy-menu-define'.
5909
5910 \(fn SYMBOL &optional NAME)" nil nil)
5911
5912 ;;;***
5913 \f
5914 ;;;### (autoloads (custom-reset-faces custom-theme-reset-faces custom-set-faces
5915 ;;;;;; custom-declare-face) "cus-face" "cus-face.el" (17842 58280))
5916 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-face.el
5917
5918 (autoload (quote custom-declare-face) "cus-face" "\
5919 Like `defface', but FACE is evaluated as a normal argument.
5920
5921 \(fn FACE SPEC DOC &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
5922
5923 (defconst custom-face-attributes (quote ((:family (string :tag "Font Family" :help-echo "Font family or fontset alias name.")) (:width (choice :tag "Width" :help-echo "Font width." :value normal (const :tag "compressed" condensed) (const :tag "condensed" condensed) (const :tag "demiexpanded" semi-expanded) (const :tag "expanded" expanded) (const :tag "extracondensed" extra-condensed) (const :tag "extraexpanded" extra-expanded) (const :tag "medium" normal) (const :tag "narrow" condensed) (const :tag "normal" normal) (const :tag "regular" normal) (const :tag "semicondensed" semi-condensed) (const :tag "semiexpanded" semi-expanded) (const :tag "ultracondensed" ultra-condensed) (const :tag "ultraexpanded" ultra-expanded) (const :tag "wide" extra-expanded))) (:height (choice :tag "Height" :help-echo "Face's font height." :value 1.0 (integer :tag "Height in 1/10 pt") (number :tag "Scale" 1.0))) (:weight (choice :tag "Weight" :help-echo "Font weight." :value normal (const :tag "black" ultra-bold) (const :tag "bold" bold) (const :tag "book" semi-light) (const :tag "demibold" semi-bold) (const :tag "extralight" extra-light) (const :tag "extrabold" extra-bold) (const :tag "heavy" extra-bold) (const :tag "light" light) (const :tag "medium" normal) (const :tag "normal" normal) (const :tag "regular" normal) (const :tag "semibold" semi-bold) (const :tag "semilight" semi-light) (const :tag "ultralight" ultra-light) (const :tag "ultrabold" ultra-bold))) (:slant (choice :tag "Slant" :help-echo "Font slant." :value normal (const :tag "italic" italic) (const :tag "oblique" oblique) (const :tag "normal" normal))) (:underline (choice :tag "Underline" :help-echo "Control text underlining." (const :tag "Off" nil) (const :tag "On" t) (color :tag "Colored"))) (:overline (choice :tag "Overline" :help-echo "Control text overlining." (const :tag "Off" nil) (const :tag "On" t) (color :tag "Colored"))) (:strike-through (choice :tag "Strike-through" :help-echo "Control text strike-through." (const :tag "Off" nil) (const :tag "On" t) (color :tag "Colored"))) (:box (choice :tag "Box around text" :help-echo "Control box around text." (const :tag "Off" nil) (list :tag "Box" :value (:line-width 2 :color "grey75" :style released-button) (const :format "" :value :line-width) (integer :tag "Width") (const :format "" :value :color) (choice :tag "Color" (const :tag "*" nil) color) (const :format "" :value :style) (choice :tag "Style" (const :tag "Raised" released-button) (const :tag "Sunken" pressed-button) (const :tag "None" nil)))) (lambda (real-value) (and real-value (let ((lwidth (or (and (consp real-value) (plist-get real-value :line-width)) (and (integerp real-value) real-value) 1)) (color (or (and (consp real-value) (plist-get real-value :color)) (and (stringp real-value) real-value) nil)) (style (and (consp real-value) (plist-get real-value :style)))) (list :line-width lwidth :color color :style style)))) (lambda (cus-value) (and cus-value (let ((lwidth (plist-get cus-value :line-width)) (color (plist-get cus-value :color)) (style (plist-get cus-value :style))) (cond ((and (null color) (null style)) lwidth) ((and (null lwidth) (null style)) color) (t (nconc (and lwidth (\` (:line-width (\, lwidth)))) (and color (\` (:color (\, color)))) (and style (\` (:style (\, style))))))))))) (:inverse-video (choice :tag "Inverse-video" :help-echo "Control whether text should be in inverse-video." (const :tag "Off" nil) (const :tag "On" t))) (:foreground (color :tag "Foreground" :help-echo "Set foreground color (name or #RRGGBB hex spec).")) (:background (color :tag "Background" :help-echo "Set background color (name or #RRGGBB hex spec).")) (:stipple (choice :tag "Stipple" :help-echo "Background bit-mask" (const :tag "None" nil) (file :tag "File" :help-echo "Name of bitmap file." :must-match t))) (:inherit (repeat :tag "Inherit" :help-echo "List of faces to inherit attributes from." (face :Tag "Face" default)) (lambda (real-value) (cond ((or (null real-value) (eq real-value (quote unspecified))) nil) ((symbolp real-value) (list real-value)) (t real-value))) (lambda (cus-value) (if (and (consp cus-value) (null (cdr cus-value))) (car cus-value) cus-value))))) "\
5924 Alist of face attributes.
5925
5926 The elements are of the form (KEY TYPE PRE-FILTER POST-FILTER),
5927 where KEY is the name of the attribute, TYPE is a widget type for
5928 editing the attribute, PRE-FILTER is a function to make the attribute's
5929 value suitable for the customization widget, and POST-FILTER is a
5930 function to make the customized value suitable for storing. PRE-FILTER
5931 and POST-FILTER are optional.
5932
5933 The PRE-FILTER should take a single argument, the attribute value as
5934 stored, and should return a value for customization (using the
5935 customization type TYPE).
5936
5937 The POST-FILTER should also take a single argument, the value after
5938 being customized, and should return a value suitable for setting the
5939 given face attribute.")
5940
5941 (autoload (quote custom-set-faces) "cus-face" "\
5942 Initialize faces according to user preferences.
5943 This associates the settings with the `user' theme.
5944 The arguments should be a list where each entry has the form:
5945
5946 (FACE SPEC [NOW [COMMENT]])
5947
5948 SPEC is stored as the saved value for FACE, as well as the value for the
5949 `user' theme. The `user' theme is one of the default themes known to Emacs.
5950 See `custom-known-themes' for more information on the known themes.
5951 See `custom-theme-set-faces' for more information on the interplay
5952 between themes and faces.
5953 See `defface' for the format of SPEC.
5954
5955 If NOW is present and non-nil, FACE is created now, according to SPEC.
5956 COMMENT is a string comment about FACE.
5957
5958 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
5959
5960 (autoload (quote custom-theme-reset-faces) "cus-face" "\
5961 Reset the specs in THEME of some faces to their specs in other themes.
5962 Each of the arguments ARGS has this form:
5963
5964 (FACE IGNORED)
5965
5966 This means reset FACE. The argument IGNORED is ignored.
5967
5968 \(fn THEME &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
5969
5970 (autoload (quote custom-reset-faces) "cus-face" "\
5971 Reset the specs of some faces to their specs in specified themes.
5972 This creates settings in the `user' theme.
5973
5974 Each of the arguments ARGS has this form:
5975
5976 (FACE FROM-THEME)
5977
5978 This means reset FACE to its value in FROM-THEME.
5979
5980 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
5981
5982 ;;;***
5983 \f
5984 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-create-theme) "cus-theme" "cus-theme.el"
5985 ;;;;;; (17842 58280))
5986 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-theme.el
5987
5988 (autoload (quote customize-create-theme) "cus-theme" "\
5989 Create a custom theme.
5990
5991 \(fn)" t nil)
5992
5993 ;;;***
5994 \f
5995 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "cvs-status.el"
5996 ;;;;;; (17842 58280))
5997 ;;; Generated autoloads from cvs-status.el
5998
5999 (autoload (quote cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "\
6000 Mode used for cvs status output.
6001
6002 \(fn)" t nil)
6003
6004 ;;;***
6005 \f
6006 ;;;### (autoloads (global-cwarn-mode turn-on-cwarn-mode cwarn-mode)
6007 ;;;;;; "cwarn" "progmodes/cwarn.el" (17860 50532))
6008 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cwarn.el
6009
6010 (autoload (quote cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
6011 Minor mode that highlights suspicious C and C++ constructions.
6012
6013 Note, in addition to enabling this minor mode, the major mode must
6014 be included in the variable `cwarn-configuration'. By default C and
6015 C++ modes are included.
6016
6017 With ARG, turn CWarn mode on if and only if arg is positive.
6018
6019 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6020
6021 (autoload (quote turn-on-cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
6022 Turn on CWarn mode.
6023
6024 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
6025 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-cwarn-mode)
6026
6027 \(fn)" nil nil)
6028
6029 (defvar global-cwarn-mode nil "\
6030 Non-nil if Global-Cwarn mode is enabled.
6031 See the command `global-cwarn-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
6032 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
6033 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
6034 or call the function `global-cwarn-mode'.")
6035
6036 (custom-autoload (quote global-cwarn-mode) "cwarn" nil)
6037
6038 (autoload (quote global-cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
6039 Toggle Cwarn mode in every possible buffer.
6040 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Cwarn mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
6041 Cwarn mode is enabled in all buffers where `turn-on-cwarn-mode-if-enabled' would do it.
6042 See `cwarn-mode' for more information on Cwarn mode.
6043
6044 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6045
6046 ;;;***
6047 \f
6048 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-cyrillic-translit cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char
6049 ;;;;;; cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "language/cyril-util.el"
6050 ;;;;;; (17842 58278))
6051 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/cyril-util.el
6052
6053 (autoload (quote cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "\
6054 Return KOI8-R external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
6055
6056 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
6057
6058 (autoload (quote cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char) "cyril-util" "\
6059 Return ALTERNATIVNYJ external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
6060
6061 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
6062
6063 (autoload (quote standard-display-cyrillic-translit) "cyril-util" "\
6064 Display a cyrillic buffer using a transliteration.
6065 For readability, the table is slightly
6066 different from the one used for the input method `cyrillic-translit'.
6067
6068 The argument is a string which specifies which language you are using;
6069 that affects the choice of transliterations slightly.
6070 Possible values are listed in `cyrillic-language-alist'.
6071 If the argument is t, we use the default cyrillic transliteration.
6072 If the argument is nil, we return the display table to its standard state.
6073
6074 \(fn &optional CYRILLIC-LANGUAGE)" t nil)
6075
6076 ;;;***
6077 \f
6078 ;;;### (autoloads (dabbrev-expand dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "dabbrev.el"
6079 ;;;;;; (18006 55794))
6080 ;;; Generated autoloads from dabbrev.el
6081 (define-key esc-map "/" 'dabbrev-expand)
6082 (define-key esc-map [?\C-/] 'dabbrev-completion)
6083
6084 (autoload (quote dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "\
6085 Completion on current word.
6086 Like \\[dabbrev-expand] but finds all expansions in the current buffer
6087 and presents suggestions for completion.
6088
6089 With a prefix argument, it searches all buffers accepted by the
6090 function pointed out by `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function' to find the
6091 completions.
6092
6093 If the prefix argument is 16 (which comes from C-u C-u),
6094 then it searches *all* buffers.
6095
6096 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6097
6098 (autoload (quote dabbrev-expand) "dabbrev" "\
6099 Expand previous word \"dynamically\".
6100
6101 Expands to the most recent, preceding word for which this is a prefix.
6102 If no suitable preceding word is found, words following point are
6103 considered. If still no suitable word is found, then look in the
6104 buffers accepted by the function pointed out by variable
6105 `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function'.
6106
6107 A positive prefix argument, N, says to take the Nth backward *distinct*
6108 possibility. A negative argument says search forward.
6109
6110 If the cursor has not moved from the end of the previous expansion and
6111 no argument is given, replace the previously-made expansion
6112 with the next possible expansion not yet tried.
6113
6114 The variable `dabbrev-backward-only' may be used to limit the
6115 direction of search to backward if set non-nil.
6116
6117 See also `dabbrev-abbrev-char-regexp' and \\[dabbrev-completion].
6118
6119 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
6120
6121 ;;;***
6122 \f
6123 ;;;### (autoloads (dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "progmodes/dcl-mode.el" (17949
6124 ;;;;;; 41468))
6125 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/dcl-mode.el
6126
6127 (autoload (quote dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "\
6128 Major mode for editing DCL-files.
6129
6130 This mode indents command lines in blocks. (A block is commands between
6131 THEN-ELSE-ENDIF and between lines matching dcl-block-begin-regexp and
6132 dcl-block-end-regexp.)
6133
6134 Labels are indented to a fixed position unless they begin or end a block.
6135 Whole-line comments (matching dcl-comment-line-regexp) are not indented.
6136 Data lines are not indented.
6137
6138 Key bindings:
6139
6140 \\{dcl-mode-map}
6141 Commands not usually bound to keys:
6142
6143 \\[dcl-save-nondefault-options] Save changed options
6144 \\[dcl-save-all-options] Save all options
6145 \\[dcl-save-option] Save any option
6146 \\[dcl-save-mode] Save buffer mode
6147
6148 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
6149
6150 dcl-basic-offset
6151 Extra indentation within blocks.
6152
6153 dcl-continuation-offset
6154 Extra indentation for continued lines.
6155
6156 dcl-margin-offset
6157 Indentation for the first command line in a file or SUBROUTINE.
6158
6159 dcl-margin-label-offset
6160 Indentation for a label.
6161
6162 dcl-comment-line-regexp
6163 Lines matching this regexp will not be indented.
6164
6165 dcl-block-begin-regexp
6166 dcl-block-end-regexp
6167 Regexps that match command lines that begin and end, respectively,
6168 a block of commmand lines that will be given extra indentation.
6169 Command lines between THEN-ELSE-ENDIF are always indented; these variables
6170 make it possible to define other places to indent.
6171 Set to nil to disable this feature.
6172
6173 dcl-calc-command-indent-function
6174 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for command lines.
6175 Two such functions are included in the package:
6176 dcl-calc-command-indent-multiple
6177 dcl-calc-command-indent-hang
6178
6179 dcl-calc-cont-indent-function
6180 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for continued lines.
6181 One such function is included in the package:
6182 dcl-calc-cont-indent-relative (set by default)
6183
6184 dcl-tab-always-indent
6185 If t, pressing TAB always indents the current line.
6186 If nil, pressing TAB indents the current line if point is at the left
6187 margin.
6188
6189 dcl-electric-characters
6190 Non-nil causes lines to be indented at once when a label, ELSE or ENDIF is
6191 typed.
6192
6193 dcl-electric-reindent-regexps
6194 Use this variable and function dcl-electric-character to customize
6195 which words trigger electric indentation.
6196
6197 dcl-tempo-comma
6198 dcl-tempo-left-paren
6199 dcl-tempo-right-paren
6200 These variables control the look of expanded templates.
6201
6202 dcl-imenu-generic-expression
6203 Default value for imenu-generic-expression. The default includes
6204 SUBROUTINE labels in the main listing and sub-listings for
6205 other labels, CALL, GOTO and GOSUB statements.
6206
6207 dcl-imenu-label-labels
6208 dcl-imenu-label-goto
6209 dcl-imenu-label-gosub
6210 dcl-imenu-label-call
6211 Change the text that is used as sub-listing labels in imenu.
6212
6213 Loading this package calls the value of the variable
6214 `dcl-mode-load-hook' with no args, if that value is non-nil.
6215 Turning on DCL mode calls the value of the variable `dcl-mode-hook'
6216 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
6217
6218
6219 The following example uses the default values for all variables:
6220
6221 $! This is a comment line that is not indented (it matches
6222 $! dcl-comment-line-regexp)
6223 $! Next follows the first command line. It is indented dcl-margin-offset.
6224 $ i = 1
6225 $ ! Other comments are indented like command lines.
6226 $ ! A margin label indented dcl-margin-label-offset:
6227 $ label:
6228 $ if i.eq.1
6229 $ then
6230 $ ! Lines between THEN-ELSE and ELSE-ENDIF are
6231 $ ! indented dcl-basic-offset
6232 $ loop1: ! This matches dcl-block-begin-regexp...
6233 $ ! ...so this line is indented dcl-basic-offset
6234 $ text = \"This \" + - ! is a continued line
6235 \"lined up with the command line\"
6236 $ type sys$input
6237 Data lines are not indented at all.
6238 $ endloop1: ! This matches dcl-block-end-regexp
6239 $ endif
6240 $
6241
6242
6243 There is some minimal font-lock support (see vars
6244 `dcl-font-lock-defaults' and `dcl-font-lock-keywords').
6245
6246 \(fn)" t nil)
6247
6248 ;;;***
6249 \f
6250 ;;;### (autoloads (cancel-debug-on-entry debug-on-entry debug) "debug"
6251 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/debug.el" (17842 54152))
6252 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/debug.el
6253
6254 (setq debugger (quote debug))
6255
6256 (autoload (quote debug) "debug" "\
6257 Enter debugger. To return, type \\<debugger-mode-map>`\\[debugger-continue]'.
6258 Arguments are mainly for use when this is called from the internals
6259 of the evaluator.
6260
6261 You may call with no args, or you may pass nil as the first arg and
6262 any other args you like. In that case, the list of args after the
6263 first will be printed into the backtrace buffer.
6264
6265 \(fn &rest DEBUGGER-ARGS)" t nil)
6266
6267 (autoload (quote debug-on-entry) "debug" "\
6268 Request FUNCTION to invoke debugger each time it is called.
6269
6270 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
6271
6272 This works by modifying the definition of FUNCTION. If you tell the
6273 debugger to continue, FUNCTION's execution proceeds. If FUNCTION is a
6274 normal function or a macro written in Lisp, you can also step through
6275 its execution. FUNCTION can also be a primitive that is not a special
6276 form, in which case stepping is not possible. Break-on-entry for
6277 primitive functions only works when that function is called from Lisp.
6278
6279 Use \\[cancel-debug-on-entry] to cancel the effect of this command.
6280 Redefining FUNCTION also cancels it.
6281
6282 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
6283
6284 (autoload (quote cancel-debug-on-entry) "debug" "\
6285 Undo effect of \\[debug-on-entry] on FUNCTION.
6286 If FUNCTION is nil, cancel debug-on-entry for all functions.
6287 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
6288 To specify a nil argument interactively, exit with an empty minibuffer.
6289
6290 \(fn &optional FUNCTION)" t nil)
6291
6292 ;;;***
6293 \f
6294 ;;;### (autoloads (decipher-mode decipher) "decipher" "play/decipher.el"
6295 ;;;;;; (17842 55395))
6296 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/decipher.el
6297
6298 (autoload (quote decipher) "decipher" "\
6299 Format a buffer of ciphertext for cryptanalysis and enter Decipher mode.
6300
6301 \(fn)" t nil)
6302
6303 (autoload (quote decipher-mode) "decipher" "\
6304 Major mode for decrypting monoalphabetic substitution ciphers.
6305 Lower-case letters enter plaintext.
6306 Upper-case letters are commands.
6307
6308 The buffer is made read-only so that normal Emacs commands cannot
6309 modify it.
6310
6311 The most useful commands are:
6312 \\<decipher-mode-map>
6313 \\[decipher-digram-list] Display a list of all digrams & their frequency
6314 \\[decipher-frequency-count] Display the frequency of each ciphertext letter
6315 \\[decipher-adjacency-list] Show adjacency list for current letter (lists letters appearing next to it)
6316 \\[decipher-make-checkpoint] Save the current cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
6317 \\[decipher-restore-checkpoint] Restore a saved cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
6318
6319 \(fn)" t nil)
6320
6321 ;;;***
6322 \f
6323 ;;;### (autoloads (delimit-columns-rectangle delimit-columns-region
6324 ;;;;;; delimit-columns-customize) "delim-col" "delim-col.el" (17842
6325 ;;;;;; 58280))
6326 ;;; Generated autoloads from delim-col.el
6327
6328 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-customize) "delim-col" "\
6329 Customization of `columns' group.
6330
6331 \(fn)" t nil)
6332
6333 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-region) "delim-col" "\
6334 Prettify all columns in a text region.
6335
6336 START and END delimits the text region.
6337
6338 \(fn START END)" t nil)
6339
6340 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-rectangle) "delim-col" "\
6341 Prettify all columns in a text rectangle.
6342
6343 START and END delimits the corners of text rectangle.
6344
6345 \(fn START END)" t nil)
6346
6347 ;;;***
6348 \f
6349 ;;;### (autoloads (delphi-mode) "delphi" "progmodes/delphi.el" (17842
6350 ;;;;;; 56333))
6351 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/delphi.el
6352
6353 (autoload (quote delphi-mode) "delphi" "\
6354 Major mode for editing Delphi code. \\<delphi-mode-map>
6355 \\[delphi-tab] - Indents the current line for Delphi code.
6356 \\[delphi-find-unit] - Search for a Delphi source file.
6357 \\[delphi-fill-comment] - Fill the current comment.
6358 \\[delphi-new-comment-line] - If in a // comment, do a new comment line.
6359
6360 M-x indent-region also works for indenting a whole region.
6361
6362 Customization:
6363
6364 `delphi-indent-level' (default 3)
6365 Indentation of Delphi statements with respect to containing block.
6366 `delphi-compound-block-indent' (default 0)
6367 Extra indentation for blocks in compound statements.
6368 `delphi-case-label-indent' (default 0)
6369 Extra indentation for case statement labels.
6370 `delphi-tab-always-indents' (default t)
6371 Non-nil means TAB in Delphi mode should always reindent the current line,
6372 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
6373 `delphi-newline-always-indents' (default t)
6374 Non-nil means NEWLINE in Delphi mode should always reindent the current
6375 line, insert a blank line and move to the default indent column of the
6376 blank line.
6377 `delphi-search-path' (default .)
6378 Directories to search when finding external units.
6379 `delphi-verbose' (default nil)
6380 If true then delphi token processing progress is reported to the user.
6381
6382 Coloring:
6383
6384 `delphi-comment-face' (default font-lock-comment-face)
6385 Face used to color delphi comments.
6386 `delphi-string-face' (default font-lock-string-face)
6387 Face used to color delphi strings.
6388 `delphi-keyword-face' (default font-lock-keyword-face)
6389 Face used to color delphi keywords.
6390 `delphi-other-face' (default nil)
6391 Face used to color everything else.
6392
6393 Turning on Delphi mode calls the value of the variable delphi-mode-hook with
6394 no args, if that value is non-nil.
6395
6396 \(fn &optional SKIP-INITIAL-PARSING)" t nil)
6397
6398 ;;;***
6399 \f
6400 ;;;### (autoloads (delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "delsel.el" (17842
6401 ;;;;;; 58280))
6402 ;;; Generated autoloads from delsel.el
6403
6404 (defalias (quote pending-delete-mode) (quote delete-selection-mode))
6405
6406 (defvar delete-selection-mode nil "\
6407 Non-nil if Delete-Selection mode is enabled.
6408 See the command `delete-selection-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
6409 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
6410 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
6411 or call the function `delete-selection-mode'.")
6412
6413 (custom-autoload (quote delete-selection-mode) "delsel" nil)
6414
6415 (autoload (quote delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "\
6416 Toggle Delete Selection mode.
6417 With prefix ARG, turn Delete Selection mode on if and only if ARG is
6418 positive.
6419
6420 When Delete Selection mode is enabled, Transient Mark mode is also
6421 enabled and typed text replaces the selection if the selection is
6422 active. Otherwise, typed text is just inserted at point regardless of
6423 any selection.
6424
6425 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6426
6427 ;;;***
6428 \f
6429 ;;;### (autoloads (derived-mode-init-mode-variables define-derived-mode)
6430 ;;;;;; "derived" "emacs-lisp/derived.el" (17842 54152))
6431 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/derived.el
6432
6433 (autoload (quote define-derived-mode) "derived" "\
6434 Create a new mode as a variant of an existing mode.
6435
6436 The arguments to this command are as follow:
6437
6438 CHILD: the name of the command for the derived mode.
6439 PARENT: the name of the command for the parent mode (e.g. `text-mode')
6440 or nil if there is no parent.
6441 NAME: a string which will appear in the status line (e.g. \"Hypertext\")
6442 DOCSTRING: an optional documentation string--if you do not supply one,
6443 the function will attempt to invent something useful.
6444 BODY: forms to execute just before running the
6445 hooks for the new mode. Do not use `interactive' here.
6446
6447 BODY can start with a bunch of keyword arguments. The following keyword
6448 arguments are currently understood:
6449 :group GROUP
6450 Declare the customization group that corresponds to this mode.
6451 The command `customize-mode' uses this.
6452 :syntax-table TABLE
6453 Use TABLE instead of the default.
6454 A nil value means to simply use the same syntax-table as the parent.
6455 :abbrev-table TABLE
6456 Use TABLE instead of the default.
6457 A nil value means to simply use the same abbrev-table as the parent.
6458
6459 Here is how you could define LaTeX-Thesis mode as a variant of LaTeX mode:
6460
6461 (define-derived-mode LaTeX-thesis-mode LaTeX-mode \"LaTeX-Thesis\")
6462
6463 You could then make new key bindings for `LaTeX-thesis-mode-map'
6464 without changing regular LaTeX mode. In this example, BODY is empty,
6465 and DOCSTRING is generated by default.
6466
6467 On a more complicated level, the following command uses `sgml-mode' as
6468 the parent, and then sets the variable `case-fold-search' to nil:
6469
6470 (define-derived-mode article-mode sgml-mode \"Article\"
6471 \"Major mode for editing technical articles.\"
6472 (setq case-fold-search nil))
6473
6474 Note that if the documentation string had been left out, it would have
6475 been generated automatically, with a reference to the keymap.
6476
6477 The new mode runs the hook constructed by the function
6478 `derived-mode-hook-name'.
6479
6480 See Info node `(elisp)Derived Modes' for more details.
6481
6482 \(fn CHILD PARENT NAME &optional DOCSTRING &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
6483
6484 (autoload (quote derived-mode-init-mode-variables) "derived" "\
6485 Initialize variables for a new MODE.
6486 Right now, if they don't already exist, set up a blank keymap, an
6487 empty syntax table, and an empty abbrev table -- these will be merged
6488 the first time the mode is used.
6489
6490 \(fn MODE)" nil nil)
6491
6492 ;;;***
6493 \f
6494 ;;;### (autoloads (describe-char describe-text-properties) "descr-text"
6495 ;;;;;; "descr-text.el" (17874 62047))
6496 ;;; Generated autoloads from descr-text.el
6497
6498 (autoload (quote describe-text-properties) "descr-text" "\
6499 Describe widgets, buttons, overlays and text properties at POS.
6500 Interactively, describe them for the character after point.
6501 If optional second argument OUTPUT-BUFFER is non-nil,
6502 insert the output into that buffer, and don't initialize or clear it
6503 otherwise.
6504
6505 \(fn POS &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER)" t nil)
6506
6507 (autoload (quote describe-char) "descr-text" "\
6508 Describe the character after POS (interactively, the character after point).
6509 The information includes character code, charset and code points in it,
6510 syntax, category, how the character is encoded in a file,
6511 character composition information (if relevant),
6512 as well as widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties.
6513
6514 \(fn POS)" t nil)
6515
6516 ;;;***
6517 \f
6518 ;;;### (autoloads (desktop-revert desktop-save-in-desktop-dir desktop-change-dir
6519 ;;;;;; desktop-load-default desktop-read desktop-remove desktop-save
6520 ;;;;;; desktop-clear desktop-locals-to-save desktop-save-mode) "desktop"
6521 ;;;;;; "desktop.el" (17949 41467))
6522 ;;; Generated autoloads from desktop.el
6523
6524 (defvar desktop-save-mode nil "\
6525 Non-nil if Desktop-Save mode is enabled.
6526 See the command `desktop-save-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
6527
6528 (custom-autoload (quote desktop-save-mode) "desktop" nil)
6529
6530 (autoload (quote desktop-save-mode) "desktop" "\
6531 Toggle desktop saving mode.
6532 With numeric ARG, turn desktop saving on if ARG is positive, off
6533 otherwise. If desktop saving is turned on, the state of Emacs is
6534 saved from one session to another. See variable `desktop-save'
6535 and function `desktop-read' for details.
6536
6537 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6538
6539 (defvar desktop-locals-to-save (quote (desktop-locals-to-save truncate-lines case-fold-search case-replace fill-column overwrite-mode change-log-default-name line-number-mode column-number-mode size-indication-mode buffer-file-coding-system indent-tabs-mode tab-width indicate-buffer-boundaries indicate-empty-lines show-trailing-whitespace)) "\
6540 List of local variables to save for each buffer.
6541 The variables are saved only when they really are local. Conventional minor
6542 modes are restored automatically; they should not be listed here.")
6543
6544 (custom-autoload (quote desktop-locals-to-save) "desktop" t)
6545
6546 (defvar desktop-save-buffer nil "\
6547 When non-nil, save buffer status in desktop file.
6548 This variable becomes buffer local when set.
6549
6550 If the value is a function, it is called by `desktop-save' with argument
6551 DESKTOP-DIRNAME to obtain auxiliary information to save in the desktop
6552 file along with the state of the buffer for which it was called.
6553
6554 When file names are returned, they should be formatted using the call
6555 \"(desktop-file-name FILE-NAME DESKTOP-DIRNAME)\".
6556
6557 Later, when `desktop-read' evaluates the desktop file, auxiliary information
6558 is passed as the argument DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC to functions in
6559 `desktop-buffer-mode-handlers'.")
6560
6561 (defvar desktop-buffer-mode-handlers nil "\
6562 Alist of major mode specific functions to restore a desktop buffer.
6563 Functions listed are called by `desktop-create-buffer' when `desktop-read'
6564 evaluates the desktop file. List elements must have the form
6565
6566 (MAJOR-MODE . RESTORE-BUFFER-FUNCTION).
6567
6568 Buffers with a major mode not specified here, are restored by the default
6569 handler `desktop-restore-file-buffer'.
6570
6571 Handlers are called with argument list
6572
6573 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-FILE-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC)
6574
6575 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6576
6577 desktop-file-version
6578 desktop-buffer-major-mode
6579 desktop-buffer-minor-modes
6580 desktop-buffer-point
6581 desktop-buffer-mark
6582 desktop-buffer-read-only
6583 desktop-buffer-locals
6584
6585 If a handler returns a buffer, then the saved mode settings
6586 and variable values for that buffer are copied into it.
6587
6588 Modules that define a major mode that needs a special handler should contain
6589 code like
6590
6591 (defun foo-restore-desktop-buffer
6592 ...
6593 (add-to-list 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers
6594 '(foo-mode . foo-restore-desktop-buffer))
6595
6596 Furthermore the major mode function must be autoloaded.")
6597
6598 (put (quote desktop-buffer-mode-handlers) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
6599
6600 (defvar desktop-minor-mode-handlers nil "\
6601 Alist of functions to restore non-standard minor modes.
6602 Functions are called by `desktop-create-buffer' to restore minor modes.
6603 List elements must have the form
6604
6605 (MINOR-MODE . RESTORE-FUNCTION).
6606
6607 Minor modes not specified here, are restored by the standard minor mode
6608 function.
6609
6610 Handlers are called with argument list
6611
6612 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-LOCALS)
6613
6614 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6615
6616 desktop-file-version
6617 desktop-buffer-file-name
6618 desktop-buffer-name
6619 desktop-buffer-major-mode
6620 desktop-buffer-minor-modes
6621 desktop-buffer-point
6622 desktop-buffer-mark
6623 desktop-buffer-read-only
6624 desktop-buffer-misc
6625
6626 When a handler is called, the buffer has been created and the major mode has
6627 been set, but local variables listed in desktop-buffer-locals has not yet been
6628 created and set.
6629
6630 Modules that define a minor mode that needs a special handler should contain
6631 code like
6632
6633 (defun foo-desktop-restore
6634 ...
6635 (add-to-list 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers
6636 '(foo-mode . foo-desktop-restore))
6637
6638 Furthermore the minor mode function must be autoloaded.
6639
6640 See also `desktop-minor-mode-table'.")
6641
6642 (put (quote desktop-minor-mode-handlers) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
6643
6644 (autoload (quote desktop-clear) "desktop" "\
6645 Empty the Desktop.
6646 This kills all buffers except for internal ones and those with names matched by
6647 a regular expression in the list `desktop-clear-preserve-buffers'.
6648 Furthermore, it clears the variables listed in `desktop-globals-to-clear'.
6649
6650 \(fn)" t nil)
6651
6652 (autoload (quote desktop-save) "desktop" "\
6653 Save the desktop in a desktop file.
6654 Parameter DIRNAME specifies where to save the desktop file.
6655 See also `desktop-base-file-name'.
6656
6657 \(fn DIRNAME)" t nil)
6658
6659 (autoload (quote desktop-remove) "desktop" "\
6660 Delete desktop file in `desktop-dirname'.
6661 This function also sets `desktop-dirname' to nil.
6662
6663 \(fn)" t nil)
6664
6665 (autoload (quote desktop-read) "desktop" "\
6666 Read and process the desktop file in directory DIRNAME.
6667 Look for a desktop file in DIRNAME, or if DIRNAME is omitted, look in
6668 directories listed in `desktop-path'. If a desktop file is found, it
6669 is processed and `desktop-after-read-hook' is run. If no desktop file
6670 is found, clear the desktop and run `desktop-no-desktop-file-hook'.
6671 This function is a no-op when Emacs is running in batch mode.
6672 It returns t if a desktop file was loaded, nil otherwise.
6673
6674 \(fn &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
6675
6676 (autoload (quote desktop-load-default) "desktop" "\
6677 Load the `default' start-up library manually.
6678 Also inhibit further loading of it.
6679
6680 \(fn)" nil nil)
6681
6682 (autoload (quote desktop-change-dir) "desktop" "\
6683 Change to desktop saved in DIRNAME.
6684 Kill the desktop as specified by variables `desktop-save-mode' and
6685 `desktop-save', then clear the desktop and load the desktop file in
6686 directory DIRNAME.
6687
6688 \(fn DIRNAME)" t nil)
6689
6690 (autoload (quote desktop-save-in-desktop-dir) "desktop" "\
6691 Save the desktop in directory `desktop-dirname'.
6692
6693 \(fn)" t nil)
6694
6695 (autoload (quote desktop-revert) "desktop" "\
6696 Revert to the last loaded desktop.
6697
6698 \(fn)" t nil)
6699
6700 ;;;***
6701 \f
6702 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article gnus-outlook-deuglify-article
6703 ;;;;;; gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines)
6704 ;;;;;; "deuglify" "gnus/deuglify.el" (17842 54741))
6705 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/deuglify.el
6706
6707 (autoload (quote gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines) "deuglify" "\
6708 Unwrap lines that appear to be wrapped citation lines.
6709 You can control what lines will be unwrapped by frobbing
6710 `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-min' and `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-max',
6711 indicating the minimum and maximum length of an unwrapped citation line. If
6712 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6713
6714 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6715
6716 (autoload (quote gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution) "deuglify" "\
6717 Repair a broken attribution line.
6718 If NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6719
6720 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6721
6722 (autoload (quote gnus-outlook-deuglify-article) "deuglify" "\
6723 Full deuglify of broken Outlook (Express) articles.
6724 Treat dumbquotes, unwrap lines, repair attribution and rearrange citation. If
6725 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6726
6727 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6728
6729 (autoload (quote gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article) "deuglify" "\
6730 Deuglify broken Outlook (Express) articles and redisplay.
6731
6732 \(fn)" t nil)
6733
6734 ;;;***
6735 \f
6736 ;;;### (autoloads (devanagari-post-read-conversion devanagari-compose-region)
6737 ;;;;;; "devan-util" "language/devan-util.el" (17842 58278))
6738 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/devan-util.el
6739
6740 (defconst devanagari-consonant "[\x51ad5-\x51af9\x51b38-\x51b3f]")
6741
6742 (autoload (quote devanagari-compose-region) "devan-util" "\
6743 Not documented
6744
6745 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
6746
6747 (autoload (quote devanagari-post-read-conversion) "devan-util" "\
6748 Not documented
6749
6750 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
6751
6752 ;;;***
6753 \f
6754 ;;;### (autoloads (diary-mode diary-mail-entries diary) "diary-lib"
6755 ;;;;;; "calendar/diary-lib.el" (17958 11887))
6756 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/diary-lib.el
6757
6758 (autoload (quote diary) "diary-lib" "\
6759 Generate the diary window for ARG days starting with the current date.
6760 If no argument is provided, the number of days of diary entries is governed
6761 by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'. A value of ARG less than 1
6762 does nothing. This function is suitable for execution in a `.emacs' file.
6763
6764 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6765
6766 (autoload (quote diary-mail-entries) "diary-lib" "\
6767 Send a mail message showing diary entries for next NDAYS days.
6768 If no prefix argument is given, NDAYS is set to `diary-mail-days'.
6769 Mail is sent to the address specified by `diary-mail-addr'.
6770
6771 You can call `diary-mail-entries' every night using an at/cron job.
6772 For example, this script will run the program at 2am daily. Since
6773 `emacs -batch' does not load your `.emacs' file, you must ensure that
6774 all relevant variables are set, as done here.
6775
6776 #!/bin/sh
6777 # diary-rem.sh -- repeatedly run the Emacs diary-reminder
6778 emacs -batch \\
6779 -eval \"(setq diary-mail-days 3 \\
6780 diary-file \\\"/path/to/diary.file\\\" \\
6781 european-calendar-style t \\
6782 diary-mail-addr \\\"user@host.name\\\" )\" \\
6783 -l diary-lib -f diary-mail-entries
6784 at -f diary-rem.sh 0200 tomorrow
6785
6786 You may have to tweak the syntax of the `at' command to suit your
6787 system. Alternatively, you can specify a cron entry:
6788 0 1 * * * diary-rem.sh
6789 to run it every morning at 1am.
6790
6791 \(fn &optional NDAYS)" t nil)
6792
6793 (autoload (quote diary-mode) "diary-lib" "\
6794 Major mode for editing the diary file.
6795
6796 \(fn)" t nil)
6797
6798 ;;;***
6799 \f
6800 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-backup diff diff-command diff-switches) "diff"
6801 ;;;;;; "diff.el" (17992 30877))
6802 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff.el
6803
6804 (defvar diff-switches "-c" "\
6805 *A string or list of strings specifying switches to be passed to diff.")
6806
6807 (custom-autoload (quote diff-switches) "diff" t)
6808
6809 (defvar diff-command "diff" "\
6810 *The command to use to run diff.")
6811
6812 (custom-autoload (quote diff-command) "diff" t)
6813
6814 (autoload (quote diff) "diff" "\
6815 Find and display the differences between OLD and NEW files.
6816 Interactively the current buffer's file name is the default for NEW
6817 and a backup file for NEW is the default for OLD.
6818 If NO-ASYNC is non-nil, call diff synchronously.
6819 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches.
6820
6821 \(fn OLD NEW &optional SWITCHES NO-ASYNC)" t nil)
6822
6823 (autoload (quote diff-backup) "diff" "\
6824 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
6825 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
6826 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
6827 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
6828 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches.
6829
6830 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6831
6832 ;;;***
6833 \f
6834 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-minor-mode diff-mode) "diff-mode" "diff-mode.el"
6835 ;;;;;; (17992 30877))
6836 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff-mode.el
6837
6838 (autoload (quote diff-mode) "diff-mode" "\
6839 Major mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
6840 Supports unified and context diffs as well as (to a lesser extent)
6841 normal diffs.
6842
6843 When the buffer is read-only, the ESC prefix is not necessary.
6844 If you edit the buffer manually, diff-mode will try to update the hunk
6845 headers for you on-the-fly.
6846
6847 You can also switch between context diff and unified diff with \\[diff-context->unified],
6848 or vice versa with \\[diff-unified->context] and you can also reverse the direction of
6849 a diff with \\[diff-reverse-direction].
6850
6851 \\{diff-mode-map}
6852
6853 \(fn)" t nil)
6854
6855 (autoload (quote diff-minor-mode) "diff-mode" "\
6856 Minor mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
6857 \\{diff-minor-mode-map}
6858
6859 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6860
6861 ;;;***
6862 \f
6863 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-mode dired-noselect dired-other-frame dired-other-window
6864 ;;;;;; dired dired-copy-preserve-time dired-dwim-target dired-keep-marker-symlink
6865 ;;;;;; dired-keep-marker-hardlink dired-keep-marker-copy dired-keep-marker-rename
6866 ;;;;;; dired-trivial-filenames dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks dired-listing-switches)
6867 ;;;;;; "dired" "dired.el" (18015 32019))
6868 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired.el
6869
6870 (defvar dired-listing-switches "-al" "\
6871 *Switches passed to `ls' for Dired. MUST contain the `l' option.
6872 May contain all other options that don't contradict `-l';
6873 may contain even `F', `b', `i' and `s'. See also the variable
6874 `dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks' concerning the `F' switch.
6875 On systems such as MS-DOS and MS-Windows, which use `ls' emulation in Lisp,
6876 some of the `ls' switches are not supported; see the doc string of
6877 `insert-directory' in `ls-lisp.el' for more details.")
6878
6879 (custom-autoload (quote dired-listing-switches) "dired" t)
6880
6881 (defvar dired-chown-program (if (memq system-type (quote (hpux dgux usg-unix-v irix linux gnu/linux cygwin))) "chown" (if (file-exists-p "/usr/sbin/chown") "/usr/sbin/chown" "/etc/chown")) "\
6882 Name of chown command (usually `chown' or `/etc/chown').")
6883
6884 (defvar dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks nil "\
6885 *Informs Dired about how `ls -lF' marks symbolic links.
6886 Set this to t if `ls' (or whatever program is specified by
6887 `insert-directory-program') with `-lF' marks the symbolic link
6888 itself with a trailing @ (usually the case under Ultrix).
6889
6890 Example: if `ln -s foo bar; ls -F bar' gives `bar -> foo', set it to
6891 nil (the default), if it gives `bar@ -> foo', set it to t.
6892
6893 Dired checks if there is really a @ appended. Thus, if you have a
6894 marking `ls' program on one host and a non-marking on another host, and
6895 don't care about symbolic links which really end in a @, you can
6896 always set this variable to t.")
6897
6898 (custom-autoload (quote dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks) "dired" t)
6899
6900 (defvar dired-trivial-filenames "^\\.\\.?$\\|^#" "\
6901 *Regexp of files to skip when finding first file of a directory.
6902 A value of nil means move to the subdir line.
6903 A value of t means move to first file.")
6904
6905 (custom-autoload (quote dired-trivial-filenames) "dired" t)
6906
6907 (defvar dired-keep-marker-rename t "\
6908 *Controls marking of renamed files.
6909 If t, files keep their previous marks when they are renamed.
6910 If a character, renamed files (whether previously marked or not)
6911 are afterward marked with that character.")
6912
6913 (custom-autoload (quote dired-keep-marker-rename) "dired" t)
6914
6915 (defvar dired-keep-marker-copy 67 "\
6916 *Controls marking of copied files.
6917 If t, copied files are marked if and as the corresponding original files were.
6918 If a character, copied files are unconditionally marked with that character.")
6919
6920 (custom-autoload (quote dired-keep-marker-copy) "dired" t)
6921
6922 (defvar dired-keep-marker-hardlink 72 "\
6923 *Controls marking of newly made hard links.
6924 If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked.
6925 If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.")
6926
6927 (custom-autoload (quote dired-keep-marker-hardlink) "dired" t)
6928
6929 (defvar dired-keep-marker-symlink 89 "\
6930 *Controls marking of newly made symbolic links.
6931 If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked.
6932 If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.")
6933
6934 (custom-autoload (quote dired-keep-marker-symlink) "dired" t)
6935
6936 (defvar dired-dwim-target nil "\
6937 *If non-nil, Dired tries to guess a default target directory.
6938 This means: if there is a dired buffer displayed in the next window,
6939 use its current subdir, instead of the current subdir of this dired buffer.
6940
6941 The target is used in the prompt for file copy, rename etc.")
6942
6943 (custom-autoload (quote dired-dwim-target) "dired" t)
6944
6945 (defvar dired-copy-preserve-time t "\
6946 *If non-nil, Dired preserves the last-modified time in a file copy.
6947 \(This works on only some systems.)")
6948
6949 (custom-autoload (quote dired-copy-preserve-time) "dired" t)
6950
6951 (defvar dired-directory nil "\
6952 The directory name or wildcard spec that this dired directory lists.
6953 Local to each dired buffer. May be a list, in which case the car is the
6954 directory name and the cdr is the list of files to mention.
6955 The directory name must be absolute, but need not be fully expanded.")
6956 (define-key ctl-x-map "d" 'dired)
6957
6958 (autoload (quote dired) "dired" "\
6959 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME--delete, rename, print, etc. some files in it.
6960 Optional second argument SWITCHES specifies the `ls' options used.
6961 \(Interactively, use a prefix argument to be able to specify SWITCHES.)
6962 Dired displays a list of files in DIRNAME (which may also have
6963 shell wildcards appended to select certain files). If DIRNAME is a cons,
6964 its first element is taken as the directory name and the rest as an explicit
6965 list of files to make directory entries for.
6966 \\<dired-mode-map>You can move around in it with the usual commands.
6967 You can flag files for deletion with \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] and then
6968 delete them by typing \\[dired-do-flagged-delete].
6969 Type \\[describe-mode] after entering Dired for more info.
6970
6971 If DIRNAME is already in a dired buffer, that buffer is used without refresh.
6972
6973 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6974 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "d" 'dired-other-window)
6975
6976 (autoload (quote dired-other-window) "dired" "\
6977 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but selects in another window.
6978
6979 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6980 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "d" 'dired-other-frame)
6981
6982 (autoload (quote dired-other-frame) "dired" "\
6983 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but makes a new frame.
6984
6985 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6986
6987 (autoload (quote dired-noselect) "dired" "\
6988 Like `dired' but returns the dired buffer as value, does not select it.
6989
6990 \(fn DIR-OR-LIST &optional SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6991
6992 (autoload (quote dired-mode) "dired" "\
6993 Mode for \"editing\" directory listings.
6994 In Dired, you are \"editing\" a list of the files in a directory and
6995 (optionally) its subdirectories, in the format of `ls -lR'.
6996 Each directory is a page: use \\[backward-page] and \\[forward-page] to move pagewise.
6997 \"Editing\" means that you can run shell commands on files, visit,
6998 compress, load or byte-compile them, change their file attributes
6999 and insert subdirectories into the same buffer. You can \"mark\"
7000 files for later commands or \"flag\" them for deletion, either file
7001 by file or all files matching certain criteria.
7002 You can move using the usual cursor motion commands.\\<dired-mode-map>
7003 Letters no longer insert themselves. Digits are prefix arguments.
7004 Instead, type \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] to flag a file for Deletion.
7005 Type \\[dired-mark] to Mark a file or subdirectory for later commands.
7006 Most commands operate on the marked files and use the current file
7007 if no files are marked. Use a numeric prefix argument to operate on
7008 the next ARG (or previous -ARG if ARG<0) files, or just `1'
7009 to operate on the current file only. Prefix arguments override marks.
7010 Mark-using commands display a list of failures afterwards. Type \\[dired-summary]
7011 to see why something went wrong.
7012 Type \\[dired-unmark] to Unmark a file or all files of a subdirectory.
7013 Type \\[dired-unmark-backward] to back up one line and unflag.
7014 Type \\[dired-do-flagged-delete] to eXecute the deletions requested.
7015 Type \\[dired-advertised-find-file] to Find the current line's file
7016 (or dired it in another buffer, if it is a directory).
7017 Type \\[dired-find-file-other-window] to find file or dired directory in Other window.
7018 Type \\[dired-maybe-insert-subdir] to Insert a subdirectory in this buffer.
7019 Type \\[dired-do-rename] to Rename a file or move the marked files to another directory.
7020 Type \\[dired-do-copy] to Copy files.
7021 Type \\[dired-sort-toggle-or-edit] to toggle Sorting by name/date or change the `ls' switches.
7022 Type \\[revert-buffer] to read all currently expanded directories aGain.
7023 This retains all marks and hides subdirs again that were hidden before.
7024 SPC and DEL can be used to move down and up by lines.
7025
7026 If Dired ever gets confused, you can either type \\[revert-buffer] to read the
7027 directories again, type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to relist a single or the marked files or a
7028 subdirectory, or type \\[dired-build-subdir-alist] to parse the buffer
7029 again for the directory tree.
7030
7031 Customization variables (rename this buffer and type \\[describe-variable] on each line
7032 for more info):
7033
7034 `dired-listing-switches'
7035 `dired-trivial-filenames'
7036 `dired-shrink-to-fit'
7037 `dired-marker-char'
7038 `dired-del-marker'
7039 `dired-keep-marker-rename'
7040 `dired-keep-marker-copy'
7041 `dired-keep-marker-hardlink'
7042 `dired-keep-marker-symlink'
7043
7044 Hooks (use \\[describe-variable] to see their documentation):
7045
7046 `dired-before-readin-hook'
7047 `dired-after-readin-hook'
7048 `dired-mode-hook'
7049 `dired-load-hook'
7050
7051 Keybindings:
7052 \\{dired-mode-map}
7053
7054 \(fn &optional DIRNAME SWITCHES)" nil nil)
7055 (put 'dired-find-alternate-file 'disabled t)
7056
7057 ;;;***
7058 \f
7059 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-show-file-type dired-do-query-replace-regexp
7060 ;;;;;; dired-do-search dired-hide-all dired-hide-subdir dired-tree-down
7061 ;;;;;; dired-tree-up dired-kill-subdir dired-mark-subdir-files dired-goto-subdir
7062 ;;;;;; dired-prev-subdir dired-insert-subdir dired-maybe-insert-subdir
7063 ;;;;;; dired-downcase dired-upcase dired-do-symlink-regexp dired-do-hardlink-regexp
7064 ;;;;;; dired-do-copy-regexp dired-do-rename-regexp dired-do-rename
7065 ;;;;;; dired-do-hardlink dired-do-symlink dired-do-copy dired-create-directory
7066 ;;;;;; dired-rename-file dired-copy-file dired-relist-file dired-remove-file
7067 ;;;;;; dired-add-file dired-do-redisplay dired-do-load dired-do-byte-compile
7068 ;;;;;; dired-do-compress dired-query dired-compress-file dired-do-kill-lines
7069 ;;;;;; dired-run-shell-command dired-do-shell-command dired-clean-directory
7070 ;;;;;; dired-do-print dired-do-touch dired-do-chown dired-do-chgrp
7071 ;;;;;; dired-do-chmod dired-compare-directories dired-backup-diff
7072 ;;;;;; dired-diff) "dired-aux" "dired-aux.el" (17859 20444))
7073 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-aux.el
7074
7075 (autoload (quote dired-diff) "dired-aux" "\
7076 Compare file at point with file FILE using `diff'.
7077 FILE defaults to the file at the mark. (That's the mark set by
7078 \\[set-mark-command], not by Dired's \\[dired-mark] command.)
7079 The prompted-for file is the first file given to `diff'.
7080 With prefix arg, prompt for second argument SWITCHES,
7081 which is options for `diff'.
7082
7083 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
7084
7085 (autoload (quote dired-backup-diff) "dired-aux" "\
7086 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
7087 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
7088 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
7089 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
7090 With prefix arg, prompt for argument SWITCHES which is options for `diff'.
7091
7092 \(fn &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
7093
7094 (autoload (quote dired-compare-directories) "dired-aux" "\
7095 Mark files with different file attributes in two dired buffers.
7096 Compare file attributes of files in the current directory
7097 with file attributes in directory DIR2 using PREDICATE on pairs of files
7098 with the same name. Mark files for which PREDICATE returns non-nil.
7099 Mark files with different names if PREDICATE is nil (or interactively
7100 with empty input at the predicate prompt).
7101
7102 PREDICATE is a Lisp expression that can refer to the following variables:
7103
7104 size1, size2 - file size in bytes
7105 mtime1, mtime2 - last modification time in seconds, as a float
7106 fa1, fa2 - list of file attributes
7107 returned by function `file-attributes'
7108
7109 where 1 refers to attribute of file in the current dired buffer
7110 and 2 to attribute of file in second dired buffer.
7111
7112 Examples of PREDICATE:
7113
7114 (> mtime1 mtime2) - mark newer files
7115 (not (= size1 size2)) - mark files with different sizes
7116 (not (string= (nth 8 fa1) (nth 8 fa2))) - mark files with different modes
7117 (not (and (= (nth 2 fa1) (nth 2 fa2)) - mark files with different UID
7118 (= (nth 3 fa1) (nth 3 fa2)))) and GID.
7119
7120 \(fn DIR2 PREDICATE)" t nil)
7121
7122 (autoload (quote dired-do-chmod) "dired-aux" "\
7123 Change the mode of the marked (or next ARG) files.
7124 This calls chmod, thus symbolic modes like `g+w' are allowed.
7125
7126 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7127
7128 (autoload (quote dired-do-chgrp) "dired-aux" "\
7129 Change the group of the marked (or next ARG) files.
7130
7131 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7132
7133 (autoload (quote dired-do-chown) "dired-aux" "\
7134 Change the owner of the marked (or next ARG) files.
7135
7136 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7137
7138 (autoload (quote dired-do-touch) "dired-aux" "\
7139 Change the timestamp of the marked (or next ARG) files.
7140 This calls touch.
7141
7142 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7143
7144 (autoload (quote dired-do-print) "dired-aux" "\
7145 Print the marked (or next ARG) files.
7146 Uses the shell command coming from variables `lpr-command' and
7147 `lpr-switches' as default.
7148
7149 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7150
7151 (autoload (quote dired-clean-directory) "dired-aux" "\
7152 Flag numerical backups for deletion.
7153 Spares `dired-kept-versions' latest versions, and `kept-old-versions' oldest.
7154 Positive prefix arg KEEP overrides `dired-kept-versions';
7155 Negative prefix arg KEEP overrides `kept-old-versions' with KEEP made positive.
7156
7157 To clear the flags on these files, you can use \\[dired-flag-backup-files]
7158 with a prefix argument.
7159
7160 \(fn KEEP)" t nil)
7161
7162 (autoload (quote dired-do-shell-command) "dired-aux" "\
7163 Run a shell command COMMAND on the marked files.
7164 If no files are marked or a specific numeric prefix arg is given,
7165 the next ARG files are used. Just \\[universal-argument] means the current file.
7166 The prompt mentions the file(s) or the marker, as appropriate.
7167
7168 If there is a `*' in COMMAND, surrounded by whitespace, this runs
7169 COMMAND just once with the entire file list substituted there.
7170
7171 If there is no `*', but there is a `?' in COMMAND, surrounded by
7172 whitespace, this runs COMMAND on each file individually with the
7173 file name substituted for `?'.
7174
7175 Otherwise, this runs COMMAND on each file individually with the
7176 file name added at the end of COMMAND (separated by a space).
7177
7178 `*' and `?' when not surrounded by whitespace have no special
7179 significance for `dired-do-shell-command', and are passed through
7180 normally to the shell, but you must confirm first. To pass `*' by
7181 itself to the shell as a wildcard, type `*\"\"'.
7182
7183 If COMMAND produces output, it goes to a separate buffer.
7184
7185 This feature does not try to redisplay Dired buffers afterward, as
7186 there's no telling what files COMMAND may have changed.
7187 Type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to redisplay the marked files.
7188
7189 When COMMAND runs, its working directory is the top-level directory of
7190 the Dired buffer, so output files usually are created there instead of
7191 in a subdir.
7192
7193 In a noninteractive call (from Lisp code), you must specify
7194 the list of file names explicitly with the FILE-LIST argument, which
7195 can be produced by `dired-get-marked-files', for example.
7196
7197 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG FILE-LIST)" t nil)
7198
7199 (autoload (quote dired-run-shell-command) "dired-aux" "\
7200 Not documented
7201
7202 \(fn COMMAND)" nil nil)
7203
7204 (autoload (quote dired-do-kill-lines) "dired-aux" "\
7205 Kill all marked lines (not the files).
7206 With a prefix argument, kill that many lines starting with the current line.
7207 \(A negative argument kills backward.)
7208 If you use this command with a prefix argument to kill the line
7209 for a file that is a directory, which you have inserted in the
7210 Dired buffer as a subdirectory, then it deletes that subdirectory
7211 from the buffer as well.
7212 To kill an entire subdirectory (without killing its line in the
7213 parent directory), go to its directory header line and use this
7214 command with a prefix argument (the value does not matter).
7215
7216 \(fn &optional ARG FMT)" t nil)
7217
7218 (autoload (quote dired-compress-file) "dired-aux" "\
7219 Not documented
7220
7221 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
7222
7223 (autoload (quote dired-query) "dired-aux" "\
7224 Not documented
7225
7226 \(fn QS-VAR QS-PROMPT &rest QS-ARGS)" nil nil)
7227
7228 (autoload (quote dired-do-compress) "dired-aux" "\
7229 Compress or uncompress marked (or next ARG) files.
7230
7231 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7232
7233 (autoload (quote dired-do-byte-compile) "dired-aux" "\
7234 Byte compile marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files.
7235
7236 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7237
7238 (autoload (quote dired-do-load) "dired-aux" "\
7239 Load the marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files.
7240
7241 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7242
7243 (autoload (quote dired-do-redisplay) "dired-aux" "\
7244 Redisplay all marked (or next ARG) files.
7245 If on a subdir line, redisplay that subdirectory. In that case,
7246 a prefix arg lets you edit the `ls' switches used for the new listing.
7247
7248 Dired remembers switches specified with a prefix arg, so that reverting
7249 the buffer will not reset them. However, using `dired-undo' to re-insert
7250 or delete subdirectories can bypass this machinery. Hence, you sometimes
7251 may have to reset some subdirectory switches after a `dired-undo'.
7252 You can reset all subdirectory switches to the default using
7253 \\<dired-mode-map>\\[dired-reset-subdir-switches].
7254 See Info node `(emacs)Subdir switches' for more details.
7255
7256 \(fn &optional ARG TEST-FOR-SUBDIR)" t nil)
7257
7258 (autoload (quote dired-add-file) "dired-aux" "\
7259 Not documented
7260
7261 \(fn FILENAME &optional MARKER-CHAR)" nil nil)
7262
7263 (autoload (quote dired-remove-file) "dired-aux" "\
7264 Not documented
7265
7266 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
7267
7268 (autoload (quote dired-relist-file) "dired-aux" "\
7269 Create or update the line for FILE in all Dired buffers it would belong in.
7270
7271 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
7272
7273 (autoload (quote dired-copy-file) "dired-aux" "\
7274 Not documented
7275
7276 \(fn FROM TO OK-FLAG)" nil nil)
7277
7278 (autoload (quote dired-rename-file) "dired-aux" "\
7279 Not documented
7280
7281 \(fn FILE NEWNAME OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS)" nil nil)
7282
7283 (autoload (quote dired-create-directory) "dired-aux" "\
7284 Create a directory called DIRECTORY.
7285
7286 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7287
7288 (autoload (quote dired-do-copy) "dired-aux" "\
7289 Copy all marked (or next ARG) files, or copy the current file.
7290 This normally preserves the last-modified date when copying.
7291 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
7292 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory,
7293 and new copies of these files are made in that directory
7294 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
7295 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
7296 `dired-dwim-target', which see.
7297
7298 This command copies symbolic links by creating new ones,
7299 like `cp -d'.
7300
7301 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7302
7303 (autoload (quote dired-do-symlink) "dired-aux" "\
7304 Make symbolic links to current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
7305 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
7306 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory
7307 and new symbolic links are made in that directory
7308 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
7309 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
7310 `dired-dwim-target', which see.
7311
7312 For relative symlinks, use \\[dired-do-relsymlink].
7313
7314 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7315
7316 (autoload (quote dired-do-hardlink) "dired-aux" "\
7317 Add names (hard links) current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
7318 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
7319 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory
7320 and new hard links are made in that directory
7321 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
7322 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
7323 `dired-dwim-target', which see.
7324
7325 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7326
7327 (autoload (quote dired-do-rename) "dired-aux" "\
7328 Rename current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
7329 When renaming just the current file, you specify the new name.
7330 When renaming multiple or marked files, you specify a directory.
7331 This command also renames any buffers that are visiting the files.
7332 The default suggested for the target directory depends on the value
7333 of `dired-dwim-target', which see.
7334
7335 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7336
7337 (autoload (quote dired-do-rename-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
7338 Rename selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
7339
7340 With non-zero prefix argument ARG, the command operates on the next ARG
7341 files. Otherwise, it operates on all the marked files, or the current
7342 file if none are marked.
7343
7344 As each match is found, the user must type a character saying
7345 what to do with it. For directions, type \\[help-command] at that time.
7346 NEWNAME may contain \\=\\<n> or \\& as in `query-replace-regexp'.
7347 REGEXP defaults to the last regexp used.
7348
7349 With a zero prefix arg, renaming by regexp affects the absolute file name.
7350 Normally, only the non-directory part of the file name is used and changed.
7351
7352 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
7353
7354 (autoload (quote dired-do-copy-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
7355 Copy selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
7356 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info.
7357
7358 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
7359
7360 (autoload (quote dired-do-hardlink-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
7361 Hardlink selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
7362 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info.
7363
7364 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
7365
7366 (autoload (quote dired-do-symlink-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
7367 Symlink selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
7368 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info.
7369
7370 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
7371
7372 (autoload (quote dired-upcase) "dired-aux" "\
7373 Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to upper case.
7374
7375 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7376
7377 (autoload (quote dired-downcase) "dired-aux" "\
7378 Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to lower case.
7379
7380 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7381
7382 (autoload (quote dired-maybe-insert-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
7383 Insert this subdirectory into the same dired buffer.
7384 If it is already present, just move to it (type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to refresh),
7385 else inserts it at its natural place (as `ls -lR' would have done).
7386 With a prefix arg, you may edit the ls switches used for this listing.
7387 You can add `R' to the switches to expand the whole tree starting at
7388 this subdirectory.
7389 This function takes some pains to conform to `ls -lR' output.
7390
7391 Dired remembers switches specified with a prefix arg, so that reverting
7392 the buffer will not reset them. However, using `dired-undo' to re-insert
7393 or delete subdirectories can bypass this machinery. Hence, you sometimes
7394 may have to reset some subdirectory switches after a `dired-undo'.
7395 You can reset all subdirectory switches to the default using
7396 \\<dired-mode-map>\\[dired-reset-subdir-switches].
7397 See Info node `(emacs)Subdir switches' for more details.
7398
7399 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES NO-ERROR-IF-NOT-DIR-P)" t nil)
7400
7401 (autoload (quote dired-insert-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
7402 Insert this subdirectory into the same dired buffer.
7403 If it is already present, overwrites previous entry,
7404 else inserts it at its natural place (as `ls -lR' would have done).
7405 With a prefix arg, you may edit the `ls' switches used for this listing.
7406 You can add `R' to the switches to expand the whole tree starting at
7407 this subdirectory.
7408 This function takes some pains to conform to `ls -lR' output.
7409
7410 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES NO-ERROR-IF-NOT-DIR-P)" t nil)
7411
7412 (autoload (quote dired-prev-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
7413 Go to previous subdirectory, regardless of level.
7414 When called interactively and not on a subdir line, go to this subdir's line.
7415
7416 \(fn ARG &optional NO-ERROR-IF-NOT-FOUND NO-SKIP)" t nil)
7417
7418 (autoload (quote dired-goto-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
7419 Go to end of header line of DIR in this dired buffer.
7420 Return value of point on success, otherwise return nil.
7421 The next char is either \\n, or \\r if DIR is hidden.
7422
7423 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
7424
7425 (autoload (quote dired-mark-subdir-files) "dired-aux" "\
7426 Mark all files except `.' and `..' in current subdirectory.
7427 If the Dired buffer shows multiple directories, this command
7428 marks the files listed in the subdirectory that point is in.
7429
7430 \(fn)" t nil)
7431
7432 (autoload (quote dired-kill-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
7433 Remove all lines of current subdirectory.
7434 Lower levels are unaffected.
7435
7436 \(fn &optional REMEMBER-MARKS)" t nil)
7437
7438 (autoload (quote dired-tree-up) "dired-aux" "\
7439 Go up ARG levels in the dired tree.
7440
7441 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7442
7443 (autoload (quote dired-tree-down) "dired-aux" "\
7444 Go down in the dired tree.
7445
7446 \(fn)" t nil)
7447
7448 (autoload (quote dired-hide-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
7449 Hide or unhide the current subdirectory and move to next directory.
7450 Optional prefix arg is a repeat factor.
7451 Use \\[dired-hide-all] to (un)hide all directories.
7452
7453 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7454
7455 (autoload (quote dired-hide-all) "dired-aux" "\
7456 Hide all subdirectories, leaving only their header lines.
7457 If there is already something hidden, make everything visible again.
7458 Use \\[dired-hide-subdir] to (un)hide a particular subdirectory.
7459
7460 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7461
7462 (autoload (quote dired-do-search) "dired-aux" "\
7463 Search through all marked files for a match for REGEXP.
7464 Stops when a match is found.
7465 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
7466
7467 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
7468
7469 (autoload (quote dired-do-query-replace-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
7470 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO, on all marked files.
7471 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
7472 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
7473 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
7474
7475 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED)" t nil)
7476
7477 (autoload (quote dired-show-file-type) "dired-aux" "\
7478 Print the type of FILE, according to the `file' command.
7479 If FILE is a symbolic link and the optional argument DEREF-SYMLINKS is
7480 true then the type of the file linked to by FILE is printed instead.
7481
7482 \(fn FILE &optional DEREF-SYMLINKS)" t nil)
7483
7484 ;;;***
7485 \f
7486 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-do-relsymlink dired-jump) "dired-x" "dired-x.el"
7487 ;;;;;; (17992 30877))
7488 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-x.el
7489
7490 (autoload (quote dired-jump) "dired-x" "\
7491 Jump to dired buffer corresponding to current buffer.
7492 If in a file, dired the current directory and move to file's line.
7493 If in Dired already, pop up a level and goto old directory's line.
7494 In case the proper dired file line cannot be found, refresh the dired
7495 buffer and try again.
7496
7497 \(fn &optional OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
7498
7499 (autoload (quote dired-do-relsymlink) "dired-x" "\
7500 Relative symlink all marked (or next ARG) files into a directory.
7501 Otherwise make a relative symbolic link to the current file.
7502 This creates relative symbolic links like
7503
7504 foo -> ../bar/foo
7505
7506 not absolute ones like
7507
7508 foo -> /ugly/file/name/that/may/change/any/day/bar/foo
7509
7510 For absolute symlinks, use \\[dired-do-symlink].
7511
7512 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7513
7514 ;;;***
7515 \f
7516 ;;;### (autoloads (dirtrack) "dirtrack" "dirtrack.el" (17842 58280))
7517 ;;; Generated autoloads from dirtrack.el
7518
7519 (autoload (quote dirtrack) "dirtrack" "\
7520 Determine the current directory by scanning the process output for a prompt.
7521 The prompt to look for is the first item in `dirtrack-list'.
7522
7523 You can toggle directory tracking by using the function `dirtrack-toggle'.
7524
7525 If directory tracking does not seem to be working, you can use the
7526 function `dirtrack-debug-toggle' to turn on debugging output.
7527
7528 You can enable directory tracking by adding this function to
7529 `comint-output-filter-functions'.
7530
7531 \(fn INPUT)" nil nil)
7532
7533 ;;;***
7534 \f
7535 ;;;### (autoloads (disassemble) "disass" "emacs-lisp/disass.el" (17842
7536 ;;;;;; 54152))
7537 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/disass.el
7538
7539 (autoload (quote disassemble) "disass" "\
7540 Print disassembled code for OBJECT in (optional) BUFFER.
7541 OBJECT can be a symbol defined as a function, or a function itself
7542 \(a lambda expression or a compiled-function object).
7543 If OBJECT is not already compiled, we compile it, but do not
7544 redefine OBJECT if it is a symbol.
7545
7546 \(fn OBJECT &optional BUFFER INDENT INTERACTIVE-P)" t nil)
7547
7548 ;;;***
7549 \f
7550 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-european glyph-face glyph-char
7551 ;;;;;; make-glyph-code create-glyph standard-display-underline standard-display-graphic
7552 ;;;;;; standard-display-g1 standard-display-ascii standard-display-default
7553 ;;;;;; standard-display-8bit describe-current-display-table describe-display-table
7554 ;;;;;; set-display-table-slot display-table-slot make-display-table)
7555 ;;;;;; "disp-table" "disp-table.el" (17874 62056))
7556 ;;; Generated autoloads from disp-table.el
7557
7558 (autoload (quote make-display-table) "disp-table" "\
7559 Return a new, empty display table.
7560
7561 \(fn)" nil nil)
7562
7563 (autoload (quote display-table-slot) "disp-table" "\
7564 Return the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT.
7565 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a slot name (symbol).
7566 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
7567 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
7568
7569 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT)" nil nil)
7570
7571 (autoload (quote set-display-table-slot) "disp-table" "\
7572 Set the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT to VALUE.
7573 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a name (symbol).
7574 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
7575 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
7576
7577 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT VALUE)" nil nil)
7578
7579 (autoload (quote describe-display-table) "disp-table" "\
7580 Describe the display table DT in a help buffer.
7581
7582 \(fn DT)" nil nil)
7583
7584 (autoload (quote describe-current-display-table) "disp-table" "\
7585 Describe the display table in use in the selected window and buffer.
7586
7587 \(fn)" t nil)
7588
7589 (autoload (quote standard-display-8bit) "disp-table" "\
7590 Display characters in the range L to H literally.
7591
7592 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
7593
7594 (autoload (quote standard-display-default) "disp-table" "\
7595 Display characters in the range L to H using the default notation.
7596
7597 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
7598
7599 (autoload (quote standard-display-ascii) "disp-table" "\
7600 Display character C using printable string S.
7601
7602 \(fn C S)" nil nil)
7603
7604 (autoload (quote standard-display-g1) "disp-table" "\
7605 Display character C as character SC in the g1 character set.
7606 This function assumes that your terminal uses the SO/SI characters;
7607 it is meaningless for an X frame.
7608
7609 \(fn C SC)" nil nil)
7610
7611 (autoload (quote standard-display-graphic) "disp-table" "\
7612 Display character C as character GC in graphics character set.
7613 This function assumes VT100-compatible escapes; it is meaningless for an
7614 X frame.
7615
7616 \(fn C GC)" nil nil)
7617
7618 (autoload (quote standard-display-underline) "disp-table" "\
7619 Display character C as character UC plus underlining.
7620
7621 \(fn C UC)" nil nil)
7622
7623 (autoload (quote create-glyph) "disp-table" "\
7624 Allocate a glyph code to display by sending STRING to the terminal.
7625
7626 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
7627
7628 (autoload (quote make-glyph-code) "disp-table" "\
7629 Return a glyph code representing char CHAR with face FACE.
7630
7631 \(fn CHAR &optional FACE)" nil nil)
7632
7633 (autoload (quote glyph-char) "disp-table" "\
7634 Return the character of glyph code GLYPH.
7635
7636 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
7637
7638 (autoload (quote glyph-face) "disp-table" "\
7639 Return the face of glyph code GLYPH, or nil if glyph has default face.
7640
7641 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
7642
7643 (autoload (quote standard-display-european) "disp-table" "\
7644 Semi-obsolete way to toggle display of ISO 8859 European characters.
7645
7646 This function is semi-obsolete; if you want to do your editing with
7647 unibyte characters, it is better to `set-language-environment' coupled
7648 with either the `--unibyte' option or the EMACS_UNIBYTE environment
7649 variable, or else customize `enable-multibyte-characters'.
7650
7651 With prefix argument, this command enables European character display
7652 if arg is positive, disables it otherwise. Otherwise, it toggles
7653 European character display.
7654
7655 When this mode is enabled, characters in the range of 160 to 255
7656 display not as octal escapes, but as accented characters. Codes 146
7657 and 160 display as apostrophe and space, even though they are not the
7658 ASCII codes for apostrophe and space.
7659
7660 Enabling European character display with this command noninteractively
7661 from Lisp code also selects Latin-1 as the language environment, and
7662 selects unibyte mode for all Emacs buffers (both existing buffers and
7663 those created subsequently). This provides increased compatibility
7664 for users who call this function in `.emacs'.
7665
7666 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
7667
7668 ;;;***
7669 \f
7670 ;;;### (autoloads (dissociated-press) "dissociate" "play/dissociate.el"
7671 ;;;;;; (17941 38806))
7672 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dissociate.el
7673
7674 (autoload (quote dissociated-press) "dissociate" "\
7675 Dissociate the text of the current buffer.
7676 Output goes in buffer named *Dissociation*,
7677 which is redisplayed each time text is added to it.
7678 Every so often the user must say whether to continue.
7679 If ARG is positive, require ARG chars of continuity.
7680 If ARG is negative, require -ARG words of continuity.
7681 Default is 2.
7682
7683 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7684
7685 ;;;***
7686 \f
7687 ;;;### (autoloads (dnd-protocol-alist) "dnd" "dnd.el" (17949 41467))
7688 ;;; Generated autoloads from dnd.el
7689
7690 (defvar dnd-protocol-alist (quote (("^file:///" . dnd-open-local-file) ("^file://" . dnd-open-file) ("^file:" . dnd-open-local-file) ("^\\(https?\\|ftp\\|file\\|nfs\\)://" . dnd-open-file))) "\
7691 The functions to call for different protocols when a drop is made.
7692 This variable is used by `dnd-handle-one-url' and `dnd-handle-file-name'.
7693 The list contains of (REGEXP . FUNCTION) pairs.
7694 The functions shall take two arguments, URL, which is the URL dropped and
7695 ACTION which is the action to be performed for the drop (move, copy, link,
7696 private or ask).
7697 If no match is found here, and the value of `browse-url-browser-function'
7698 is a pair of (REGEXP . FUNCTION), those regexps are tried for a match.
7699 If no match is found, the URL is inserted as text by calling `dnd-insert-text'.
7700 The function shall return the action done (move, copy, link or private)
7701 if some action was made, or nil if the URL is ignored.")
7702
7703 (custom-autoload (quote dnd-protocol-alist) "dnd" t)
7704
7705 ;;;***
7706 \f
7707 ;;;### (autoloads (dns-mode-soa-increment-serial dns-mode) "dns-mode"
7708 ;;;;;; "textmodes/dns-mode.el" (17842 58277))
7709 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/dns-mode.el
7710
7711 (autoload (quote dns-mode) "dns-mode" "\
7712 Major mode for viewing and editing DNS master files.
7713 This mode is inherited from text mode. It add syntax
7714 highlighting, and some commands for handling DNS master files.
7715 Its keymap inherits from `text-mode' and it has the same
7716 variables for customizing indentation. It has its own abbrev
7717 table and its own syntax table.
7718
7719 Turning on DNS mode runs `dns-mode-hook'.
7720
7721 \(fn)" t nil)
7722 (defalias 'zone-mode 'dns-mode)
7723
7724 (autoload (quote dns-mode-soa-increment-serial) "dns-mode" "\
7725 Locate SOA record and increment the serial field.
7726
7727 \(fn)" t nil)
7728 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.soa\\'" . dns-mode))
7729
7730 ;;;***
7731 \f
7732 ;;;### (autoloads (doctor) "doctor" "play/doctor.el" (17941 38806))
7733 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/doctor.el
7734
7735 (autoload (quote doctor) "doctor" "\
7736 Switch to *doctor* buffer and start giving psychotherapy.
7737
7738 \(fn)" t nil)
7739
7740 ;;;***
7741 \f
7742 ;;;### (autoloads (double-mode double-mode) "double" "double.el"
7743 ;;;;;; (17842 58280))
7744 ;;; Generated autoloads from double.el
7745
7746 (defvar double-mode nil "\
7747 Toggle Double mode.
7748 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
7749 use either \\[customize] or the function `double-mode'.")
7750
7751 (custom-autoload (quote double-mode) "double" nil)
7752
7753 (autoload (quote double-mode) "double" "\
7754 Toggle Double mode.
7755 With prefix arg, turn Double mode on iff arg is positive.
7756
7757 When Double mode is on, some keys will insert different strings
7758 when pressed twice. See variable `double-map' for details.
7759
7760 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7761
7762 ;;;***
7763 \f
7764 ;;;### (autoloads (dunnet) "dunnet" "play/dunnet.el" (17842 55395))
7765 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dunnet.el
7766
7767 (autoload (quote dunnet) "dunnet" "\
7768 Switch to *dungeon* buffer and start game.
7769
7770 \(fn)" t nil)
7771
7772 ;;;***
7773 \f
7774 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "gnus/earcon.el"
7775 ;;;;;; (17842 54741))
7776 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/earcon.el
7777
7778 (autoload (quote gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "\
7779 Play sounds in message buffers.
7780
7781 \(fn)" t nil)
7782
7783 ;;;***
7784 \f
7785 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-mmode-defsyntax easy-mmode-defmap easy-mmode-define-keymap
7786 ;;;;;; define-globalized-minor-mode define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode"
7787 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el" (17992 30878))
7788 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el
7789
7790 (defalias (quote easy-mmode-define-minor-mode) (quote define-minor-mode))
7791
7792 (autoload (quote define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode" "\
7793 Define a new minor mode MODE.
7794 This function defines the associated control variable MODE, keymap MODE-map,
7795 and toggle command MODE.
7796
7797 DOC is the documentation for the mode toggle command.
7798 Optional INIT-VALUE is the initial value of the mode's variable.
7799 Optional LIGHTER is displayed in the modeline when the mode is on.
7800 Optional KEYMAP is the default (defvar) keymap bound to the mode keymap.
7801 If it is a list, it is passed to `easy-mmode-define-keymap'
7802 in order to build a valid keymap. It's generally better to use
7803 a separate MODE-map variable than to use this argument.
7804 The above three arguments can be skipped if keyword arguments are
7805 used (see below).
7806
7807 BODY contains code to execute each time the mode is activated or deactivated.
7808 It is executed after toggling the mode,
7809 and before running the hook variable `mode-HOOK'.
7810 Before the actual body code, you can write keyword arguments (alternating
7811 keywords and values). These following keyword arguments are supported (other
7812 keywords will be passed to `defcustom' if the minor mode is global):
7813 :group GROUP Custom group name to use in all generated `defcustom' forms.
7814 Defaults to MODE without the possible trailing \"-mode\".
7815 Don't use this default group name unless you have written a
7816 `defgroup' to define that group properly.
7817 :global GLOBAL If non-nil specifies that the minor mode is not meant to be
7818 buffer-local, so don't make the variable MODE buffer-local.
7819 By default, the mode is buffer-local.
7820 :init-value VAL Same as the INIT-VALUE argument.
7821 :lighter SPEC Same as the LIGHTER argument.
7822 :keymap MAP Same as the KEYMAP argument.
7823 :require SYM Same as in `defcustom'.
7824
7825 For example, you could write
7826 (define-minor-mode foo-mode \"If enabled, foo on you!\"
7827 :lighter \" Foo\" :require 'foo :global t :group 'hassle :version \"27.5\"
7828 ...BODY CODE...)
7829
7830 \(fn MODE DOC &optional INIT-VALUE LIGHTER KEYMAP &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
7831
7832 (defalias (quote easy-mmode-define-global-mode) (quote define-globalized-minor-mode))
7833
7834 (defalias (quote define-global-minor-mode) (quote define-globalized-minor-mode))
7835
7836 (autoload (quote define-globalized-minor-mode) "easy-mmode" "\
7837 Make a global mode GLOBAL-MODE corresponding to buffer-local minor MODE.
7838 TURN-ON is a function that will be called with no args in every buffer
7839 and that should try to turn MODE on if applicable for that buffer.
7840 KEYS is a list of CL-style keyword arguments. As the minor mode
7841 defined by this function is always global, any :global keyword is
7842 ignored. Other keywords have the same meaning as in `define-minor-mode',
7843 which see. In particular, :group specifies the custom group.
7844 The most useful keywords are those that are passed on to the
7845 `defcustom'. It normally makes no sense to pass the :lighter
7846 or :keymap keywords to `define-globalized-minor-mode', since these
7847 are usually passed to the buffer-local version of the minor mode.
7848
7849 If MODE's set-up depends on the major mode in effect when it was
7850 enabled, then disabling and reenabling MODE should make MODE work
7851 correctly with the current major mode. This is important to
7852 prevent problems with derived modes, that is, major modes that
7853 call another major mode in their body.
7854
7855 \(fn GLOBAL-MODE MODE TURN-ON &rest KEYS)" nil (quote macro))
7856
7857 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-define-keymap) "easy-mmode" "\
7858 Return a keymap built from bindings BS.
7859 BS must be a list of (KEY . BINDING) where
7860 KEY and BINDINGS are suitable for `define-key'.
7861 Optional NAME is passed to `make-sparse-keymap'.
7862 Optional map M can be used to modify an existing map.
7863 ARGS is a list of additional keyword arguments.
7864
7865 \(fn BS &optional NAME M ARGS)" nil nil)
7866
7867 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-defmap) "easy-mmode" "\
7868 Not documented
7869
7870 \(fn M BS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil (quote macro))
7871
7872 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-defsyntax) "easy-mmode" "\
7873 Define variable ST as a syntax-table.
7874 CSS contains a list of syntax specifications of the form (CHAR . SYNTAX).
7875
7876 \(fn ST CSS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil (quote macro))
7877
7878 ;;;***
7879 \f
7880 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-menu-change easy-menu-create-menu easy-menu-do-define
7881 ;;;;;; easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "emacs-lisp/easymenu.el" (17842
7882 ;;;;;; 54152))
7883 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easymenu.el
7884
7885 (put (quote easy-menu-define) (quote lisp-indent-function) (quote defun))
7886
7887 (autoload (quote easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "\
7888 Define a menu bar submenu in maps MAPS, according to MENU.
7889
7890 If SYMBOL is non-nil, store the menu keymap in the value of SYMBOL,
7891 and define SYMBOL as a function to pop up the menu, with DOC as its doc string.
7892 If SYMBOL is nil, just store the menu keymap into MAPS.
7893
7894 The first element of MENU must be a string. It is the menu bar item name.
7895 It may be followed by the following keyword argument pairs
7896
7897 :filter FUNCTION
7898
7899 FUNCTION is a function with one argument, the rest of menu items.
7900 It returns the remaining items of the displayed menu.
7901
7902 :visible INCLUDE
7903
7904 INCLUDE is an expression; this menu is only visible if this
7905 expression has a non-nil value. `:included' is an alias for `:visible'.
7906
7907 :active ENABLE
7908
7909 ENABLE is an expression; the menu is enabled for selection
7910 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
7911
7912 The rest of the elements in MENU, are menu items.
7913
7914 A menu item is usually a vector of three elements: [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE]
7915
7916 NAME is a string--the menu item name.
7917
7918 CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen,
7919 or a list to evaluate when the item is chosen.
7920
7921 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
7922 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
7923
7924 Alternatively, a menu item may have the form:
7925
7926 [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ] ... ]
7927
7928 Where KEYWORD is one of the symbols defined below.
7929
7930 :keys KEYS
7931
7932 KEYS is a string; a complex keyboard equivalent to this menu item.
7933 This is normally not needed because keyboard equivalents are usually
7934 computed automatically.
7935 KEYS is expanded with `substitute-command-keys' before it is used.
7936
7937 :key-sequence KEYS
7938
7939 KEYS is nil, a string or a vector; nil or a keyboard equivalent to this
7940 menu item.
7941 This is a hint that will considerably speed up Emacs' first display of
7942 a menu. Use `:key-sequence nil' when you know that this menu item has no
7943 keyboard equivalent.
7944
7945 :active ENABLE
7946
7947 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
7948 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
7949
7950 :visible INCLUDE
7951
7952 INCLUDE is an expression; this item is only visible if this
7953 expression has a non-nil value. `:included' is an alias for `:visible'.
7954
7955 :suffix FORM
7956
7957 FORM is an expression that will be dynamically evaluated and whose
7958 value will be concatenated to the menu entry's NAME.
7959
7960 :style STYLE
7961
7962 STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item. The following are
7963 defined:
7964
7965 toggle: A checkbox.
7966 Prepend the name with `(*) ' or `( ) ' depending on if selected or not.
7967 radio: A radio button.
7968 Prepend the name with `[X] ' or `[ ] ' depending on if selected or not.
7969 button: Surround the name with `[' and `]'. Use this for an item in the
7970 menu bar itself.
7971 anything else means an ordinary menu item.
7972
7973 :selected SELECTED
7974
7975 SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is selected
7976 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
7977
7978 :help HELP
7979
7980 HELP is a string, the help to display for the menu item.
7981
7982 A menu item can be a string. Then that string appears in the menu as
7983 unselectable text. A string consisting solely of hyphens is displayed
7984 as a solid horizontal line.
7985
7986 A menu item can be a list with the same format as MENU. This is a submenu.
7987
7988 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil (quote macro))
7989
7990 (autoload (quote easy-menu-do-define) "easymenu" "\
7991 Not documented
7992
7993 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil nil)
7994
7995 (autoload (quote easy-menu-create-menu) "easymenu" "\
7996 Create a menu called MENU-NAME with items described in MENU-ITEMS.
7997 MENU-NAME is a string, the name of the menu. MENU-ITEMS is a list of items
7998 possibly preceded by keyword pairs as described in `easy-menu-define'.
7999
8000 \(fn MENU-NAME MENU-ITEMS)" nil nil)
8001
8002 (autoload (quote easy-menu-change) "easymenu" "\
8003 Change menu found at PATH as item NAME to contain ITEMS.
8004 PATH is a list of strings for locating the menu that
8005 should contain a submenu named NAME.
8006 ITEMS is a list of menu items, as in `easy-menu-define'.
8007 These items entirely replace the previous items in that submenu.
8008
8009 If MAP is specified, it should normally be a keymap; nil stands for the local
8010 menu-bar keymap. It can also be a symbol, which has earlier been used as the
8011 first argument in a call to `easy-menu-define', or the value of such a symbol.
8012
8013 If the menu located by PATH has no submenu named NAME, add one.
8014 If the optional argument BEFORE is present, add it just before
8015 the submenu named BEFORE, otherwise add it at the end of the menu.
8016
8017 To implement dynamic menus, either call this from
8018 `menu-bar-update-hook' or use a menu filter.
8019
8020 \(fn PATH NAME ITEMS &optional BEFORE MAP)" nil nil)
8021
8022 ;;;***
8023 \f
8024 ;;;### (autoloads (ebnf-pop-style ebnf-push-style ebnf-reset-style
8025 ;;;;;; ebnf-apply-style ebnf-merge-style ebnf-delete-style ebnf-insert-style
8026 ;;;;;; ebnf-setup ebnf-syntax-region ebnf-syntax-buffer ebnf-syntax-file
8027 ;;;;;; ebnf-syntax-directory ebnf-eps-region ebnf-eps-buffer ebnf-eps-file
8028 ;;;;;; ebnf-eps-directory ebnf-spool-region ebnf-spool-buffer ebnf-spool-file
8029 ;;;;;; ebnf-spool-directory ebnf-print-region ebnf-print-buffer
8030 ;;;;;; ebnf-print-file ebnf-print-directory ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps"
8031 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf2ps.el" (17952 11093))
8032 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf2ps.el
8033
8034 (autoload (quote ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps" "\
8035 Customization for ebnf group.
8036
8037 \(fn)" t nil)
8038
8039 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-directory) "ebnf2ps" "\
8040 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
8041
8042 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
8043
8044 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
8045 processed.
8046
8047 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
8048
8049 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
8050
8051 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-file) "ebnf2ps" "\
8052 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
8053
8054 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
8055 killed after process termination.
8056
8057 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
8058
8059 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
8060
8061 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
8062 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
8063
8064 When called with a numeric prefix argument (C-u), prompts the user for
8065 the name of a file to save the PostScript image in, instead of sending
8066 it to the printer.
8067
8068 More specifically, the FILENAME argument is treated as follows: if it
8069 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
8070 the PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is a
8071 number, prompt the user for the name of the file to save in.
8072
8073 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
8074
8075 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
8076 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region.
8077 Like `ebnf-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
8078
8079 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
8080
8081 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-directory) "ebnf2ps" "\
8082 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
8083
8084 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
8085
8086 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
8087 processed.
8088
8089 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
8090
8091 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
8092
8093 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-file) "ebnf2ps" "\
8094 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
8095
8096 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
8097 killed after process termination.
8098
8099 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
8100
8101 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
8102
8103 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
8104 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
8105 Like `ebnf-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
8106 local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
8107
8108 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
8109
8110 \(fn)" t nil)
8111
8112 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
8113 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region and spool locally.
8114 Like `ebnf-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
8115
8116 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
8117
8118 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
8119
8120 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-directory) "ebnf2ps" "\
8121 Generate EPS files from EBNF files in DIRECTORY.
8122
8123 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
8124
8125 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
8126 processed.
8127
8128 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
8129
8130 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
8131
8132 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-file) "ebnf2ps" "\
8133 Generate an EPS file from EBNF file FILE.
8134
8135 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
8136 killed after EPS generation.
8137
8138 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
8139
8140 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
8141
8142 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
8143 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer in an EPS file.
8144
8145 Generate an EPS file for each production in the buffer.
8146 The EPS file name has the following form:
8147
8148 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
8149
8150 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
8151 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
8152
8153 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
8154 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
8155 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
8156 \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
8157 file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
8158
8159 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
8160 files.
8161
8162 \(fn)" t nil)
8163
8164 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
8165 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region in an EPS file.
8166
8167 Generate an EPS file for each production in the region.
8168 The EPS file name has the following form:
8169
8170 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
8171
8172 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
8173 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
8174
8175 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
8176 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
8177 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
8178 \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
8179 file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
8180
8181 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
8182 files.
8183
8184 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
8185
8186 (defalias (quote ebnf-despool) (quote ps-despool))
8187
8188 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-directory) "ebnf2ps" "\
8189 Do a syntactic analysis of the files in DIRECTORY.
8190
8191 If DIRECTORY is nil, use `default-directory'.
8192
8193 Only the files in DIRECTORY that match `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see)
8194 are processed.
8195
8196 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
8197
8198 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
8199
8200 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-file) "ebnf2ps" "\
8201 Do a syntactic analysis of the named FILE.
8202
8203 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
8204 killed after syntax checking.
8205
8206 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
8207
8208 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
8209
8210 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
8211 Do a syntactic analysis of the current buffer.
8212
8213 \(fn)" t nil)
8214
8215 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
8216 Do a syntactic analysis of region.
8217
8218 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
8219
8220 (autoload (quote ebnf-setup) "ebnf2ps" "\
8221 Return the current ebnf2ps setup.
8222
8223 \(fn)" nil nil)
8224
8225 (autoload (quote ebnf-insert-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
8226 Insert a new style NAME with inheritance INHERITS and values VALUES.
8227
8228 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8229
8230 \(fn NAME INHERITS &rest VALUES)" t nil)
8231
8232 (autoload (quote ebnf-delete-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
8233 Delete style NAME.
8234
8235 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8236
8237 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
8238
8239 (autoload (quote ebnf-merge-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
8240 Merge values of style NAME with style VALUES.
8241
8242 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8243
8244 \(fn NAME &rest VALUES)" t nil)
8245
8246 (autoload (quote ebnf-apply-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
8247 Set STYLE as the current style.
8248
8249 Returns the old style symbol.
8250
8251 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8252
8253 \(fn STYLE)" t nil)
8254
8255 (autoload (quote ebnf-reset-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
8256 Reset current style.
8257
8258 Returns the old style symbol.
8259
8260 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8261
8262 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
8263
8264 (autoload (quote ebnf-push-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
8265 Push the current style onto a stack and set STYLE as the current style.
8266
8267 Returns the old style symbol.
8268
8269 See also `ebnf-pop-style'.
8270
8271 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8272
8273 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
8274
8275 (autoload (quote ebnf-pop-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
8276 Pop a style from the stack of pushed styles and set it as the current style.
8277
8278 Returns the old style symbol.
8279
8280 See also `ebnf-push-style'.
8281
8282 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8283
8284 \(fn)" t nil)
8285
8286 ;;;***
8287 \f
8288 ;;;### (autoloads (ebrowse-statistics ebrowse-save-tree-as ebrowse-save-tree
8289 ;;;;;; ebrowse-electric-position-menu ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack
8290 ;;;;;; ebrowse-back-in-position-stack ebrowse-tags-search-member-use
8291 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-query-replace ebrowse-tags-search ebrowse-tags-loop-continue
8292 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame
8293 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame
8294 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window
8295 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window ebrowse-tags-find-definition
8296 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-definition ebrowse-tags-find-declaration
8297 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-declaration ebrowse-member-mode ebrowse-electric-choose-tree
8298 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse" "progmodes/ebrowse.el" (17821
8299 ;;;;;; 5918))
8300 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebrowse.el
8301
8302 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse" "\
8303 Major mode for Ebrowse class tree buffers.
8304 Each line corresponds to a class in a class tree.
8305 Letters do not insert themselves, they are commands.
8306 File operations in the tree buffer work on class tree data structures.
8307 E.g.\\[save-buffer] writes the tree to the file it was loaded from.
8308
8309 Tree mode key bindings:
8310 \\{ebrowse-tree-mode-map}
8311
8312 \(fn)" t nil)
8313
8314 (autoload (quote ebrowse-electric-choose-tree) "ebrowse" "\
8315 Return a buffer containing a tree or nil if no tree found or canceled.
8316
8317 \(fn)" t nil)
8318
8319 (autoload (quote ebrowse-member-mode) "ebrowse" "\
8320 Major mode for Ebrowse member buffers.
8321
8322 \\{ebrowse-member-mode-map}
8323
8324 \(fn)" nil nil)
8325
8326 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-view-declaration) "ebrowse" "\
8327 View declaration of member at point.
8328
8329 \(fn)" t nil)
8330
8331 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-declaration) "ebrowse" "\
8332 Find declaration of member at point.
8333
8334 \(fn)" t nil)
8335
8336 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-view-definition) "ebrowse" "\
8337 View definition of member at point.
8338
8339 \(fn)" t nil)
8340
8341 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-definition) "ebrowse" "\
8342 Find definition of member at point.
8343
8344 \(fn)" t nil)
8345
8346 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window) "ebrowse" "\
8347 Find declaration of member at point in other window.
8348
8349 \(fn)" t nil)
8350
8351 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window) "ebrowse" "\
8352 View definition of member at point in other window.
8353
8354 \(fn)" t nil)
8355
8356 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window) "ebrowse" "\
8357 Find definition of member at point in other window.
8358
8359 \(fn)" t nil)
8360
8361 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame) "ebrowse" "\
8362 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
8363
8364 \(fn)" t nil)
8365
8366 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame) "ebrowse" "\
8367 View definition of member at point in other frame.
8368
8369 \(fn)" t nil)
8370
8371 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame) "ebrowse" "\
8372 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
8373
8374 \(fn)" t nil)
8375
8376 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol) "ebrowse" "\
8377 Perform completion on the C++ symbol preceding point.
8378 A second call of this function without changing point inserts the next match.
8379 A call with prefix PREFIX reads the symbol to insert from the minibuffer with
8380 completion.
8381
8382 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
8383
8384 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-loop-continue) "ebrowse" "\
8385 Repeat last operation on files in tree.
8386 FIRST-TIME non-nil means this is not a repetition, but the first time.
8387 TREE-BUFFER if indirectly specifies which files to loop over.
8388
8389 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME TREE-BUFFER)" t nil)
8390
8391 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-search) "ebrowse" "\
8392 Search for REGEXP in all files in a tree.
8393 If marked classes exist, process marked classes, only.
8394 If regular expression is nil, repeat last search.
8395
8396 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
8397
8398 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-query-replace) "ebrowse" "\
8399 Query replace FROM with TO in all files of a class tree.
8400 With prefix arg, process files of marked classes only.
8401
8402 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
8403
8404 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-search-member-use) "ebrowse" "\
8405 Search for call sites of a member.
8406 If FIX-NAME is specified, search uses of that member.
8407 Otherwise, read a member name from the minibuffer.
8408 Searches in all files mentioned in a class tree for something that
8409 looks like a function call to the member.
8410
8411 \(fn &optional FIX-NAME)" t nil)
8412
8413 (autoload (quote ebrowse-back-in-position-stack) "ebrowse" "\
8414 Move backward in the position stack.
8415 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
8416
8417 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
8418
8419 (autoload (quote ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack) "ebrowse" "\
8420 Move forward in the position stack.
8421 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
8422
8423 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
8424
8425 (autoload (quote ebrowse-electric-position-menu) "ebrowse" "\
8426 List positions in the position stack in an electric buffer.
8427
8428 \(fn)" t nil)
8429
8430 (autoload (quote ebrowse-save-tree) "ebrowse" "\
8431 Save current tree in same file it was loaded from.
8432
8433 \(fn)" t nil)
8434
8435 (autoload (quote ebrowse-save-tree-as) "ebrowse" "\
8436 Write the current tree data structure to a file.
8437 Read the file name from the minibuffer if interactive.
8438 Otherwise, FILE-NAME specifies the file to save the tree in.
8439
8440 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
8441
8442 (autoload (quote ebrowse-statistics) "ebrowse" "\
8443 Display statistics for a class tree.
8444
8445 \(fn)" t nil)
8446
8447 ;;;***
8448 \f
8449 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "ebuff-menu.el"
8450 ;;;;;; (17842 58280))
8451 ;;; Generated autoloads from ebuff-menu.el
8452
8453 (autoload (quote electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "\
8454 Pop up a buffer describing the set of Emacs buffers.
8455 Vaguely like ITS lunar select buffer; combining typeoutoid buffer
8456 listing with menuoid buffer selection.
8457
8458 If the very next character typed is a space then the buffer list
8459 window disappears. Otherwise, one may move around in the buffer list
8460 window, marking buffers to be selected, saved or deleted.
8461
8462 To exit and select a new buffer, type a space when the cursor is on
8463 the appropriate line of the buffer-list window. Other commands are
8464 much like those of `Buffer-menu-mode'.
8465
8466 Run hooks in `electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook' on entry.
8467
8468 \\{electric-buffer-menu-mode-map}
8469
8470 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
8471
8472 ;;;***
8473 \f
8474 ;;;### (autoloads (Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory"
8475 ;;;;;; "echistory.el" (17842 58280))
8476 ;;; Generated autoloads from echistory.el
8477
8478 (autoload (quote Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory" "\
8479 Edit current history line in minibuffer and execute result.
8480 With prefix arg NOCONFIRM, execute current line as-is without editing.
8481
8482 \(fn &optional NOCONFIRM)" t nil)
8483
8484 ;;;***
8485 \f
8486 ;;;### (autoloads (edebug-all-forms edebug-all-defs edebug-eval-top-level-form
8487 ;;;;;; edebug-basic-spec edebug-all-forms edebug-all-defs) "edebug"
8488 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/edebug.el" (17952 11093))
8489 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/edebug.el
8490
8491 (defvar edebug-all-defs nil "\
8492 *If non-nil, evaluating defining forms instruments for Edebug.
8493 This applies to `eval-defun', `eval-region', `eval-buffer', and
8494 `eval-current-buffer'. `eval-region' is also called by
8495 `eval-last-sexp', and `eval-print-last-sexp'.
8496
8497 You can use the command `edebug-all-defs' to toggle the value of this
8498 variable. You may wish to make it local to each buffer with
8499 \(make-local-variable 'edebug-all-defs) in your
8500 `emacs-lisp-mode-hook'.")
8501
8502 (custom-autoload (quote edebug-all-defs) "edebug" t)
8503
8504 (defvar edebug-all-forms nil "\
8505 *Non-nil evaluation of all forms will instrument for Edebug.
8506 This doesn't apply to loading or evaluations in the minibuffer.
8507 Use the command `edebug-all-forms' to toggle the value of this option.")
8508
8509 (custom-autoload (quote edebug-all-forms) "edebug" t)
8510
8511 (autoload (quote edebug-basic-spec) "edebug" "\
8512 Return t if SPEC uses only extant spec symbols.
8513 An extant spec symbol is a symbol that is not a function and has a
8514 `edebug-form-spec' property.
8515
8516 \(fn SPEC)" nil nil)
8517
8518 (defalias (quote edebug-defun) (quote edebug-eval-top-level-form))
8519
8520 (autoload (quote edebug-eval-top-level-form) "edebug" "\
8521 Evaluate the top level form point is in, stepping through with Edebug.
8522 This is like `eval-defun' except that it steps the code for Edebug
8523 before evaluating it. It displays the value in the echo area
8524 using `eval-expression' (which see).
8525
8526 If you do this on a function definition
8527 such as a defun or defmacro, it defines the function and instruments
8528 its definition for Edebug, so it will do Edebug stepping when called
8529 later. It displays `Edebug: FUNCTION' in the echo area to indicate
8530 that FUNCTION is now instrumented for Edebug.
8531
8532 If the current defun is actually a call to `defvar' or `defcustom',
8533 evaluating it this way resets the variable using its initial value
8534 expression even if the variable already has some other value.
8535 \(Normally `defvar' and `defcustom' do not alter the value if there
8536 already is one.)
8537
8538 \(fn)" t nil)
8539
8540 (autoload (quote edebug-all-defs) "edebug" "\
8541 Toggle edebugging of all definitions.
8542
8543 \(fn)" t nil)
8544
8545 (autoload (quote edebug-all-forms) "edebug" "\
8546 Toggle edebugging of all forms.
8547
8548 \(fn)" t nil)
8549
8550 ;;;***
8551 \f
8552 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-documentation ediff-version ediff-revision
8553 ;;;;;; ediff-patch-buffer ediff-patch-file run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer
8554 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor ediff-merge-revisions
8555 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor ediff-merge-buffers ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor
8556 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-files ediff-regions-linewise ediff-regions-wordwise
8557 ;;;;;; ediff-windows-linewise ediff-windows-wordwise ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor
8558 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directory-revisions ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor
8559 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directories ediff-directories3 ediff-directory-revisions
8560 ;;;;;; ediff-directories ediff-buffers3 ediff-buffers ediff-backup
8561 ;;;;;; ediff-files3 ediff-files) "ediff" "ediff.el" (17846 30361))
8562 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff.el
8563
8564 (autoload (quote ediff-files) "ediff" "\
8565 Run Ediff on a pair of files, FILE-A and FILE-B.
8566
8567 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8568
8569 (autoload (quote ediff-files3) "ediff" "\
8570 Run Ediff on three files, FILE-A, FILE-B, and FILE-C.
8571
8572 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8573
8574 (defalias (quote ediff3) (quote ediff-files3))
8575
8576 (defalias (quote ediff) (quote ediff-files))
8577
8578 (autoload (quote ediff-backup) "ediff" "\
8579 Run Ediff on FILE and its backup file.
8580 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
8581 If this file is a backup, `ediff' it with its original.
8582
8583 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8584
8585 (autoload (quote ediff-buffers) "ediff" "\
8586 Run Ediff on a pair of buffers, BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B.
8587
8588 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
8589
8590 (defalias (quote ebuffers) (quote ediff-buffers))
8591
8592 (autoload (quote ediff-buffers3) "ediff" "\
8593 Run Ediff on three buffers, BUFFER-A, BUFFER-B, and BUFFER-C.
8594
8595 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
8596
8597 (defalias (quote ebuffers3) (quote ediff-buffers3))
8598
8599 (autoload (quote ediff-directories) "ediff" "\
8600 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, comparing files that have
8601 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
8602 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
8603
8604 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP)" t nil)
8605
8606 (defalias (quote edirs) (quote ediff-directories))
8607
8608 (autoload (quote ediff-directory-revisions) "ediff" "\
8609 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, comparing its files with their revisions.
8610 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
8611 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
8612
8613 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP)" t nil)
8614
8615 (defalias (quote edir-revisions) (quote ediff-directory-revisions))
8616
8617 (autoload (quote ediff-directories3) "ediff" "\
8618 Run Ediff on three directories, DIR1, DIR2, and DIR3, comparing files that
8619 have the same name in all three. The last argument, REGEXP, is nil or a
8620 regular expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
8621
8622 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 DIR3 REGEXP)" t nil)
8623
8624 (defalias (quote edirs3) (quote ediff-directories3))
8625
8626 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directories) "ediff" "\
8627 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, merging files that have
8628 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
8629 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
8630
8631 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
8632
8633 (defalias (quote edirs-merge) (quote ediff-merge-directories))
8634
8635 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
8636 Merge files in directories DIR1 and DIR2 using files in ANCESTOR-DIR as ancestors.
8637 Ediff merges files that have identical names in DIR1, DIR2. If a pair of files
8638 in DIR1 and DIR2 doesn't have an ancestor in ANCESTOR-DIR, Ediff will merge
8639 without ancestor. The fourth argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular expression;
8640 only file names that match the regexp are considered.
8641
8642 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 ANCESTOR-DIR REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
8643
8644 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions) "ediff" "\
8645 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions.
8646 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
8647 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
8648
8649 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
8650
8651 (defalias (quote edir-merge-revisions) (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions))
8652
8653 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
8654 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions and ancestors.
8655 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
8656 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
8657
8658 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
8659
8660 (defalias (quote edir-merge-revisions-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor))
8661
8662 (defalias (quote edirs-merge-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor))
8663
8664 (autoload (quote ediff-windows-wordwise) "ediff" "\
8665 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, wordwise.
8666 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
8667 follows:
8668 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
8669 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
8670
8671 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8672
8673 (autoload (quote ediff-windows-linewise) "ediff" "\
8674 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, linewise.
8675 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
8676 follows:
8677 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
8678 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
8679
8680 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8681
8682 (autoload (quote ediff-regions-wordwise) "ediff" "\
8683 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
8684 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
8685 This function is effective only for relatively small regions, up to 200
8686 lines. For large regions, use `ediff-regions-linewise'.
8687
8688 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8689
8690 (autoload (quote ediff-regions-linewise) "ediff" "\
8691 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
8692 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
8693 Each region is enlarged to contain full lines.
8694 This function is effective for large regions, over 100-200
8695 lines. For small regions, use `ediff-regions-wordwise'.
8696
8697 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8698
8699 (defalias (quote ediff-merge) (quote ediff-merge-files))
8700
8701 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-files) "ediff" "\
8702 Merge two files without ancestor.
8703
8704 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8705
8706 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
8707 Merge two files with ancestor.
8708
8709 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8710
8711 (defalias (quote ediff-merge-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor))
8712
8713 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-buffers) "ediff" "\
8714 Merge buffers without ancestor.
8715
8716 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8717
8718 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
8719 Merge buffers with ancestor.
8720
8721 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8722
8723 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-revisions) "ediff" "\
8724 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file.
8725 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
8726 buffer.
8727
8728 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8729
8730 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
8731 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file with a common ancestor.
8732 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
8733 buffer.
8734
8735 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8736
8737 (autoload (quote run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer) "ediff" "\
8738 Run Ediff-merge on appropriate revisions of the selected file.
8739 First run after `M-x cvs-update'. Then place the cursor on a line describing a
8740 file and then run `run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer'.
8741
8742 \(fn POS)" t nil)
8743
8744 (autoload (quote ediff-patch-file) "ediff" "\
8745 Run Ediff by patching SOURCE-FILENAME.
8746 If optional PATCH-BUF is given, use the patch in that buffer
8747 and don't ask the user.
8748 If prefix argument, then: if even argument, assume that the patch is in a
8749 buffer. If odd -- assume it is in a file.
8750
8751 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
8752
8753 (autoload (quote ediff-patch-buffer) "ediff" "\
8754 Run Ediff by patching the buffer specified at prompt.
8755 Without the optional prefix ARG, asks if the patch is in some buffer and
8756 prompts for the buffer or a file, depending on the answer.
8757 With ARG=1, assumes the patch is in a file and prompts for the file.
8758 With ARG=2, assumes the patch is in a buffer and prompts for the buffer.
8759 PATCH-BUF is an optional argument, which specifies the buffer that contains the
8760 patch. If not given, the user is prompted according to the prefix argument.
8761
8762 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
8763
8764 (defalias (quote epatch) (quote ediff-patch-file))
8765
8766 (defalias (quote epatch-buffer) (quote ediff-patch-buffer))
8767
8768 (autoload (quote ediff-revision) "ediff" "\
8769 Run Ediff by comparing versions of a file.
8770 The file is an optional FILE argument or the file entered at the prompt.
8771 Default: the file visited by the current buffer.
8772 Uses `vc.el' or `rcs.el' depending on `ediff-version-control-package'.
8773
8774 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8775
8776 (defalias (quote erevision) (quote ediff-revision))
8777
8778 (autoload (quote ediff-version) "ediff" "\
8779 Return string describing the version of Ediff.
8780 When called interactively, displays the version.
8781
8782 \(fn)" t nil)
8783
8784 (autoload (quote ediff-documentation) "ediff" "\
8785 Display Ediff's manual.
8786 With optional NODE, goes to that node.
8787
8788 \(fn &optional NODE)" t nil)
8789
8790 ;;;***
8791 \f
8792 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-customize) "ediff-help" "ediff-help.el"
8793 ;;;;;; (17842 58280))
8794 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-help.el
8795
8796 (autoload (quote ediff-customize) "ediff-help" "\
8797 Not documented
8798
8799 \(fn)" t nil)
8800
8801 ;;;***
8802 \f
8803 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-hook" "ediff-hook.el" (17842 58280))
8804 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-hook.el
8805
8806 (defvar ediff-window-setup-function)
8807 (defmacro ediff-cond-compile-for-xemacs-or-emacs (xemacs-form emacs-form) (if (string-match "XEmacs" emacs-version) xemacs-form emacs-form))
8808
8809 (ediff-cond-compile-for-xemacs-or-emacs (defun ediff-xemacs-init-menus nil (if (featurep (quote menubar)) (progn (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-merge-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) epatch-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-misc-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-menu-button (quote ("Tools")) "-------" "OO-Browser...")))) nil)
8810
8811 (ediff-cond-compile-for-xemacs-or-emacs (progn (defvar ediff-menu (quote ("Compare" ["Two Files..." ediff-files t] ["Two Buffers..." ediff-buffers t] ["Three Files..." ediff-files3 t] ["Three Buffers..." ediff-buffers3 t] "---" ["Two Directories..." ediff-directories t] ["Three Directories..." ediff-directories3 t] "---" ["File with Revision..." ediff-revision t] ["Directory Revisions..." ediff-directory-revisions t] "---" ["Windows Word-by-word..." ediff-windows-wordwise t] ["Windows Line-by-line..." ediff-windows-linewise t] "---" ["Regions Word-by-word..." ediff-regions-wordwise t] ["Regions Line-by-line..." ediff-regions-linewise t]))) (defvar ediff-merge-menu (quote ("Merge" ["Files..." ediff-merge-files t] ["Files with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor t] ["Buffers..." ediff-merge-buffers t] ["Buffers with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor t] "---" ["Directories..." ediff-merge-directories t] ["Directories with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor t] "---" ["Revisions..." ediff-merge-revisions t] ["Revisions with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor t] ["Directory Revisions..." ediff-merge-directory-revisions t] ["Directory Revisions with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor t]))) (defvar epatch-menu (quote ("Apply Patch" ["To a file..." ediff-patch-file t] ["To a buffer..." ediff-patch-buffer t]))) (defvar ediff-misc-menu (quote ("Ediff Miscellanea" ["Ediff Manual" ediff-documentation t] ["Customize Ediff" ediff-customize t] ["List Ediff Sessions" ediff-show-registry t] ["Use separate frame for Ediff control buffer" ediff-toggle-multiframe :style toggle :selected (if (and (featurep (quote ediff-util)) (boundp (quote ediff-window-setup-function))) (eq ediff-window-setup-function (quote ediff-setup-windows-multiframe)))] ["Use a toolbar with Ediff control buffer" ediff-toggle-use-toolbar :style toggle :selected (if (featurep (quote ediff-tbar)) (ediff-use-toolbar-p))]))) (if (and (featurep (quote menubar)) (not (featurep (quote infodock))) (not (featurep (quote ediff-hook)))) (ediff-xemacs-init-menus))) (if (featurep (quote menu-bar)) (progn (defvar menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Ediff Miscellanea")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-epatch-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Apply Patch")) (fset (quote menu-bar-epatch-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-epatch-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Merge")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Compare")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-menu))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [window] (quote ("This Window and Next Window" . compare-windows))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-windows-linewise] (quote ("Windows Line-by-line..." . ediff-windows-linewise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-windows-wordwise] (quote ("Windows Word-by-word..." . ediff-windows-wordwise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-windows] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-regions-linewise] (quote ("Regions Line-by-line..." . ediff-regions-linewise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-regions-wordwise] (quote ("Regions Word-by-word..." . ediff-regions-wordwise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-regions] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-dir-revision] (quote ("Directory Revisions..." . ediff-directory-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-revision] (quote ("File with Revision..." . ediff-revision))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-directories] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-directories3] (quote ("Three Directories..." . ediff-directories3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-directories] (quote ("Two Directories..." . ediff-directories))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-files] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-buffers3] (quote ("Three Buffers..." . ediff-buffers3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-files3] (quote ("Three Files..." . ediff-files3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-buffers] (quote ("Two Buffers..." . ediff-buffers))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-files] (quote ("Two Files..." . ediff-files))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-dir-revisions-with-ancestor] (quote ("Directory Revisions with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-dir-revisions] (quote ("Directory Revisions..." . ediff-merge-directory-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor] (quote ("Revisions with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-revisions] (quote ("Revisions..." . ediff-merge-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [separator-ediff-merge] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor] (quote ("Directories with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-directories] (quote ("Directories..." . ediff-merge-directories))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [separator-ediff-merge-dirs] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor] (quote ("Buffers with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-buffers] (quote ("Buffers..." . ediff-merge-buffers))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor] (quote ("Files with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-files] (quote ("Files..." . ediff-merge-files))) (define-key menu-bar-epatch-menu [ediff-patch-buffer] (quote ("To a Buffer..." . ediff-patch-buffer))) (define-key menu-bar-epatch-menu [ediff-patch-file] (quote ("To a File..." . ediff-patch-file))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [emultiframe] (quote ("Toggle use of separate control buffer frame" . ediff-toggle-multiframe))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [eregistry] (quote ("List Ediff Sessions" . ediff-show-registry))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [ediff-cust] (quote ("Customize Ediff" . ediff-customize))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [ediff-doc] (quote ("Ediff Manual" . ediff-documentation))))))
8812
8813 ;;;***
8814 \f
8815 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "ediff-mult.el"
8816 ;;;;;; (17842 58279))
8817 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-mult.el
8818
8819 (autoload (quote ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "\
8820 Display Ediff's registry.
8821
8822 \(fn)" t nil)
8823
8824 (defalias (quote eregistry) (quote ediff-show-registry))
8825
8826 ;;;***
8827 \f
8828 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-toggle-use-toolbar ediff-toggle-multiframe)
8829 ;;;;;; "ediff-util" "ediff-util.el" (17846 30361))
8830 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-util.el
8831
8832 (autoload (quote ediff-toggle-multiframe) "ediff-util" "\
8833 Switch from multiframe display to single-frame display and back.
8834 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-window-setup-function',
8835 which see.
8836
8837 \(fn)" t nil)
8838
8839 (autoload (quote ediff-toggle-use-toolbar) "ediff-util" "\
8840 Enable or disable Ediff toolbar.
8841 Works only in versions of Emacs that support toolbars.
8842 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-use-toolbar-p', which see.
8843
8844 \(fn)" t nil)
8845
8846 ;;;***
8847 \f
8848 ;;;### (autoloads (format-kbd-macro read-kbd-macro edit-named-kbd-macro
8849 ;;;;;; edit-last-kbd-macro edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "edmacro.el"
8850 ;;;;;; (17842 58279))
8851 ;;; Generated autoloads from edmacro.el
8852
8853 (defvar edmacro-eight-bits nil "\
8854 *Non-nil if edit-kbd-macro should leave 8-bit characters intact.
8855 Default nil means to write characters above \\177 in octal notation.")
8856
8857 (autoload (quote edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
8858 Edit a keyboard macro.
8859 At the prompt, type any key sequence which is bound to a keyboard macro.
8860 Or, type `C-x e' or RET to edit the last keyboard macro, `C-h l' to edit
8861 the last 100 keystrokes as a keyboard macro, or `M-x' to edit a macro by
8862 its command name.
8863 With a prefix argument, format the macro in a more concise way.
8864
8865 \(fn KEYS &optional PREFIX FINISH-HOOK STORE-HOOK)" t nil)
8866
8867 (autoload (quote edit-last-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
8868 Edit the most recently defined keyboard macro.
8869
8870 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
8871
8872 (autoload (quote edit-named-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
8873 Edit a keyboard macro which has been given a name by `name-last-kbd-macro'.
8874
8875 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
8876
8877 (autoload (quote read-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
8878 Read the region as a keyboard macro definition.
8879 The region is interpreted as spelled-out keystrokes, e.g., \"M-x abc RET\".
8880 See documentation for `edmacro-mode' for details.
8881 Leading/trailing \"C-x (\" and \"C-x )\" in the text are allowed and ignored.
8882 The resulting macro is installed as the \"current\" keyboard macro.
8883
8884 In Lisp, may also be called with a single STRING argument in which case
8885 the result is returned rather than being installed as the current macro.
8886 The result will be a string if possible, otherwise an event vector.
8887 Second argument NEED-VECTOR means to return an event vector always.
8888
8889 \(fn START &optional END)" t nil)
8890
8891 (autoload (quote format-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
8892 Return the keyboard macro MACRO as a human-readable string.
8893 This string is suitable for passing to `read-kbd-macro'.
8894 Second argument VERBOSE means to put one command per line with comments.
8895 If VERBOSE is `1', put everything on one line. If VERBOSE is omitted
8896 or nil, use a compact 80-column format.
8897
8898 \(fn &optional MACRO VERBOSE)" nil nil)
8899
8900 ;;;***
8901 \f
8902 ;;;### (autoloads (edt-emulation-on edt-set-scroll-margins) "edt"
8903 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt.el" (17842 54264))
8904 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt.el
8905
8906 (autoload (quote edt-set-scroll-margins) "edt" "\
8907 Set scroll margins.
8908 Argument TOP is the top margin in number of lines or percent of window.
8909 Argument BOTTOM is the bottom margin in number of lines or percent of window.
8910
8911 \(fn TOP BOTTOM)" t nil)
8912
8913 (autoload (quote edt-emulation-on) "edt" "\
8914 Turn on EDT Emulation.
8915
8916 \(fn)" t nil)
8917
8918 ;;;***
8919 \f
8920 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-helpify with-electric-help) "ehelp" "ehelp.el"
8921 ;;;;;; (17873 45892))
8922 ;;; Generated autoloads from ehelp.el
8923
8924 (autoload (quote with-electric-help) "ehelp" "\
8925 Pop up an \"electric\" help buffer.
8926 THUNK is a function of no arguments which is called to initialize the
8927 contents of BUFFER. BUFFER defaults to `*Help*'. BUFFER will be
8928 erased before THUNK is called unless NOERASE is non-nil. THUNK will
8929 be called while BUFFER is current and with `standard-output' bound to
8930 the buffer specified by BUFFER.
8931
8932 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
8933 shrink the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
8934
8935 After THUNK has been called, this function \"electrically\" pops up a window
8936 in which BUFFER is displayed and allows the user to scroll through that buffer
8937 in `electric-help-mode'. The window's height will be at least MINHEIGHT if
8938 this value is non-nil.
8939
8940 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
8941 shrink the window to fit if `electric-help-shrink-window' is non-nil.
8942 If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
8943
8944 When the user exits (with `electric-help-exit', or otherwise), the help
8945 buffer's window disappears (i.e., we use `save-window-excursion'), and
8946 BUFFER is put into `default-major-mode' (or `fundamental-mode').
8947
8948 \(fn THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT)" nil nil)
8949
8950 (autoload (quote electric-helpify) "ehelp" "\
8951 Not documented
8952
8953 \(fn FUN &optional NAME)" nil nil)
8954
8955 ;;;***
8956 \f
8957 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-eldoc-mode eldoc-mode eldoc-minor-mode-string)
8958 ;;;;;; "eldoc" "emacs-lisp/eldoc.el" (17992 30878))
8959 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eldoc.el
8960
8961 (defvar eldoc-minor-mode-string " ElDoc" "\
8962 *String to display in mode line when Eldoc Mode is enabled; nil for none.")
8963
8964 (custom-autoload (quote eldoc-minor-mode-string) "eldoc" t)
8965
8966 (autoload (quote eldoc-mode) "eldoc" "\
8967 Toggle ElDoc mode on or off.
8968 In ElDoc mode, the echo area displays information about a
8969 function or variable in the text where point is. If point is
8970 on a documented variable, it displays the first line of that
8971 variable's doc string. Otherwise it displays the argument list
8972 of the function called in the expression point is on.
8973
8974 With prefix ARG, turn ElDoc mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
8975
8976 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8977
8978 (autoload (quote turn-on-eldoc-mode) "eldoc" "\
8979 Unequivocally turn on ElDoc mode (see command `eldoc-mode').
8980
8981 \(fn)" t nil)
8982
8983 (defvar eldoc-documentation-function nil "\
8984 If non-nil, function to call to return doc string.
8985 The function of no args should return a one-line string for displaying
8986 doc about a function etc. appropriate to the context around point.
8987 It should return nil if there's no doc appropriate for the context.
8988 Typically doc is returned if point is on a function-like name or in its
8989 arg list.
8990
8991 This variable is expected to be made buffer-local by modes (other than
8992 Emacs Lisp mode) that support Eldoc.")
8993
8994 ;;;***
8995 \f
8996 ;;;### (autoloads (elide-head) "elide-head" "elide-head.el" (17842
8997 ;;;;;; 58279))
8998 ;;; Generated autoloads from elide-head.el
8999
9000 (autoload (quote elide-head) "elide-head" "\
9001 Hide header material in buffer according to `elide-head-headers-to-hide'.
9002
9003 The header is made invisible with an overlay. With a prefix arg, show
9004 an elided material again.
9005
9006 This is suitable as an entry on `find-file-hook' or appropriate mode hooks.
9007
9008 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9009
9010 ;;;***
9011 \f
9012 ;;;### (autoloads (elint-initialize) "elint" "emacs-lisp/elint.el"
9013 ;;;;;; (17842 54152))
9014 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elint.el
9015
9016 (autoload (quote elint-initialize) "elint" "\
9017 Initialize elint.
9018
9019 \(fn)" t nil)
9020
9021 ;;;***
9022 \f
9023 ;;;### (autoloads (elp-results elp-instrument-package elp-instrument-list
9024 ;;;;;; elp-instrument-function) "elp" "emacs-lisp/elp.el" (17842
9025 ;;;;;; 54152))
9026 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elp.el
9027
9028 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-function) "elp" "\
9029 Instrument FUNSYM for profiling.
9030 FUNSYM must be a symbol of a defined function.
9031
9032 \(fn FUNSYM)" t nil)
9033
9034 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-list) "elp" "\
9035 Instrument for profiling, all functions in `elp-function-list'.
9036 Use optional LIST if provided instead.
9037
9038 \(fn &optional LIST)" t nil)
9039
9040 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-package) "elp" "\
9041 Instrument for profiling, all functions which start with PREFIX.
9042 For example, to instrument all ELP functions, do the following:
9043
9044 \\[elp-instrument-package] RET elp- RET
9045
9046 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
9047
9048 (autoload (quote elp-results) "elp" "\
9049 Display current profiling results.
9050 If `elp-reset-after-results' is non-nil, then current profiling
9051 information for all instrumented functions are reset after results are
9052 displayed.
9053
9054 \(fn)" t nil)
9055
9056 ;;;***
9057 \f
9058 ;;;### (autoloads (report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "mail/emacsbug.el"
9059 ;;;;;; (17907 23437))
9060 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/emacsbug.el
9061
9062 (autoload (quote report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "\
9063 Report a bug in GNU Emacs.
9064 Prompts for bug subject. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
9065
9066 \(fn TOPIC &optional RECENT-KEYS)" t nil)
9067
9068 ;;;***
9069 \f
9070 ;;;### (autoloads (emerge-merge-directories emerge-revisions-with-ancestor
9071 ;;;;;; emerge-revisions emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote emerge-files-remote
9072 ;;;;;; emerge-files-with-ancestor-command emerge-files-command emerge-buffers-with-ancestor
9073 ;;;;;; emerge-buffers emerge-files-with-ancestor emerge-files) "emerge"
9074 ;;;;;; "emerge.el" (17994 6715))
9075 ;;; Generated autoloads from emerge.el
9076
9077 (defvar menu-bar-emerge-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Emerge"))
9078 (fset 'menu-bar-emerge-menu (symbol-value 'menu-bar-emerge-menu))
9079 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-merge-directories]
9080 '("Merge Directories..." . emerge-merge-directories))
9081 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions-with-ancestor]
9082 '("Revisions with Ancestor..." . emerge-revisions-with-ancestor))
9083 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions]
9084 '("Revisions..." . emerge-revisions))
9085 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files-with-ancestor]
9086 '("Files with Ancestor..." . emerge-files-with-ancestor))
9087 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files]
9088 '("Files..." . emerge-files))
9089 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers-with-ancestor]
9090 '("Buffers with Ancestor..." . emerge-buffers-with-ancestor))
9091 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers]
9092 '("Buffers..." . emerge-buffers))
9093
9094 (autoload (quote emerge-files) "emerge" "\
9095 Run Emerge on two files.
9096
9097 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
9098
9099 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
9100 Run Emerge on two files, giving another file as the ancestor.
9101
9102 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
9103
9104 (autoload (quote emerge-buffers) "emerge" "\
9105 Run Emerge on two buffers.
9106
9107 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
9108
9109 (autoload (quote emerge-buffers-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
9110 Run Emerge on two buffers, giving another buffer as the ancestor.
9111
9112 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
9113
9114 (autoload (quote emerge-files-command) "emerge" "\
9115 Not documented
9116
9117 \(fn)" nil nil)
9118
9119 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor-command) "emerge" "\
9120 Not documented
9121
9122 \(fn)" nil nil)
9123
9124 (autoload (quote emerge-files-remote) "emerge" "\
9125 Not documented
9126
9127 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
9128
9129 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote) "emerge" "\
9130 Not documented
9131
9132 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANC FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
9133
9134 (autoload (quote emerge-revisions) "emerge" "\
9135 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file.
9136
9137 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
9138
9139 (autoload (quote emerge-revisions-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
9140 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file, with another revision as ancestor.
9141
9142 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
9143
9144 (autoload (quote emerge-merge-directories) "emerge" "\
9145 Not documented
9146
9147 \(fn A-DIR B-DIR ANCESTOR-DIR OUTPUT-DIR)" t nil)
9148
9149 ;;;***
9150 \f
9151 ;;;### (autoloads (encoded-kbd-mode) "encoded-kb" "international/encoded-kb.el"
9152 ;;;;;; (17842 54888))
9153 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/encoded-kb.el
9154
9155 (defvar encoded-kbd-mode nil "\
9156 Non-nil if Encoded-Kbd mode is enabled.
9157 See the command `encoded-kbd-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
9158 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
9159 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
9160 or call the function `encoded-kbd-mode'.")
9161
9162 (custom-autoload (quote encoded-kbd-mode) "encoded-kb" nil)
9163
9164 (autoload (quote encoded-kbd-mode) "encoded-kb" "\
9165 Toggle Encoded-kbd minor mode.
9166 With arg, turn Encoded-kbd mode on if and only if arg is positive.
9167
9168 You should not turn this mode on manually, instead use the command
9169 \\[set-keyboard-coding-system] which turns on or off this mode
9170 automatically.
9171
9172 DISPLAY may be a display id, a frame, or nil for the selected frame's display.
9173
9174 \(fn DISPLAY)" nil nil)
9175
9176 ;;;***
9177 \f
9178 ;;;### (autoloads (enriched-decode enriched-encode enriched-mode)
9179 ;;;;;; "enriched" "textmodes/enriched.el" (17842 58277))
9180 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/enriched.el
9181
9182 (autoload (quote enriched-mode) "enriched" "\
9183 Minor mode for editing text/enriched files.
9184 These are files with embedded formatting information in the MIME standard
9185 text/enriched format.
9186 Turning the mode on or off runs `enriched-mode-hook'.
9187
9188 More information about Enriched mode is available in the file
9189 etc/enriched.doc in the Emacs distribution directory.
9190
9191 Commands:
9192
9193 \\{enriched-mode-map}
9194
9195 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9196
9197 (autoload (quote enriched-encode) "enriched" "\
9198 Not documented
9199
9200 \(fn FROM TO ORIG-BUF)" nil nil)
9201
9202 (autoload (quote enriched-decode) "enriched" "\
9203 Not documented
9204
9205 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
9206
9207 ;;;***
9208 \f
9209 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-handle-irc-url erc erc-select-read-args) "erc"
9210 ;;;;;; "erc/erc.el" (17935 53318))
9211 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc.el
9212
9213 (autoload (quote erc-select-read-args) "erc" "\
9214 Prompt the user for values of nick, server, port, and password.
9215
9216 \(fn)" nil nil)
9217
9218 (autoload (quote erc) "erc" "\
9219 ERC is a powerful, modular, and extensible IRC client.
9220 This function is the main entry point for ERC.
9221
9222 It permits you to select connection parameters, and then starts ERC.
9223
9224 Non-interactively, it takes the keyword arguments
9225 (server (erc-compute-server))
9226 (port (erc-compute-port))
9227 (nick (erc-compute-nick))
9228 password
9229 (full-name (erc-compute-full-name)))
9230
9231 That is, if called with
9232
9233 (erc :server \"irc.freenode.net\" :full-name \"Harry S Truman\")
9234
9235 then the server and full-name will be set to those values, whereas
9236 `erc-compute-port', `erc-compute-nick' and `erc-compute-full-name' will
9237 be invoked for the values of the other parameters.
9238
9239 \(fn &key (SERVER (erc-compute-server)) (PORT (erc-compute-port)) (NICK (erc-compute-nick)) PASSWORD (FULL-NAME (erc-compute-full-name)))" t nil)
9240
9241 (defalias (quote erc-select) (quote erc))
9242
9243 (autoload (quote erc-handle-irc-url) "erc" "\
9244 Use ERC to IRC on HOST:PORT in CHANNEL as USER with PASSWORD.
9245 If ERC is already connected to HOST:PORT, simply /join CHANNEL.
9246 Otherwise, connect to HOST:PORT as USER and /join CHANNEL.
9247
9248 \(fn HOST PORT CHANNEL USER PASSWORD)" nil nil)
9249
9250 ;;;***
9251 \f
9252 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-autoaway" "erc/erc-autoaway.el" (17935
9253 ;;;;;; 53318))
9254 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-autoaway.el
9255 (autoload 'erc-autoaway-mode "erc-autoaway")
9256
9257 ;;;***
9258 \f
9259 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-button" "erc/erc-button.el" (17935 53318))
9260 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-button.el
9261 (autoload 'erc-button-mode "erc-button" nil t)
9262
9263 ;;;***
9264 \f
9265 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-capab" "erc/erc-capab.el" (17935 53318))
9266 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-capab.el
9267 (autoload 'erc-capab-identify-mode "erc-capab" nil t)
9268
9269 ;;;***
9270 \f
9271 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-compat" "erc/erc-compat.el" (17935 53318))
9272 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-compat.el
9273 (autoload 'erc-define-minor-mode "erc-compat")
9274
9275 ;;;***
9276 \f
9277 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-ctcp-query-DCC pcomplete/erc-mode/DCC erc-cmd-DCC)
9278 ;;;;;; "erc-dcc" "erc/erc-dcc.el" (17842 54344))
9279 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-dcc.el
9280
9281 (autoload (quote erc-cmd-DCC) "erc-dcc" "\
9282 Parser for /dcc command.
9283 This figures out the dcc subcommand and calls the appropriate routine to
9284 handle it. The function dispatched should be named \"erc-dcc-do-FOO-command\",
9285 where FOO is one of CLOSE, GET, SEND, LIST, CHAT, etc.
9286
9287 \(fn CMD &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
9288
9289 (autoload (quote pcomplete/erc-mode/DCC) "erc-dcc" "\
9290 Provides completion for the /DCC command.
9291
9292 \(fn)" nil nil)
9293
9294 (defvar erc-ctcp-query-DCC-hook (quote (erc-ctcp-query-DCC)) "\
9295 Hook variable for CTCP DCC queries")
9296
9297 (autoload (quote erc-ctcp-query-DCC) "erc-dcc" "\
9298 The function called when a CTCP DCC request is detected by the client.
9299 It examines the DCC subcommand, and calls the appropriate routine for
9300 that subcommand.
9301
9302 \(fn PROC NICK LOGIN HOST TO QUERY)" nil nil)
9303
9304 ;;;***
9305 \f
9306 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-ezb-initialize erc-ezb-select-session erc-ezb-select
9307 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-add-session erc-ezb-end-of-session-list erc-ezb-init-session-list
9308 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-identify erc-ezb-notice-autodetect erc-ezb-lookup-action
9309 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-get-login erc-cmd-ezb) "erc-ezbounce" "erc/erc-ezbounce.el"
9310 ;;;;;; (17842 54344))
9311 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ezbounce.el
9312
9313 (autoload (quote erc-cmd-ezb) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9314 Send EZB commands to the EZBouncer verbatim.
9315
9316 \(fn LINE &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
9317
9318 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-get-login) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9319 Return an appropriate EZBounce login for SERVER and PORT.
9320 Look up entries in `erc-ezb-login-alist'. If the username or password
9321 in the alist is `nil', prompt for the appropriate values.
9322
9323 \(fn SERVER PORT)" nil nil)
9324
9325 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-lookup-action) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9326 Not documented
9327
9328 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9329
9330 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-notice-autodetect) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9331 React on an EZBounce NOTICE request.
9332
9333 \(fn PROC PARSED)" nil nil)
9334
9335 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-identify) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9336 Identify to the EZBouncer server.
9337
9338 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9339
9340 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-init-session-list) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9341 Reset the EZBounce session list to nil.
9342
9343 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9344
9345 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-end-of-session-list) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9346 Indicate the end of the EZBounce session listing.
9347
9348 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9349
9350 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-add-session) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9351 Add an EZBounce session to the session list.
9352
9353 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9354
9355 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-select) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9356 Select an IRC server to use by EZBounce, in ERC style.
9357
9358 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9359
9360 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-select-session) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9361 Select a detached EZBounce session.
9362
9363 \(fn)" nil nil)
9364
9365 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-initialize) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9366 Add EZBouncer convenience functions to ERC.
9367
9368 \(fn)" nil nil)
9369
9370 ;;;***
9371 \f
9372 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-fill) "erc-fill" "erc/erc-fill.el" (17935
9373 ;;;;;; 53318))
9374 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-fill.el
9375 (autoload 'erc-fill-mode "erc-fill" nil t)
9376
9377 (autoload (quote erc-fill) "erc-fill" "\
9378 Fill a region using the function referenced in `erc-fill-function'.
9379 You can put this on `erc-insert-modify-hook' and/or `erc-send-modify-hook'.
9380
9381 \(fn)" nil nil)
9382
9383 ;;;***
9384 \f
9385 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-hecomplete" "erc/erc-hecomplete.el" (17842
9386 ;;;;;; 54344))
9387 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-hecomplete.el
9388 (autoload 'erc-hecomplete-mode "erc-hecomplete" nil t)
9389
9390 ;;;***
9391 \f
9392 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-identd-stop erc-identd-start) "erc-identd"
9393 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-identd.el" (17935 53318))
9394 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-identd.el
9395 (autoload 'erc-identd-mode "erc-identd")
9396
9397 (autoload (quote erc-identd-start) "erc-identd" "\
9398 Start an identd server listening to port 8113.
9399 Port 113 (auth) will need to be redirected to port 8113 on your
9400 machine -- using iptables, or a program like redir which can be
9401 run from inetd. The idea is to provide a simple identd server
9402 when you need one, without having to install one globally on your
9403 system.
9404
9405 \(fn &optional PORT)" t nil)
9406
9407 (autoload (quote erc-identd-stop) "erc-identd" "\
9408 Not documented
9409
9410 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
9411
9412 ;;;***
9413 \f
9414 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-create-imenu-index) "erc-imenu" "erc/erc-imenu.el"
9415 ;;;;;; (17842 54344))
9416 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-imenu.el
9417
9418 (autoload (quote erc-create-imenu-index) "erc-imenu" "\
9419 Not documented
9420
9421 \(fn)" nil nil)
9422
9423 ;;;***
9424 \f
9425 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-join" "erc/erc-join.el" (17842 54344))
9426 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-join.el
9427 (autoload 'erc-autojoin-mode "erc-join" nil t)
9428
9429 ;;;***
9430 \f
9431 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-save-buffer-in-logs erc-logging-enabled) "erc-log"
9432 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-log.el" (17935 53318))
9433 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-log.el
9434 (autoload 'erc-log-mode "erc-log" nil t)
9435
9436 (autoload (quote erc-logging-enabled) "erc-log" "\
9437 Return non-nil if logging is enabled for BUFFER.
9438 If BUFFER is nil, the value of `current-buffer' is used.
9439 Logging is enabled if `erc-log-channels-directory' is non-nil, the directory
9440 is writeable (it will be created as necessary) and
9441 `erc-enable-logging' returns a non-nil value.
9442
9443 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
9444
9445 (autoload (quote erc-save-buffer-in-logs) "erc-log" "\
9446 Append BUFFER contents to the log file, if logging is enabled.
9447 If BUFFER is not provided, current buffer is used.
9448 Logging is enabled if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
9449
9450 This is normally done on exit, to save the unsaved portion of the
9451 buffer, since only the text that runs off the buffer limit is logged
9452 automatically.
9453
9454 You can save every individual message by putting this function on
9455 `erc-insert-post-hook'.
9456
9457 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
9458
9459 ;;;***
9460 \f
9461 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-delete-dangerous-host erc-add-dangerous-host
9462 ;;;;;; erc-delete-keyword erc-add-keyword erc-delete-fool erc-add-fool
9463 ;;;;;; erc-delete-pal erc-add-pal) "erc-match" "erc/erc-match.el"
9464 ;;;;;; (17935 53318))
9465 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-match.el
9466 (autoload 'erc-match-mode "erc-match")
9467
9468 (autoload (quote erc-add-pal) "erc-match" "\
9469 Add pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
9470
9471 \(fn)" t nil)
9472
9473 (autoload (quote erc-delete-pal) "erc-match" "\
9474 Delete pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
9475
9476 \(fn)" t nil)
9477
9478 (autoload (quote erc-add-fool) "erc-match" "\
9479 Add fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
9480
9481 \(fn)" t nil)
9482
9483 (autoload (quote erc-delete-fool) "erc-match" "\
9484 Delete fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
9485
9486 \(fn)" t nil)
9487
9488 (autoload (quote erc-add-keyword) "erc-match" "\
9489 Add keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
9490
9491 \(fn)" t nil)
9492
9493 (autoload (quote erc-delete-keyword) "erc-match" "\
9494 Delete keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
9495
9496 \(fn)" t nil)
9497
9498 (autoload (quote erc-add-dangerous-host) "erc-match" "\
9499 Add dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
9500
9501 \(fn)" t nil)
9502
9503 (autoload (quote erc-delete-dangerous-host) "erc-match" "\
9504 Delete dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
9505
9506 \(fn)" t nil)
9507
9508 ;;;***
9509 \f
9510 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-menu" "erc/erc-menu.el" (17935 53318))
9511 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-menu.el
9512 (autoload 'erc-menu-mode "erc-menu" nil t)
9513
9514 ;;;***
9515 \f
9516 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-cmd-WHOLEFT) "erc-netsplit" "erc/erc-netsplit.el"
9517 ;;;;;; (17935 53318))
9518 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-netsplit.el
9519 (autoload 'erc-netsplit-mode "erc-netsplit")
9520
9521 (autoload (quote erc-cmd-WHOLEFT) "erc-netsplit" "\
9522 Show who's gone.
9523
9524 \(fn)" nil nil)
9525
9526 ;;;***
9527 \f
9528 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-server-select erc-determine-network) "erc-networks"
9529 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-networks.el" (17935 53318))
9530 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-networks.el
9531
9532 (autoload (quote erc-determine-network) "erc-networks" "\
9533 Return the name of the network or \"Unknown\" as a symbol. Use the
9534 server parameter NETWORK if provided, otherwise parse the server name and
9535 search for a match in `erc-networks-alist'.
9536
9537 \(fn)" nil nil)
9538
9539 (autoload (quote erc-server-select) "erc-networks" "\
9540 Interactively select a server to connect to using `erc-server-alist'.
9541
9542 \(fn)" t nil)
9543
9544 ;;;***
9545 \f
9546 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/erc-mode/NOTIFY erc-cmd-NOTIFY) "erc-notify"
9547 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-notify.el" (17935 53318))
9548 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-notify.el
9549 (autoload 'erc-notify-mode "erc-notify" nil t)
9550
9551 (autoload (quote erc-cmd-NOTIFY) "erc-notify" "\
9552 Change `erc-notify-list' or list current notify-list members online.
9553 Without args, list the current list of notificated people online,
9554 with args, toggle notify status of people.
9555
9556 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
9557
9558 (autoload (quote pcomplete/erc-mode/NOTIFY) "erc-notify" "\
9559 Not documented
9560
9561 \(fn)" nil nil)
9562
9563 ;;;***
9564 \f
9565 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-page" "erc/erc-page.el" (17842 54344))
9566 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-page.el
9567 (autoload 'erc-page-mode "erc-page")
9568
9569 ;;;***
9570 \f
9571 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-pcomplete" "erc/erc-pcomplete.el" (17935
9572 ;;;;;; 53318))
9573 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-pcomplete.el
9574 (autoload 'erc-completion-mode "erc-pcomplete" nil t)
9575
9576 ;;;***
9577 \f
9578 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-replace" "erc/erc-replace.el" (17842 54344))
9579 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-replace.el
9580 (autoload 'erc-replace-mode "erc-replace")
9581
9582 ;;;***
9583 \f
9584 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-ring" "erc/erc-ring.el" (17935 53318))
9585 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ring.el
9586 (autoload 'erc-ring-mode "erc-ring" nil t)
9587
9588 ;;;***
9589 \f
9590 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-nickserv-identify erc-nickserv-identify-mode)
9591 ;;;;;; "erc-services" "erc/erc-services.el" (17935 53318))
9592 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-services.el
9593 (autoload 'erc-services-mode "erc-services" nil t)
9594
9595 (autoload (quote erc-nickserv-identify-mode) "erc-services" "\
9596 Set up hooks according to which MODE the user has chosen.
9597
9598 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
9599
9600 (autoload (quote erc-nickserv-identify) "erc-services" "\
9601 Send an \"identify <PASSWORD>\" message to NickServ.
9602 When called interactively, read the password using `read-passwd'.
9603
9604 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
9605
9606 ;;;***
9607 \f
9608 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-sound" "erc/erc-sound.el" (17842 54344))
9609 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-sound.el
9610 (autoload 'erc-sound-mode "erc-sound")
9611
9612 ;;;***
9613 \f
9614 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-speedbar-browser) "erc-speedbar" "erc/erc-speedbar.el"
9615 ;;;;;; (17935 53318))
9616 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-speedbar.el
9617
9618 (autoload (quote erc-speedbar-browser) "erc-speedbar" "\
9619 Initialize speedbar to display an ERC browser.
9620 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
9621
9622 \(fn)" t nil)
9623
9624 ;;;***
9625 \f
9626 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-spelling" "erc/erc-spelling.el" (17935
9627 ;;;;;; 53318))
9628 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-spelling.el
9629 (autoload 'erc-spelling-mode "erc-spelling" nil t)
9630
9631 ;;;***
9632 \f
9633 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-stamp" "erc/erc-stamp.el" (17935 53318))
9634 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-stamp.el
9635 (autoload 'erc-timestamp-mode "erc-stamp" nil t)
9636
9637 ;;;***
9638 \f
9639 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-track-minor-mode) "erc-track" "erc/erc-track.el"
9640 ;;;;;; (17935 53318))
9641 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-track.el
9642
9643 (defvar erc-track-minor-mode nil "\
9644 Non-nil if Erc-Track minor mode is enabled.
9645 See the command `erc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
9646
9647 (custom-autoload (quote erc-track-minor-mode) "erc-track" nil)
9648
9649 (autoload (quote erc-track-minor-mode) "erc-track" "\
9650 Global minor mode for tracking ERC buffers and showing activity in the
9651 mode line.
9652
9653 This exists for the sole purpose of providing the C-c C-SPC and
9654 C-c C-@ keybindings. Make sure that you have enabled the track
9655 module, otherwise the keybindings will not do anything useful.
9656
9657 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9658 (autoload 'erc-track-mode "erc-track" nil t)
9659
9660 ;;;***
9661 \f
9662 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-truncate-buffer erc-truncate-buffer-to-size)
9663 ;;;;;; "erc-truncate" "erc/erc-truncate.el" (17842 54344))
9664 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-truncate.el
9665 (autoload 'erc-truncate-mode "erc-truncate" nil t)
9666
9667 (autoload (quote erc-truncate-buffer-to-size) "erc-truncate" "\
9668 Truncates the buffer to the size SIZE.
9669 If BUFFER is not provided, the current buffer is assumed. The deleted
9670 region is logged if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
9671
9672 \(fn SIZE &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
9673
9674 (autoload (quote erc-truncate-buffer) "erc-truncate" "\
9675 Truncates the current buffer to `erc-max-buffer-size'.
9676 Meant to be used in hooks, like `erc-insert-post-hook'.
9677
9678 \(fn)" t nil)
9679
9680 ;;;***
9681 \f
9682 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-xdcc-add-file) "erc-xdcc" "erc/erc-xdcc.el"
9683 ;;;;;; (17842 54344))
9684 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-xdcc.el
9685
9686 (autoload (quote erc-xdcc-add-file) "erc-xdcc" "\
9687 Add a file to `erc-xdcc-files'.
9688
9689 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
9690
9691 ;;;***
9692 \f
9693 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-mode) "esh-mode" "eshell/esh-mode.el" (17914
9694 ;;;;;; 52082))
9695 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-mode.el
9696
9697 (autoload (quote eshell-mode) "esh-mode" "\
9698 Emacs shell interactive mode.
9699
9700 \\{eshell-mode-map}
9701
9702 \(fn)" nil nil)
9703
9704 ;;;***
9705 \f
9706 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-test) "esh-test" "eshell/esh-test.el" (17842
9707 ;;;;;; 54411))
9708 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-test.el
9709
9710 (autoload (quote eshell-test) "esh-test" "\
9711 Test Eshell to verify that it works as expected.
9712
9713 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9714
9715 ;;;***
9716 \f
9717 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-report-bug eshell-command-result eshell-command
9718 ;;;;;; eshell) "eshell" "eshell/eshell.el" (17842 54411))
9719 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/eshell.el
9720
9721 (autoload (quote eshell) "eshell" "\
9722 Create an interactive Eshell buffer.
9723 The buffer used for Eshell sessions is determined by the value of
9724 `eshell-buffer-name'. If there is already an Eshell session active in
9725 that buffer, Emacs will simply switch to it. Otherwise, a new session
9726 will begin. A numeric prefix arg (as in `C-u 42 M-x eshell RET')
9727 switches to the session with that number, creating it if necessary. A
9728 nonnumeric prefix arg means to create a new session. Returns the
9729 buffer selected (or created).
9730
9731 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9732
9733 (autoload (quote eshell-command) "eshell" "\
9734 Execute the Eshell command string COMMAND.
9735 With prefix ARG, insert output into the current buffer at point.
9736
9737 \(fn &optional COMMAND ARG)" t nil)
9738
9739 (autoload (quote eshell-command-result) "eshell" "\
9740 Execute the given Eshell COMMAND, and return the result.
9741 The result might be any Lisp object.
9742 If STATUS-VAR is a symbol, it will be set to the exit status of the
9743 command. This is the only way to determine whether the value returned
9744 corresponding to a successful execution.
9745
9746 \(fn COMMAND &optional STATUS-VAR)" nil nil)
9747
9748 (autoload (quote eshell-report-bug) "eshell" "\
9749 Report a bug in Eshell.
9750 Prompts for the TOPIC. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
9751 Please include any configuration details that might be involved.
9752
9753 \(fn TOPIC)" t nil)
9754
9755 ;;;***
9756 \f
9757 ;;;### (autoloads (complete-tag select-tags-table tags-apropos list-tags
9758 ;;;;;; tags-query-replace tags-search tags-loop-continue next-file
9759 ;;;;;; pop-tag-mark find-tag-regexp find-tag-other-frame find-tag-other-window
9760 ;;;;;; find-tag find-tag-noselect tags-table-files visit-tags-table-buffer
9761 ;;;;;; visit-tags-table tags-table-mode find-tag-default-function
9762 ;;;;;; find-tag-hook tags-add-tables tags-compression-info-list
9763 ;;;;;; tags-table-list tags-case-fold-search) "etags" "progmodes/etags.el"
9764 ;;;;;; (17842 56333))
9765 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/etags.el
9766
9767 (defvar tags-file-name nil "\
9768 *File name of tags table.
9769 To switch to a new tags table, setting this variable is sufficient.
9770 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-table-list'.
9771 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9772 (put 'tags-file-name 'variable-interactive "fVisit tags table: ")
9773
9774 (defvar tags-case-fold-search (quote default) "\
9775 *Whether tags operations should be case-sensitive.
9776 A value of t means case-insensitive, a value of nil means case-sensitive.
9777 Any other value means use the setting of `case-fold-search'.")
9778
9779 (custom-autoload (quote tags-case-fold-search) "etags" t)
9780
9781 (defvar tags-table-list nil "\
9782 *List of file names of tags tables to search.
9783 An element that is a directory means the file \"TAGS\" in that directory.
9784 To switch to a new list of tags tables, setting this variable is sufficient.
9785 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-file-name'.
9786 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9787
9788 (custom-autoload (quote tags-table-list) "etags" t)
9789
9790 (defvar tags-compression-info-list (quote ("" ".Z" ".bz2" ".gz" ".tgz")) "\
9791 *List of extensions tried by etags when jka-compr is used.
9792 An empty string means search the non-compressed file.
9793 These extensions will be tried only if jka-compr was activated
9794 \(i.e. via customize of `auto-compression-mode' or by calling the function
9795 `auto-compression-mode').")
9796
9797 (custom-autoload (quote tags-compression-info-list) "etags" t)
9798
9799 (defvar tags-add-tables (quote ask-user) "\
9800 *Control whether to add a new tags table to the current list.
9801 t means do; nil means don't (always start a new list).
9802 Any other value means ask the user whether to add a new tags table
9803 to the current list (as opposed to starting a new list).")
9804
9805 (custom-autoload (quote tags-add-tables) "etags" t)
9806
9807 (defvar find-tag-hook nil "\
9808 *Hook to be run by \\[find-tag] after finding a tag. See `run-hooks'.
9809 The value in the buffer in which \\[find-tag] is done is used,
9810 not the value in the buffer \\[find-tag] goes to.")
9811
9812 (custom-autoload (quote find-tag-hook) "etags" t)
9813
9814 (defvar find-tag-default-function nil "\
9815 *A function of no arguments used by \\[find-tag] to pick a default tag.
9816 If nil, and the symbol that is the value of `major-mode'
9817 has a `find-tag-default-function' property (see `put'), that is used.
9818 Otherwise, `find-tag-default' is used.")
9819
9820 (custom-autoload (quote find-tag-default-function) "etags" t)
9821
9822 (autoload (quote tags-table-mode) "etags" "\
9823 Major mode for tags table file buffers.
9824
9825 \(fn)" t nil)
9826
9827 (autoload (quote visit-tags-table) "etags" "\
9828 Tell tags commands to use tags table file FILE.
9829 FILE should be the name of a file created with the `etags' program.
9830 A directory name is ok too; it means file TAGS in that directory.
9831
9832 Normally \\[visit-tags-table] sets the global value of `tags-file-name'.
9833 With a prefix arg, set the buffer-local value instead.
9834 When you find a tag with \\[find-tag], the buffer it finds the tag
9835 in is given a local value of this variable which is the name of the tags
9836 file the tag was in.
9837
9838 \(fn FILE &optional LOCAL)" t nil)
9839
9840 (autoload (quote visit-tags-table-buffer) "etags" "\
9841 Select the buffer containing the current tags table.
9842 If optional arg is a string, visit that file as a tags table.
9843 If optional arg is t, visit the next table in `tags-table-list'.
9844 If optional arg is the atom `same', don't look for a new table;
9845 just select the buffer visiting `tags-file-name'.
9846 If arg is nil or absent, choose a first buffer from information in
9847 `tags-file-name', `tags-table-list', `tags-table-list-pointer'.
9848 Returns t if it visits a tags table, or nil if there are no more in the list.
9849
9850 \(fn &optional CONT)" nil nil)
9851
9852 (autoload (quote tags-table-files) "etags" "\
9853 Return a list of files in the current tags table.
9854 Assumes the tags table is the current buffer. The file names are returned
9855 as they appeared in the `etags' command that created the table, usually
9856 without directory names.
9857
9858 \(fn)" nil nil)
9859
9860 (autoload (quote find-tag-noselect) "etags" "\
9861 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9862 Returns the buffer containing the tag's definition and moves its point there,
9863 but does not select the buffer.
9864 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer near point.
9865
9866 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9867 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9868 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9869 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9870 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9871
9872 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9873
9874 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9875 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9876 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9877
9878 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9879
9880 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9881
9882 (autoload (quote find-tag) "etags" "\
9883 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9884 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition, and move point there.
9885 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer around or before point.
9886
9887 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9888 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9889 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9890 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9891 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9892
9893 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9894
9895 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9896 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9897 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9898
9899 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9900
9901 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9902 (define-key esc-map "." 'find-tag)
9903
9904 (autoload (quote find-tag-other-window) "etags" "\
9905 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9906 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another window, and
9907 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9908 around or before point.
9909
9910 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9911 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9912 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9913 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9914 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9915
9916 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9917
9918 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9919 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9920 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9921
9922 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9923
9924 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9925 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "." 'find-tag-other-window)
9926
9927 (autoload (quote find-tag-other-frame) "etags" "\
9928 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9929 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another frame, and
9930 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9931 around or before point.
9932
9933 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9934 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9935 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9936 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9937 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9938
9939 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9940
9941 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9942 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9943 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9944
9945 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9946
9947 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P)" t nil)
9948 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "." 'find-tag-other-frame)
9949
9950 (autoload (quote find-tag-regexp) "etags" "\
9951 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name matches REGEXP.
9952 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition and move point there.
9953
9954 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9955 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9956 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9957 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9958 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9959
9960 If third arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, select the buffer in another window.
9961
9962 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9963 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9964 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9965
9966 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9967
9968 \(fn REGEXP &optional NEXT-P OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
9969 (define-key esc-map [?\C-.] 'find-tag-regexp)
9970 (define-key esc-map "*" 'pop-tag-mark)
9971
9972 (autoload (quote pop-tag-mark) "etags" "\
9973 Pop back to where \\[find-tag] was last invoked.
9974
9975 This is distinct from invoking \\[find-tag] with a negative argument
9976 since that pops a stack of markers at which tags were found, not from
9977 where they were found.
9978
9979 \(fn)" t nil)
9980
9981 (autoload (quote next-file) "etags" "\
9982 Select next file among files in current tags table.
9983
9984 A first argument of t (prefix arg, if interactive) initializes to the
9985 beginning of the list of files in the tags table. If the argument is
9986 neither nil nor t, it is evalled to initialize the list of files.
9987
9988 Non-nil second argument NOVISIT means use a temporary buffer
9989 to save time and avoid uninteresting warnings.
9990
9991 Value is nil if the file was already visited;
9992 if the file was newly read in, the value is the filename.
9993
9994 \(fn &optional INITIALIZE NOVISIT)" t nil)
9995
9996 (autoload (quote tags-loop-continue) "etags" "\
9997 Continue last \\[tags-search] or \\[tags-query-replace] command.
9998 Used noninteractively with non-nil argument to begin such a command (the
9999 argument is passed to `next-file', which see).
10000
10001 Two variables control the processing we do on each file: the value of
10002 `tags-loop-scan' is a form to be executed on each file to see if it is
10003 interesting (it returns non-nil if so) and `tags-loop-operate' is a form to
10004 evaluate to operate on an interesting file. If the latter evaluates to
10005 nil, we exit; otherwise we scan the next file.
10006
10007 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME)" t nil)
10008 (define-key esc-map "," 'tags-loop-continue)
10009
10010 (autoload (quote tags-search) "etags" "\
10011 Search through all files listed in tags table for match for REGEXP.
10012 Stops when a match is found.
10013 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
10014
10015 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
10016
10017 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
10018
10019 (autoload (quote tags-query-replace) "etags" "\
10020 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO on all files listed in tags table.
10021 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
10022 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
10023 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
10024
10025 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
10026
10027 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED FILE-LIST-FORM START END)" t nil)
10028
10029 (autoload (quote list-tags) "etags" "\
10030 Display list of tags in file FILE.
10031 This searches only the first table in the list, and no included tables.
10032 FILE should be as it appeared in the `etags' command, usually without a
10033 directory specification.
10034
10035 \(fn FILE &optional NEXT-MATCH)" t nil)
10036
10037 (autoload (quote tags-apropos) "etags" "\
10038 Display list of all tags in tags table REGEXP matches.
10039
10040 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
10041
10042 (autoload (quote select-tags-table) "etags" "\
10043 Select a tags table file from a menu of those you have already used.
10044 The list of tags tables to select from is stored in `tags-table-set-list';
10045 see the doc of that variable if you want to add names to the list.
10046
10047 \(fn)" t nil)
10048
10049 (autoload (quote complete-tag) "etags" "\
10050 Perform tags completion on the text around point.
10051 Completes to the set of names listed in the current tags table.
10052 The string to complete is chosen in the same way as the default
10053 for \\[find-tag] (which see).
10054
10055 \(fn)" t nil)
10056
10057 ;;;***
10058 \f
10059 ;;;### (autoloads (ethio-write-file ethio-find-file ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer
10060 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer
10061 ;;;;;; ethio-input-special-character ethio-replace-space ethio-modify-vowel
10062 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail-or-marker
10063 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer ethio-fidel-to-sera-region ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker
10064 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail-or-marker
10065 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer ethio-sera-to-fidel-region setup-ethiopic-environment-internal)
10066 ;;;;;; "ethio-util" "language/ethio-util.el" (17842 58278))
10067 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ethio-util.el
10068
10069 (autoload (quote setup-ethiopic-environment-internal) "ethio-util" "\
10070 Not documented
10071
10072 \(fn)" nil nil)
10073
10074 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-region) "ethio-util" "\
10075 Convert the characters in region from SERA to FIDEL.
10076 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary language
10077 and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
10078
10079 If the 3rd parameter SECONDARY is given and non-nil, assume the region
10080 begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the primary
10081 language.
10082
10083 If the 4th parameter FORCE is given and non-nil, perform conversion
10084 even if the buffer is read-only.
10085
10086 See also the descriptions of the variables
10087 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and
10088 `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
10089
10090 \(fn BEG END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
10091
10092 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
10093 Convert the current buffer from SERA to FIDEL.
10094
10095 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
10096 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
10097
10098 If the 1st optional parameter SECONDARY is non-nil, assume the buffer
10099 begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the primary
10100 language.
10101
10102 If the 2nd optional parametr FORCE is non-nil, perform conversion even if the
10103 buffer is read-only.
10104
10105 See also the descriptions of the variables
10106 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and
10107 `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
10108
10109 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
10110
10111 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail-or-marker) "ethio-util" "\
10112 Execute `ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail' or `ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker' depending on the current major mode.
10113 If in rmail-mode or in mail-mode, execute the former; otherwise latter.
10114
10115 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10116
10117 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail) "ethio-util" "\
10118 Convert SERA to FIDEL to read/write mail and news.
10119
10120 If the buffer contains the markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\",
10121 convert the segments between them into FIDEL.
10122
10123 If invoked interactively and there is no marker, convert the subject field
10124 and the body into FIDEL using `ethio-sera-to-fidel-region'.
10125
10126 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10127
10128 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker) "ethio-util" "\
10129 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from SERA to FIDEL.
10130 Assume that each region begins with `ethio-primary-language'.
10131 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
10132
10133 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
10134
10135 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-region) "ethio-util" "\
10136 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the region to the SERA format.
10137 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
10138 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
10139
10140 If the 3dr parameter SECONDARY is given and non-nil, try to convert
10141 the region so that it begins in the secondary language; otherwise with
10142 the primary language.
10143
10144 If the 4th parameter FORCE is given and non-nil, convert even if the
10145 buffer is read-only.
10146
10147 See also the descriptions of the variables
10148 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
10149 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
10150
10151 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
10152
10153 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
10154 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the current buffer to the SERA format.
10155 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
10156 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
10157
10158 If the 1st optional parameter SECONDARY is non-nil, try to convert the
10159 region so that it begins in the secondary language; otherwise with the
10160 primary language.
10161
10162 If the 2nd optional parameter FORCE is non-nil, convert even if the
10163 buffer is read-only.
10164
10165 See also the descriptions of the variables
10166 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
10167 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
10168
10169 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
10170
10171 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail-or-marker) "ethio-util" "\
10172 Execute `ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail' or `ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker' depending on the current major mode.
10173 If in rmail-mode or in mail-mode, execute the former; otherwise latter.
10174
10175 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10176
10177 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail) "ethio-util" "\
10178 Convert FIDEL to SERA to read/write mail and news.
10179
10180 If the body contains at least one Ethiopic character,
10181 1) insert the string \"<sera>\" at the beginning of the body,
10182 2) insert \"</sera>\" at the end of the body, and
10183 3) convert the body into SERA.
10184
10185 The very same procedure applies to the subject field, too.
10186
10187 \(fn)" t nil)
10188
10189 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker) "ethio-util" "\
10190 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from FIDEL to SERA.
10191 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
10192
10193 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
10194
10195 (autoload (quote ethio-modify-vowel) "ethio-util" "\
10196 Modify the vowel of the FIDEL that is under the cursor.
10197
10198 \(fn)" t nil)
10199
10200 (autoload (quote ethio-replace-space) "ethio-util" "\
10201 Replace ASCII spaces with Ethiopic word separators in the region.
10202
10203 In the specified region, replace word separators surrounded by two
10204 Ethiopic characters, depending on the first parameter CH, which should
10205 be 1, 2, or 3.
10206
10207 If CH = 1, word separator will be replaced with an ASCII space.
10208 If CH = 2, with two ASCII spaces.
10209 If CH = 3, with the Ethiopic colon-like word separator.
10210
10211 The second and third parameters BEGIN and END specify the region.
10212
10213 \(fn CH BEGIN END)" t nil)
10214
10215 (autoload (quote ethio-input-special-character) "ethio-util" "\
10216 Allow the user to input special characters.
10217
10218 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
10219
10220 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
10221 Convert each fidel characters in the current buffer into a fidel-tex command.
10222 Each command is always surrounded by braces.
10223
10224 \(fn)" t nil)
10225
10226 (autoload (quote ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
10227 Convert fidel-tex commands in the current buffer into fidel chars.
10228
10229 \(fn)" t nil)
10230
10231 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
10232 Convert Ethiopic characters into the Java escape sequences.
10233
10234 Each escape sequence is of the form \\uXXXX, where XXXX is the
10235 character's codepoint (in hex) in Unicode.
10236
10237 If `ethio-java-save-lowercase' is non-nil, use [0-9a-f].
10238 Otherwise, [0-9A-F].
10239
10240 \(fn)" nil nil)
10241
10242 (autoload (quote ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
10243 Convert the Java escape sequences into corresponding Ethiopic characters.
10244
10245 \(fn)" nil nil)
10246
10247 (autoload (quote ethio-find-file) "ethio-util" "\
10248 Transcribe file content into Ethiopic depending on filename suffix.
10249
10250 \(fn)" nil nil)
10251
10252 (autoload (quote ethio-write-file) "ethio-util" "\
10253 Transcribe Ethiopic characters in ASCII depending on the file extension.
10254
10255 \(fn)" nil nil)
10256
10257 ;;;***
10258 \f
10259 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-load-eudc eudc-query-form eudc-expand-inline
10260 ;;;;;; eudc-get-phone eudc-get-email eudc-set-server) "eudc" "net/eudc.el"
10261 ;;;;;; (17842 55218))
10262 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc.el
10263
10264 (autoload (quote eudc-set-server) "eudc" "\
10265 Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL.
10266 Unless NO-SAVE is non-nil, the server is saved as the default
10267 server for future sessions.
10268
10269 \(fn SERVER PROTOCOL &optional NO-SAVE)" t nil)
10270
10271 (autoload (quote eudc-get-email) "eudc" "\
10272 Get the email field of NAME from the directory server.
10273 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
10274
10275 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
10276
10277 (autoload (quote eudc-get-phone) "eudc" "\
10278 Get the phone field of NAME from the directory server.
10279 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
10280
10281 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
10282
10283 (autoload (quote eudc-expand-inline) "eudc" "\
10284 Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point.
10285 The query string consists of the buffer substring from the point back to
10286 the preceding comma, colon or beginning of line.
10287 The variable `eudc-inline-query-format' controls how to associate the
10288 individual inline query words with directory attribute names.
10289 After querying the server for the given string, the expansion specified by
10290 `eudc-inline-expansion-format' is inserted in the buffer at point.
10291 If REPLACE is non-nil, then this expansion replaces the name in the buffer.
10292 `eudc-expansion-overwrites-query' being non-nil inverts the meaning of REPLACE.
10293 Multiple servers can be tried with the same query until one finds a match,
10294 see `eudc-inline-expansion-servers'
10295
10296 \(fn &optional REPLACE)" t nil)
10297
10298 (autoload (quote eudc-query-form) "eudc" "\
10299 Display a form to query the directory server.
10300 If given a non-nil argument GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER, the function first
10301 queries the server for the existing fields and displays a corresponding form.
10302
10303 \(fn &optional GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER)" t nil)
10304
10305 (autoload (quote eudc-load-eudc) "eudc" "\
10306 Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client.
10307 This does nothing except loading eudc by autoload side-effect.
10308
10309 \(fn)" t nil)
10310
10311 (cond ((not (string-match "XEmacs" emacs-version)) (defvar eudc-tools-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Directory Search")) (fset (quote eudc-tools-menu) (symbol-value (quote eudc-tools-menu))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [phone] (quote ("Get Phone" . eudc-get-phone))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [email] (quote ("Get Email" . eudc-get-email))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [separator-eudc-email] (quote ("--"))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [expand-inline] (quote ("Expand Inline Query" . eudc-expand-inline))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [query] (quote ("Query with Form" . eudc-query-form))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [separator-eudc-query] (quote ("--"))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [new] (quote ("New Server" . eudc-set-server))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [load] (quote ("Load Hotlist of Servers" . eudc-load-eudc)))) (t (let ((menu (quote ("Directory Search" ["Load Hotlist of Servers" eudc-load-eudc t] ["New Server" eudc-set-server t] ["---" nil nil] ["Query with Form" eudc-query-form t] ["Expand Inline Query" eudc-expand-inline t] ["---" nil nil] ["Get Email" eudc-get-email t] ["Get Phone" eudc-get-phone t])))) (if (not (featurep (quote eudc-autoloads))) (if eudc-xemacs-p (if (and (featurep (quote menubar)) (not (featurep (quote infodock)))) (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) menu)) (require (quote easymenu)) (cond ((fboundp (quote easy-menu-add-item)) (easy-menu-add-item nil (quote ("tools")) (easy-menu-create-menu (car menu) (cdr menu)))) ((fboundp (quote easy-menu-create-keymaps)) (define-key global-map [menu-bar tools eudc] (cons "Directory Search" (easy-menu-create-keymaps "Directory Search" (cdr menu)))))))))))
10312
10313 ;;;***
10314 \f
10315 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-display-jpeg-as-button eudc-display-jpeg-inline
10316 ;;;;;; eudc-display-sound eudc-display-mail eudc-display-url eudc-display-generic-binary)
10317 ;;;;;; "eudc-bob" "net/eudc-bob.el" (17842 55218))
10318 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-bob.el
10319
10320 (autoload (quote eudc-display-generic-binary) "eudc-bob" "\
10321 Display a button for unidentified binary DATA.
10322
10323 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
10324
10325 (autoload (quote eudc-display-url) "eudc-bob" "\
10326 Display URL and make it clickable.
10327
10328 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
10329
10330 (autoload (quote eudc-display-mail) "eudc-bob" "\
10331 Display e-mail address and make it clickable.
10332
10333 \(fn MAIL)" nil nil)
10334
10335 (autoload (quote eudc-display-sound) "eudc-bob" "\
10336 Display a button to play the sound DATA.
10337
10338 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
10339
10340 (autoload (quote eudc-display-jpeg-inline) "eudc-bob" "\
10341 Display the JPEG DATA inline at point if possible.
10342
10343 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
10344
10345 (autoload (quote eudc-display-jpeg-as-button) "eudc-bob" "\
10346 Display a button for the JPEG DATA.
10347
10348 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
10349
10350 ;;;***
10351 \f
10352 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-try-bbdb-insert eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb)
10353 ;;;;;; "eudc-export" "net/eudc-export.el" (17842 55218))
10354 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-export.el
10355
10356 (autoload (quote eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb) "eudc-export" "\
10357 Insert record at point into the BBDB database.
10358 This function can only be called from a directory query result buffer.
10359
10360 \(fn)" t nil)
10361
10362 (autoload (quote eudc-try-bbdb-insert) "eudc-export" "\
10363 Call `eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb' if on a record.
10364
10365 \(fn)" t nil)
10366
10367 ;;;***
10368 \f
10369 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-edit-hotlist) "eudc-hotlist" "net/eudc-hotlist.el"
10370 ;;;;;; (17842 55218))
10371 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-hotlist.el
10372
10373 (autoload (quote eudc-edit-hotlist) "eudc-hotlist" "\
10374 Edit the hotlist of directory servers in a specialized buffer.
10375
10376 \(fn)" t nil)
10377
10378 ;;;***
10379 \f
10380 ;;;### (autoloads (ewoc-create) "ewoc" "emacs-lisp/ewoc.el" (17933
10381 ;;;;;; 14283))
10382 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ewoc.el
10383
10384 (autoload (quote ewoc-create) "ewoc" "\
10385 Create an empty ewoc.
10386
10387 The ewoc will be inserted in the current buffer at the current position.
10388
10389 PRETTY-PRINTER should be a function that takes one argument, an
10390 element, and inserts a string representing it in the buffer (at
10391 point). The string PRETTY-PRINTER inserts may be empty or span
10392 several lines. The PRETTY-PRINTER should use `insert', and not
10393 `insert-before-markers'.
10394
10395 Optional second and third arguments HEADER and FOOTER are strings,
10396 possibly empty, that will always be present at the top and bottom,
10397 respectively, of the ewoc.
10398
10399 Normally, a newline is automatically inserted after the header,
10400 the footer and every node's printed representation. Optional
10401 fourth arg NOSEP non-nil inhibits this.
10402
10403 \(fn PRETTY-PRINTER &optional HEADER FOOTER NOSEP)" nil nil)
10404
10405 ;;;***
10406 \f
10407 ;;;### (autoloads (executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p
10408 ;;;;;; executable-self-display executable-set-magic executable-interpret
10409 ;;;;;; executable-command-find-posix-p) "executable" "progmodes/executable.el"
10410 ;;;;;; (17842 56333))
10411 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/executable.el
10412
10413 (autoload (quote executable-command-find-posix-p) "executable" "\
10414 Check if PROGRAM handles arguments Posix-style.
10415 If PROGRAM is non-nil, use that instead of \"find\".
10416
10417 \(fn &optional PROGRAM)" nil nil)
10418
10419 (autoload (quote executable-interpret) "executable" "\
10420 Run script with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
10421 While script runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error]
10422 command to find the next error. The buffer is also in `comint-mode' and
10423 `compilation-shell-minor-mode', so that you can answer any prompts.
10424
10425 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
10426
10427 (autoload (quote executable-set-magic) "executable" "\
10428 Set this buffer's interpreter to INTERPRETER with optional ARGUMENT.
10429 The variables `executable-magicless-file-regexp', `executable-prefix',
10430 `executable-insert', `executable-query' and `executable-chmod' control
10431 when and how magic numbers are inserted or replaced and scripts made
10432 executable.
10433
10434 \(fn INTERPRETER &optional ARGUMENT NO-QUERY-FLAG INSERT-FLAG)" t nil)
10435
10436 (autoload (quote executable-self-display) "executable" "\
10437 Turn a text file into a self-displaying Un*x command.
10438 The magic number of such a command displays all lines but itself.
10439
10440 \(fn)" t nil)
10441
10442 (autoload (quote executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p) "executable" "\
10443 Make file executable according to umask if not already executable.
10444 If file already has any execute bits set at all, do not change existing
10445 file modes.
10446
10447 \(fn)" nil nil)
10448
10449 ;;;***
10450 \f
10451 ;;;### (autoloads (expand-jump-to-next-slot expand-jump-to-previous-slot
10452 ;;;;;; expand-abbrev-hook expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "expand.el"
10453 ;;;;;; (17925 52793))
10454 ;;; Generated autoloads from expand.el
10455
10456 (autoload (quote expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "\
10457 Add a list of abbrev to abbrev table TABLE.
10458 ABBREVS is a list of abbrev definitions; each abbrev description entry
10459 has the form (ABBREV EXPANSION ARG).
10460
10461 ABBREV is the abbreviation to replace.
10462
10463 EXPANSION is the replacement string or a function which will make the
10464 expansion. For example you, could use the DMacros or skeleton packages
10465 to generate such functions.
10466
10467 ARG is an optional argument which can be a number or a list of
10468 numbers. If ARG is a number, point is placed ARG chars from the
10469 beginning of the expanded text.
10470
10471 If ARG is a list of numbers, point is placed according to the first
10472 member of the list, but you can visit the other specified positions
10473 cyclicaly with the functions `expand-jump-to-previous-slot' and
10474 `expand-jump-to-next-slot'.
10475
10476 If ARG is omitted, point is placed at the end of the expanded text.
10477
10478 \(fn TABLE ABBREVS)" nil nil)
10479
10480 (autoload (quote expand-abbrev-hook) "expand" "\
10481 Abbrev hook used to do the expansion job of expand abbrevs.
10482 See `expand-add-abbrevs'. Value is non-nil if expansion was done.
10483
10484 \(fn)" nil nil)
10485
10486 (autoload (quote expand-jump-to-previous-slot) "expand" "\
10487 Move the cursor to the previous slot in the last abbrev expansion.
10488 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
10489
10490 \(fn)" t nil)
10491
10492 (autoload (quote expand-jump-to-next-slot) "expand" "\
10493 Move the cursor to the next slot in the last abbrev expansion.
10494 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
10495
10496 \(fn)" t nil)
10497 (define-key ctl-x-map "ap" 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot)
10498 (define-key ctl-x-map "an" 'expand-jump-to-next-slot)
10499
10500 ;;;***
10501 \f
10502 ;;;### (autoloads (f90-mode) "f90" "progmodes/f90.el" (17842 56333))
10503 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/f90.el
10504
10505 (autoload (quote f90-mode) "f90" "\
10506 Major mode for editing Fortran 90,95 code in free format.
10507 For fixed format code, use `fortran-mode'.
10508
10509 \\[f90-indent-line] indents the current line.
10510 \\[f90-indent-new-line] indents current line and creates a new indented line.
10511 \\[f90-indent-subprogram] indents the current subprogram.
10512
10513 Type `? or `\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for F90 keywords.
10514
10515 Key definitions:
10516 \\{f90-mode-map}
10517
10518 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
10519
10520 `f90-do-indent'
10521 Extra indentation within do blocks (default 3).
10522 `f90-if-indent'
10523 Extra indentation within if/select case/where/forall blocks (default 3).
10524 `f90-type-indent'
10525 Extra indentation within type/interface/block-data blocks (default 3).
10526 `f90-program-indent'
10527 Extra indentation within program/module/subroutine/function blocks
10528 (default 2).
10529 `f90-continuation-indent'
10530 Extra indentation applied to continuation lines (default 5).
10531 `f90-comment-region'
10532 String inserted by function \\[f90-comment-region] at start of each
10533 line in region (default \"!!!$\").
10534 `f90-indented-comment-re'
10535 Regexp determining the type of comment to be intended like code
10536 (default \"!\").
10537 `f90-directive-comment-re'
10538 Regexp of comment-like directive like \"!HPF\\\\$\", not to be indented
10539 (default \"!hpf\\\\$\").
10540 `f90-break-delimiters'
10541 Regexp holding list of delimiters at which lines may be broken
10542 (default \"[-+*/><=,% \\t]\").
10543 `f90-break-before-delimiters'
10544 Non-nil causes `f90-do-auto-fill' to break lines before delimiters
10545 (default t).
10546 `f90-beginning-ampersand'
10547 Automatic insertion of & at beginning of continuation lines (default t).
10548 `f90-smart-end'
10549 From an END statement, check and fill the end using matching block start.
10550 Allowed values are 'blink, 'no-blink, and nil, which determine
10551 whether to blink the matching beginning (default 'blink).
10552 `f90-auto-keyword-case'
10553 Automatic change of case of keywords (default nil).
10554 The possibilities are 'downcase-word, 'upcase-word, 'capitalize-word.
10555 `f90-leave-line-no'
10556 Do not left-justify line numbers (default nil).
10557
10558 Turning on F90 mode calls the value of the variable `f90-mode-hook'
10559 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
10560
10561 \(fn)" t nil)
10562
10563 ;;;***
10564 \f
10565 ;;;### (autoloads (list-colors-display facemenu-read-color facemenu-remove-special
10566 ;;;;;; facemenu-remove-all facemenu-remove-face-props facemenu-set-read-only
10567 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-intangible facemenu-set-invisible facemenu-set-face-from-menu
10568 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-background facemenu-set-foreground facemenu-set-face)
10569 ;;;;;; "facemenu" "facemenu.el" (17842 58279))
10570 ;;; Generated autoloads from facemenu.el
10571 (define-key global-map "\M-o" 'facemenu-keymap)
10572 (autoload 'facemenu-keymap "facemenu" "Keymap for face-changing commands." t 'keymap)
10573
10574 (defvar facemenu-face-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Face"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-face))) map) "\
10575 Menu keymap for faces.")
10576
10577 (defalias (quote facemenu-face-menu) facemenu-face-menu)
10578
10579 (defvar facemenu-foreground-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Foreground Color"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-foreground))) map) "\
10580 Menu keymap for foreground colors.")
10581
10582 (defalias (quote facemenu-foreground-menu) facemenu-foreground-menu)
10583
10584 (defvar facemenu-background-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Background Color"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-background))) map) "\
10585 Menu keymap for background colors.")
10586
10587 (defalias (quote facemenu-background-menu) facemenu-background-menu)
10588
10589 (defvar facemenu-special-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Special"))) (define-key map [115] (cons (purecopy "Remove Special") (quote facemenu-remove-special))) (define-key map [116] (cons (purecopy "Intangible") (quote facemenu-set-intangible))) (define-key map [118] (cons (purecopy "Invisible") (quote facemenu-set-invisible))) (define-key map [114] (cons (purecopy "Read-Only") (quote facemenu-set-read-only))) map) "\
10590 Menu keymap for non-face text-properties.")
10591
10592 (defalias (quote facemenu-special-menu) facemenu-special-menu)
10593
10594 (defvar facemenu-justification-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Justification"))) (define-key map [99] (cons (purecopy "Center") (quote set-justification-center))) (define-key map [98] (cons (purecopy "Full") (quote set-justification-full))) (define-key map [114] (cons (purecopy "Right") (quote set-justification-right))) (define-key map [108] (cons (purecopy "Left") (quote set-justification-left))) (define-key map [117] (cons (purecopy "Unfilled") (quote set-justification-none))) map) "\
10595 Submenu for text justification commands.")
10596
10597 (defalias (quote facemenu-justification-menu) facemenu-justification-menu)
10598
10599 (defvar facemenu-indentation-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Indentation"))) (define-key map [decrease-right-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Right Less") (quote decrease-right-margin))) (define-key map [increase-right-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Right More") (quote increase-right-margin))) (define-key map [decrease-left-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Less") (quote decrease-left-margin))) (define-key map [increase-left-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent More") (quote increase-left-margin))) map) "\
10600 Submenu for indentation commands.")
10601
10602 (defalias (quote facemenu-indentation-menu) facemenu-indentation-menu)
10603
10604 (defvar facemenu-menu nil "\
10605 Facemenu top-level menu keymap.")
10606
10607 (setq facemenu-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Text Properties"))
10608
10609 (let ((map facemenu-menu)) (define-key map [dc] (cons (purecopy "Display Colors") (quote list-colors-display))) (define-key map [df] (cons (purecopy "Display Faces") (quote list-faces-display))) (define-key map [dp] (cons (purecopy "Describe Properties") (quote describe-text-properties))) (define-key map [ra] (cons (purecopy "Remove Text Properties") (quote facemenu-remove-all))) (define-key map [rm] (cons (purecopy "Remove Face Properties") (quote facemenu-remove-face-props))) (define-key map [s1] (list (purecopy "--"))))
10610
10611 (let ((map facemenu-menu)) (define-key map [in] (cons (purecopy "Indentation") (quote facemenu-indentation-menu))) (define-key map [ju] (cons (purecopy "Justification") (quote facemenu-justification-menu))) (define-key map [s2] (list (purecopy "--"))) (define-key map [sp] (cons (purecopy "Special Properties") (quote facemenu-special-menu))) (define-key map [bg] (cons (purecopy "Background Color") (quote facemenu-background-menu))) (define-key map [fg] (cons (purecopy "Foreground Color") (quote facemenu-foreground-menu))) (define-key map [fc] (cons (purecopy "Face") (quote facemenu-face-menu))))
10612
10613 (defalias (quote facemenu-menu) facemenu-menu)
10614
10615 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-face) "facemenu" "\
10616 Apply FACE to the region or next character typed.
10617
10618 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient
10619 Mark mode) and nonempty, and there is no prefix argument,
10620 this command applies FACE to the region. Otherwise, it applies FACE
10621 to the faces to use for the next character
10622 inserted. (Moving point or switching buffers before typing
10623 a character to insert cancels the specification.)
10624
10625 If FACE is `default', to \"apply\" it means clearing
10626 the list of faces to be used. For any other value of FACE,
10627 to \"apply\" it means putting FACE at the front of the list
10628 of faces to be used, and removing any faces further
10629 along in the list that would be completely overridden by
10630 preceding faces (including FACE).
10631
10632 This command can also add FACE to the menu of faces,
10633 if `facemenu-listed-faces' says to do that.
10634
10635 \(fn FACE &optional START END)" t nil)
10636
10637 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-foreground) "facemenu" "\
10638 Set the foreground COLOR of the region or next character typed.
10639 This command reads the color in the minibuffer.
10640
10641 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
10642 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
10643 requested face.
10644
10645 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
10646 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
10647 typing a character to insert cancels the specification.
10648
10649 \(fn COLOR &optional START END)" t nil)
10650
10651 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-background) "facemenu" "\
10652 Set the background COLOR of the region or next character typed.
10653 This command reads the color in the minibuffer.
10654
10655 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
10656 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
10657 requested face.
10658
10659 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
10660 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
10661 typing a character to insert cancels the specification.
10662
10663 \(fn COLOR &optional START END)" t nil)
10664
10665 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-face-from-menu) "facemenu" "\
10666 Set the FACE of the region or next character typed.
10667 This function is designed to be called from a menu; FACE is determined
10668 using the event type of the menu entry. If FACE is a symbol whose
10669 name starts with \"fg:\" or \"bg:\", then this functions sets the
10670 foreground or background to the color specified by the rest of the
10671 symbol's name. Any other symbol is considered the name of a face.
10672
10673 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
10674 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
10675 requested face.
10676
10677 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
10678 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before typing a character
10679 to insert cancels the specification.
10680
10681 \(fn FACE START END)" t nil)
10682
10683 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-invisible) "facemenu" "\
10684 Make the region invisible.
10685 This sets the `invisible' text property; it can be undone with
10686 `facemenu-remove-special'.
10687
10688 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10689
10690 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-intangible) "facemenu" "\
10691 Make the region intangible: disallow moving into it.
10692 This sets the `intangible' text property; it can be undone with
10693 `facemenu-remove-special'.
10694
10695 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10696
10697 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-read-only) "facemenu" "\
10698 Make the region unmodifiable.
10699 This sets the `read-only' text property; it can be undone with
10700 `facemenu-remove-special'.
10701
10702 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10703
10704 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-face-props) "facemenu" "\
10705 Remove `face' and `mouse-face' text properties.
10706
10707 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10708
10709 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-all) "facemenu" "\
10710 Remove all text properties from the region.
10711
10712 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10713
10714 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-special) "facemenu" "\
10715 Remove all the \"special\" text properties from the region.
10716 These special properties include `invisible', `intangible' and `read-only'.
10717
10718 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10719
10720 (autoload (quote facemenu-read-color) "facemenu" "\
10721 Read a color using the minibuffer.
10722
10723 \(fn &optional PROMPT)" nil nil)
10724
10725 (autoload (quote list-colors-display) "facemenu" "\
10726 Display names of defined colors, and show what they look like.
10727 If the optional argument LIST is non-nil, it should be a list of
10728 colors to display. Otherwise, this command computes a list of
10729 colors that the current display can handle. If the optional
10730 argument BUFFER-NAME is nil, it defaults to *Colors*.
10731
10732 \(fn &optional LIST BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
10733
10734 ;;;***
10735 \f
10736 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-fast-lock fast-lock-mode) "fast-lock"
10737 ;;;;;; "obsolete/fast-lock.el" (17994 6715))
10738 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/fast-lock.el
10739
10740 (autoload (quote fast-lock-mode) "fast-lock" "\
10741 Toggle Fast Lock mode.
10742 With arg, turn Fast Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive and the buffer
10743 is associated with a file. Enable it automatically in your `~/.emacs' by:
10744
10745 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'fast-lock-mode)
10746
10747 If Fast Lock mode is enabled, and the current buffer does not contain any text
10748 properties, any associated Font Lock cache is used if its timestamp matches the
10749 buffer's file, and its `font-lock-keywords' match those that you are using.
10750
10751 Font Lock caches may be saved:
10752 - When you save the file's buffer.
10753 - When you kill an unmodified file's buffer.
10754 - When you exit Emacs, for all unmodified or saved buffers.
10755 Depending on the value of `fast-lock-save-events'.
10756 See also the commands `fast-lock-read-cache' and `fast-lock-save-cache'.
10757
10758 Use \\[font-lock-fontify-buffer] to fontify the buffer if the cache is bad.
10759
10760 Various methods of control are provided for the Font Lock cache. In general,
10761 see variable `fast-lock-cache-directories' and function `fast-lock-cache-name'.
10762 For saving, see variables `fast-lock-minimum-size', `fast-lock-save-events',
10763 `fast-lock-save-others' and `fast-lock-save-faces'.
10764
10765 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10766
10767 (autoload (quote turn-on-fast-lock) "fast-lock" "\
10768 Unconditionally turn on Fast Lock mode.
10769
10770 \(fn)" nil nil)
10771
10772 (when (fboundp (quote add-minor-mode)) (defvar fast-lock-mode nil) (add-minor-mode (quote fast-lock-mode) nil))
10773
10774 ;;;***
10775 \f
10776 ;;;### (autoloads (feedmail-queue-reminder feedmail-run-the-queue
10777 ;;;;;; feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts
10778 ;;;;;; feedmail-send-it) "feedmail" "mail/feedmail.el" (17888 29839))
10779 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/feedmail.el
10780
10781 (autoload (quote feedmail-send-it) "feedmail" "\
10782 Send the current mail buffer using the Feedmail package.
10783 This is a suitable value for `send-mail-function'. It can be used
10784 with various lower-level mechanisms to provide features such as queueing.
10785
10786 \(fn)" nil nil)
10787
10788 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts) "feedmail" "\
10789 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but suppress confirmation prompts.
10790
10791 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10792
10793 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt) "feedmail" "\
10794 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but with a global confirmation prompt.
10795 This is generally most useful if run non-interactively, since you can
10796 bail out with an appropriate answer to the global confirmation prompt.
10797
10798 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10799
10800 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue) "feedmail" "\
10801 Visit each message in the feedmail queue directory and send it out.
10802 Return value is a list of three things: number of messages sent, number of
10803 messages skipped, and number of non-message things in the queue (commonly
10804 backup file names and the like).
10805
10806 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10807
10808 (autoload (quote feedmail-queue-reminder) "feedmail" "\
10809 Perform some kind of reminder activity about queued and draft messages.
10810 Called with an optional symbol argument which says what kind of event
10811 is triggering the reminder activity. The default is 'on-demand, which
10812 is what you typically would use if you were putting this in your Emacs start-up
10813 or mail hook code. Other recognized values for WHAT-EVENT (these are passed
10814 internally by feedmail):
10815
10816 after-immediate (a message has just been sent in immediate mode)
10817 after-queue (a message has just been queued)
10818 after-draft (a message has just been placed in the draft directory)
10819 after-run (the queue has just been run, possibly sending messages)
10820
10821 WHAT-EVENT is used as a key into the table `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If
10822 the associated value is a function, it is called without arguments and is expected
10823 to perform the reminder activity. You can supply your own reminder functions
10824 by redefining `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If you don't want any reminders,
10825 you can set `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist' to nil.
10826
10827 \(fn &optional WHAT-EVENT)" t nil)
10828
10829 ;;;***
10830 \f
10831 ;;;### (autoloads (ffap-bindings dired-at-point ffap-at-mouse ffap-menu
10832 ;;;;;; find-file-at-point ffap-next) "ffap" "ffap.el" (17943 4602))
10833 ;;; Generated autoloads from ffap.el
10834
10835 (autoload (quote ffap-next) "ffap" "\
10836 Search buffer for next file or URL, and run ffap.
10837 Optional argument BACK says to search backwards.
10838 Optional argument WRAP says to try wrapping around if necessary.
10839 Interactively: use a single prefix to search backwards,
10840 double prefix to wrap forward, triple to wrap backwards.
10841 Actual search is done by `ffap-next-guess'.
10842
10843 \(fn &optional BACK WRAP)" t nil)
10844
10845 (autoload (quote find-file-at-point) "ffap" "\
10846 Find FILENAME, guessing a default from text around point.
10847 If `ffap-url-regexp' is not nil, the FILENAME may also be an URL.
10848 With a prefix, this command behaves exactly like `ffap-file-finder'.
10849 If `ffap-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
10850 See also the variables `ffap-dired-wildcards', `ffap-newfile-prompt',
10851 and the functions `ffap-file-at-point' and `ffap-url-at-point'.
10852
10853 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
10854
10855 (defalias (quote ffap) (quote find-file-at-point))
10856
10857 (autoload (quote ffap-menu) "ffap" "\
10858 Put up a menu of files and urls mentioned in this buffer.
10859 Then set mark, jump to choice, and try to fetch it. The menu is
10860 cached in `ffap-menu-alist', and rebuilt by `ffap-menu-rescan'.
10861 The optional RESCAN argument (a prefix, interactively) forces
10862 a rebuild. Searches with `ffap-menu-regexp'.
10863
10864 \(fn &optional RESCAN)" t nil)
10865
10866 (autoload (quote ffap-at-mouse) "ffap" "\
10867 Find file or url guessed from text around mouse click.
10868 Interactively, calls `ffap-at-mouse-fallback' if no guess is found.
10869 Return value:
10870 * if a guess string is found, return it (after finding it)
10871 * if the fallback is called, return whatever it returns
10872 * otherwise, nil
10873
10874 \(fn E)" t nil)
10875
10876 (autoload (quote dired-at-point) "ffap" "\
10877 Start Dired, defaulting to file at point. See `ffap'.
10878
10879 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
10880
10881 (autoload (quote ffap-bindings) "ffap" "\
10882 Evaluate the forms in variable `ffap-bindings'.
10883
10884 \(fn)" t nil)
10885
10886 ;;;***
10887 \f
10888 ;;;### (autoloads (file-cache-minibuffer-complete file-cache-add-directory-recursively
10889 ;;;;;; file-cache-add-directory-using-locate file-cache-add-directory-using-find
10890 ;;;;;; file-cache-add-file file-cache-add-directory-list file-cache-add-directory)
10891 ;;;;;; "filecache" "filecache.el" (17842 58279))
10892 ;;; Generated autoloads from filecache.el
10893
10894 (autoload (quote file-cache-add-directory) "filecache" "\
10895 Add DIRECTORY to the file cache.
10896 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it will
10897 be added to the cache.
10898
10899 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10900
10901 (autoload (quote file-cache-add-directory-list) "filecache" "\
10902 Add DIRECTORY-LIST (a list of directory names) to the file cache.
10903 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
10904 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the files
10905 in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
10906
10907 \(fn DIRECTORY-LIST &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10908
10909 (autoload (quote file-cache-add-file) "filecache" "\
10910 Add FILE to the file cache.
10911
10912 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
10913
10914 (autoload (quote file-cache-add-directory-using-find) "filecache" "\
10915 Use the `find' command to add files to the file cache.
10916 Find is run in DIRECTORY.
10917
10918 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
10919
10920 (autoload (quote file-cache-add-directory-using-locate) "filecache" "\
10921 Use the `locate' command to add files to the file cache.
10922 STRING is passed as an argument to the locate command.
10923
10924 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
10925
10926 (autoload (quote file-cache-add-directory-recursively) "filecache" "\
10927 Adds DIR and any subdirectories to the file-cache.
10928 This function does not use any external programs
10929 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
10930 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the files
10931 in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
10932
10933 \(fn DIR &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10934
10935 (autoload (quote file-cache-minibuffer-complete) "filecache" "\
10936 Complete a filename in the minibuffer using a preloaded cache.
10937 Filecache does two kinds of substitution: it completes on names in
10938 the cache, and, once it has found a unique name, it cycles through
10939 the directories that the name is available in. With a prefix argument,
10940 the name is considered already unique; only the second substitution
10941 \(directories) is done.
10942
10943 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
10944 (define-key minibuffer-local-completion-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
10945 (define-key minibuffer-local-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
10946 (define-key minibuffer-local-must-match-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
10947
10948 ;;;***
10949 \f
10950 ;;;### (autoloads (filesets-init) "filesets" "filesets.el" (17842
10951 ;;;;;; 58279))
10952 ;;; Generated autoloads from filesets.el
10953
10954 (autoload (quote filesets-init) "filesets" "\
10955 Filesets initialization.
10956 Set up hooks, load the cache file -- if existing -- and build the menu.
10957
10958 \(fn)" nil nil)
10959
10960 ;;;***
10961 \f
10962 ;;;### (autoloads nil "fill" "textmodes/fill.el" (18007 39658))
10963 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/fill.el
10964 (put 'colon-double-space 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
10965
10966 ;;;***
10967 \f
10968 ;;;### (autoloads (find-grep-dired find-name-dired find-dired find-grep-options
10969 ;;;;;; find-ls-subdir-switches find-ls-option) "find-dired" "find-dired.el"
10970 ;;;;;; (17992 30877))
10971 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-dired.el
10972
10973 (defvar find-ls-option (if (eq system-type (quote berkeley-unix)) (quote ("-ls" . "-gilsb")) (quote ("-exec ls -ld {} \\;" . "-ld"))) "\
10974 *Description of the option to `find' to produce an `ls -l'-type listing.
10975 This is a cons of two strings (FIND-OPTION . LS-SWITCHES). FIND-OPTION
10976 gives the option (or options) to `find' that produce the desired output.
10977 LS-SWITCHES is a list of `ls' switches to tell dired how to parse the output.")
10978
10979 (custom-autoload (quote find-ls-option) "find-dired" t)
10980
10981 (defvar find-ls-subdir-switches "-al" "\
10982 `ls' switches for inserting subdirectories in `*Find*' buffers.
10983 This should contain the \"-l\" switch.
10984 Use the \"-F\" or \"-b\" switches if and only if you also use
10985 them for `find-ls-option'.")
10986
10987 (custom-autoload (quote find-ls-subdir-switches) "find-dired" t)
10988
10989 (defvar find-grep-options (if (or (eq system-type (quote berkeley-unix)) (string-match "solaris2" system-configuration) (string-match "irix" system-configuration)) "-s" "-q") "\
10990 *Option to grep to be as silent as possible.
10991 On Berkeley systems, this is `-s'; on Posix, and with GNU grep, `-q' does it.
10992 On other systems, the closest you can come is to use `-l'.")
10993
10994 (custom-autoload (quote find-grep-options) "find-dired" t)
10995
10996 (autoload (quote find-dired) "find-dired" "\
10997 Run `find' and go into Dired mode on a buffer of the output.
10998 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10999
11000 find . \\( ARGS \\) -ls
11001
11002 except that the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to use
11003 as the final argument.
11004
11005 \(fn DIR ARGS)" t nil)
11006
11007 (autoload (quote find-name-dired) "find-dired" "\
11008 Search DIR recursively for files matching the globbing pattern PATTERN,
11009 and run dired on those files.
11010 PATTERN is a shell wildcard (not an Emacs regexp) and need not be quoted.
11011 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
11012
11013 find . -name 'PATTERN' -ls
11014
11015 \(fn DIR PATTERN)" t nil)
11016
11017 (autoload (quote find-grep-dired) "find-dired" "\
11018 Find files in DIR containing a regexp REGEXP and start Dired on output.
11019 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
11020
11021 find . -exec grep -s -e REGEXP {} \\; -ls
11022
11023 Thus ARG can also contain additional grep options.
11024
11025 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
11026
11027 ;;;***
11028 \f
11029 ;;;### (autoloads (ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window ff-mouse-find-other-file
11030 ;;;;;; ff-find-other-file ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "find-file.el"
11031 ;;;;;; (17842 58279))
11032 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-file.el
11033
11034 (defvar ff-special-constructs (quote (("^#\\s *\\(include\\|import\\)\\s +[<\"]\\(.*\\)[>\"]" lambda nil (buffer-substring (match-beginning 2) (match-end 2))))) "\
11035 *List of special constructs for `ff-treat-as-special' to recognize.
11036 Each element, tried in order, has the form (REGEXP . EXTRACT).
11037 If REGEXP matches the current line (from the beginning of the line),
11038 `ff-treat-as-special' calls function EXTRACT with no args.
11039 If EXTRACT returns nil, keep trying. Otherwise, return the
11040 filename that EXTRACT returned.")
11041
11042 (autoload (quote ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "\
11043 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
11044 See also the documentation for `ff-find-other-file'.
11045
11046 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in another window.
11047
11048 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
11049
11050 (defalias (quote ff-find-related-file) (quote ff-find-other-file))
11051
11052 (autoload (quote ff-find-other-file) "find-file" "\
11053 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
11054 Being on a `#include' line pulls in that file.
11055
11056 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in the other window.
11057 If optional IGNORE-INCLUDE is non-nil, ignore being on `#include' lines.
11058
11059 Variables of interest include:
11060
11061 - `ff-case-fold-search'
11062 Non-nil means ignore cases in matches (see `case-fold-search').
11063 If you have extensions in different cases, you will want this to be nil.
11064
11065 - `ff-always-in-other-window'
11066 If non-nil, always open the other file in another window, unless an
11067 argument is given to `ff-find-other-file'.
11068
11069 - `ff-ignore-include'
11070 If non-nil, ignores #include lines.
11071
11072 - `ff-always-try-to-create'
11073 If non-nil, always attempt to create the other file if it was not found.
11074
11075 - `ff-quiet-mode'
11076 If non-nil, traces which directories are being searched.
11077
11078 - `ff-special-constructs'
11079 A list of regular expressions specifying how to recognize special
11080 constructs such as include files etc, and an associated method for
11081 extracting the filename from that construct.
11082
11083 - `ff-other-file-alist'
11084 Alist of extensions to find given the current file's extension.
11085
11086 - `ff-search-directories'
11087 List of directories searched through with each extension specified in
11088 `ff-other-file-alist' that matches this file's extension.
11089
11090 - `ff-pre-find-hook'
11091 List of functions to be called before the search for the file starts.
11092
11093 - `ff-pre-load-hook'
11094 List of functions to be called before the other file is loaded.
11095
11096 - `ff-post-load-hook'
11097 List of functions to be called after the other file is loaded.
11098
11099 - `ff-not-found-hook'
11100 List of functions to be called if the other file could not be found.
11101
11102 - `ff-file-created-hook'
11103 List of functions to be called if the other file has been created.
11104
11105 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW IGNORE-INCLUDE)" t nil)
11106
11107 (autoload (quote ff-mouse-find-other-file) "find-file" "\
11108 Visit the file you click on.
11109
11110 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
11111
11112 (autoload (quote ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window) "find-file" "\
11113 Visit the file you click on in another window.
11114
11115 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
11116
11117 ;;;***
11118 \f
11119 ;;;### (autoloads (find-function-setup-keys find-variable-at-point
11120 ;;;;;; find-function-at-point find-function-on-key find-face-definition
11121 ;;;;;; find-definition-noselect find-variable-other-frame find-variable-other-window
11122 ;;;;;; find-variable find-variable-noselect find-function-other-frame
11123 ;;;;;; find-function-other-window find-function find-function-noselect
11124 ;;;;;; find-function-search-for-symbol find-library) "find-func"
11125 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/find-func.el" (17842 54152))
11126 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/find-func.el
11127
11128 (autoload (quote find-library) "find-func" "\
11129 Find the elisp source of LIBRARY.
11130
11131 \(fn LIBRARY)" t nil)
11132
11133 (autoload (quote find-function-search-for-symbol) "find-func" "\
11134 Search for SYMBOL's definition of type TYPE in LIBRARY.
11135 Visit the library in a buffer, and return a cons cell (BUFFER . POSITION),
11136 or just (BUFFER . nil) if the definition can't be found in the file.
11137
11138 If TYPE is nil, look for a function definition.
11139 Otherwise, TYPE specifies the kind of definition,
11140 and it is interpreted via `find-function-regexp-alist'.
11141 The search is done in the source for library LIBRARY.
11142
11143 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE LIBRARY)" nil nil)
11144
11145 (autoload (quote find-function-noselect) "find-func" "\
11146 Return a pair (BUFFER . POINT) pointing to the definition of FUNCTION.
11147
11148 Finds the source file containing the definition of FUNCTION
11149 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
11150 not selected. If the function definition can't be found in
11151 the buffer, returns (BUFFER).
11152
11153 If the file where FUNCTION is defined is not known, then it is
11154 searched for in `find-function-source-path' if non-nil, otherwise
11155 in `load-path'.
11156
11157 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil)
11158
11159 (autoload (quote find-function) "find-func" "\
11160 Find the definition of the FUNCTION near point.
11161
11162 Finds the source file containing the definition of the function
11163 near point (selected by `function-called-at-point') in a buffer and
11164 places point before the definition.
11165 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
11166
11167 The library where FUNCTION is defined is searched for in
11168 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
11169 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
11170
11171 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
11172
11173 (autoload (quote find-function-other-window) "find-func" "\
11174 Find, in another window, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
11175
11176 See `find-function' for more details.
11177
11178 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
11179
11180 (autoload (quote find-function-other-frame) "find-func" "\
11181 Find, in another frame, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
11182
11183 See `find-function' for more details.
11184
11185 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
11186
11187 (autoload (quote find-variable-noselect) "find-func" "\
11188 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of VARIABLE.
11189
11190 Finds the library containing the definition of VARIABLE in a buffer and
11191 the point of the definition. The buffer is not selected.
11192 If the variable's definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
11193
11194 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in FILE or
11195 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
11196
11197 \(fn VARIABLE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
11198
11199 (autoload (quote find-variable) "find-func" "\
11200 Find the definition of the VARIABLE at or before point.
11201
11202 Finds the library containing the definition of the variable
11203 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
11204 places point before the definition.
11205
11206 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
11207
11208 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
11209 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
11210 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
11211
11212 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
11213
11214 (autoload (quote find-variable-other-window) "find-func" "\
11215 Find, in another window, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
11216
11217 See `find-variable' for more details.
11218
11219 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
11220
11221 (autoload (quote find-variable-other-frame) "find-func" "\
11222 Find, in another frame, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
11223
11224 See `find-variable' for more details.
11225
11226 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
11227
11228 (autoload (quote find-definition-noselect) "find-func" "\
11229 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of SYMBOL.
11230 If the definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
11231 TYPE says what type of definition: nil for a function, `defvar' for a
11232 variable, `defface' for a face. This function does not switch to the
11233 buffer nor display it.
11234
11235 The library where SYMBOL is defined is searched for in FILE or
11236 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
11237
11238 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
11239
11240 (autoload (quote find-face-definition) "find-func" "\
11241 Find the definition of FACE. FACE defaults to the name near point.
11242
11243 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the face
11244 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
11245 places point before the definition.
11246
11247 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
11248
11249 The library where FACE is defined is searched for in
11250 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
11251 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
11252
11253 \(fn FACE)" t nil)
11254
11255 (autoload (quote find-function-on-key) "find-func" "\
11256 Find the function that KEY invokes. KEY is a string.
11257 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
11258
11259 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
11260
11261 (autoload (quote find-function-at-point) "find-func" "\
11262 Find directly the function at point in the other window.
11263
11264 \(fn)" t nil)
11265
11266 (autoload (quote find-variable-at-point) "find-func" "\
11267 Find directly the variable at point in the other window.
11268
11269 \(fn)" t nil)
11270
11271 (autoload (quote find-function-setup-keys) "find-func" "\
11272 Define some key bindings for the find-function family of functions.
11273
11274 \(fn)" nil nil)
11275
11276 ;;;***
11277 \f
11278 ;;;### (autoloads (find-lisp-find-dired-filter find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories
11279 ;;;;;; find-lisp-find-dired) "find-lisp" "find-lisp.el" (17893 23802))
11280 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-lisp.el
11281
11282 (autoload (quote find-lisp-find-dired) "find-lisp" "\
11283 Find files in DIR, matching REGEXP.
11284
11285 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
11286
11287 (autoload (quote find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories) "find-lisp" "\
11288 Find all subdirectories of DIR.
11289
11290 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
11291
11292 (autoload (quote find-lisp-find-dired-filter) "find-lisp" "\
11293 Change the filter on a find-lisp-find-dired buffer to REGEXP.
11294
11295 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
11296
11297 ;;;***
11298 \f
11299 ;;;### (autoloads (finder-by-keyword finder-commentary finder-list-keywords)
11300 ;;;;;; "finder" "finder.el" (17842 58279))
11301 ;;; Generated autoloads from finder.el
11302
11303 (autoload (quote finder-list-keywords) "finder" "\
11304 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder buffer.
11305
11306 \(fn)" t nil)
11307
11308 (autoload (quote finder-commentary) "finder" "\
11309 Display FILE's commentary section.
11310 FILE should be in a form suitable for passing to `locate-library'.
11311
11312 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
11313
11314 (autoload (quote finder-by-keyword) "finder" "\
11315 Find packages matching a given keyword.
11316
11317 \(fn)" t nil)
11318
11319 ;;;***
11320 \f
11321 ;;;### (autoloads (enable-flow-control-on enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl"
11322 ;;;;;; "flow-ctrl.el" (17842 58279))
11323 ;;; Generated autoloads from flow-ctrl.el
11324
11325 (autoload (quote enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl" "\
11326 Toggle flow control handling.
11327 When handling is enabled, user can type C-s as C-\\, and C-q as C-^.
11328 With arg, enable flow control mode if arg is positive, otherwise disable.
11329
11330 \(fn &optional ARGUMENT)" t nil)
11331
11332 (autoload (quote enable-flow-control-on) "flow-ctrl" "\
11333 Enable flow control if using one of a specified set of terminal types.
11334 Use `(enable-flow-control-on \"vt100\" \"h19\")' to enable flow control
11335 on VT-100 and H19 terminals. When flow control is enabled,
11336 you must type C-\\ to get the effect of a C-s, and type C-^
11337 to get the effect of a C-q.
11338
11339 \(fn &rest LOSING-TERMINAL-TYPES)" nil nil)
11340
11341 ;;;***
11342 \f
11343 ;;;### (autoloads (fill-flowed fill-flowed-encode) "flow-fill" "gnus/flow-fill.el"
11344 ;;;;;; (17842 54741))
11345 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/flow-fill.el
11346
11347 (autoload (quote fill-flowed-encode) "flow-fill" "\
11348 Not documented
11349
11350 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
11351
11352 (autoload (quote fill-flowed) "flow-fill" "\
11353 Not documented
11354
11355 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
11356
11357 ;;;***
11358 \f
11359 ;;;### (autoloads (flymake-mode-off flymake-mode-on flymake-mode)
11360 ;;;;;; "flymake" "progmodes/flymake.el" (17934 27588))
11361 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/flymake.el
11362
11363 (autoload (quote flymake-mode) "flymake" "\
11364 Minor mode to do on-the-fly syntax checking.
11365 When called interactively, toggles the minor mode.
11366 With arg, turn Flymake mode on if and only if arg is positive.
11367
11368 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11369
11370 (autoload (quote flymake-mode-on) "flymake" "\
11371 Turn flymake mode on.
11372
11373 \(fn)" nil nil)
11374
11375 (autoload (quote flymake-mode-off) "flymake" "\
11376 Turn flymake mode off.
11377
11378 \(fn)" nil nil)
11379
11380 ;;;***
11381 \f
11382 ;;;### (autoloads (flyspell-buffer flyspell-region flyspell-mode-off
11383 ;;;;;; turn-off-flyspell turn-on-flyspell flyspell-mode flyspell-prog-mode)
11384 ;;;;;; "flyspell" "textmodes/flyspell.el" (18006 55797))
11385 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/flyspell.el
11386
11387 (autoload (quote flyspell-prog-mode) "flyspell" "\
11388 Turn on `flyspell-mode' for comments and strings.
11389
11390 \(fn)" t nil)
11391 (defvar flyspell-mode nil)
11392
11393 (autoload (quote flyspell-mode) "flyspell" "\
11394 Minor mode performing on-the-fly spelling checking.
11395 This spawns a single Ispell process and checks each word.
11396 The default flyspell behavior is to highlight incorrect words.
11397 With no argument, this command toggles Flyspell mode.
11398 With a prefix argument ARG, turn Flyspell minor mode on iff ARG is positive.
11399
11400 Bindings:
11401 \\[ispell-word]: correct words (using Ispell).
11402 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-word]: automatically correct word.
11403 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-previous-word]: automatically correct the last misspelled word.
11404 \\[flyspell-correct-word] (or down-mouse-2): popup correct words.
11405
11406 Hooks:
11407 This runs `flyspell-mode-hook' after flyspell is entered.
11408
11409 Remark:
11410 `flyspell-mode' uses `ispell-mode'. Thus all Ispell options are
11411 valid. For instance, a personal dictionary can be used by
11412 invoking `ispell-change-dictionary'.
11413
11414 Consider using the `ispell-parser' to check your text. For instance
11415 consider adding:
11416 \(add-hook 'tex-mode-hook (function (lambda () (setq ispell-parser 'tex))))
11417 in your .emacs file.
11418
11419 \\[flyspell-region] checks all words inside a region.
11420 \\[flyspell-buffer] checks the whole buffer.
11421
11422 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11423
11424 (autoload (quote turn-on-flyspell) "flyspell" "\
11425 Unconditionally turn on Flyspell mode.
11426
11427 \(fn)" nil nil)
11428
11429 (autoload (quote turn-off-flyspell) "flyspell" "\
11430 Unconditionally turn off Flyspell mode.
11431
11432 \(fn)" nil nil)
11433
11434 (autoload (quote flyspell-mode-off) "flyspell" "\
11435 Turn Flyspell mode off.
11436
11437 \(fn)" nil nil)
11438
11439 (autoload (quote flyspell-region) "flyspell" "\
11440 Flyspell text between BEG and END.
11441
11442 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
11443
11444 (autoload (quote flyspell-buffer) "flyspell" "\
11445 Flyspell whole buffer.
11446
11447 \(fn)" t nil)
11448
11449 ;;;***
11450 \f
11451 ;;;### (autoloads (follow-delete-other-windows-and-split follow-mode
11452 ;;;;;; turn-off-follow-mode turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "follow.el"
11453 ;;;;;; (17842 58279))
11454 ;;; Generated autoloads from follow.el
11455
11456 (autoload (quote turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "\
11457 Turn on Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
11458
11459 \(fn)" t nil)
11460
11461 (autoload (quote turn-off-follow-mode) "follow" "\
11462 Turn off Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
11463
11464 \(fn)" t nil)
11465
11466 (autoload (quote follow-mode) "follow" "\
11467 Minor mode that combines windows into one tall virtual window.
11468
11469 The feeling of a \"virtual window\" has been accomplished by the use
11470 of two major techniques:
11471
11472 * The windows always displays adjacent sections of the buffer.
11473 This means that whenever one window is moved, all the
11474 others will follow. (Hence the name Follow Mode.)
11475
11476 * Should the point (cursor) end up outside a window, another
11477 window displaying that point is selected, if possible. This
11478 makes it possible to walk between windows using normal cursor
11479 movement commands.
11480
11481 Follow mode comes to its prime when used on a large screen and two
11482 side-by-side window are used. The user can, with the help of Follow
11483 mode, use two full-height windows as though they would have been
11484 one. Imagine yourself editing a large function, or section of text,
11485 and being able to use 144 lines instead of the normal 72... (your
11486 mileage may vary).
11487
11488 To split one large window into two side-by-side windows, the commands
11489 `\\[split-window-horizontally]' or `M-x follow-delete-other-windows-and-split' can be used.
11490
11491 Only windows displayed in the same frame follow each-other.
11492
11493 If the variable `follow-intercept-processes' is non-nil, Follow mode
11494 will listen to the output of processes and redisplay accordingly.
11495 \(This is the default.)
11496
11497 When Follow mode is switched on, the hook `follow-mode-hook'
11498 is called. When turned off, `follow-mode-off-hook' is called.
11499
11500 Keys specific to Follow mode:
11501 \\{follow-mode-map}
11502
11503 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11504
11505 (autoload (quote follow-delete-other-windows-and-split) "follow" "\
11506 Create two side by side windows and enter Follow Mode.
11507
11508 Execute this command to display as much as possible of the text
11509 in the selected window. All other windows, in the current
11510 frame, are deleted and the selected window is split in two
11511 side-by-side windows. Follow Mode is activated, hence the
11512 two windows always will display two successive pages.
11513 \(If one window is moved, the other one will follow.)
11514
11515 If ARG is positive, the leftmost window is selected. If it negative,
11516 the rightmost is selected. If ARG is nil, the leftmost window is
11517 selected if the original window is the first one in the frame.
11518
11519 To bind this command to a hotkey, place the following line
11520 in your `~/.emacs' file, replacing [f7] by your favourite key:
11521 (global-set-key [f7] 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split)
11522
11523 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11524
11525 ;;;***
11526 \f
11527 ;;;### (autoloads (footnote-mode) "footnote" "mail/footnote.el" (17954
11528 ;;;;;; 24686))
11529 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/footnote.el
11530
11531 (autoload (quote footnote-mode) "footnote" "\
11532 Toggle footnote minor mode.
11533 \\<message-mode-map>
11534 key binding
11535 --- -------
11536
11537 \\[Footnote-renumber-footnotes] Footnote-renumber-footnotes
11538 \\[Footnote-goto-footnote] Footnote-goto-footnote
11539 \\[Footnote-delete-footnote] Footnote-delete-footnote
11540 \\[Footnote-cycle-style] Footnote-cycle-style
11541 \\[Footnote-back-to-message] Footnote-back-to-message
11542 \\[Footnote-add-footnote] Footnote-add-footnote
11543
11544 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11545
11546 ;;;***
11547 \f
11548 ;;;### (autoloads (forms-find-file-other-window forms-find-file forms-mode)
11549 ;;;;;; "forms" "forms.el" (17842 58279))
11550 ;;; Generated autoloads from forms.el
11551
11552 (autoload (quote forms-mode) "forms" "\
11553 Major mode to visit files in a field-structured manner using a form.
11554
11555 Commands: Equivalent keys in read-only mode:
11556 TAB forms-next-field TAB
11557 C-c TAB forms-next-field
11558 C-c < forms-first-record <
11559 C-c > forms-last-record >
11560 C-c ? describe-mode ?
11561 C-c C-k forms-delete-record
11562 C-c C-q forms-toggle-read-only q
11563 C-c C-o forms-insert-record
11564 C-c C-l forms-jump-record l
11565 C-c C-n forms-next-record n
11566 C-c C-p forms-prev-record p
11567 C-c C-r forms-search-reverse r
11568 C-c C-s forms-search-forward s
11569 C-c C-x forms-exit x
11570
11571 \(fn &optional PRIMARY)" t nil)
11572
11573 (autoload (quote forms-find-file) "forms" "\
11574 Visit a file in Forms mode.
11575
11576 \(fn FN)" t nil)
11577
11578 (autoload (quote forms-find-file-other-window) "forms" "\
11579 Visit a file in Forms mode in other window.
11580
11581 \(fn FN)" t nil)
11582
11583 ;;;***
11584 \f
11585 ;;;### (autoloads (fortran-mode fortran-tab-mode-default) "fortran"
11586 ;;;;;; "progmodes/fortran.el" (17842 56333))
11587 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/fortran.el
11588
11589 (defvar fortran-tab-mode-default nil "\
11590 *Default tabbing/carriage control style for empty files in Fortran mode.
11591 A non-nil value specifies tab-digit style of continuation control.
11592 A value of nil specifies that continuation lines are marked
11593 with a character in column 6.")
11594
11595 (custom-autoload (quote fortran-tab-mode-default) "fortran" t)
11596
11597 (autoload (quote fortran-mode) "fortran" "\
11598 Major mode for editing Fortran code in fixed format.
11599 For free format code, use `f90-mode'.
11600
11601 \\[fortran-indent-line] indents the current Fortran line correctly.
11602 Note that DO statements must not share a common CONTINUE.
11603
11604 Type ;? or ;\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for Fortran keywords.
11605
11606 Key definitions:
11607 \\{fortran-mode-map}
11608
11609 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
11610
11611 `fortran-comment-line-start'
11612 To use comments starting with `!', set this to the string \"!\".
11613 `fortran-do-indent'
11614 Extra indentation within DO blocks (default 3).
11615 `fortran-if-indent'
11616 Extra indentation within IF blocks (default 3).
11617 `fortran-structure-indent'
11618 Extra indentation within STRUCTURE, UNION, MAP and INTERFACE blocks.
11619 (default 3)
11620 `fortran-continuation-indent'
11621 Extra indentation applied to continuation statements (default 5).
11622 `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent'
11623 Amount of extra indentation for text in full-line comments (default 0).
11624 `fortran-comment-indent-style'
11625 How to indent the text in full-line comments. Allowed values are:
11626 nil don't change the indentation
11627 fixed indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11628 value of either
11629 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' (fixed format) or
11630 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab' (TAB format),
11631 depending on the continuation format in use.
11632 relative indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11633 indentation for a line of code.
11634 (default 'fixed)
11635 `fortran-comment-indent-char'
11636 Single-character string to be inserted instead of space for
11637 full-line comment indentation (default \" \").
11638 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed'
11639 Minimum indentation for statements in fixed format mode (default 6).
11640 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
11641 Minimum indentation for statements in TAB format mode (default 9).
11642 `fortran-line-number-indent'
11643 Maximum indentation for line numbers (default 1). A line number will
11644 get less than this much indentation if necessary to avoid reaching
11645 column 5.
11646 `fortran-check-all-num-for-matching-do'
11647 Non-nil causes all numbered lines to be treated as possible \"continue\"
11648 statements (default nil).
11649 `fortran-blink-matching-if'
11650 Non-nil causes \\[fortran-indent-line] on an ENDIF (or ENDDO) statement
11651 to blink on the matching IF (or DO [WHILE]). (default nil)
11652 `fortran-continuation-string'
11653 Single-character string to be inserted in column 5 of a continuation
11654 line (default \"$\").
11655 `fortran-comment-region'
11656 String inserted by \\[fortran-comment-region] at start of each line in
11657 the region (default \"c$$$\").
11658 `fortran-electric-line-number'
11659 Non-nil causes line number digits to be moved to the correct column
11660 as typed (default t).
11661 `fortran-break-before-delimiters'
11662 Non-nil causes lines to be broken before delimiters (default t).
11663
11664 Turning on Fortran mode calls the value of the variable `fortran-mode-hook'
11665 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
11666
11667 \(fn)" t nil)
11668
11669 ;;;***
11670 \f
11671 ;;;### (autoloads (fortune fortune-to-signature fortune-compile fortune-from-region
11672 ;;;;;; fortune-add-fortune) "fortune" "play/fortune.el" (17842 55395))
11673 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/fortune.el
11674
11675 (autoload (quote fortune-add-fortune) "fortune" "\
11676 Add STRING to a fortune file FILE.
11677
11678 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11679 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11680
11681 \(fn STRING FILE)" t nil)
11682
11683 (autoload (quote fortune-from-region) "fortune" "\
11684 Append the current region to a local fortune-like data file.
11685
11686 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11687 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11688
11689 \(fn BEG END FILE)" t nil)
11690
11691 (autoload (quote fortune-compile) "fortune" "\
11692 Compile fortune file.
11693
11694 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to compile, otherwise uses
11695 the value of `fortune-file'. This currently cannot handle directories.
11696
11697 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11698
11699 (autoload (quote fortune-to-signature) "fortune" "\
11700 Create signature from output of the fortune program.
11701
11702 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11703 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
11704 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11705 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11706
11707 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11708
11709 (autoload (quote fortune) "fortune" "\
11710 Display a fortune cookie.
11711
11712 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11713 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
11714 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11715 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11716
11717 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11718
11719 ;;;***
11720 \f
11721 ;;;### (autoloads (gdb-enable-debug gdba) "gdb-ui" "progmodes/gdb-ui.el"
11722 ;;;;;; (17941 38806))
11723 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gdb-ui.el
11724
11725 (autoload (quote gdba) "gdb-ui" "\
11726 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
11727 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
11728 and source-file directory for your debugger.
11729
11730 If `gdb-many-windows' is nil (the default value) then gdb just
11731 pops up the GUD buffer unless `gdb-show-main' is t. In this case
11732 it starts with two windows: one displaying the GUD buffer and the
11733 other with the source file with the main routine of the inferior.
11734
11735 If `gdb-many-windows' is t, regardless of the value of
11736 `gdb-show-main', the layout below will appear unless
11737 `gdb-use-separate-io-buffer' is nil when the source buffer
11738 occupies the full width of the frame. Keybindings are shown in
11739 some of the buffers.
11740
11741 Watch expressions appear in the speedbar/slowbar.
11742
11743 The following commands help control operation :
11744
11745 `gdb-many-windows' - Toggle the number of windows gdb uses.
11746 `gdb-restore-windows' - To restore the window layout.
11747
11748 See Info node `(emacs)GDB Graphical Interface' for a more
11749 detailed description of this mode.
11750
11751
11752 +----------------------------------------------------------------------+
11753 | GDB Toolbar |
11754 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11755 | GUD buffer (I/O of GDB) | Locals buffer |
11756 | | |
11757 | | |
11758 | | |
11759 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11760 | Source buffer | I/O buffer (of debugged program) |
11761 | | (comint-mode) |
11762 | | |
11763 | | |
11764 | | |
11765 | | |
11766 | | |
11767 | | |
11768 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11769 | Stack buffer | Breakpoints buffer |
11770 | RET gdb-frames-select | SPC gdb-toggle-breakpoint |
11771 | | RET gdb-goto-breakpoint |
11772 | | D gdb-delete-breakpoint |
11773 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11774
11775 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
11776
11777 (defvar gdb-enable-debug nil "\
11778 Non-nil means record the process input and output in `gdb-debug-log'.")
11779
11780 (custom-autoload (quote gdb-enable-debug) "gdb-ui" t)
11781
11782 ;;;***
11783 \f
11784 ;;;### (autoloads (generic-make-keywords-list generic-mode generic-mode-internal
11785 ;;;;;; define-generic-mode) "generic" "emacs-lisp/generic.el" (17842
11786 ;;;;;; 54152))
11787 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/generic.el
11788
11789 (defvar generic-mode-list nil "\
11790 A list of mode names for `generic-mode'.
11791 Do not add entries to this list directly; use `define-generic-mode'
11792 instead (which see).")
11793
11794 (autoload (quote define-generic-mode) "generic" "\
11795 Create a new generic mode MODE.
11796
11797 MODE is the name of the command for the generic mode; don't quote it.
11798 The optional DOCSTRING is the documentation for the mode command. If
11799 you do not supply it, `define-generic-mode' uses a default
11800 documentation string instead.
11801
11802 COMMENT-LIST is a list in which each element is either a character, a
11803 string of one or two characters, or a cons cell. A character or a
11804 string is set up in the mode's syntax table as a \"comment starter\".
11805 If the entry is a cons cell, the `car' is set up as a \"comment
11806 starter\" and the `cdr' as a \"comment ender\". (Use nil for the
11807 latter if you want comments to end at the end of the line.) Note that
11808 the syntax table has limitations about what comment starters and
11809 enders are actually possible.
11810
11811 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keywords to highlight with
11812 `font-lock-keyword-face'. Each keyword should be a string.
11813
11814 FONT-LOCK-LIST is a list of additional expressions to highlight. Each
11815 element of this list should have the same form as an element of
11816 `font-lock-keywords'.
11817
11818 AUTO-MODE-LIST is a list of regular expressions to add to
11819 `auto-mode-alist'. These regular expressions are added when Emacs
11820 runs the macro expansion.
11821
11822 FUNCTION-LIST is a list of functions to call to do some additional
11823 setup. The mode command calls these functions just before it runs the
11824 mode hook `MODE-hook'.
11825
11826 See the file generic-x.el for some examples of `define-generic-mode'.
11827
11828 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST FUNCTION-LIST &optional DOCSTRING)" nil (quote macro))
11829
11830 (autoload (quote generic-mode-internal) "generic" "\
11831 Go into the generic mode MODE.
11832
11833 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST FUNCTION-LIST)" nil nil)
11834
11835 (autoload (quote generic-mode) "generic" "\
11836 Enter generic mode MODE.
11837
11838 Generic modes provide basic comment and font-lock functionality
11839 for \"generic\" files. (Files which are too small to warrant their
11840 own mode, but have comment characters, keywords, and the like.)
11841
11842 To define a generic-mode, use the function `define-generic-mode'.
11843 Some generic modes are defined in `generic-x.el'.
11844
11845 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
11846
11847 (autoload (quote generic-make-keywords-list) "generic" "\
11848 Return a `font-lock-keywords' construct that highlights KEYWORD-LIST.
11849 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keyword strings that should be
11850 highlighted with face FACE. This function calculates a regular
11851 expression that matches these keywords and concatenates it with
11852 PREFIX and SUFFIX. Then it returns a construct based on this
11853 regular expression that can be used as an element of
11854 `font-lock-keywords'.
11855
11856 \(fn KEYWORD-LIST FACE &optional PREFIX SUFFIX)" nil nil)
11857
11858 ;;;***
11859 \f
11860 ;;;### (autoloads (glasses-mode) "glasses" "progmodes/glasses.el"
11861 ;;;;;; (17842 56333))
11862 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/glasses.el
11863
11864 (autoload (quote glasses-mode) "glasses" "\
11865 Minor mode for making identifiers likeThis readable.
11866 When this mode is active, it tries to add virtual separators (like underscores)
11867 at places they belong to.
11868
11869 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11870
11871 ;;;***
11872 \f
11873 ;;;### (autoloads (gmm-tool-bar-from-list gmm-widget-p gmm-error
11874 ;;;;;; gmm-message) "gmm-utils" "gnus/gmm-utils.el" (17934 27588))
11875 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gmm-utils.el
11876
11877 (autoload (quote gmm-message) "gmm-utils" "\
11878 If LEVEL is lower than `gmm-verbose' print ARGS using `message'.
11879
11880 Guideline for numbers:
11881 1 - error messages, 3 - non-serious error messages, 5 - messages for things
11882 that take a long time, 7 - not very important messages on stuff, 9 - messages
11883 inside loops.
11884
11885 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
11886
11887 (autoload (quote gmm-error) "gmm-utils" "\
11888 Beep an error if LEVEL is equal to or less than `gmm-verbose'.
11889 ARGS are passed to `message'.
11890
11891 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
11892
11893 (autoload (quote gmm-widget-p) "gmm-utils" "\
11894 Non-nil iff SYMBOL is a widget.
11895
11896 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
11897
11898 (autoload (quote gmm-tool-bar-from-list) "gmm-utils" "\
11899 Make a tool bar from ICON-LIST.
11900
11901 Within each entry of ICON-LIST, the first element is a menu
11902 command, the second element is an icon file name and the third
11903 element is a test function. You can use \\[describe-key]
11904 <menu-entry> to find out the name of a menu command. The fourth
11905 and all following elements are passed as the PROPS argument to the
11906 function `tool-bar-local-item'.
11907
11908 If ZAP-LIST is a list, remove those item from the default
11909 `tool-bar-map'. If it is t, start with a new sparse map. You
11910 can use \\[describe-key] <icon> to find out the name of an icon
11911 item. When \\[describe-key] <icon> shows \"<tool-bar> <new-file>
11912 runs the command find-file\", then use `new-file' in ZAP-LIST.
11913
11914 DEFAULT-MAP specifies the default key map for ICON-LIST.
11915
11916 \(fn ICON-LIST ZAP-LIST DEFAULT-MAP)" nil nil)
11917
11918 ;;;***
11919 \f
11920 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus gnus-other-frame gnus-slave gnus-no-server
11921 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "gnus/gnus.el" (17842 54741))
11922 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus.el
11923 (when (fboundp 'custom-autoload)
11924 (custom-autoload 'gnus-select-method "gnus"))
11925
11926 (autoload (quote gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "\
11927 Read network news as a slave, without connecting to the local server.
11928
11929 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11930
11931 (autoload (quote gnus-no-server) "gnus" "\
11932 Read network news.
11933 If ARG is a positive number, Gnus will use that as the startup
11934 level. If ARG is nil, Gnus will be started at level 2. If ARG is
11935 non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will prompt the user for the
11936 name of an NNTP server to use.
11937 As opposed to `gnus', this command will not connect to the local
11938 server.
11939
11940 \(fn &optional ARG SLAVE)" t nil)
11941
11942 (autoload (quote gnus-slave) "gnus" "\
11943 Read news as a slave.
11944
11945 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11946
11947 (autoload (quote gnus-other-frame) "gnus" "\
11948 Pop up a frame to read news.
11949 This will call one of the Gnus commands which is specified by the user
11950 option `gnus-other-frame-function' (default `gnus') with the argument
11951 ARG if Gnus is not running, otherwise just pop up a Gnus frame. The
11952 optional second argument DISPLAY should be a standard display string
11953 such as \"unix:0\" to specify where to pop up a frame. If DISPLAY is
11954 omitted or the function `make-frame-on-display' is not available, the
11955 current display is used.
11956
11957 \(fn &optional ARG DISPLAY)" t nil)
11958
11959 (autoload (quote gnus) "gnus" "\
11960 Read network news.
11961 If ARG is non-nil and a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
11962 startup level. If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
11963 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use.
11964
11965 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-CONNECT SLAVE)" t nil)
11966
11967 ;;;***
11968 \f
11969 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-agent-regenerate gnus-agent-batch gnus-agent-batch-fetch
11970 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-find-parameter gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active
11971 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list gnus-agent-delete-group
11972 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-rename-group gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc gnus-agentize
11973 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-unplugged gnus-plugged gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent"
11974 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-agent.el" (17842 54741))
11975 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-agent.el
11976
11977 (autoload (quote gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent" "\
11978 Start Gnus unplugged.
11979
11980 \(fn)" t nil)
11981
11982 (autoload (quote gnus-plugged) "gnus-agent" "\
11983 Start Gnus plugged.
11984
11985 \(fn)" t nil)
11986
11987 (autoload (quote gnus-slave-unplugged) "gnus-agent" "\
11988 Read news as a slave unplugged.
11989
11990 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11991
11992 (autoload (quote gnus-agentize) "gnus-agent" "\
11993 Allow Gnus to be an offline newsreader.
11994
11995 The gnus-agentize function is now called internally by gnus when
11996 gnus-agent is set. If you wish to avoid calling gnus-agentize,
11997 customize gnus-agent to nil.
11998
11999 This will modify the `gnus-setup-news-hook', and
12000 `message-send-mail-real-function' variables, and install the Gnus agent
12001 minor mode in all Gnus buffers.
12002
12003 \(fn)" t nil)
12004
12005 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc) "gnus-agent" "\
12006 Save GCC if Gnus is unplugged.
12007
12008 \(fn)" nil nil)
12009
12010 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-rename-group) "gnus-agent" "\
12011 Rename fully-qualified OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
12012 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
12013 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
12014 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group renaming is
12015 supported.
12016
12017 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
12018
12019 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-delete-group) "gnus-agent" "\
12020 Delete fully-qualified GROUP.
12021 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
12022 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
12023 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
12024 supported.
12025
12026 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
12027
12028 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list) "gnus-agent" "\
12029 Construct list of articles that have not been downloaded.
12030
12031 \(fn)" nil nil)
12032
12033 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active) "gnus-agent" "\
12034 Possibly expand a group's active range to include articles
12035 downloaded into the agent.
12036
12037 \(fn GROUP ACTIVE &optional INFO)" nil nil)
12038
12039 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-find-parameter) "gnus-agent" "\
12040 Search for GROUPs SYMBOL in the group's parameters, the group's
12041 topic parameters, the group's category, or the customizable
12042 variables. Returns the first non-nil value found.
12043
12044 \(fn GROUP SYMBOL)" nil nil)
12045
12046 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-batch-fetch) "gnus-agent" "\
12047 Start Gnus and fetch session.
12048
12049 \(fn)" t nil)
12050
12051 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-batch) "gnus-agent" "\
12052 Start Gnus, send queue and fetch session.
12053
12054 \(fn)" t nil)
12055
12056 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-regenerate) "gnus-agent" "\
12057 Regenerate all agent covered files.
12058 If CLEAN, obsolete (ignore).
12059
12060 \(fn &optional CLEAN REREAD)" t nil)
12061
12062 ;;;***
12063 \f
12064 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-article-prepare-display) "gnus-art" "gnus/gnus-art.el"
12065 ;;;;;; (17960 49045))
12066 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-art.el
12067
12068 (autoload (quote gnus-article-prepare-display) "gnus-art" "\
12069 Make the current buffer look like a nice article.
12070
12071 \(fn)" nil nil)
12072
12073 ;;;***
12074 \f
12075 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "gnus/gnus-audio.el"
12076 ;;;;;; (17842 54741))
12077 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-audio.el
12078
12079 (autoload (quote gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "\
12080 Play a sound FILE through the speaker.
12081
12082 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
12083
12084 ;;;***
12085 \f
12086 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-cache-delete-group gnus-cache-rename-group
12087 ;;;;;; gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases gnus-cache-generate-active
12088 ;;;;;; gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "gnus/gnus-cache.el" (17842
12089 ;;;;;; 54741))
12090 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cache.el
12091
12092 (autoload (quote gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "\
12093 Go through all groups and put the articles into the cache.
12094
12095 Usage:
12096 $ emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-jog-cache
12097
12098 \(fn)" t nil)
12099
12100 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-generate-active) "gnus-cache" "\
12101 Generate the cache active file.
12102
12103 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
12104
12105 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases) "gnus-cache" "\
12106 Generate NOV files recursively starting in DIR.
12107
12108 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
12109
12110 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-rename-group) "gnus-cache" "\
12111 Rename OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
12112 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
12113 files would corrupt Gnus when the cache was next enabled. It
12114 depends on the caller to determine whether group renaming is
12115 supported.
12116
12117 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
12118
12119 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-delete-group) "gnus-cache" "\
12120 Delete GROUP from the cache.
12121 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
12122 files would corrupt gnus when the cache was next enabled.
12123 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
12124 supported.
12125
12126 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
12127
12128 ;;;***
12129 \f
12130 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-delay-initialize gnus-delay-send-queue gnus-delay-article)
12131 ;;;;;; "gnus-delay" "gnus/gnus-delay.el" (17842 54741))
12132 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-delay.el
12133
12134 (autoload (quote gnus-delay-article) "gnus-delay" "\
12135 Delay this article by some time.
12136 DELAY is a string, giving the length of the time. Possible values are:
12137
12138 * <digits><units> for <units> in minutes (`m'), hours (`h'), days (`d'),
12139 weeks (`w'), months (`M'), or years (`Y');
12140
12141 * YYYY-MM-DD for a specific date. The time of day is given by the
12142 variable `gnus-delay-default-hour', minute and second are zero.
12143
12144 * hh:mm for a specific time. Use 24h format. If it is later than this
12145 time, then the deadline is tomorrow, else today.
12146
12147 \(fn DELAY)" t nil)
12148
12149 (autoload (quote gnus-delay-send-queue) "gnus-delay" "\
12150 Send all the delayed messages that are due now.
12151
12152 \(fn)" t nil)
12153
12154 (autoload (quote gnus-delay-initialize) "gnus-delay" "\
12155 Initialize the gnus-delay package.
12156 This sets up a key binding in `message-mode' to delay a message.
12157 This tells Gnus to look for delayed messages after getting new news.
12158
12159 The optional arg NO-KEYMAP is ignored.
12160 Checking delayed messages is skipped if optional arg NO-CHECK is non-nil.
12161
12162 \(fn &optional NO-KEYMAP NO-CHECK)" nil nil)
12163
12164 ;;;***
12165 \f
12166 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-user-format-function-D gnus-user-format-function-d)
12167 ;;;;;; "gnus-diary" "gnus/gnus-diary.el" (17992 30878))
12168 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-diary.el
12169
12170 (autoload (quote gnus-user-format-function-d) "gnus-diary" "\
12171 Not documented
12172
12173 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
12174
12175 (autoload (quote gnus-user-format-function-D) "gnus-diary" "\
12176 Not documented
12177
12178 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
12179
12180 ;;;***
12181 \f
12182 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-gnus-dired-mode) "gnus-dired" "gnus/gnus-dired.el"
12183 ;;;;;; (17842 54741))
12184 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-dired.el
12185
12186 (autoload (quote turn-on-gnus-dired-mode) "gnus-dired" "\
12187 Convenience method to turn on gnus-dired-mode.
12188
12189 \(fn)" nil nil)
12190
12191 ;;;***
12192 \f
12193 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-draft-reminder) "gnus-draft" "gnus/gnus-draft.el"
12194 ;;;;;; (17842 54741))
12195 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-draft.el
12196
12197 (autoload (quote gnus-draft-reminder) "gnus-draft" "\
12198 Reminder user if there are unsent drafts.
12199
12200 \(fn)" t nil)
12201
12202 ;;;***
12203 \f
12204 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-convert-png-to-face gnus-convert-face-to-png
12205 ;;;;;; gnus-face-from-file gnus-x-face-from-file gnus-insert-random-x-face-header
12206 ;;;;;; gnus-random-x-face) "gnus-fun" "gnus/gnus-fun.el" (17842
12207 ;;;;;; 54741))
12208 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-fun.el
12209
12210 (autoload (quote gnus-random-x-face) "gnus-fun" "\
12211 Return X-Face header data chosen randomly from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
12212
12213 \(fn)" t nil)
12214
12215 (autoload (quote gnus-insert-random-x-face-header) "gnus-fun" "\
12216 Insert a random X-Face header from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
12217
12218 \(fn)" t nil)
12219
12220 (autoload (quote gnus-x-face-from-file) "gnus-fun" "\
12221 Insert an X-Face header based on an image file.
12222
12223 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
12224
12225 (autoload (quote gnus-face-from-file) "gnus-fun" "\
12226 Return a Face header based on an image file.
12227
12228 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
12229
12230 (autoload (quote gnus-convert-face-to-png) "gnus-fun" "\
12231 Convert FACE (which is base64-encoded) to a PNG.
12232 The PNG is returned as a string.
12233
12234 \(fn FACE)" nil nil)
12235
12236 (autoload (quote gnus-convert-png-to-face) "gnus-fun" "\
12237 Convert FILE to a Face.
12238 FILE should be a PNG file that's 48x48 and smaller than or equal to
12239 726 bytes.
12240
12241 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
12242
12243 ;;;***
12244 \f
12245 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-fetch-group-other-frame gnus-fetch-group)
12246 ;;;;;; "gnus-group" "gnus/gnus-group.el" (17842 54741))
12247 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-group.el
12248
12249 (autoload (quote gnus-fetch-group) "gnus-group" "\
12250 Start Gnus if necessary and enter GROUP.
12251 Returns whether the fetching was successful or not.
12252
12253 \(fn GROUP &optional ARTICLES)" t nil)
12254
12255 (autoload (quote gnus-fetch-group-other-frame) "gnus-group" "\
12256 Pop up a frame and enter GROUP.
12257
12258 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
12259
12260 ;;;***
12261 \f
12262 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "gnus/gnus-kill.el"
12263 ;;;;;; (17842 54741))
12264 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-kill.el
12265
12266 (defalias (quote gnus-batch-kill) (quote gnus-batch-score))
12267
12268 (autoload (quote gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "\
12269 Run batched scoring.
12270 Usage: emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-batch-score
12271
12272 \(fn)" t nil)
12273
12274 ;;;***
12275 \f
12276 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-mailing-list-mode gnus-mailing-list-insinuate
12277 ;;;;;; turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" "gnus/gnus-ml.el"
12278 ;;;;;; (17842 54741))
12279 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-ml.el
12280
12281 (autoload (quote turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" "\
12282 Not documented
12283
12284 \(fn)" nil nil)
12285
12286 (autoload (quote gnus-mailing-list-insinuate) "gnus-ml" "\
12287 Setup group parameters from List-Post header.
12288 If FORCE is non-nil, replace the old ones.
12289
12290 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
12291
12292 (autoload (quote gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" "\
12293 Minor mode for providing mailing-list commands.
12294
12295 \\{gnus-mailing-list-mode-map}
12296
12297 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12298
12299 ;;;***
12300 \f
12301 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-group-split-fancy gnus-group-split gnus-group-split-update
12302 ;;;;;; gnus-group-split-setup) "gnus-mlspl" "gnus/gnus-mlspl.el"
12303 ;;;;;; (17842 54741))
12304 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mlspl.el
12305
12306 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-setup) "gnus-mlspl" "\
12307 Set up the split for nnmail-split-fancy.
12308 Sets things up so that nnmail-split-fancy is used for mail
12309 splitting, and defines the variable nnmail-split-fancy according with
12310 group parameters.
12311
12312 If AUTO-UPDATE is non-nil (prefix argument accepted, if called
12313 interactively), it makes sure nnmail-split-fancy is re-computed before
12314 getting new mail, by adding gnus-group-split-update to
12315 nnmail-pre-get-new-mail-hook.
12316
12317 A non-nil CATCH-ALL replaces the current value of
12318 gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group. This variable is only used
12319 by gnus-group-split-update, and only when its CATCH-ALL argument is
12320 nil. This argument may contain any fancy split, that will be added as
12321 the last split in a `|' split produced by gnus-group-split-fancy,
12322 unless overridden by any group marked as a catch-all group. Typical
12323 uses are as simple as the name of a default mail group, but more
12324 elaborate fancy splits may also be useful to split mail that doesn't
12325 match any of the group-specified splitting rules. See
12326 `gnus-group-split-fancy' for details.
12327
12328 \(fn &optional AUTO-UPDATE CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
12329
12330 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-update) "gnus-mlspl" "\
12331 Computes nnmail-split-fancy from group params and CATCH-ALL.
12332 It does this by calling by calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil
12333 nil CATCH-ALL).
12334
12335 If CATCH-ALL is nil, gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group is used
12336 instead. This variable is set by gnus-group-split-setup.
12337
12338 \(fn &optional CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
12339
12340 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split) "gnus-mlspl" "\
12341 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
12342 See `gnus-group-split-fancy' for more information.
12343
12344 gnus-group-split is a valid value for nnmail-split-methods.
12345
12346 \(fn)" nil nil)
12347
12348 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-fancy) "gnus-mlspl" "\
12349 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
12350 It can be embedded into `nnmail-split-fancy' lists with the SPLIT
12351
12352 \(: gnus-group-split-fancy GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)
12353
12354 GROUPS may be a regular expression or a list of group names, that will
12355 be used to select candidate groups. If it is omitted or nil, all
12356 existing groups are considered.
12357
12358 if NO-CROSSPOST is omitted or nil, a & split will be returned,
12359 otherwise, a | split, that does not allow crossposting, will be
12360 returned.
12361
12362 For each selected group, a SPLIT is composed like this: if SPLIT-SPEC
12363 is specified, this split is returned as-is (unless it is nil: in this
12364 case, the group is ignored). Otherwise, if TO-ADDRESS, TO-LIST and/or
12365 EXTRA-ALIASES are specified, a regexp that matches any of them is
12366 constructed (extra-aliases may be a list). Additionally, if
12367 SPLIT-REGEXP is specified, the regexp will be extended so that it
12368 matches this regexp too, and if SPLIT-EXCLUDE is specified, RESTRICT
12369 clauses will be generated.
12370
12371 If CATCH-ALL is nil, no catch-all handling is performed, regardless of
12372 catch-all marks in group parameters. Otherwise, if there is no
12373 selected group whose SPLIT-REGEXP matches the empty string, nor is
12374 there a selected group whose SPLIT-SPEC is 'catch-all, this fancy
12375 split (say, a group name) will be appended to the returned SPLIT list,
12376 as the last element of a '| SPLIT.
12377
12378 For example, given the following group parameters:
12379
12380 nnml:mail.bar:
12381 \((to-address . \"bar@femail.com\")
12382 (split-regexp . \".*@femail\\\\.com\"))
12383 nnml:mail.foo:
12384 \((to-list . \"foo@nowhere.gov\")
12385 (extra-aliases \"foo@localhost\" \"foo-redist@home\")
12386 (split-exclude \"bugs-foo\" \"rambling-foo\")
12387 (admin-address . \"foo-request@nowhere.gov\"))
12388 nnml:mail.others:
12389 \((split-spec . catch-all))
12390
12391 Calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil nil \"mail.others\") returns:
12392
12393 \(| (& (any \"\\\\(bar@femail\\\\.com\\\\|.*@femail\\\\.com\\\\)\"
12394 \"mail.bar\")
12395 (any \"\\\\(foo@nowhere\\\\.gov\\\\|foo@localhost\\\\|foo-redist@home\\\\)\"
12396 - \"bugs-foo\" - \"rambling-foo\" \"mail.foo\"))
12397 \"mail.others\")
12398
12399 \(fn &optional GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)" nil nil)
12400
12401 ;;;***
12402 \f
12403 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "gnus/gnus-move.el"
12404 ;;;;;; (17842 54741))
12405 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-move.el
12406
12407 (autoload (quote gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "\
12408 Move from FROM-SERVER to TO-SERVER.
12409 Update the .newsrc.eld file to reflect the change of nntp server.
12410
12411 \(fn FROM-SERVER TO-SERVER)" t nil)
12412
12413 ;;;***
12414 \f
12415 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-button-reply gnus-button-mailto gnus-msg-mail)
12416 ;;;;;; "gnus-msg" "gnus/gnus-msg.el" (17949 41467))
12417 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-msg.el
12418
12419 (autoload (quote gnus-msg-mail) "gnus-msg" "\
12420 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
12421 Like `message-mail', but with Gnus paraphernalia, particularly the
12422 Gcc: header for archiving purposes.
12423
12424 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-ACTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" t nil)
12425
12426 (autoload (quote gnus-button-mailto) "gnus-msg" "\
12427 Mail to ADDRESS.
12428
12429 \(fn ADDRESS)" nil nil)
12430
12431 (autoload (quote gnus-button-reply) "gnus-msg" "\
12432 Like `message-reply'.
12433
12434 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE)" t nil)
12435
12436 (define-mail-user-agent (quote gnus-user-agent) (quote gnus-msg-mail) (quote message-send-and-exit) (quote message-kill-buffer) (quote message-send-hook))
12437
12438 ;;;***
12439 \f
12440 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-nocem-load-cache gnus-nocem-scan-groups)
12441 ;;;;;; "gnus-nocem" "gnus/gnus-nocem.el" (17842 54741))
12442 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-nocem.el
12443
12444 (autoload (quote gnus-nocem-scan-groups) "gnus-nocem" "\
12445 Scan all NoCeM groups for new NoCeM messages.
12446
12447 \(fn)" t nil)
12448
12449 (autoload (quote gnus-nocem-load-cache) "gnus-nocem" "\
12450 Load the NoCeM cache.
12451
12452 \(fn)" t nil)
12453
12454 ;;;***
12455 \f
12456 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon gnus-treat-mail-picon
12457 ;;;;;; gnus-treat-from-picon) "gnus-picon" "gnus/gnus-picon.el"
12458 ;;;;;; (17842 54741))
12459 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-picon.el
12460
12461 (autoload (quote gnus-treat-from-picon) "gnus-picon" "\
12462 Display picons in the From header.
12463 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12464
12465 \(fn)" t nil)
12466
12467 (autoload (quote gnus-treat-mail-picon) "gnus-picon" "\
12468 Display picons in the Cc and To headers.
12469 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12470
12471 \(fn)" t nil)
12472
12473 (autoload (quote gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon) "gnus-picon" "\
12474 Display picons in the Newsgroups and Followup-To headers.
12475 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12476
12477 \(fn)" t nil)
12478
12479 ;;;***
12480 \f
12481 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-to-sorted-list gnus-sorted-nunion gnus-sorted-union
12482 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-nintersection gnus-sorted-range-intersection
12483 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-intersection gnus-intersection gnus-sorted-complement
12484 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-ndifference gnus-sorted-difference) "gnus-range"
12485 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-range.el" (17842 54741))
12486 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-range.el
12487
12488 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-difference) "gnus-range" "\
12489 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12490 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12491 The tail of LIST1 is not copied.
12492
12493 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12494
12495 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-ndifference) "gnus-range" "\
12496 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12497 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12498 LIST1 is modified.
12499
12500 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12501
12502 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-complement) "gnus-range" "\
12503 Return a list of elements that are in LIST1 or LIST2 but not both.
12504 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12505
12506 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12507
12508 (autoload (quote gnus-intersection) "gnus-range" "\
12509 Not documented
12510
12511 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12512
12513 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-intersection) "gnus-range" "\
12514 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2.
12515 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12516
12517 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12518
12519 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-range-intersection) "gnus-range" "\
12520 Return intersection of RANGE1 and RANGE2.
12521 RANGE1 and RANGE2 have to be sorted over <.
12522
12523 \(fn RANGE1 RANGE2)" nil nil)
12524
12525 (defalias (quote gnus-set-sorted-intersection) (quote gnus-sorted-nintersection))
12526
12527 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-nintersection) "gnus-range" "\
12528 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12529 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12530
12531 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12532
12533 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-union) "gnus-range" "\
12534 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2.
12535 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12536
12537 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12538
12539 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-nunion) "gnus-range" "\
12540 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12541 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12542
12543 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12544
12545 (autoload (quote gnus-add-to-sorted-list) "gnus-range" "\
12546 Add NUM into sorted LIST by side effect.
12547
12548 \(fn LIST NUM)" nil nil)
12549
12550 ;;;***
12551 \f
12552 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-registry-install-hooks gnus-registry-initialize)
12553 ;;;;;; "gnus-registry" "gnus/gnus-registry.el" (17934 27588))
12554 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-registry.el
12555
12556 (autoload (quote gnus-registry-initialize) "gnus-registry" "\
12557 Not documented
12558
12559 \(fn)" t nil)
12560
12561 (autoload (quote gnus-registry-install-hooks) "gnus-registry" "\
12562 Install the registry hooks.
12563
12564 \(fn)" t nil)
12565
12566 ;;;***
12567 \f
12568 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-sieve-article-add-rule gnus-sieve-generate
12569 ;;;;;; gnus-sieve-update) "gnus-sieve" "gnus/gnus-sieve.el" (17842
12570 ;;;;;; 54741))
12571 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sieve.el
12572
12573 (autoload (quote gnus-sieve-update) "gnus-sieve" "\
12574 Update the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12575 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12576 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost), then
12577 execute gnus-sieve-update-shell-command.
12578 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12579
12580 \(fn)" t nil)
12581
12582 (autoload (quote gnus-sieve-generate) "gnus-sieve" "\
12583 Generate the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12584 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12585 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost).
12586 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12587
12588 \(fn)" t nil)
12589
12590 (autoload (quote gnus-sieve-article-add-rule) "gnus-sieve" "\
12591 Not documented
12592
12593 \(fn)" t nil)
12594
12595 ;;;***
12596 \f
12597 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "gnus/gnus-soup.el"
12598 ;;;;;; (17842 54741))
12599 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-soup.el
12600
12601 (autoload (quote gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "\
12602 Brew a SOUP packet from groups mention on the command line.
12603 Will use the remaining command line arguments as regular expressions
12604 for matching on group names.
12605
12606 For instance, if you want to brew on all the nnml groups, as well as
12607 groups with \"emacs\" in the name, you could say something like:
12608
12609 $ emacs -batch -f gnus-batch-brew-soup ^nnml \".*emacs.*\"
12610
12611 Note -- this function hasn't been implemented yet.
12612
12613 \(fn)" t nil)
12614
12615 ;;;***
12616 \f
12617 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "gnus/gnus-spec.el"
12618 ;;;;;; (17842 54741))
12619 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-spec.el
12620
12621 (autoload (quote gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "\
12622 Update the format specification near point.
12623
12624 \(fn VAR)" t nil)
12625
12626 ;;;***
12627 \f
12628 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-fixup-nnimap-unread-after-getting-new-news
12629 ;;;;;; gnus-declare-backend) "gnus-start" "gnus/gnus-start.el" (17842
12630 ;;;;;; 54741))
12631 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-start.el
12632
12633 (autoload (quote gnus-declare-backend) "gnus-start" "\
12634 Declare back end NAME with ABILITIES as a Gnus back end.
12635
12636 \(fn NAME &rest ABILITIES)" nil nil)
12637
12638 (autoload (quote gnus-fixup-nnimap-unread-after-getting-new-news) "gnus-start" "\
12639 Not documented
12640
12641 \(fn)" nil nil)
12642
12643 ;;;***
12644 \f
12645 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "gnus/gnus-win.el"
12646 ;;;;;; (17842 54741))
12647 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-win.el
12648
12649 (autoload (quote gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "\
12650 Add the window configuration CONF to `gnus-buffer-configuration'.
12651
12652 \(fn CONF)" nil nil)
12653
12654 ;;;***
12655 \f
12656 ;;;### (autoloads (gomoku) "gomoku" "play/gomoku.el" (17941 38806))
12657 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gomoku.el
12658
12659 (autoload (quote gomoku) "gomoku" "\
12660 Start a Gomoku game between you and Emacs.
12661
12662 If a game is in progress, this command allow you to resume it.
12663 If optional arguments N and M are given, an N by M board is used.
12664 If prefix arg is given for N, M is prompted for.
12665
12666 You and Emacs play in turn by marking a free square. You mark it with X
12667 and Emacs marks it with O. The winner is the first to get five contiguous
12668 marks horizontally, vertically or in diagonal.
12669
12670 You play by moving the cursor over the square you choose and hitting
12671 \\<gomoku-mode-map>\\[gomoku-human-plays].
12672
12673 This program actually plays a simplified or archaic version of the
12674 Gomoku game, and ought to be upgraded to use the full modern rules.
12675
12676 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
12677
12678 \(fn &optional N M)" t nil)
12679
12680 ;;;***
12681 \f
12682 ;;;### (autoloads (goto-address goto-address-at-point) "goto-addr"
12683 ;;;;;; "net/goto-addr.el" (17842 55218))
12684 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/goto-addr.el
12685
12686 (define-obsolete-function-alias (quote goto-address-at-mouse) (quote goto-address-at-point) "22.1")
12687
12688 (autoload (quote goto-address-at-point) "goto-addr" "\
12689 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL at point.
12690 Send mail to address at point. See documentation for
12691 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
12692 there, then load the URL at or before point.
12693
12694 \(fn &optional EVENT)" t nil)
12695
12696 (autoload (quote goto-address) "goto-addr" "\
12697 Sets up goto-address functionality in the current buffer.
12698 Allows user to use mouse/keyboard command to click to go to a URL
12699 or to send e-mail.
12700 By default, goto-address binds `goto-address-at-point' to mouse-2 and C-c RET
12701 only on URLs and e-mail addresses.
12702
12703 Also fontifies the buffer appropriately (see `goto-address-fontify-p' and
12704 `goto-address-highlight-p' for more information).
12705
12706 \(fn)" t nil)
12707 (put 'goto-address 'safe-local-eval-function t)
12708
12709 ;;;***
12710 \f
12711 ;;;### (autoloads (rgrep lgrep grep-find grep grep-mode grep-compute-defaults
12712 ;;;;;; grep-process-setup grep-setup-hook grep-find-command grep-command
12713 ;;;;;; grep-window-height) "grep" "progmodes/grep.el" (17944 20144))
12714 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/grep.el
12715
12716 (defvar grep-window-height nil "\
12717 *Number of lines in a grep window. If nil, use `compilation-window-height'.")
12718
12719 (custom-autoload (quote grep-window-height) "grep" t)
12720
12721 (defvar grep-command nil "\
12722 The default grep command for \\[grep].
12723 If the grep program used supports an option to always include file names
12724 in its output (such as the `-H' option to GNU grep), it's a good idea to
12725 include it when specifying `grep-command'.
12726
12727 The default value of this variable is set up by `grep-compute-defaults';
12728 call that function before using this variable in your program.")
12729
12730 (custom-autoload (quote grep-command) "grep" t)
12731
12732 (defvar grep-find-command nil "\
12733 The default find command for \\[grep-find].
12734 The default value of this variable is set up by `grep-compute-defaults';
12735 call that function before using this variable in your program.")
12736
12737 (custom-autoload (quote grep-find-command) "grep" t)
12738
12739 (defvar grep-setup-hook nil "\
12740 List of hook functions run by `grep-process-setup' (see `run-hooks').")
12741
12742 (custom-autoload (quote grep-setup-hook) "grep" t)
12743
12744 (defvar grep-regexp-alist (quote (("^\\(.+?\\)\\(:[ ]*\\)\\([0-9]+\\)\\2" 1 3) ("^\\(\\(.+?\\):\\([0-9]+\\):\\).*?\\(\e\\[01;31m\\(?:\e\\[K\\)?\\)\\(.*?\\)\\(\e\\[[0-9]*m\\)" 2 3 ((lambda nil (setq compilation-error-screen-columns nil) (- (match-beginning 4) (match-end 1))) lambda nil (- (match-end 5) (match-end 1) (- (match-end 4) (match-beginning 4)))) nil 1) ("^Binary file \\(.+\\) matches$" 1 nil nil 0 1))) "\
12745 Regexp used to match grep hits. See `compilation-error-regexp-alist'.")
12746
12747 (defvar grep-program "grep" "\
12748 The default grep program for `grep-command' and `grep-find-command'.
12749 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12750
12751 (defvar find-program "find" "\
12752 The default find program for `grep-find-command'.
12753 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12754
12755 (defvar grep-find-use-xargs nil "\
12756 Non-nil means that `grep-find' uses the `xargs' utility by default.
12757 If `exec', use `find -exec'.
12758 If `gnu', use `find -print0' and `xargs -0'.
12759 Any other non-nil value means to use `find -print' and `xargs'.
12760
12761 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12762
12763 (defvar grep-history nil)
12764
12765 (defvar grep-find-history nil)
12766
12767 (autoload (quote grep-process-setup) "grep" "\
12768 Setup compilation variables and buffer for `grep'.
12769 Set up `compilation-exit-message-function' and run `grep-setup-hook'.
12770
12771 \(fn)" nil nil)
12772
12773 (autoload (quote grep-compute-defaults) "grep" "\
12774 Not documented
12775
12776 \(fn)" nil nil)
12777
12778 (autoload (quote grep-mode) "grep" "\
12779 Sets `grep-last-buffer' and `compilation-window-height'.
12780
12781 \(fn)" nil nil)
12782
12783 (autoload (quote grep) "grep" "\
12784 Run grep, with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
12785 While grep runs asynchronously, you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error),
12786 or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer, to go to the lines
12787 where grep found matches.
12788
12789 For doing a recursive `grep', see the `rgrep' command. For running
12790 `grep' in a specific directory, see `lgrep'.
12791
12792 This command uses a special history list for its COMMAND-ARGS, so you can
12793 easily repeat a grep command.
12794
12795 A prefix argument says to default the argument based upon the current
12796 tag the cursor is over, substituting it into the last grep command
12797 in the grep command history (or into `grep-command'
12798 if that history list is empty).
12799
12800 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
12801
12802 (autoload (quote grep-find) "grep" "\
12803 Run grep via find, with user-specified args COMMAND-ARGS.
12804 Collect output in a buffer.
12805 While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
12806 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
12807
12808 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
12809 easily repeat a find command.
12810
12811 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
12812
12813 (defalias (quote find-grep) (quote grep-find))
12814
12815 (autoload (quote lgrep) "grep" "\
12816 Run grep, searching for REGEXP in FILES in directory DIR.
12817 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12818 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
12819 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12820
12821 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
12822 before it is executed.
12823 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-command'.
12824
12825 Collect output in a buffer. While grep runs asynchronously, you
12826 can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error]
12827 in the grep output buffer, to go to the lines where grep found matches.
12828
12829 This command shares argument histories with \\[rgrep] and \\[grep].
12830
12831 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR)" t nil)
12832
12833 (autoload (quote rgrep) "grep" "\
12834 Recursively grep for REGEXP in FILES in directory tree rooted at DIR.
12835 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12836 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
12837 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12838
12839 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
12840 before it is executed.
12841 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-find-command'.
12842
12843 Collect output in a buffer. While find runs asynchronously, you
12844 can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error]
12845 in the grep output buffer, to go to the lines where grep found matches.
12846
12847 This command shares argument histories with \\[lgrep] and \\[grep-find].
12848
12849 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR)" t nil)
12850
12851 ;;;***
12852 \f
12853 ;;;### (autoloads (gs-load-image) "gs" "gs.el" (17842 58279))
12854 ;;; Generated autoloads from gs.el
12855
12856 (autoload (quote gs-load-image) "gs" "\
12857 Load a PS image for display on FRAME.
12858 SPEC is an image specification, IMG-HEIGHT and IMG-WIDTH are width
12859 and height of the image in pixels. WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID is a string of
12860 the form \"WINDOW-ID PIXMAP-ID\". Value is non-nil if successful.
12861
12862 \(fn FRAME SPEC IMG-WIDTH IMG-HEIGHT WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID PIXEL-COLORS)" nil nil)
12863
12864 ;;;***
12865 \f
12866 ;;;### (autoloads (gdb-script-mode jdb pdb perldb xdb dbx sdb gdb)
12867 ;;;;;; "gud" "progmodes/gud.el" (17992 30878))
12868 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gud.el
12869
12870 (autoload (quote gdb) "gud" "\
12871 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12872 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working
12873 directory and source-file directory for your debugger. By
12874 default this command starts GDB using a graphical interface. See
12875 `gdba' for more information.
12876
12877 To run GDB in text command mode, replace the GDB \"--annotate=3\"
12878 option with \"--fullname\" either in the minibuffer for the
12879 current Emacs session, or the custom variable
12880 `gud-gdb-command-name' for all future sessions. You need to use
12881 text command mode to debug multiple programs within one Emacs
12882 session.
12883
12884 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12885
12886 (autoload (quote sdb) "gud" "\
12887 Run sdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12888 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12889 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12890
12891 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12892
12893 (autoload (quote dbx) "gud" "\
12894 Run dbx on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12895 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12896 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12897
12898 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12899
12900 (autoload (quote xdb) "gud" "\
12901 Run xdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12902 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12903 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12904
12905 You can set the variable `gud-xdb-directories' to a list of program source
12906 directories if your program contains sources from more than one directory.
12907
12908 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12909
12910 (autoload (quote perldb) "gud" "\
12911 Run perldb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12912 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12913 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12914
12915 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12916
12917 (autoload (quote pdb) "gud" "\
12918 Run pdb on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
12919 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12920 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12921
12922 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12923
12924 (autoload (quote jdb) "gud" "\
12925 Run jdb with command line COMMAND-LINE in a buffer.
12926 The buffer is named \"*gud*\" if no initial class is given or
12927 \"*gud-<initial-class-basename>*\" if there is. If the \"-classpath\"
12928 switch is given, omit all whitespace between it and its value.
12929
12930 See `gud-jdb-use-classpath' and `gud-jdb-classpath' documentation for
12931 information on how jdb accesses source files. Alternatively (if
12932 `gud-jdb-use-classpath' is nil), see `gud-jdb-directories' for the
12933 original source file access method.
12934
12935 For general information about commands available to control jdb from
12936 gud, see `gud-mode'.
12937
12938 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12939 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*gud-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
12940
12941 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("/\\.gdbinit" . gdb-script-mode)))
12942
12943 (autoload (quote gdb-script-mode) "gud" "\
12944 Major mode for editing GDB scripts
12945
12946 \(fn)" t nil)
12947
12948 ;;;***
12949 \f
12950 ;;;### (autoloads (handwrite) "handwrite" "play/handwrite.el" (17842
12951 ;;;;;; 55395))
12952 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/handwrite.el
12953
12954 (autoload (quote handwrite) "handwrite" "\
12955 Turns the buffer into a \"handwritten\" document.
12956 The functions `handwrite-10pt', `handwrite-11pt', `handwrite-12pt'
12957 and `handwrite-13pt' set up for various sizes of output.
12958
12959 Variables: handwrite-linespace (default 12)
12960 handwrite-fontsize (default 11)
12961 handwrite-numlines (default 60)
12962 handwrite-pagenumbering (default nil)
12963
12964 \(fn)" t nil)
12965
12966 ;;;***
12967 \f
12968 ;;;### (autoloads (hanoi-unix-64 hanoi-unix hanoi) "hanoi" "play/hanoi.el"
12969 ;;;;;; (17742 40275))
12970 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/hanoi.el
12971
12972 (autoload (quote hanoi) "hanoi" "\
12973 Towers of Hanoi diversion. Use NRINGS rings.
12974
12975 \(fn NRINGS)" t nil)
12976
12977 (autoload (quote hanoi-unix) "hanoi" "\
12978 Towers of Hanoi, UNIX doomsday version.
12979 Displays 32-ring towers that have been progressing at one move per
12980 second since 1970-01-01 00:00:00 GMT.
12981
12982 Repent before ring 31 moves.
12983
12984 \(fn)" t nil)
12985
12986 (autoload (quote hanoi-unix-64) "hanoi" "\
12987 Like hanoi-unix, but pretend to have a 64-bit clock.
12988 This is, necessarily (as of Emacs 20.3), a crock. When the
12989 current-time interface is made s2G-compliant, hanoi.el will need
12990 to be updated.
12991
12992 \(fn)" t nil)
12993
12994 ;;;***
12995 \f
12996 ;;;### (autoloads (scan-buf-previous-region scan-buf-next-region
12997 ;;;;;; scan-buf-move-to-region help-at-pt-display-when-idle help-at-pt-set-timer
12998 ;;;;;; help-at-pt-cancel-timer display-local-help help-at-pt-kbd-string
12999 ;;;;;; help-at-pt-string) "help-at-pt" "help-at-pt.el" (17842 58279))
13000 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-at-pt.el
13001
13002 (autoload (quote help-at-pt-string) "help-at-pt" "\
13003 Return the help-echo string at point.
13004 Normally, the string produced by the `help-echo' text or overlay
13005 property, or nil, is returned.
13006 If KBD is non-nil, `kbd-help' is used instead, and any
13007 `help-echo' property is ignored. In this case, the return value
13008 can also be t, if that is the value of the `kbd-help' property.
13009
13010 \(fn &optional KBD)" nil nil)
13011
13012 (autoload (quote help-at-pt-kbd-string) "help-at-pt" "\
13013 Return the keyboard help string at point.
13014 If the `kbd-help' text or overlay property at point produces a
13015 string, return it. Otherwise, use the `help-echo' property. If
13016 this produces no string either, return nil.
13017
13018 \(fn)" nil nil)
13019
13020 (autoload (quote display-local-help) "help-at-pt" "\
13021 Display local help in the echo area.
13022 This displays a short help message, namely the string produced by
13023 the `kbd-help' property at point. If `kbd-help' does not produce
13024 a string, but the `help-echo' property does, then that string is
13025 printed instead.
13026
13027 A numeric argument ARG prevents display of a message in case
13028 there is no help. While ARG can be used interactively, it is
13029 mainly meant for use from Lisp.
13030
13031 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13032
13033 (autoload (quote help-at-pt-cancel-timer) "help-at-pt" "\
13034 Cancel any timer set by `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
13035 This disables `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
13036
13037 \(fn)" t nil)
13038
13039 (autoload (quote help-at-pt-set-timer) "help-at-pt" "\
13040 Enable `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
13041 This is done by setting a timer, if none is currently active.
13042
13043 \(fn)" t nil)
13044
13045 (defvar help-at-pt-display-when-idle (quote never) "\
13046 *Automatically show local help on point-over.
13047 If the value is t, the string obtained from any `kbd-help' or
13048 `help-echo' property at point is automatically printed in the
13049 echo area, if nothing else is already displayed there, or after a
13050 quit. If both `kbd-help' and `help-echo' produce help strings,
13051 `kbd-help' is used. If the value is a list, the help only gets
13052 printed if there is a text or overlay property at point that is
13053 included in this list. Suggested properties are `keymap',
13054 `local-map', `button' and `kbd-help'. Any value other than t or
13055 a non-empty list disables the feature.
13056
13057 This variable only takes effect after a call to
13058 `help-at-pt-set-timer'. The help gets printed after Emacs has
13059 been idle for `help-at-pt-timer-delay' seconds. You can call
13060 `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' to cancel the timer set by, and the
13061 effect of, `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
13062
13063 When this variable is set through Custom, `help-at-pt-set-timer'
13064 is called automatically, unless the value is `never', in which
13065 case `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' is called. Specifying an empty
13066 list of properties through Custom will set the timer, thus
13067 enabling buffer local values. It sets the actual value to nil.
13068 Thus, Custom distinguishes between a nil value and other values
13069 that disable the feature, which Custom identifies with `never'.
13070 The default is `never'.")
13071
13072 (custom-autoload (quote help-at-pt-display-when-idle) "help-at-pt" nil)
13073
13074 (autoload (quote scan-buf-move-to-region) "help-at-pt" "\
13075 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil PROP property.
13076 Then run HOOK, which should be a quoted symbol that is a normal
13077 hook variable, or an expression evaluating to such a symbol.
13078 Adjacent areas with different non-nil PROP properties are
13079 considered different regions.
13080
13081 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
13082 such region, then run HOOK. If ARG is negative, move backward.
13083 If point is already in a region, then that region does not count
13084 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a region, move to
13085 the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not in a
13086 region, print a message to that effect, but do not move point and
13087 do not run HOOK. If there are not enough regions to move over,
13088 an error results and the number of available regions is mentioned
13089 in the error message. Point is not moved and HOOK is not run.
13090
13091 \(fn PROP &optional ARG HOOK)" nil nil)
13092
13093 (autoload (quote scan-buf-next-region) "help-at-pt" "\
13094 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil help-echo.
13095 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
13096 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
13097 different regions.
13098
13099 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
13100 help-echo region. If ARG is negative, move backward. If point
13101 is already in a help-echo region, then that region does not count
13102 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a help-echo region,
13103 move to the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not
13104 in such a region, just print a message to that effect. If there
13105 are not enough regions to move over, an error results and the
13106 number of available regions is mentioned in the error message.
13107
13108 A potentially confusing subtlety is that point can be in a
13109 help-echo region without any local help being available. This is
13110 because `help-echo' can be a function evaluating to nil. This
13111 rarely happens in practice.
13112
13113 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13114
13115 (autoload (quote scan-buf-previous-region) "help-at-pt" "\
13116 Go to the start of the previous region with non-nil help-echo.
13117 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
13118 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
13119 different regions. With numeric argument ARG, behaves like
13120 `scan-buf-next-region' with argument -ARG..
13121
13122 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13123
13124 ;;;***
13125 \f
13126 ;;;### (autoloads (describe-categories describe-syntax describe-variable
13127 ;;;;;; variable-at-point describe-function-1 describe-simplify-lib-file-name
13128 ;;;;;; help-C-file-name describe-function) "help-fns" "help-fns.el"
13129 ;;;;;; (17845 46651))
13130 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-fns.el
13131
13132 (autoload (quote describe-function) "help-fns" "\
13133 Display the full documentation of FUNCTION (a symbol).
13134
13135 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
13136
13137 (autoload (quote help-C-file-name) "help-fns" "\
13138 Return the name of the C file where SUBR-OR-VAR is defined.
13139 KIND should be `var' for a variable or `subr' for a subroutine.
13140
13141 \(fn SUBR-OR-VAR KIND)" nil nil)
13142
13143 (autoload (quote describe-simplify-lib-file-name) "help-fns" "\
13144 Simplify a library name FILE to a relative name, and make it a source file.
13145
13146 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
13147
13148 (autoload (quote describe-function-1) "help-fns" "\
13149 Not documented
13150
13151 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil)
13152
13153 (autoload (quote variable-at-point) "help-fns" "\
13154 Return the bound variable symbol found at or before point.
13155 Return 0 if there is no such symbol.
13156 If ANY-SYMBOL is non-nil, don't insist the symbol be bound.
13157
13158 \(fn &optional ANY-SYMBOL)" nil nil)
13159
13160 (autoload (quote describe-variable) "help-fns" "\
13161 Display the full documentation of VARIABLE (a symbol).
13162 Returns the documentation as a string, also.
13163 If VARIABLE has a buffer-local value in BUFFER or FRAME
13164 \(default to the current buffer and current frame),
13165 it is displayed along with the global value.
13166
13167 \(fn VARIABLE &optional BUFFER FRAME)" t nil)
13168
13169 (autoload (quote describe-syntax) "help-fns" "\
13170 Describe the syntax specifications in the syntax table of BUFFER.
13171 The descriptions are inserted in a help buffer, which is then displayed.
13172 BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
13173
13174 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13175
13176 (autoload (quote describe-categories) "help-fns" "\
13177 Describe the category specifications in the current category table.
13178 The descriptions are inserted in a buffer, which is then displayed.
13179 If BUFFER is non-nil, then describe BUFFER's category table instead.
13180 BUFFER should be a buffer or a buffer name.
13181
13182 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13183
13184 ;;;***
13185 \f
13186 ;;;### (autoloads (three-step-help) "help-macro" "help-macro.el"
13187 ;;;;;; (17842 58279))
13188 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-macro.el
13189
13190 (defvar three-step-help nil "\
13191 *Non-nil means give more info about Help command in three steps.
13192 The three steps are simple prompt, prompt with all options,
13193 and window listing and describing the options.
13194 A value of nil means skip the middle step, so that
13195 \\[help-command] \\[help-command] gives the window that lists the options.")
13196
13197 (custom-autoload (quote three-step-help) "help-macro" t)
13198
13199 ;;;***
13200 \f
13201 ;;;### (autoloads (help-xref-on-pp help-insert-xref-button help-xref-button
13202 ;;;;;; help-make-xrefs help-setup-xref help-mode-finish help-mode-setup
13203 ;;;;;; help-mode) "help-mode" "help-mode.el" (17842 58279))
13204 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-mode.el
13205
13206 (autoload (quote help-mode) "help-mode" "\
13207 Major mode for viewing help text and navigating references in it.
13208 Entry to this mode runs the normal hook `help-mode-hook'.
13209 Commands:
13210 \\{help-mode-map}
13211
13212 \(fn)" t nil)
13213
13214 (autoload (quote help-mode-setup) "help-mode" "\
13215 Not documented
13216
13217 \(fn)" nil nil)
13218
13219 (autoload (quote help-mode-finish) "help-mode" "\
13220 Not documented
13221
13222 \(fn)" nil nil)
13223
13224 (autoload (quote help-setup-xref) "help-mode" "\
13225 Invoked from commands using the \"*Help*\" buffer to install some xref info.
13226
13227 ITEM is a (FUNCTION . ARGS) pair appropriate for recreating the help
13228 buffer after following a reference. INTERACTIVE-P is non-nil if the
13229 calling command was invoked interactively. In this case the stack of
13230 items for help buffer \"back\" buttons is cleared.
13231
13232 This should be called very early, before the output buffer is cleared,
13233 because we want to record the \"previous\" position of point so we can
13234 restore it properly when going back.
13235
13236 \(fn ITEM INTERACTIVE-P)" nil nil)
13237
13238 (autoload (quote help-make-xrefs) "help-mode" "\
13239 Parse and hyperlink documentation cross-references in the given BUFFER.
13240
13241 Find cross-reference information in a buffer and activate such cross
13242 references for selection with `help-follow'. Cross-references have
13243 the canonical form `...' and the type of reference may be
13244 disambiguated by the preceding word(s) used in
13245 `help-xref-symbol-regexp'. Faces only get cross-referenced if
13246 preceded or followed by the word `face'. Variables without
13247 variable documentation do not get cross-referenced, unless
13248 preceded by the word `variable' or `option'.
13249
13250 If the variable `help-xref-mule-regexp' is non-nil, find also
13251 cross-reference information related to multilingual environment
13252 \(e.g., coding-systems). This variable is also used to disambiguate
13253 the type of reference as the same way as `help-xref-symbol-regexp'.
13254
13255 A special reference `back' is made to return back through a stack of
13256 help buffers. Variable `help-back-label' specifies the text for
13257 that.
13258
13259 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13260
13261 (autoload (quote help-xref-button) "help-mode" "\
13262 Make a hyperlink for cross-reference text previously matched.
13263 MATCH-NUMBER is the subexpression of interest in the last matched
13264 regexp. TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are
13265 passed to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
13266 See `help-make-xrefs'.
13267
13268 \(fn MATCH-NUMBER TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
13269
13270 (autoload (quote help-insert-xref-button) "help-mode" "\
13271 Insert STRING and make a hyperlink from cross-reference text on it.
13272 TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are passed
13273 to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
13274 See `help-make-xrefs'.
13275
13276 \(fn STRING TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
13277
13278 (autoload (quote help-xref-on-pp) "help-mode" "\
13279 Add xrefs for symbols in `pp's output between FROM and TO.
13280
13281 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
13282
13283 ;;;***
13284 \f
13285 ;;;### (autoloads (Helper-help Helper-describe-bindings) "helper"
13286 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/helper.el" (17842 54152))
13287 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/helper.el
13288
13289 (autoload (quote Helper-describe-bindings) "helper" "\
13290 Describe local key bindings of current mode.
13291
13292 \(fn)" t nil)
13293
13294 (autoload (quote Helper-help) "helper" "\
13295 Provide help for current mode.
13296
13297 \(fn)" t nil)
13298
13299 ;;;***
13300 \f
13301 ;;;### (autoloads (hexlify-buffer hexl-find-file hexl-mode) "hexl"
13302 ;;;;;; "hexl.el" (17844 53657))
13303 ;;; Generated autoloads from hexl.el
13304
13305 (autoload (quote hexl-mode) "hexl" "\
13306 \\<hexl-mode-map>A mode for editing binary files in hex dump format.
13307 This is not an ordinary major mode; it alters some aspects
13308 of the current mode's behavior, but not all; also, you can exit
13309 Hexl mode and return to the previous mode using `hexl-mode-exit'.
13310
13311 This function automatically converts a buffer into the hexl format
13312 using the function `hexlify-buffer'.
13313
13314 Each line in the buffer has an \"address\" (displayed in hexadecimal)
13315 representing the offset into the file that the characters on this line
13316 are at and 16 characters from the file (displayed as hexadecimal
13317 values grouped every 16 bits) and as their ASCII values.
13318
13319 If any of the characters (displayed as ASCII characters) are
13320 unprintable (control or meta characters) they will be replaced as
13321 periods.
13322
13323 If `hexl-mode' is invoked with an argument the buffer is assumed to be
13324 in hexl format.
13325
13326 A sample format:
13327
13328 HEX ADDR: 0001 0203 0405 0607 0809 0a0b 0c0d 0e0f ASCII-TEXT
13329 -------- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----------------
13330 00000000: 5468 6973 2069 7320 6865 786c 2d6d 6f64 This is hexl-mod
13331 00000010: 652e 2020 4561 6368 206c 696e 6520 7265 e. Each line re
13332 00000020: 7072 6573 656e 7473 2031 3620 6279 7465 presents 16 byte
13333 00000030: 7320 6173 2068 6578 6164 6563 696d 616c s as hexadecimal
13334 00000040: 2041 5343 4949 0a61 6e64 2070 7269 6e74 ASCII.and print
13335 00000050: 6162 6c65 2041 5343 4949 2063 6861 7261 able ASCII chara
13336 00000060: 6374 6572 732e 2020 416e 7920 636f 6e74 cters. Any cont
13337 00000070: 726f 6c20 6f72 206e 6f6e 2d41 5343 4949 rol or non-ASCII
13338 00000080: 2063 6861 7261 6374 6572 730a 6172 6520 characters.are
13339 00000090: 6469 7370 6c61 7965 6420 6173 2070 6572 displayed as per
13340 000000a0: 696f 6473 2069 6e20 7468 6520 7072 696e iods in the prin
13341 000000b0: 7461 626c 6520 6368 6172 6163 7465 7220 table character
13342 000000c0: 7265 6769 6f6e 2e0a region..
13343
13344 Movement is as simple as movement in a normal Emacs text buffer. Most
13345 cursor movement bindings are the same (ie. Use \\[hexl-backward-char], \\[hexl-forward-char], \\[hexl-next-line], and \\[hexl-previous-line]
13346 to move the cursor left, right, down, and up).
13347
13348 Advanced cursor movement commands (ala \\[hexl-beginning-of-line], \\[hexl-end-of-line], \\[hexl-beginning-of-buffer], and \\[hexl-end-of-buffer]) are
13349 also supported.
13350
13351 There are several ways to change text in hexl mode:
13352
13353 ASCII characters (character between space (0x20) and tilde (0x7E)) are
13354 bound to self-insert so you can simply type the character and it will
13355 insert itself (actually overstrike) into the buffer.
13356
13357 \\[hexl-quoted-insert] followed by another keystroke allows you to insert the key even if
13358 it isn't bound to self-insert. An octal number can be supplied in place
13359 of another key to insert the octal number's ASCII representation.
13360
13361 \\[hexl-insert-hex-char] will insert a given hexadecimal value (if it is between 0 and 0xFF)
13362 into the buffer at the current point.
13363
13364 \\[hexl-insert-octal-char] will insert a given octal value (if it is between 0 and 0377)
13365 into the buffer at the current point.
13366
13367 \\[hexl-insert-decimal-char] will insert a given decimal value (if it is between 0 and 255)
13368 into the buffer at the current point.
13369
13370 \\[hexl-mode-exit] will exit hexl-mode.
13371
13372 Note: saving the file with any of the usual Emacs commands
13373 will actually convert it back to binary format while saving.
13374
13375 You can use \\[hexl-find-file] to visit a file in Hexl mode.
13376
13377 \\[describe-bindings] for advanced commands.
13378
13379 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13380
13381 (autoload (quote hexl-find-file) "hexl" "\
13382 Edit file FILENAME as a binary file in hex dump format.
13383 Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME, creating one if none exists,
13384 and edit the file in `hexl-mode'.
13385
13386 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
13387
13388 (autoload (quote hexlify-buffer) "hexl" "\
13389 Convert a binary buffer to hexl format.
13390 This discards the buffer's undo information.
13391
13392 \(fn)" t nil)
13393
13394 ;;;***
13395 \f
13396 ;;;### (autoloads (hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns hi-lock-unface-buffer
13397 ;;;;;; hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer hi-lock-face-buffer hi-lock-line-face-buffer
13398 ;;;;;; global-hi-lock-mode hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "hi-lock.el"
13399 ;;;;;; (17992 30877))
13400 ;;; Generated autoloads from hi-lock.el
13401
13402 (autoload (quote hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "\
13403 Toggle minor mode for interactively adding font-lock highlighting patterns.
13404
13405 If ARG positive, turn hi-lock on. Issuing a hi-lock command will also
13406 turn hi-lock on. To turn hi-lock on in all buffers use
13407 `global-hi-lock-mode' or in your .emacs file (global-hi-lock-mode 1).
13408 When hi-lock is turned on, a \"Regexp Highlighting\" submenu is added
13409 to the \"Edit\" menu. The commands in the submenu, which can be
13410 called interactively, are:
13411
13412 \\[highlight-regexp] REGEXP FACE
13413 Highlight matches of pattern REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
13414
13415 \\[highlight-phrase] PHRASE FACE
13416 Highlight matches of phrase PHRASE in current buffer with FACE.
13417 (PHRASE can be any REGEXP, but spaces will be replaced by matches
13418 to whitespace and initial lower-case letters will become case insensitive.)
13419
13420 \\[highlight-lines-matching-regexp] REGEXP FACE
13421 Highlight lines containing matches of REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
13422
13423 \\[unhighlight-regexp] REGEXP
13424 Remove highlighting on matches of REGEXP in current buffer.
13425
13426 \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]
13427 Write active REGEXPs into buffer as comments (if possible). They may
13428 be read the next time file is loaded or when the \\[hi-lock-find-patterns] command
13429 is issued. The inserted regexps are in the form of font lock keywords.
13430 (See `font-lock-keywords'.) They may be edited and re-loaded with \\[hi-lock-find-patterns],
13431 any valid `font-lock-keywords' form is acceptable. When a file is
13432 loaded the patterns are read if `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy is
13433 'ask and the user responds y to the prompt, or if
13434 `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy' is bound to a function and that
13435 function returns t.
13436
13437 \\[hi-lock-find-patterns]
13438 Re-read patterns stored in buffer (in the format produced by \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]).
13439
13440 When hi-lock is started and if the mode is not excluded or patterns
13441 rejected, the beginning of the buffer is searched for lines of the
13442 form:
13443 Hi-lock: FOO
13444 where FOO is a list of patterns. These are added to the font lock
13445 keywords already present. The patterns must start before position
13446 \(number of characters into buffer) `hi-lock-file-patterns-range'.
13447 Patterns will be read until
13448 Hi-lock: end
13449 is found. A mode is excluded if it's in the list `hi-lock-exclude-modes'.
13450
13451 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13452
13453 (defvar global-hi-lock-mode nil "\
13454 Non-nil if Global-Hi-Lock mode is enabled.
13455 See the command `global-hi-lock-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13456 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13457 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13458 or call the function `global-hi-lock-mode'.")
13459
13460 (custom-autoload (quote global-hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" nil)
13461
13462 (autoload (quote global-hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "\
13463 Toggle Hi-Lock mode in every possible buffer.
13464 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Hi-Lock mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
13465 Hi-Lock mode is enabled in all buffers where `turn-on-hi-lock-if-enabled' would do it.
13466 See `hi-lock-mode' for more information on Hi-Lock mode.
13467
13468 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13469
13470 (defalias (quote highlight-lines-matching-regexp) (quote hi-lock-line-face-buffer))
13471
13472 (autoload (quote hi-lock-line-face-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
13473 Set face of all lines containing a match of REGEXP to FACE.
13474
13475 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
13476 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
13477 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[next-history-element] and \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve next or previous history item.
13478 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
13479
13480 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13481
13482 (defalias (quote highlight-regexp) (quote hi-lock-face-buffer))
13483
13484 (autoload (quote hi-lock-face-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
13485 Set face of each match of REGEXP to FACE.
13486
13487 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
13488 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
13489 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[next-history-element] and \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve next or previous history item.
13490 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
13491
13492 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13493
13494 (defalias (quote highlight-phrase) (quote hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer))
13495
13496 (autoload (quote hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
13497 Set face of each match of phrase REGEXP to FACE.
13498
13499 Whitespace in REGEXP converted to arbitrary whitespace and initial
13500 lower-case letters made case insensitive.
13501
13502 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13503
13504 (defalias (quote unhighlight-regexp) (quote hi-lock-unface-buffer))
13505
13506 (autoload (quote hi-lock-unface-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
13507 Remove highlighting of each match to REGEXP set by hi-lock.
13508
13509 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP. Buffer-local history of inserted
13510 regexp's maintained. Will accept only regexps inserted by hi-lock
13511 interactive functions. (See `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.)
13512 \\<minibuffer-local-must-match-map>Use \\[minibuffer-complete] to complete a partially typed regexp.
13513 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
13514
13515 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
13516
13517 (autoload (quote hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns) "hi-lock" "\
13518 Write interactively added patterns, if any, into buffer at point.
13519
13520 Interactively added patterns are those normally specified using
13521 `highlight-regexp' and `highlight-lines-matching-regexp'; they can
13522 be found in variable `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.
13523
13524 \(fn)" t nil)
13525
13526 ;;;***
13527 \f
13528 ;;;### (autoloads (hide-ifdef-lines hide-ifdef-read-only hide-ifdef-initially
13529 ;;;;;; hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "progmodes/hideif.el" (17842 56333))
13530 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideif.el
13531
13532 (autoload (quote hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "\
13533 Toggle Hide-Ifdef mode. This is a minor mode, albeit a large one.
13534 With ARG, turn Hide-Ifdef mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
13535 In Hide-Ifdef mode, code within #ifdef constructs that the C preprocessor
13536 would eliminate may be hidden from view. Several variables affect
13537 how the hiding is done:
13538
13539 `hide-ifdef-env'
13540 An association list of defined and undefined symbols for the
13541 current buffer. Initially, the global value of `hide-ifdef-env'
13542 is used.
13543
13544 `hide-ifdef-define-alist'
13545 An association list of defined symbol lists.
13546 Use `hide-ifdef-set-define-alist' to save the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13547 and `hide-ifdef-use-define-alist' to set the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13548 from one of the lists in `hide-ifdef-define-alist'.
13549
13550 `hide-ifdef-lines'
13551 Set to non-nil to not show #if, #ifdef, #ifndef, #else, and
13552 #endif lines when hiding.
13553
13554 `hide-ifdef-initially'
13555 Indicates whether `hide-ifdefs' should be called when Hide-Ifdef mode
13556 is activated.
13557
13558 `hide-ifdef-read-only'
13559 Set to non-nil if you want to make buffers read only while hiding.
13560 After `show-ifdefs', read-only status is restored to previous value.
13561
13562 \\{hide-ifdef-mode-map}
13563
13564 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13565
13566 (defvar hide-ifdef-initially nil "\
13567 *Non-nil means call `hide-ifdefs' when Hide-Ifdef mode is first activated.")
13568
13569 (custom-autoload (quote hide-ifdef-initially) "hideif" t)
13570
13571 (defvar hide-ifdef-read-only nil "\
13572 *Set to non-nil if you want buffer to be read-only while hiding text.")
13573
13574 (custom-autoload (quote hide-ifdef-read-only) "hideif" t)
13575
13576 (defvar hide-ifdef-lines nil "\
13577 *Non-nil means hide the #ifX, #else, and #endif lines.")
13578
13579 (custom-autoload (quote hide-ifdef-lines) "hideif" t)
13580
13581 ;;;***
13582 \f
13583 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-off-hideshow hs-minor-mode) "hideshow" "progmodes/hideshow.el"
13584 ;;;;;; (17934 43341))
13585 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideshow.el
13586
13587 (defvar hs-special-modes-alist (quote ((c-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (c++-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (bibtex-mode ("^@\\S(*\\(\\s(\\)" 1)) (java-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning))) "\
13588 *Alist for initializing the hideshow variables for different modes.
13589 Each element has the form
13590 (MODE START END COMMENT-START FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC ADJUST-BEG-FUNC).
13591
13592 If non-nil, hideshow will use these values as regexps to define blocks
13593 and comments, respectively for major mode MODE.
13594
13595 START, END and COMMENT-START are regular expressions. A block is
13596 defined as text surrounded by START and END.
13597
13598 As a special case, START may be a list of the form (COMPLEX-START
13599 MDATA-SELECTOR), where COMPLEX-START is a regexp w/ multiple parts and
13600 MDATA-SELECTOR an integer that specifies which sub-match is the proper
13601 place to adjust point, before calling `hs-forward-sexp-func'. Point
13602 is adjusted to the beginning of the specified match. For example,
13603 see the `hs-special-modes-alist' entry for `bibtex-mode'.
13604
13605 For some major modes, `forward-sexp' does not work properly. In those
13606 cases, FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC specifies another function to use instead.
13607
13608 See the documentation for `hs-adjust-block-beginning' to see what is the
13609 use of ADJUST-BEG-FUNC.
13610
13611 If any of the elements is left nil or omitted, hideshow tries to guess
13612 appropriate values. The regexps should not contain leading or trailing
13613 whitespace. Case does not matter.")
13614
13615 (autoload (quote hs-minor-mode) "hideshow" "\
13616 Toggle hideshow minor mode.
13617 With ARG, turn hideshow minor mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
13618 When hideshow minor mode is on, the menu bar is augmented with hideshow
13619 commands and the hideshow commands are enabled.
13620 The value '(hs . t) is added to `buffer-invisibility-spec'.
13621
13622 The main commands are: `hs-hide-all', `hs-show-all', `hs-hide-block',
13623 `hs-show-block', `hs-hide-level' and `hs-toggle-hiding'. There is also
13624 `hs-hide-initial-comment-block' and `hs-mouse-toggle-hiding'.
13625
13626 Turning hideshow minor mode off reverts the menu bar and the
13627 variables to default values and disables the hideshow commands.
13628
13629 Lastly, the normal hook `hs-minor-mode-hook' is run using `run-hooks'.
13630
13631 Key bindings:
13632 \\{hs-minor-mode-map}
13633
13634 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13635
13636 (autoload (quote turn-off-hideshow) "hideshow" "\
13637 Unconditionally turn off `hs-minor-mode'.
13638
13639 \(fn)" nil nil)
13640
13641 ;;;***
13642 \f
13643 ;;;### (autoloads (global-highlight-changes highlight-compare-with-file
13644 ;;;;;; highlight-compare-buffers highlight-changes-rotate-faces
13645 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-previous-change highlight-changes-next-change
13646 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-mode highlight-changes-remove-highlight)
13647 ;;;;;; "hilit-chg" "hilit-chg.el" (17842 58279))
13648 ;;; Generated autoloads from hilit-chg.el
13649
13650 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-remove-highlight) "hilit-chg" "\
13651 Remove the change face from the region between BEG and END.
13652 This allows you to manually remove highlighting from uninteresting changes.
13653
13654 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
13655
13656 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-mode) "hilit-chg" "\
13657 Toggle (or initially set) Highlight Changes mode.
13658
13659 Without an argument:
13660 If Highlight Changes mode is not enabled, then enable it (in either active
13661 or passive state as determined by the variable
13662 `highlight-changes-initial-state'); otherwise, toggle between active
13663 and passive state.
13664
13665 With an argument ARG:
13666 If ARG is positive, set state to active;
13667 If ARG is zero, set state to passive;
13668 If ARG is negative, disable Highlight Changes mode completely.
13669
13670 Active state - means changes are shown in a distinctive face.
13671 Passive state - means changes are kept and new ones recorded but are
13672 not displayed in a different face.
13673
13674 Functions:
13675 \\[highlight-changes-next-change] - move point to beginning of next change
13676 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] - move to beginning of previous change
13677 \\[highlight-compare-with-file] - mark text as changed by comparing this
13678 buffer with the contents of a file
13679 \\[highlight-changes-remove-highlight] - remove the change face from the region
13680 \\[highlight-changes-rotate-faces] - rotate different \"ages\" of changes through
13681 various faces
13682
13683 Hook variables:
13684 `highlight-changes-enable-hook' - when enabling Highlight Changes mode
13685 `highlight-changes-toggle-hook' - when entering active or passive state
13686 `highlight-changes-disable-hook' - when turning off Highlight Changes mode
13687
13688 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13689
13690 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-next-change) "hilit-chg" "\
13691 Move to the beginning of the next change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
13692
13693 \(fn)" t nil)
13694
13695 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-previous-change) "hilit-chg" "\
13696 Move to the beginning of the previous change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
13697
13698 \(fn)" t nil)
13699
13700 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-rotate-faces) "hilit-chg" "\
13701 Rotate the faces used by Highlight Changes mode.
13702
13703 Current changes are displayed in the face described by the first element
13704 of `highlight-changes-face-list', one level older changes are shown in
13705 face described by the second element, and so on. Very old changes remain
13706 shown in the last face in the list.
13707
13708 You can automatically rotate colors when the buffer is saved by adding
13709 this function to `write-file-functions' as a buffer-local value. To do
13710 this, eval the following in the buffer to be saved:
13711
13712 (add-hook 'write-file-functions 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces nil t)
13713
13714 \(fn)" t nil)
13715
13716 (autoload (quote highlight-compare-buffers) "hilit-chg" "\
13717 Compare two buffers and highlight the differences.
13718
13719 The default is the current buffer and the one in the next window.
13720
13721 If either buffer is modified and is visiting a file, you are prompted
13722 to save the file.
13723
13724 Unless the buffer is unmodified and visiting a file, the buffer is
13725 written to a temporary file for comparison.
13726
13727 If a buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
13728 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
13729 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
13730
13731 \(fn BUF-A BUF-B)" t nil)
13732
13733 (autoload (quote highlight-compare-with-file) "hilit-chg" "\
13734 Compare this buffer with a file, and highlight differences.
13735
13736 If the buffer has a backup filename, it is used as the default when
13737 this function is called interactively.
13738
13739 If the current buffer is visiting the file being compared against, it
13740 also will have its differences highlighted. Otherwise, the file is
13741 read in temporarily but the buffer is deleted.
13742
13743 If the buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
13744 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
13745 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
13746
13747 \(fn FILE-B)" t nil)
13748
13749 (autoload (quote global-highlight-changes) "hilit-chg" "\
13750 Turn on or off global Highlight Changes mode.
13751
13752 When called interactively:
13753 - if no prefix, toggle global Highlight Changes mode on or off
13754 - if called with a positive prefix (or just C-u) turn it on in active mode
13755 - if called with a zero prefix turn it on in passive mode
13756 - if called with a negative prefix turn it off
13757
13758 When called from a program:
13759 - if ARG is nil or omitted, turn it off
13760 - if ARG is `active', turn it on in active mode
13761 - if ARG is `passive', turn it on in passive mode
13762 - otherwise just turn it on
13763
13764 When global Highlight Changes mode is enabled, Highlight Changes mode is turned
13765 on for future \"suitable\" buffers (and for \"suitable\" existing buffers if
13766 variable `highlight-changes-global-changes-existing-buffers' is non-nil).
13767 \"Suitability\" is determined by variable `highlight-changes-global-modes'.
13768
13769 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13770
13771 ;;;***
13772 \f
13773 ;;;### (autoloads (make-hippie-expand-function hippie-expand hippie-expand-only-buffers
13774 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-ignore-buffers hippie-expand-max-buffers hippie-expand-no-restriction
13775 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space
13776 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-verbose hippie-expand-try-functions-list) "hippie-exp"
13777 ;;;;;; "hippie-exp.el" (17842 58279))
13778 ;;; Generated autoloads from hippie-exp.el
13779
13780 (defvar hippie-expand-try-functions-list (quote (try-complete-file-name-partially try-complete-file-name try-expand-all-abbrevs try-expand-list try-expand-line try-expand-dabbrev try-expand-dabbrev-all-buffers try-expand-dabbrev-from-kill try-complete-lisp-symbol-partially try-complete-lisp-symbol)) "\
13781 The list of expansion functions tried in order by `hippie-expand'.
13782 To change the behavior of `hippie-expand', remove, change the order of,
13783 or insert functions in this list.")
13784
13785 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-try-functions-list) "hippie-exp" t)
13786
13787 (defvar hippie-expand-verbose t "\
13788 *Non-nil makes `hippie-expand' output which function it is trying.")
13789
13790 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-verbose) "hippie-exp" t)
13791
13792 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space nil "\
13793 *Non-nil means tolerate trailing spaces in the abbreviation to expand.")
13794
13795 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space) "hippie-exp" t)
13796
13797 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol t "\
13798 *Non-nil means expand as symbols, i.e. syntax `_' is considered a letter.")
13799
13800 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol) "hippie-exp" t)
13801
13802 (defvar hippie-expand-no-restriction t "\
13803 *Non-nil means that narrowed buffers are widened during search.")
13804
13805 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-no-restriction) "hippie-exp" t)
13806
13807 (defvar hippie-expand-max-buffers nil "\
13808 *The maximum number of buffers (apart from the current) searched.
13809 If nil, all buffers are searched.")
13810
13811 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-max-buffers) "hippie-exp" t)
13812
13813 (defvar hippie-expand-ignore-buffers (quote ("^ \\*.*\\*$" dired-mode)) "\
13814 *A list specifying which buffers not to search (if not current).
13815 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
13816 \(as atoms)")
13817
13818 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-ignore-buffers) "hippie-exp" t)
13819
13820 (defvar hippie-expand-only-buffers nil "\
13821 *A list specifying the only buffers to search (in addition to current).
13822 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
13823 \(as atoms). If non-nil, this variable overrides the variable
13824 `hippie-expand-ignore-buffers'.")
13825
13826 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-only-buffers) "hippie-exp" t)
13827
13828 (autoload (quote hippie-expand) "hippie-exp" "\
13829 Try to expand text before point, using multiple methods.
13830 The expansion functions in `hippie-expand-try-functions-list' are
13831 tried in order, until a possible expansion is found. Repeated
13832 application of `hippie-expand' inserts successively possible
13833 expansions.
13834 With a positive numeric argument, jumps directly to the ARG next
13835 function in this list. With a negative argument or just \\[universal-argument],
13836 undoes the expansion.
13837
13838 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
13839
13840 (autoload (quote make-hippie-expand-function) "hippie-exp" "\
13841 Construct a function similar to `hippie-expand'.
13842 Make it use the expansion functions in TRY-LIST. An optional second
13843 argument VERBOSE non-nil makes the function verbose.
13844
13845 \(fn TRY-LIST &optional VERBOSE)" nil (quote macro))
13846
13847 ;;;***
13848 \f
13849 ;;;### (autoloads (global-hl-line-mode hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "hl-line.el"
13850 ;;;;;; (17842 58279))
13851 ;;; Generated autoloads from hl-line.el
13852
13853 (autoload (quote hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "\
13854 Buffer-local minor mode to highlight the line about point.
13855 With ARG, turn Hl-Line mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
13856
13857 If `hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
13858 line about the buffer's point in all windows. Caveat: the
13859 buffer's point might be different from the point of a
13860 non-selected window. Hl-Line mode uses the function
13861 `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook' in this case.
13862
13863 When `hl-line-sticky-flag' is nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
13864 line about point in the selected window only. In this case, it
13865 uses the function `hl-line-unhighlight' on `pre-command-hook' in
13866 addition to `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook'.
13867
13868 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13869
13870 (defvar global-hl-line-mode nil "\
13871 Non-nil if Global-Hl-Line mode is enabled.
13872 See the command `global-hl-line-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13873 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13874 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13875 or call the function `global-hl-line-mode'.")
13876
13877 (custom-autoload (quote global-hl-line-mode) "hl-line" nil)
13878
13879 (autoload (quote global-hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "\
13880 Global minor mode to highlight the line about point in the current window.
13881 With ARG, turn Global-Hl-Line mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
13882
13883 Global-Hl-Line mode uses the functions `global-hl-line-unhighlight' and
13884 `global-hl-line-highlight' on `pre-command-hook' and `post-command-hook'.
13885
13886 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13887
13888 ;;;***
13889 \f
13890 ;;;### (autoloads (list-holidays holidays) "holidays" "calendar/holidays.el"
13891 ;;;;;; (17956 13479))
13892 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/holidays.el
13893
13894 (autoload (quote holidays) "holidays" "\
13895 Display the holidays for last month, this month, and next month.
13896 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
13897
13898 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
13899
13900 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13901
13902 (autoload (quote list-holidays) "holidays" "\
13903 Display holidays for years Y1 to Y2 (inclusive).
13904
13905 The optional list of holidays L defaults to `calendar-holidays'.
13906 If you want to control what holidays are displayed, use a
13907 different list. For example,
13908
13909 (list-holidays 2006 2006
13910 (append general-holidays local-holidays other-holidays))
13911
13912 will display holidays for the year 2006 defined in the 3
13913 mentioned lists, and nothing else.
13914
13915 When called interactively, this command offers a choice of
13916 holidays, based on the variables `solar-holidays' etc. See the
13917 documentation of `calendar-holidays' for a list of the variables
13918 that control the choices, as well as a description of the format
13919 of a holiday list.
13920
13921 The optional LABEL is used to label the buffer created.
13922
13923 \(fn Y1 Y2 &optional L LABEL)" t nil)
13924
13925 ;;;***
13926 \f
13927 ;;;### (autoloads (html2text) "html2text" "gnus/html2text.el" (17842
13928 ;;;;;; 54741))
13929 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/html2text.el
13930
13931 (autoload (quote html2text) "html2text" "\
13932 Convert HTML to plain text in the current buffer.
13933
13934 \(fn)" t nil)
13935
13936 ;;;***
13937 \f
13938 ;;;### (autoloads (ibuffer-do-occur ibuffer-mark-dired-buffers ibuffer-mark-read-only-buffers
13939 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-special-buffers ibuffer-mark-old-buffers ibuffer-mark-compressed-file-buffers
13940 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-help-buffers ibuffer-mark-dissociated-buffers
13941 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-unsaved-buffers ibuffer-mark-modified-buffers
13942 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-by-mode ibuffer-mark-by-file-name-regexp ibuffer-mark-by-mode-regexp
13943 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-by-name-regexp ibuffer-copy-filename-as-kill
13944 ;;;;;; ibuffer-diff-with-file ibuffer-jump-to-buffer ibuffer-do-kill-lines
13945 ;;;;;; ibuffer-backwards-next-marked ibuffer-forward-next-marked
13946 ;;;;;; ibuffer-add-to-tmp-show ibuffer-add-to-tmp-hide ibuffer-bs-show
13947 ;;;;;; ibuffer-invert-sorting ibuffer-toggle-sorting-mode ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filters
13948 ;;;;;; ibuffer-add-saved-filters ibuffer-delete-saved-filters ibuffer-save-filters
13949 ;;;;;; ibuffer-or-filter ibuffer-negate-filter ibuffer-exchange-filters
13950 ;;;;;; ibuffer-decompose-filter ibuffer-pop-filter ibuffer-filter-disable
13951 ;;;;;; ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filter-groups ibuffer-delete-saved-filter-groups
13952 ;;;;;; ibuffer-save-filter-groups ibuffer-yank-filter-group ibuffer-yank
13953 ;;;;;; ibuffer-kill-line ibuffer-kill-filter-group ibuffer-jump-to-filter-group
13954 ;;;;;; ibuffer-clear-filter-groups ibuffer-decompose-filter-group
13955 ;;;;;; ibuffer-pop-filter-group ibuffer-set-filter-groups-by-mode
13956 ;;;;;; ibuffer-filters-to-filter-group ibuffer-included-in-filters-p
13957 ;;;;;; ibuffer-backward-filter-group ibuffer-forward-filter-group
13958 ;;;;;; ibuffer-toggle-filter-group ibuffer-mouse-toggle-filter-group
13959 ;;;;;; ibuffer-interactive-filter-by-mode ibuffer-mouse-filter-by-mode
13960 ;;;;;; ibuffer-auto-mode) "ibuf-ext" "ibuf-ext.el" (17842 58279))
13961 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-ext.el
13962
13963 (autoload (quote ibuffer-auto-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
13964 Toggle use of Ibuffer's auto-update facility.
13965 With numeric ARG, enable auto-update if and only if ARG is positive.
13966
13967 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13968
13969 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mouse-filter-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
13970 Enable or disable filtering by the major mode chosen via mouse.
13971
13972 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
13973
13974 (autoload (quote ibuffer-interactive-filter-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
13975 Enable or disable filtering by the major mode at point.
13976
13977 \(fn EVENT-OR-POINT)" t nil)
13978
13979 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mouse-toggle-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13980 Toggle the display status of the filter group chosen with the mouse.
13981
13982 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
13983
13984 (autoload (quote ibuffer-toggle-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13985 Toggle the display status of the filter group on this line.
13986
13987 \(fn)" t nil)
13988
13989 (autoload (quote ibuffer-forward-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13990 Move point forwards by COUNT filtering groups.
13991
13992 \(fn &optional COUNT)" t nil)
13993
13994 (autoload (quote ibuffer-backward-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13995 Move point backwards by COUNT filtering groups.
13996
13997 \(fn &optional COUNT)" t nil)
13998 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-shell-command-pipe "ibuf-ext")
13999 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-shell-command-pipe-replace "ibuf-ext")
14000 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-shell-command-file "ibuf-ext")
14001 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-eval "ibuf-ext")
14002 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-view-and-eval "ibuf-ext")
14003 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-rename-uniquely "ibuf-ext")
14004 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-revert "ibuf-ext")
14005 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-replace-regexp "ibuf-ext")
14006 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-query-replace "ibuf-ext")
14007 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-query-replace-regexp "ibuf-ext")
14008 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-print "ibuf-ext")
14009
14010 (autoload (quote ibuffer-included-in-filters-p) "ibuf-ext" "\
14011 Not documented
14012
14013 \(fn BUF FILTERS)" nil nil)
14014
14015 (autoload (quote ibuffer-filters-to-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
14016 Make the current filters into a filtering group.
14017
14018 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
14019
14020 (autoload (quote ibuffer-set-filter-groups-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
14021 Set the current filter groups to filter by mode.
14022
14023 \(fn)" t nil)
14024
14025 (autoload (quote ibuffer-pop-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
14026 Remove the first filter group.
14027
14028 \(fn)" t nil)
14029
14030 (autoload (quote ibuffer-decompose-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
14031 Decompose the filter group GROUP into active filters.
14032
14033 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
14034
14035 (autoload (quote ibuffer-clear-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
14036 Remove all filter groups.
14037
14038 \(fn)" t nil)
14039
14040 (autoload (quote ibuffer-jump-to-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
14041 Move point to the filter group whose name is NAME.
14042
14043 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
14044
14045 (autoload (quote ibuffer-kill-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
14046 Kill the filter group named NAME.
14047 The group will be added to `ibuffer-filter-group-kill-ring'.
14048
14049 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
14050
14051 (autoload (quote ibuffer-kill-line) "ibuf-ext" "\
14052 Kill the filter group at point.
14053 See also `ibuffer-kill-filter-group'.
14054
14055 \(fn &optional ARG INTERACTIVE-P)" t nil)
14056
14057 (autoload (quote ibuffer-yank) "ibuf-ext" "\
14058 Yank the last killed filter group before group at point.
14059
14060 \(fn)" t nil)
14061
14062 (autoload (quote ibuffer-yank-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
14063 Yank the last killed filter group before group named NAME.
14064
14065 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
14066
14067 (autoload (quote ibuffer-save-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
14068 Save all active filter groups GROUPS as NAME.
14069 They are added to `ibuffer-saved-filter-groups'. Interactively,
14070 prompt for NAME, and use the current filters.
14071
14072 \(fn NAME GROUPS)" t nil)
14073
14074 (autoload (quote ibuffer-delete-saved-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
14075 Delete saved filter groups with NAME.
14076 They are removed from `ibuffer-saved-filter-groups'.
14077
14078 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
14079
14080 (autoload (quote ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
14081 Set this buffer's filter groups to saved version with NAME.
14082 The value from `ibuffer-saved-filters' is used.
14083 If prefix argument ADD is non-nil, then add the saved filters instead
14084 of replacing the current filters.
14085
14086 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
14087
14088 (autoload (quote ibuffer-filter-disable) "ibuf-ext" "\
14089 Disable all filters currently in effect in this buffer.
14090
14091 \(fn)" t nil)
14092
14093 (autoload (quote ibuffer-pop-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
14094 Remove the top filter in this buffer.
14095
14096 \(fn)" t nil)
14097
14098 (autoload (quote ibuffer-decompose-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
14099 Separate the top compound filter (OR, NOT, or SAVED) in this buffer.
14100
14101 This means that the topmost filter on the filtering stack, which must
14102 be a complex filter like (OR [name: foo] [mode: bar-mode]), will be
14103 turned into two separate filters [name: foo] and [mode: bar-mode].
14104
14105 \(fn)" t nil)
14106
14107 (autoload (quote ibuffer-exchange-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
14108 Exchange the top two filters on the stack in this buffer.
14109
14110 \(fn)" t nil)
14111
14112 (autoload (quote ibuffer-negate-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
14113 Negate the sense of the top filter in the current buffer.
14114
14115 \(fn)" t nil)
14116
14117 (autoload (quote ibuffer-or-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
14118 Replace the top two filters in this buffer with their logical OR.
14119 If optional argument REVERSE is non-nil, instead break the top OR
14120 filter into parts.
14121
14122 \(fn &optional REVERSE)" t nil)
14123
14124 (autoload (quote ibuffer-save-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
14125 Save FILTERS in this buffer with name NAME in `ibuffer-saved-filters'.
14126 Interactively, prompt for NAME, and use the current filters.
14127
14128 \(fn NAME FILTERS)" t nil)
14129
14130 (autoload (quote ibuffer-delete-saved-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
14131 Delete saved filters with NAME from `ibuffer-saved-filters'.
14132
14133 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
14134
14135 (autoload (quote ibuffer-add-saved-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
14136 Add saved filters from `ibuffer-saved-filters' to this buffer's filters.
14137
14138 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
14139
14140 (autoload (quote ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
14141 Set this buffer's filters to filters with NAME from `ibuffer-saved-filters'.
14142 If prefix argument ADD is non-nil, then add the saved filters instead
14143 of replacing the current filters.
14144
14145 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
14146 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-mode "ibuf-ext")
14147 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-used-mode "ibuf-ext")
14148 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-name "ibuf-ext")
14149 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-filename "ibuf-ext")
14150 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-size-gt "ibuf-ext")
14151 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-size-lt "ibuf-ext")
14152 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-content "ibuf-ext")
14153 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-predicate "ibuf-ext")
14154
14155 (autoload (quote ibuffer-toggle-sorting-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
14156 Toggle the current sorting mode.
14157 Default sorting modes are:
14158 Recency - the last time the buffer was viewed
14159 Name - the name of the buffer
14160 Major Mode - the name of the major mode of the buffer
14161 Size - the size of the buffer
14162
14163 \(fn)" t nil)
14164
14165 (autoload (quote ibuffer-invert-sorting) "ibuf-ext" "\
14166 Toggle whether or not sorting is in reverse order.
14167
14168 \(fn)" t nil)
14169 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-major-mode "ibuf-ext")
14170 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-mode-name "ibuf-ext")
14171 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-alphabetic "ibuf-ext")
14172 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-size "ibuf-ext")
14173
14174 (autoload (quote ibuffer-bs-show) "ibuf-ext" "\
14175 Emulate `bs-show' from the bs.el package.
14176
14177 \(fn)" t nil)
14178
14179 (autoload (quote ibuffer-add-to-tmp-hide) "ibuf-ext" "\
14180 Add REGEXP to `ibuffer-tmp-hide-regexps'.
14181 This means that buffers whose name matches REGEXP will not be shown
14182 for this Ibuffer session.
14183
14184 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
14185
14186 (autoload (quote ibuffer-add-to-tmp-show) "ibuf-ext" "\
14187 Add REGEXP to `ibuffer-tmp-show-regexps'.
14188 This means that buffers whose name matches REGEXP will always be shown
14189 for this Ibuffer session.
14190
14191 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
14192
14193 (autoload (quote ibuffer-forward-next-marked) "ibuf-ext" "\
14194 Move forward by COUNT marked buffers (default 1).
14195
14196 If MARK is non-nil, it should be a character denoting the type of mark
14197 to move by. The default is `ibuffer-marked-char'.
14198
14199 If DIRECTION is non-nil, it should be an integer; negative integers
14200 mean move backwards, non-negative integers mean move forwards.
14201
14202 \(fn &optional COUNT MARK DIRECTION)" t nil)
14203
14204 (autoload (quote ibuffer-backwards-next-marked) "ibuf-ext" "\
14205 Move backwards by COUNT marked buffers (default 1).
14206
14207 If MARK is non-nil, it should be a character denoting the type of mark
14208 to move by. The default is `ibuffer-marked-char'.
14209
14210 \(fn &optional COUNT MARK)" t nil)
14211
14212 (autoload (quote ibuffer-do-kill-lines) "ibuf-ext" "\
14213 Hide all of the currently marked lines.
14214
14215 \(fn)" t nil)
14216
14217 (autoload (quote ibuffer-jump-to-buffer) "ibuf-ext" "\
14218 Move point to the buffer whose name is NAME.
14219
14220 If called interactively, prompt for a buffer name and go to the
14221 corresponding line in the Ibuffer buffer. If said buffer is in a
14222 hidden group filter, open it.
14223
14224 If `ibuffer-jump-offer-only-visible-buffers' is non-nil, only offer
14225 visible buffers in the completion list. Calling the command with
14226 a prefix argument reverses the meaning of that variable.
14227
14228 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
14229
14230 (autoload (quote ibuffer-diff-with-file) "ibuf-ext" "\
14231 View the differences between this buffer and its associated file.
14232 This requires the external program \"diff\" to be in your `exec-path'.
14233
14234 \(fn)" t nil)
14235
14236 (autoload (quote ibuffer-copy-filename-as-kill) "ibuf-ext" "\
14237 Copy filenames of marked buffers into the kill ring.
14238
14239 The names are separated by a space.
14240 If a buffer has no filename, it is ignored.
14241
14242 With no prefix arg, use the filename sans its directory of each marked file.
14243 With a zero prefix arg, use the complete filename of each marked file.
14244 With \\[universal-argument], use the filename of each marked file relative
14245 to `ibuffer-default-directory' iff non-nil, otherwise `default-directory'.
14246
14247 You can then feed the file name(s) to other commands with \\[yank].
14248
14249 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14250
14251 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-name-regexp) "ibuf-ext" "\
14252 Mark all buffers whose name matches REGEXP.
14253
14254 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
14255
14256 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-mode-regexp) "ibuf-ext" "\
14257 Mark all buffers whose major mode matches REGEXP.
14258
14259 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
14260
14261 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-file-name-regexp) "ibuf-ext" "\
14262 Mark all buffers whose file name matches REGEXP.
14263
14264 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
14265
14266 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
14267 Mark all buffers whose major mode equals MODE.
14268
14269 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
14270
14271 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-modified-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14272 Mark all modified buffers.
14273
14274 \(fn)" t nil)
14275
14276 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-unsaved-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14277 Mark all modified buffers that have an associated file.
14278
14279 \(fn)" t nil)
14280
14281 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-dissociated-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14282 Mark all buffers whose associated file does not exist.
14283
14284 \(fn)" t nil)
14285
14286 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-help-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14287 Mark buffers like *Help*, *Apropos*, *Info*.
14288
14289 \(fn)" t nil)
14290
14291 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-compressed-file-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14292 Mark buffers whose associated file is compressed.
14293
14294 \(fn)" t nil)
14295
14296 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-old-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14297 Mark buffers which have not been viewed in `ibuffer-old-time' days.
14298
14299 \(fn)" t nil)
14300
14301 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-special-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14302 Mark all buffers whose name begins and ends with '*'.
14303
14304 \(fn)" t nil)
14305
14306 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-read-only-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14307 Mark all read-only buffers.
14308
14309 \(fn)" t nil)
14310
14311 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-dired-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14312 Mark all `dired' buffers.
14313
14314 \(fn)" t nil)
14315
14316 (autoload (quote ibuffer-do-occur) "ibuf-ext" "\
14317 View lines which match REGEXP in all marked buffers.
14318 Optional argument NLINES says how many lines of context to display: it
14319 defaults to one.
14320
14321 \(fn REGEXP &optional NLINES)" t nil)
14322
14323 ;;;***
14324 \f
14325 ;;;### (autoloads (define-ibuffer-filter define-ibuffer-op define-ibuffer-sorter
14326 ;;;;;; define-ibuffer-column) "ibuf-macs" "ibuf-macs.el" (17842
14327 ;;;;;; 58279))
14328 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-macs.el
14329
14330 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-column) "ibuf-macs" "\
14331 Define a column SYMBOL for use with `ibuffer-formats'.
14332
14333 BODY will be called with `buffer' bound to the buffer object, and
14334 `mark' bound to the current mark on the buffer. The original ibuffer
14335 buffer will be bound to `ibuffer-buf'.
14336
14337 If NAME is given, it will be used as a title for the column.
14338 Otherwise, the title will default to a capitalized version of the
14339 SYMBOL's name. PROPS is a plist of additional properties to add to
14340 the text, such as `mouse-face'. And SUMMARIZER, if given, is a
14341 function which will be passed a list of all the strings in its column;
14342 it should return a string to display at the bottom.
14343
14344 If HEADER-MOUSE-MAP is given, it will be used as a keymap for the
14345 title of the column.
14346
14347 Note that this macro expands into a `defun' for a function named
14348 ibuffer-make-column-NAME. If INLINE is non-nil, then the form will be
14349 inlined into the compiled format versions. This means that if you
14350 change its definition, you should explicitly call
14351 `ibuffer-recompile-formats'.
14352
14353 \(fn SYMBOL (&key NAME INLINE PROPS SUMMARIZER) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14354
14355 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-sorter) "ibuf-macs" "\
14356 Define a method of sorting named NAME.
14357 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function, which will be called
14358 `ibuffer-do-sort-by-NAME'.
14359 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the sorting method.
14360
14361 For sorting, the forms in BODY will be evaluated with `a' bound to one
14362 buffer object, and `b' bound to another. BODY should return a non-nil
14363 value if and only if `a' is \"less than\" `b'.
14364
14365 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14366
14367 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-op) "ibuf-macs" "\
14368 Generate a function which operates on a buffer.
14369 OP becomes the name of the function; if it doesn't begin with
14370 `ibuffer-do-', then that is prepended to it.
14371 When an operation is performed, this function will be called once for
14372 each marked buffer, with that buffer current.
14373
14374 ARGS becomes the formal parameters of the function.
14375 DOCUMENTATION becomes the docstring of the function.
14376 INTERACTIVE becomes the interactive specification of the function.
14377 MARK describes which type of mark (:deletion, or nil) this operation
14378 uses. :deletion means the function operates on buffers marked for
14379 deletion, otherwise it acts on normally marked buffers.
14380 MODIFIER-P describes how the function modifies buffers. This is used
14381 to set the modification flag of the Ibuffer buffer itself. Valid
14382 values are:
14383 nil - the function never modifiers buffers
14384 t - the function it always modifies buffers
14385 :maybe - attempt to discover this information by comparing the
14386 buffer's modification flag.
14387 DANGEROUS is a boolean which should be set if the user should be
14388 prompted before performing this operation.
14389 OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user after the
14390 operation is complete, in the form:
14391 \"Operation complete; OPSTRING x buffers\"
14392 ACTIVE-OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user in a
14393 confirmation message, in the form:
14394 \"Really ACTIVE-OPSTRING x buffers?\"
14395 COMPLEX means this function is special; see the source code of this
14396 macro for exactly what it does.
14397
14398 \(fn OP ARGS DOCUMENTATION (&key INTERACTIVE MARK MODIFIER-P DANGEROUS OPSTRING ACTIVE-OPSTRING COMPLEX) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14399
14400 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-filter) "ibuf-macs" "\
14401 Define a filter named NAME.
14402 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function.
14403 READER is a form which should read a qualifier from the user.
14404 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the filter.
14405
14406 BODY should contain forms which will be evaluated to test whether or
14407 not a particular buffer should be displayed or not. The forms in BODY
14408 will be evaluated with BUF bound to the buffer object, and QUALIFIER
14409 bound to the current value of the filter.
14410
14411 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key READER DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14412
14413 ;;;***
14414 \f
14415 ;;;### (autoloads (ibuffer ibuffer-other-window ibuffer-list-buffers)
14416 ;;;;;; "ibuffer" "ibuffer.el" (17842 58279))
14417 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuffer.el
14418
14419 (autoload (quote ibuffer-list-buffers) "ibuffer" "\
14420 Display a list of buffers, in another window.
14421 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
14422 buffers which are visiting a file.
14423
14424 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
14425
14426 (autoload (quote ibuffer-other-window) "ibuffer" "\
14427 Like `ibuffer', but displayed in another window by default.
14428 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
14429 buffers which are visiting a file.
14430
14431 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
14432
14433 (autoload (quote ibuffer) "ibuffer" "\
14434 Begin using Ibuffer to edit a list of buffers.
14435 Type 'h' after entering ibuffer for more information.
14436
14437 All arguments are optional.
14438 OTHER-WINDOW-P says to use another window.
14439 NAME specifies the name of the buffer (defaults to \"*Ibuffer*\").
14440 QUALIFIERS is an initial set of filtering qualifiers to use;
14441 see `ibuffer-filtering-qualifiers'.
14442 NOSELECT means don't select the Ibuffer buffer.
14443 SHRINK means shrink the buffer to minimal size. The special
14444 value `onewindow' means always use another window.
14445 FILTER-GROUPS is an initial set of filtering groups to use;
14446 see `ibuffer-filter-groups'.
14447 FORMATS is the value to use for `ibuffer-formats'.
14448 If specified, then the variable `ibuffer-formats' will have
14449 that value locally in this buffer.
14450
14451 \(fn &optional OTHER-WINDOW-P NAME QUALIFIERS NOSELECT SHRINK FILTER-GROUPS FORMATS)" t nil)
14452
14453 ;;;***
14454 \f
14455 ;;;### (autoloads (icalendar-import-buffer icalendar-import-file
14456 ;;;;;; icalendar-export-region icalendar-export-file) "icalendar"
14457 ;;;;;; "calendar/icalendar.el" (17921 16827))
14458 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/icalendar.el
14459
14460 (autoload (quote icalendar-export-file) "icalendar" "\
14461 Export diary file to iCalendar format.
14462 All diary entries in the file DIARY-FILENAME are converted to iCalendar
14463 format. The result is appended to the file ICAL-FILENAME.
14464
14465 \(fn DIARY-FILENAME ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
14466
14467 (autoload (quote icalendar-export-region) "icalendar" "\
14468 Export region in diary file to iCalendar format.
14469 All diary entries in the region from MIN to MAX in the current buffer are
14470 converted to iCalendar format. The result is appended to the file
14471 ICAL-FILENAME.
14472 This function attempts to return t if something goes wrong. In this
14473 case an error string which describes all the errors and problems is
14474 written into the buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14475
14476 \(fn MIN MAX ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
14477
14478 (autoload (quote icalendar-import-file) "icalendar" "\
14479 Import an iCalendar file and append to a diary file.
14480 Argument ICAL-FILENAME output iCalendar file.
14481 Argument DIARY-FILENAME input `diary-file'.
14482 Optional argument NON-MARKING determines whether events are created as
14483 non-marking or not.
14484
14485 \(fn ICAL-FILENAME DIARY-FILENAME &optional NON-MARKING)" t nil)
14486
14487 (autoload (quote icalendar-import-buffer) "icalendar" "\
14488 Extract iCalendar events from current buffer.
14489
14490 This function searches the current buffer for the first iCalendar
14491 object, reads it and adds all VEVENT elements to the diary
14492 DIARY-FILE.
14493
14494 It will ask for each appointment whether to add it to the diary
14495 unless DO-NOT-ASK is non-nil. When called interactively,
14496 DO-NOT-ASK is nil, so that you are asked for each event.
14497
14498 NON-MARKING determines whether diary events are created as
14499 non-marking.
14500
14501 Return code t means that importing worked well, return code nil
14502 means that an error has occurred. Error messages will be in the
14503 buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14504
14505 \(fn &optional DIARY-FILE DO-NOT-ASK NON-MARKING)" t nil)
14506
14507 ;;;***
14508 \f
14509 ;;;### (autoloads (icomplete-mode) "icomplete" "icomplete.el" (17907
14510 ;;;;;; 1407))
14511 ;;; Generated autoloads from icomplete.el
14512
14513 (defvar icomplete-mode nil "\
14514 Non-nil if Icomplete mode is enabled.
14515 See the command `icomplete-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
14516 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14517 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
14518 or call the function `icomplete-mode'.")
14519
14520 (custom-autoload (quote icomplete-mode) "icomplete" nil)
14521
14522 (autoload (quote icomplete-mode) "icomplete" "\
14523 Toggle incremental minibuffer completion for this Emacs session.
14524 With a numeric argument, turn Icomplete mode on iff ARG is positive.
14525
14526 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14527
14528 ;;;***
14529 \f
14530 ;;;### (autoloads (icon-mode) "icon" "progmodes/icon.el" (17842 56333))
14531 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/icon.el
14532
14533 (autoload (quote icon-mode) "icon" "\
14534 Major mode for editing Icon code.
14535 Expression and list commands understand all Icon brackets.
14536 Tab indents for Icon code.
14537 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
14538 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
14539 \\{icon-mode-map}
14540 Variables controlling indentation style:
14541 icon-tab-always-indent
14542 Non-nil means TAB in Icon mode should always reindent the current line,
14543 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
14544 icon-auto-newline
14545 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces
14546 inserted in Icon code.
14547 icon-indent-level
14548 Indentation of Icon statements within surrounding block.
14549 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
14550 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
14551 icon-continued-statement-offset
14552 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
14553 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
14554 icon-continued-brace-offset
14555 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
14556 This is in addition to `icon-continued-statement-offset'.
14557 icon-brace-offset
14558 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
14559 icon-brace-imaginary-offset
14560 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
14561 this far to the right of the start of its line.
14562
14563 Turning on Icon mode calls the value of the variable `icon-mode-hook'
14564 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
14565
14566 \(fn)" t nil)
14567
14568 ;;;***
14569 \f
14570 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "progmodes/idlw-shell.el"
14571 ;;;;;; (17965 23638))
14572 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-shell.el
14573
14574 (autoload (quote idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "\
14575 Run an inferior IDL, with I/O through buffer `(idlwave-shell-buffer)'.
14576 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, start new IDL.
14577 If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to the buffer.
14578
14579 When called with a prefix ARG, or when `idlwave-shell-use-dedicated-frame'
14580 is non-nil, the shell buffer and the source buffers will be in
14581 separate frames.
14582
14583 The command to run comes from variable `idlwave-shell-explicit-file-name',
14584 with options taken from `idlwave-shell-command-line-options'.
14585
14586 The buffer is put in `idlwave-shell-mode', providing commands for sending
14587 input and controlling the IDL job. See help on `idlwave-shell-mode'.
14588 See also the variable `idlwave-shell-prompt-pattern'.
14589
14590 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
14591
14592 \(fn &optional ARG QUICK)" t nil)
14593
14594 ;;;***
14595 \f
14596 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "progmodes/idlwave.el"
14597 ;;;;;; (17992 30878))
14598 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlwave.el
14599
14600 (autoload (quote idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "\
14601 Major mode for editing IDL source files (version 6.1_em22).
14602
14603 The main features of this mode are
14604
14605 1. Indentation and Formatting
14606 --------------------------
14607 Like other Emacs programming modes, C-j inserts a newline and indents.
14608 TAB is used for explicit indentation of the current line.
14609
14610 To start a continuation line, use \\[idlwave-split-line]. This
14611 function can also be used in the middle of a line to split the line
14612 at that point. When used inside a long constant string, the string
14613 is split at that point with the `+' concatenation operator.
14614
14615 Comments are indented as follows:
14616
14617 `;;;' Indentation remains unchanged.
14618 `;;' Indent like the surrounding code
14619 `;' Indent to a minimum column.
14620
14621 The indentation of comments starting in column 0 is never changed.
14622
14623 Use \\[idlwave-fill-paragraph] to refill a paragraph inside a
14624 comment. The indentation of the second line of the paragraph
14625 relative to the first will be retained. Use
14626 \\[idlwave-auto-fill-mode] to toggle auto-fill mode for these
14627 comments. When the variable `idlwave-fill-comment-line-only' is
14628 nil, code can also be auto-filled and auto-indented.
14629
14630 To convert pre-existing IDL code to your formatting style, mark the
14631 entire buffer with \\[mark-whole-buffer] and execute
14632 \\[idlwave-expand-region-abbrevs]. Then mark the entire buffer
14633 again followed by \\[indent-region] (`indent-region').
14634
14635 2. Routine Info
14636 ------------
14637 IDLWAVE displays information about the calling sequence and the
14638 accepted keyword parameters of a procedure or function with
14639 \\[idlwave-routine-info]. \\[idlwave-find-module] jumps to the
14640 source file of a module. These commands know about system
14641 routines, all routines in idlwave-mode buffers and (when the
14642 idlwave-shell is active) about all modules currently compiled under
14643 this shell. It also makes use of pre-compiled or custom-scanned
14644 user and library catalogs many popular libraries ship with by
14645 default. Use \\[idlwave-update-routine-info] to update this
14646 information, which is also used for completion (see item 4).
14647
14648 3. Online IDL Help
14649 ---------------
14650
14651 \\[idlwave-context-help] displays the IDL documentation relevant
14652 for the system variable, keyword, or routines at point. A single
14653 key stroke gets you directly to the right place in the docs. See
14654 the manual to configure where and how the HTML help is displayed.
14655
14656 4. Completion
14657 ----------
14658 \\[idlwave-complete] completes the names of procedures, functions
14659 class names, keyword parameters, system variables and tags, class
14660 tags, structure tags, filenames and much more. It is context
14661 sensitive and figures out what is expected at point. Lower case
14662 strings are completed in lower case, other strings in mixed or
14663 upper case.
14664
14665 5. Code Templates and Abbreviations
14666 --------------------------------
14667 Many Abbreviations are predefined to expand to code fragments and templates.
14668 The abbreviations start generally with a `\\`. Some examples
14669
14670 \\pr PROCEDURE template
14671 \\fu FUNCTION template
14672 \\c CASE statement template
14673 \\sw SWITCH statement template
14674 \\f FOR loop template
14675 \\r REPEAT Loop template
14676 \\w WHILE loop template
14677 \\i IF statement template
14678 \\elif IF-ELSE statement template
14679 \\b BEGIN
14680
14681 For a full list, use \\[idlwave-list-abbrevs]. Some templates also
14682 have direct keybindings - see the list of keybindings below.
14683
14684 \\[idlwave-doc-header] inserts a documentation header at the
14685 beginning of the current program unit (pro, function or main).
14686 Change log entries can be added to the current program unit with
14687 \\[idlwave-doc-modification].
14688
14689 6. Automatic Case Conversion
14690 -------------------------
14691 The case of reserved words and some abbrevs is controlled by
14692 `idlwave-reserved-word-upcase' and `idlwave-abbrev-change-case'.
14693
14694 7. Automatic END completion
14695 ------------------------
14696 If the variable `idlwave-expand-generic-end' is non-nil, each END typed
14697 will be converted to the specific version, like ENDIF, ENDFOR, etc.
14698
14699 8. Hooks
14700 -----
14701 Loading idlwave.el runs `idlwave-load-hook'.
14702 Turning on `idlwave-mode' runs `idlwave-mode-hook'.
14703
14704 9. Documentation and Customization
14705 -------------------------------
14706 Info documentation for this package is available. Use
14707 \\[idlwave-info] to display (complain to your sysadmin if that does
14708 not work). For Postscript, PDF, and HTML versions of the
14709 documentation, check IDLWAVE's homepage at `http://idlwave.org'.
14710 IDLWAVE has customize support - see the group `idlwave'.
14711
14712 10.Keybindings
14713 -----------
14714 Here is a list of all keybindings of this mode.
14715 If some of the key bindings below show with ??, use \\[describe-key]
14716 followed by the key sequence to see what the key sequence does.
14717
14718 \\{idlwave-mode-map}
14719
14720 \(fn)" t nil)
14721 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[Pp][Rr][Oo]\\'" . idlwave-mode))
14722
14723 ;;;***
14724 \f
14725 ;;;### (autoloads (ido-completing-read ido-read-directory-name ido-read-file-name
14726 ;;;;;; ido-read-buffer ido-dired ido-insert-file ido-write-file
14727 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-other-frame ido-display-file ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame
14728 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-read-only-other-window ido-find-file-read-only
14729 ;;;;;; ido-find-alternate-file ido-find-file-other-window ido-find-file
14730 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-in-dir ido-switch-buffer-other-frame ido-insert-buffer
14731 ;;;;;; ido-kill-buffer ido-display-buffer ido-switch-buffer-other-window
14732 ;;;;;; ido-switch-buffer ido-mode ido-mode) "ido" "ido.el" (17963
14733 ;;;;;; 25911))
14734 ;;; Generated autoloads from ido.el
14735
14736 (defvar ido-mode nil "\
14737 Determines for which functional group (buffer and files) ido behavior
14738 should be enabled. The following values are possible:
14739 - `buffer': Turn only on ido buffer behavior (switching, killing,
14740 displaying...)
14741 - `file': Turn only on ido file behavior (finding, writing, inserting...)
14742 - `both': Turn on ido buffer and file behavior.
14743 - `nil': Turn off any ido switching.
14744
14745 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14746 use either \\[customize] or the function `ido-mode'.")
14747
14748 (custom-autoload (quote ido-mode) "ido" nil)
14749
14750 (autoload (quote ido-mode) "ido" "\
14751 Toggle ido speed-ups on or off.
14752 With ARG, turn ido speed-up on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
14753 Turning on ido-mode will remap (via a minor-mode keymap) the default
14754 keybindings for the `find-file' and `switch-to-buffer' families of
14755 commands to the ido versions of these functions.
14756 However, if ARG arg equals 'files, remap only commands for files, or
14757 if it equals 'buffers, remap only commands for buffer switching.
14758 This function also adds a hook to the minibuffer.
14759
14760 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14761
14762 (autoload (quote ido-switch-buffer) "ido" "\
14763 Switch to another buffer.
14764 The buffer is displayed according to `ido-default-buffer-method' -- the
14765 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
14766 in another frame.
14767
14768 As you type in a string, all of the buffers matching the string are
14769 displayed if substring-matching is used (default). Look at
14770 `ido-enable-prefix' and `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the
14771 buffer you want, it can then be selected. As you type, most keys have
14772 their normal keybindings, except for the following: \\<ido-buffer-completion-map>
14773
14774 RET Select the buffer at the front of the list of matches. If the
14775 list is empty, possibly prompt to create new buffer.
14776
14777 \\[ido-select-text] Select the current prompt as the buffer.
14778 If no buffer is found, prompt for a new one.
14779
14780 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
14781 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
14782 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that
14783 matches all buffers. If there is only one match, select that buffer.
14784 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching buffers
14785 in a separate window.
14786 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string.
14787 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
14788 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
14789 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
14790 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of buffer names.
14791 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching buffers in separate window.
14792 \\[ido-enter-find-file] Drop into `ido-find-file'.
14793 \\[ido-kill-buffer-at-head] Kill buffer at head of buffer list.
14794 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring buffers listed in `ido-ignore-buffers'.
14795
14796 \(fn)" t nil)
14797
14798 (autoload (quote ido-switch-buffer-other-window) "ido" "\
14799 Switch to another buffer and show it in another window.
14800 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14801 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14802
14803 \(fn)" t nil)
14804
14805 (autoload (quote ido-display-buffer) "ido" "\
14806 Display a buffer in another window but don't select it.
14807 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14808 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14809
14810 \(fn)" t nil)
14811
14812 (autoload (quote ido-kill-buffer) "ido" "\
14813 Kill a buffer.
14814 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14815 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14816
14817 \(fn)" t nil)
14818
14819 (autoload (quote ido-insert-buffer) "ido" "\
14820 Insert contents of a buffer in current buffer after point.
14821 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14822 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14823
14824 \(fn)" t nil)
14825
14826 (autoload (quote ido-switch-buffer-other-frame) "ido" "\
14827 Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame.
14828 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14829 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14830
14831 \(fn)" t nil)
14832
14833 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-in-dir) "ido" "\
14834 Switch to another file starting from DIR.
14835
14836 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
14837
14838 (autoload (quote ido-find-file) "ido" "\
14839 Edit file with name obtained via minibuffer.
14840 The file is displayed according to `ido-default-file-method' -- the
14841 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already
14842 visible in another frame.
14843
14844 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring. As you
14845 type in a string, all of the filenames matching the string are displayed
14846 if substring-matching is used (default). Look at `ido-enable-prefix' and
14847 `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the filename you want, it can
14848 then be selected. As you type, most keys have their normal keybindings,
14849 except for the following: \\<ido-file-completion-map>
14850
14851 RET Select the file at the front of the list of matches. If the
14852 list is empty, possibly prompt to create new file.
14853
14854 \\[ido-select-text] Select the current prompt as the buffer or file.
14855 If no buffer or file is found, prompt for a new one.
14856
14857 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
14858 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
14859 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that
14860 matches all files. If there is only one match, select that file.
14861 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching files
14862 in a separate window.
14863 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string (including directory).
14864 \\[ido-prev-work-directory] or \\[ido-next-work-directory] go to previous/next directory in work directory history.
14865 \\[ido-merge-work-directories] search for file in the work directory history.
14866 \\[ido-forget-work-directory] removes current directory from the work directory history.
14867 \\[ido-prev-work-file] or \\[ido-next-work-file] cycle through the work file history.
14868 \\[ido-wide-find-file-or-pop-dir] and \\[ido-wide-find-dir-or-delete-dir] prompts and uses find to locate files or directories.
14869 \\[ido-make-directory] prompts for a directory to create in current directory.
14870 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
14871 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
14872 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
14873 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of file names.
14874 \\[ido-toggle-vc] Toggle version control for this file.
14875 \\[ido-toggle-literal] Toggle literal reading of this file.
14876 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching files in separate window.
14877 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring files listed in `ido-ignore-files'.
14878
14879 \(fn)" t nil)
14880
14881 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-other-window) "ido" "\
14882 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
14883 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14884 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14885
14886 \(fn)" t nil)
14887
14888 (autoload (quote ido-find-alternate-file) "ido" "\
14889 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
14890 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14891 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14892
14893 \(fn)" t nil)
14894
14895 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-read-only) "ido" "\
14896 Edit file read-only with name obtained via minibuffer.
14897 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14898 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14899
14900 \(fn)" t nil)
14901
14902 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-read-only-other-window) "ido" "\
14903 Edit file read-only in other window with name obtained via minibuffer.
14904 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14905 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14906
14907 \(fn)" t nil)
14908
14909 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame) "ido" "\
14910 Edit file read-only in other frame with name obtained via minibuffer.
14911 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14912 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14913
14914 \(fn)" t nil)
14915
14916 (autoload (quote ido-display-file) "ido" "\
14917 Display a file in another window but don't select it.
14918 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14919 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14920
14921 \(fn)" t nil)
14922
14923 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-other-frame) "ido" "\
14924 Switch to another file and show it in another frame.
14925 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14926 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14927
14928 \(fn)" t nil)
14929
14930 (autoload (quote ido-write-file) "ido" "\
14931 Write current buffer to a file.
14932 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14933 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14934
14935 \(fn)" t nil)
14936
14937 (autoload (quote ido-insert-file) "ido" "\
14938 Insert contents of file in current buffer.
14939 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14940 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14941
14942 \(fn)" t nil)
14943
14944 (autoload (quote ido-dired) "ido" "\
14945 Call `dired' the ido way.
14946 The directory is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14947 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14948
14949 \(fn)" t nil)
14950
14951 (autoload (quote ido-read-buffer) "ido" "\
14952 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'.
14953 Return the name of a buffer selected.
14954 PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user. DEFAULT if given is the default
14955 buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list.
14956 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing buffer must be selected.
14957
14958 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT REQUIRE-MATCH)" nil nil)
14959
14960 (autoload (quote ido-read-file-name) "ido" "\
14961 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-file-name'.
14962 Read file name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
14963 See `read-file-name' for additional parameters.
14964
14965 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-FILENAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL PREDICATE)" nil nil)
14966
14967 (autoload (quote ido-read-directory-name) "ido" "\
14968 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-directory-name'.
14969 Read directory name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
14970 See `read-directory-name' for additional parameters.
14971
14972 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-DIRNAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL)" nil nil)
14973
14974 (autoload (quote ido-completing-read) "ido" "\
14975 Ido replacement for the built-in `completing-read'.
14976 Read a string in the minibuffer with ido-style completion.
14977 PROMPT is a string to prompt with; normally it ends in a colon and a space.
14978 CHOICES is a list of strings which are the possible completions.
14979 PREDICATE is currently ignored; it is included to be compatible
14980 with `completing-read'.
14981 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, the user is not allowed to exit unless
14982 the input is (or completes to) an element of CHOICES or is null.
14983 If the input is null, `ido-completing-read' returns DEF, or an empty
14984 string if DEF is nil, regardless of the value of REQUIRE-MATCH.
14985 If INITIAL-INPUT is non-nil, insert it in the minibuffer initially,
14986 with point positioned at the end.
14987 HIST, if non-nil, specifies a history list.
14988 DEF, if non-nil, is the default value.
14989
14990 \(fn PROMPT CHOICES &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF)" nil nil)
14991
14992 ;;;***
14993 \f
14994 ;;;### (autoloads (ielm) "ielm" "ielm.el" (17842 58279))
14995 ;;; Generated autoloads from ielm.el
14996 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*ielm*")
14997
14998 (autoload (quote ielm) "ielm" "\
14999 Interactively evaluate Emacs Lisp expressions.
15000 Switches to the buffer `*ielm*', or creates it if it does not exist.
15001
15002 \(fn)" t nil)
15003
15004 ;;;***
15005 \f
15006 ;;;### (autoloads (iimage-mode turn-on-iimage-mode) "iimage" "iimage.el"
15007 ;;;;;; (17842 58279))
15008 ;;; Generated autoloads from iimage.el
15009
15010 (autoload (quote turn-on-iimage-mode) "iimage" "\
15011 Unconditionally turn on iimage mode.
15012
15013 \(fn)" t nil)
15014
15015 (autoload (quote iimage-mode) "iimage" "\
15016 Toggle inline image minor mode.
15017
15018 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15019
15020 ;;;***
15021 \f
15022 ;;;### (autoloads (defimage find-image remove-images insert-sliced-image
15023 ;;;;;; insert-image put-image create-image image-type-auto-detected-p
15024 ;;;;;; image-type-available-p image-type image-type-from-file-name
15025 ;;;;;; image-type-from-file-header image-type-from-buffer image-type-from-data)
15026 ;;;;;; "image" "image.el" (17868 42568))
15027 ;;; Generated autoloads from image.el
15028
15029 (autoload (quote image-type-from-data) "image" "\
15030 Determine the image type from image data DATA.
15031 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
15032 be determined.
15033
15034 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
15035
15036 (autoload (quote image-type-from-buffer) "image" "\
15037 Determine the image type from data in the current buffer.
15038 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
15039 be determined.
15040
15041 \(fn)" nil nil)
15042
15043 (autoload (quote image-type-from-file-header) "image" "\
15044 Determine the type of image file FILE from its first few bytes.
15045 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
15046 be determined.
15047
15048 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
15049
15050 (autoload (quote image-type-from-file-name) "image" "\
15051 Determine the type of image file FILE from its name.
15052 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
15053 be determined.
15054
15055 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
15056
15057 (autoload (quote image-type) "image" "\
15058 Determine and return image type.
15059 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
15060 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
15061 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
15062 of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
15063 use its file extension as image type.
15064 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
15065
15066 \(fn FILE-OR-DATA &optional TYPE DATA-P)" nil nil)
15067
15068 (autoload (quote image-type-available-p) "image" "\
15069 Return non-nil if image type TYPE is available.
15070 Image types are symbols like `xbm' or `jpeg'.
15071
15072 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
15073
15074 (autoload (quote image-type-auto-detected-p) "image" "\
15075 Return t iff the current buffer contains an auto-detectable image.
15076 This function is intended to be used from `magic-mode-alist' (which see).
15077
15078 First, compare the beginning of the buffer with `image-type-header-regexps'.
15079 If an appropriate image type is found, check if that image type can be
15080 autodetected using the variable `image-type-auto-detectable'. Finally,
15081 if `buffer-file-name' is non-nil, check if it matches another major mode
15082 in `auto-mode-alist' apart from `image-mode'; if there is another match,
15083 the autodetection is considered to have failed. Return t if all the above
15084 steps succeed.
15085
15086 \(fn)" nil nil)
15087
15088 (autoload (quote create-image) "image" "\
15089 Create an image.
15090 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
15091 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
15092 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
15093 of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
15094 use its file extension as image type.
15095 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
15096 Optional PROPS are additional image attributes to assign to the image,
15097 like, e.g. `:mask MASK'.
15098 Value is the image created, or nil if images of type TYPE are not supported.
15099
15100 Images should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
15101
15102 \(fn FILE-OR-DATA &optional TYPE DATA-P &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
15103
15104 (autoload (quote put-image) "image" "\
15105 Put image IMAGE in front of POS in the current buffer.
15106 IMAGE must be an image created with `create-image' or `defimage'.
15107 IMAGE is displayed by putting an overlay into the current buffer with a
15108 `before-string' STRING that has a `display' property whose value is the
15109 image. STRING is defaulted if you omit it.
15110 POS may be an integer or marker.
15111 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
15112 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
15113 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
15114 means display it in the right marginal area.
15115
15116 \(fn IMAGE POS &optional STRING AREA)" nil nil)
15117
15118 (autoload (quote insert-image) "image" "\
15119 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
15120 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
15121 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING is
15122 defaulted if you omit it.
15123 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
15124 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
15125 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
15126 means display it in the right marginal area.
15127 SLICE specifies slice of IMAGE to insert. SLICE nil or omitted
15128 means insert whole image. SLICE is a list (X Y WIDTH HEIGHT)
15129 specifying the X and Y positions and WIDTH and HEIGHT of image area
15130 to insert. A float value 0.0 - 1.0 means relative to the width or
15131 height of the image; integer values are taken as pixel values.
15132
15133 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA SLICE)" nil nil)
15134
15135 (autoload (quote insert-sliced-image) "image" "\
15136 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
15137 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
15138 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING is
15139 defaulted if you omit it.
15140 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
15141 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
15142 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
15143 means display it in the right marginal area.
15144 The image is automatically split into ROW x COLS slices.
15145
15146 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA ROWS COLS)" nil nil)
15147
15148 (autoload (quote remove-images) "image" "\
15149 Remove images between START and END in BUFFER.
15150 Remove only images that were put in BUFFER with calls to `put-image'.
15151 BUFFER nil or omitted means use the current buffer.
15152
15153 \(fn START END &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
15154
15155 (autoload (quote find-image) "image" "\
15156 Find an image, choosing one of a list of image specifications.
15157
15158 SPECS is a list of image specifications.
15159
15160 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
15161 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
15162 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
15163 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
15164 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
15165 string containing the actual image data. The specification whose TYPE
15166 is supported, and FILE exists, is used to construct the image
15167 specification to be returned. Return nil if no specification is
15168 satisfied.
15169
15170 The image is looked for in `image-load-path'.
15171
15172 Image files should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
15173
15174 \(fn SPECS)" nil nil)
15175
15176 (autoload (quote defimage) "image" "\
15177 Define SYMBOL as an image.
15178
15179 SPECS is a list of image specifications. DOC is an optional
15180 documentation string.
15181
15182 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
15183 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
15184 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
15185 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
15186 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
15187 string containing the actual image data. The first image
15188 specification whose TYPE is supported, and FILE exists, is used to
15189 define SYMBOL.
15190
15191 Example:
15192
15193 (defimage test-image ((:type xpm :file \"~/test1.xpm\")
15194 (:type xbm :file \"~/test1.xbm\")))
15195
15196 \(fn SYMBOL SPECS &optional DOC)" nil (quote macro))
15197
15198 ;;;***
15199 \f
15200 ;;;### (autoloads (image-dired-dired-edit-comment-and-tags image-dired-mark-tagged-files
15201 ;;;;;; image-dired-dired-comment-files image-dired-dired-display-image
15202 ;;;;;; image-dired-dired-display-external image-dired-display-thumb
15203 ;;;;;; image-dired-display-thumbs-append image-dired-setup-dired-keybindings
15204 ;;;;;; image-dired-jump-thumbnail-buffer image-dired-delete-tag
15205 ;;;;;; image-dired-tag-files image-dired-show-all-from-dir image-dired-display-thumbs
15206 ;;;;;; image-dired-dired-with-window-configuration image-dired-dired-insert-marked-thumbs)
15207 ;;;;;; "image-dired" "image-dired.el" (17992 30877))
15208 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-dired.el
15209
15210 (autoload (quote image-dired-dired-insert-marked-thumbs) "image-dired" "\
15211 Insert thumbnails before file names of marked files in the dired buffer.
15212
15213 \(fn)" t nil)
15214
15215 (autoload (quote image-dired-dired-with-window-configuration) "image-dired" "\
15216 Open directory DIR and create a default window configuration.
15217
15218 Convenience command that:
15219
15220 - Opens dired in folder DIR
15221 - Splits windows in most useful (?) way
15222 - Set `truncate-lines' to t
15223
15224 After the command has finished, you would typically mark some
15225 image files in dired and type
15226 \\[image-dired-display-thumbs] (`image-dired-display-thumbs').
15227
15228 If called with prefix argument ARG, skip splitting of windows.
15229
15230 The current window configuration is saved and can be restored by
15231 calling `image-dired-restore-window-configuration'.
15232
15233 \(fn DIR &optional ARG)" t nil)
15234
15235 (autoload (quote image-dired-display-thumbs) "image-dired" "\
15236 Display thumbnails of all marked files, in `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
15237 If a thumbnail image does not exist for a file, it is created on the
15238 fly. With prefix argument ARG, display only thumbnail for file at
15239 point (this is useful if you have marked some files but want to show
15240 another one).
15241
15242 Recommended usage is to split the current frame horizontally so that
15243 you have the dired buffer in the left window and the
15244 `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer' buffer in the right window.
15245
15246 With optional argument APPEND, append thumbnail to thumbnail buffer
15247 instead of erasing it first.
15248
15249 Option argument DO-NOT-POP controls if `pop-to-buffer' should be
15250 used or not. If non-nil, use `display-buffer' instead of
15251 `pop-to-buffer'. This is used from functions like
15252 `image-dired-next-line-and-display' and
15253 `image-dired-previous-line-and-display' where we do not want the
15254 thumbnail buffer to be selected.
15255
15256 \(fn &optional ARG APPEND DO-NOT-POP)" t nil)
15257
15258 (autoload (quote image-dired-show-all-from-dir) "image-dired" "\
15259 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR and display it.
15260 If the number of files in DIR matching `image-file-name-regexp'
15261 exceeds `image-dired-show-all-from-dir-max-files', a warning will be
15262 displayed.
15263
15264 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
15265
15266 (defalias (quote image-dired) (quote image-dired-show-all-from-dir))
15267
15268 (defalias (quote tumme) (quote image-dired-show-all-from-dir))
15269
15270 (autoload (quote image-dired-tag-files) "image-dired" "\
15271 Tag marked file(s) in dired. With prefix ARG, tag file at point.
15272
15273 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
15274
15275 (autoload (quote image-dired-delete-tag) "image-dired" "\
15276 Remove tag for selected file(s).
15277 With prefix argument ARG, remove tag from file at point.
15278
15279 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
15280
15281 (autoload (quote image-dired-jump-thumbnail-buffer) "image-dired" "\
15282 Jump to thumbnail buffer.
15283
15284 \(fn)" t nil)
15285
15286 (autoload (quote image-dired-setup-dired-keybindings) "image-dired" "\
15287 Setup easy-to-use keybindings for the commands to be used in dired mode.
15288 Note that n, p and <down> and <up> will be hijacked and bound to
15289 `image-dired-dired-x-line'.
15290
15291 \(fn)" t nil)
15292
15293 (autoload (quote image-dired-display-thumbs-append) "image-dired" "\
15294 Append thumbnails to `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
15295
15296 \(fn)" t nil)
15297
15298 (autoload (quote image-dired-display-thumb) "image-dired" "\
15299 Shorthand for `image-dired-display-thumbs' with prefix argument.
15300
15301 \(fn)" t nil)
15302
15303 (autoload (quote image-dired-dired-display-external) "image-dired" "\
15304 Display file at point using an external viewer.
15305
15306 \(fn)" t nil)
15307
15308 (autoload (quote image-dired-dired-display-image) "image-dired" "\
15309 Display current image file.
15310 See documentation for `image-dired-display-image' for more information.
15311 With prefix argument ARG, display image in its original size.
15312
15313 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15314
15315 (autoload (quote image-dired-dired-comment-files) "image-dired" "\
15316 Add comment to current or marked files in dired.
15317
15318 \(fn)" t nil)
15319
15320 (autoload (quote image-dired-mark-tagged-files) "image-dired" "\
15321 Use regexp to mark files with matching tag.
15322 A `tag' is a keyword, a piece of meta data, associated with an
15323 image file and stored in image-dired's database file. This command
15324 lets you input a regexp and this will be matched against all tags
15325 on all image files in the database file. The files that have a
15326 matching tags will be marked in the dired buffer.
15327
15328 \(fn)" t nil)
15329
15330 (autoload (quote image-dired-dired-edit-comment-and-tags) "image-dired" "\
15331 Edit comment and tags of current or marked image files.
15332 Edit comment and tags for all marked image files in an
15333 easy-to-use form.
15334
15335 \(fn)" t nil)
15336
15337 ;;;***
15338 \f
15339 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-image-file-mode insert-image-file image-file-name-regexp
15340 ;;;;;; image-file-name-regexps image-file-name-extensions) "image-file"
15341 ;;;;;; "image-file.el" (17842 58279))
15342 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-file.el
15343
15344 (defvar image-file-name-extensions (quote ("png" "jpeg" "jpg" "gif" "tiff" "tif" "xbm" "xpm" "pbm" "pgm" "ppm" "pnm")) "\
15345 *A list of image-file filename extensions.
15346 Filenames having one of these extensions are considered image files,
15347 in addition to those matching `image-file-name-regexps'.
15348
15349 See `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is enabled,
15350 setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
15351 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
15352 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
15353
15354 (custom-autoload (quote image-file-name-extensions) "image-file" nil)
15355
15356 (defvar image-file-name-regexps nil "\
15357 *List of regexps matching image-file filenames.
15358 Filenames matching one of these regexps are considered image files,
15359 in addition to those with an extension in `image-file-name-extensions'.
15360
15361 See function `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is
15362 enabled, setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
15363 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
15364 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
15365
15366 (custom-autoload (quote image-file-name-regexps) "image-file" nil)
15367
15368 (autoload (quote image-file-name-regexp) "image-file" "\
15369 Return a regular expression matching image-file filenames.
15370
15371 \(fn)" nil nil)
15372
15373 (autoload (quote insert-image-file) "image-file" "\
15374 Insert the image file FILE into the current buffer.
15375 Optional arguments VISIT, BEG, END, and REPLACE are interpreted as for
15376 the command `insert-file-contents'.
15377
15378 \(fn FILE &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
15379
15380 (defvar auto-image-file-mode nil "\
15381 Non-nil if Auto-Image-File mode is enabled.
15382 See the command `auto-image-file-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
15383 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15384 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
15385 or call the function `auto-image-file-mode'.")
15386
15387 (custom-autoload (quote auto-image-file-mode) "image-file" nil)
15388
15389 (autoload (quote auto-image-file-mode) "image-file" "\
15390 Toggle visiting of image files as images.
15391 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
15392 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
15393
15394 Image files are those whose name has an extension in
15395 `image-file-name-extensions', or matches a regexp in
15396 `image-file-name-regexps'.
15397
15398 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15399
15400 ;;;***
15401 \f
15402 ;;;### (autoloads (image-mode-maybe image-minor-mode image-mode)
15403 ;;;;;; "image-mode" "image-mode.el" (17868 42581))
15404 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-mode.el
15405 (push '("\\.jpe?g\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15406 (push '("\\.png\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15407 (push '("\\.gif\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15408 (push '("\\.tiff?\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15409 (push '("\\.p[bpgn]m\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15410 (push '("\\.x[bp]m\\'" . image-mode-maybe) auto-mode-alist)
15411
15412 (autoload (quote image-mode) "image-mode" "\
15413 Major mode for image files.
15414 You can use \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display]
15415 to toggle between display as an image and display as text.
15416
15417 \(fn)" t nil)
15418
15419 (autoload (quote image-minor-mode) "image-mode" "\
15420 Toggle Image minor mode.
15421 With arg, turn Image minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
15422 See the command `image-mode' for more information on this mode.
15423
15424 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15425
15426 (autoload (quote image-mode-maybe) "image-mode" "\
15427 Set major or minor mode for image files.
15428 Set Image major mode only when there are no other major modes
15429 associated with a filename in `auto-mode-alist'. When an image
15430 filename matches another major mode in `auto-mode-alist' then
15431 set that major mode and Image minor mode.
15432
15433 See commands `image-mode' and `image-minor-mode' for more
15434 information on these modes.
15435
15436 \(fn)" t nil)
15437
15438 ;;;***
15439 \f
15440 ;;;### (autoloads (imenu imenu-add-menubar-index imenu-add-to-menubar
15441 ;;;;;; imenu-sort-function) "imenu" "imenu.el" (17842 58279))
15442 ;;; Generated autoloads from imenu.el
15443
15444 (defvar imenu-sort-function nil "\
15445 *The function to use for sorting the index mouse-menu.
15446
15447 Affects only the mouse index menu.
15448
15449 Set this to nil if you don't want any sorting (faster).
15450 The items in the menu are then presented in the order they were found
15451 in the buffer.
15452
15453 Set it to `imenu--sort-by-name' if you want alphabetic sorting.
15454
15455 The function should take two arguments and return t if the first
15456 element should come before the second. The arguments are cons cells;
15457 \(NAME . POSITION). Look at `imenu--sort-by-name' for an example.")
15458
15459 (custom-autoload (quote imenu-sort-function) "imenu" t)
15460
15461 (defvar imenu-generic-expression nil "\
15462 The regex pattern to use for creating a buffer index.
15463
15464 If non-nil this pattern is passed to `imenu--generic-function' to
15465 create a buffer index. Look there for the documentation of this
15466 pattern's structure.
15467
15468 For example, see the value of `fortran-imenu-generic-expression' used by
15469 `fortran-mode' with `imenu-syntax-alist' set locally to give the
15470 characters which normally have \"symbol\" syntax \"word\" syntax
15471 during matching.")
15472
15473 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-generic-expression))
15474
15475 (defvar imenu-create-index-function (quote imenu-default-create-index-function) "\
15476 The function to use for creating an index alist of the current buffer.
15477
15478 It should be a function that takes no arguments and returns
15479 an index alist of the current buffer. The function is
15480 called within a `save-excursion'.
15481
15482 See `imenu--index-alist' for the format of the buffer index alist.")
15483
15484 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-create-index-function))
15485
15486 (defvar imenu-prev-index-position-function (quote beginning-of-defun) "\
15487 Function for finding the next index position.
15488
15489 If `imenu-create-index-function' is set to
15490 `imenu-default-create-index-function', then you must set this variable
15491 to a function that will find the next index, looking backwards in the
15492 file.
15493
15494 The function should leave point at the place to be connected to the
15495 index and it should return nil when it doesn't find another index.")
15496
15497 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-prev-index-position-function))
15498
15499 (defvar imenu-extract-index-name-function nil "\
15500 Function for extracting the index item name, given a position.
15501
15502 This function is called after `imenu-prev-index-position-function'
15503 finds a position for an index item, with point at that position.
15504 It should return the name for that index item.")
15505
15506 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-extract-index-name-function))
15507
15508 (defvar imenu-name-lookup-function nil "\
15509 Function to compare string with index item.
15510
15511 This function will be called with two strings, and should return
15512 non-nil if they match.
15513
15514 If nil, comparison is done with `string='.
15515 Set this to some other function for more advanced comparisons,
15516 such as \"begins with\" or \"name matches and number of
15517 arguments match\".")
15518
15519 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-name-lookup-function))
15520
15521 (defvar imenu-default-goto-function (quote imenu-default-goto-function) "\
15522 The default function called when selecting an Imenu item.
15523 The function in this variable is called when selecting a normal index-item.")
15524
15525 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-default-goto-function))
15526
15527 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-syntax-alist))
15528
15529 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-case-fold-search))
15530
15531 (autoload (quote imenu-add-to-menubar) "imenu" "\
15532 Add an `imenu' entry to the menu bar for the current buffer.
15533 NAME is a string used to name the menu bar item.
15534 See the command `imenu' for more information.
15535
15536 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
15537
15538 (autoload (quote imenu-add-menubar-index) "imenu" "\
15539 Add an Imenu \"Index\" entry on the menu bar for the current buffer.
15540
15541 A trivial interface to `imenu-add-to-menubar' suitable for use in a hook.
15542
15543 \(fn)" t nil)
15544
15545 (autoload (quote imenu) "imenu" "\
15546 Jump to a place in the buffer chosen using a buffer menu or mouse menu.
15547 INDEX-ITEM specifies the position. See `imenu-choose-buffer-index'
15548 for more information.
15549
15550 \(fn INDEX-ITEM)" t nil)
15551
15552 ;;;***
15553 \f
15554 ;;;### (autoloads (indian-char-glyph indian-glyph-char in-is13194-pre-write-conversion
15555 ;;;;;; in-is13194-post-read-conversion indian-compose-string indian-compose-region)
15556 ;;;;;; "ind-util" "language/ind-util.el" (17842 58278))
15557 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ind-util.el
15558
15559 (autoload (quote indian-compose-region) "ind-util" "\
15560 Compose the region according to `composition-function-table'.
15561
15562 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15563
15564 (autoload (quote indian-compose-string) "ind-util" "\
15565 Not documented
15566
15567 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
15568
15569 (autoload (quote in-is13194-post-read-conversion) "ind-util" "\
15570 Not documented
15571
15572 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
15573
15574 (autoload (quote in-is13194-pre-write-conversion) "ind-util" "\
15575 Not documented
15576
15577 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
15578
15579 (autoload (quote indian-glyph-char) "ind-util" "\
15580 Return character of charset `indian-glyph' made from glyph index INDEX.
15581 The variable `indian-default-script' specifies the script of the glyph.
15582 Optional argument SCRIPT, if non-nil, overrides `indian-default-script'.
15583 See also the function `indian-char-glyph'.
15584
15585 \(fn INDEX &optional SCRIPT)" nil nil)
15586
15587 (autoload (quote indian-char-glyph) "ind-util" "\
15588 Return information about the glyph code for CHAR of `indian-glyph' charset.
15589 The value is (INDEX . SCRIPT), where INDEX is the glyph index
15590 in the font that Indian script name SCRIPT specifies.
15591 See also the function `indian-glyph-char'.
15592
15593 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
15594
15595 ;;;***
15596 \f
15597 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-lisp inferior-lisp-prompt inferior-lisp-load-command
15598 ;;;;;; inferior-lisp-program inferior-lisp-filter-regexp) "inf-lisp"
15599 ;;;;;; "progmodes/inf-lisp.el" (17842 56332))
15600 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/inf-lisp.el
15601
15602 (defvar inferior-lisp-filter-regexp "\\`\\s *\\(:\\(\\w\\|\\s_\\)\\)?\\s *\\'" "\
15603 *What not to save on inferior Lisp's input history.
15604 Input matching this regexp is not saved on the input history in Inferior Lisp
15605 mode. Default is whitespace followed by 0 or 1 single-letter colon-keyword
15606 \(as in :a, :c, etc.)")
15607
15608 (custom-autoload (quote inferior-lisp-filter-regexp) "inf-lisp" t)
15609
15610 (defvar inferior-lisp-program "lisp" "\
15611 *Program name for invoking an inferior Lisp in Inferior Lisp mode.")
15612
15613 (custom-autoload (quote inferior-lisp-program) "inf-lisp" t)
15614
15615 (defvar inferior-lisp-load-command "(load \"%s\")\n" "\
15616 *Format-string for building a Lisp expression to load a file.
15617 This format string should use `%s' to substitute a file name
15618 and should result in a Lisp expression that will command the inferior Lisp
15619 to load that file. The default works acceptably on most Lisps.
15620 The string \"(progn (load \\\"%s\\\" :verbose nil :print t) (values))\\n\"
15621 produces cosmetically superior output for this application,
15622 but it works only in Common Lisp.")
15623
15624 (custom-autoload (quote inferior-lisp-load-command) "inf-lisp" t)
15625
15626 (defvar inferior-lisp-prompt "^[^> \n]*>+:? *" "\
15627 Regexp to recognize prompts in the Inferior Lisp mode.
15628 Defaults to \"^[^> \\n]*>+:? *\", which works pretty good for Lucid, kcl,
15629 and franz. This variable is used to initialize `comint-prompt-regexp' in the
15630 Inferior Lisp buffer.
15631
15632 This variable is only used if the variable
15633 `comint-use-prompt-regexp' is non-nil.
15634
15635 More precise choices:
15636 Lucid Common Lisp: \"^\\\\(>\\\\|\\\\(->\\\\)+\\\\) *\"
15637 franz: \"^\\\\(->\\\\|<[0-9]*>:\\\\) *\"
15638 kcl: \"^>+ *\"
15639
15640 This is a fine thing to set in your .emacs file or through Custom.")
15641
15642 (custom-autoload (quote inferior-lisp-prompt) "inf-lisp" t)
15643
15644 (defvar inferior-lisp-mode-hook (quote nil) "\
15645 *Hook for customising Inferior Lisp mode.")
15646
15647 (autoload (quote inferior-lisp) "inf-lisp" "\
15648 Run an inferior Lisp process, input and output via buffer `*inferior-lisp*'.
15649 If there is a process already running in `*inferior-lisp*', just switch
15650 to that buffer.
15651 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
15652 of `inferior-lisp-program'). Runs the hooks from
15653 `inferior-lisp-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
15654 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
15655
15656 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
15657 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*inferior-lisp*")
15658
15659 (defalias (quote run-lisp) (quote inferior-lisp))
15660
15661 ;;;***
15662 \f
15663 ;;;### (autoloads (Info-speedbar-browser Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node
15664 ;;;;;; Info-goto-emacs-command-node Info-mode info-apropos Info-index
15665 ;;;;;; Info-directory Info-on-current-buffer info-standalone info-emacs-manual
15666 ;;;;;; info info-other-window) "info" "info.el" (18006 55795))
15667 ;;; Generated autoloads from info.el
15668
15669 (autoload (quote info-other-window) "info" "\
15670 Like `info' but show the Info buffer in another window.
15671
15672 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE)" t nil)
15673 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*info\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
15674 (put 'info 'info-file "emacs")
15675
15676 (autoload (quote info) "info" "\
15677 Enter Info, the documentation browser.
15678 Optional argument FILE-OR-NODE specifies the file to examine;
15679 the default is the top-level directory of Info.
15680 Called from a program, FILE-OR-NODE may specify an Info node of the form
15681 `(FILENAME)NODENAME'.
15682 Optional argument BUFFER specifies the Info buffer name;
15683 the default buffer name is *info*. If BUFFER exists,
15684 just switch to BUFFER. Otherwise, create a new buffer
15685 with the top-level Info directory.
15686
15687 In interactive use, a non-numeric prefix argument directs
15688 this command to read a file name from the minibuffer.
15689 A numeric prefix argument selects an Info buffer with the prefix number
15690 appended to the Info buffer name.
15691
15692 The search path for Info files is in the variable `Info-directory-list'.
15693 The top-level Info directory is made by combining all the files named `dir'
15694 in all the directories in that path.
15695
15696 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE BUFFER)" t nil)
15697
15698 (autoload (quote info-emacs-manual) "info" "\
15699 Display the Emacs manual in Info mode.
15700
15701 \(fn)" t nil)
15702
15703 (autoload (quote info-standalone) "info" "\
15704 Run Emacs as a standalone Info reader.
15705 Usage: emacs -f info-standalone [filename]
15706 In standalone mode, \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-exit] exits Emacs itself.
15707
15708 \(fn)" nil nil)
15709
15710 (autoload (quote Info-on-current-buffer) "info" "\
15711 Use Info mode to browse the current Info buffer.
15712 With a prefix arg, this queries for the node name to visit first;
15713 otherwise, that defaults to `Top'.
15714
15715 \(fn &optional NODENAME)" t nil)
15716
15717 (autoload (quote Info-directory) "info" "\
15718 Go to the Info directory node.
15719
15720 \(fn)" t nil)
15721
15722 (autoload (quote Info-index) "info" "\
15723 Look up a string TOPIC in the index for this manual and go to that entry.
15724 If there are no exact matches to the specified topic, this chooses
15725 the first match which is a case-insensitive substring of a topic.
15726 Use the \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index-next] command to see the other matches.
15727 Give an empty topic name to go to the Index node itself.
15728
15729 \(fn TOPIC)" t nil)
15730
15731 (autoload (quote info-apropos) "info" "\
15732 Grovel indices of all known Info files on your system for STRING.
15733 Build a menu of the possible matches.
15734
15735 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
15736
15737 (autoload (quote Info-mode) "info" "\
15738 Info mode provides commands for browsing through the Info documentation tree.
15739 Documentation in Info is divided into \"nodes\", each of which discusses
15740 one topic and contains references to other nodes which discuss related
15741 topics. Info has commands to follow the references and show you other nodes.
15742
15743 \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-help] Invoke the Info tutorial.
15744 \\[Info-exit] Quit Info: reselect previously selected buffer.
15745
15746 Selecting other nodes:
15747 \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node]
15748 Follow a node reference you click on.
15749 This works with menu items, cross references, and
15750 the \"next\", \"previous\" and \"up\", depending on where you click.
15751 \\[Info-follow-nearest-node] Follow a node reference near point, like \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node].
15752 \\[Info-next] Move to the \"next\" node of this node.
15753 \\[Info-prev] Move to the \"previous\" node of this node.
15754 \\[Info-up] Move \"up\" from this node.
15755 \\[Info-menu] Pick menu item specified by name (or abbreviation).
15756 Picking a menu item causes another node to be selected.
15757 \\[Info-directory] Go to the Info directory node.
15758 \\[Info-top-node] Go to the Top node of this file.
15759 \\[Info-final-node] Go to the final node in this file.
15760 \\[Info-backward-node] Go backward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15761 \\[Info-forward-node] Go forward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15762 \\[Info-next-reference] Move cursor to next cross-reference or menu item.
15763 \\[Info-prev-reference] Move cursor to previous cross-reference or menu item.
15764 \\[Info-follow-reference] Follow a cross reference. Reads name of reference.
15765 \\[Info-history-back] Move back in history to the last node you were at.
15766 \\[Info-history-forward] Move forward in history to the node you returned from after using \\[Info-history-back].
15767 \\[Info-history] Go to menu of visited nodes.
15768 \\[Info-toc] Go to table of contents of the current Info file.
15769
15770 Moving within a node:
15771 \\[Info-scroll-up] Normally, scroll forward a full screen.
15772 Once you scroll far enough in a node that its menu appears on the
15773 screen but after point, the next scroll moves into its first
15774 subnode. When after all menu items (or if there is no menu),
15775 move up to the parent node.
15776 \\[Info-scroll-down] Normally, scroll backward. If the beginning of the buffer is
15777 already visible, try to go to the previous menu entry, or up
15778 if there is none.
15779 \\[beginning-of-buffer] Go to beginning of node.
15780
15781 Advanced commands:
15782 \\[Info-search] Search through this Info file for specified regexp,
15783 and select the node in which the next occurrence is found.
15784 \\[Info-search-case-sensitively] Search through this Info file for specified regexp case-sensitively.
15785 \\[Info-search-next] Search for another occurrence of regexp
15786 from a previous \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-search] command.
15787 \\[Info-index] Search for a topic in this manual's Index and go to index entry.
15788 \\[Info-index-next] (comma) Move to the next match from a previous \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index] command.
15789 \\[info-apropos] Look for a string in the indices of all manuals.
15790 \\[Info-goto-node] Move to node specified by name.
15791 You may include a filename as well, as (FILENAME)NODENAME.
15792 1 .. 9 Pick first ... ninth item in node's menu.
15793 Every third `*' is highlighted to help pick the right number.
15794 \\[Info-copy-current-node-name] Put name of current Info node in the kill ring.
15795 \\[clone-buffer] Select a new cloned Info buffer in another window.
15796 \\[universal-argument] \\[info] Move to new Info file with completion.
15797 \\[universal-argument] N \\[info] Select Info buffer with prefix number in the name *info*<N>.
15798
15799 \(fn)" nil nil)
15800 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node 'info-file "emacs")
15801
15802 (autoload (quote Info-goto-emacs-command-node) "info" "\
15803 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual for command COMMAND.
15804 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15805 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15806 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15807 COMMAND must be a symbol or string.
15808
15809 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
15810 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node 'info-file "emacs")
15811
15812 (autoload (quote Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node) "info" "\
15813 Go to the node in the Emacs manual which describes the command bound to KEY.
15814 KEY is a string.
15815 Interactively, if the binding is `execute-extended-command', a command is read.
15816 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15817 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15818 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15819
15820 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
15821
15822 (autoload (quote Info-speedbar-browser) "info" "\
15823 Initialize speedbar to display an Info node browser.
15824 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
15825
15826 \(fn)" t nil)
15827
15828 ;;;***
15829 \f
15830 ;;;### (autoloads (info-complete-file info-complete-symbol info-lookup-file
15831 ;;;;;; info-lookup-symbol info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "info-look.el"
15832 ;;;;;; (17878 61008))
15833 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-look.el
15834
15835 (autoload (quote info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "\
15836 Throw away all cached data.
15837 This command is useful if the user wants to start at the beginning without
15838 quitting Emacs, for example, after some Info documents were updated on the
15839 system.
15840
15841 \(fn)" t nil)
15842 (put 'info-lookup-symbol 'info-file "emacs")
15843
15844 (autoload (quote info-lookup-symbol) "info-look" "\
15845 Display the definition of SYMBOL, as found in the relevant manual.
15846 When this command is called interactively, it reads SYMBOL from the
15847 minibuffer. In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default argument
15848 value into the minibuffer so you can edit it. The default symbol is the
15849 one found at point.
15850
15851 With prefix arg a query for the symbol help mode is offered.
15852
15853 \(fn SYMBOL &optional MODE)" t nil)
15854 (put 'info-lookup-file 'info-file "emacs")
15855
15856 (autoload (quote info-lookup-file) "info-look" "\
15857 Display the documentation of a file.
15858 When this command is called interactively, it reads FILE from the minibuffer.
15859 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default file name
15860 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
15861 The default file name is the one found at point.
15862
15863 With prefix arg a query for the file help mode is offered.
15864
15865 \(fn FILE &optional MODE)" t nil)
15866
15867 (autoload (quote info-complete-symbol) "info-look" "\
15868 Perform completion on symbol preceding point.
15869
15870 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
15871
15872 (autoload (quote info-complete-file) "info-look" "\
15873 Perform completion on file preceding point.
15874
15875 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
15876
15877 ;;;***
15878 \f
15879 ;;;### (autoloads (info-xref-check-all-custom info-xref-check-all
15880 ;;;;;; info-xref-check) "info-xref" "info-xref.el" (17842 58279))
15881 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-xref.el
15882
15883 (autoload (quote info-xref-check) "info-xref" "\
15884 Check external references in FILENAME, an info document.
15885
15886 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
15887
15888 (autoload (quote info-xref-check-all) "info-xref" "\
15889 Check external references in all info documents in the usual path.
15890 The usual path is `Info-directory-list' and `Info-additional-directory-list'.
15891
15892 \(fn)" t nil)
15893
15894 (autoload (quote info-xref-check-all-custom) "info-xref" "\
15895 Check info references in all customize groups and variables.
15896 `custom-manual' and `info-link' entries in the `custom-links' list are checked.
15897
15898 `custom-load' autoloads for all symbols are loaded in order to get all the
15899 link information. This will be a lot of lisp packages loaded, and can take
15900 quite a while.
15901
15902 \(fn)" t nil)
15903
15904 ;;;***
15905 \f
15906 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-info-validate Info-validate Info-split Info-tagify)
15907 ;;;;;; "informat" "informat.el" (17842 58279))
15908 ;;; Generated autoloads from informat.el
15909
15910 (autoload (quote Info-tagify) "informat" "\
15911 Create or update Info file tag table in current buffer or in a region.
15912
15913 \(fn &optional INPUT-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
15914
15915 (autoload (quote Info-split) "informat" "\
15916 Split an info file into an indirect file plus bounded-size subfiles.
15917 Each subfile will be up to 50,000 characters plus one node.
15918
15919 To use this command, first visit a large Info file that has a tag
15920 table. The buffer is modified into a (small) indirect info file which
15921 should be saved in place of the original visited file.
15922
15923 The subfiles are written in the same directory the original file is
15924 in, with names generated by appending `-' and a number to the original
15925 file name. The indirect file still functions as an Info file, but it
15926 contains just the tag table and a directory of subfiles.
15927
15928 \(fn)" t nil)
15929
15930 (autoload (quote Info-validate) "informat" "\
15931 Check current buffer for validity as an Info file.
15932 Check that every node pointer points to an existing node.
15933
15934 \(fn)" t nil)
15935
15936 (autoload (quote batch-info-validate) "informat" "\
15937 Runs `Info-validate' on the files remaining on the command line.
15938 Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion.
15939 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously.
15940 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-info-validate $info/ ~/*.info\"
15941
15942 \(fn)" nil nil)
15943
15944 ;;;***
15945 \f
15946 ;;;### (autoloads (isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters isearch-toggle-input-method
15947 ;;;;;; isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "international/isearch-x.el"
15948 ;;;;;; (17903 2305))
15949 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/isearch-x.el
15950
15951 (autoload (quote isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "\
15952 Select an input method and turn it on in interactive search.
15953
15954 \(fn)" t nil)
15955
15956 (autoload (quote isearch-toggle-input-method) "isearch-x" "\
15957 Toggle input method in interactive search.
15958
15959 \(fn)" t nil)
15960
15961 (autoload (quote isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters) "isearch-x" "\
15962 Not documented
15963
15964 \(fn LAST-CHAR)" nil nil)
15965
15966 ;;;***
15967 \f
15968 ;;;### (autoloads (isearchb-activate) "isearchb" "isearchb.el" (17918
15969 ;;;;;; 44913))
15970 ;;; Generated autoloads from isearchb.el
15971
15972 (autoload (quote isearchb-activate) "isearchb" "\
15973 Active isearchb mode for subsequent alphanumeric keystrokes.
15974 Executing this command again will terminate the search; or, if
15975 the search has not yet begun, will toggle to the last buffer
15976 accessed via isearchb.
15977
15978 \(fn)" t nil)
15979
15980 ;;;***
15981 \f
15982 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-accents-mode) "iso-acc" "obsolete/iso-acc.el"
15983 ;;;;;; (17994 6715))
15984 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/iso-acc.el
15985
15986 (autoload (quote iso-accents-mode) "iso-acc" "\
15987 Toggle ISO Accents mode, in which accents modify the following letter.
15988 This permits easy insertion of accented characters according to ISO-8859-1.
15989 When Iso-accents mode is enabled, accent character keys
15990 \(`, ', \", ^, / and ~) do not self-insert; instead, they modify the following
15991 letter key so that it inserts an ISO accented letter.
15992
15993 You can customize ISO Accents mode to a particular language
15994 with the command `iso-accents-customize'.
15995
15996 Special combinations: ~c gives a c with cedilla,
15997 ~d gives an Icelandic eth (d with dash).
15998 ~t gives an Icelandic thorn.
15999 \"s gives German sharp s.
16000 /a gives a with ring.
16001 /e gives an a-e ligature.
16002 ~< and ~> give guillemots.
16003 ~! gives an inverted exclamation mark.
16004 ~? gives an inverted question mark.
16005
16006 With an argument, a positive argument enables ISO Accents mode,
16007 and a negative argument disables it.
16008
16009 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16010
16011 ;;;***
16012 \f
16013 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-cvt-define-menu iso-cvt-write-only iso-cvt-read-only
16014 ;;;;;; iso-sgml2iso iso-iso2sgml iso-iso2duden iso-iso2gtex iso-gtex2iso
16015 ;;;;;; iso-tex2iso iso-iso2tex iso-german iso-spanish) "iso-cvt"
16016 ;;;;;; "international/iso-cvt.el" (17992 30878))
16017 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-cvt.el
16018
16019 (autoload (quote iso-spanish) "iso-cvt" "\
16020 Translate net conventions for Spanish to ISO 8859-1.
16021 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
16022 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16023
16024 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16025
16026 (autoload (quote iso-german) "iso-cvt" "\
16027 Translate net conventions for German to ISO 8859-1.
16028 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
16029 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16030
16031 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16032
16033 (autoload (quote iso-iso2tex) "iso-cvt" "\
16034 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to TeX sequences.
16035 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
16036 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16037
16038 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16039
16040 (autoload (quote iso-tex2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
16041 Translate TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
16042 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
16043 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16044
16045 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16046
16047 (autoload (quote iso-gtex2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
16048 Translate German TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
16049 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
16050 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16051
16052 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16053
16054 (autoload (quote iso-iso2gtex) "iso-cvt" "\
16055 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
16056 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
16057 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16058
16059 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16060
16061 (autoload (quote iso-iso2duden) "iso-cvt" "\
16062 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
16063 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
16064 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16065
16066 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16067
16068 (autoload (quote iso-iso2sgml) "iso-cvt" "\
16069 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters in the region to SGML entities.
16070 The entities used are from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
16071 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16072
16073 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16074
16075 (autoload (quote iso-sgml2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
16076 Translate SGML entities in the region to ISO 8859-1 characters.
16077 The entities used are from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
16078 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16079
16080 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16081
16082 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-read-only) "iso-cvt" "\
16083 Warn that format is read-only.
16084
16085 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
16086
16087 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-write-only) "iso-cvt" "\
16088 Warn that format is write-only.
16089
16090 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
16091
16092 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-define-menu) "iso-cvt" "\
16093 Add submenus to the File menu, to convert to and from various formats.
16094
16095 \(fn)" t nil)
16096
16097 ;;;***
16098 \f
16099 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-transl" "international/iso-transl.el"
16100 ;;;;;; (17842 54888))
16101 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-transl.el
16102 (or key-translation-map (setq key-translation-map (make-sparse-keymap)))
16103 (define-key key-translation-map "\C-x8" 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map)
16104 (autoload 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map "iso-transl" "Keymap for C-x 8 prefix." t 'keymap)
16105
16106 ;;;***
16107 \f
16108 ;;;### (autoloads (ispell-message ispell-minor-mode ispell ispell-complete-word-interior-frag
16109 ;;;;;; ispell-complete-word ispell-continue ispell-buffer ispell-comments-and-strings
16110 ;;;;;; ispell-region ispell-change-dictionary ispell-kill-ispell
16111 ;;;;;; ispell-help ispell-pdict-save ispell-word ispell-local-dictionary-alist
16112 ;;;;;; ispell-personal-dictionary) "ispell" "textmodes/ispell.el"
16113 ;;;;;; (18006 55797))
16114 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/ispell.el
16115 (put 'ispell-check-comments 'safe-local-variable (lambda (a) (memq a '(nil t exclusive))))
16116
16117 (defvar ispell-personal-dictionary nil "\
16118 *File name of your personal spelling dictionary, or nil.
16119 If nil, the default personal dictionary, \"~/.ispell_DICTNAME\" is used,
16120 where DICTNAME is the name of your default dictionary.")
16121
16122 (custom-autoload (quote ispell-personal-dictionary) "ispell" t)
16123 (put 'ispell-local-dictionary 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
16124
16125 (defvar ispell-local-dictionary-alist nil "\
16126 *List of local or customized dictionary definitions.
16127 These can override the values in `ispell-dictionary-alist'.
16128
16129 To make permanent changes to your dictionary definitions, you
16130 will need to make your changes in this variable, save, and then
16131 re-start Emacs.")
16132
16133 (custom-autoload (quote ispell-local-dictionary-alist) "ispell" t)
16134
16135 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-1 (quote ((nil "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("american" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("brasileiro" "[A-Z\301\311\315\323\332\300\310\314\322\331\303\325\307\334\302\312\324a-z\341\351\355\363\372\340\350\354\362\371\343\365\347\374\342\352\364]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\323\332\300\310\314\322\331\303\325\307\334\302\312\324a-z\341\351\355\363\372\340\350\354\362\371\343\365\347\374\342\352\364]" "[']" nil nil nil iso-8859-1) ("british" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("castellano" "[A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[-]" nil ("-B") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("castellano8" "[A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[-]" nil ("-B" "-d" "castellano") "~latin1" iso-8859-1))))
16136
16137 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-2 (quote (("czech" "[A-Za-z\301\311\314\315\323\332\331\335\256\251\310\330\317\253\322\341\351\354\355\363\372\371\375\276\271\350\370\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\311\314\315\323\332\331\335\256\251\310\330\317\253\322\341\351\354\355\363\372\371\375\276\271\350\370\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-2) ("dansk" "[A-Z\306\330\305a-z\346\370\345]" "[^A-Z\306\330\305a-z\346\370\345]" "[']" nil ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("deutsch" "[a-zA-Z\"]" "[^a-zA-Z\"]" "[']" t ("-C") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("deutsch8" "[a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[^a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[']" t ("-C" "-d" "deutsch") "~latin1" iso-8859-1) ("english" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1))))
16138
16139 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-3 (quote (("esperanto" "[A-Za-z\246\254\266\274\306\330\335\336\346\370\375\376]" "[^A-Za-z\246\254\266\274\306\330\335\336\346\370\375\376]" "[-']" t ("-C") "~latin3" iso-8859-3) ("esperanto-tex" "[A-Za-z^\\]" "[^A-Za-z^\\]" "[-'`\"]" t ("-C" "-d" "esperanto") "~tex" iso-8859-3) ("francais7" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[`'^-]" t nil nil iso-8859-1) ("francais" "[A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374]" "[-'.@]" t nil "~list" iso-8859-1) ("francais-tex" "[A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374\\]" "[^A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374\\]" "[-'^`\".@]" t nil "~tex" iso-8859-1))))
16140
16141 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-4 (quote (("german" "[a-zA-Z\"]" "[^a-zA-Z\"]" "[']" t ("-C") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("german8" "[a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[^a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[']" t ("-C" "-d" "german") "~latin1" iso-8859-1) ("italiano" "[A-Z\300\301\310\311\314\315\322\323\331\332a-z\340\341\350\351\354\355\363\371\372]" "[^A-Z\300\301\310\311\314\315\322\323\331\332a-z\340\341\350\351\354\355\363\371\372]" "[-.]" nil ("-B" "-d" "italian") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("nederlands" "[A-Za-z\300\301\302\303\304\305\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\322\323\324\325\326\331\332\333\334\340\341\342\343\344\345\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\361\362\363\364\365\366\371\372\373\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300\301\302\303\304\305\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\322\323\324\325\326\331\332\333\334\340\341\342\343\344\345\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\361\362\363\364\365\366\371\372\373\374]" "[']" t ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("nederlands8" "[A-Za-z\300\301\302\303\304\305\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\322\323\324\325\326\331\332\333\334\340\341\342\343\344\345\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\361\362\363\364\365\366\371\372\373\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300\301\302\303\304\305\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\322\323\324\325\326\331\332\333\334\340\341\342\343\344\345\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\361\362\363\364\365\366\371\372\373\374]" "[']" t ("-C") nil iso-8859-1))))
16142
16143 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-5 (quote (("norsk" "[A-Za-z\305\306\307\310\311\322\324\330\345\346\347\350\351\362\364\370]" "[^A-Za-z\305\306\307\310\311\322\324\330\345\346\347\350\351\362\364\370]" "[\"]" nil nil "~list" iso-8859-1) ("norsk7-tex" "[A-Za-z{}\\'^`]" "[^A-Za-z{}\\'^`]" "[\"]" nil ("-d" "norsk") "~plaintex" iso-8859-1) ("polish" "[A-Za-z\241\243\246\254\257\261\263\266\274\277\306\312\321\323\346\352\361\363]" "[^A-Za-z\241\243\246\254\257\261\263\266\274\277\306\312\321\323\346\352\361\363]" "[.]" nil nil nil iso-8859-2) ("portugues" "[a-zA-Z\301\302\311\323\340\341\342\351\352\355\363\343\372]" "[^a-zA-Z\301\302\311\323\340\341\342\351\352\355\363\343\372]" "[']" t ("-C") "~latin1" iso-8859-1))))
16144
16145 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-6 (quote (("russian" "[\341\342\367\347\344\345\263\366\372\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\362\363\364\365\346\350\343\376\373\375\370\371\377\374\340\361\301\302\327\307\304\305\243\326\332\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\322\323\324\325\306\310\303\336\333\335\330\331\337\334\300\321]" "[^\341\342\367\347\344\345\263\366\372\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\362\363\364\365\346\350\343\376\373\375\370\371\377\374\340\361\301\302\327\307\304\305\243\326\332\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\322\323\324\325\306\310\303\336\333\335\330\331\337\334\300\321]" "" nil nil nil koi8-r) ("russianw" "[\300\301\302\303\304\305\250\306\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\321\322\323\324\325\326\327\330\331\334\333\332\335\336\337\340\341\342\343\344\345\270\346\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\361\362\363\364\365\366\367\370\371\374\373\372\375\376\377]" "[^\300\301\302\303\304\305\250\306\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\321\322\323\324\325\326\327\330\331\334\333\332\335\336\337\340\341\342\343\344\345\270\346\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\361\362\363\364\365\366\367\370\371\374\373\372\375\376\377]" "" nil nil nil windows-1251) ("slovak" "[A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-2) ("slovenian" "[A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B" "-d" "slovenian") nil iso-8859-2) ("svenska" "[A-Za-z\345\344\366\351\340\374\350\346\370\347\305\304\326\311\300\334\310\306\330\307]" "[^A-Za-z\345\344\366\351\340\374\350\346\370\347\305\304\326\311\300\334\310\306\330\307]" "[']" nil ("-C") "~list" iso-8859-1))))
16146
16147 (defvar ispell-dictionary-alist (append ispell-dictionary-alist-1 ispell-dictionary-alist-2 ispell-dictionary-alist-3 ispell-dictionary-alist-4 ispell-dictionary-alist-5 ispell-dictionary-alist-6) "\
16148 An alist of dictionaries and their associated parameters.
16149
16150 Each element of this list is also a list:
16151
16152 \(DICTIONARY-NAME CASECHARS NOT-CASECHARS OTHERCHARS MANY-OTHERCHARS-P
16153 ISPELL-ARGS EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE CHARACTER-SET)
16154
16155 DICTIONARY-NAME is a possible string value of variable `ispell-dictionary',
16156 nil means the default dictionary.
16157
16158 CASECHARS is a regular expression of valid characters that comprise a word.
16159
16160 NOT-CASECHARS is the opposite regexp of CASECHARS.
16161
16162 OTHERCHARS is a regexp of characters in the NOT-CASECHARS set but which can be
16163 used to construct words in some special way. If OTHERCHARS characters follow
16164 and precede characters from CASECHARS, they are parsed as part of a word,
16165 otherwise they become word-breaks. As an example in English, assume the
16166 regular expression \"[']\" for OTHERCHARS. Then \"they're\" and
16167 \"Steven's\" are parsed as single words including the \"'\" character, but
16168 \"Stevens'\" does not include the quote character as part of the word.
16169 If you want OTHERCHARS to be empty, use the empty string.
16170 Hint: regexp syntax requires the hyphen to be declared first here.
16171
16172 CASECHARS, NOT-CASECHARS, and OTHERCHARS must be unibyte strings
16173 containing bytes of CHARACTER-SET. In addition, if they contain
16174 a non-ASCII byte, the regular expression must be a single
16175 `character set' construct that doesn't specify a character range
16176 for non-ASCII bytes.
16177
16178 MANY-OTHERCHARS-P is non-nil when multiple OTHERCHARS are allowed in a word.
16179 Otherwise only a single OTHERCHARS character is allowed to be part of any
16180 single word.
16181
16182 ISPELL-ARGS is a list of additional arguments passed to the ispell
16183 subprocess.
16184
16185 EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE should be used when dictionaries are used which
16186 have been configured in an Ispell affix file. (For example, umlauts
16187 can be encoded as \\\"a, a\\\", \"a, ...) Defaults are ~tex and ~nroff
16188 in English. This has the same effect as the command-line `-T' option.
16189 The buffer Major Mode controls Ispell's parsing in tex or nroff mode,
16190 but the dictionary can control the extended character mode.
16191 Both defaults can be overruled in a buffer-local fashion. See
16192 `ispell-parsing-keyword' for details on this.
16193
16194 CHARACTER-SET used for languages with multibyte characters.
16195
16196 Note that the CASECHARS and OTHERCHARS slots of the alist should
16197 contain the same character set as casechars and otherchars in the
16198 LANGUAGE.aff file (e.g., english.aff).")
16199
16200 (defvar ispell-menu-map nil "\
16201 Key map for ispell menu.")
16202
16203 (defvar ispell-menu-xemacs nil "\
16204 Spelling menu for XEmacs.
16205 If nil when package is loaded, a standard menu will be set,
16206 and added as a submenu of the \"Edit\" menu.")
16207
16208 (defvar ispell-menu-map-needed (and (not ispell-menu-map) (not (featurep (quote xemacs))) (quote reload)))
16209
16210 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (setq ispell-menu-map (make-sparse-keymap "Spell")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-change-dictionary] (quote (menu-item "Change Dictionary..." ispell-change-dictionary :help "Supply explicit dictionary file name"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-kill-ispell] (quote (menu-item "Kill Process" ispell-kill-ispell :enable (and (boundp (quote ispell-process)) ispell-process (eq (ispell-process-status) (quote run))) :help "Terminate Ispell subprocess"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-pdict-save] (quote (menu-item "Save Dictionary" (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-pdict-save t t)) :help "Save personal dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-customize] (quote (menu-item "Customize..." (lambda nil (interactive) (customize-group (quote ispell))) :help "Customize spell checking options"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-help] (quote (menu-item "Help" (lambda nil (interactive) (describe-function (quote ispell-help))) :help "Show standard Ispell keybindings and commands"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [flyspell-mode] (quote (menu-item "Automatic spell checking (Flyspell)" flyspell-mode :help "Check spelling while you edit the text" :button (:toggle bound-and-true-p flyspell-mode)))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word] (quote (menu-item "Complete Word" ispell-complete-word :help "Complete word at cursor using dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word-interior-frag] (quote (menu-item "Complete Word Fragment" ispell-complete-word-interior-frag :help "Complete word fragment at cursor")))))
16211
16212 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-continue] (quote (menu-item "Continue Spell-Checking" ispell-continue :enable (and (boundp (quote ispell-region-end)) (marker-position ispell-region-end) (equal (marker-buffer ispell-region-end) (current-buffer))) :help "Continue spell checking last region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-word] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Word" ispell-word :help "Spell-check word at cursor"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-comments-and-strings] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Comments" ispell-comments-and-strings :help "Spell-check only comments and strings")))))
16213
16214 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-region] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Region" ispell-region :enable mark-active :help "Spell-check text in marked region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-message] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Message" ispell-message :visible (eq major-mode (quote mail-mode)) :help "Skip headers and included message text"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-buffer] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Buffer" ispell-buffer :help "Check spelling of selected buffer"))) (fset (quote ispell-menu-map) (symbol-value (quote ispell-menu-map)))))
16215
16216 (defvar ispell-skip-region-alist (quote ((ispell-words-keyword forward-line) (ispell-dictionary-keyword forward-line) (ispell-pdict-keyword forward-line) (ispell-parsing-keyword forward-line) ("^---*BEGIN PGP [A-Z ]*--*" . "^---*END PGP [A-Z ]*--*") ("^begin [0-9][0-9][0-9] [^ ]+$" . "\nend\n") ("^%!PS-Adobe-[123].0" . "\n%%EOF\n") ("^---* \\(Start of \\)?[Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage" . "^---* End of [Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage") ("\\(--+\\|_+\\|\\(/\\w\\|\\(\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)+[.:@]\\)\\)\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)*\\([.:/@]+\\(\\w\\|[-_~=?&]\\)+\\)+\\)"))) "\
16217 Alist expressing beginning and end of regions not to spell check.
16218 The alist key must be a regular expression.
16219 Valid forms include:
16220 (KEY) - just skip the key.
16221 (KEY . REGEXP) - skip to the end of REGEXP. REGEXP may be string or symbol.
16222 (KEY REGEXP) - skip to end of REGEXP. REGEXP must be a string.
16223 (KEY FUNCTION ARGS) - FUNCTION called with ARGS returns end of region.")
16224
16225 (defvar ispell-tex-skip-alists (quote ((("\\\\addcontentsline" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("\\\\add\\(tocontents\\|vspace\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\\\([aA]lph\\|arabic\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\bibliographystyle" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\makebox" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("\\\\e?psfig" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\document\\(class\\|style\\)" . "\\\\begin[ \n]*{[ \n]*document[ \n]*}")) (("\\(figure\\|table\\)\\*?" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("list" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("program" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*program[ \n]*}") ("verbatim\\*?" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*verbatim\\*?[ \n]*}")))) "\
16226 *Lists of regions to be skipped in TeX mode.
16227 First list is used raw.
16228 Second list has key placed inside \\begin{}.
16229
16230 Delete or add any regions you want to be automatically selected
16231 for skipping in latex mode.")
16232
16233 (defvar ispell-html-skip-alists (quote (("<[cC][oO][dD][eE]\\>[^>]*>" "</[cC][oO][dD][eE]*>") ("<[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]>") ("<[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]>") ("<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>" "<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>") ("<[tT][tT]/" "/") ("<[^ \n>]" ">") ("&[^ \n;]" "[; \n]"))) "\
16234 *Lists of start and end keys to skip in HTML buffers.
16235 Same format as `ispell-skip-region-alist'
16236 Note - substrings of other matches must come last
16237 (e.g. \"<[tT][tT]/\" and \"<[^ \\t\\n>]\").")
16238 (define-key esc-map "$" 'ispell-word)
16239
16240 (autoload (quote ispell-word) "ispell" "\
16241 Check spelling of word under or before the cursor.
16242 If the word is not found in dictionary, display possible corrections
16243 in a window allowing you to choose one.
16244
16245 If optional argument FOLLOWING is non-nil or if `ispell-following-word'
16246 is non-nil when called interactively, then the following word
16247 \(rather than preceding) is checked when the cursor is not over a word.
16248 When the optional argument QUIETLY is non-nil or `ispell-quietly' is non-nil
16249 when called interactively, non-corrective messages are suppressed.
16250
16251 With a prefix argument (or if CONTINUE is non-nil),
16252 resume interrupted spell-checking of a buffer or region.
16253
16254 Word syntax is controlled by the definition of the chosen dictionary,
16255 which is in `ispell-local-dictionary-alist' or `ispell-dictionary-alist'.
16256
16257 This will check or reload the dictionary. Use \\[ispell-change-dictionary]
16258 or \\[ispell-region] to update the Ispell process.
16259
16260 Return values:
16261 nil word is correct or spelling is accepted.
16262 0 word is inserted into buffer-local definitions.
16263 \"word\" word corrected from word list.
16264 \(\"word\" arg) word is hand entered.
16265 quit spell session exited.
16266
16267 \(fn &optional FOLLOWING QUIETLY CONTINUE)" t nil)
16268
16269 (autoload (quote ispell-pdict-save) "ispell" "\
16270 Check to see if the personal dictionary has been modified.
16271 If so, ask if it needs to be saved.
16272
16273 \(fn &optional NO-QUERY FORCE-SAVE)" t nil)
16274
16275 (autoload (quote ispell-help) "ispell" "\
16276 Display a list of the options available when a misspelling is encountered.
16277
16278 Selections are:
16279
16280 DIGIT: Replace the word with a digit offered in the *Choices* buffer.
16281 SPC: Accept word this time.
16282 `i': Accept word and insert into private dictionary.
16283 `a': Accept word for this session.
16284 `A': Accept word and place in `buffer-local dictionary'.
16285 `r': Replace word with typed-in value. Rechecked.
16286 `R': Replace word with typed-in value. Query-replaced in buffer. Rechecked.
16287 `?': Show these commands.
16288 `x': Exit spelling buffer. Move cursor to original point.
16289 `X': Exit spelling buffer. Leaves cursor at the current point, and permits
16290 the aborted check to be completed later.
16291 `q': Quit spelling session (Kills ispell process).
16292 `l': Look up typed-in replacement in alternate dictionary. Wildcards okay.
16293 `u': Like `i', but the word is lower-cased first.
16294 `m': Place typed-in value in personal dictionary, then recheck current word.
16295 `C-l': Redraw screen.
16296 `C-r': Recursive edit.
16297 `C-z': Suspend Emacs or iconify frame.
16298
16299 \(fn)" nil nil)
16300
16301 (autoload (quote ispell-kill-ispell) "ispell" "\
16302 Kill current Ispell process (so that you may start a fresh one).
16303 With NO-ERROR, just return non-nil if there was no Ispell running.
16304
16305 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
16306
16307 (autoload (quote ispell-change-dictionary) "ispell" "\
16308 Change to dictionary DICT for Ispell.
16309 With a prefix arg, set it \"globally\", for all buffers.
16310 Without a prefix arg, set it \"locally\", just for this buffer.
16311
16312 By just answering RET you can find out what the current dictionary is.
16313
16314 \(fn DICT &optional ARG)" t nil)
16315
16316 (autoload (quote ispell-region) "ispell" "\
16317 Interactively check a region for spelling errors.
16318 Return nil if spell session is quit,
16319 otherwise returns shift offset amount for last line processed.
16320
16321 \(fn REG-START REG-END &optional RECHECKP SHIFT)" t nil)
16322
16323 (autoload (quote ispell-comments-and-strings) "ispell" "\
16324 Check comments and strings in the current buffer for spelling errors.
16325
16326 \(fn)" t nil)
16327
16328 (autoload (quote ispell-buffer) "ispell" "\
16329 Check the current buffer for spelling errors interactively.
16330
16331 \(fn)" t nil)
16332
16333 (autoload (quote ispell-continue) "ispell" "\
16334 Continue a halted spelling session beginning with the current word.
16335
16336 \(fn)" t nil)
16337
16338 (autoload (quote ispell-complete-word) "ispell" "\
16339 Try to complete the word before or under point (see `lookup-words').
16340 If optional INTERIOR-FRAG is non-nil then the word may be a character
16341 sequence inside of a word.
16342
16343 Standard ispell choices are then available.
16344
16345 \(fn &optional INTERIOR-FRAG)" t nil)
16346
16347 (autoload (quote ispell-complete-word-interior-frag) "ispell" "\
16348 Completes word matching character sequence inside a word.
16349
16350 \(fn)" t nil)
16351
16352 (autoload (quote ispell) "ispell" "\
16353 Interactively check a region or buffer for spelling errors.
16354 If `transient-mark-mode' is on, and a region is active, spell-check
16355 that region. Otherwise spell-check the buffer.
16356
16357 Ispell dictionaries are not distributed with Emacs. If you are
16358 looking for a dictionary, please see the distribution of the GNU ispell
16359 program, or do an Internet search; there are various dictionaries
16360 available on the net.
16361
16362 \(fn)" t nil)
16363
16364 (autoload (quote ispell-minor-mode) "ispell" "\
16365 Toggle Ispell minor mode.
16366 With prefix arg, turn Ispell minor mode on iff arg is positive.
16367
16368 In Ispell minor mode, pressing SPC or RET
16369 warns you if the previous word is incorrectly spelled.
16370
16371 All the buffer-local variables and dictionaries are ignored -- to read
16372 them into the running ispell process, type \\[ispell-word] SPC.
16373
16374 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16375
16376 (autoload (quote ispell-message) "ispell" "\
16377 Check the spelling of a mail message or news post.
16378 Don't check spelling of message headers except the Subject field.
16379 Don't check included messages.
16380
16381 To abort spell checking of a message region and send the message anyway,
16382 use the `x' command. (Any subsequent regions will be checked.)
16383 The `X' command aborts the message send so that you can edit the buffer.
16384
16385 To spell-check whenever a message is sent, include the appropriate lines
16386 in your .emacs file:
16387 (add-hook 'message-send-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 5
16388 (add-hook 'news-inews-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 4
16389 (add-hook 'mail-send-hook 'ispell-message)
16390 (add-hook 'mh-before-send-letter-hook 'ispell-message)
16391
16392 You can bind this to the key C-c i in GNUS or mail by adding to
16393 `news-reply-mode-hook' or `mail-mode-hook' the following lambda expression:
16394 (function (lambda () (local-set-key \"\\C-ci\" 'ispell-message)))
16395
16396 \(fn)" t nil)
16397
16398 ;;;***
16399 \f
16400 ;;;### (autoloads (iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb" "iswitchb.el" (17819
16401 ;;;;;; 9451))
16402 ;;; Generated autoloads from iswitchb.el
16403
16404 (defvar iswitchb-mode nil "\
16405 Non-nil if Iswitchb mode is enabled.
16406 See the command `iswitchb-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
16407 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16408 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
16409 or call the function `iswitchb-mode'.")
16410
16411 (custom-autoload (quote iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb" nil)
16412
16413 (autoload (quote iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb" "\
16414 Toggle Iswitchb global minor mode.
16415 With arg, turn Iswitchb mode on if and only iff ARG is positive.
16416 This mode enables switching between buffers using substrings. See
16417 `iswitchb' for details.
16418
16419 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16420
16421 ;;;***
16422 \f
16423 ;;;### (autoloads (read-hiragana-string japanese-zenkaku-region japanese-hankaku-region
16424 ;;;;;; japanese-hiragana-region japanese-katakana-region japanese-zenkaku
16425 ;;;;;; japanese-hankaku japanese-hiragana japanese-katakana setup-japanese-environment-internal)
16426 ;;;;;; "japan-util" "language/japan-util.el" (17842 58278))
16427 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/japan-util.el
16428
16429 (autoload (quote setup-japanese-environment-internal) "japan-util" "\
16430 Not documented
16431
16432 \(fn)" nil nil)
16433
16434 (autoload (quote japanese-katakana) "japan-util" "\
16435 Convert argument to Katakana and return that.
16436 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16437 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16438 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku' Katakana
16439 (`japanese-jisx0201-kana'), in which case return value
16440 may be a string even if OBJ is a character if two Katakanas are
16441 necessary to represent OBJ.
16442
16443 \(fn OBJ &optional HANKAKU)" nil nil)
16444
16445 (autoload (quote japanese-hiragana) "japan-util" "\
16446 Convert argument to Hiragana and return that.
16447 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16448 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16449
16450 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
16451
16452 (autoload (quote japanese-hankaku) "japan-util" "\
16453 Convert argument to `hankaku' and return that.
16454 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16455 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16456 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to return only ASCII character.
16457
16458 \(fn OBJ &optional ASCII-ONLY)" nil nil)
16459
16460 (autoload (quote japanese-zenkaku) "japan-util" "\
16461 Convert argument to `zenkaku' and return that.
16462 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16463 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16464
16465 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
16466
16467 (autoload (quote japanese-katakana-region) "japan-util" "\
16468 Convert Japanese `hiragana' chars in the region to `katakana' chars.
16469 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku katakana' character
16470 of which charset is `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16471
16472 \(fn FROM TO &optional HANKAKU)" t nil)
16473
16474 (autoload (quote japanese-hiragana-region) "japan-util" "\
16475 Convert Japanese `katakana' chars in the region to `hiragana' chars.
16476
16477 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16478
16479 (autoload (quote japanese-hankaku-region) "japan-util" "\
16480 Convert Japanese `zenkaku' chars in the region to `hankaku' chars.
16481 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
16482 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16483 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to convert only to ASCII char.
16484
16485 \(fn FROM TO &optional ASCII-ONLY)" t nil)
16486
16487 (autoload (quote japanese-zenkaku-region) "japan-util" "\
16488 Convert hankaku' chars in the region to Japanese `zenkaku' chars.
16489 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
16490 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16491 Optional argument KATAKANA-ONLY non-nil means to convert only KATAKANA char.
16492
16493 \(fn FROM TO &optional KATAKANA-ONLY)" t nil)
16494
16495 (autoload (quote read-hiragana-string) "japan-util" "\
16496 Read a Hiragana string from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
16497 If non-nil, second arg INITIAL-INPUT is a string to insert before reading.
16498
16499 \(fn PROMPT &optional INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
16500
16501 ;;;***
16502 \f
16503 ;;;### (autoloads (jka-compr-uninstall jka-compr-handler) "jka-compr"
16504 ;;;;;; "jka-compr.el" (17853 24893))
16505 ;;; Generated autoloads from jka-compr.el
16506
16507 (defvar jka-compr-inhibit nil "\
16508 Non-nil means inhibit automatic uncompression temporarily.
16509 Lisp programs can bind this to t to do that.
16510 It is not recommended to set this variable permanently to anything but nil.")
16511
16512 (autoload (quote jka-compr-handler) "jka-compr" "\
16513 Not documented
16514
16515 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
16516
16517 (autoload (quote jka-compr-uninstall) "jka-compr" "\
16518 Uninstall jka-compr.
16519 This removes the entries in `file-name-handler-alist' and `auto-mode-alist'
16520 and `inhibit-first-line-modes-suffixes' that were added
16521 by `jka-compr-installed'.
16522
16523 \(fn)" nil nil)
16524
16525 ;;;***
16526 \f
16527 ;;;### (autoloads (keypad-setup keypad-numlock-shifted-setup keypad-shifted-setup
16528 ;;;;;; keypad-numlock-setup keypad-setup) "keypad" "emulation/keypad.el"
16529 ;;;;;; (17833 41203))
16530 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/keypad.el
16531
16532 (defvar keypad-setup nil "\
16533 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16534 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16535 decimal key must be specified.")
16536
16537 (custom-autoload (quote keypad-setup) "keypad" nil)
16538
16539 (defvar keypad-numlock-setup nil "\
16540 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is on.
16541 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16542 decimal key must be specified.")
16543
16544 (custom-autoload (quote keypad-numlock-setup) "keypad" nil)
16545
16546 (defvar keypad-shifted-setup nil "\
16547 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16548 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16549 decimal key must be specified.")
16550
16551 (custom-autoload (quote keypad-shifted-setup) "keypad" nil)
16552
16553 (defvar keypad-numlock-shifted-setup nil "\
16554 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16555 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16556 decimal key must be specified.")
16557
16558 (custom-autoload (quote keypad-numlock-shifted-setup) "keypad" nil)
16559
16560 (autoload (quote keypad-setup) "keypad" "\
16561 Set keypad bindings in `function-key-map' according to SETUP.
16562 If optional second argument NUMLOCK is non-nil, the NumLock On bindings
16563 are changed. Otherwise, the NumLock Off bindings are changed.
16564 If optional third argument SHIFT is non-nil, the shifted keypad
16565 keys are bound.
16566
16567 Setup Binding
16568 -------------------------------------------------------------
16569 'prefix Command prefix argument, i.e. M-0 .. M-9 and M--
16570 'S-cursor Bind shifted keypad keys to the shifted cursor movement keys.
16571 'cursor Bind keypad keys to the cursor movement keys.
16572 'numeric Plain numeric keypad, i.e. 0 .. 9 and . (or DECIMAL arg)
16573 'none Removes all bindings for keypad keys in function-key-map;
16574 this enables any user-defined bindings for the keypad keys
16575 in the global and local keymaps.
16576
16577 If SETUP is 'numeric and the optional fourth argument DECIMAL is non-nil,
16578 the decimal key on the keypad is mapped to DECIMAL instead of `.'
16579
16580 \(fn SETUP &optional NUMLOCK SHIFT DECIMAL)" nil nil)
16581
16582 ;;;***
16583 \f
16584 ;;;### (autoloads (kinsoku) "kinsoku" "international/kinsoku.el"
16585 ;;;;;; (17842 54888))
16586 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kinsoku.el
16587
16588 (autoload (quote kinsoku) "kinsoku" "\
16589 Go to a line breaking position near point by doing `kinsoku' processing.
16590 LINEBEG is a buffer position we can't break a line before.
16591
16592 `Kinsoku' processing is to prohibit specific characters to be placed
16593 at beginning of line or at end of line. Characters not to be placed
16594 at beginning and end of line have character category `>' and `<'
16595 respectively. This restriction is dissolved by making a line longer or
16596 shorter.
16597
16598 `Kinsoku' is a Japanese word which originally means ordering to stay
16599 in one place, and is used for the text processing described above in
16600 the context of text formatting.
16601
16602 \(fn LINEBEG)" nil nil)
16603
16604 ;;;***
16605 \f
16606 ;;;### (autoloads (kkc-region) "kkc" "international/kkc.el" (17842
16607 ;;;;;; 54888))
16608 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kkc.el
16609
16610 (defvar kkc-after-update-conversion-functions nil "\
16611 Functions to run after a conversion is selected in `japanese' input method.
16612 With this input method, a user can select a proper conversion from
16613 candidate list. Each time he changes the selection, functions in this
16614 list are called with two arguments; starting and ending buffer
16615 positions that contains the current selection.")
16616
16617 (autoload (quote kkc-region) "kkc" "\
16618 Convert Kana string in the current region to Kanji-Kana mixed string.
16619 Users can select a desirable conversion interactively.
16620 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
16621 positions FROM and TO (integers or markers) specifying the target region.
16622 When it returns, the point is at the tail of the selected conversion,
16623 and the return value is the length of the conversion.
16624
16625 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16626
16627 ;;;***
16628 \f
16629 ;;;### (autoloads (kmacro-end-call-mouse kmacro-end-and-call-macro
16630 ;;;;;; kmacro-end-or-call-macro kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter
16631 ;;;;;; kmacro-call-macro kmacro-end-macro kmacro-start-macro) "kmacro"
16632 ;;;;;; "kmacro.el" (17833 41350))
16633 ;;; Generated autoloads from kmacro.el
16634 (global-set-key "\C-x(" 'kmacro-start-macro)
16635 (global-set-key "\C-x)" 'kmacro-end-macro)
16636 (global-set-key "\C-xe" 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro)
16637 (global-set-key [f3] 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter)
16638 (global-set-key [f4] 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro)
16639 (global-set-key "\C-x\C-k" 'kmacro-keymap)
16640 (autoload 'kmacro-keymap "kmacro" "Keymap for keyboard macro commands." t 'keymap)
16641
16642 (autoload (quote kmacro-start-macro) "kmacro" "\
16643 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16644 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16645 Use \\[kmacro-end-macro] to finish recording and make the macro available.
16646 Use \\[kmacro-end-and-call-macro] to execute the macro.
16647
16648 Non-nil arg (prefix arg) means append to last macro defined.
16649
16650 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, append to last keyboard macro
16651 defined. Depending on `kmacro-execute-before-append', this may begin
16652 by re-executing the last macro as if you typed it again.
16653
16654 Otherwise, it sets `kmacro-counter' to ARG or 0 if missing before
16655 defining the macro.
16656
16657 Use \\[kmacro-insert-counter] to insert (and increment) the macro counter.
16658 The counter value can be set or modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16659 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16660
16661 Use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] to give it a permanent name.
16662 Use \\[kmacro-bind-to-key] to bind it to a key sequence.
16663
16664 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16665
16666 (autoload (quote kmacro-end-macro) "kmacro" "\
16667 Finish defining a keyboard macro.
16668 The definition was started by \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16669 The macro is now available for use via \\[kmacro-call-macro],
16670 or it can be given a name with \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] and then invoked
16671 under that name.
16672
16673 With numeric arg, repeat macro now that many times,
16674 counting the definition just completed as the first repetition.
16675 An argument of zero means repeat until error.
16676
16677 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16678
16679 (autoload (quote kmacro-call-macro) "kmacro" "\
16680 Call the last keyboard macro that you defined with \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16681 A prefix argument serves as a repeat count. Zero means repeat until error.
16682
16683 When you call the macro, you can call the macro again by repeating
16684 just the last key in the key sequence that you used to call this
16685 command. See `kmacro-call-repeat-key' and `kmacro-call-repeat-with-arg'
16686 for details on how to adjust or disable this behavior.
16687
16688 To make a macro permanent so you can call it even after defining
16689 others, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16690
16691 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT END-MACRO)" t nil)
16692
16693 (autoload (quote kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter) "kmacro" "\
16694 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16695 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16696
16697 Sets the `kmacro-counter' to ARG (or 0 if no prefix arg) before defining the
16698 macro.
16699
16700 With \\[universal-argument], appends to current keyboard macro (keeping
16701 the current value of `kmacro-counter').
16702
16703 When defining/executing macro, inserts macro counter and increments
16704 the counter with ARG or 1 if missing. With \\[universal-argument],
16705 inserts previous `kmacro-counter' (but do not modify counter).
16706
16707 The macro counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16708 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16709
16710 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16711
16712 (autoload (quote kmacro-end-or-call-macro) "kmacro" "\
16713 End kbd macro if currently being defined; else call last kbd macro.
16714 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16715 With \\[universal-argument], call second macro in macro ring.
16716
16717 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16718
16719 (autoload (quote kmacro-end-and-call-macro) "kmacro" "\
16720 Call last keyboard macro, ending it first if currently being defined.
16721 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16722 Zero argument means repeat until there is an error.
16723
16724 To give a macro a permanent name, so you can call it
16725 even after defining other macros, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16726
16727 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16728
16729 (autoload (quote kmacro-end-call-mouse) "kmacro" "\
16730 Move point to the position clicked with the mouse and call last kbd macro.
16731 If kbd macro currently being defined end it before activating it.
16732
16733 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
16734
16735 ;;;***
16736 \f
16737 ;;;### (autoloads (kannada-post-read-conversion kannada-compose-string
16738 ;;;;;; kannada-compose-region) "knd-util" "language/knd-util.el"
16739 ;;;;;; (17842 58278))
16740 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/knd-util.el
16741
16742 (defconst kannada-consonant "[\x51f75-\x51fb9]")
16743
16744 (autoload (quote kannada-compose-region) "knd-util" "\
16745 Not documented
16746
16747 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16748
16749 (autoload (quote kannada-compose-string) "knd-util" "\
16750 Not documented
16751
16752 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
16753
16754 (autoload (quote kannada-post-read-conversion) "knd-util" "\
16755 Not documented
16756
16757 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
16758
16759 ;;;***
16760 \f
16761 ;;;### (autoloads (setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util"
16762 ;;;;;; "language/korea-util.el" (17842 58278))
16763 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/korea-util.el
16764
16765 (defvar default-korean-keyboard (if (string-match "3" (or (getenv "HANGUL_KEYBOARD_TYPE") "")) "3" "") "\
16766 *The kind of Korean keyboard for Korean input method.
16767 \"\" for 2, \"3\" for 3.")
16768
16769 (autoload (quote setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util" "\
16770 Not documented
16771
16772 \(fn)" nil nil)
16773
16774 ;;;***
16775 \f
16776 ;;;### (autoloads (lm lm-test-run) "landmark" "play/landmark.el"
16777 ;;;;;; (17941 38806))
16778 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/landmark.el
16779
16780 (defalias (quote landmark-repeat) (quote lm-test-run))
16781
16782 (autoload (quote lm-test-run) "landmark" "\
16783 Run 100 Lm games, each time saving the weights from the previous game.
16784
16785 \(fn)" t nil)
16786
16787 (defalias (quote landmark) (quote lm))
16788
16789 (autoload (quote lm) "landmark" "\
16790 Start or resume an Lm game.
16791 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
16792 Here is the relation between prefix args and game options:
16793
16794 prefix arg | robot is auto-started | weights are saved from last game
16795 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
16796 none / 1 | yes | no
16797 2 | yes | yes
16798 3 | no | yes
16799 4 | no | no
16800
16801 You start by moving to a square and typing \\[lm-start-robot],
16802 if you did not use a prefix arg to ask for automatic start.
16803 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
16804
16805 \(fn PARG)" t nil)
16806
16807 ;;;***
16808 \f
16809 ;;;### (autoloads (lao-compose-region lao-composition-function lao-post-read-conversion
16810 ;;;;;; lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao
16811 ;;;;;; lao-compose-string) "lao-util" "language/lao-util.el" (17842
16812 ;;;;;; 58278))
16813 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/lao-util.el
16814
16815 (autoload (quote lao-compose-string) "lao-util" "\
16816 Not documented
16817
16818 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16819
16820 (autoload (quote lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao) "lao-util" "\
16821 Transcribe a Romanized Lao syllable in the region FROM and TO to Lao string.
16822 Only the first syllable is transcribed.
16823 The value has the form: (START END LAO-STRING), where
16824 START and END are the beggining and end positions of the Roman Lao syllable,
16825 LAO-STRING is the Lao character transcription of it.
16826
16827 Optional 3rd arg STR, if non-nil, is a string to search for Roman Lao
16828 syllable. In that case, FROM and TO are indexes to STR.
16829
16830 \(fn FROM TO &optional STR)" nil nil)
16831
16832 (autoload (quote lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string) "lao-util" "\
16833 Transcribe Romanized Lao string STR to Lao character string.
16834
16835 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16836
16837 (autoload (quote lao-post-read-conversion) "lao-util" "\
16838 Not documented
16839
16840 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
16841
16842 (autoload (quote lao-composition-function) "lao-util" "\
16843 Compose Lao text in the region FROM and TO.
16844 The text matches the regular expression PATTERN.
16845 Optional 4th argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string containing text
16846 to compose.
16847
16848 The return value is number of composed characters.
16849
16850 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
16851
16852 (autoload (quote lao-compose-region) "lao-util" "\
16853 Not documented
16854
16855 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16856
16857 ;;;***
16858 \f
16859 ;;;### (autoloads (latexenc-find-file-coding-system latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc
16860 ;;;;;; latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system latex-inputenc-coding-alist)
16861 ;;;;;; "latexenc" "international/latexenc.el" (17842 54888))
16862 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latexenc.el
16863
16864 (defvar latex-inputenc-coding-alist (quote (("ansinew" . windows-1252) ("applemac" . mac-roman) ("ascii" . us-ascii) ("cp1250" . windows-1250) ("cp1252" . windows-1252) ("cp1257" . cp1257) ("cp437de" . cp437) ("cp437" . cp437) ("cp850" . cp850) ("cp852" . cp852) ("cp858" . cp858) ("cp865" . cp865) ("latin1" . iso-8859-1) ("latin2" . iso-8859-2) ("latin3" . iso-8859-3) ("latin4" . iso-8859-4) ("latin5" . iso-8859-5) ("latin9" . iso-8859-15) ("next" . next) ("utf8" . utf-8) ("utf8x" . utf-8))) "\
16865 Mapping from LaTeX encodings in \"inputenc.sty\" to Emacs coding systems.
16866 LaTeX encodings are specified with \"\\usepackage[encoding]{inputenc}\".
16867 Used by the function `latexenc-find-file-coding-system'.")
16868
16869 (custom-autoload (quote latex-inputenc-coding-alist) "latexenc" t)
16870
16871 (autoload (quote latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system) "latexenc" "\
16872 Return the corresponding coding-system for the specified input encoding.
16873 Return nil if no matching coding system can be found.
16874
16875 \(fn INPUTENC)" nil nil)
16876
16877 (autoload (quote latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc) "latexenc" "\
16878 Return the corresponding input encoding for the specified coding system.
16879 Return nil if no matching input encoding can be found.
16880
16881 \(fn CS)" nil nil)
16882
16883 (autoload (quote latexenc-find-file-coding-system) "latexenc" "\
16884 Determine the coding system of a LaTeX file if it uses \"inputenc.sty\".
16885 The mapping from LaTeX's \"inputenc.sty\" encoding names to Emacs
16886 coding system names is determined from `latex-inputenc-coding-alist'.
16887
16888 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
16889
16890 ;;;***
16891 \f
16892 ;;;### (autoloads (latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx latin1-display latin1-display)
16893 ;;;;;; "latin1-disp" "international/latin1-disp.el" (17874 62081))
16894 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latin1-disp.el
16895
16896 (defvar latin1-display nil "\
16897 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for ISO8859 character sets.
16898 This is done for each character set in the list `latin1-display-sets',
16899 if no font is available to display it. Characters are displayed using
16900 the corresponding Latin-1 characters where they match. Otherwise
16901 ASCII sequences are used, mostly following the Latin prefix input
16902 methods. Some different ASCII sequences are used if
16903 `latin1-display-mnemonic' is non-nil.
16904
16905 This option also treats some characters in the `mule-unicode-...'
16906 charsets if you don't have a Unicode font with which to display them.
16907
16908 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16909 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
16910
16911 (custom-autoload (quote latin1-display) "latin1-disp" nil)
16912
16913 (autoload (quote latin1-display) "latin1-disp" "\
16914 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for the arguments character SETS.
16915 See option `latin1-display' for the method. The members of the list
16916 must be in `latin1-display-sets'. With no arguments, reset the
16917 display for all of `latin1-display-sets'. See also
16918 `latin1-display-setup'. As well as iso-8859 characters, this treats
16919 some characters in the `mule-unicode-...' charsets if you don't have
16920 a Unicode font with which to display them.
16921
16922 \(fn &rest SETS)" nil nil)
16923
16924 (defvar latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx nil "\
16925 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for Unicode characters.
16926 This uses the transliterations of the Lynx browser. The display isn't
16927 changed if the display can render Unicode characters.
16928
16929 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16930 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
16931
16932 (custom-autoload (quote latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx) "latin1-disp" nil)
16933
16934 ;;;***
16935 \f
16936 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-lazy-lock lazy-lock-mode) "lazy-lock"
16937 ;;;;;; "obsolete/lazy-lock.el" (17994 6715))
16938 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/lazy-lock.el
16939
16940 (autoload (quote lazy-lock-mode) "lazy-lock" "\
16941 Toggle Lazy Lock mode.
16942 With arg, turn Lazy Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive. Enable it
16943 automatically in your `~/.emacs' by:
16944
16945 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'lazy-lock-mode)
16946
16947 For a newer font-lock support mode with similar functionality, see
16948 `jit-lock-mode'. Eventually, Lazy Lock mode will be deprecated in
16949 JIT Lock's favor.
16950
16951 When Lazy Lock mode is enabled, fontification can be lazy in a number of ways:
16952
16953 - Demand-driven buffer fontification if `lazy-lock-minimum-size' is non-nil.
16954 This means initial fontification does not occur if the buffer is greater than
16955 `lazy-lock-minimum-size' characters in length. Instead, fontification occurs
16956 when necessary, such as when scrolling through the buffer would otherwise
16957 reveal unfontified areas. This is useful if buffer fontification is too slow
16958 for large buffers.
16959
16960 - Deferred scroll fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-on-scrolling' is non-nil.
16961 This means demand-driven fontification does not occur as you scroll.
16962 Instead, fontification is deferred until after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds
16963 of Emacs idle time, while Emacs remains idle. This is useful if
16964 fontification is too slow to keep up with scrolling.
16965
16966 - Deferred on-the-fly fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-on-the-fly' is non-nil.
16967 This means on-the-fly fontification does not occur as you type. Instead,
16968 fontification is deferred until after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds of Emacs
16969 idle time, while Emacs remains idle. This is useful if fontification is too
16970 slow to keep up with your typing.
16971
16972 - Deferred context fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-contextually' is non-nil.
16973 This means fontification updates the buffer corresponding to true syntactic
16974 context, after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds of Emacs idle time, while Emacs
16975 remains idle. Otherwise, fontification occurs on modified lines only, and
16976 subsequent lines can remain fontified corresponding to previous syntactic
16977 contexts. This is useful where strings or comments span lines.
16978
16979 - Stealthy buffer fontification if `lazy-lock-stealth-time' is non-nil.
16980 This means remaining unfontified areas of buffers are fontified if Emacs has
16981 been idle for `lazy-lock-stealth-time' seconds, while Emacs remains idle.
16982 This is useful if any buffer has any deferred fontification.
16983
16984 Basic Font Lock mode on-the-fly fontification behavior fontifies modified
16985 lines only. Thus, if `lazy-lock-defer-contextually' is non-nil, Lazy Lock mode
16986 on-the-fly fontification may fontify differently, albeit correctly. In any
16987 event, to refontify some lines you can use \\[font-lock-fontify-block].
16988
16989 Stealth fontification only occurs while the system remains unloaded.
16990 If the system load rises above `lazy-lock-stealth-load' percent, stealth
16991 fontification is suspended. Stealth fontification intensity is controlled via
16992 the variable `lazy-lock-stealth-nice' and `lazy-lock-stealth-lines', and
16993 verbosity is controlled via the variable `lazy-lock-stealth-verbose'.
16994
16995 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16996
16997 (autoload (quote turn-on-lazy-lock) "lazy-lock" "\
16998 Unconditionally turn on Lazy Lock mode.
16999
17000 \(fn)" nil nil)
17001
17002 ;;;***
17003 \f
17004 ;;;### (autoloads (ld-script-mode) "ld-script" "progmodes/ld-script.el"
17005 ;;;;;; (17842 56332))
17006 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ld-script.el
17007
17008 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("\\.ld[si]?\\>" . ld-script-mode)))
17009
17010 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("\\.x[bdsru]?[cn]?\\'" . ld-script-mode)))
17011
17012 (autoload (quote ld-script-mode) "ld-script" "\
17013 A major mode to edit GNU ld script files
17014
17015 \(fn)" t nil)
17016
17017 ;;;***
17018 \f
17019 ;;;### (autoloads (ledit-from-lisp-mode ledit-mode) "ledit" "ledit.el"
17020 ;;;;;; (17842 58279))
17021 ;;; Generated autoloads from ledit.el
17022
17023 (defconst ledit-save-files t "\
17024 *Non-nil means Ledit should save files before transferring to Lisp.")
17025
17026 (defconst ledit-go-to-lisp-string "%?lisp" "\
17027 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp job.")
17028
17029 (defconst ledit-go-to-liszt-string "%?liszt" "\
17030 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp compiler job.")
17031
17032 (autoload (quote ledit-mode) "ledit" "\
17033 \\<ledit-mode-map>Major mode for editing text and stuffing it to a Lisp job.
17034 Like Lisp mode, plus these special commands:
17035 \\[ledit-save-defun] -- record defun at or after point
17036 for later transmission to Lisp job.
17037 \\[ledit-save-region] -- record region for later transmission to Lisp job.
17038 \\[ledit-go-to-lisp] -- transfer to Lisp job and transmit saved text.
17039 \\[ledit-go-to-liszt] -- transfer to Liszt (Lisp compiler) job
17040 and transmit saved text.
17041
17042 \\{ledit-mode-map}
17043 To make Lisp mode automatically change to Ledit mode,
17044 do (setq lisp-mode-hook 'ledit-from-lisp-mode)
17045
17046 \(fn)" t nil)
17047
17048 (autoload (quote ledit-from-lisp-mode) "ledit" "\
17049 Not documented
17050
17051 \(fn)" nil nil)
17052
17053 ;;;***
17054 \f
17055 ;;;### (autoloads (life) "life" "play/life.el" (17842 55395))
17056 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/life.el
17057
17058 (autoload (quote life) "life" "\
17059 Run Conway's Life simulation.
17060 The starting pattern is randomly selected. Prefix arg (optional first
17061 arg non-nil from a program) is the number of seconds to sleep between
17062 generations (this defaults to 1).
17063
17064 \(fn &optional SLEEPTIME)" t nil)
17065
17066 ;;;***
17067 \f
17068 ;;;### (autoloads (unload-feature) "loadhist" "loadhist.el" (17942
17069 ;;;;;; 63381))
17070 ;;; Generated autoloads from loadhist.el
17071
17072 (autoload (quote unload-feature) "loadhist" "\
17073 Unload the library that provided FEATURE, restoring all its autoloads.
17074 If the feature is required by any other loaded code, and prefix arg FORCE
17075 is nil, raise an error.
17076
17077 This function tries to undo modifications made by the package to
17078 hooks. Packages may define a hook FEATURE-unload-hook that is called
17079 instead of the normal heuristics for doing this. Such a hook should
17080 undo all the relevant global state changes that may have been made by
17081 loading the package or executing functions in it. It has access to
17082 the package's feature list (before anything is unbound) in the
17083 variable `unload-hook-features-list' and could remove features from it
17084 in the event that the package has done something normally-ill-advised,
17085 such as redefining an Emacs function.
17086
17087 \(fn FEATURE &optional FORCE)" t nil)
17088
17089 ;;;***
17090 \f
17091 ;;;### (autoloads (locate-with-filter locate locate-ls-subdir-switches)
17092 ;;;;;; "locate" "locate.el" (17992 30877))
17093 ;;; Generated autoloads from locate.el
17094
17095 (defvar locate-ls-subdir-switches "-al" "\
17096 `ls' switches for inserting subdirectories in `*Locate*' buffers.
17097 This should contain the \"-l\" switch, but not the \"-F\" or \"-b\" switches.")
17098
17099 (custom-autoload (quote locate-ls-subdir-switches) "locate" t)
17100
17101 (autoload (quote locate) "locate" "\
17102 Run the program `locate', putting results in `*Locate*' buffer.
17103 Pass it SEARCH-STRING as argument. Interactively, prompt for SEARCH-STRING.
17104 With prefix arg, prompt for the exact shell command to run instead.
17105
17106 This program searches for those file names in a database that match
17107 SEARCH-STRING and normally outputs all matching absolute file names,
17108 one per line. The database normally consists of all files on your
17109 system, or of all files that you have access to. Consult the
17110 documentation of the program for the details about how it determines
17111 which file names match SEARCH-STRING. (Those details vary highly with
17112 the version.)
17113
17114 You can specify another program for this command to run by customizing
17115 the variables `locate-command' or `locate-make-command-line'.
17116
17117 The main use of FILTER is to implement `locate-with-filter'. See
17118 the docstring of that function for its meaning.
17119
17120 ARG is the interactive prefix arg.
17121
17122 \(fn SEARCH-STRING &optional FILTER ARG)" t nil)
17123
17124 (autoload (quote locate-with-filter) "locate" "\
17125 Run the executable program `locate' with a filter.
17126 This function is similar to the function `locate', which see.
17127 The difference is that, when invoked interactively, the present function
17128 prompts for both SEARCH-STRING and FILTER. It passes SEARCH-STRING
17129 to the locate executable program. It produces a `*Locate*' buffer
17130 that lists only those lines in the output of the locate program that
17131 contain a match for the regular expression FILTER; this is often useful
17132 to constrain a big search.
17133
17134 ARG is the interactive prefix arg, which has the same effect as in `locate'.
17135
17136 When called from Lisp, this function is identical with `locate',
17137 except that FILTER is not optional.
17138
17139 \(fn SEARCH-STRING FILTER &optional ARG)" t nil)
17140
17141 ;;;***
17142 \f
17143 ;;;### (autoloads (log-edit) "log-edit" "log-edit.el" (18010 5298))
17144 ;;; Generated autoloads from log-edit.el
17145
17146 (autoload (quote log-edit) "log-edit" "\
17147 Setup a buffer to enter a log message.
17148 \\<log-edit-mode-map>The buffer will be put in `log-edit-mode'.
17149 If SETUP is non-nil, the buffer is then erased and `log-edit-hook' is run.
17150 Mark and point will be set around the entire contents of the
17151 buffer so that it is easy to kill the contents of the buffer with \\[kill-region].
17152 Once you're done editing the message, pressing \\[log-edit-done] will call
17153 `log-edit-done' which will end up calling CALLBACK to do the actual commit.
17154 LISTFUN if non-nil is a function of no arguments returning the list of files
17155 that are concerned by the current operation (using relative names).
17156 If BUFFER is non-nil `log-edit' will jump to that buffer, use it to edit the
17157 log message and go back to the current buffer when done. Otherwise, it
17158 uses the current buffer.
17159
17160 \(fn CALLBACK &optional SETUP LISTFUN BUFFER &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
17161
17162 ;;;***
17163 \f
17164 ;;;### (autoloads (log-view-mode) "log-view" "log-view.el" (17842
17165 ;;;;;; 58279))
17166 ;;; Generated autoloads from log-view.el
17167
17168 (autoload (quote log-view-mode) "log-view" "\
17169 Major mode for browsing CVS log output.
17170
17171 \(fn)" t nil)
17172
17173 ;;;***
17174 \f
17175 ;;;### (autoloads (longlines-mode) "longlines" "longlines.el" (17992
17176 ;;;;;; 30877))
17177 ;;; Generated autoloads from longlines.el
17178
17179 (autoload (quote longlines-mode) "longlines" "\
17180 Toggle Long Lines mode.
17181 In Long Lines mode, long lines are wrapped if they extend beyond
17182 `fill-column'. The soft newlines used for line wrapping will not
17183 show up when the text is yanked or saved to disk.
17184
17185 If the variable `longlines-auto-wrap' is non-nil, lines are automatically
17186 wrapped whenever the buffer is changed. You can always call
17187 `fill-paragraph' to fill individual paragraphs.
17188
17189 If the variable `longlines-show-hard-newlines' is non-nil, hard newlines
17190 are indicated with a symbol.
17191
17192 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17193
17194 ;;;***
17195 \f
17196 ;;;### (autoloads (print-region lpr-region print-buffer lpr-buffer
17197 ;;;;;; lpr-command lpr-switches printer-name) "lpr" "lpr.el" (17842
17198 ;;;;;; 58279))
17199 ;;; Generated autoloads from lpr.el
17200
17201 (defvar lpr-windows-system (memq system-type (quote (emx win32 w32 mswindows ms-dos windows-nt))))
17202
17203 (defvar lpr-lp-system (memq system-type (quote (usg-unix-v dgux hpux irix))))
17204
17205 (defvar printer-name (and lpr-windows-system "PRN") "\
17206 *The name of a local printer to which data is sent for printing.
17207 \(Note that PostScript files are sent to `ps-printer-name', which see.)
17208
17209 On Unix-like systems, a string value should be a name understood by
17210 lpr's -P option; otherwise the value should be nil.
17211
17212 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, a string value is taken as the name of
17213 a printer device or port, provided `lpr-command' is set to \"\".
17214 Typical non-default settings would be \"LPT1\" to \"LPT3\" for parallel
17215 printers, or \"COM1\" to \"COM4\" or \"AUX\" for serial printers, or
17216 \"//hostname/printer\" for a shared network printer. You can also set
17217 it to the name of a file, in which case the output gets appended to that
17218 file. If you want to discard the printed output, set this to \"NUL\".")
17219
17220 (custom-autoload (quote printer-name) "lpr" t)
17221
17222 (defvar lpr-switches nil "\
17223 *List of strings to pass as extra options for the printer program.
17224 It is recommended to set `printer-name' instead of including an explicit
17225 switch on this list.
17226 See `lpr-command'.")
17227
17228 (custom-autoload (quote lpr-switches) "lpr" t)
17229
17230 (defvar lpr-command (cond (lpr-windows-system "") (lpr-lp-system "lp") (t "lpr")) "\
17231 *Name of program for printing a file.
17232
17233 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, if the value is an empty string then
17234 Emacs will write directly to the printer port named by `printer-name'.
17235 The programs `print' and `nprint' (the standard print programs on
17236 Windows NT and Novell Netware respectively) are handled specially, using
17237 `printer-name' as the destination for output; any other program is
17238 treated like `lpr' except that an explicit filename is given as the last
17239 argument.")
17240
17241 (custom-autoload (quote lpr-command) "lpr" t)
17242
17243 (autoload (quote lpr-buffer) "lpr" "\
17244 Print buffer contents without pagination or page headers.
17245 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17246 for customization of the printer command.
17247
17248 \(fn)" t nil)
17249
17250 (autoload (quote print-buffer) "lpr" "\
17251 Paginate and print buffer contents.
17252
17253 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
17254 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
17255 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
17256 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
17257
17258 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
17259 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
17260
17261 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17262 for further customization of the printer command.
17263
17264 \(fn)" t nil)
17265
17266 (autoload (quote lpr-region) "lpr" "\
17267 Print region contents without pagination or page headers.
17268 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17269 for customization of the printer command.
17270
17271 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17272
17273 (autoload (quote print-region) "lpr" "\
17274 Paginate and print the region contents.
17275
17276 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
17277 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
17278 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
17279 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
17280
17281 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
17282 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
17283
17284 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17285 for further customization of the printer command.
17286
17287 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17288
17289 ;;;***
17290 \f
17291 ;;;### (autoloads (ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards) "ls-lisp" "ls-lisp.el"
17292 ;;;;;; (18006 55796))
17293 ;;; Generated autoloads from ls-lisp.el
17294
17295 (defvar ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards t "\
17296 *Non-nil means ls-lisp treats file patterns as shell wildcards.
17297 Otherwise they are treated as Emacs regexps (for backward compatibility).")
17298
17299 (custom-autoload (quote ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards) "ls-lisp" t)
17300
17301 ;;;***
17302 \f
17303 ;;;### (autoloads (phases-of-moon) "lunar" "calendar/lunar.el" (17956
17304 ;;;;;; 13479))
17305 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/lunar.el
17306
17307 (autoload (quote phases-of-moon) "lunar" "\
17308 Display the quarters of the moon for last month, this month, and next month.
17309 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
17310
17311 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
17312
17313 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17314
17315 ;;;***
17316 \f
17317 ;;;### (autoloads (m4-mode) "m4-mode" "progmodes/m4-mode.el" (17923
17318 ;;;;;; 63540))
17319 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/m4-mode.el
17320
17321 (autoload (quote m4-mode) "m4-mode" "\
17322 A major mode to edit m4 macro files.
17323 \\{m4-mode-map}
17324
17325 \(fn)" t nil)
17326
17327 ;;;***
17328 \f
17329 ;;;### (autoloads (macroexpand-all) "macroexp" "emacs-lisp/macroexp.el"
17330 ;;;;;; (17842 54152))
17331 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/macroexp.el
17332
17333 (autoload (quote macroexpand-all) "macroexp" "\
17334 Return result of expanding macros at all levels in FORM.
17335 If no macros are expanded, FORM is returned unchanged.
17336 The second optional arg ENVIRONMENT specifies an environment of macro
17337 definitions to shadow the loaded ones for use in file byte-compilation.
17338
17339 \(fn FORM &optional ENVIRONMENT)" nil nil)
17340
17341 ;;;***
17342 \f
17343 ;;;### (autoloads (apply-macro-to-region-lines kbd-macro-query insert-kbd-macro
17344 ;;;;;; name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "macros.el" (17842 58279))
17345 ;;; Generated autoloads from macros.el
17346
17347 (autoload (quote name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "\
17348 Assign a name to the last keyboard macro defined.
17349 Argument SYMBOL is the name to define.
17350 The symbol's function definition becomes the keyboard macro string.
17351 Such a \"function\" cannot be called from Lisp, but it is a valid editor command.
17352
17353 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
17354
17355 (autoload (quote insert-kbd-macro) "macros" "\
17356 Insert in buffer the definition of kbd macro NAME, as Lisp code.
17357 Optional second arg KEYS means also record the keys it is on
17358 \(this is the prefix argument, when calling interactively).
17359
17360 This Lisp code will, when executed, define the kbd macro with the same
17361 definition it has now. If you say to record the keys, the Lisp code
17362 will also rebind those keys to the macro. Only global key bindings
17363 are recorded since executing this Lisp code always makes global
17364 bindings.
17365
17366 To save a kbd macro, visit a file of Lisp code such as your `~/.emacs',
17367 use this command, and then save the file.
17368
17369 \(fn MACRONAME &optional KEYS)" t nil)
17370
17371 (autoload (quote kbd-macro-query) "macros" "\
17372 Query user during kbd macro execution.
17373 With prefix argument, enters recursive edit, reading keyboard
17374 commands even within a kbd macro. You can give different commands
17375 each time the macro executes.
17376 Without prefix argument, asks whether to continue running the macro.
17377 Your options are: \\<query-replace-map>
17378 \\[act] Finish this iteration normally and continue with the next.
17379 \\[skip] Skip the rest of this iteration, and start the next.
17380 \\[exit] Stop the macro entirely right now.
17381 \\[recenter] Redisplay the screen, then ask again.
17382 \\[edit] Enter recursive edit; ask again when you exit from that.
17383
17384 \(fn FLAG)" t nil)
17385
17386 (autoload (quote apply-macro-to-region-lines) "macros" "\
17387 Apply last keyboard macro to all lines in the region.
17388 For each line that begins in the region, move to the beginning of
17389 the line, and run the last keyboard macro.
17390
17391 When called from lisp, this function takes two arguments TOP and
17392 BOTTOM, describing the current region. TOP must be before BOTTOM.
17393 The optional third argument MACRO specifies a keyboard macro to
17394 execute.
17395
17396 This is useful for quoting or unquoting included text, adding and
17397 removing comments, or producing tables where the entries are regular.
17398
17399 For example, in Usenet articles, sections of text quoted from another
17400 author are indented, or have each line start with `>'. To quote a
17401 section of text, define a keyboard macro which inserts `>', put point
17402 and mark at opposite ends of the quoted section, and use
17403 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to mark the entire section.
17404
17405 Suppose you wanted to build a keyword table in C where each entry
17406 looked like this:
17407
17408 { \"foo\", foo_data, foo_function },
17409 { \"bar\", bar_data, bar_function },
17410 { \"baz\", baz_data, baz_function },
17411
17412 You could enter the names in this format:
17413
17414 foo
17415 bar
17416 baz
17417
17418 and write a macro to massage a word into a table entry:
17419
17420 \\C-x (
17421 \\M-d { \"\\C-y\", \\C-y_data, \\C-y_function },
17422 \\C-x )
17423
17424 and then select the region of un-tablified names and use
17425 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to build the table from the names.
17426
17427 \(fn TOP BOTTOM &optional MACRO)" t nil)
17428 (define-key ctl-x-map "q" 'kbd-macro-query)
17429
17430 ;;;***
17431 \f
17432 ;;;### (autoloads (what-domain mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr"
17433 ;;;;;; "mail/mail-extr.el" (17842 55035))
17434 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-extr.el
17435
17436 (autoload (quote mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr" "\
17437 Given an RFC-822 address ADDRESS, extract full name and canonical address.
17438 Returns a list of the form (FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS). If no
17439 name can be extracted, FULL-NAME will be nil. Also see
17440 `mail-extr-ignore-single-names' and
17441 `mail-extr-ignore-realname-equals-mailbox-name'.
17442
17443 If the optional argument ALL is non-nil, then ADDRESS can contain zero
17444 or more recipients, separated by commas, and we return a list of
17445 the form ((FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS) ...) with one element for
17446 each recipient. If ALL is nil, then if ADDRESS contains more than
17447 one recipients, all but the first is ignored.
17448
17449 ADDRESS may be a string or a buffer. If it is a buffer, the visible
17450 \(narrowed) portion of the buffer will be interpreted as the address.
17451 \(This feature exists so that the clever caller might be able to avoid
17452 consing a string.)
17453
17454 \(fn ADDRESS &optional ALL)" nil nil)
17455
17456 (autoload (quote what-domain) "mail-extr" "\
17457 Convert mail domain DOMAIN to the country it corresponds to.
17458
17459 \(fn DOMAIN)" t nil)
17460
17461 ;;;***
17462 \f
17463 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-hist-put-headers-into-history mail-hist-keep-history
17464 ;;;;;; mail-hist-enable mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "mail/mail-hist.el"
17465 ;;;;;; (17842 55035))
17466 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-hist.el
17467
17468 (autoload (quote mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "\
17469 Define keys for accessing mail header history. For use in hooks.
17470
17471 \(fn)" nil nil)
17472
17473 (autoload (quote mail-hist-enable) "mail-hist" "\
17474 Not documented
17475
17476 \(fn)" nil nil)
17477
17478 (defvar mail-hist-keep-history t "\
17479 *Non-nil means keep a history for headers and text of outgoing mail.")
17480
17481 (custom-autoload (quote mail-hist-keep-history) "mail-hist" t)
17482
17483 (autoload (quote mail-hist-put-headers-into-history) "mail-hist" "\
17484 Put headers and contents of this message into mail header history.
17485 Each header has its own independent history, as does the body of the
17486 message.
17487
17488 This function normally would be called when the message is sent.
17489
17490 \(fn)" nil nil)
17491
17492 ;;;***
17493 \f
17494 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-fetch-field mail-unquote-printable-region
17495 ;;;;;; mail-unquote-printable mail-quote-printable mail-file-babyl-p
17496 ;;;;;; mail-use-rfc822) "mail-utils" "mail/mail-utils.el" (17842
17497 ;;;;;; 55035))
17498 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-utils.el
17499
17500 (defvar mail-use-rfc822 nil "\
17501 *If non-nil, use a full, hairy RFC822 parser on mail addresses.
17502 Otherwise, (the default) use a smaller, somewhat faster, and
17503 often correct parser.")
17504
17505 (custom-autoload (quote mail-use-rfc822) "mail-utils" t)
17506
17507 (autoload (quote mail-file-babyl-p) "mail-utils" "\
17508 Not documented
17509
17510 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
17511
17512 (autoload (quote mail-quote-printable) "mail-utils" "\
17513 Convert a string to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding.
17514 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17515 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17516
17517 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
17518
17519 (autoload (quote mail-unquote-printable) "mail-utils" "\
17520 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding.
17521 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17522 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17523
17524 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
17525
17526 (autoload (quote mail-unquote-printable-region) "mail-utils" "\
17527 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding in buffer from BEG to END.
17528 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17529 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17530 If NOERROR is non-nil, return t if successful.
17531 If UNIBYTE is non-nil, insert converted characters as unibyte.
17532 That is useful if you are going to character code decoding afterward,
17533 as Rmail does.
17534
17535 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER NOERROR UNIBYTE)" t nil)
17536
17537 (autoload (quote mail-fetch-field) "mail-utils" "\
17538 Return the value of the header field whose type is FIELD-NAME.
17539 The buffer is expected to be narrowed to just the header of the message.
17540 If second arg LAST is non-nil, use the last field of type FIELD-NAME.
17541 If third arg ALL is non-nil, concatenate all such fields with commas between.
17542 If 4th arg LIST is non-nil, return a list of all such fields.
17543
17544 \(fn FIELD-NAME &optional LAST ALL LIST)" nil nil)
17545
17546 ;;;***
17547 \f
17548 ;;;### (autoloads (define-mail-abbrev build-mail-abbrevs mail-abbrevs-setup)
17549 ;;;;;; "mailabbrev" "mail/mailabbrev.el" (17992 30878))
17550 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailabbrev.el
17551
17552 (autoload (quote mail-abbrevs-setup) "mailabbrev" "\
17553 Initialize use of the `mailabbrev' package.
17554
17555 \(fn)" nil nil)
17556
17557 (autoload (quote build-mail-abbrevs) "mailabbrev" "\
17558 Read mail aliases from personal mail alias file and set `mail-abbrevs'.
17559 By default this is the file specified by `mail-personal-alias-file'.
17560
17561 \(fn &optional FILE RECURSIVEP)" nil nil)
17562
17563 (autoload (quote define-mail-abbrev) "mailabbrev" "\
17564 Define NAME as a mail alias abbrev that translates to DEFINITION.
17565 If DEFINITION contains multiple addresses, separate them with commas.
17566
17567 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
17568
17569 ;;;***
17570 \f
17571 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-complete define-mail-alias expand-mail-aliases
17572 ;;;;;; mail-complete-style) "mailalias" "mail/mailalias.el" (17842
17573 ;;;;;; 55035))
17574 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailalias.el
17575
17576 (defvar mail-complete-style (quote angles) "\
17577 *Specifies how \\[mail-complete] formats the full name when it completes.
17578 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
17579 king@grassland.com
17580 If `parens', they look like:
17581 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
17582 If `angles', they look like:
17583 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>")
17584
17585 (custom-autoload (quote mail-complete-style) "mailalias" t)
17586
17587 (autoload (quote expand-mail-aliases) "mailalias" "\
17588 Expand all mail aliases in suitable header fields found between BEG and END.
17589 If interactive, expand in header fields.
17590 Suitable header fields are `To', `From', `CC' and `BCC', `Reply-to', and
17591 their `Resent-' variants.
17592
17593 Optional second arg EXCLUDE may be a regular expression defining text to be
17594 removed from alias expansions.
17595
17596 \(fn BEG END &optional EXCLUDE)" t nil)
17597
17598 (autoload (quote define-mail-alias) "mailalias" "\
17599 Define NAME as a mail alias that translates to DEFINITION.
17600 This means that sending a message to NAME will actually send to DEFINITION.
17601
17602 Normally, the addresses in DEFINITION must be separated by commas.
17603 If FROM-MAILRC-FILE is non-nil, then addresses in DEFINITION
17604 can be separated by spaces; an address can contain spaces
17605 if it is quoted with double-quotes.
17606
17607 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
17608
17609 (autoload (quote mail-complete) "mailalias" "\
17610 Perform completion on header field or word preceding point.
17611 Completable headers are according to `mail-complete-alist'. If none matches
17612 current header, calls `mail-complete-function' and passes prefix arg if any.
17613
17614 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
17615
17616 ;;;***
17617 \f
17618 ;;;### (autoloads (mailclient-send-it) "mailclient" "mail/mailclient.el"
17619 ;;;;;; (17842 55035))
17620 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailclient.el
17621
17622 (autoload (quote mailclient-send-it) "mailclient" "\
17623 Pass current buffer on to the system's mail client.
17624 Suitable value for `send-mail-function'.
17625 The mail client is taken to be the handler of mailto URLs.
17626
17627 \(fn)" nil nil)
17628
17629 ;;;***
17630 \f
17631 ;;;### (autoloads (makefile-imake-mode makefile-bsdmake-mode makefile-makepp-mode
17632 ;;;;;; makefile-gmake-mode makefile-automake-mode makefile-mode)
17633 ;;;;;; "make-mode" "progmodes/make-mode.el" (17842 56332))
17634 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/make-mode.el
17635
17636 (autoload (quote makefile-mode) "make-mode" "\
17637 Major mode for editing standard Makefiles.
17638
17639 If you are editing a file for a different make, try one of the
17640 variants `makefile-automake-mode', `makefile-gmake-mode',
17641 `makefile-makepp-mode', `makefile-bsdmake-mode' or,
17642 `makefile-imake-mode'. All but the last should be correctly
17643 chosen based on the file name, except if it is *.mk. This
17644 function ends by invoking the function(s) `makefile-mode-hook'.
17645
17646 It is strongly recommended to use `font-lock-mode', because that
17647 provides additional parsing information. This is used for
17648 example to see that a rule action `echo foo: bar' is a not rule
17649 dependency, despite the colon.
17650
17651 \\{makefile-mode-map}
17652
17653 In the browser, use the following keys:
17654
17655 \\{makefile-browser-map}
17656
17657 Makefile mode can be configured by modifying the following variables:
17658
17659 `makefile-browser-buffer-name':
17660 Name of the macro- and target browser buffer.
17661
17662 `makefile-target-colon':
17663 The string that gets appended to all target names
17664 inserted by `makefile-insert-target'.
17665 \":\" or \"::\" are quite common values.
17666
17667 `makefile-macro-assign':
17668 The string that gets appended to all macro names
17669 inserted by `makefile-insert-macro'.
17670 The normal value should be \" = \", since this is what
17671 standard make expects. However, newer makes such as dmake
17672 allow a larger variety of different macro assignments, so you
17673 might prefer to use \" += \" or \" := \" .
17674
17675 `makefile-tab-after-target-colon':
17676 If you want a TAB (instead of a space) to be appended after the
17677 target colon, then set this to a non-nil value.
17678
17679 `makefile-browser-leftmost-column':
17680 Number of blanks to the left of the browser selection mark.
17681
17682 `makefile-browser-cursor-column':
17683 Column in which the cursor is positioned when it moves
17684 up or down in the browser.
17685
17686 `makefile-browser-selected-mark':
17687 String used to mark selected entries in the browser.
17688
17689 `makefile-browser-unselected-mark':
17690 String used to mark unselected entries in the browser.
17691
17692 `makefile-browser-auto-advance-after-selection-p':
17693 If this variable is set to a non-nil value the cursor
17694 will automagically advance to the next line after an item
17695 has been selected in the browser.
17696
17697 `makefile-pickup-everything-picks-up-filenames-p':
17698 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then
17699 `makefile-pickup-everything' also picks up filenames as targets
17700 (i.e. it calls `makefile-pickup-filenames-as-targets'), otherwise
17701 filenames are omitted.
17702
17703 `makefile-cleanup-continuations':
17704 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then Makefile mode
17705 will assure that no line in the file ends with a backslash
17706 (the continuation character) followed by any whitespace.
17707 This is done by silently removing the trailing whitespace, leaving
17708 the backslash itself intact.
17709 IMPORTANT: Please note that enabling this option causes Makefile mode
17710 to MODIFY A FILE WITHOUT YOUR CONFIRMATION when \"it seems necessary\".
17711
17712 `makefile-browser-hook':
17713 A function or list of functions to be called just before the
17714 browser is entered. This is executed in the makefile buffer.
17715
17716 `makefile-special-targets-list':
17717 List of special targets. You will be offered to complete
17718 on one of those in the minibuffer whenever you enter a `.'.
17719 at the beginning of a line in Makefile mode.
17720
17721 \(fn)" t nil)
17722
17723 (autoload (quote makefile-automake-mode) "make-mode" "\
17724 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about automake.
17725
17726 \(fn)" t nil)
17727
17728 (autoload (quote makefile-gmake-mode) "make-mode" "\
17729 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about gmake.
17730
17731 \(fn)" t nil)
17732
17733 (autoload (quote makefile-makepp-mode) "make-mode" "\
17734 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about makepp.
17735
17736 \(fn)" t nil)
17737
17738 (autoload (quote makefile-bsdmake-mode) "make-mode" "\
17739 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about BSD make.
17740
17741 \(fn)" t nil)
17742
17743 (autoload (quote makefile-imake-mode) "make-mode" "\
17744 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about imake.
17745
17746 \(fn)" t nil)
17747
17748 ;;;***
17749 \f
17750 ;;;### (autoloads (make-command-summary) "makesum" "makesum.el" (17842
17751 ;;;;;; 58279))
17752 ;;; Generated autoloads from makesum.el
17753
17754 (autoload (quote make-command-summary) "makesum" "\
17755 Make a summary of current key bindings in the buffer *Summary*.
17756 Previous contents of that buffer are killed first.
17757
17758 \(fn)" t nil)
17759
17760 ;;;***
17761 \f
17762 ;;;### (autoloads (man-follow man) "man" "man.el" (17992 30877))
17763 ;;; Generated autoloads from man.el
17764
17765 (defalias (quote manual-entry) (quote man))
17766
17767 (autoload (quote man) "man" "\
17768 Get a Un*x manual page and put it in a buffer.
17769 This command is the top-level command in the man package. It runs a Un*x
17770 command to retrieve and clean a manpage in the background and places the
17771 results in a Man mode (manpage browsing) buffer. See variable
17772 `Man-notify-method' for what happens when the buffer is ready.
17773 If a buffer already exists for this man page, it will display immediately.
17774
17775 To specify a man page from a certain section, type SUBJECT(SECTION) or
17776 SECTION SUBJECT when prompted for a manual entry. To see manpages from
17777 all sections related to a subject, put something appropriate into the
17778 `Man-switches' variable, which see.
17779
17780 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17781
17782 (autoload (quote man-follow) "man" "\
17783 Get a Un*x manual page of the item under point and put it in a buffer.
17784
17785 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17786
17787 ;;;***
17788 \f
17789 ;;;### (autoloads (master-mode) "master" "master.el" (17842 58279))
17790 ;;; Generated autoloads from master.el
17791
17792 (autoload (quote master-mode) "master" "\
17793 Toggle Master mode.
17794 With no argument, this command toggles the mode.
17795 Non-null prefix argument turns on the mode.
17796 Null prefix argument turns off the mode.
17797
17798 When Master mode is enabled, you can scroll the slave buffer using the
17799 following commands:
17800
17801 \\{master-mode-map}
17802
17803 The slave buffer is stored in the buffer-local variable `master-of'.
17804 You can set this variable using `master-set-slave'. You can show
17805 yourself the value of `master-of' by calling `master-show-slave'.
17806
17807 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17808
17809 ;;;***
17810 \f
17811 ;;;### (autoloads (menu-bar-mode) "menu-bar" "menu-bar.el" (17942
17812 ;;;;;; 63381))
17813 ;;; Generated autoloads from menu-bar.el
17814
17815 (put (quote menu-bar-mode) (quote standard-value) (quote (t)))
17816
17817 (defvar menu-bar-mode nil "\
17818 Non-nil if Menu-Bar mode is enabled.
17819 See the command `menu-bar-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17820 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17821 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17822 or call the function `menu-bar-mode'.")
17823
17824 (custom-autoload (quote menu-bar-mode) "menu-bar" nil)
17825
17826 (autoload (quote menu-bar-mode) "menu-bar" "\
17827 Toggle display of a menu bar on each frame.
17828 This command applies to all frames that exist and frames to be
17829 created in the future.
17830 With a numeric argument, if the argument is positive,
17831 turn on menu bars; otherwise, turn off menu bars.
17832
17833 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17834
17835 ;;;***
17836 \f
17837 ;;;### (autoloads (unbold-region bold-region message-news-other-frame
17838 ;;;;;; message-news-other-window message-mail-other-frame message-mail-other-window
17839 ;;;;;; message-bounce message-resend message-insinuate-rmail message-forward-rmail-make-body
17840 ;;;;;; message-forward-make-body message-forward message-recover
17841 ;;;;;; message-supersede message-cancel-news message-followup message-wide-reply
17842 ;;;;;; message-reply message-news message-mail message-mode message-signature-insert-empty-line
17843 ;;;;;; message-signature-file message-signature message-indent-citation-function
17844 ;;;;;; message-cite-function message-yank-prefix message-citation-line-function
17845 ;;;;;; message-send-mail-function message-user-organization-file
17846 ;;;;;; message-signature-separator message-from-style) "message"
17847 ;;;;;; "gnus/message.el" (18010 19867))
17848 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/message.el
17849
17850 (defvar message-from-style (quote default) "\
17851 *Specifies how \"From\" headers look.
17852
17853 If nil, they contain just the return address like:
17854 king@grassland.com
17855 If `parens', they look like:
17856 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
17857 If `angles', they look like:
17858 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
17859
17860 Otherwise, most addresses look like `angles', but they look like
17861 `parens' if `angles' would need quoting and `parens' would not.")
17862
17863 (custom-autoload (quote message-from-style) "message" t)
17864
17865 (defvar message-signature-separator "^-- *$" "\
17866 Regexp matching the signature separator.")
17867
17868 (custom-autoload (quote message-signature-separator) "message" t)
17869
17870 (defvar message-user-organization-file "/usr/lib/news/organization" "\
17871 *Local news organization file.")
17872
17873 (custom-autoload (quote message-user-organization-file) "message" t)
17874
17875 (defvar message-send-mail-function (quote message-send-mail-with-sendmail) "\
17876 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
17877 The headers should be delimited by a line whose contents match the
17878 variable `mail-header-separator'.
17879
17880 Valid values include `message-send-mail-with-sendmail' (the default),
17881 `message-send-mail-with-mh', `message-send-mail-with-qmail',
17882 `message-smtpmail-send-it', `smtpmail-send-it' and `feedmail-send-it'.
17883
17884 See also `send-mail-function'.")
17885
17886 (custom-autoload (quote message-send-mail-function) "message" t)
17887
17888 (defvar message-citation-line-function (quote message-insert-citation-line) "\
17889 *Function called to insert the \"Whomever writes:\" line.
17890
17891 Note that Gnus provides a feature where the reader can click on
17892 `writes:' to hide the cited text. If you change this line too much,
17893 people who read your message will have to change their Gnus
17894 configuration. See the variable `gnus-cite-attribution-suffix'.")
17895
17896 (custom-autoload (quote message-citation-line-function) "message" t)
17897
17898 (defvar message-yank-prefix "> " "\
17899 *Prefix inserted on the lines of yanked messages.
17900 Fix `message-cite-prefix-regexp' if it is set to an abnormal value.
17901 See also `message-yank-cited-prefix'.")
17902
17903 (custom-autoload (quote message-yank-prefix) "message" t)
17904
17905 (defvar message-cite-function (quote message-cite-original) "\
17906 *Function for citing an original message.
17907 Predefined functions include `message-cite-original' and
17908 `message-cite-original-without-signature'.
17909 Note that `message-cite-original' uses `mail-citation-hook' if that is non-nil.")
17910
17911 (custom-autoload (quote message-cite-function) "message" t)
17912
17913 (defvar message-indent-citation-function (quote message-indent-citation) "\
17914 *Function for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
17915 This can also be a list of functions. Each function can find the
17916 citation between (point) and (mark t). And each function should leave
17917 point and mark around the citation text as modified.")
17918
17919 (custom-autoload (quote message-indent-citation-function) "message" t)
17920
17921 (defvar message-signature t "\
17922 *String to be inserted at the end of the message buffer.
17923 If t, the `message-signature-file' file will be inserted instead.
17924 If a function, the result from the function will be used instead.
17925 If a form, the result from the form will be used instead.")
17926
17927 (custom-autoload (quote message-signature) "message" t)
17928
17929 (defvar message-signature-file "~/.signature" "\
17930 *Name of file containing the text inserted at end of message buffer.
17931 Ignored if the named file doesn't exist.
17932 If nil, don't insert a signature.")
17933
17934 (custom-autoload (quote message-signature-file) "message" t)
17935
17936 (defvar message-signature-insert-empty-line t "\
17937 *If non-nil, insert an empty line before the signature separator.")
17938
17939 (custom-autoload (quote message-signature-insert-empty-line) "message" t)
17940
17941 (define-mail-user-agent (quote message-user-agent) (quote message-mail) (quote message-send-and-exit) (quote message-kill-buffer) (quote message-send-hook))
17942
17943 (autoload (quote message-mode) "message" "\
17944 Major mode for editing mail and news to be sent.
17945 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:\\<message-mode-map>
17946 C-c C-s `message-send' (send the message) C-c C-c `message-send-and-exit'
17947 C-c C-d Postpone sending the message C-c C-k Kill the message
17948 C-c C-f move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
17949 C-c C-f C-t move to To C-c C-f C-s move to Subject
17950 C-c C-f C-c move to Cc C-c C-f C-b move to Bcc
17951 C-c C-f C-w move to Fcc C-c C-f C-r move to Reply-To
17952 C-c C-f C-u move to Summary C-c C-f C-n move to Newsgroups
17953 C-c C-f C-k move to Keywords C-c C-f C-d move to Distribution
17954 C-c C-f C-o move to From (\"Originator\")
17955 C-c C-f C-f move to Followup-To
17956 C-c C-f C-m move to Mail-Followup-To
17957 C-c C-f C-i cycle through Importance values
17958 C-c C-f s change subject and append \"(was: <Old Subject>)\"
17959 C-c C-f x crossposting with FollowUp-To header and note in body
17960 C-c C-f t replace To: header with contents of Cc: or Bcc:
17961 C-c C-f a Insert X-No-Archive: header and a note in the body
17962 C-c C-t `message-insert-to' (add a To header to a news followup)
17963 C-c C-l `message-to-list-only' (removes all but list address in to/cc)
17964 C-c C-n `message-insert-newsgroups' (add a Newsgroup header to a news reply)
17965 C-c C-b `message-goto-body' (move to beginning of message text).
17966 C-c C-i `message-goto-signature' (move to the beginning of the signature).
17967 C-c C-w `message-insert-signature' (insert `message-signature-file' file).
17968 C-c C-y `message-yank-original' (insert current message, if any).
17969 C-c C-q `message-fill-yanked-message' (fill what was yanked).
17970 C-c C-e `message-elide-region' (elide the text between point and mark).
17971 C-c C-v `message-delete-not-region' (remove the text outside the region).
17972 C-c C-z `message-kill-to-signature' (kill the text up to the signature).
17973 C-c C-r `message-caesar-buffer-body' (rot13 the message body).
17974 C-c C-a `mml-attach-file' (attach a file as MIME).
17975 C-c C-u `message-insert-or-toggle-importance' (insert or cycle importance).
17976 C-c M-n `message-insert-disposition-notification-to' (request receipt).
17977 C-c M-m `message-mark-inserted-region' (mark region with enclosing tags).
17978 C-c M-f `message-mark-insert-file' (insert file marked with enclosing tags).
17979 M-RET `message-newline-and-reformat' (break the line and reformat).
17980
17981 \(fn)" t nil)
17982
17983 (autoload (quote message-mail) "message" "\
17984 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
17985 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist of header/value pairs. CONTINUE says whether
17986 to continue editing a message already being composed. SWITCH-FUNCTION
17987 is a function used to switch to and display the mail buffer.
17988
17989 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" t nil)
17990
17991 (autoload (quote message-news) "message" "\
17992 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17993
17994 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17995
17996 (autoload (quote message-reply) "message" "\
17997 Start editing a reply to the article in the current buffer.
17998
17999 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE)" t nil)
18000
18001 (autoload (quote message-wide-reply) "message" "\
18002 Make a \"wide\" reply to the message in the current buffer.
18003
18004 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS)" t nil)
18005
18006 (autoload (quote message-followup) "message" "\
18007 Follow up to the message in the current buffer.
18008 If TO-NEWSGROUPS, use that as the new Newsgroups line.
18009
18010 \(fn &optional TO-NEWSGROUPS)" t nil)
18011
18012 (autoload (quote message-cancel-news) "message" "\
18013 Cancel an article you posted.
18014 If ARG, allow editing of the cancellation message.
18015
18016 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18017
18018 (autoload (quote message-supersede) "message" "\
18019 Start composing a message to supersede the current message.
18020 This is done simply by taking the old article and adding a Supersedes
18021 header line with the old Message-ID.
18022
18023 \(fn)" t nil)
18024
18025 (autoload (quote message-recover) "message" "\
18026 Reread contents of current buffer from its last auto-save file.
18027
18028 \(fn)" t nil)
18029
18030 (autoload (quote message-forward) "message" "\
18031 Forward the current message via mail.
18032 Optional NEWS will use news to forward instead of mail.
18033 Optional DIGEST will use digest to forward.
18034
18035 \(fn &optional NEWS DIGEST)" t nil)
18036
18037 (autoload (quote message-forward-make-body) "message" "\
18038 Not documented
18039
18040 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER &optional DIGEST)" nil nil)
18041
18042 (autoload (quote message-forward-rmail-make-body) "message" "\
18043 Not documented
18044
18045 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER)" nil nil)
18046
18047 (autoload (quote message-insinuate-rmail) "message" "\
18048 Let RMAIL use message to forward.
18049
18050 \(fn)" t nil)
18051
18052 (autoload (quote message-resend) "message" "\
18053 Resend the current article to ADDRESS.
18054
18055 \(fn ADDRESS)" t nil)
18056
18057 (autoload (quote message-bounce) "message" "\
18058 Re-mail the current message.
18059 This only makes sense if the current message is a bounce message that
18060 contains some mail you have written which has been bounced back to
18061 you.
18062
18063 \(fn)" t nil)
18064
18065 (autoload (quote message-mail-other-window) "message" "\
18066 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
18067
18068 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
18069
18070 (autoload (quote message-mail-other-frame) "message" "\
18071 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
18072
18073 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
18074
18075 (autoload (quote message-news-other-window) "message" "\
18076 Start editing a news article to be sent.
18077
18078 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
18079
18080 (autoload (quote message-news-other-frame) "message" "\
18081 Start editing a news article to be sent.
18082
18083 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
18084
18085 (autoload (quote bold-region) "message" "\
18086 Bold all nonblank characters in the region.
18087 Works by overstriking characters.
18088 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
18089 which specify the range to operate on.
18090
18091 \(fn START END)" t nil)
18092
18093 (autoload (quote unbold-region) "message" "\
18094 Remove all boldness (overstruck characters) in the region.
18095 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
18096 which specify the range to operate on.
18097
18098 \(fn START END)" t nil)
18099
18100 ;;;***
18101 \f
18102 ;;;### (autoloads (metapost-mode metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "progmodes/meta-mode.el"
18103 ;;;;;; (17842 56332))
18104 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/meta-mode.el
18105
18106 (autoload (quote metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "\
18107 Major mode for editing Metafont sources.
18108 Special commands:
18109 \\{meta-mode-map}
18110
18111 Turning on Metafont mode calls the value of the variables
18112 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'.
18113
18114 \(fn)" t nil)
18115
18116 (autoload (quote metapost-mode) "meta-mode" "\
18117 Major mode for editing MetaPost sources.
18118 Special commands:
18119 \\{meta-mode-map}
18120
18121 Turning on MetaPost mode calls the value of the variable
18122 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'.
18123
18124 \(fn)" t nil)
18125
18126 ;;;***
18127 \f
18128 ;;;### (autoloads (metamail-region metamail-buffer metamail-interpret-body
18129 ;;;;;; metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "mail/metamail.el"
18130 ;;;;;; (17842 55035))
18131 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/metamail.el
18132
18133 (autoload (quote metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "\
18134 Interpret a header part of a MIME message in current buffer.
18135 Its body part is not interpreted at all.
18136
18137 \(fn)" t nil)
18138
18139 (autoload (quote metamail-interpret-body) "metamail" "\
18140 Interpret a body part of a MIME message in current buffer.
18141 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
18142 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
18143 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
18144 redisplayed as output is inserted.
18145 Its header part is not interpreted at all.
18146
18147 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE NODISPLAY)" t nil)
18148
18149 (autoload (quote metamail-buffer) "metamail" "\
18150 Process current buffer through `metamail'.
18151 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
18152 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
18153 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
18154 means current).
18155 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
18156 redisplayed as output is inserted.
18157
18158 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
18159
18160 (autoload (quote metamail-region) "metamail" "\
18161 Process current region through 'metamail'.
18162 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
18163 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
18164 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
18165 means current).
18166 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
18167 redisplayed as output is inserted.
18168
18169 \(fn BEG END &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
18170
18171 ;;;***
18172 \f
18173 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-fully-kill-draft mh-send-letter mh-user-agent-compose
18174 ;;;;;; mh-smail-batch mh-smail-other-window mh-smail) "mh-comp"
18175 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-comp.el" (17842 55144))
18176 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-comp.el
18177
18178 (autoload (quote mh-smail) "mh-comp" "\
18179 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
18180 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
18181
18182 \(fn)" t nil)
18183
18184 (autoload (quote mh-smail-other-window) "mh-comp" "\
18185 Compose a message with the MH mail system in other window.
18186 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
18187
18188 \(fn)" t nil)
18189
18190 (autoload (quote mh-smail-batch) "mh-comp" "\
18191 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
18192
18193 This function does not prompt the user for any header fields, and
18194 thus is suitable for use by programs that want to create a mail
18195 buffer. Users should use \\[mh-smail] to compose mail.
18196
18197 Optional arguments for setting certain fields include TO,
18198 SUBJECT, and OTHER-HEADERS. Additional arguments are IGNORED.
18199
18200 This function remains for Emacs 21 compatibility. New
18201 applications should use `mh-user-agent-compose'.
18202
18203 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
18204
18205 (define-mail-user-agent (quote mh-e-user-agent) (quote mh-user-agent-compose) (quote mh-send-letter) (quote mh-fully-kill-draft) (quote mh-before-send-letter-hook))
18206
18207 (autoload (quote mh-user-agent-compose) "mh-comp" "\
18208 Set up mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
18209 This is the `mail-user-agent' entry point to MH-E. This function
18210 conforms to the contract specified by `define-mail-user-agent'
18211 which means that this function should accept the same arguments
18212 as `compose-mail'.
18213
18214 The optional arguments TO and SUBJECT specify recipients and the
18215 initial Subject field, respectively.
18216
18217 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist specifying additional header fields.
18218 Elements look like (HEADER . VALUE) where both HEADER and VALUE
18219 are strings.
18220
18221 CONTINUE, SWITCH-FUNCTION, YANK-ACTION and SEND-ACTIONS are
18222 ignored.
18223
18224 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" nil nil)
18225
18226 (autoload (quote mh-send-letter) "mh-comp" "\
18227 Save draft and send message.
18228
18229 When you are all through editing a message, you send it with this
18230 command. You can give a prefix argument ARG to monitor the first stage
18231 of the delivery; this output can be found in a buffer called \"*MH-E
18232 Mail Delivery*\".
18233
18234 The hook `mh-before-send-letter-hook' is run at the beginning of
18235 this command. For example, if you want to check your spelling in
18236 your message before sending, add the function `ispell-message'.
18237
18238 Unless `mh-insert-auto-fields' had previously been called
18239 manually, the function `mh-insert-auto-fields' is called to
18240 insert fields based upon the recipients. If fields are added, you
18241 are given a chance to see and to confirm these fields before the
18242 message is actually sent. You can do away with this confirmation
18243 by turning off the option `mh-auto-fields-prompt-flag'.
18244
18245 In case the MH \"send\" program is installed under a different name,
18246 use `mh-send-prog' to tell MH-E the name.
18247
18248 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18249
18250 (autoload (quote mh-fully-kill-draft) "mh-comp" "\
18251 Quit editing and delete draft message.
18252
18253 If for some reason you are not happy with the draft, you can use
18254 this command to kill the draft buffer and delete the draft
18255 message. Use the command \\[kill-buffer] if you don't want to
18256 delete the draft message.
18257
18258 \(fn)" t nil)
18259
18260 ;;;***
18261 \f
18262 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-version) "mh-e" "mh-e/mh-e.el" (17842 55144))
18263 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-e.el
18264
18265 (put (quote mh-progs) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
18266
18267 (put (quote mh-lib) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
18268
18269 (put (quote mh-lib-progs) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
18270
18271 (autoload (quote mh-version) "mh-e" "\
18272 Display version information about MH-E and the MH mail handling system.
18273
18274 \(fn)" t nil)
18275
18276 ;;;***
18277 \f
18278 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-folder-mode mh-nmail mh-rmail) "mh-folder"
18279 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-folder.el" (17842 55144))
18280 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-folder.el
18281
18282 (autoload (quote mh-rmail) "mh-folder" "\
18283 Incorporate new mail with MH.
18284 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
18285
18286 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
18287 the MH mail system.
18288
18289 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18290
18291 (autoload (quote mh-nmail) "mh-folder" "\
18292 Check for new mail in inbox folder.
18293 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
18294
18295 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
18296 the MH mail system.
18297
18298 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18299
18300 (autoload (quote mh-folder-mode) "mh-folder" "\
18301 Major MH-E mode for \"editing\" an MH folder scan listing.\\<mh-folder-mode-map>
18302
18303 You can show the message the cursor is pointing to, and step through
18304 the messages. Messages can be marked for deletion or refiling into
18305 another folder; these commands are executed all at once with a
18306 separate command.
18307
18308 Options that control this mode can be changed with
18309 \\[customize-group]; specify the \"mh\" group. In particular, please
18310 see the `mh-scan-format-file' option if you wish to modify scan's
18311 format.
18312
18313 When a folder is visited, the hook `mh-folder-mode-hook' is run.
18314
18315 Ranges
18316 ======
18317 Many commands that operate on individual messages, such as
18318 `mh-forward' or `mh-refile-msg' take a RANGE argument. This argument
18319 can be used in several ways.
18320
18321 If you provide the prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]) to
18322 these commands, then you will be prompted for the message range.
18323 This can be any valid MH range which can include messages,
18324 sequences, and the abbreviations (described in the mh(1) man
18325 page):
18326
18327 <num1>-<num2>
18328 Indicates all messages in the range <num1> to <num2>, inclusive.
18329 The range must be nonempty.
18330
18331 <num>:N
18332 <num>:+N
18333 <num>:-N
18334 Up to N messages beginning with (or ending with) message num. Num
18335 may be any of the predefined symbols: first, prev, cur, next or
18336 last.
18337
18338 first:N
18339 prev:N
18340 next:N
18341 last:N
18342 The first, previous, next or last messages, if they exist.
18343
18344 all
18345 All of the messages.
18346
18347 For example, a range that shows all of these things is `1 2 3
18348 5-10 last:5 unseen'.
18349
18350 If the option `transient-mark-mode' is set to t and you set a
18351 region in the MH-Folder buffer, then the MH-E command will
18352 perform the operation on all messages in that region.
18353
18354 \\{mh-folder-mode-map}
18355
18356 \(fn)" t nil)
18357
18358 ;;;***
18359 \f
18360 ;;;### (autoloads (midnight-delay-set clean-buffer-list) "midnight"
18361 ;;;;;; "midnight.el" (17842 58279))
18362 ;;; Generated autoloads from midnight.el
18363
18364 (autoload (quote clean-buffer-list) "midnight" "\
18365 Kill old buffers that have not been displayed recently.
18366 The relevant variables are `clean-buffer-list-delay-general',
18367 `clean-buffer-list-delay-special', `clean-buffer-list-kill-buffer-names',
18368 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-buffer-names',
18369 `clean-buffer-list-kill-regexps' and
18370 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-regexps'.
18371 While processing buffers, this procedure displays messages containing
18372 the current date/time, buffer name, how many seconds ago it was
18373 displayed (can be nil if the buffer was never displayed) and its
18374 lifetime, i.e., its \"age\" when it will be purged.
18375
18376 \(fn)" t nil)
18377
18378 (autoload (quote midnight-delay-set) "midnight" "\
18379 Modify `midnight-timer' according to `midnight-delay'.
18380 Sets the first argument SYMB (which must be symbol `midnight-delay')
18381 to its second argument TM.
18382
18383 \(fn SYMB TM)" nil nil)
18384
18385 ;;;***
18386 \f
18387 ;;;### (autoloads (minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef"
18388 ;;;;;; "minibuf-eldef.el" (17842 58279))
18389 ;;; Generated autoloads from minibuf-eldef.el
18390
18391 (defvar minibuffer-electric-default-mode nil "\
18392 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Electric-Default mode is enabled.
18393 See the command `minibuffer-electric-default-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18394 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18395 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18396 or call the function `minibuffer-electric-default-mode'.")
18397
18398 (custom-autoload (quote minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef" nil)
18399
18400 (autoload (quote minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef" "\
18401 Toggle Minibuffer Electric Default mode.
18402 When active, minibuffer prompts that show a default value only show the
18403 default when it's applicable -- that is, when hitting RET would yield
18404 the default value. If the user modifies the input such that hitting RET
18405 would enter a non-default value, the prompt is modified to remove the
18406 default indication.
18407
18408 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
18409 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
18410
18411 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18412
18413 ;;;***
18414 \f
18415 ;;;### (autoloads (mixal-mode) "mixal-mode" "progmodes/mixal-mode.el"
18416 ;;;;;; (17842 56332))
18417 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/mixal-mode.el
18418
18419 (autoload (quote mixal-mode) "mixal-mode" "\
18420 Major mode for the mixal asm language.
18421 \\{mixal-mode-map}
18422
18423 \(fn)" t nil)
18424
18425 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("\\.mixal\\'" . mixal-mode)))
18426
18427 ;;;***
18428 \f
18429 ;;;### (autoloads (malayalam-composition-function malayalam-post-read-conversion
18430 ;;;;;; malayalam-compose-region) "mlm-util" "language/mlm-util.el"
18431 ;;;;;; (17842 58278))
18432 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/mlm-util.el
18433
18434 (autoload (quote malayalam-compose-region) "mlm-util" "\
18435 Not documented
18436
18437 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
18438
18439 (autoload (quote malayalam-post-read-conversion) "mlm-util" "\
18440 Not documented
18441
18442 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
18443
18444 (autoload (quote malayalam-composition-function) "mlm-util" "\
18445 Compose Malayalam characters in REGION, or STRING if specified.
18446 Assume that the REGION or STRING must fully match the composable
18447 PATTERN regexp.
18448
18449 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
18450
18451 ;;;***
18452 \f
18453 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-inline-external-body mm-extern-cache-contents)
18454 ;;;;;; "mm-extern" "gnus/mm-extern.el" (17842 54741))
18455 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-extern.el
18456
18457 (autoload (quote mm-extern-cache-contents) "mm-extern" "\
18458 Put the external-body part of HANDLE into its cache.
18459
18460 \(fn HANDLE)" nil nil)
18461
18462 (autoload (quote mm-inline-external-body) "mm-extern" "\
18463 Show the external-body part of HANDLE.
18464 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
18465 the entire message.
18466 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
18467
18468 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
18469
18470 ;;;***
18471 \f
18472 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-inline-partial) "mm-partial" "gnus/mm-partial.el"
18473 ;;;;;; (17842 54741))
18474 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-partial.el
18475
18476 (autoload (quote mm-inline-partial) "mm-partial" "\
18477 Show the partial part of HANDLE.
18478 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
18479 the entire message.
18480 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
18481
18482 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
18483
18484 ;;;***
18485 \f
18486 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-url-insert-file-contents-external mm-url-insert-file-contents)
18487 ;;;;;; "mm-url" "gnus/mm-url.el" (17842 54741))
18488 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-url.el
18489
18490 (autoload (quote mm-url-insert-file-contents) "mm-url" "\
18491 Insert file contents of URL.
18492 If `mm-url-use-external' is non-nil, use `mm-url-program'.
18493
18494 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
18495
18496 (autoload (quote mm-url-insert-file-contents-external) "mm-url" "\
18497 Insert file contents of URL using `mm-url-program'.
18498
18499 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
18500
18501 ;;;***
18502 \f
18503 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-uu-dissect-text-parts mm-uu-dissect) "mm-uu"
18504 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-uu.el" (17842 54741))
18505 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-uu.el
18506
18507 (autoload (quote mm-uu-dissect) "mm-uu" "\
18508 Dissect the current buffer and return a list of uu handles.
18509 The optional NOHEADER means there's no header in the buffer.
18510 MIME-TYPE specifies a MIME type and parameters, which defaults to the
18511 value of `mm-uu-text-plain-type'.
18512
18513 \(fn &optional NOHEADER MIME-TYPE)" nil nil)
18514
18515 (autoload (quote mm-uu-dissect-text-parts) "mm-uu" "\
18516 Dissect text parts and put uu handles into HANDLE.
18517 Assume text has been decoded if DECODED is non-nil.
18518
18519 \(fn HANDLE &optional DECODED)" nil nil)
18520
18521 ;;;***
18522 \f
18523 ;;;### (autoloads (mml1991-sign mml1991-encrypt) "mml1991" "gnus/mml1991.el"
18524 ;;;;;; (17842 54741))
18525 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml1991.el
18526
18527 (autoload (quote mml1991-encrypt) "mml1991" "\
18528 Not documented
18529
18530 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
18531
18532 (autoload (quote mml1991-sign) "mml1991" "\
18533 Not documented
18534
18535 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
18536
18537 ;;;***
18538 \f
18539 ;;;### (autoloads (mml2015-self-encrypt mml2015-sign mml2015-encrypt
18540 ;;;;;; mml2015-verify-test mml2015-verify mml2015-decrypt-test mml2015-decrypt)
18541 ;;;;;; "mml2015" "gnus/mml2015.el" (17842 54741))
18542 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml2015.el
18543
18544 (autoload (quote mml2015-decrypt) "mml2015" "\
18545 Not documented
18546
18547 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18548
18549 (autoload (quote mml2015-decrypt-test) "mml2015" "\
18550 Not documented
18551
18552 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18553
18554 (autoload (quote mml2015-verify) "mml2015" "\
18555 Not documented
18556
18557 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18558
18559 (autoload (quote mml2015-verify-test) "mml2015" "\
18560 Not documented
18561
18562 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18563
18564 (autoload (quote mml2015-encrypt) "mml2015" "\
18565 Not documented
18566
18567 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
18568
18569 (autoload (quote mml2015-sign) "mml2015" "\
18570 Not documented
18571
18572 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
18573
18574 (autoload (quote mml2015-self-encrypt) "mml2015" "\
18575 Not documented
18576
18577 \(fn)" nil nil)
18578
18579 ;;;***
18580 \f
18581 ;;;### (autoloads (modula-2-mode) "modula2" "progmodes/modula2.el"
18582 ;;;;;; (17276 13069))
18583 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/modula2.el
18584
18585 (autoload (quote modula-2-mode) "modula2" "\
18586 This is a mode intended to support program development in Modula-2.
18587 All control constructs of Modula-2 can be reached by typing C-c
18588 followed by the first character of the construct.
18589 \\<m2-mode-map>
18590 \\[m2-begin] begin \\[m2-case] case
18591 \\[m2-definition] definition \\[m2-else] else
18592 \\[m2-for] for \\[m2-header] header
18593 \\[m2-if] if \\[m2-module] module
18594 \\[m2-loop] loop \\[m2-or] or
18595 \\[m2-procedure] procedure Control-c Control-w with
18596 \\[m2-record] record \\[m2-stdio] stdio
18597 \\[m2-type] type \\[m2-until] until
18598 \\[m2-var] var \\[m2-while] while
18599 \\[m2-export] export \\[m2-import] import
18600 \\[m2-begin-comment] begin-comment \\[m2-end-comment] end-comment
18601 \\[suspend-emacs] suspend Emacs \\[m2-toggle] toggle
18602 \\[m2-compile] compile \\[m2-next-error] next-error
18603 \\[m2-link] link
18604
18605 `m2-indent' controls the number of spaces for each indentation.
18606 `m2-compile-command' holds the command to compile a Modula-2 program.
18607 `m2-link-command' holds the command to link a Modula-2 program.
18608
18609 \(fn)" t nil)
18610
18611 ;;;***
18612 \f
18613 ;;;### (autoloads (unmorse-region morse-region) "morse" "play/morse.el"
18614 ;;;;;; (17842 55395))
18615 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/morse.el
18616
18617 (autoload (quote morse-region) "morse" "\
18618 Convert all text in a given region to morse code.
18619
18620 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18621
18622 (autoload (quote unmorse-region) "morse" "\
18623 Convert morse coded text in region to ordinary ASCII text.
18624
18625 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18626
18627 ;;;***
18628 \f
18629 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "mouse-sel.el" (17842
18630 ;;;;;; 58279))
18631 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-sel.el
18632
18633 (defvar mouse-sel-mode nil "\
18634 Non-nil if Mouse-Sel mode is enabled.
18635 See the command `mouse-sel-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18636 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18637 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18638 or call the function `mouse-sel-mode'.")
18639
18640 (custom-autoload (quote mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" nil)
18641
18642 (autoload (quote mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "\
18643 Toggle Mouse Sel mode.
18644 With prefix ARG, turn Mouse Sel mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
18645 Returns the new status of Mouse Sel mode (non-nil means on).
18646
18647 When Mouse Sel mode is enabled, mouse selection is enhanced in various ways:
18648
18649 - Clicking mouse-1 starts (cancels) selection, dragging extends it.
18650
18651 - Clicking or dragging mouse-3 extends the selection as well.
18652
18653 - Double-clicking on word constituents selects words.
18654 Double-clicking on symbol constituents selects symbols.
18655 Double-clicking on quotes or parentheses selects sexps.
18656 Double-clicking on whitespace selects whitespace.
18657 Triple-clicking selects lines.
18658 Quad-clicking selects paragraphs.
18659
18660 - Selecting sets the region & X primary selection, but does NOT affect
18661 the `kill-ring', nor do the kill-ring functions change the X selection.
18662 Because the mouse handlers set the primary selection directly,
18663 mouse-sel sets the variables `interprogram-cut-function' and
18664 `interprogram-paste-function' to nil.
18665
18666 - Clicking mouse-2 inserts the contents of the primary selection at
18667 the mouse position (or point, if `mouse-yank-at-point' is non-nil).
18668
18669 - Pressing mouse-2 while selecting or extending copies selection
18670 to the kill ring. Pressing mouse-1 or mouse-3 kills it.
18671
18672 - Double-clicking mouse-3 also kills selection.
18673
18674 - M-mouse-1, M-mouse-2 & M-mouse-3 work similarly to mouse-1, mouse-2
18675 & mouse-3, but operate on the X secondary selection rather than the
18676 primary selection and region.
18677
18678 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18679
18680 ;;;***
18681 \f
18682 ;;;### (autoloads (mpuz) "mpuz" "play/mpuz.el" (17862 6157))
18683 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/mpuz.el
18684
18685 (autoload (quote mpuz) "mpuz" "\
18686 Multiplication puzzle with GNU Emacs.
18687
18688 \(fn)" t nil)
18689
18690 ;;;***
18691 \f
18692 ;;;### (autoloads (msb-mode) "msb" "msb.el" (18006 55796))
18693 ;;; Generated autoloads from msb.el
18694
18695 (defvar msb-mode nil "\
18696 Non-nil if Msb mode is enabled.
18697 See the command `msb-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18698 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18699 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18700 or call the function `msb-mode'.")
18701
18702 (custom-autoload (quote msb-mode) "msb" nil)
18703
18704 (autoload (quote msb-mode) "msb" "\
18705 Toggle Msb mode.
18706 With arg, turn Msb mode on if and only if arg is positive.
18707 This mode overrides the binding(s) of `mouse-buffer-menu' to provide a
18708 different buffer menu using the function `msb'.
18709
18710 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18711
18712 ;;;***
18713 \f
18714 ;;;### (autoloads (mule-diag list-input-methods list-fontsets describe-fontset
18715 ;;;;;; describe-font list-coding-categories list-coding-systems
18716 ;;;;;; describe-current-coding-system describe-current-coding-system-briefly
18717 ;;;;;; describe-coding-system describe-character-set list-charset-chars
18718 ;;;;;; read-charset list-character-sets) "mule-diag" "international/mule-diag.el"
18719 ;;;;;; (17842 54888))
18720 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-diag.el
18721
18722 (defvar non-iso-charset-alist (\` ((mac-roman (ascii latin-iso8859-1 mule-unicode-2500-33ff mule-unicode-0100-24ff mule-unicode-e000-ffff) mac-roman-decoder ((0 255))) (viscii (ascii vietnamese-viscii-lower vietnamese-viscii-upper) viet-viscii-nonascii-translation-table ((0 255))) (vietnamese-tcvn (ascii vietnamese-viscii-lower vietnamese-viscii-upper) viet-tcvn-nonascii-translation-table ((0 255))) (koi8-r (ascii cyrillic-iso8859-5) cyrillic-koi8-r-nonascii-translation-table ((32 255))) (alternativnyj (ascii cyrillic-iso8859-5) cyrillic-alternativnyj-nonascii-translation-table ((32 255))) (koi8-u (ascii cyrillic-iso8859-5 mule-unicode-0100-24ff) cyrillic-koi8-u-nonascii-translation-table ((32 255))) (big5 (ascii chinese-big5-1 chinese-big5-2) decode-big5-char ((32 127) ((161 254) 64 126 161 254))) (sjis (ascii katakana-jisx0201 japanese-jisx0208) decode-sjis-char ((32 127 161 223) ((129 159 224 239) 64 126 128 252))))) "\
18723 Alist of charset names vs the corresponding information.
18724 This is mis-named for historical reasons. The charsets are actually
18725 non-built-in ones. They correspond to Emacs coding systems, not Emacs
18726 charsets, i.e. what Emacs can read (or write) by mapping to (or
18727 from) Emacs internal charsets that typically correspond to a limited
18728 set of ISO charsets.
18729
18730 Each element has the following format:
18731 (CHARSET CHARSET-LIST TRANSLATION-METHOD [ CODE-RANGE ])
18732
18733 CHARSET is the name (symbol) of the charset.
18734
18735 CHARSET-LIST is a list of Emacs charsets into which characters of
18736 CHARSET are mapped.
18737
18738 TRANSLATION-METHOD is a translation table (symbol) to translate a
18739 character code of CHARSET to the corresponding Emacs character
18740 code. It can also be a function to call with one argument, a
18741 character code in CHARSET.
18742
18743 CODE-RANGE specifies the valid code ranges of CHARSET.
18744 It is a list of RANGEs, where each RANGE is of the form:
18745 (FROM1 TO1 FROM2 TO2 ...)
18746 or
18747 ((FROM1-1 TO1-1 FROM1-2 TO1-2 ...) . (FROM2-1 TO2-1 FROM2-2 TO2-2 ...))
18748 In the first form, valid codes are between FROM1 and TO1, or FROM2 and
18749 TO2, or...
18750 The second form is used for 2-byte codes. The car part is the ranges
18751 of the first byte, and the cdr part is the ranges of the second byte.")
18752
18753 (autoload (quote list-character-sets) "mule-diag" "\
18754 Display a list of all character sets.
18755
18756 The ID-NUM column contains a charset identification number for
18757 internal Emacs use.
18758
18759 The MULTIBYTE-FORM column contains the format of the buffer and string
18760 multibyte sequence of characters in the charset using one to four
18761 hexadecimal digits.
18762 `xx' stands for any byte in the range 0..127.
18763 `XX' stands for any byte in the range 160..255.
18764
18765 The D column contains the dimension of this character set. The CH
18766 column contains the number of characters in a block of this character
18767 set. The FINAL-CHAR column contains an ISO-2022 <final-char> to use
18768 for designating this character set in ISO-2022-based coding systems.
18769
18770 With prefix arg, the output format gets more cryptic,
18771 but still shows the full information.
18772
18773 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18774
18775 (autoload (quote read-charset) "mule-diag" "\
18776 Read a character set from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
18777 It must be an Emacs character set listed in the variable `charset-list'
18778 or a non-ISO character set listed in the variable
18779 `non-iso-charset-alist'.
18780
18781 Optional arguments are DEFAULT-VALUE and INITIAL-INPUT.
18782 DEFAULT-VALUE, if non-nil, is the default value.
18783 INITIAL-INPUT, if non-nil, is a string inserted in the minibuffer initially.
18784 See the documentation of the function `completing-read' for the
18785 detailed meanings of these arguments.
18786
18787 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT-VALUE INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
18788
18789 (autoload (quote list-charset-chars) "mule-diag" "\
18790 Display a list of characters in the specified character set.
18791 This can list both Emacs `official' (ISO standard) charsets and the
18792 characters encoded by various Emacs coding systems which correspond to
18793 PC `codepages' and other coded character sets. See `non-iso-charset-alist'.
18794
18795 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18796
18797 (autoload (quote describe-character-set) "mule-diag" "\
18798 Display information about built-in character set CHARSET.
18799
18800 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18801
18802 (autoload (quote describe-coding-system) "mule-diag" "\
18803 Display information about CODING-SYSTEM.
18804
18805 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
18806
18807 (autoload (quote describe-current-coding-system-briefly) "mule-diag" "\
18808 Display coding systems currently used in a brief format in echo area.
18809
18810 The format is \"F[..],K[..],T[..],P>[..],P<[..], default F[..],P<[..],P<[..]\",
18811 where mnemonics of the following coding systems come in this order
18812 in place of `..':
18813 `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
18814 eol-type of `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
18815 Value returned by `keyboard-coding-system'
18816 eol-type of `keyboard-coding-system'
18817 Value returned by `terminal-coding-system'.
18818 eol-type of `terminal-coding-system'
18819 `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
18820 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
18821 `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
18822 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
18823 `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
18824 eol-type of `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
18825 `default-process-coding-system' for read
18826 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system' for read
18827 `default-process-coding-system' for write
18828 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system'
18829
18830 \(fn)" t nil)
18831
18832 (autoload (quote describe-current-coding-system) "mule-diag" "\
18833 Display coding systems currently used, in detail.
18834
18835 \(fn)" t nil)
18836
18837 (autoload (quote list-coding-systems) "mule-diag" "\
18838 Display a list of all coding systems.
18839 This shows the mnemonic letter, name, and description of each coding system.
18840
18841 With prefix arg, the output format gets more cryptic,
18842 but still contains full information about each coding system.
18843
18844 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18845
18846 (autoload (quote list-coding-categories) "mule-diag" "\
18847 Display a list of all coding categories.
18848
18849 \(fn)" nil nil)
18850
18851 (autoload (quote describe-font) "mule-diag" "\
18852 Display information about a font whose name is FONTNAME.
18853 The font must be already used by Emacs.
18854
18855 \(fn FONTNAME)" t nil)
18856
18857 (autoload (quote describe-fontset) "mule-diag" "\
18858 Display information about FONTSET.
18859 This shows which font is used for which character(s).
18860
18861 \(fn FONTSET)" t nil)
18862
18863 (autoload (quote list-fontsets) "mule-diag" "\
18864 Display a list of all fontsets.
18865 This shows the name, size, and style of each fontset.
18866 With prefix arg, also list the fonts contained in each fontset;
18867 see the function `describe-fontset' for the format of the list.
18868
18869 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18870
18871 (autoload (quote list-input-methods) "mule-diag" "\
18872 Display information about all input methods.
18873
18874 \(fn)" t nil)
18875
18876 (autoload (quote mule-diag) "mule-diag" "\
18877 Display diagnosis of the multilingual environment (Mule).
18878
18879 This shows various information related to the current multilingual
18880 environment, including lists of input methods, coding systems,
18881 character sets, and fontsets (if Emacs is running under a window
18882 system which uses fontsets).
18883
18884 \(fn)" t nil)
18885
18886 ;;;***
18887 \f
18888 ;;;### (autoloads (char-displayable-p detect-coding-with-language-environment
18889 ;;;;;; detect-coding-with-priority coding-system-translation-table-for-encode
18890 ;;;;;; coding-system-translation-table-for-decode coding-system-pre-write-conversion
18891 ;;;;;; coding-system-post-read-conversion lookup-nested-alist set-nested-alist
18892 ;;;;;; truncate-string-to-width store-substring string-to-sequence)
18893 ;;;;;; "mule-util" "international/mule-util.el" (17842 54888))
18894 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-util.el
18895
18896 (autoload (quote string-to-sequence) "mule-util" "\
18897 Convert STRING to a sequence of TYPE which contains characters in STRING.
18898 TYPE should be `list' or `vector'.
18899
18900 \(fn STRING TYPE)" nil nil)
18901
18902 (make-obsolete (quote string-to-sequence) "use `string-to-list' or `string-to-vector'." "22.1")
18903
18904 (defsubst string-to-list (string) "\
18905 Return a list of characters in STRING." (append string nil))
18906
18907 (defsubst string-to-vector (string) "\
18908 Return a vector of characters in STRING." (vconcat string))
18909
18910 (autoload (quote store-substring) "mule-util" "\
18911 Embed OBJ (string or character) at index IDX of STRING.
18912
18913 \(fn STRING IDX OBJ)" nil nil)
18914
18915 (autoload (quote truncate-string-to-width) "mule-util" "\
18916 Truncate string STR to end at column END-COLUMN.
18917 The optional 3rd arg START-COLUMN, if non-nil, specifies the starting
18918 column; that means to return the characters occupying columns
18919 START-COLUMN ... END-COLUMN of STR. Both END-COLUMN and START-COLUMN
18920 are specified in terms of character display width in the current
18921 buffer; see also `char-width'.
18922
18923 The optional 4th arg PADDING, if non-nil, specifies a padding
18924 character (which should have a display width of 1) to add at the end
18925 of the result if STR doesn't reach column END-COLUMN, or if END-COLUMN
18926 comes in the middle of a character in STR. PADDING is also added at
18927 the beginning of the result if column START-COLUMN appears in the
18928 middle of a character in STR.
18929
18930 If PADDING is nil, no padding is added in these cases, so
18931 the resulting string may be narrower than END-COLUMN.
18932
18933 If ELLIPSIS is non-nil, it should be a string which will replace the
18934 end of STR (including any padding) if it extends beyond END-COLUMN,
18935 unless the display width of STR is equal to or less than the display
18936 width of ELLIPSIS. If it is non-nil and not a string, then ELLIPSIS
18937 defaults to \"...\".
18938
18939 \(fn STR END-COLUMN &optional START-COLUMN PADDING ELLIPSIS)" nil nil)
18940
18941 (defsubst nested-alist-p (obj) "\
18942 Return t if OBJ is a nested alist.
18943
18944 Nested alist is a list of the form (ENTRY . BRANCHES), where ENTRY is
18945 any Lisp object, and BRANCHES is a list of cons cells of the form
18946 \(KEY-ELEMENT . NESTED-ALIST).
18947
18948 You can use a nested alist to store any Lisp object (ENTRY) for a key
18949 sequence KEYSEQ, where KEYSEQ is a sequence of KEY-ELEMENT. KEYSEQ
18950 can be a string, a vector, or a list." (and obj (listp obj) (listp (cdr obj))))
18951
18952 (autoload (quote set-nested-alist) "mule-util" "\
18953 Set ENTRY for KEYSEQ in a nested alist ALIST.
18954 Optional 4th arg LEN non-nil means the first LEN elements in KEYSEQ
18955 is considered.
18956 Optional argument BRANCHES if non-nil is branches for a keyseq
18957 longer than KEYSEQ.
18958 See the documentation of `nested-alist-p' for more detail.
18959
18960 \(fn KEYSEQ ENTRY ALIST &optional LEN BRANCHES)" nil nil)
18961
18962 (autoload (quote lookup-nested-alist) "mule-util" "\
18963 Look up key sequence KEYSEQ in nested alist ALIST. Return the definition.
18964 Optional 1st argument LEN specifies the length of KEYSEQ.
18965 Optional 2nd argument START specifies index of the starting key.
18966 The returned value is normally a nested alist of which
18967 car part is the entry for KEYSEQ.
18968 If ALIST is not deep enough for KEYSEQ, return number which is
18969 how many key elements at the front of KEYSEQ it takes
18970 to reach a leaf in ALIST.
18971 Optional 3rd argument NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG non-nil means return nil
18972 even if ALIST is not deep enough.
18973
18974 \(fn KEYSEQ ALIST &optional LEN START NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG)" nil nil)
18975
18976 (autoload (quote coding-system-post-read-conversion) "mule-util" "\
18977 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `post-read-conversion' property.
18978
18979 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18980
18981 (autoload (quote coding-system-pre-write-conversion) "mule-util" "\
18982 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `pre-write-conversion' property.
18983
18984 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18985
18986 (autoload (quote coding-system-translation-table-for-decode) "mule-util" "\
18987 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `translation-table-for-decode' property.
18988
18989 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18990
18991 (autoload (quote coding-system-translation-table-for-encode) "mule-util" "\
18992 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `translation-table-for-encode' property.
18993
18994 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18995
18996 (autoload (quote detect-coding-with-priority) "mule-util" "\
18997 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with PRIORITY-LIST.
18998 PRIORITY-LIST is an alist of coding categories vs the corresponding
18999 coding systems ordered by priority.
19000
19001 \(fn FROM TO PRIORITY-LIST)" nil (quote macro))
19002
19003 (autoload (quote detect-coding-with-language-environment) "mule-util" "\
19004 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with LANG-ENV.
19005 The detection takes into account the coding system priorities for the
19006 language environment LANG-ENV.
19007
19008 \(fn FROM TO LANG-ENV)" nil nil)
19009
19010 (autoload (quote char-displayable-p) "mule-util" "\
19011 Return non-nil if we should be able to display CHAR.
19012 On a multi-font display, the test is only whether there is an
19013 appropriate font from the selected frame's fontset to display CHAR's
19014 charset in general. Since fonts may be specified on a per-character
19015 basis, this may not be accurate.
19016
19017 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
19018
19019 ;;;***
19020 \f
19021 ;;;### (autoloads (mwheel-install mouse-wheel-mode) "mwheel" "mwheel.el"
19022 ;;;;;; (17842 58279))
19023 ;;; Generated autoloads from mwheel.el
19024
19025 (defvar mouse-wheel-mode nil "\
19026 Non-nil if Mouse-Wheel mode is enabled.
19027 See the command `mouse-wheel-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
19028 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
19029 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
19030 or call the function `mouse-wheel-mode'.")
19031
19032 (custom-autoload (quote mouse-wheel-mode) "mwheel" nil)
19033
19034 (autoload (quote mouse-wheel-mode) "mwheel" "\
19035 Toggle mouse wheel support.
19036 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
19037 Return non-nil if the new state is enabled.
19038
19039 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19040
19041 (autoload (quote mwheel-install) "mwheel" "\
19042 Enable mouse wheel support.
19043
19044 \(fn &optional UNINSTALL)" nil nil)
19045
19046 ;;;***
19047 \f
19048 ;;;### (autoloads (network-connection network-connection-to-service
19049 ;;;;;; whois-reverse-lookup whois finger ftp run-dig dns-lookup-host
19050 ;;;;;; nslookup nslookup-host route arp netstat ipconfig ping traceroute)
19051 ;;;;;; "net-utils" "net/net-utils.el" (17891 7215))
19052 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/net-utils.el
19053
19054 (autoload (quote traceroute) "net-utils" "\
19055 Run traceroute program for TARGET.
19056
19057 \(fn TARGET)" t nil)
19058
19059 (autoload (quote ping) "net-utils" "\
19060 Ping HOST.
19061 If your system's ping continues until interrupted, you can try setting
19062 `ping-program-options'.
19063
19064 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
19065
19066 (autoload (quote ipconfig) "net-utils" "\
19067 Run ipconfig program.
19068
19069 \(fn)" t nil)
19070
19071 (defalias (quote ifconfig) (quote ipconfig))
19072
19073 (autoload (quote netstat) "net-utils" "\
19074 Run netstat program.
19075
19076 \(fn)" t nil)
19077
19078 (autoload (quote arp) "net-utils" "\
19079 Run the arp program.
19080
19081 \(fn)" t nil)
19082
19083 (autoload (quote route) "net-utils" "\
19084 Run the route program.
19085
19086 \(fn)" t nil)
19087
19088 (autoload (quote nslookup-host) "net-utils" "\
19089 Lookup the DNS information for HOST.
19090
19091 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
19092
19093 (autoload (quote nslookup) "net-utils" "\
19094 Run nslookup program.
19095
19096 \(fn)" t nil)
19097
19098 (autoload (quote dns-lookup-host) "net-utils" "\
19099 Lookup the DNS information for HOST (name or IP address).
19100
19101 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
19102
19103 (autoload (quote run-dig) "net-utils" "\
19104 Run dig program.
19105
19106 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
19107
19108 (autoload (quote ftp) "net-utils" "\
19109 Run ftp program.
19110
19111 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
19112
19113 (autoload (quote finger) "net-utils" "\
19114 Finger USER on HOST.
19115
19116 \(fn USER HOST)" t nil)
19117
19118 (autoload (quote whois) "net-utils" "\
19119 Send SEARCH-STRING to server defined by the `whois-server-name' variable.
19120 If `whois-guess-server' is non-nil, then try to deduce the correct server
19121 from SEARCH-STRING. With argument, prompt for whois server.
19122
19123 \(fn ARG SEARCH-STRING)" t nil)
19124
19125 (autoload (quote whois-reverse-lookup) "net-utils" "\
19126 Not documented
19127
19128 \(fn)" t nil)
19129
19130 (autoload (quote network-connection-to-service) "net-utils" "\
19131 Open a network connection to SERVICE on HOST.
19132
19133 \(fn HOST SERVICE)" t nil)
19134
19135 (autoload (quote network-connection) "net-utils" "\
19136 Open a network connection to HOST on PORT.
19137
19138 \(fn HOST PORT)" t nil)
19139
19140 ;;;***
19141 \f
19142 ;;;### (autoloads (comment-indent-new-line comment-auto-fill-only-comments
19143 ;;;;;; comment-dwim comment-or-uncomment-region comment-box comment-region
19144 ;;;;;; uncomment-region comment-kill comment-set-column comment-indent
19145 ;;;;;; comment-indent-default comment-normalize-vars comment-multi-line
19146 ;;;;;; comment-padding comment-style comment-column) "newcomment"
19147 ;;;;;; "newcomment.el" (17992 30877))
19148 ;;; Generated autoloads from newcomment.el
19149
19150 (defalias (quote indent-for-comment) (quote comment-indent))
19151
19152 (defalias (quote set-comment-column) (quote comment-set-column))
19153
19154 (defalias (quote kill-comment) (quote comment-kill))
19155
19156 (defalias (quote indent-new-comment-line) (quote comment-indent-new-line))
19157
19158 (defvar comment-use-syntax (quote undecided) "\
19159 Non-nil if syntax-tables can be used instead of regexps.
19160 Can also be `undecided' which means that a somewhat expensive test will
19161 be used to try to determine whether syntax-tables should be trusted
19162 to understand comments or not in the given buffer.
19163 Major modes should set this variable.")
19164
19165 (defvar comment-column 32 "\
19166 Column to indent right-margin comments to.
19167 Each mode may establish a different default value for this variable; you
19168 can set the value for a particular mode using that mode's hook.
19169 Comments might be indented to a different value in order not to go beyond
19170 `comment-fill-column' or in order to align them with surrounding comments.")
19171
19172 (custom-autoload (quote comment-column) "newcomment" t)
19173 (put 'comment-column 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
19174
19175 (defvar comment-start nil "\
19176 *String to insert to start a new comment, or nil if no comment syntax.")
19177 (put 'comment-start 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
19178
19179 (defvar comment-start-skip nil "\
19180 *Regexp to match the start of a comment plus everything up to its body.
19181 If there are any \\(...\\) pairs, the comment delimiter text is held to begin
19182 at the place matched by the close of the first pair.")
19183 (put 'comment-start-skip 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
19184
19185 (defvar comment-end-skip nil "\
19186 Regexp to match the end of a comment plus everything up to its body.")
19187 (put 'comment-end-skip 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
19188
19189 (defvar comment-end "" "\
19190 *String to insert to end a new comment.
19191 Should be an empty string if comments are terminated by end-of-line.")
19192 (put 'comment-end 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
19193
19194 (defvar comment-indent-function (quote comment-indent-default) "\
19195 Function to compute desired indentation for a comment.
19196 This function is called with no args with point at the beginning of
19197 the comment's starting delimiter and should return either the desired
19198 column indentation or nil.
19199 If nil is returned, indentation is delegated to `indent-according-to-mode'.")
19200
19201 (defvar comment-insert-comment-function nil "\
19202 Function to insert a comment when a line doesn't contain one.
19203 The function has no args.
19204
19205 Applicable at least in modes for languages like fixed-format Fortran where
19206 comments always start in column zero.")
19207
19208 (defvar comment-style (quote plain) "\
19209 Style to be used for `comment-region'.
19210 See `comment-styles' for a list of available styles.")
19211
19212 (custom-autoload (quote comment-style) "newcomment" t)
19213
19214 (defvar comment-padding " " "\
19215 Padding string that `comment-region' puts between comment chars and text.
19216 Can also be an integer which will be automatically turned into a string
19217 of the corresponding number of spaces.
19218
19219 Extra spacing between the comment characters and the comment text
19220 makes the comment easier to read. Default is 1. nil means 0.")
19221
19222 (custom-autoload (quote comment-padding) "newcomment" t)
19223
19224 (defvar comment-multi-line nil "\
19225 Non-nil means `comment-indent-new-line' continues comments.
19226 That is, it inserts no new terminator or starter.
19227 This affects `auto-fill-mode', which is the main reason to
19228 customize this variable.
19229
19230 It also affects \\[indent-new-comment-line]. However, if you want this
19231 behavior for explicit filling, you might as well use \\[newline-and-indent].")
19232
19233 (custom-autoload (quote comment-multi-line) "newcomment" t)
19234
19235 (autoload (quote comment-normalize-vars) "newcomment" "\
19236 Check and setup the variables needed by other commenting functions.
19237 Functions autoloaded from newcomment.el, being entry points, should call
19238 this function before any other, so the rest of the code can assume that
19239 the variables are properly set.
19240
19241 \(fn &optional NOERROR)" nil nil)
19242
19243 (autoload (quote comment-indent-default) "newcomment" "\
19244 Default for `comment-indent-function'.
19245
19246 \(fn)" nil nil)
19247
19248 (autoload (quote comment-indent) "newcomment" "\
19249 Indent this line's comment to `comment-column', or insert an empty comment.
19250 If CONTINUE is non-nil, use the `comment-continue' markers if any.
19251
19252 \(fn &optional CONTINUE)" t nil)
19253
19254 (autoload (quote comment-set-column) "newcomment" "\
19255 Set the comment column based on point.
19256 With no ARG, set the comment column to the current column.
19257 With just minus as arg, kill any comment on this line.
19258 With any other arg, set comment column to indentation of the previous comment
19259 and then align or create a comment on this line at that column.
19260
19261 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19262
19263 (autoload (quote comment-kill) "newcomment" "\
19264 Kill the comment on this line, if any.
19265 With prefix ARG, kill comments on that many lines starting with this one.
19266
19267 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19268
19269 (autoload (quote uncomment-region) "newcomment" "\
19270 Uncomment each line in the BEG .. END region.
19271 The numeric prefix ARG can specify a number of chars to remove from the
19272 comment markers.
19273
19274 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
19275
19276 (autoload (quote comment-region) "newcomment" "\
19277 Comment or uncomment each line in the region.
19278 With just \\[universal-argument] prefix arg, uncomment each line in region BEG .. END.
19279 Numeric prefix ARG means use ARG comment characters.
19280 If ARG is negative, delete that many comment characters instead.
19281 By default, comments start at the left margin, are terminated on each line,
19282 even for syntax in which newline does not end the comment and blank lines
19283 do not get comments. This can be changed with `comment-style'.
19284
19285 The strings used as comment starts are built from
19286 `comment-start' without trailing spaces and `comment-padding'.
19287
19288 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
19289
19290 (autoload (quote comment-box) "newcomment" "\
19291 Comment out the BEG .. END region, putting it inside a box.
19292 The numeric prefix ARG specifies how many characters to add to begin- and
19293 end- comment markers additionally to what `comment-add' already specifies.
19294
19295 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
19296
19297 (autoload (quote comment-or-uncomment-region) "newcomment" "\
19298 Call `comment-region', unless the region only consists of comments,
19299 in which case call `uncomment-region'. If a prefix arg is given, it
19300 is passed on to the respective function.
19301
19302 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
19303
19304 (autoload (quote comment-dwim) "newcomment" "\
19305 Call the comment command you want (Do What I Mean).
19306 If the region is active and `transient-mark-mode' is on, call
19307 `comment-region' (unless it only consists of comments, in which
19308 case it calls `uncomment-region').
19309 Else, if the current line is empty, insert a comment and indent it.
19310 Else if a prefix ARG is specified, call `comment-kill'.
19311 Else, call `comment-indent'.
19312 You can configure `comment-style' to change the way regions are commented.
19313
19314 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19315
19316 (defvar comment-auto-fill-only-comments nil "\
19317 Non-nil means to only auto-fill inside comments.
19318 This has no effect in modes that do not define a comment syntax.")
19319
19320 (custom-autoload (quote comment-auto-fill-only-comments) "newcomment" t)
19321
19322 (autoload (quote comment-indent-new-line) "newcomment" "\
19323 Break line at point and indent, continuing comment if within one.
19324 This indents the body of the continued comment
19325 under the previous comment line.
19326
19327 This command is intended for styles where you write a comment per line,
19328 starting a new comment (and terminating it if necessary) on each line.
19329 If you want to continue one comment across several lines, use \\[newline-and-indent].
19330
19331 If a fill column is specified, it overrides the use of the comment column
19332 or comment indentation.
19333
19334 The inserted newline is marked hard if variable `use-hard-newlines' is true,
19335 unless optional argument SOFT is non-nil.
19336
19337 \(fn &optional SOFT)" t nil)
19338
19339 ;;;***
19340 \f
19341 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-show-news newsticker-start-ticker newsticker-start
19342 ;;;;;; newsticker-ticker-running-p newsticker-running-p) "newsticker"
19343 ;;;;;; "net/newsticker.el" (17873 44590))
19344 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newsticker.el
19345
19346 (autoload (quote newsticker-running-p) "newsticker" "\
19347 Check whether newsticker is running.
19348 Return t if newsticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
19349 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not empty.
19350
19351 \(fn)" nil nil)
19352
19353 (autoload (quote newsticker-ticker-running-p) "newsticker" "\
19354 Check whether newsticker's actual ticker is running.
19355 Return t if ticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
19356 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not
19357 empty.
19358
19359 \(fn)" nil nil)
19360
19361 (autoload (quote newsticker-start) "newsticker" "\
19362 Start the newsticker.
19363 Start the timers for display and retrieval. If the newsticker, i.e. the
19364 timers, are running already a warning message is printed unless
19365 DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING is not nil.
19366 Run `newsticker-start-hook' if newsticker was not running already.
19367
19368 \(fn &optional DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING)" t nil)
19369
19370 (autoload (quote newsticker-start-ticker) "newsticker" "\
19371 Start newsticker's ticker (but not the news retrieval).
19372 Start display timer for the actual ticker if wanted and not
19373 running already.
19374
19375 \(fn)" t nil)
19376
19377 (autoload (quote newsticker-show-news) "newsticker" "\
19378 Switch to newsticker buffer. You may want to bind this to a key.
19379
19380 \(fn)" t nil)
19381
19382 ;;;***
19383 \f
19384 ;;;### (autoloads (nndiary-generate-nov-databases) "nndiary" "gnus/nndiary.el"
19385 ;;;;;; (17992 30878))
19386 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndiary.el
19387
19388 (autoload (quote nndiary-generate-nov-databases) "nndiary" "\
19389 Generate NOV databases in all nndiary directories.
19390
19391 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
19392
19393 ;;;***
19394 \f
19395 ;;;### (autoloads (nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "gnus/nndoc.el" (17842
19396 ;;;;;; 54741))
19397 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndoc.el
19398
19399 (autoload (quote nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "\
19400 Add document DEFINITION to the list of nndoc document definitions.
19401 If POSITION is nil or `last', the definition will be added
19402 as the last checked definition, if t or `first', add as the
19403 first definition, and if any other symbol, add after that
19404 symbol in the alist.
19405
19406 \(fn DEFINITION &optional POSITION)" nil nil)
19407
19408 ;;;***
19409 \f
19410 ;;;### (autoloads (nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "gnus/nnfolder.el"
19411 ;;;;;; (17842 54741))
19412 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnfolder.el
19413
19414 (autoload (quote nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "\
19415 Look for mbox folders in the nnfolder directory and make them into groups.
19416 This command does not work if you use short group names.
19417
19418 \(fn)" t nil)
19419
19420 ;;;***
19421 \f
19422 ;;;### (autoloads (nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "gnus/nnkiboze.el"
19423 ;;;;;; (17842 54741))
19424 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnkiboze.el
19425
19426 (autoload (quote nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "\
19427 \"Usage: emacs -batch -l nnkiboze -f nnkiboze-generate-groups\".
19428 Finds out what articles are to be part of the nnkiboze groups.
19429
19430 \(fn)" t nil)
19431
19432 ;;;***
19433 \f
19434 ;;;### (autoloads (nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "gnus/nnml.el"
19435 ;;;;;; (17842 54741))
19436 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnml.el
19437
19438 (autoload (quote nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "\
19439 Generate NOV databases in all nnml directories.
19440
19441 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
19442
19443 ;;;***
19444 \f
19445 ;;;### (autoloads (nnsoup-revert-variables nnsoup-set-variables nnsoup-pack-replies)
19446 ;;;;;; "nnsoup" "gnus/nnsoup.el" (17842 54741))
19447 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnsoup.el
19448
19449 (autoload (quote nnsoup-pack-replies) "nnsoup" "\
19450 Make an outbound package of SOUP replies.
19451
19452 \(fn)" t nil)
19453
19454 (autoload (quote nnsoup-set-variables) "nnsoup" "\
19455 Use the SOUP methods for posting news and mailing mail.
19456
19457 \(fn)" t nil)
19458
19459 (autoload (quote nnsoup-revert-variables) "nnsoup" "\
19460 Revert posting and mailing methods to the standard Emacs methods.
19461
19462 \(fn)" t nil)
19463
19464 ;;;***
19465 \f
19466 ;;;### (autoloads (disable-command enable-command disabled-command-function)
19467 ;;;;;; "novice" "novice.el" (17842 58279))
19468 ;;; Generated autoloads from novice.el
19469
19470 (defvar disabled-command-function (quote disabled-command-function) "\
19471 Function to call to handle disabled commands.
19472 If nil, the feature is disabled, i.e., all commands work normally.")
19473
19474 (define-obsolete-variable-alias (quote disabled-command-hook) (quote disabled-command-function) "22.1")
19475
19476 (autoload (quote disabled-command-function) "novice" "\
19477 Not documented
19478
19479 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
19480
19481 (autoload (quote enable-command) "novice" "\
19482 Allow COMMAND to be executed without special confirmation from now on.
19483 COMMAND must be a symbol.
19484 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
19485 to future sessions.
19486
19487 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
19488
19489 (autoload (quote disable-command) "novice" "\
19490 Require special confirmation to execute COMMAND from now on.
19491 COMMAND must be a symbol.
19492 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
19493 to future sessions.
19494
19495 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
19496
19497 ;;;***
19498 \f
19499 ;;;### (autoloads (nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "textmodes/nroff-mode.el"
19500 ;;;;;; (17842 58277))
19501 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/nroff-mode.el
19502
19503 (autoload (quote nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "\
19504 Major mode for editing text intended for nroff to format.
19505 \\{nroff-mode-map}
19506 Turning on Nroff mode runs `text-mode-hook', then `nroff-mode-hook'.
19507 Also, try `nroff-electric-mode', for automatically inserting
19508 closing requests for requests that are used in matched pairs.
19509
19510 \(fn)" t nil)
19511
19512 ;;;***
19513 \f
19514 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-help) "octave-hlp" "progmodes/octave-hlp.el"
19515 ;;;;;; (17842 56332))
19516 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-hlp.el
19517
19518 (autoload (quote octave-help) "octave-hlp" "\
19519 Get help on Octave symbols from the Octave info files.
19520 Look up KEY in the function, operator and variable indices of the files
19521 specified by `octave-help-files'.
19522 If KEY is not a string, prompt for it with completion.
19523
19524 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
19525
19526 ;;;***
19527 \f
19528 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "progmodes/octave-inf.el"
19529 ;;;;;; (17842 56332))
19530 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-inf.el
19531
19532 (autoload (quote inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "\
19533 Run an inferior Octave process, I/O via `inferior-octave-buffer'.
19534 This buffer is put in Inferior Octave mode. See `inferior-octave-mode'.
19535
19536 Unless ARG is non-nil, switches to this buffer.
19537
19538 The elements of the list `inferior-octave-startup-args' are sent as
19539 command line arguments to the inferior Octave process on startup.
19540
19541 Additional commands to be executed on startup can be provided either in
19542 the file specified by `inferior-octave-startup-file' or by the default
19543 startup file, `~/.emacs-octave'.
19544
19545 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19546
19547 (defalias (quote run-octave) (quote inferior-octave))
19548
19549 ;;;***
19550 \f
19551 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-mode) "octave-mod" "progmodes/octave-mod.el"
19552 ;;;;;; (17842 56332))
19553 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-mod.el
19554
19555 (autoload (quote octave-mode) "octave-mod" "\
19556 Major mode for editing Octave code.
19557
19558 This mode makes it easier to write Octave code by helping with
19559 indentation, doing some of the typing for you (with Abbrev mode) and by
19560 showing keywords, comments, strings, etc. in different faces (with
19561 Font Lock mode on terminals that support it).
19562
19563 Octave itself is a high-level language, primarily intended for numerical
19564 computations. It provides a convenient command line interface for
19565 solving linear and nonlinear problems numerically. Function definitions
19566 can also be stored in files, and it can be used in a batch mode (which
19567 is why you need this mode!).
19568
19569 The latest released version of Octave is always available via anonymous
19570 ftp from bevo.che.wisc.edu in the directory `/pub/octave'. Complete
19571 source and binaries for several popular systems are available.
19572
19573 Type \\[list-abbrevs] to display the built-in abbrevs for Octave keywords.
19574
19575 Keybindings
19576 ===========
19577
19578 \\{octave-mode-map}
19579
19580 Variables you can use to customize Octave mode
19581 ==============================================
19582
19583 octave-auto-indent
19584 Non-nil means indent current line after a semicolon or space.
19585 Default is nil.
19586
19587 octave-auto-newline
19588 Non-nil means auto-insert a newline and indent after a semicolon.
19589 Default is nil.
19590
19591 octave-blink-matching-block
19592 Non-nil means show matching begin of block when inserting a space,
19593 newline or semicolon after an else or end keyword. Default is t.
19594
19595 octave-block-offset
19596 Extra indentation applied to statements in block structures.
19597 Default is 2.
19598
19599 octave-continuation-offset
19600 Extra indentation applied to Octave continuation lines.
19601 Default is 4.
19602
19603 octave-continuation-string
19604 String used for Octave continuation lines.
19605 Default is a backslash.
19606
19607 octave-mode-startup-message
19608 nil means do not display the Octave mode startup message.
19609 Default is t.
19610
19611 octave-send-echo-input
19612 Non-nil means always display `inferior-octave-buffer' after sending a
19613 command to the inferior Octave process.
19614
19615 octave-send-line-auto-forward
19616 Non-nil means always go to the next unsent line of Octave code after
19617 sending a line to the inferior Octave process.
19618
19619 octave-send-echo-input
19620 Non-nil means echo input sent to the inferior Octave process.
19621
19622 Turning on Octave mode runs the hook `octave-mode-hook'.
19623
19624 To begin using this mode for all `.m' files that you edit, add the
19625 following lines to your `.emacs' file:
19626
19627 (autoload 'octave-mode \"octave-mod\" nil t)
19628 (setq auto-mode-alist
19629 (cons '(\"\\\\.m$\" . octave-mode) auto-mode-alist))
19630
19631 To automatically turn on the abbrev, auto-fill and font-lock features,
19632 add the following lines to your `.emacs' file as well:
19633
19634 (add-hook 'octave-mode-hook
19635 (lambda ()
19636 (abbrev-mode 1)
19637 (auto-fill-mode 1)
19638 (if (eq window-system 'x)
19639 (font-lock-mode 1))))
19640
19641 To submit a problem report, enter \\[octave-submit-bug-report] from an Octave mode buffer.
19642 This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version information
19643 already added. You just need to add a description of the problem,
19644 including a reproducible test case and send the message.
19645
19646 \(fn)" t nil)
19647
19648 ;;;***
19649 \f
19650 ;;;### (autoloads (edit-options list-options) "options" "obsolete/options.el"
19651 ;;;;;; (17994 6715))
19652 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/options.el
19653
19654 (autoload (quote list-options) "options" "\
19655 Display a list of Emacs user options, with values and documentation.
19656 It is now better to use Customize instead.
19657
19658 \(fn)" t nil)
19659
19660 (autoload (quote edit-options) "options" "\
19661 Edit a list of Emacs user option values.
19662 Selects a buffer containing such a list,
19663 in which there are commands to set the option values.
19664 Type \\[describe-mode] in that buffer for a list of commands.
19665
19666 The Custom feature is intended to make this obsolete.
19667
19668 \(fn)" t nil)
19669
19670 ;;;***
19671 \f
19672 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-icalendar-combine-agenda-files org-export-icalendar-all-agenda-files
19673 ;;;;;; org-export-icalendar-this-file org-diary org-tags-view org-todo-list
19674 ;;;;;; org-agenda-list org-cycle-agenda-files org-batch-agenda org-agenda
19675 ;;;;;; org-remember-handler org-remember org-remember-apply-template
19676 ;;;;;; org-remember-annotation org-store-link orgtbl-mode turn-on-orgtbl
19677 ;;;;;; org-global-cycle org-cycle org-mode) "org" "textmodes/org.el"
19678 ;;;;;; (17922 37459))
19679 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/org.el
19680
19681 (autoload (quote org-mode) "org" "\
19682 Outline-based notes management and organizer, alias
19683 \"Carsten's outline-mode for keeping track of everything.\"
19684
19685 Org-mode develops organizational tasks around a NOTES file which
19686 contains information about projects as plain text. Org-mode is
19687 implemented on top of outline-mode, which is ideal to keep the content
19688 of large files well structured. It supports ToDo items, deadlines and
19689 time stamps, which magically appear in the diary listing of the Emacs
19690 calendar. Tables are easily created with a built-in table editor.
19691 Plain text URL-like links connect to websites, emails (VM), Usenet
19692 messages (Gnus), BBDB entries, and any files related to the project.
19693 For printing and sharing of notes, an Org-mode file (or a part of it)
19694 can be exported as a structured ASCII or HTML file.
19695
19696 The following commands are available:
19697
19698 \\{org-mode-map}
19699
19700 \(fn)" t nil)
19701
19702 (autoload (quote org-cycle) "org" "\
19703 Visibility cycling for Org-mode.
19704
19705 - When this function is called with a prefix argument, rotate the entire
19706 buffer through 3 states (global cycling)
19707 1. OVERVIEW: Show only top-level headlines.
19708 2. CONTENTS: Show all headlines of all levels, but no body text.
19709 3. SHOW ALL: Show everything.
19710
19711 - When point is at the beginning of a headline, rotate the subtree started
19712 by this line through 3 different states (local cycling)
19713 1. FOLDED: Only the main headline is shown.
19714 2. CHILDREN: The main headline and the direct children are shown.
19715 From this state, you can move to one of the children
19716 and zoom in further.
19717 3. SUBTREE: Show the entire subtree, including body text.
19718
19719 - When there is a numeric prefix, go up to a heading with level ARG, do
19720 a `show-subtree' and return to the previous cursor position. If ARG
19721 is negative, go up that many levels.
19722
19723 - When point is not at the beginning of a headline, execute
19724 `indent-relative', like TAB normally does. See the option
19725 `org-cycle-emulate-tab' for details.
19726
19727 - Special case: if point is the the beginning of the buffer and there is
19728 no headline in line 1, this function will act as if called with prefix arg.
19729
19730 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19731
19732 (autoload (quote org-global-cycle) "org" "\
19733 Cycle the global visibility. For details see `org-cycle'.
19734
19735 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19736
19737 (autoload (quote turn-on-orgtbl) "org" "\
19738 Unconditionally turn on `orgtbl-mode'.
19739
19740 \(fn)" nil nil)
19741
19742 (autoload (quote orgtbl-mode) "org" "\
19743 The `org-mode' table editor as a minor mode for use in other modes.
19744
19745 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19746
19747 (autoload (quote org-store-link) "org" "\
19748 \\<org-mode-map>Store an org-link to the current location.
19749 This link can later be inserted into an org-buffer with
19750 \\[org-insert-link].
19751 For some link types, a prefix arg is interpreted:
19752 For links to usenet articles, arg negates `org-usenet-links-prefer-google'.
19753 For file links, arg negates `org-context-in-file-links'.
19754
19755 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19756
19757 (autoload (quote org-remember-annotation) "org" "\
19758 Return a link to the current location as an annotation for remember.el.
19759 If you are using Org-mode files as target for data storage with
19760 remember.el, then the annotations should include a link compatible with the
19761 conventions in Org-mode. This function returns such a link.
19762
19763 \(fn)" nil nil)
19764
19765 (autoload (quote org-remember-apply-template) "org" "\
19766 Initialize *remember* buffer with template, invoke `org-mode'.
19767 This function should be placed into `remember-mode-hook' and in fact requires
19768 to be run from that hook to fucntion properly.
19769
19770 \(fn &optional USE-CHAR SKIP-INTERACTIVE)" nil nil)
19771
19772 (autoload (quote org-remember) "org" "\
19773 Call `remember'. If this is already a remember buffer, re-apply template.
19774 If there is an active region, make sure remember uses it as initial content
19775 of the remember buffer.
19776
19777 \(fn)" t nil)
19778
19779 (autoload (quote org-remember-handler) "org" "\
19780 Store stuff from remember.el into an org file.
19781 First prompts for an org file. If the user just presses return, the value
19782 of `org-default-notes-file' is used.
19783 Then the command offers the headings tree of the selected file in order to
19784 file the text at a specific location.
19785 You can either immediately press RET to get the note appended to the
19786 file, or you can use vertical cursor motion and visibility cycling (TAB) to
19787 find a better place. Then press RET or <left> or <right> in insert the note.
19788
19789 Key Cursor position Note gets inserted
19790 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
19791 RET buffer-start as level 2 heading at end of file
19792 RET on headline as sublevel of the heading at cursor
19793 RET no heading at cursor position, level taken from context.
19794 Or use prefix arg to specify level manually.
19795 <left> on headline as same level, before current heading
19796 <right> on headline as same level, after current heading
19797
19798 So the fastest way to store the note is to press RET RET to append it to
19799 the default file. This way your current train of thought is not
19800 interrupted, in accordance with the principles of remember.el. But with
19801 little extra effort, you can push it directly to the correct location.
19802
19803 Before being stored away, the function ensures that the text has a
19804 headline, i.e. a first line that starts with a \"*\". If not, a headline
19805 is constructed from the current date and some additional data.
19806
19807 If the variable `org-adapt-indentation' is non-nil, the entire text is
19808 also indented so that it starts in the same column as the headline
19809 \(i.e. after the stars).
19810
19811 See also the variable `org-reverse-note-order'.
19812
19813 \(fn)" nil nil)
19814
19815 (autoload (quote org-agenda) "org" "\
19816 Dispatch agenda commands to collect entries to the agenda buffer.
19817 Prompts for a character to select a command. Any prefix arg will be passed
19818 on to the selected command. The default selections are:
19819 g
19820 a Call `org-agenda-list' to display the agenda for current day or week.
19821 t Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list.
19822 T Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list, select only
19823 entries with a specific TODO keyword (the user gets a prompt).
19824 m Call `org-tags-view' to display headlines with tags matching
19825 a condition (the user is prompted for the condition).
19826 M Like `m', but select only TODO entries, no ordinary headlines.
19827 l Create a timeeline for the current buffer.
19828
19829 More commands can be added by configuring the variable
19830 `org-agenda-custom-commands'. In particular, specific tags and TODO keyword
19831 searches can be pre-defined in this way.
19832
19833 If the current buffer is in Org-mode and visiting a file, you can also
19834 first press `1' to indicate that the agenda should be temporarily (until the
19835 next use of \\[org-agenda]) restricted to the current file.
19836
19837 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19838
19839 (autoload (quote org-batch-agenda) "org" "\
19840 Run an agenda command in batch mode, send result to STDOUT.
19841 CMD-KEY is a string that is also a key in `org-agenda-custom-commands'.
19842 Paramters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
19843 before running the agenda command.
19844
19845 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil (quote macro))
19846
19847 (autoload (quote org-cycle-agenda-files) "org" "\
19848 Cycle through the files in `org-agenda-files'.
19849 If the current buffer visits an agenda file, find the next one in the list.
19850 If the current buffer does not, find the first agenda file.
19851
19852 \(fn)" t nil)
19853
19854 (autoload (quote org-agenda-list) "org" "\
19855 Produce a weekly view from all files in variable `org-agenda-files'.
19856 The view will be for the current week, but from the overview buffer you
19857 will be able to go to other weeks.
19858 With one \\[universal-argument] prefix argument INCLUDE-ALL, all unfinished TODO items will
19859 also be shown, under the current date.
19860 With two \\[universal-argument] prefix argument INCLUDE-ALL, all TODO entries marked DONE
19861 on the days are also shown. See the variable `org-log-done' for how
19862 to turn on logging.
19863 START-DAY defaults to TODAY, or to the most recent match for the weekday
19864 given in `org-agenda-start-on-weekday'.
19865 NDAYS defaults to `org-agenda-ndays'.
19866
19867 \(fn &optional INCLUDE-ALL START-DAY NDAYS)" t nil)
19868
19869 (autoload (quote org-todo-list) "org" "\
19870 Show all TODO entries from all agenda file in a single list.
19871 The prefix arg can be used to select a specific TODO keyword and limit
19872 the list to these. When using \\[universal-argument], you will be prompted
19873 for a keyword. A numeric prefix directly selects the Nth keyword in
19874 `org-todo-keywords'.
19875
19876 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19877
19878 (autoload (quote org-tags-view) "org" "\
19879 Show all headlines for all `org-agenda-files' matching a TAGS criterion.
19880 The prefix arg TODO-ONLY limits the search to TODO entries.
19881
19882 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY MATCH)" t nil)
19883
19884 (autoload (quote org-diary) "org" "\
19885 Return diary information from org-files.
19886 This function can be used in a \"sexp\" diary entry in the Emacs calendar.
19887 It accesses org files and extracts information from those files to be
19888 listed in the diary. The function accepts arguments specifying what
19889 items should be listed. The following arguments are allowed:
19890
19891 :timestamp List the headlines of items containing a date stamp or
19892 date range matching the selected date. Deadlines will
19893 also be listed, on the expiration day.
19894
19895 :deadline List any deadlines past due, or due within
19896 `org-deadline-warning-days'. The listing occurs only
19897 in the diary for *today*, not at any other date. If
19898 an entry is marked DONE, it is no longer listed.
19899
19900 :scheduled List all items which are scheduled for the given date.
19901 The diary for *today* also contains items which were
19902 scheduled earlier and are not yet marked DONE.
19903
19904 :todo List all TODO items from the org-file. This may be a
19905 long list - so this is not turned on by default.
19906 Like deadlines, these entries only show up in the
19907 diary for *today*, not at any other date.
19908
19909 The call in the diary file should look like this:
19910
19911 &%%(org-diary) ~/path/to/some/orgfile.org
19912
19913 Use a separate line for each org file to check. Or, if you omit the file name,
19914 all files listed in `org-agenda-files' will be checked automatically:
19915
19916 &%%(org-diary)
19917
19918 If you don't give any arguments (as in the example above), the default
19919 arguments (:deadline :scheduled :timestamp) are used. So the example above may
19920 also be written as
19921
19922 &%%(org-diary :deadline :timestamp :scheduled)
19923
19924 The function expects the lisp variables `entry' and `date' to be provided
19925 by the caller, because this is how the calendar works. Don't use this
19926 function from a program - use `org-agenda-get-day-entries' instead.
19927
19928 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
19929
19930 (autoload (quote org-export-icalendar-this-file) "org" "\
19931 Export current file as an iCalendar file.
19932 The iCalendar file will be located in the same directory as the Org-mode
19933 file, but with extension `.ics'.
19934
19935 \(fn)" t nil)
19936
19937 (autoload (quote org-export-icalendar-all-agenda-files) "org" "\
19938 Export all files in `org-agenda-files' to iCalendar .ics files.
19939 Each iCalendar file will be located in the same directory as the Org-mode
19940 file, but with extension `.ics'.
19941
19942 \(fn)" t nil)
19943
19944 (autoload (quote org-export-icalendar-combine-agenda-files) "org" "\
19945 Export all files in `org-agenda-files' to a single combined iCalendar file.
19946 The file is stored under the name `org-combined-agenda-icalendar-file'.
19947
19948 \(fn)" t nil)
19949
19950 ;;;***
19951 \f
19952 ;;;### (autoloads (outline-minor-mode outline-mode) "outline" "outline.el"
19953 ;;;;;; (17952 11093))
19954 ;;; Generated autoloads from outline.el
19955 (put 'outline-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
19956
19957 (autoload (quote outline-mode) "outline" "\
19958 Set major mode for editing outlines with selective display.
19959 Headings are lines which start with asterisks: one for major headings,
19960 two for subheadings, etc. Lines not starting with asterisks are body lines.
19961
19962 Body text or subheadings under a heading can be made temporarily
19963 invisible, or visible again. Invisible lines are attached to the end
19964 of the heading, so they move with it, if the line is killed and yanked
19965 back. A heading with text hidden under it is marked with an ellipsis (...).
19966
19967 Commands:\\<outline-mode-map>
19968 \\[outline-next-visible-heading] outline-next-visible-heading move by visible headings
19969 \\[outline-previous-visible-heading] outline-previous-visible-heading
19970 \\[outline-forward-same-level] outline-forward-same-level similar but skip subheadings
19971 \\[outline-backward-same-level] outline-backward-same-level
19972 \\[outline-up-heading] outline-up-heading move from subheading to heading
19973
19974 \\[hide-body] make all text invisible (not headings).
19975 \\[show-all] make everything in buffer visible.
19976 \\[hide-sublevels] make only the first N levels of headers visible.
19977
19978 The remaining commands are used when point is on a heading line.
19979 They apply to some of the body or subheadings of that heading.
19980 \\[hide-subtree] hide-subtree make body and subheadings invisible.
19981 \\[show-subtree] show-subtree make body and subheadings visible.
19982 \\[show-children] show-children make direct subheadings visible.
19983 No effect on body, or subheadings 2 or more levels down.
19984 With arg N, affects subheadings N levels down.
19985 \\[hide-entry] make immediately following body invisible.
19986 \\[show-entry] make it visible.
19987 \\[hide-leaves] make body under heading and under its subheadings invisible.
19988 The subheadings remain visible.
19989 \\[show-branches] make all subheadings at all levels visible.
19990
19991 The variable `outline-regexp' can be changed to control what is a heading.
19992 A line is a heading if `outline-regexp' matches something at the
19993 beginning of the line. The longer the match, the deeper the level.
19994
19995 Turning on outline mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook' and then of
19996 `outline-mode-hook', if they are non-nil.
19997
19998 \(fn)" t nil)
19999
20000 (autoload (quote outline-minor-mode) "outline" "\
20001 Toggle Outline minor mode.
20002 With arg, turn Outline minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
20003 See the command `outline-mode' for more information on this mode.
20004
20005 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20006
20007 ;;;***
20008 \f
20009 ;;;### (autoloads nil "paragraphs" "textmodes/paragraphs.el" (17842
20010 ;;;;;; 58277))
20011 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/paragraphs.el
20012 (put 'paragraph-start 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
20013 (put 'paragraph-separate 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
20014 (put 'sentence-end-double-space 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
20015 (put 'sentence-end-without-period 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
20016 (put 'sentence-end-without-space 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
20017 (put 'sentence-end 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
20018 (put 'sentence-end-base 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
20019 (put 'page-delimiter 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
20020 (put 'paragraph-ignore-fill-prefix 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
20021
20022 ;;;***
20023 \f
20024 ;;;### (autoloads (show-paren-mode) "paren" "paren.el" (18016 8765))
20025 ;;; Generated autoloads from paren.el
20026
20027 (defvar show-paren-mode nil "\
20028 Non-nil if Show-Paren mode is enabled.
20029 See the command `show-paren-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
20030 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
20031 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
20032 or call the function `show-paren-mode'.")
20033
20034 (custom-autoload (quote show-paren-mode) "paren" nil)
20035
20036 (autoload (quote show-paren-mode) "paren" "\
20037 Toggle Show Paren mode.
20038 With prefix ARG, turn Show Paren mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
20039 Returns the new status of Show Paren mode (non-nil means on).
20040
20041 When Show Paren mode is enabled, any matching parenthesis is highlighted
20042 in `show-paren-style' after `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time.
20043
20044 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20045
20046 ;;;***
20047 \f
20048 ;;;### (autoloads (parse-time-string) "parse-time" "calendar/parse-time.el"
20049 ;;;;;; (17957 43164))
20050 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/parse-time.el
20051
20052 (autoload (quote parse-time-string) "parse-time" "\
20053 Parse the time-string STRING into (SEC MIN HOUR DAY MON YEAR DOW DST TZ).
20054 The values are identical to those of `decode-time', but any values that are
20055 unknown are returned as nil.
20056
20057 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
20058
20059 ;;;***
20060 \f
20061 ;;;### (autoloads (pascal-mode) "pascal" "progmodes/pascal.el" (17842
20062 ;;;;;; 56332))
20063 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/pascal.el
20064
20065 (autoload (quote pascal-mode) "pascal" "\
20066 Major mode for editing Pascal code. \\<pascal-mode-map>
20067 TAB indents for Pascal code. Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
20068
20069 \\[pascal-complete-word] completes the word around current point with respect to position in code
20070 \\[pascal-show-completions] shows all possible completions at this point.
20071
20072 Other useful functions are:
20073
20074 \\[pascal-mark-defun] - Mark function.
20075 \\[pascal-insert-block] - insert begin ... end;
20076 \\[pascal-star-comment] - insert (* ... *)
20077 \\[pascal-comment-area] - Put marked area in a comment, fixing nested comments.
20078 \\[pascal-uncomment-area] - Uncomment an area commented with \\[pascal-comment-area].
20079 \\[pascal-beg-of-defun] - Move to beginning of current function.
20080 \\[pascal-end-of-defun] - Move to end of current function.
20081 \\[pascal-goto-defun] - Goto function prompted for in the minibuffer.
20082 \\[pascal-outline-mode] - Enter `pascal-outline-mode'.
20083
20084 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
20085
20086 pascal-indent-level (default 3)
20087 Indentation of Pascal statements with respect to containing block.
20088 pascal-case-indent (default 2)
20089 Indentation for case statements.
20090 pascal-auto-newline (default nil)
20091 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
20092 mark after an end.
20093 pascal-indent-nested-functions (default t)
20094 Non-nil means nested functions are indented.
20095 pascal-tab-always-indent (default t)
20096 Non-nil means TAB in Pascal mode should always reindent the current line,
20097 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
20098 pascal-auto-endcomments (default t)
20099 Non-nil means a comment { ... } is set after the ends which ends cases and
20100 functions. The name of the function or case will be set between the braces.
20101 pascal-auto-lineup (default t)
20102 List of contexts where auto lineup of :'s or ='s should be done.
20103
20104 See also the user variables pascal-type-keywords, pascal-start-keywords and
20105 pascal-separator-keywords.
20106
20107 Turning on Pascal mode calls the value of the variable pascal-mode-hook with
20108 no args, if that value is non-nil.
20109
20110 \(fn)" t nil)
20111
20112 ;;;***
20113 \f
20114 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "emulation/pc-mode.el"
20115 ;;;;;; (17842 54264))
20116 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-mode.el
20117
20118 (autoload (quote pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "\
20119 Set up certain key bindings for PC compatibility.
20120 The keys affected are:
20121 Delete (and its variants) delete forward instead of backward.
20122 C-Backspace kills backward a word (as C-Delete normally would).
20123 M-Backspace does undo.
20124 Home and End move to beginning and end of line
20125 C-Home and C-End move to beginning and end of buffer.
20126 C-Escape does list-buffers.
20127
20128 \(fn)" t nil)
20129
20130 ;;;***
20131 \f
20132 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-selection-mode pc-selection-mode) "pc-select"
20133 ;;;;;; "emulation/pc-select.el" (17842 54264))
20134 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-select.el
20135
20136 (defvar pc-selection-mode nil "\
20137 Non-nil if Pc-Selection mode is enabled.
20138 See the command `pc-selection-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
20139 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
20140 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
20141 or call the function `pc-selection-mode'.")
20142
20143 (custom-autoload (quote pc-selection-mode) "pc-select" nil)
20144
20145 (autoload (quote pc-selection-mode) "pc-select" "\
20146 Change mark behavior to emulate Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste style.
20147
20148 This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode.
20149
20150 The arrow keys (and others) are bound to new functions
20151 which modify the status of the mark.
20152
20153 The ordinary arrow keys disable the mark.
20154 The shift-arrow keys move, leaving the mark behind.
20155
20156 C-LEFT and C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, disabling the mark.
20157 S-C-LEFT and S-C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, leaving the mark behind.
20158
20159 M-LEFT and M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, disabling the mark.
20160 S-M-LEFT and S-M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, leaving the mark
20161 behind. To control whether these keys move word-wise or sexp-wise set the
20162 variable `pc-select-meta-moves-sexps' after loading pc-select.el but before
20163 turning PC Selection mode on.
20164
20165 C-DOWN and C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, disabling the mark.
20166 S-C-DOWN and S-C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, leaving the mark behind.
20167
20168 HOME moves to beginning of line, disabling the mark.
20169 S-HOME moves to beginning of line, leaving the mark behind.
20170 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to beginning of buffer instead.
20171
20172 END moves to end of line, disabling the mark.
20173 S-END moves to end of line, leaving the mark behind.
20174 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to end of buffer instead.
20175
20176 PRIOR or PAGE-UP scrolls and disables the mark.
20177 S-PRIOR or S-PAGE-UP scrolls and leaves the mark behind.
20178
20179 S-DELETE kills the region (`kill-region').
20180 S-INSERT yanks text from the kill ring (`yank').
20181 C-INSERT copies the region into the kill ring (`copy-region-as-kill').
20182
20183 In addition, certain other PC bindings are imitated (to avoid this, set
20184 the variable `pc-select-selection-keys-only' to t after loading pc-select.el
20185 but before calling PC Selection mode):
20186
20187 F6 other-window
20188 DELETE delete-char
20189 C-DELETE kill-line
20190 M-DELETE kill-word
20191 C-M-DELETE kill-sexp
20192 C-BACKSPACE backward-kill-word
20193 M-BACKSPACE undo
20194
20195 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20196
20197 (defvar pc-selection-mode nil "\
20198 Toggle PC Selection mode.
20199 Change mark behavior to emulate Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste style,
20200 and cursor movement commands.
20201 This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode.
20202 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
20203 you must modify it using \\[customize] or \\[pc-selection-mode].")
20204
20205 (custom-autoload (quote pc-selection-mode) "pc-select" nil)
20206
20207 ;;;***
20208 \f
20209 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/cvs) "pcmpl-cvs" "pcmpl-cvs.el" (17842
20210 ;;;;;; 58279))
20211 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-cvs.el
20212
20213 (autoload (quote pcomplete/cvs) "pcmpl-cvs" "\
20214 Completion rules for the `cvs' command.
20215
20216 \(fn)" nil nil)
20217
20218 ;;;***
20219 \f
20220 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/tar pcomplete/make pcomplete/bzip2 pcomplete/gzip)
20221 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-gnu" "pcmpl-gnu.el" (17842 58279))
20222 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-gnu.el
20223
20224 (autoload (quote pcomplete/gzip) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20225 Completion for `gzip'.
20226
20227 \(fn)" nil nil)
20228
20229 (autoload (quote pcomplete/bzip2) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20230 Completion for `bzip2'.
20231
20232 \(fn)" nil nil)
20233
20234 (autoload (quote pcomplete/make) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20235 Completion for GNU `make'.
20236
20237 \(fn)" nil nil)
20238
20239 (autoload (quote pcomplete/tar) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20240 Completion for the GNU tar utility.
20241
20242 \(fn)" nil nil)
20243
20244 (defalias (quote pcomplete/gdb) (quote pcomplete/xargs))
20245
20246 ;;;***
20247 \f
20248 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/mount pcomplete/umount pcomplete/kill)
20249 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-linux" "pcmpl-linux.el" (17842 58279))
20250 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-linux.el
20251
20252 (autoload (quote pcomplete/kill) "pcmpl-linux" "\
20253 Completion for GNU/Linux `kill', using /proc filesystem.
20254
20255 \(fn)" nil nil)
20256
20257 (autoload (quote pcomplete/umount) "pcmpl-linux" "\
20258 Completion for GNU/Linux `umount'.
20259
20260 \(fn)" nil nil)
20261
20262 (autoload (quote pcomplete/mount) "pcmpl-linux" "\
20263 Completion for GNU/Linux `mount'.
20264
20265 \(fn)" nil nil)
20266
20267 ;;;***
20268 \f
20269 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/rpm) "pcmpl-rpm" "pcmpl-rpm.el" (17842
20270 ;;;;;; 58279))
20271 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-rpm.el
20272
20273 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rpm) "pcmpl-rpm" "\
20274 Completion for RedHat's `rpm' command.
20275 These rules were taken from the output of `rpm --help' on a RedHat 6.1
20276 system. They follow my interpretation of what followed, but since I'm
20277 not a major rpm user/builder, please send me any corrections you find.
20278 You can use \\[eshell-report-bug] to do so.
20279
20280 \(fn)" nil nil)
20281
20282 ;;;***
20283 \f
20284 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/chgrp pcomplete/chown pcomplete/which
20285 ;;;;;; pcomplete/xargs pcomplete/rm pcomplete/rmdir pcomplete/cd)
20286 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-unix" "pcmpl-unix.el" (17842 58279))
20287 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-unix.el
20288
20289 (autoload (quote pcomplete/cd) "pcmpl-unix" "\
20290 Completion for `cd'.
20291
20292 \(fn)" nil nil)
20293
20294 (defalias (quote pcomplete/pushd) (quote pcomplete/cd))
20295
20296 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rmdir) "pcmpl-unix" "\
20297 Completion for `rmdir'.
20298
20299 \(fn)" nil nil)
20300
20301 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rm) "pcmpl-unix" "\
20302 Completion for `rm'.
20303
20304 \(fn)" nil nil)
20305
20306 (autoload (quote pcomplete/xargs) "pcmpl-unix" "\
20307 Completion for `xargs'.
20308
20309 \(fn)" nil nil)
20310
20311 (defalias (quote pcomplete/time) (quote pcomplete/xargs))
20312
20313 (autoload (quote pcomplete/which) "pcmpl-unix" "\
20314 Completion for `which'.
20315
20316 \(fn)" nil nil)
20317
20318 (autoload (quote pcomplete/chown) "pcmpl-unix" "\
20319 Completion for the `chown' command.
20320
20321 \(fn)" nil nil)
20322
20323 (autoload (quote pcomplete/chgrp) "pcmpl-unix" "\
20324 Completion for the `chgrp' command.
20325
20326 \(fn)" nil nil)
20327
20328 ;;;***
20329 \f
20330 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete-shell-setup pcomplete-comint-setup pcomplete-list
20331 ;;;;;; pcomplete-help pcomplete-expand pcomplete-continue pcomplete-expand-and-complete
20332 ;;;;;; pcomplete-reverse pcomplete) "pcomplete" "pcomplete.el" (17944
20333 ;;;;;; 62194))
20334 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcomplete.el
20335
20336 (autoload (quote pcomplete) "pcomplete" "\
20337 Support extensible programmable completion.
20338 To use this function, just bind the TAB key to it, or add it to your
20339 completion functions list (it should occur fairly early in the list).
20340
20341 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVELY)" t nil)
20342
20343 (autoload (quote pcomplete-reverse) "pcomplete" "\
20344 If cycling completion is in use, cycle backwards.
20345
20346 \(fn)" t nil)
20347
20348 (autoload (quote pcomplete-expand-and-complete) "pcomplete" "\
20349 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
20350 This will modify the current buffer.
20351
20352 \(fn)" t nil)
20353
20354 (autoload (quote pcomplete-continue) "pcomplete" "\
20355 Complete without reference to any cycling completions.
20356
20357 \(fn)" t nil)
20358
20359 (autoload (quote pcomplete-expand) "pcomplete" "\
20360 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
20361 This will modify the current buffer.
20362
20363 \(fn)" t nil)
20364
20365 (autoload (quote pcomplete-help) "pcomplete" "\
20366 Display any help information relative to the current argument.
20367
20368 \(fn)" t nil)
20369
20370 (autoload (quote pcomplete-list) "pcomplete" "\
20371 Show the list of possible completions for the current argument.
20372
20373 \(fn)" t nil)
20374
20375 (autoload (quote pcomplete-comint-setup) "pcomplete" "\
20376 Setup a comint buffer to use pcomplete.
20377 COMPLETEF-SYM should be the symbol where the
20378 dynamic-complete-functions are kept. For comint mode itself,
20379 this is `comint-dynamic-complete-functions'.
20380
20381 \(fn COMPLETEF-SYM)" nil nil)
20382
20383 (autoload (quote pcomplete-shell-setup) "pcomplete" "\
20384 Setup shell-mode to use pcomplete.
20385
20386 \(fn)" nil nil)
20387
20388 ;;;***
20389 \f
20390 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-dired-use-hook cvs-dired-action cvs-status
20391 ;;;;;; cvs-update cvs-examine cvs-quickdir cvs-checkout) "pcvs"
20392 ;;;;;; "pcvs.el" (18006 55796))
20393 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs.el
20394
20395 (autoload (quote cvs-checkout) "pcvs" "\
20396 Run a 'cvs checkout MODULES' in DIR.
20397 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer, display it in the current window,
20398 and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20399
20400 With a prefix argument, prompt for cvs FLAGS to use.
20401
20402 \(fn MODULES DIR FLAGS &optional ROOT)" t nil)
20403
20404 (autoload (quote cvs-quickdir) "pcvs" "\
20405 Open a *cvs* buffer on DIR without running cvs.
20406 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
20407 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20408 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20409 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20410 FLAGS is ignored.
20411
20412 \(fn DIR &optional FLAGS NOSHOW)" t nil)
20413
20414 (autoload (quote cvs-examine) "pcvs" "\
20415 Run a `cvs -n update' in the specified DIRECTORY.
20416 That is, check what needs to be done, but don't change the disc.
20417 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20418 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
20419 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20420 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20421 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20422
20423 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
20424
20425 (autoload (quote cvs-update) "pcvs" "\
20426 Run a `cvs update' in the current working DIRECTORY.
20427 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20428 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
20429 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20430 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20431 The prefix is also passed to `cvs-flags-query' to select the FLAGS
20432 passed to cvs.
20433
20434 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS)" t nil)
20435
20436 (autoload (quote cvs-status) "pcvs" "\
20437 Run a `cvs status' in the current working DIRECTORY.
20438 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20439 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
20440 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20441 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20442 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20443
20444 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
20445
20446 (add-to-list (quote completion-ignored-extensions) "CVS/")
20447
20448 (defvar cvs-dired-action (quote cvs-quickdir) "\
20449 The action to be performed when opening a CVS directory.
20450 Sensible values are `cvs-examine', `cvs-status' and `cvs-quickdir'.")
20451
20452 (custom-autoload (quote cvs-dired-action) "pcvs" t)
20453
20454 (defvar cvs-dired-use-hook (quote (4)) "\
20455 Whether or not opening a CVS directory should run PCL-CVS.
20456 A value of nil means never do it.
20457 ALWAYS means to always do it unless a prefix argument is given to the
20458 command that prompted the opening of the directory.
20459 Anything else means to do it only if the prefix arg is equal to this value.")
20460
20461 (custom-autoload (quote cvs-dired-use-hook) "pcvs" t)
20462
20463 (defun cvs-dired-noselect (dir) "\
20464 Run `cvs-examine' if DIR is a CVS administrative directory.
20465 The exact behavior is determined also by `cvs-dired-use-hook'." (when (stringp dir) (setq dir (directory-file-name dir)) (when (and (string= "CVS" (file-name-nondirectory dir)) (file-readable-p (expand-file-name "Entries" dir)) cvs-dired-use-hook (if (eq cvs-dired-use-hook (quote always)) (not current-prefix-arg) (equal current-prefix-arg cvs-dired-use-hook))) (save-excursion (funcall cvs-dired-action (file-name-directory dir) t t)))))
20466
20467 ;;;***
20468 \f
20469 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-defs" "pcvs-defs.el" (17842 58279))
20470 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs-defs.el
20471
20472 (defvar cvs-global-menu (let ((m (make-sparse-keymap "PCL-CVS"))) (define-key m [status] (quote (menu-item "Directory Status" cvs-status :help "A more verbose status of a workarea"))) (define-key m [checkout] (quote (menu-item "Checkout Module" cvs-checkout :help "Check out a module from the repository"))) (define-key m [update] (quote (menu-item "Update Directory" cvs-update :help "Fetch updates from the repository"))) (define-key m [examine] (quote (menu-item "Examine Directory" cvs-examine :help "Examine the current state of a workarea"))) (fset (quote cvs-global-menu) m)))
20473
20474 ;;;***
20475 \f
20476 ;;;### (autoloads (perl-mode) "perl-mode" "progmodes/perl-mode.el"
20477 ;;;;;; (17962 28280))
20478 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/perl-mode.el
20479
20480 (autoload (quote perl-mode) "perl-mode" "\
20481 Major mode for editing Perl code.
20482 Expression and list commands understand all Perl brackets.
20483 Tab indents for Perl code.
20484 Comments are delimited with # ... \\n.
20485 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
20486 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
20487 \\{perl-mode-map}
20488 Variables controlling indentation style:
20489 `perl-tab-always-indent'
20490 Non-nil means TAB in Perl mode should always indent the current line,
20491 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
20492 `perl-tab-to-comment'
20493 Non-nil means that for lines which don't need indenting, TAB will
20494 either delete an empty comment, indent an existing comment, move
20495 to end-of-line, or if at end-of-line already, create a new comment.
20496 `perl-nochange'
20497 Lines starting with this regular expression are not auto-indented.
20498 `perl-indent-level'
20499 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
20500 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
20501 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
20502 `perl-continued-statement-offset'
20503 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
20504 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
20505 `perl-continued-brace-offset'
20506 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
20507 This is in addition to `perl-continued-statement-offset'.
20508 `perl-brace-offset'
20509 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
20510 `perl-brace-imaginary-offset'
20511 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
20512 this far to the right of the start of its line.
20513 `perl-label-offset'
20514 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
20515 `perl-indent-continued-arguments'
20516 Offset of argument lines relative to usual indentation.
20517
20518 Various indentation styles: K&R BSD BLK GNU LW
20519 perl-indent-level 5 8 0 2 4
20520 perl-continued-statement-offset 5 8 4 2 4
20521 perl-continued-brace-offset 0 0 0 0 -4
20522 perl-brace-offset -5 -8 0 0 0
20523 perl-brace-imaginary-offset 0 0 4 0 0
20524 perl-label-offset -5 -8 -2 -2 -2
20525
20526 Turning on Perl mode runs the normal hook `perl-mode-hook'.
20527
20528 \(fn)" t nil)
20529
20530 ;;;***
20531 \f
20532 ;;;### (autoloads (pgg-snarf-keys pgg-snarf-keys-region pgg-insert-key
20533 ;;;;;; pgg-verify pgg-verify-region pgg-sign pgg-sign-region pgg-decrypt
20534 ;;;;;; pgg-decrypt-region pgg-encrypt pgg-encrypt-symmetric pgg-encrypt-symmetric-region
20535 ;;;;;; pgg-encrypt-region) "pgg" "pgg.el" (17842 58279))
20536 ;;; Generated autoloads from pgg.el
20537
20538 (autoload (quote pgg-encrypt-region) "pgg" "\
20539 Encrypt the current region between START and END for RCPTS.
20540
20541 If optional argument SIGN is non-nil, do a combined sign and encrypt.
20542
20543 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20544 passphrase cache or user.
20545
20546 \(fn START END RCPTS &optional SIGN PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20547
20548 (autoload (quote pgg-encrypt-symmetric-region) "pgg" "\
20549 Encrypt the current region between START and END symmetric with passphrase.
20550
20551 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20552 cache or user.
20553
20554 \(fn START END &optional PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20555
20556 (autoload (quote pgg-encrypt-symmetric) "pgg" "\
20557 Encrypt the current buffer using a symmetric, rather than key-pair, cipher.
20558
20559 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only encrypt within
20560 the region.
20561
20562 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20563 passphrase cache or user.
20564
20565 \(fn &optional START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20566
20567 (autoload (quote pgg-encrypt) "pgg" "\
20568 Encrypt the current buffer for RCPTS.
20569
20570 If optional argument SIGN is non-nil, do a combined sign and encrypt.
20571
20572 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only encrypt within
20573 the region.
20574
20575 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20576 passphrase cache or user.
20577
20578 \(fn RCPTS &optional SIGN START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20579
20580 (autoload (quote pgg-decrypt-region) "pgg" "\
20581 Decrypt the current region between START and END.
20582
20583 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20584 passphrase cache or user.
20585
20586 \(fn START END &optional PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20587
20588 (autoload (quote pgg-decrypt) "pgg" "\
20589 Decrypt the current buffer.
20590
20591 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only decrypt within
20592 the region.
20593
20594 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20595 passphrase cache or user.
20596
20597 \(fn &optional START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20598
20599 (autoload (quote pgg-sign-region) "pgg" "\
20600 Make the signature from text between START and END.
20601
20602 If the optional 3rd argument CLEARTEXT is non-nil, it does not create
20603 a detached signature.
20604
20605 If this function is called interactively, CLEARTEXT is enabled
20606 and the the output is displayed.
20607
20608 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20609 passphrase cache or user.
20610
20611 \(fn START END &optional CLEARTEXT PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20612
20613 (autoload (quote pgg-sign) "pgg" "\
20614 Sign the current buffer.
20615
20616 If the optional argument CLEARTEXT is non-nil, it does not create a
20617 detached signature.
20618
20619 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only sign data
20620 within the region.
20621
20622 If this function is called interactively, CLEARTEXT is enabled
20623 and the the output is displayed.
20624
20625 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20626 passphrase cache or user.
20627
20628 \(fn &optional CLEARTEXT START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20629
20630 (autoload (quote pgg-verify-region) "pgg" "\
20631 Verify the current region between START and END.
20632 If the optional 3rd argument SIGNATURE is non-nil, it is treated as
20633 the detached signature of the current region.
20634
20635 If the optional 4th argument FETCH is non-nil, we attempt to fetch the
20636 signer's public key from `pgg-default-keyserver-address'.
20637
20638 \(fn START END &optional SIGNATURE FETCH)" t nil)
20639
20640 (autoload (quote pgg-verify) "pgg" "\
20641 Verify the current buffer.
20642 If the optional argument SIGNATURE is non-nil, it is treated as
20643 the detached signature of the current region.
20644 If the optional argument FETCH is non-nil, we attempt to fetch the
20645 signer's public key from `pgg-default-keyserver-address'.
20646 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only verify data
20647 within the region.
20648
20649 \(fn &optional SIGNATURE FETCH START END)" t nil)
20650
20651 (autoload (quote pgg-insert-key) "pgg" "\
20652 Insert the ASCII armored public key.
20653
20654 \(fn)" t nil)
20655
20656 (autoload (quote pgg-snarf-keys-region) "pgg" "\
20657 Import public keys in the current region between START and END.
20658
20659 \(fn START END)" t nil)
20660
20661 (autoload (quote pgg-snarf-keys) "pgg" "\
20662 Import public keys in the current buffer.
20663
20664 \(fn)" t nil)
20665
20666 ;;;***
20667 \f
20668 ;;;### (autoloads (pgg-gpg-symmetric-key-p) "pgg-gpg" "pgg-gpg.el"
20669 ;;;;;; (17887 33207))
20670 ;;; Generated autoloads from pgg-gpg.el
20671
20672 (autoload (quote pgg-gpg-symmetric-key-p) "pgg-gpg" "\
20673 True if decoded armor MESSAGE-KEYS has symmetric encryption indicator.
20674
20675 \(fn MESSAGE-KEYS)" nil nil)
20676
20677 ;;;***
20678 \f
20679 ;;;### (autoloads (picture-mode) "picture" "textmodes/picture.el"
20680 ;;;;;; (17842 58277))
20681 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/picture.el
20682
20683 (autoload (quote picture-mode) "picture" "\
20684 Switch to Picture mode, in which a quarter-plane screen model is used.
20685 \\<picture-mode-map>
20686 Printing characters replace instead of inserting themselves with motion
20687 afterwards settable by these commands:
20688
20689 Move left after insertion: \\[picture-movement-left]
20690 Move right after insertion: \\[picture-movement-right]
20691 Move up after insertion: \\[picture-movement-up]
20692 Move down after insertion: \\[picture-movement-down]
20693
20694 Move northwest (nw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-nw]
20695 Move northeast (ne) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-ne]
20696 Move southwest (sw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-sw]
20697 Move southeast (se) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-se]
20698
20699 Move westnorthwest (wnw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-nw]
20700 Move eastnortheast (ene) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-ne]
20701 Move westsouthwest (wsw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-sw]
20702 Move eastsoutheast (ese) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-se]
20703
20704 The current direction is displayed in the mode line. The initial
20705 direction is right. Whitespace is inserted and tabs are changed to
20706 spaces when required by movement. You can move around in the buffer
20707 with these commands:
20708
20709 Move vertically to SAME column in previous line: \\[picture-move-down]
20710 Move vertically to SAME column in next line: \\[picture-move-up]
20711 Move to column following last
20712 non-whitespace character: \\[picture-end-of-line]
20713 Move right, inserting spaces if required: \\[picture-forward-column]
20714 Move left changing tabs to spaces if required: \\[picture-backward-column]
20715 Move in direction of current picture motion: \\[picture-motion]
20716 Move opposite to current picture motion: \\[picture-motion-reverse]
20717 Move to beginning of next line: \\[next-line]
20718
20719 You can edit tabular text with these commands:
20720
20721 Move to column beneath (or at) next interesting
20722 character (see variable `picture-tab-chars'): \\[picture-tab-search]
20723 Move to next stop in tab stop list: \\[picture-tab]
20724 Set tab stops according to context of this line: \\[picture-set-tab-stops]
20725 (With ARG, resets tab stops to default value.)
20726 Change the tab stop list: \\[edit-tab-stops]
20727
20728 You can manipulate text with these commands:
20729 Clear ARG columns after point without moving: \\[picture-clear-column]
20730 Delete char at point: \\[delete-char]
20731 Clear ARG columns backward: \\[picture-backward-clear-column]
20732 Clear ARG lines, advancing over them: \\[picture-clear-line]
20733 (the cleared text is saved in the kill ring)
20734 Open blank line(s) beneath current line: \\[picture-open-line]
20735
20736 You can manipulate rectangles with these commands:
20737 Clear a rectangle and save it: \\[picture-clear-rectangle]
20738 Clear a rectangle, saving in a named register: \\[picture-clear-rectangle-to-register]
20739 Insert currently saved rectangle at point: \\[picture-yank-rectangle]
20740 Insert rectangle from named register: \\[picture-yank-rectangle-from-register]
20741 Draw a rectangular box around mark and point: \\[picture-draw-rectangle]
20742 Copies a rectangle to a register: \\[copy-rectangle-to-register]
20743 Undo effects of rectangle overlay commands: \\[advertised-undo]
20744
20745 You can return to the previous mode with \\[picture-mode-exit], which
20746 also strips trailing whitespace from every line. Stripping is suppressed
20747 by supplying an argument.
20748
20749 Entry to this mode calls the value of `picture-mode-hook' if non-nil.
20750
20751 Note that Picture mode commands will work outside of Picture mode, but
20752 they are not defaultly assigned to keys.
20753
20754 \(fn)" t nil)
20755
20756 (defalias (quote edit-picture) (quote picture-mode))
20757
20758 ;;;***
20759 \f
20760 ;;;### (autoloads (po-find-file-coding-system) "po" "textmodes/po.el"
20761 ;;;;;; (17842 58277))
20762 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/po.el
20763
20764 (autoload (quote po-find-file-coding-system) "po" "\
20765 Return a (DECODING . ENCODING) pair, according to PO file's charset.
20766 Called through `file-coding-system-alist', before the file is visited for real.
20767
20768 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
20769
20770 ;;;***
20771 \f
20772 ;;;### (autoloads (pong) "pong" "play/pong.el" (17842 55395))
20773 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/pong.el
20774
20775 (autoload (quote pong) "pong" "\
20776 Play pong and waste time.
20777 This is an implementation of the classical game pong.
20778 Move left and right bats and try to bounce the ball to your opponent.
20779
20780 pong-mode keybindings:\\<pong-mode-map>
20781
20782 \\{pong-mode-map}
20783
20784 \(fn)" t nil)
20785
20786 ;;;***
20787 \f
20788 ;;;### (autoloads (pp-eval-last-sexp pp-eval-expression pp pp-buffer
20789 ;;;;;; pp-to-string) "pp" "emacs-lisp/pp.el" (17852 19612))
20790 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pp.el
20791
20792 (autoload (quote pp-to-string) "pp" "\
20793 Return a string containing the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT.
20794 OBJECT can be any Lisp object. Quoting characters are used as needed
20795 to make output that `read' can handle, whenever this is possible.
20796
20797 \(fn OBJECT)" nil nil)
20798
20799 (autoload (quote pp-buffer) "pp" "\
20800 Prettify the current buffer with printed representation of a Lisp object.
20801
20802 \(fn)" nil nil)
20803
20804 (autoload (quote pp) "pp" "\
20805 Output the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT, any Lisp object.
20806 Quoting characters are printed as needed to make output that `read'
20807 can handle, whenever this is possible.
20808 Output stream is STREAM, or value of `standard-output' (which see).
20809
20810 \(fn OBJECT &optional STREAM)" nil nil)
20811
20812 (autoload (quote pp-eval-expression) "pp" "\
20813 Evaluate EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
20814 Also add the value to the front of the list in the variable `values'.
20815
20816 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
20817
20818 (autoload (quote pp-eval-last-sexp) "pp" "\
20819 Run `pp-eval-expression' on sexp before point (which see).
20820 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
20821 Ignores leading comment characters.
20822
20823 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
20824
20825 ;;;***
20826 \f
20827 ;;;### (autoloads (pr-txt-fast-fire pr-ps-fast-fire pr-show-lpr-setup
20828 ;;;;;; pr-show-pr-setup pr-show-ps-setup pr-ps-utility pr-txt-name
20829 ;;;;;; pr-ps-name pr-help lpr-customize pr-customize pr-toggle-mode
20830 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-region pr-toggle-lock pr-toggle-header-frame pr-toggle-header
20831 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-zebra pr-toggle-line pr-toggle-upside-down pr-toggle-landscape
20832 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-tumble pr-toggle-duplex pr-toggle-spool pr-toggle-faces
20833 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-ghostscript pr-toggle-file-landscape pr-toggle-file-tumble
20834 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-file-duplex pr-ps-file-up-ps-print pr-ps-file-ps-print
20835 ;;;;;; pr-ps-file-print pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript pr-ps-file-up-preview
20836 ;;;;;; pr-ps-file-preview pr-despool-ps-print pr-despool-print pr-despool-using-ghostscript
20837 ;;;;;; pr-despool-preview pr-txt-mode pr-txt-region pr-txt-buffer
20838 ;;;;;; pr-txt-directory pr-printify-region pr-printify-buffer pr-printify-directory
20839 ;;;;;; pr-ps-mode-ps-print pr-ps-mode-print pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript
20840 ;;;;;; pr-ps-mode-preview pr-ps-region-ps-print pr-ps-region-print
20841 ;;;;;; pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript pr-ps-region-preview pr-ps-buffer-ps-print
20842 ;;;;;; pr-ps-buffer-print pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript pr-ps-buffer-preview
20843 ;;;;;; pr-ps-directory-ps-print pr-ps-directory-print pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript
20844 ;;;;;; pr-ps-directory-preview pr-interface) "printing" "printing.el"
20845 ;;;;;; (18006 55796))
20846 ;;; Generated autoloads from printing.el
20847
20848 (autoload (quote pr-interface) "printing" "\
20849 Activate the printing interface buffer.
20850
20851 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is used for printing.
20852
20853 For more information, type \\[pr-interface-help].
20854
20855 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
20856
20857 (autoload (quote pr-ps-directory-preview) "printing" "\
20858 Preview directory using ghostview.
20859
20860 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20861 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20862 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20863 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20864
20865 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20866 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20867 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20868 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20869 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20870 file name.
20871
20872 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20873
20874 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20875
20876 (autoload (quote pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
20877 Print directory using PostScript through ghostscript.
20878
20879 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20880 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20881 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20882 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20883
20884 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20885 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20886 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20887 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20888 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20889 file name.
20890
20891 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20892
20893 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20894
20895 (autoload (quote pr-ps-directory-print) "printing" "\
20896 Print directory using PostScript printer.
20897
20898 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20899 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20900 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20901 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20902
20903 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20904 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20905 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20906 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20907 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20908 file name.
20909
20910 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20911
20912 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20913
20914 (autoload (quote pr-ps-directory-ps-print) "printing" "\
20915 Print directory using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
20916
20917 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
20918
20919 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20920 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20921 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20922 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20923
20924 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20925 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20926 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20927 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20928 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20929 file name.
20930
20931 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20932
20933 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20934
20935 (autoload (quote pr-ps-buffer-preview) "printing" "\
20936 Preview buffer using ghostview.
20937
20938 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
20939 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
20940 the PostScript image in that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20941
20942 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
20943 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, save the image in a
20944 temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file
20945 with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
20946
20947 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20948
20949 (autoload (quote pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
20950 Print buffer using PostScript through ghostscript.
20951
20952 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
20953 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
20954 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
20955
20956 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
20957 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
20958 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
20959 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
20960
20961 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20962
20963 (autoload (quote pr-ps-buffer-print) "printing" "\
20964 Print buffer using PostScript printer.
20965
20966 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
20967 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
20968 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
20969
20970 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
20971 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
20972 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
20973 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
20974
20975 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20976
20977 (autoload (quote pr-ps-buffer-ps-print) "printing" "\
20978 Print buffer using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
20979
20980 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
20981
20982 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
20983 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
20984 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
20985
20986 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
20987 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
20988 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
20989 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
20990
20991 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20992
20993 (autoload (quote pr-ps-region-preview) "printing" "\
20994 Preview region using ghostview.
20995
20996 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
20997
20998 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20999
21000 (autoload (quote pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
21001 Print region using PostScript through ghostscript.
21002
21003 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
21004
21005 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21006
21007 (autoload (quote pr-ps-region-print) "printing" "\
21008 Print region using PostScript printer.
21009
21010 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
21011
21012 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21013
21014 (autoload (quote pr-ps-region-ps-print) "printing" "\
21015 Print region using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21016
21017 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
21018
21019 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21020
21021 (autoload (quote pr-ps-mode-preview) "printing" "\
21022 Preview major mode using ghostview.
21023
21024 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
21025
21026 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21027
21028 (autoload (quote pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
21029 Print major mode using PostScript through ghostscript.
21030
21031 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
21032
21033 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21034
21035 (autoload (quote pr-ps-mode-print) "printing" "\
21036 Print major mode using PostScript printer.
21037
21038 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
21039
21040 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21041
21042 (autoload (quote pr-ps-mode-ps-print) "printing" "\
21043 Print major mode using PostScript or through ghostscript.
21044
21045 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
21046
21047 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21048
21049 (autoload (quote pr-printify-directory) "printing" "\
21050 Replace nonprinting characters in directory with printable representations.
21051 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21052 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21053
21054 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
21055 matching.
21056
21057 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
21058 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
21059
21060 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21061
21062 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
21063
21064 (autoload (quote pr-printify-buffer) "printing" "\
21065 Replace nonprinting characters in buffer with printable representations.
21066 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21067 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21068
21069 \(fn)" t nil)
21070
21071 (autoload (quote pr-printify-region) "printing" "\
21072 Replace nonprinting characters in region with printable representations.
21073 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21074 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21075
21076 \(fn)" t nil)
21077
21078 (autoload (quote pr-txt-directory) "printing" "\
21079 Print directory using text printer.
21080
21081 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
21082 matching.
21083
21084 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
21085 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
21086
21087 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21088
21089 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
21090
21091 (autoload (quote pr-txt-buffer) "printing" "\
21092 Print buffer using text printer.
21093
21094 \(fn)" t nil)
21095
21096 (autoload (quote pr-txt-region) "printing" "\
21097 Print region using text printer.
21098
21099 \(fn)" t nil)
21100
21101 (autoload (quote pr-txt-mode) "printing" "\
21102 Print major mode using text printer.
21103
21104 \(fn)" t nil)
21105
21106 (autoload (quote pr-despool-preview) "printing" "\
21107 Preview spooled PostScript.
21108
21109 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21110 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21111 instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21112
21113 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21114 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21115 PostScript image in a file with that name.
21116
21117 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21118
21119 (autoload (quote pr-despool-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
21120 Print spooled PostScript using ghostscript.
21121
21122 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21123 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21124 instead of sending it to the printer.
21125
21126 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21127 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21128 image in a file with that name.
21129
21130 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21131
21132 (autoload (quote pr-despool-print) "printing" "\
21133 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
21134
21135 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21136 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21137 instead of sending it to the printer.
21138
21139 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21140 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21141 image in a file with that name.
21142
21143 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21144
21145 (autoload (quote pr-despool-ps-print) "printing" "\
21146 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer or use ghostscript to print it.
21147
21148 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21149 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21150 instead of sending it to the printer.
21151
21152 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21153 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21154 image in a file with that name.
21155
21156 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21157
21158 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-preview) "printing" "\
21159 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
21160
21161 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21162
21163 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-up-preview) "printing" "\
21164 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
21165
21166 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
21167
21168 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
21169 Print PostScript file FILENAME using ghostscript.
21170
21171 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21172
21173 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-print) "printing" "\
21174 Print PostScript file FILENAME.
21175
21176 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21177
21178 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-ps-print) "printing" "\
21179 Send PostScript file FILENAME to printer or use ghostscript to print it.
21180
21181 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21182
21183 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-up-ps-print) "printing" "\
21184 Process a PostScript file IFILENAME and send it to printer.
21185
21186 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, for an input
21187 PostScript file IFILENAME and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21188 command prompts the user for an output PostScript file name OFILENAME, and
21189 saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21190
21191 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21192 argument IFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's t, prompts for an input
21193 PostScript file name; otherwise, it *must* be a string that it's an input
21194 PostScript file name. The argument OFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's
21195 nil, send the image to the printer. If OFILENAME is a string, save the
21196 PostScript image in a file with that name. If OFILENAME is t, prompts for a
21197 file name.
21198
21199 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
21200
21201 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-file-duplex) "printing" "\
21202 Toggle duplex for PostScript file.
21203
21204 \(fn)" t nil)
21205
21206 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-file-tumble) "printing" "\
21207 Toggle tumble for PostScript file.
21208
21209 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
21210 right.
21211 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
21212 bottom.
21213
21214 \(fn)" t nil)
21215
21216 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-file-landscape) "printing" "\
21217 Toggle landscape for PostScript file.
21218
21219 \(fn)" t nil)
21220
21221 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-ghostscript) "printing" "\
21222 Toggle printing using ghostscript.
21223
21224 \(fn)" t nil)
21225
21226 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-faces) "printing" "\
21227 Toggle printing with faces.
21228
21229 \(fn)" t nil)
21230
21231 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-spool) "printing" "\
21232 Toggle spooling.
21233
21234 \(fn)" t nil)
21235
21236 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-duplex) "printing" "\
21237 Toggle duplex.
21238
21239 \(fn)" t nil)
21240
21241 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-tumble) "printing" "\
21242 Toggle tumble.
21243
21244 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
21245 right.
21246 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
21247 bottom.
21248
21249 \(fn)" t nil)
21250
21251 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-landscape) "printing" "\
21252 Toggle landscape.
21253
21254 \(fn)" t nil)
21255
21256 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-upside-down) "printing" "\
21257 Toggle upside-down.
21258
21259 \(fn)" t nil)
21260
21261 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-line) "printing" "\
21262 Toggle line number.
21263
21264 \(fn)" t nil)
21265
21266 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-zebra) "printing" "\
21267 Toggle zebra stripes.
21268
21269 \(fn)" t nil)
21270
21271 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-header) "printing" "\
21272 Toggle printing header.
21273
21274 \(fn)" t nil)
21275
21276 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-header-frame) "printing" "\
21277 Toggle printing header frame.
21278
21279 \(fn)" t nil)
21280
21281 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-lock) "printing" "\
21282 Toggle menu lock.
21283
21284 \(fn)" t nil)
21285
21286 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-region) "printing" "\
21287 Toggle auto region.
21288
21289 \(fn)" t nil)
21290
21291 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-mode) "printing" "\
21292 Toggle auto mode.
21293
21294 \(fn)" t nil)
21295
21296 (autoload (quote pr-customize) "printing" "\
21297 Customization of the `printing' group.
21298
21299 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21300
21301 (autoload (quote lpr-customize) "printing" "\
21302 Customization of the `lpr' group.
21303
21304 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21305
21306 (autoload (quote pr-help) "printing" "\
21307 Help for the printing package.
21308
21309 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21310
21311 (autoload (quote pr-ps-name) "printing" "\
21312 Interactively select a PostScript printer.
21313
21314 \(fn)" t nil)
21315
21316 (autoload (quote pr-txt-name) "printing" "\
21317 Interactively select a text printer.
21318
21319 \(fn)" t nil)
21320
21321 (autoload (quote pr-ps-utility) "printing" "\
21322 Interactively select a PostScript utility.
21323
21324 \(fn)" t nil)
21325
21326 (autoload (quote pr-show-ps-setup) "printing" "\
21327 Show current ps-print settings.
21328
21329 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21330
21331 (autoload (quote pr-show-pr-setup) "printing" "\
21332 Show current printing settings.
21333
21334 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21335
21336 (autoload (quote pr-show-lpr-setup) "printing" "\
21337 Show current lpr settings.
21338
21339 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21340
21341 (autoload (quote pr-ps-fast-fire) "printing" "\
21342 Fast fire function for PostScript printing.
21343
21344 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
21345 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
21346 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
21347 printed using `pr-ps-mode-ps-print'.
21348
21349
21350 Interactively, you have the following situations:
21351
21352 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21353 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and printing will
21354 immediatelly be done using the current active printer.
21355
21356 C-u M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21357 C-u 0 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21358 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a current
21359 PostScript printer, then printing will immediatelly be done using the new
21360 current active printer.
21361
21362 C-u 1 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21363 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a file name,
21364 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
21365 printer.
21366
21367 C-u 2 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21368 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value, then for a current
21369 PostScript printer and, finally, for a file name. Then change the active
21370 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in
21371 that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21372
21373
21374 Noninteractively, the argument N-UP should be a positive integer greater than
21375 zero and the argument SELECT is treated as follows:
21376
21377 If it's nil, send the image to the printer.
21378
21379 If it's a list or an integer lesser or equal to zero, the command prompts
21380 the user for a current PostScript printer, then printing will immediatelly
21381 be done using the new current active printer.
21382
21383 If it's an integer equal to 1, the command prompts the user for a file name
21384 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
21385 printer.
21386
21387 If it's an integer greater or equal to 2, the command prompts the user for a
21388 current PostScript printer and for a file name. Then change the active
21389 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in that file
21390 instead of sending it to the printer.
21391
21392 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-ps-printer-alist', it's the new
21393 active printer and printing will immediatelly be done using the new active
21394 printer.
21395
21396 Otherwise, send the image to the printer.
21397
21398
21399 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
21400 are both set to t.
21401
21402 \(fn N-UP &optional SELECT)" t nil)
21403
21404 (autoload (quote pr-txt-fast-fire) "printing" "\
21405 Fast fire function for text printing.
21406
21407 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
21408 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
21409 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
21410 printed using `pr-txt-mode'.
21411
21412 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21413 user for a new active text printer.
21414
21415 Noninteractively, the argument SELECT-PRINTER is treated as follows:
21416
21417 If it's nil, the printing is sent to the current active text printer.
21418
21419 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-txt-printer-alist', it's the new
21420 active printer and printing will immediatelly be done using the new active
21421 printer.
21422
21423 If it's non-nil, the command prompts the user for a new active text printer.
21424
21425 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
21426 are both set to t.
21427
21428 \(fn &optional SELECT-PRINTER)" t nil)
21429
21430 ;;;***
21431 \f
21432 ;;;### (autoloads (switch-to-prolog prolog-mode) "prolog" "progmodes/prolog.el"
21433 ;;;;;; (17842 56332))
21434 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/prolog.el
21435
21436 (autoload (quote prolog-mode) "prolog" "\
21437 Major mode for editing Prolog code for Prologs.
21438 Blank lines and `%%...' separate paragraphs. `%'s start comments.
21439 Commands:
21440 \\{prolog-mode-map}
21441 Entry to this mode calls the value of `prolog-mode-hook'
21442 if that value is non-nil.
21443
21444 \(fn)" t nil)
21445
21446 (defalias (quote run-prolog) (quote switch-to-prolog))
21447
21448 (autoload (quote switch-to-prolog) "prolog" "\
21449 Run an inferior Prolog process, input and output via buffer *prolog*.
21450 With prefix argument \\[universal-prefix], prompt for the program to use.
21451
21452 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
21453
21454 ;;;***
21455 \f
21456 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-bdf" "ps-bdf.el" (17842 58279))
21457 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-bdf.el
21458
21459 (defvar bdf-directory-list (if (memq system-type (quote (ms-dos windows-nt))) (list (expand-file-name "fonts/bdf" installation-directory)) (quote ("/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf"))) "\
21460 *List of directories to search for `BDF' font files.
21461 The default value is '(\"/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf\").")
21462
21463 ;;;***
21464 \f
21465 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mode) "ps-mode" "progmodes/ps-mode.el" (17842
21466 ;;;;;; 56332))
21467 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ps-mode.el
21468
21469 (autoload (quote ps-mode) "ps-mode" "\
21470 Major mode for editing PostScript with GNU Emacs.
21471
21472 Entry to this mode calls `ps-mode-hook'.
21473
21474 The following variables hold user options, and can
21475 be set through the `customize' command:
21476
21477 `ps-mode-auto-indent'
21478 `ps-mode-tab'
21479 `ps-mode-paper-size'
21480 `ps-mode-print-function'
21481 `ps-run-prompt'
21482 `ps-run-font-lock-keywords-2'
21483 `ps-run-x'
21484 `ps-run-dumb'
21485 `ps-run-init'
21486 `ps-run-error-line-numbers'
21487 `ps-run-tmp-dir'
21488
21489 Type \\[describe-variable] for documentation on these options.
21490
21491
21492 \\{ps-mode-map}
21493
21494
21495 When starting an interactive PostScript process with \\[ps-run-start],
21496 a second window will be displayed, and `ps-run-mode-hook' will be called.
21497 The keymap for this second window is:
21498
21499 \\{ps-run-mode-map}
21500
21501
21502 When Ghostscript encounters an error it displays an error message
21503 with a file position. Clicking mouse-2 on this number will bring
21504 point to the corresponding spot in the PostScript window, if input
21505 to the interpreter was sent from that window.
21506 Typing \\<ps-run-mode-map>\\[ps-run-goto-error] when the cursor is at the number has the same effect.
21507
21508 \(fn)" t nil)
21509
21510 ;;;***
21511 \f
21512 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mule-begin-page ps-mule-begin-job ps-mule-encode-header-string
21513 ;;;;;; ps-mule-initialize ps-mule-plot-composition ps-mule-plot-string
21514 ;;;;;; ps-mule-set-ascii-font ps-mule-prepare-ascii-font ps-multibyte-buffer)
21515 ;;;;;; "ps-mule" "ps-mule.el" (17842 58279))
21516 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-mule.el
21517
21518 (defvar ps-multibyte-buffer nil "\
21519 *Specifies the multi-byte buffer handling.
21520
21521 Valid values are:
21522
21523 nil This is the value to use the default settings which
21524 is by default for printing buffer with only ASCII
21525 and Latin characters. The default setting can be
21526 changed by setting the variable
21527 `ps-mule-font-info-database-default' differently.
21528 The initial value of this variable is
21529 `ps-mule-font-info-database-latin' (see
21530 documentation).
21531
21532 `non-latin-printer' This is the value to use when you have a Japanese
21533 or Korean PostScript printer and want to print
21534 buffer with ASCII, Latin-1, Japanese (JISX0208 and
21535 JISX0201-Kana) and Korean characters. At present,
21536 it was not tested the Korean characters printing.
21537 If you have a korean PostScript printer, please,
21538 test it.
21539
21540 `bdf-font' This is the value to use when you want to print
21541 buffer with BDF fonts. BDF fonts include both latin
21542 and non-latin fonts. BDF (Bitmap Distribution
21543 Format) is a format used for distributing X's font
21544 source file. BDF fonts are included in
21545 `intlfonts-1.2' which is a collection of X11 fonts
21546 for all characters supported by Emacs. In order to
21547 use this value, be sure to have installed
21548 `intlfonts-1.2' and set the variable
21549 `bdf-directory-list' appropriately (see ps-bdf.el for
21550 documentation of this variable).
21551
21552 `bdf-font-except-latin' This is like `bdf-font' except that it is used
21553 PostScript default fonts to print ASCII and Latin-1
21554 characters. This is convenient when you want or
21555 need to use both latin and non-latin characters on
21556 the same buffer. See `ps-font-family',
21557 `ps-header-font-family' and `ps-font-info-database'.
21558
21559 Any other value is treated as nil.")
21560
21561 (custom-autoload (quote ps-multibyte-buffer) "ps-mule" t)
21562
21563 (autoload (quote ps-mule-prepare-ascii-font) "ps-mule" "\
21564 Setup special ASCII font for STRING.
21565 STRING should contain only ASCII characters.
21566
21567 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
21568
21569 (autoload (quote ps-mule-set-ascii-font) "ps-mule" "\
21570 Not documented
21571
21572 \(fn)" nil nil)
21573
21574 (autoload (quote ps-mule-plot-string) "ps-mule" "\
21575 Generate PostScript code for plotting characters in the region FROM and TO.
21576
21577 It is assumed that all characters in this region belong to the same charset.
21578
21579 Optional argument BG-COLOR specifies background color.
21580
21581 Returns the value:
21582
21583 (ENDPOS . RUN-WIDTH)
21584
21585 Where ENDPOS is the end position of the sequence and RUN-WIDTH is the width of
21586 the sequence.
21587
21588 \(fn FROM TO &optional BG-COLOR)" nil nil)
21589
21590 (autoload (quote ps-mule-plot-composition) "ps-mule" "\
21591 Generate PostScript code for plotting composition in the region FROM and TO.
21592
21593 It is assumed that all characters in this region belong to the same
21594 composition.
21595
21596 Optional argument BG-COLOR specifies background color.
21597
21598 Returns the value:
21599
21600 (ENDPOS . RUN-WIDTH)
21601
21602 Where ENDPOS is the end position of the sequence and RUN-WIDTH is the width of
21603 the sequence.
21604
21605 \(fn FROM TO &optional BG-COLOR)" nil nil)
21606
21607 (autoload (quote ps-mule-initialize) "ps-mule" "\
21608 Initialize global data for printing multi-byte characters.
21609
21610 \(fn)" nil nil)
21611
21612 (autoload (quote ps-mule-encode-header-string) "ps-mule" "\
21613 Generate PostScript code for ploting STRING by font FONTTAG.
21614 FONTTAG should be a string \"/h0\" or \"/h1\".
21615
21616 \(fn STRING FONTTAG)" nil nil)
21617
21618 (autoload (quote ps-mule-begin-job) "ps-mule" "\
21619 Start printing job for multi-byte chars between FROM and TO.
21620 This checks if all multi-byte characters in the region are printable or not.
21621
21622 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
21623
21624 (autoload (quote ps-mule-begin-page) "ps-mule" "\
21625 Not documented
21626
21627 \(fn)" nil nil)
21628
21629 ;;;***
21630 \f
21631 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-extend-face ps-extend-face-list ps-setup ps-nb-pages-region
21632 ;;;;;; ps-nb-pages-buffer ps-line-lengths ps-despool ps-spool-region-with-faces
21633 ;;;;;; ps-spool-region ps-spool-buffer-with-faces ps-spool-buffer
21634 ;;;;;; ps-print-region-with-faces ps-print-region ps-print-buffer-with-faces
21635 ;;;;;; ps-print-buffer ps-print-customize ps-print-color-p ps-paper-type
21636 ;;;;;; ps-page-dimensions-database) "ps-print" "ps-print.el" (18006
21637 ;;;;;; 55796))
21638 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-print.el
21639
21640 (defvar ps-page-dimensions-database (list (list (quote a4) (/ (* 72 21.0) 2.54) (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) "A4") (list (quote a3) (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) (/ (* 72 42.0) 2.54) "A3") (list (quote letter) (* 72 8.5) (* 72 11.0) "Letter") (list (quote legal) (* 72 8.5) (* 72 14.0) "Legal") (list (quote letter-small) (* 72 7.68) (* 72 10.16) "LetterSmall") (list (quote tabloid) (* 72 11.0) (* 72 17.0) "Tabloid") (list (quote ledger) (* 72 17.0) (* 72 11.0) "Ledger") (list (quote statement) (* 72 5.5) (* 72 8.5) "Statement") (list (quote executive) (* 72 7.5) (* 72 10.0) "Executive") (list (quote a4small) (* 72 7.47) (* 72 10.85) "A4Small") (list (quote b4) (* 72 10.125) (* 72 14.33) "B4") (list (quote b5) (* 72 7.16) (* 72 10.125) "B5")) "\
21641 *List associating a symbolic paper type to its width, height and doc media.
21642 See `ps-paper-type'.")
21643
21644 (custom-autoload (quote ps-page-dimensions-database) "ps-print" t)
21645
21646 (defvar ps-paper-type (quote letter) "\
21647 *Specify the size of paper to format for.
21648 Should be one of the paper types defined in `ps-page-dimensions-database', for
21649 example `letter', `legal' or `a4'.")
21650
21651 (custom-autoload (quote ps-paper-type) "ps-print" t)
21652
21653 (defvar ps-print-color-p (or (fboundp (quote x-color-values)) (fboundp (quote color-instance-rgb-components))) "\
21654 *Specify how buffer's text color is printed.
21655
21656 Valid values are:
21657
21658 nil Do not print colors.
21659
21660 t Print colors.
21661
21662 black-white Print colors on black/white printer.
21663 See also `ps-black-white-faces'.
21664
21665 Any other value is treated as t.")
21666
21667 (custom-autoload (quote ps-print-color-p) "ps-print" t)
21668
21669 (autoload (quote ps-print-customize) "ps-print" "\
21670 Customization of ps-print group.
21671
21672 \(fn)" t nil)
21673
21674 (autoload (quote ps-print-buffer) "ps-print" "\
21675 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
21676
21677 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
21678 user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of
21679 sending it to the printer.
21680
21681 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21682 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21683 image in a file with that name.
21684
21685 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21686
21687 (autoload (quote ps-print-buffer-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
21688 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
21689 Like `ps-print-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21690 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21691 so it has a way to determine color values.
21692
21693 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21694
21695 (autoload (quote ps-print-region) "ps-print" "\
21696 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
21697 Like `ps-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
21698
21699 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21700
21701 (autoload (quote ps-print-region-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
21702 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
21703 Like `ps-print-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21704 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21705 so it has a way to determine color values.
21706
21707 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21708
21709 (autoload (quote ps-spool-buffer) "ps-print" "\
21710 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
21711 Like `ps-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a local
21712 buffer to be sent to the printer later.
21713
21714 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21715
21716 \(fn)" t nil)
21717
21718 (autoload (quote ps-spool-buffer-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
21719 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
21720 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21721 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21722 so it has a way to determine color values.
21723
21724 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21725
21726 \(fn)" t nil)
21727
21728 (autoload (quote ps-spool-region) "ps-print" "\
21729 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
21730 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
21731
21732 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21733
21734 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
21735
21736 (autoload (quote ps-spool-region-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
21737 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
21738 Like `ps-spool-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21739 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21740 so it has a way to determine color values.
21741
21742 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21743
21744 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
21745
21746 (autoload (quote ps-despool) "ps-print" "\
21747 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
21748
21749 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
21750 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21751 instead of sending it to the printer.
21752
21753 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21754 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21755 image in a file with that name.
21756
21757 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21758
21759 (autoload (quote ps-line-lengths) "ps-print" "\
21760 Display the correspondence between a line length and a font size.
21761 Done using the current ps-print setup.
21762 Try: pr -t file | awk '{printf \"%3d %s
21763 \", length($0), $0}' | sort -r | head
21764
21765 \(fn)" t nil)
21766
21767 (autoload (quote ps-nb-pages-buffer) "ps-print" "\
21768 Display number of pages to print this buffer, for various font heights.
21769 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
21770
21771 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
21772
21773 (autoload (quote ps-nb-pages-region) "ps-print" "\
21774 Display number of pages to print the region, for various font heights.
21775 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
21776
21777 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
21778
21779 (autoload (quote ps-setup) "ps-print" "\
21780 Return the current PostScript-generation setup.
21781
21782 \(fn)" nil nil)
21783
21784 (autoload (quote ps-extend-face-list) "ps-print" "\
21785 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
21786
21787 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are merged
21788 with face extension in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
21789
21790 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
21791 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
21792
21793 The elements in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are like those for `ps-extend-face'.
21794
21795 See `ps-extend-face' for documentation.
21796
21797 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION-LIST &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
21798
21799 (autoload (quote ps-extend-face) "ps-print" "\
21800 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
21801
21802 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION list are merged
21803 with face extensions in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
21804
21805 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
21806 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
21807
21808 The elements of FACE-EXTENSION list have the form:
21809
21810 (FACE-NAME FOREGROUND BACKGROUND EXTENSION...)
21811
21812 FACE-NAME is a face name symbol.
21813
21814 FOREGROUND and BACKGROUND may be nil or a string that denotes the
21815 foreground and background colors respectively.
21816
21817 EXTENSION is one of the following symbols:
21818 bold - use bold font.
21819 italic - use italic font.
21820 underline - put a line under text.
21821 strikeout - like underline, but the line is in middle of text.
21822 overline - like underline, but the line is over the text.
21823 shadow - text will have a shadow.
21824 box - text will be surrounded by a box.
21825 outline - print characters as hollow outlines.
21826
21827 If EXTENSION is any other symbol, it is ignored.
21828
21829 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
21830
21831 ;;;***
21832 \f
21833 ;;;### (autoloads (jython-mode python-mode run-python) "python" "progmodes/python.el"
21834 ;;;;;; (17992 30878))
21835 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/python.el
21836
21837 (add-to-list (quote interpreter-mode-alist) (quote ("jython" . jython-mode)))
21838
21839 (add-to-list (quote interpreter-mode-alist) (quote ("python" . python-mode)))
21840
21841 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("\\.py\\'" . python-mode)))
21842
21843 (autoload (quote run-python) "python" "\
21844 Run an inferior Python process, input and output via buffer *Python*.
21845 CMD is the Python command to run. NOSHOW non-nil means don't show the
21846 buffer automatically.
21847
21848 Normally, if there is a process already running in `python-buffer',
21849 switch to that buffer. Interactively, a prefix arg allows you to edit
21850 the initial command line (default is `python-command'); `-i' etc. args
21851 will be added to this as appropriate. A new process is started if:
21852 one isn't running attached to `python-buffer', or interactively the
21853 default `python-command', or argument NEW is non-nil. See also the
21854 documentation for `python-buffer'.
21855
21856 Runs the hook `inferior-python-mode-hook' (after the
21857 `comint-mode-hook' is run). (Type \\[describe-mode] in the process
21858 buffer for a list of commands.)
21859
21860 \(fn &optional CMD NOSHOW NEW)" t nil)
21861
21862 (autoload (quote python-mode) "python" "\
21863 Major mode for editing Python files.
21864 Font Lock mode is currently required for correct parsing of the source.
21865 See also `jython-mode', which is actually invoked if the buffer appears to
21866 contain Jython code. See also `run-python' and associated Python mode
21867 commands for running Python under Emacs.
21868
21869 The Emacs commands which work with `defun's, e.g. \\[beginning-of-defun], deal
21870 with nested `def' and `class' blocks. They take the innermost one as
21871 current without distinguishing method and class definitions. Used multiple
21872 times, they move over others at the same indentation level until they reach
21873 the end of definitions at that level, when they move up a level.
21874 \\<python-mode-map>
21875 Colon is electric: it outdents the line if appropriate, e.g. for
21876 an else statement. \\[python-backspace] at the beginning of an indented statement
21877 deletes a level of indentation to close the current block; otherwise it
21878 deletes a character backward. TAB indents the current line relative to
21879 the preceding code. Successive TABs, with no intervening command, cycle
21880 through the possibilities for indentation on the basis of enclosing blocks.
21881
21882 \\[fill-paragraph] fills comments and multi-line strings appropriately, but has no
21883 effect outside them.
21884
21885 Supports Eldoc mode (only for functions, using a Python process),
21886 Info-Look and Imenu. In Outline minor mode, `class' and `def'
21887 lines count as headers. Symbol completion is available in the
21888 same way as in the Python shell using the `rlcompleter' module
21889 and this is added to the Hippie Expand functions locally if
21890 Hippie Expand mode is turned on. Completion of symbols of the
21891 form x.y only works if the components are literal
21892 module/attribute names, not variables. An abbrev table is set up
21893 with skeleton expansions for compound statement templates.
21894
21895 \\{python-mode-map}
21896
21897 \(fn)" t nil)
21898
21899 (autoload (quote jython-mode) "python" "\
21900 Major mode for editing Jython files.
21901 Like `python-mode', but sets up parameters for Jython subprocesses.
21902 Runs `jython-mode-hook' after `python-mode-hook'.
21903
21904 \(fn)" t nil)
21905
21906 ;;;***
21907 \f
21908 ;;;### (autoloads (quoted-printable-decode-region) "qp" "gnus/qp.el"
21909 ;;;;;; (17842 54741))
21910 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/qp.el
21911
21912 (autoload (quote quoted-printable-decode-region) "qp" "\
21913 Decode quoted-printable in the region between FROM and TO, per RFC 2045.
21914 If CODING-SYSTEM is non-nil, decode bytes into characters with that
21915 coding-system.
21916
21917 Interactively, you can supply the CODING-SYSTEM argument
21918 with \\[universal-coding-system-argument].
21919
21920 The CODING-SYSTEM argument is a historical hangover and is deprecated.
21921 QP encodes raw bytes and should be decoded into raw bytes. Decoding
21922 them into characters should be done separately.
21923
21924 \(fn FROM TO &optional CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
21925
21926 ;;;***
21927 \f
21928 ;;;### (autoloads (quail-update-leim-list-file quail-defrule-internal
21929 ;;;;;; quail-defrule quail-install-decode-map quail-install-map
21930 ;;;;;; quail-define-rules quail-show-keyboard-layout quail-set-keyboard-layout
21931 ;;;;;; quail-define-package quail-use-package quail-title) "quail"
21932 ;;;;;; "international/quail.el" (17921 16827))
21933 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/quail.el
21934
21935 (autoload (quote quail-title) "quail" "\
21936 Return the title of the current Quail package.
21937
21938 \(fn)" nil nil)
21939
21940 (autoload (quote quail-use-package) "quail" "\
21941 Start using Quail package PACKAGE-NAME.
21942 The remaining arguments are libraries to be loaded before using the package.
21943
21944 This activates input method defined by PACKAGE-NAME by running
21945 `quail-activate', which see.
21946
21947 \(fn PACKAGE-NAME &rest LIBRARIES)" nil nil)
21948
21949 (autoload (quote quail-define-package) "quail" "\
21950 Define NAME as a new Quail package for input LANGUAGE.
21951 TITLE is a string to be displayed at mode-line to indicate this package.
21952 Optional arguments are GUIDANCE, DOCSTRING, TRANSLATION-KEYS,
21953 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION, DETERMINISTIC, KBD-TRANSLATE, SHOW-LAYOUT,
21954 CREATE-DECODE-MAP, MAXIMUM-SHORTEST, OVERLAY-PLIST,
21955 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION, CONVERSION-KEYS and SIMPLE.
21956
21957 GUIDANCE specifies how a guidance string is shown in echo area.
21958 If it is t, list of all possible translations for the current key is shown
21959 with the currently selected translation being highlighted.
21960 If it is an alist, the element has the form (CHAR . STRING). Each character
21961 in the current key is searched in the list and the corresponding string is
21962 shown.
21963 If it is nil, the current key is shown.
21964
21965 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this package. The command
21966 `describe-input-method' shows this string while replacing the form
21967 \\=\\<VAR> in the string by the value of VAR. That value should be a
21968 string. For instance, the form \\=\\<quail-translation-docstring> is
21969 replaced by a description about how to select a translation from a
21970 list of candidates.
21971
21972 TRANSLATION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while translation
21973 region is active. It is an alist of single key character vs. corresponding
21974 command to be called.
21975
21976 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION non-nil means a selected translation is not kept
21977 for the future to translate the same key. If this flag is nil, a
21978 translation selected for a key is remembered so that it can be the
21979 first candidate when the same key is entered later.
21980
21981 DETERMINISTIC non-nil means the first candidate of translation is
21982 selected automatically without allowing users to select another
21983 translation for a key. In this case, unselected translations are of
21984 no use for an interactive use of Quail but can be used by some other
21985 programs. If this flag is non-nil, FORGET-LAST-SELECTION is also set
21986 to t.
21987
21988 KBD-TRANSLATE non-nil means input characters are translated from a
21989 user's keyboard layout to the standard keyboard layout. See the
21990 documentation of `quail-keyboard-layout' and
21991 `quail-keyboard-layout-standard' for more detail.
21992
21993 SHOW-LAYOUT non-nil means the `quail-help' command should show
21994 the user's keyboard layout visually with translated characters.
21995 If KBD-TRANSLATE is set, it is desirable to set also this flag unless
21996 this package defines no translations for single character keys.
21997
21998 CREATE-DECODE-MAP non-nil means decode map is also created. A decode
21999 map is an alist of translations and corresponding original keys.
22000 Although this map is not used by Quail itself, it can be used by some
22001 other programs. For instance, Vietnamese supporting needs this map to
22002 convert Vietnamese text to VIQR format which uses only ASCII
22003 characters to represent Vietnamese characters.
22004
22005 MAXIMUM-SHORTEST non-nil means break key sequence to get maximum
22006 length of the shortest sequence. When we don't have a translation of
22007 key \"..ABCD\" but have translations of \"..AB\" and \"CD..\", break
22008 the key at \"..AB\" and start translation of \"CD..\". Hangul
22009 packages, for instance, use this facility. If this flag is nil, we
22010 break the key just at \"..ABC\" and start translation of \"D..\".
22011
22012 OVERLAY-PLIST if non-nil is a property list put on an overlay which
22013 covers Quail translation region.
22014
22015 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION if non-nil is a function to call to update
22016 the current translation region according to a new translation data. By
22017 default, a translated text or a user's key sequence (if no translation
22018 for it) is inserted.
22019
22020 CONVERSION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while
22021 conversion region is active. It is an alist of single key character
22022 vs. corresponding command to be called.
22023
22024 If SIMPLE is non-nil, then we do not alter the meanings of
22025 commands such as C-f, C-b, C-n, C-p and TAB; they are treated as
22026 non-Quail commands.
22027
22028 \(fn NAME LANGUAGE TITLE &optional GUIDANCE DOCSTRING TRANSLATION-KEYS FORGET-LAST-SELECTION DETERMINISTIC KBD-TRANSLATE SHOW-LAYOUT CREATE-DECODE-MAP MAXIMUM-SHORTEST OVERLAY-PLIST UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION CONVERSION-KEYS SIMPLE)" nil nil)
22029
22030 (autoload (quote quail-set-keyboard-layout) "quail" "\
22031 Set the current keyboard layout to the same as keyboard KBD-TYPE.
22032
22033 Since some Quail packages depends on a physical layout of keys (not
22034 characters generated by them), those are created by assuming the
22035 standard layout defined in `quail-keyboard-layout-standard'. This
22036 function tells Quail system the layout of your keyboard so that what
22037 you type is correctly handled.
22038
22039 \(fn KBD-TYPE)" t nil)
22040
22041 (autoload (quote quail-show-keyboard-layout) "quail" "\
22042 Show the physical layout of the keyboard type KEYBOARD-TYPE.
22043
22044 The variable `quail-keyboard-layout-type' holds the currently selected
22045 keyboard type.
22046
22047 \(fn &optional KEYBOARD-TYPE)" t nil)
22048
22049 (autoload (quote quail-define-rules) "quail" "\
22050 Define translation rules of the current Quail package.
22051 Each argument is a list of KEY and TRANSLATION.
22052 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
22053 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map, or a function.
22054 If it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
22055 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
22056 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
22057 for the translation.
22058 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
22059
22060 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
22061 it is used to handle KEY.
22062
22063 The first argument may be an alist of annotations for the following
22064 rules. Each element has the form (ANNOTATION . VALUE), where
22065 ANNOTATION is a symbol indicating the annotation type. Currently
22066 the following annotation types are supported.
22067
22068 append -- the value non-nil means that the following rules should
22069 be appended to the rules of the current Quail package.
22070
22071 face -- the value is a face to use for displaying TRANSLATIONs in
22072 candidate list.
22073
22074 advice -- the value is a function to call after one of RULES is
22075 selected. The function is called with one argument, the
22076 selected TRANSLATION string, after the TRANSLATION is
22077 inserted.
22078
22079 no-decode-map --- the value non-nil means that decoding map is not
22080 generated for the following translations.
22081
22082 \(fn &rest RULES)" nil (quote macro))
22083
22084 (autoload (quote quail-install-map) "quail" "\
22085 Install the Quail map MAP in the current Quail package.
22086
22087 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
22088 which to install MAP.
22089
22090 The installed map can be referred by the function `quail-map'.
22091
22092 \(fn MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
22093
22094 (autoload (quote quail-install-decode-map) "quail" "\
22095 Install the Quail decode map DECODE-MAP in the current Quail package.
22096
22097 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
22098 which to install MAP.
22099
22100 The installed decode map can be referred by the function `quail-decode-map'.
22101
22102 \(fn DECODE-MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
22103
22104 (autoload (quote quail-defrule) "quail" "\
22105 Add one translation rule, KEY to TRANSLATION, in the current Quail package.
22106 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
22107 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map,
22108 a function, or a cons.
22109 It it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
22110 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
22111 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
22112 for the translation.
22113 If it is a cons, the car is one of the above and the cdr is a function
22114 to call when translating KEY (the return value is assigned to the
22115 variable `quail-current-data'). If the cdr part is not a function,
22116 the value itself is assigned to `quail-current-data'.
22117 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
22118
22119 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
22120 it is used to handle KEY.
22121
22122 Optional 3rd argument NAME, if specified, says which Quail package
22123 to define this translation rule in. The default is to define it in the
22124 current Quail package.
22125
22126 Optional 4th argument APPEND, if non-nil, appends TRANSLATION
22127 to the current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
22128
22129 \(fn KEY TRANSLATION &optional NAME APPEND)" nil nil)
22130
22131 (autoload (quote quail-defrule-internal) "quail" "\
22132 Define KEY as TRANS in a Quail map MAP.
22133
22134 If Optional 4th arg APPEND is non-nil, TRANS is appended to the
22135 current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
22136
22137 Optional 5th arg DECODE-MAP is a Quail decode map.
22138
22139 Optional 6th arg PROPS is a property list annotating TRANS. See the
22140 function `quail-define-rules' for the detail.
22141
22142 \(fn KEY TRANS MAP &optional APPEND DECODE-MAP PROPS)" nil nil)
22143
22144 (autoload (quote quail-update-leim-list-file) "quail" "\
22145 Update entries for Quail packages in `LEIM' list file in directory DIRNAME.
22146 DIRNAME is a directory containing Emacs input methods;
22147 normally, it should specify the `leim' subdirectory
22148 of the Emacs source tree.
22149
22150 It searches for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory of DIRNAME,
22151 and update the file \"leim-list.el\" in DIRNAME.
22152
22153 When called from a program, the remaining arguments are additional
22154 directory names to search for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory
22155 of each directory.
22156
22157 \(fn DIRNAME &rest DIRNAMES)" t nil)
22158
22159 ;;;***
22160 \f
22161 ;;;### (autoloads (quickurl-list quickurl-list-mode quickurl-edit-urls
22162 ;;;;;; quickurl-browse-url-ask quickurl-browse-url quickurl-add-url
22163 ;;;;;; quickurl-ask quickurl) "quickurl" "net/quickurl.el" (17842
22164 ;;;;;; 55218))
22165 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/quickurl.el
22166
22167 (defconst quickurl-reread-hook-postfix "\n;; Local Variables:\n;; eval: (progn (require 'quickurl) (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks (lambda () (quickurl-read) nil)))\n;; End:\n" "\
22168 Example `quickurl-postfix' text that adds a local variable to the
22169 `quickurl-url-file' so that if you edit it by hand it will ensure that
22170 `quickurl-urls' is updated with the new URL list.
22171
22172 To make use of this do something like:
22173
22174 (setq quickurl-postfix quickurl-reread-hook-postfix)
22175
22176 in your ~/.emacs (after loading/requiring quickurl).")
22177
22178 (autoload (quote quickurl) "quickurl" "\
22179 Insert an URL based on LOOKUP.
22180
22181 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the current
22182 buffer, this default action can be modifed via
22183 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
22184
22185 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
22186
22187 (autoload (quote quickurl-ask) "quickurl" "\
22188 Insert an URL, with `completing-read' prompt, based on LOOKUP.
22189
22190 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
22191
22192 (autoload (quote quickurl-add-url) "quickurl" "\
22193 Allow the user to interactively add a new URL associated with WORD.
22194
22195 See `quickurl-grab-url' for details on how the default word/url combination
22196 is decided.
22197
22198 \(fn WORD URL COMMENT)" t nil)
22199
22200 (autoload (quote quickurl-browse-url) "quickurl" "\
22201 Browse the URL associated with LOOKUP.
22202
22203 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the
22204 current buffer, this default action can be modifed via
22205 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
22206
22207 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
22208
22209 (autoload (quote quickurl-browse-url-ask) "quickurl" "\
22210 Browse the URL, with `completing-read' prompt, associated with LOOKUP.
22211
22212 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
22213
22214 (autoload (quote quickurl-edit-urls) "quickurl" "\
22215 Pull `quickurl-url-file' into a buffer for hand editing.
22216
22217 \(fn)" t nil)
22218
22219 (autoload (quote quickurl-list-mode) "quickurl" "\
22220 A mode for browsing the quickurl URL list.
22221
22222 The key bindings for `quickurl-list-mode' are:
22223
22224 \\{quickurl-list-mode-map}
22225
22226 \(fn)" t nil)
22227
22228 (autoload (quote quickurl-list) "quickurl" "\
22229 Display `quickurl-list' as a formatted list using `quickurl-list-mode'.
22230
22231 \(fn)" t nil)
22232
22233 ;;;***
22234 \f
22235 ;;;### (autoloads (rcirc-track-minor-mode rcirc-connect rcirc) "rcirc"
22236 ;;;;;; "net/rcirc.el" (18006 55797))
22237 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcirc.el
22238
22239 (autoload (quote rcirc) "rcirc" "\
22240 Connect to IRC.
22241 If ARG is non-nil, prompt for a server to connect to.
22242
22243 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
22244
22245 (defalias (quote irc) (quote rcirc))
22246
22247 (autoload (quote rcirc-connect) "rcirc" "\
22248 Not documented
22249
22250 \(fn &optional SERVER PORT NICK USER-NAME FULL-NAME STARTUP-CHANNELS)" nil nil)
22251
22252 (defvar rcirc-track-minor-mode nil "\
22253 Non-nil if Rcirc-Track minor mode is enabled.
22254 See the command `rcirc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22255 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22256 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22257 or call the function `rcirc-track-minor-mode'.")
22258
22259 (custom-autoload (quote rcirc-track-minor-mode) "rcirc" nil)
22260
22261 (autoload (quote rcirc-track-minor-mode) "rcirc" "\
22262 Global minor mode for tracking activity in rcirc buffers.
22263
22264 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22265
22266 ;;;***
22267 \f
22268 ;;;### (autoloads (remote-compile) "rcompile" "net/rcompile.el" (17842
22269 ;;;;;; 55218))
22270 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcompile.el
22271
22272 (autoload (quote remote-compile) "rcompile" "\
22273 Compile the current buffer's directory on HOST. Log in as USER.
22274 See \\[compile].
22275
22276 \(fn HOST USER COMMAND)" t nil)
22277
22278 ;;;***
22279 \f
22280 ;;;### (autoloads (re-builder) "re-builder" "emacs-lisp/re-builder.el"
22281 ;;;;;; (17917 37732))
22282 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/re-builder.el
22283
22284 (defalias (quote regexp-builder) (quote re-builder))
22285
22286 (autoload (quote re-builder) "re-builder" "\
22287 Construct a regexp interactively.
22288
22289 \(fn)" t nil)
22290
22291 ;;;***
22292 \f
22293 ;;;### (autoloads (recentf-mode) "recentf" "recentf.el" (17930 34071))
22294 ;;; Generated autoloads from recentf.el
22295
22296 (defvar recentf-mode nil "\
22297 Non-nil if Recentf mode is enabled.
22298 See the command `recentf-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22299 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22300 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22301 or call the function `recentf-mode'.")
22302
22303 (custom-autoload (quote recentf-mode) "recentf" nil)
22304
22305 (autoload (quote recentf-mode) "recentf" "\
22306 Toggle recentf mode.
22307 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
22308 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
22309
22310 When recentf mode is enabled, it maintains a menu for visiting files
22311 that were operated on recently.
22312
22313 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22314
22315 ;;;***
22316 \f
22317 ;;;### (autoloads (clear-rectangle string-insert-rectangle string-rectangle
22318 ;;;;;; delete-whitespace-rectangle open-rectangle insert-rectangle
22319 ;;;;;; yank-rectangle kill-rectangle extract-rectangle delete-extract-rectangle
22320 ;;;;;; delete-rectangle move-to-column-force) "rect" "rect.el" (17842
22321 ;;;;;; 58279))
22322 ;;; Generated autoloads from rect.el
22323
22324 (autoload (quote move-to-column-force) "rect" "\
22325 If COLUMN is within a multi-column character, replace it by spaces and tab.
22326 As for `move-to-column', passing anything but nil or t in FLAG will move to
22327 the desired column only if the line is long enough.
22328
22329 \(fn COLUMN &optional FLAG)" nil nil)
22330
22331 (make-obsolete (quote move-to-column-force) (quote move-to-column) "21.2")
22332
22333 (autoload (quote delete-rectangle) "rect" "\
22334 Delete (don't save) text in the region-rectangle.
22335 The same range of columns is deleted in each line starting with the
22336 line where the region begins and ending with the line where the region
22337 ends.
22338
22339 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22340 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has
22341 to be deleted.
22342
22343 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22344
22345 (autoload (quote delete-extract-rectangle) "rect" "\
22346 Delete the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
22347 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
22348
22349 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22350 With an optional FILL argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
22351 deleted.
22352
22353 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" nil nil)
22354
22355 (autoload (quote extract-rectangle) "rect" "\
22356 Return the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
22357 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
22358
22359 \(fn START END)" nil nil)
22360
22361 (autoload (quote kill-rectangle) "rect" "\
22362 Delete the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
22363
22364 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22365 You might prefer to use `delete-extract-rectangle' from a program.
22366
22367 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
22368 deleted.
22369
22370 If the buffer is read-only, Emacs will beep and refrain from deleting
22371 the rectangle, but put it in the kill ring anyway. This means that
22372 you can use this command to copy text from a read-only buffer.
22373 \(If the variable `kill-read-only-ok' is non-nil, then this won't
22374 even beep.)
22375
22376 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22377
22378 (autoload (quote yank-rectangle) "rect" "\
22379 Yank the last killed rectangle with upper left corner at point.
22380
22381 \(fn)" t nil)
22382
22383 (autoload (quote insert-rectangle) "rect" "\
22384 Insert text of RECTANGLE with upper left corner at point.
22385 RECTANGLE's first line is inserted at point, its second
22386 line is inserted at a point vertically under point, etc.
22387 RECTANGLE should be a list of strings.
22388 After this command, the mark is at the upper left corner
22389 and point is at the lower right corner.
22390
22391 \(fn RECTANGLE)" nil nil)
22392
22393 (autoload (quote open-rectangle) "rect" "\
22394 Blank out the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
22395
22396 The text previously in the region is not overwritten by the blanks,
22397 but instead winds up to the right of the rectangle.
22398
22399 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22400 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, fill with blanks even if there is no text
22401 on the right side of the rectangle.
22402
22403 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22404
22405 (defalias (quote close-rectangle) (quote delete-whitespace-rectangle))
22406
22407 (autoload (quote delete-whitespace-rectangle) "rect" "\
22408 Delete all whitespace following a specified column in each line.
22409 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the position in each line
22410 at which whitespace deletion should begin. On each line in the
22411 rectangle, all continuous whitespace starting at that column is deleted.
22412
22413 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22414 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill too short lines.
22415
22416 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22417
22418 (autoload (quote string-rectangle) "rect" "\
22419 Replace rectangle contents with STRING on each line.
22420 The length of STRING need not be the same as the rectangle width.
22421
22422 Called from a program, takes three args; START, END and STRING.
22423
22424 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
22425
22426 (defalias (quote replace-rectangle) (quote string-rectangle))
22427
22428 (autoload (quote string-insert-rectangle) "rect" "\
22429 Insert STRING on each line of region-rectangle, shifting text right.
22430
22431 When called from a program, the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22432 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the column for insertion.
22433 This command does not delete or overwrite any existing text.
22434
22435 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
22436
22437 (autoload (quote clear-rectangle) "rect" "\
22438 Blank out the region-rectangle.
22439 The text previously in the region is overwritten with blanks.
22440
22441 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22442 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill with blanks the parts of the
22443 rectangle which were empty.
22444
22445 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22446
22447 ;;;***
22448 \f
22449 ;;;### (autoloads (refill-mode) "refill" "textmodes/refill.el" (17842
22450 ;;;;;; 58277))
22451 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/refill.el
22452
22453 (autoload (quote refill-mode) "refill" "\
22454 Toggle Refill minor mode.
22455 With prefix arg, turn Refill mode on iff arg is positive.
22456
22457 When Refill mode is on, the current paragraph will be formatted when
22458 changes are made within it. Self-inserting characters only cause
22459 refilling if they would cause auto-filling.
22460
22461 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22462
22463 ;;;***
22464 \f
22465 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-reset-scanning-information reftex-mode
22466 ;;;;;; turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "textmodes/reftex.el" (17923 8784))
22467 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex.el
22468
22469 (autoload (quote turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "\
22470 Turn on RefTeX mode.
22471
22472 \(fn)" nil nil)
22473
22474 (autoload (quote reftex-mode) "reftex" "\
22475 Minor mode with distinct support for \\label, \\ref and \\cite in LaTeX.
22476
22477 \\<reftex-mode-map>A Table of Contents of the entire (multifile) document with browsing
22478 capabilities is available with `\\[reftex-toc]'.
22479
22480 Labels can be created with `\\[reftex-label]' and referenced with `\\[reftex-reference]'.
22481 When referencing, you get a menu with all labels of a given type and
22482 context of the label definition. The selected label is inserted as a
22483 \\ref macro.
22484
22485 Citations can be made with `\\[reftex-citation]' which will use a regular expression
22486 to pull out a *formatted* list of articles from your BibTeX
22487 database. The selected citation is inserted as a \\cite macro.
22488
22489 Index entries can be made with `\\[reftex-index-selection-or-word]' which indexes the word at point
22490 or the current selection. More general index entries are created with
22491 `\\[reftex-index]'. `\\[reftex-display-index]' displays the compiled index.
22492
22493 Most command have help available on the fly. This help is accessed by
22494 pressing `?' to any prompt mentioning this feature.
22495
22496 Extensive documentation about RefTeX is available in Info format.
22497 You can view this information with `\\[reftex-info]'.
22498
22499 \\{reftex-mode-map}
22500 Under X, these and other functions will also be available as `Ref' menu
22501 on the menu bar.
22502
22503 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
22504
22505 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22506
22507 (autoload (quote reftex-reset-scanning-information) "reftex" "\
22508 Reset the symbols containing information from buffer scanning.
22509 This enforces rescanning the buffer on next use.
22510
22511 \(fn)" nil nil)
22512
22513 ;;;***
22514 \f
22515 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "textmodes/reftex-cite.el"
22516 ;;;;;; (17923 8784))
22517 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-cite.el
22518
22519 (autoload (quote reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "\
22520 Make a citation using BibTeX database files.
22521 After prompting for a regular expression, scans the buffers with
22522 bibtex entries (taken from the \\bibliography command) and offers the
22523 matching entries for selection. The selected entry is formatted according
22524 to `reftex-cite-format' and inserted into the buffer.
22525
22526 If NO-INSERT is non-nil, nothing is inserted, only the selected key returned.
22527
22528 FORMAT-KEY can be used to pre-select a citation format.
22529
22530 When called with a `C-u' prefix, prompt for optional arguments in
22531 cite macros. When called with a numeric prefix, make that many
22532 citations. When called with point inside the braces of a `\\cite'
22533 command, it will add another key, ignoring the value of
22534 `reftex-cite-format'.
22535
22536 The regular expression uses an expanded syntax: && is interpreted as `and'.
22537 Thus, `aaaa&&bbb' matches entries which contain both `aaaa' and `bbb'.
22538 While entering the regexp, completion on knows citation keys is possible.
22539 `=' is a good regular expression to match all entries in all files.
22540
22541 \(fn &optional NO-INSERT FORMAT-KEY)" t nil)
22542
22543 ;;;***
22544 \f
22545 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-isearch-minor-mode) "reftex-global" "textmodes/reftex-global.el"
22546 ;;;;;; (17923 8784))
22547 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-global.el
22548
22549 (autoload (quote reftex-isearch-minor-mode) "reftex-global" "\
22550 When on, isearch searches the whole document, not only the current file.
22551 This minor mode allows isearch to search through all the files of
22552 the current TeX document.
22553
22554 With no argument, this command toggles
22555 `reftex-isearch-minor-mode'. With a prefix argument ARG, turn
22556 `reftex-isearch-minor-mode' on iff ARG is positive.
22557
22558 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22559
22560 ;;;***
22561 \f
22562 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "textmodes/reftex-index.el"
22563 ;;;;;; (17923 8784))
22564 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-index.el
22565
22566 (autoload (quote reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "\
22567 Major mode for managing the Index phrases of a LaTeX document.
22568 This buffer was created with RefTeX.
22569
22570 To insert new phrases, use
22571 - `C-c \\' in the LaTeX document to copy selection or word
22572 - `\\[reftex-index-new-phrase]' in the phrases buffer.
22573
22574 To index phrases use one of:
22575
22576 \\[reftex-index-this-phrase] index current phrase
22577 \\[reftex-index-next-phrase] index next phrase (or N with prefix arg)
22578 \\[reftex-index-all-phrases] index all phrases
22579 \\[reftex-index-remaining-phrases] index current and following phrases
22580 \\[reftex-index-region-phrases] index the phrases in the region
22581
22582 You can sort the phrases in this buffer with \\[reftex-index-sort-phrases].
22583 To display information about the phrase at point, use \\[reftex-index-phrases-info].
22584
22585 For more information see the RefTeX User Manual.
22586
22587 Here are all local bindings.
22588
22589 \\{reftex-index-phrases-map}
22590
22591 \(fn)" t nil)
22592
22593 ;;;***
22594 \f
22595 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-all-document-files) "reftex-parse" "textmodes/reftex-parse.el"
22596 ;;;;;; (17923 8784))
22597 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-parse.el
22598
22599 (autoload (quote reftex-all-document-files) "reftex-parse" "\
22600 Return a list of all files belonging to the current document.
22601 When RELATIVE is non-nil, give file names relative to directory
22602 of master file.
22603
22604 \(fn &optional RELATIVE)" nil nil)
22605
22606 ;;;***
22607 \f
22608 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex-vars" "textmodes/reftex-vars.el" (17923
22609 ;;;;;; 8784))
22610 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-vars.el
22611 (put 'reftex-vref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
22612 (put 'reftex-fref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
22613 (put 'reftex-level-indent 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
22614 (put 'reftex-guess-label-type 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t))))
22615
22616 ;;;***
22617 \f
22618 ;;;### (autoloads (regexp-opt-depth regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el"
22619 ;;;;;; (17842 54152))
22620 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el
22621
22622 (autoload (quote regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "\
22623 Return a regexp to match a string in the list STRINGS.
22624 Each string should be unique in STRINGS and should not contain any regexps,
22625 quoted or not. If optional PAREN is non-nil, ensure that the returned regexp
22626 is enclosed by at least one regexp grouping construct.
22627 The returned regexp is typically more efficient than the equivalent regexp:
22628
22629 (let ((open (if PAREN \"\\\\(\" \"\")) (close (if PAREN \"\\\\)\" \"\")))
22630 (concat open (mapconcat 'regexp-quote STRINGS \"\\\\|\") close))
22631
22632 If PAREN is `words', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
22633 by \\=\\< and \\>.
22634
22635 \(fn STRINGS &optional PAREN)" nil nil)
22636
22637 (autoload (quote regexp-opt-depth) "regexp-opt" "\
22638 Return the depth of REGEXP.
22639 This means the number of non-shy regexp grouping constructs
22640 \(parenthesized expressions) in REGEXP.
22641
22642 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
22643
22644 ;;;***
22645 \f
22646 ;;;### (autoloads (repeat) "repeat" "repeat.el" (17842 58279))
22647 ;;; Generated autoloads from repeat.el
22648
22649 (autoload (quote repeat) "repeat" "\
22650 Repeat most recently executed command.
22651 With prefix arg, apply new prefix arg to that command; otherwise, use
22652 the prefix arg that was used before (if any).
22653 This command is like the `.' command in the vi editor.
22654
22655 If this command is invoked by a multi-character key sequence, it can then
22656 be repeated by repeating the final character of that sequence. This behavior
22657 can be modified by the global variable `repeat-on-final-keystroke'.
22658
22659 \(fn REPEAT-ARG)" t nil)
22660
22661 ;;;***
22662 \f
22663 ;;;### (autoloads (reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "mail/reporter.el"
22664 ;;;;;; (17842 55035))
22665 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/reporter.el
22666
22667 (autoload (quote reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "\
22668 Begin submitting a bug report via email.
22669
22670 ADDRESS is the email address for the package's maintainer. PKGNAME is
22671 the name of the package (if you want to include version numbers,
22672 you must put them into PKGNAME before calling this function).
22673 Optional PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are passed to `reporter-dump-state'.
22674 Optional SALUTATION is inserted at the top of the mail buffer,
22675 and point is left after the salutation.
22676
22677 VARLIST is the list of variables to dump (see `reporter-dump-state'
22678 for details). The optional argument PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are
22679 passed to `reporter-dump-state'. Optional argument SALUTATION is text
22680 to be inserted at the top of the mail buffer; in that case, point is
22681 left after that text.
22682
22683 This function prompts for a summary if `reporter-prompt-for-summary-p'
22684 is non-nil.
22685
22686 This function does not send a message; it uses the given information
22687 to initialize a message, which the user can then edit and finally send
22688 \(or decline to send). The variable `mail-user-agent' controls which
22689 mail-sending package is used for editing and sending the message.
22690
22691 \(fn ADDRESS PKGNAME VARLIST &optional PRE-HOOKS POST-HOOKS SALUTATION)" nil nil)
22692
22693 ;;;***
22694 \f
22695 ;;;### (autoloads (reposition-window) "reposition" "reposition.el"
22696 ;;;;;; (17842 58279))
22697 ;;; Generated autoloads from reposition.el
22698
22699 (autoload (quote reposition-window) "reposition" "\
22700 Make the current definition and/or comment visible.
22701 Further invocations move it to the top of the window or toggle the
22702 visibility of comments that precede it.
22703 Point is left unchanged unless prefix ARG is supplied.
22704 If the definition is fully onscreen, it is moved to the top of the
22705 window. If it is partly offscreen, the window is scrolled to get the
22706 definition (or as much as will fit) onscreen, unless point is in a comment
22707 which is also partly offscreen, in which case the scrolling attempts to get
22708 as much of the comment onscreen as possible.
22709 Initially `reposition-window' attempts to make both the definition and
22710 preceding comments visible. Further invocations toggle the visibility of
22711 the comment lines.
22712 If ARG is non-nil, point may move in order to make the whole defun
22713 visible (if only part could otherwise be made so), to make the defun line
22714 visible (if point is in code and it could not be made so, or if only
22715 comments, including the first comment line, are visible), or to make the
22716 first comment line visible (if point is in a comment).
22717
22718 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22719 (define-key esc-map "\C-l" 'reposition-window)
22720
22721 ;;;***
22722 \f
22723 ;;;### (autoloads (resume-suspend-hook) "resume" "resume.el" (17842
22724 ;;;;;; 58279))
22725 ;;; Generated autoloads from resume.el
22726
22727 (autoload (quote resume-suspend-hook) "resume" "\
22728 Clear out the file used for transmitting args when Emacs resumes.
22729
22730 \(fn)" nil nil)
22731
22732 ;;;***
22733 \f
22734 ;;;### (autoloads (global-reveal-mode reveal-mode) "reveal" "reveal.el"
22735 ;;;;;; (17842 58279))
22736 ;;; Generated autoloads from reveal.el
22737
22738 (autoload (quote reveal-mode) "reveal" "\
22739 Toggle Reveal mode on or off.
22740 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
22741
22742 Interactively, with no prefix argument, toggle the mode.
22743 With universal prefix ARG (or if ARG is nil) turn mode on.
22744 With zero or negative ARG turn mode off.
22745
22746 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22747
22748 (defvar global-reveal-mode nil "\
22749 Non-nil if Global-Reveal mode is enabled.
22750 See the command `global-reveal-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22751 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22752 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22753 or call the function `global-reveal-mode'.")
22754
22755 (custom-autoload (quote global-reveal-mode) "reveal" nil)
22756
22757 (autoload (quote global-reveal-mode) "reveal" "\
22758 Toggle Reveal mode in all buffers on or off.
22759 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
22760
22761 Interactively, with no prefix argument, toggle the mode.
22762 With universal prefix ARG (or if ARG is nil) turn mode on.
22763 With zero or negative ARG turn mode off.
22764
22765 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22766
22767 ;;;***
22768 \f
22769 ;;;### (autoloads (make-ring ring-p) "ring" "emacs-lisp/ring.el"
22770 ;;;;;; (17842 54152))
22771 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ring.el
22772
22773 (autoload (quote ring-p) "ring" "\
22774 Return t if X is a ring; nil otherwise.
22775
22776 \(fn X)" nil nil)
22777
22778 (autoload (quote make-ring) "ring" "\
22779 Make a ring that can contain SIZE elements.
22780
22781 \(fn SIZE)" nil nil)
22782
22783 ;;;***
22784 \f
22785 ;;;### (autoloads (rlogin) "rlogin" "net/rlogin.el" (17842 55218))
22786 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rlogin.el
22787 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "^\\*rlogin-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
22788
22789 (autoload (quote rlogin) "rlogin" "\
22790 Open a network login connection via `rlogin' with args INPUT-ARGS.
22791 INPUT-ARGS should start with a host name; it may also contain
22792 other arguments for `rlogin'.
22793
22794 Input is sent line-at-a-time to the remote connection.
22795
22796 Communication with the remote host is recorded in a buffer `*rlogin-HOST*'
22797 \(or `*rlogin-USER@HOST*' if the remote username differs).
22798 If a prefix argument is given and the buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' already exists,
22799 a new buffer with a different connection will be made.
22800
22801 When called from a program, if the optional second argument BUFFER is
22802 a string or buffer, it specifies the buffer to use.
22803
22804 The variable `rlogin-program' contains the name of the actual program to
22805 run. It can be a relative or absolute path.
22806
22807 The variable `rlogin-explicit-args' is a list of arguments to give to
22808 the rlogin when starting. They are added after any arguments given in
22809 INPUT-ARGS.
22810
22811 If the default value of `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is t, then the
22812 default directory in that buffer is set to a remote (FTP) file name to
22813 access your home directory on the remote machine. Occasionally this causes
22814 an error, if you cannot access the home directory on that machine. This
22815 error is harmless as long as you don't try to use that default directory.
22816
22817 If `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is neither t nor nil, then the default
22818 directory is initially set up to your (local) home directory.
22819 This is useful if the remote machine and your local machine
22820 share the same files via NFS. This is the default.
22821
22822 If you wish to change directory tracking styles during a session, use the
22823 function `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' rather than simply setting the
22824 variable.
22825
22826 \(fn INPUT-ARGS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
22827
22828 ;;;***
22829 \f
22830 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-set-remote-password rmail-input rmail-mode
22831 ;;;;;; rmail rmail-enable-mime rmail-show-message-hook rmail-confirm-expunge
22832 ;;;;;; rmail-secondary-file-regexp rmail-secondary-file-directory
22833 ;;;;;; rmail-mail-new-frame rmail-primary-inbox-list rmail-delete-after-output
22834 ;;;;;; rmail-highlight-face rmail-highlighted-headers rmail-retry-ignored-headers
22835 ;;;;;; rmail-displayed-headers rmail-ignored-headers rmail-dont-reply-to-names
22836 ;;;;;; rmail-movemail-variant-p) "rmail" "mail/rmail.el" (18006
22837 ;;;;;; 55797))
22838 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmail.el
22839
22840 (autoload (quote rmail-movemail-variant-p) "rmail" "\
22841 Return t if the current movemail variant is any of VARIANTS.
22842 Currently known variants are 'emacs and 'mailutils.
22843
22844 \(fn &rest VARIANTS)" nil nil)
22845
22846 (defvar rmail-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
22847 *A regexp specifying addresses to prune from a reply message.
22848 A value of nil means exclude your own email address as an address
22849 plus whatever is specified by `rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names'.")
22850
22851 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-dont-reply-to-names) "rmail" t)
22852
22853 (defvar rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names "\\`info-" "\
22854 A regular expression specifying part of the default value of the
22855 variable `rmail-dont-reply-to-names', for when the user does not set
22856 `rmail-dont-reply-to-names' explicitly. (The other part of the default
22857 value is the user's email address and name.)
22858 It is useful to set this variable in the site customization file.")
22859
22860 (defvar rmail-ignored-headers (concat "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^references:\\|^sender:" "\\|^status:\\|^received:\\|^x400-originator:\\|^x400-recipients:" "\\|^x400-received:\\|^x400-mts-identifier:\\|^x400-content-type:" "\\|^\\(resent-\\|\\)message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^resent-date:" "\\|^nntp-posting-host:\\|^path:\\|^x-char.*:\\|^x-face:\\|^face:" "\\|^x-mailer:\\|^delivered-to:\\|^lines:" "\\|^content-transfer-encoding:\\|^x-coding-system:" "\\|^return-path:\\|^errors-to:\\|^return-receipt-to:" "\\|^precedence:\\|^list-help:\\|^list-post:\\|^list-subscribe:" "\\|^list-id:\\|^list-unsubscribe:\\|^list-archive:" "\\|^content-length:\\|^nntp-posting-date:\\|^user-agent" "\\|^importance:\\|^envelope-to:\\|^delivery-date\\|^openpgp:" "\\|^mbox-line:\\|^cancel-lock:\\|^DomainKey-Signature:" "\\|^resent-face:\\|^resent-x.*:\\|^resent-organization:\\|^resent-openpgp:" "\\|^x-.*:") "\
22861 *Regexp to match header fields that Rmail should normally hide.
22862 \(See also `rmail-nonignored-headers', which overrides this regexp.)
22863 This variable is used for reformatting the message header,
22864 which normally happens once for each message,
22865 when you view the message for the first time in Rmail.
22866 To make a change in this variable take effect
22867 for a message that you have already viewed,
22868 go to that message and type \\[rmail-toggle-header] twice.")
22869
22870 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-ignored-headers) "rmail" t)
22871
22872 (defvar rmail-displayed-headers nil "\
22873 *Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should display.
22874 If nil, display all header fields except those matched by
22875 `rmail-ignored-headers'.")
22876
22877 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-displayed-headers) "rmail" t)
22878
22879 (defvar rmail-retry-ignored-headers "^x-authentication-warning:" "\
22880 *Headers that should be stripped when retrying a failed message.")
22881
22882 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-retry-ignored-headers) "rmail" t)
22883
22884 (defvar rmail-highlighted-headers "^From:\\|^Subject:" "\
22885 *Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should normally highlight.
22886 A value of nil means don't highlight.
22887 See also `rmail-highlight-face'.")
22888
22889 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-highlighted-headers) "rmail" t)
22890
22891 (defvar rmail-highlight-face (quote rmail-highlight) "\
22892 *Face used by Rmail for highlighting headers.")
22893
22894 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-highlight-face) "rmail" t)
22895
22896 (defvar rmail-delete-after-output nil "\
22897 *Non-nil means automatically delete a message that is copied to a file.")
22898
22899 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-delete-after-output) "rmail" t)
22900
22901 (defvar rmail-primary-inbox-list nil "\
22902 *List of files which are inboxes for user's primary mail file `~/RMAIL'.
22903 nil means the default, which is (\"/usr/spool/mail/$USER\")
22904 \(the name varies depending on the operating system,
22905 and the value of the environment variable MAIL overrides it).")
22906
22907 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-primary-inbox-list) "rmail" t)
22908
22909 (defvar rmail-mail-new-frame nil "\
22910 *Non-nil means Rmail makes a new frame for composing outgoing mail.
22911 This is handy if you want to preserve the window configuration of
22912 the frame where you have the RMAIL buffer displayed.")
22913
22914 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-mail-new-frame) "rmail" t)
22915
22916 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-directory "~/" "\
22917 *Directory for additional secondary Rmail files.")
22918
22919 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-secondary-file-directory) "rmail" t)
22920
22921 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-regexp "\\.xmail$" "\
22922 *Regexp for which files are secondary Rmail files.")
22923
22924 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-secondary-file-regexp) "rmail" t)
22925
22926 (defvar rmail-confirm-expunge (quote y-or-n-p) "\
22927 *Whether and how to ask for confirmation before expunging deleted messages.")
22928
22929 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-confirm-expunge) "rmail" t)
22930
22931 (defvar rmail-mode-hook nil "\
22932 List of functions to call when Rmail is invoked.")
22933
22934 (defvar rmail-get-new-mail-hook nil "\
22935 List of functions to call when Rmail has retrieved new mail.")
22936
22937 (defvar rmail-show-message-hook nil "\
22938 List of functions to call when Rmail displays a message.")
22939
22940 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-show-message-hook) "rmail" t)
22941
22942 (defvar rmail-quit-hook nil "\
22943 List of functions to call when quitting out of Rmail.")
22944
22945 (defvar rmail-delete-message-hook nil "\
22946 List of functions to call when Rmail deletes a message.
22947 When the hooks are called, the message has been marked deleted but is
22948 still the current message in the Rmail buffer.")
22949
22950 (defvar rmail-file-coding-system nil "\
22951 Coding system used in RMAIL file.
22952
22953 This is set to nil by default.")
22954
22955 (defvar rmail-enable-mime nil "\
22956 *If non-nil, RMAIL uses MIME feature.
22957 If the value is t, RMAIL automatically shows MIME decoded message.
22958 If the value is neither t nor nil, RMAIL does not show MIME decoded message
22959 until a user explicitly requires it.
22960
22961 Even if the value is non-nil, you can't use MIME feature
22962 if the feature specified by `rmail-mime-feature' is not available
22963 in your session.")
22964
22965 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-enable-mime) "rmail" t)
22966
22967 (defvar rmail-show-mime-function nil "\
22968 Function to show MIME decoded message of RMAIL file.
22969 This function is called when `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
22970 It is called with no argument.")
22971
22972 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-forwarded-message-function nil "\
22973 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be forwarded.
22974 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' or
22975 `rmail-enable-mime-composing' is non-nil.
22976 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
22977 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
22978 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
22979
22980 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-resent-message-function nil "\
22981 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be resent.
22982 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
22983 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
22984 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
22985 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
22986
22987 (defvar rmail-search-mime-message-function nil "\
22988 Function to check if a regexp matches a MIME message.
22989 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
22990 It is called with two arguments MSG and REGEXP, where
22991 MSG is the message number, REGEXP is the regular expression.")
22992
22993 (defvar rmail-search-mime-header-function nil "\
22994 Function to check if a regexp matches a header of MIME message.
22995 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
22996 It is called with three arguments MSG, REGEXP, and LIMIT, where
22997 MSG is the message number,
22998 REGEXP is the regular expression,
22999 LIMIT is the position specifying the end of header.")
23000
23001 (defvar rmail-mime-feature (quote rmail-mime) "\
23002 Feature to require to load MIME support in Rmail.
23003 When starting Rmail, if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil,
23004 this feature is required with `require'.
23005
23006 The default value is `rmail-mime'. This feature is provided by
23007 the rmail-mime package available at <http://www.m17n.org/rmail-mime/>.")
23008
23009 (defvar rmail-decode-mime-charset t "\
23010 *Non-nil means a message is decoded by MIME's charset specification.
23011 If this variable is nil, or the message has not MIME specification,
23012 the message is decoded as normal way.
23013
23014 If the variable `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil, this variables is
23015 ignored, and all the decoding work is done by a feature specified by
23016 the variable `rmail-mime-feature'.")
23017
23018 (defvar rmail-mime-charset-pattern (concat "^content-type:[ ]*text/plain;" "\\(?:[ \n]*\\(?:format\\|delsp\\)=\"?[-a-z0-9]+\"?;\\)*" "[ \n]*charset=\"?\\([^ \n\";]+\\)\"?") "\
23019 Regexp to match MIME-charset specification in a header of message.
23020 The first parenthesized expression should match the MIME-charset name.")
23021
23022 (autoload (quote rmail) "rmail" "\
23023 Read and edit incoming mail.
23024 Moves messages into file named by `rmail-file-name' (a babyl format file)
23025 and edits that file in RMAIL Mode.
23026 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing that file, for a list of RMAIL commands.
23027
23028 May be called with file name as argument; then performs rmail editing on
23029 that file, but does not copy any new mail into the file.
23030 Interactively, if you supply a prefix argument, then you
23031 have a chance to specify a file name with the minibuffer.
23032
23033 If `rmail-display-summary' is non-nil, make a summary for this RMAIL file.
23034
23035 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME-ARG)" t nil)
23036
23037 (autoload (quote rmail-mode) "rmail" "\
23038 Rmail Mode is used by \\<rmail-mode-map>\\[rmail] for editing Rmail files.
23039 All normal editing commands are turned off.
23040 Instead, these commands are available:
23041
23042 \\[rmail-beginning-of-message] Move point to front of this message.
23043 \\[rmail-end-of-message] Move point to bottom of this message.
23044 \\[scroll-up] Scroll to next screen of this message.
23045 \\[scroll-down] Scroll to previous screen of this message.
23046 \\[rmail-next-undeleted-message] Move to Next non-deleted message.
23047 \\[rmail-previous-undeleted-message] Move to Previous non-deleted message.
23048 \\[rmail-next-message] Move to Next message whether deleted or not.
23049 \\[rmail-previous-message] Move to Previous message whether deleted or not.
23050 \\[rmail-first-message] Move to the first message in Rmail file.
23051 \\[rmail-last-message] Move to the last message in Rmail file.
23052 \\[rmail-show-message] Jump to message specified by numeric position in file.
23053 \\[rmail-search] Search for string and show message it is found in.
23054 \\[rmail-delete-forward] Delete this message, move to next nondeleted.
23055 \\[rmail-delete-backward] Delete this message, move to previous nondeleted.
23056 \\[rmail-undelete-previous-message] Undelete message. Tries current message, then earlier messages
23057 till a deleted message is found.
23058 \\[rmail-edit-current-message] Edit the current message. \\[rmail-cease-edit] to return to Rmail.
23059 \\[rmail-expunge] Expunge deleted messages.
23060 \\[rmail-expunge-and-save] Expunge and save the file.
23061 \\[rmail-quit] Quit Rmail: expunge, save, then switch to another buffer.
23062 \\[save-buffer] Save without expunging.
23063 \\[rmail-get-new-mail] Move new mail from system spool directory into this file.
23064 \\[rmail-mail] Mail a message (same as \\[mail-other-window]).
23065 \\[rmail-continue] Continue composing outgoing message started before.
23066 \\[rmail-reply] Reply to this message. Like \\[rmail-mail] but initializes some fields.
23067 \\[rmail-retry-failure] Send this message again. Used on a mailer failure message.
23068 \\[rmail-forward] Forward this message to another user.
23069 \\[rmail-output-to-rmail-file] Output this message to an Rmail file (append it).
23070 \\[rmail-output] Output this message to a Unix-format mail file (append it).
23071 \\[rmail-output-body-to-file] Save message body to a file. Default filename comes from Subject line.
23072 \\[rmail-input] Input Rmail file. Run Rmail on that file.
23073 \\[rmail-add-label] Add label to message. It will be displayed in the mode line.
23074 \\[rmail-kill-label] Kill label. Remove a label from current message.
23075 \\[rmail-next-labeled-message] Move to Next message with specified label
23076 (label defaults to last one specified).
23077 Standard labels: filed, unseen, answered, forwarded, deleted.
23078 Any other label is present only if you add it with \\[rmail-add-label].
23079 \\[rmail-previous-labeled-message] Move to Previous message with specified label
23080 \\[rmail-summary] Show headers buffer, with a one line summary of each message.
23081 \\[rmail-summary-by-labels] Summarize only messages with particular label(s).
23082 \\[rmail-summary-by-recipients] Summarize only messages with particular recipient(s).
23083 \\[rmail-summary-by-regexp] Summarize only messages with particular regexp(s).
23084 \\[rmail-summary-by-topic] Summarize only messages with subject line regexp(s).
23085 \\[rmail-toggle-header] Toggle display of complete header.
23086
23087 \(fn)" t nil)
23088
23089 (autoload (quote rmail-input) "rmail" "\
23090 Run Rmail on file FILENAME.
23091
23092 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
23093
23094 (autoload (quote rmail-set-remote-password) "rmail" "\
23095 Set PASSWORD to be used for retrieving mail from a POP or IMAP server.
23096
23097 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
23098
23099 ;;;***
23100 \f
23101 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-edit-current-message) "rmailedit" "mail/rmailedit.el"
23102 ;;;;;; (17887 18399))
23103 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailedit.el
23104
23105 (autoload (quote rmail-edit-current-message) "rmailedit" "\
23106 Edit the contents of this message.
23107
23108 \(fn)" t nil)
23109
23110 ;;;***
23111 \f
23112 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-next-labeled-message rmail-previous-labeled-message
23113 ;;;;;; rmail-read-label rmail-kill-label rmail-add-label) "rmailkwd"
23114 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailkwd.el" (17842 55035))
23115 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailkwd.el
23116
23117 (autoload (quote rmail-add-label) "rmailkwd" "\
23118 Add LABEL to labels associated with current RMAIL message.
23119 Completion is performed over known labels when reading.
23120
23121 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
23122
23123 (autoload (quote rmail-kill-label) "rmailkwd" "\
23124 Remove LABEL from labels associated with current RMAIL message.
23125 Completion is performed over known labels when reading.
23126
23127 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
23128
23129 (autoload (quote rmail-read-label) "rmailkwd" "\
23130 Not documented
23131
23132 \(fn PROMPT)" nil nil)
23133
23134 (autoload (quote rmail-previous-labeled-message) "rmailkwd" "\
23135 Show previous message with one of the labels LABELS.
23136 LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names.
23137 If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used.
23138 With prefix argument N moves backward N messages with these labels.
23139
23140 \(fn N LABELS)" t nil)
23141
23142 (autoload (quote rmail-next-labeled-message) "rmailkwd" "\
23143 Show next message with one of the labels LABELS.
23144 LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names.
23145 If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used.
23146 With prefix argument N moves forward N messages with these labels.
23147
23148 \(fn N LABELS)" t nil)
23149
23150 ;;;***
23151 \f
23152 ;;;### (autoloads (set-rmail-inbox-list) "rmailmsc" "mail/rmailmsc.el"
23153 ;;;;;; (17842 55035))
23154 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailmsc.el
23155
23156 (autoload (quote set-rmail-inbox-list) "rmailmsc" "\
23157 Set the inbox list of the current RMAIL file to FILE-NAME.
23158 You can specify one file name, or several names separated by commas.
23159 If FILE-NAME is empty, remove any existing inbox list.
23160
23161 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
23162
23163 ;;;***
23164 \f
23165 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-output-body-to-file rmail-output rmail-fields-not-to-output
23166 ;;;;;; rmail-output-to-rmail-file rmail-output-file-alist) "rmailout"
23167 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailout.el" (17842 55035))
23168 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailout.el
23169
23170 (defvar rmail-output-file-alist nil "\
23171 *Alist matching regexps to suggested output Rmail files.
23172 This is a list of elements of the form (REGEXP . NAME-EXP).
23173 The suggestion is taken if REGEXP matches anywhere in the message buffer.
23174 NAME-EXP may be a string constant giving the file name to use,
23175 or more generally it may be any kind of expression that returns
23176 a file name as a string.")
23177
23178 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-output-file-alist) "rmailout" t)
23179
23180 (autoload (quote rmail-output-to-rmail-file) "rmailout" "\
23181 Append the current message to an Rmail file named FILE-NAME.
23182 If the file does not exist, ask if it should be created.
23183 If file is being visited, the message is appended to the Emacs
23184 buffer visiting that file.
23185 If the file exists and is not an Rmail file, the message is
23186 appended in inbox format, the same way `rmail-output' does it.
23187
23188 The default file name comes from `rmail-default-rmail-file',
23189 which is updated to the name you use in this command.
23190
23191 A prefix argument COUNT says to output that many consecutive messages,
23192 starting with the current one. Deleted messages are skipped and don't count.
23193
23194 If the optional argument STAY is non-nil, then leave the last filed
23195 message up instead of moving forward to the next non-deleted message.
23196
23197 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT STAY)" t nil)
23198
23199 (defvar rmail-fields-not-to-output nil "\
23200 *Regexp describing fields to exclude when outputting a message to a file.")
23201
23202 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-fields-not-to-output) "rmailout" t)
23203
23204 (autoload (quote rmail-output) "rmailout" "\
23205 Append this message to system-inbox-format mail file named FILE-NAME.
23206 A prefix argument COUNT says to output that many consecutive messages,
23207 starting with the current one. Deleted messages are skipped and don't count.
23208 When called from lisp code, COUNT may be omitted and defaults to 1.
23209
23210 If the pruned message header is shown on the current message, then
23211 messages will be appended with pruned headers; otherwise, messages
23212 will be appended with their original headers.
23213
23214 The default file name comes from `rmail-default-file',
23215 which is updated to the name you use in this command.
23216
23217 The optional third argument NOATTRIBUTE, if non-nil, says not
23218 to set the `filed' attribute, and not to display a message.
23219
23220 The optional fourth argument FROM-GNUS is set when called from GNUS.
23221
23222 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE FROM-GNUS)" t nil)
23223
23224 (autoload (quote rmail-output-body-to-file) "rmailout" "\
23225 Write this message body to the file FILE-NAME.
23226 FILE-NAME defaults, interactively, from the Subject field of the message.
23227
23228 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
23229
23230 ;;;***
23231 \f
23232 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-sort-by-labels rmail-sort-by-lines rmail-sort-by-correspondent
23233 ;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-recipient rmail-sort-by-author rmail-sort-by-subject
23234 ;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-date) "rmailsort" "mail/rmailsort.el" (17842
23235 ;;;;;; 55035))
23236 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsort.el
23237
23238 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-date) "rmailsort" "\
23239 Sort messages of current Rmail file by date.
23240 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
23241
23242 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
23243
23244 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-subject) "rmailsort" "\
23245 Sort messages of current Rmail file by subject.
23246 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
23247
23248 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
23249
23250 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-author) "rmailsort" "\
23251 Sort messages of current Rmail file by author.
23252 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
23253
23254 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
23255
23256 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-recipient) "rmailsort" "\
23257 Sort messages of current Rmail file by recipient.
23258 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
23259
23260 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
23261
23262 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-correspondent) "rmailsort" "\
23263 Sort messages of current Rmail file by other correspondent.
23264 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
23265
23266 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
23267
23268 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-lines) "rmailsort" "\
23269 Sort messages of current Rmail file by number of lines.
23270 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
23271
23272 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
23273
23274 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-labels) "rmailsort" "\
23275 Sort messages of current Rmail file by labels.
23276 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
23277 KEYWORDS is a comma-separated list of labels.
23278
23279 \(fn REVERSE LABELS)" t nil)
23280
23281 ;;;***
23282 \f
23283 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-user-mail-address-regexp rmail-summary-line-decoder
23284 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-senders rmail-summary-by-topic rmail-summary-by-regexp
23285 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-recipients rmail-summary-by-labels rmail-summary
23286 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-line-count-flag rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages)
23287 ;;;;;; "rmailsum" "mail/rmailsum.el" (17842 55035))
23288 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsum.el
23289
23290 (defvar rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages t "\
23291 *Non-nil means Rmail summary scroll commands move between messages.")
23292
23293 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages) "rmailsum" t)
23294
23295 (defvar rmail-summary-line-count-flag t "\
23296 *Non-nil means Rmail summary should show the number of lines in each message.")
23297
23298 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-summary-line-count-flag) "rmailsum" t)
23299
23300 (autoload (quote rmail-summary) "rmailsum" "\
23301 Display a summary of all messages, one line per message.
23302
23303 \(fn)" t nil)
23304
23305 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-labels) "rmailsum" "\
23306 Display a summary of all messages with one or more LABELS.
23307 LABELS should be a string containing the desired labels, separated by commas.
23308
23309 \(fn LABELS)" t nil)
23310
23311 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-recipients) "rmailsum" "\
23312 Display a summary of all messages with the given RECIPIENTS.
23313 Normally checks the To, From and Cc fields of headers;
23314 but if PRIMARY-ONLY is non-nil (prefix arg given),
23315 only look in the To and From fields.
23316 RECIPIENTS is a string of regexps separated by commas.
23317
23318 \(fn RECIPIENTS &optional PRIMARY-ONLY)" t nil)
23319
23320 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-regexp) "rmailsum" "\
23321 Display a summary of all messages according to regexp REGEXP.
23322 If the regular expression is found in the header of the message
23323 \(including in the date and other lines, as well as the subject line),
23324 Emacs will list the header line in the RMAIL-summary.
23325
23326 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
23327
23328 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-topic) "rmailsum" "\
23329 Display a summary of all messages with the given SUBJECT.
23330 Normally checks the Subject field of headers;
23331 but if WHOLE-MESSAGE is non-nil (prefix arg given),
23332 look in the whole message.
23333 SUBJECT is a string of regexps separated by commas.
23334
23335 \(fn SUBJECT &optional WHOLE-MESSAGE)" t nil)
23336
23337 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-senders) "rmailsum" "\
23338 Display a summary of all messages with the given SENDERS.
23339 SENDERS is a string of names separated by commas.
23340
23341 \(fn SENDERS)" t nil)
23342
23343 (defvar rmail-summary-line-decoder (function identity) "\
23344 *Function to decode summary-line.
23345
23346 By default, `identity' is set.")
23347
23348 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-summary-line-decoder) "rmailsum" t)
23349
23350 (defvar rmail-user-mail-address-regexp nil "\
23351 *Regexp matching user mail addresses.
23352 If non-nil, this variable is used to identify the correspondent
23353 when receiving new mail. If it matches the address of the sender,
23354 the recipient is taken as correspondent of a mail.
23355 If nil (default value), your `user-login-name' and `user-mail-address'
23356 are used to exclude yourself as correspondent.
23357
23358 Usually you don't have to set this variable, except if you collect mails
23359 sent by you under different user names.
23360 Then it should be a regexp matching your mail addresses.
23361
23362 Setting this variable has an effect only before reading a mail.")
23363
23364 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-user-mail-address-regexp) "rmailsum" t)
23365
23366 ;;;***
23367 \f
23368 ;;;### (autoloads (news-post-news) "rnewspost" "obsolete/rnewspost.el"
23369 ;;;;;; (17994 6715))
23370 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/rnewspost.el
23371
23372 (autoload (quote news-post-news) "rnewspost" "\
23373 Begin editing a new USENET news article to be posted.
23374 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing the article to get a list of commands.
23375 If NOQUERY is non-nil, we do not query before doing the work.
23376
23377 \(fn &optional NOQUERY)" t nil)
23378
23379 ;;;***
23380 \f
23381 ;;;### (autoloads (toggle-rot13-mode rot13-other-window rot13-region
23382 ;;;;;; rot13-string rot13) "rot13" "rot13.el" (17842 58279))
23383 ;;; Generated autoloads from rot13.el
23384
23385 (autoload (quote rot13) "rot13" "\
23386 Return ROT13 encryption of OBJECT, a buffer or string.
23387
23388 \(fn OBJECT &optional START END)" nil nil)
23389
23390 (autoload (quote rot13-string) "rot13" "\
23391 Return ROT13 encryption of STRING.
23392
23393 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
23394
23395 (autoload (quote rot13-region) "rot13" "\
23396 ROT13 encrypt the region between START and END in current buffer.
23397
23398 \(fn START END)" t nil)
23399
23400 (autoload (quote rot13-other-window) "rot13" "\
23401 Display current buffer in ROT13 in another window.
23402 The text itself is not modified, only the way it is displayed is affected.
23403
23404 To terminate the ROT13 display, delete that window. As long as that window
23405 is not deleted, any buffer displayed in it will become instantly encoded
23406 in ROT13.
23407
23408 See also `toggle-rot13-mode'.
23409
23410 \(fn)" t nil)
23411
23412 (autoload (quote toggle-rot13-mode) "rot13" "\
23413 Toggle the use of ROT13 encoding for the current window.
23414
23415 \(fn)" t nil)
23416
23417 ;;;***
23418 \f
23419 ;;;### (autoloads (ruler-mode) "ruler-mode" "ruler-mode.el" (17833
23420 ;;;;;; 43069))
23421 ;;; Generated autoloads from ruler-mode.el
23422
23423 (autoload (quote ruler-mode) "ruler-mode" "\
23424 Display a ruler in the header line if ARG > 0.
23425
23426 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23427
23428 ;;;***
23429 \f
23430 ;;;### (autoloads (rx rx-to-string) "rx" "emacs-lisp/rx.el" (18011
23431 ;;;;;; 44080))
23432 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/rx.el
23433
23434 (autoload (quote rx-to-string) "rx" "\
23435 Parse and produce code for regular expression FORM.
23436 FORM is a regular expression in sexp form.
23437 NO-GROUP non-nil means don't put shy groups around the result.
23438
23439 \(fn FORM &optional NO-GROUP)" nil nil)
23440
23441 (autoload (quote rx) "rx" "\
23442 Translate regular expressions REGEXPS in sexp form to a regexp string.
23443 REGEXPS is a non-empty sequence of forms of the sort listed below.
23444 See also `rx-to-string' for how to do such a translation at run-time.
23445
23446 The following are valid subforms of regular expressions in sexp
23447 notation.
23448
23449 STRING
23450 matches string STRING literally.
23451
23452 CHAR
23453 matches character CHAR literally.
23454
23455 `not-newline', `nonl'
23456 matches any character except a newline.
23457 .
23458 `anything'
23459 matches any character
23460
23461 `(any SET ...)'
23462 `(in SET ...)'
23463 `(char SET ...)'
23464 matches any character in SET .... SET may be a character or string.
23465 Ranges of characters can be specified as `A-Z' in strings.
23466 Ranges may also be specified as conses like `(?A . ?Z)'.
23467
23468 SET may also be the name of a character class: `digit',
23469 `control', `hex-digit', `blank', `graph', `print', `alnum',
23470 `alpha', `ascii', `nonascii', `lower', `punct', `space', `upper',
23471 `word', or one of their synonyms.
23472
23473 `(not (any SET ...))'
23474 matches any character not in SET ...
23475
23476 `line-start', `bol'
23477 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a line
23478 in the text being matched
23479
23480 `line-end', `eol'
23481 is similar to `line-start' but matches only at the end of a line
23482
23483 `string-start', `bos', `bot'
23484 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
23485 string being matched against.
23486
23487 `string-end', `eos', `eot'
23488 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
23489 string being matched against.
23490
23491 `buffer-start'
23492 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
23493 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-start'.
23494
23495 `buffer-end'
23496 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
23497 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-end'.
23498
23499 `point'
23500 matches the empty string, but only at point.
23501
23502 `word-start', `bow'
23503 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a word.
23504
23505 `word-end', `eow'
23506 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a word.
23507
23508 `word-boundary'
23509 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
23510 word.
23511
23512 `(not word-boundary)'
23513 `not-word-boundary'
23514 matches the empty string, but not at the beginning or end of a
23515 word.
23516
23517 `symbol-start'
23518 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a symbol.
23519
23520 `symbol-end'
23521 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a symbol.
23522
23523 `digit', `numeric', `num'
23524 matches 0 through 9.
23525
23526 `control', `cntrl'
23527 matches ASCII control characters.
23528
23529 `hex-digit', `hex', `xdigit'
23530 matches 0 through 9, a through f and A through F.
23531
23532 `blank'
23533 matches space and tab only.
23534
23535 `graphic', `graph'
23536 matches graphic characters--everything except ASCII control chars,
23537 space, and DEL.
23538
23539 `printing', `print'
23540 matches printing characters--everything except ASCII control chars
23541 and DEL.
23542
23543 `alphanumeric', `alnum'
23544 matches letters and digits. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23545 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
23546
23547 `letter', `alphabetic', `alpha'
23548 matches letters. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23549 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
23550
23551 `ascii'
23552 matches ASCII (unibyte) characters.
23553
23554 `nonascii'
23555 matches non-ASCII (multibyte) characters.
23556
23557 `lower', `lower-case'
23558 matches anything lower-case.
23559
23560 `upper', `upper-case'
23561 matches anything upper-case.
23562
23563 `punctuation', `punct'
23564 matches punctuation. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23565 it matches anything that has non-word syntax.)
23566
23567 `space', `whitespace', `white'
23568 matches anything that has whitespace syntax.
23569
23570 `word', `wordchar'
23571 matches anything that has word syntax.
23572
23573 `not-wordchar'
23574 matches anything that has non-word syntax.
23575
23576 `(syntax SYNTAX)'
23577 matches a character with syntax SYNTAX. SYNTAX must be one
23578 of the following symbols, or a symbol corresponding to the syntax
23579 character, e.g. `\\.' for `\\s.'.
23580
23581 `whitespace' (\\s- in string notation)
23582 `punctuation' (\\s.)
23583 `word' (\\sw)
23584 `symbol' (\\s_)
23585 `open-parenthesis' (\\s()
23586 `close-parenthesis' (\\s))
23587 `expression-prefix' (\\s')
23588 `string-quote' (\\s\")
23589 `paired-delimiter' (\\s$)
23590 `escape' (\\s\\)
23591 `character-quote' (\\s/)
23592 `comment-start' (\\s<)
23593 `comment-end' (\\s>)
23594 `string-delimiter' (\\s|)
23595 `comment-delimiter' (\\s!)
23596
23597 `(not (syntax SYNTAX))'
23598 matches a character that doesn't have syntax SYNTAX.
23599
23600 `(category CATEGORY)'
23601 matches a character with category CATEGORY. CATEGORY must be
23602 either a character to use for C, or one of the following symbols.
23603
23604 `consonant' (\\c0 in string notation)
23605 `base-vowel' (\\c1)
23606 `upper-diacritical-mark' (\\c2)
23607 `lower-diacritical-mark' (\\c3)
23608 `tone-mark' (\\c4)
23609 `symbol' (\\c5)
23610 `digit' (\\c6)
23611 `vowel-modifying-diacritical-mark' (\\c7)
23612 `vowel-sign' (\\c8)
23613 `semivowel-lower' (\\c9)
23614 `not-at-end-of-line' (\\c<)
23615 `not-at-beginning-of-line' (\\c>)
23616 `alpha-numeric-two-byte' (\\cA)
23617 `chinse-two-byte' (\\cC)
23618 `greek-two-byte' (\\cG)
23619 `japanese-hiragana-two-byte' (\\cH)
23620 `indian-tow-byte' (\\cI)
23621 `japanese-katakana-two-byte' (\\cK)
23622 `korean-hangul-two-byte' (\\cN)
23623 `cyrillic-two-byte' (\\cY)
23624 `combining-diacritic' (\\c^)
23625 `ascii' (\\ca)
23626 `arabic' (\\cb)
23627 `chinese' (\\cc)
23628 `ethiopic' (\\ce)
23629 `greek' (\\cg)
23630 `korean' (\\ch)
23631 `indian' (\\ci)
23632 `japanese' (\\cj)
23633 `japanese-katakana' (\\ck)
23634 `latin' (\\cl)
23635 `lao' (\\co)
23636 `tibetan' (\\cq)
23637 `japanese-roman' (\\cr)
23638 `thai' (\\ct)
23639 `vietnamese' (\\cv)
23640 `hebrew' (\\cw)
23641 `cyrillic' (\\cy)
23642 `can-break' (\\c|)
23643
23644 `(not (category CATEGORY))'
23645 matches a character that doesn't have category CATEGORY.
23646
23647 `(and SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23648 `(: SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23649 `(seq SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23650 `(sequence SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23651 matches what SEXP1 matches, followed by what SEXP2 matches, etc.
23652
23653 `(submatch SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23654 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23655 like `and', but makes the match accessible with `match-end',
23656 `match-beginning', and `match-string'.
23657
23658 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23659 another name for `submatch'.
23660
23661 `(or SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23662 `(| SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23663 matches anything that matches SEXP1 or SEXP2, etc. If all
23664 args are strings, use `regexp-opt' to optimize the resulting
23665 regular expression.
23666
23667 `(minimal-match SEXP)'
23668 produce a non-greedy regexp for SEXP. Normally, regexps matching
23669 zero or more occurrences of something are \"greedy\" in that they
23670 match as much as they can, as long as the overall regexp can
23671 still match. A non-greedy regexp matches as little as possible.
23672
23673 `(maximal-match SEXP)'
23674 produce a greedy regexp for SEXP. This is the default.
23675
23676 Below, `SEXP ...' represents a sequence of regexp forms, treated as if
23677 enclosed in `(and ...)'.
23678
23679 `(zero-or-more SEXP ...)'
23680 `(0+ SEXP ...)'
23681 matches zero or more occurrences of what SEXP ... matches.
23682
23683 `(* SEXP ...)'
23684 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp, independent
23685 of `rx-greedy-flag'.
23686
23687 `(*? SEXP ...)'
23688 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp,
23689 independent of `rx-greedy-flag'.
23690
23691 `(one-or-more SEXP ...)'
23692 `(1+ SEXP ...)'
23693 matches one or more occurrences of SEXP ...
23694
23695 `(+ SEXP ...)'
23696 like `one-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp.
23697
23698 `(+? SEXP ...)'
23699 like `one-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
23700
23701 `(zero-or-one SEXP ...)'
23702 `(optional SEXP ...)'
23703 `(opt SEXP ...)'
23704 matches zero or one occurrences of A.
23705
23706 `(? SEXP ...)'
23707 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a greedy regexp.
23708
23709 `(?? SEXP ...)'
23710 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
23711
23712 `(repeat N SEXP)'
23713 `(= N SEXP ...)'
23714 matches N occurrences.
23715
23716 `(>= N SEXP ...)'
23717 matches N or more occurrences.
23718
23719 `(repeat N M SEXP)'
23720 `(** N M SEXP ...)'
23721 matches N to M occurrences.
23722
23723 `(backref N)'
23724 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
23725
23726 `(backref N)'
23727 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
23728
23729 `(backref N)'
23730 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
23731
23732 `(eval FORM)'
23733 evaluate FORM and insert result. If result is a string,
23734 `regexp-quote' it.
23735
23736 `(regexp REGEXP)'
23737 include REGEXP in string notation in the result.
23738
23739 \(fn &rest REGEXPS)" nil (quote macro))
23740
23741 ;;;***
23742 \f
23743 ;;;### (autoloads (savehist-mode savehist-mode) "savehist" "savehist.el"
23744 ;;;;;; (17842 58279))
23745 ;;; Generated autoloads from savehist.el
23746
23747 (defvar savehist-mode nil "\
23748 Mode for automatic saving of minibuffer history.
23749 Set this by calling the `savehist-mode' function or using the customize
23750 interface.")
23751
23752 (custom-autoload (quote savehist-mode) "savehist" nil)
23753
23754 (autoload (quote savehist-mode) "savehist" "\
23755 Toggle savehist-mode.
23756 Positive ARG turns on `savehist-mode'. When on, savehist-mode causes
23757 minibuffer history to be saved periodically and when exiting Emacs.
23758 When turned on for the first time in an Emacs session, it causes the
23759 previous minibuffer history to be loaded from `savehist-file'.
23760
23761 This mode should normally be turned on from your Emacs init file.
23762 Calling it at any other time replaces your current minibuffer histories,
23763 which is probably undesirable.
23764
23765 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
23766
23767 ;;;***
23768 \f
23769 ;;;### (autoloads (dsssl-mode scheme-mode) "scheme" "progmodes/scheme.el"
23770 ;;;;;; (17842 56332))
23771 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/scheme.el
23772
23773 (autoload (quote scheme-mode) "scheme" "\
23774 Major mode for editing Scheme code.
23775 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
23776
23777 In addition, if an inferior Scheme process is running, some additional
23778 commands will be defined, for evaluating expressions and controlling
23779 the interpreter, and the state of the process will be displayed in the
23780 modeline of all Scheme buffers. The names of commands that interact
23781 with the Scheme process start with \"xscheme-\" if you use the MIT
23782 Scheme-specific `xscheme' package; for more information see the
23783 documentation for `xscheme-interaction-mode'. Use \\[run-scheme] to
23784 start an inferior Scheme using the more general `cmuscheme' package.
23785
23786 Commands:
23787 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
23788 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
23789 \\{scheme-mode-map}
23790 Entry to this mode calls the value of `scheme-mode-hook'
23791 if that value is non-nil.
23792
23793 \(fn)" t nil)
23794
23795 (autoload (quote dsssl-mode) "scheme" "\
23796 Major mode for editing DSSSL code.
23797 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
23798
23799 Commands:
23800 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
23801 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
23802 \\{scheme-mode-map}
23803 Entering this mode runs the hooks `scheme-mode-hook' and then
23804 `dsssl-mode-hook' and inserts the value of `dsssl-sgml-declaration' if
23805 that variable's value is a string.
23806
23807 \(fn)" t nil)
23808
23809 ;;;***
23810 \f
23811 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "gnus/score-mode.el"
23812 ;;;;;; (17842 54741))
23813 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/score-mode.el
23814
23815 (autoload (quote gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "\
23816 Mode for editing Gnus score files.
23817 This mode is an extended emacs-lisp mode.
23818
23819 \\{gnus-score-mode-map}
23820
23821 \(fn)" t nil)
23822
23823 ;;;***
23824 \f
23825 ;;;### (autoloads (scribe-mode) "scribe" "obsolete/scribe.el" (17994
23826 ;;;;;; 6715))
23827 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/scribe.el
23828
23829 (autoload (quote scribe-mode) "scribe" "\
23830 Major mode for editing files of Scribe (a text formatter) source.
23831 Scribe-mode is similar to text-mode, with a few extra commands added.
23832 \\{scribe-mode-map}
23833
23834 Interesting variables:
23835
23836 `scribe-fancy-paragraphs'
23837 Non-nil makes Scribe mode use a different style of paragraph separation.
23838
23839 `scribe-electric-quote'
23840 Non-nil makes insert of double quote use `` or '' depending on context.
23841
23842 `scribe-electric-parenthesis'
23843 Non-nil makes an open-parenthesis char (one of `([<{')
23844 automatically insert its close if typed after an @Command form.
23845
23846 \(fn)" t nil)
23847
23848 ;;;***
23849 \f
23850 ;;;### (autoloads (scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all" "scroll-all.el"
23851 ;;;;;; (17842 58278))
23852 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-all.el
23853
23854 (defvar scroll-all-mode nil "\
23855 Non-nil if Scroll-All mode is enabled.
23856 See the command `scroll-all-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
23857 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23858 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23859 or call the function `scroll-all-mode'.")
23860
23861 (custom-autoload (quote scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all" nil)
23862
23863 (autoload (quote scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all" "\
23864 Toggle Scroll-All minor mode.
23865 With ARG, turn Scroll-All minor mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
23866 When Scroll-All mode is on, scrolling commands entered in one window
23867 apply to all visible windows in the same frame.
23868
23869 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23870
23871 ;;;***
23872 \f
23873 ;;;### (autoloads (scroll-lock-mode) "scroll-lock" "scroll-lock.el"
23874 ;;;;;; (17842 58278))
23875 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-lock.el
23876
23877 (autoload (quote scroll-lock-mode) "scroll-lock" "\
23878 Minor mode for pager-like scrolling.
23879 Keys which normally move point by line or paragraph will scroll
23880 the buffer by the respective amount of lines instead and point
23881 will be kept vertically fixed relative to window boundaries
23882 during scrolling.
23883
23884 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23885
23886 ;;;***
23887 \f
23888 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-other-frame mail-other-window mail mail-mailing-lists
23889 ;;;;;; mail-mode mail-send-nonascii mail-bury-selects-summary mail-default-headers
23890 ;;;;;; mail-default-directory mail-signature-file mail-signature
23891 ;;;;;; mail-citation-prefix-regexp mail-citation-hook mail-indentation-spaces
23892 ;;;;;; mail-yank-prefix mail-setup-hook mail-personal-alias-file
23893 ;;;;;; mail-alias-file mail-default-reply-to mail-archive-file-name
23894 ;;;;;; mail-header-separator send-mail-function mail-interactive
23895 ;;;;;; mail-self-blind mail-specify-envelope-from mail-from-style)
23896 ;;;;;; "sendmail" "mail/sendmail.el" (17942 63381))
23897 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/sendmail.el
23898
23899 (defvar mail-from-style (quote angles) "\
23900 Specifies how \"From:\" fields look.
23901
23902 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
23903 king@grassland.com
23904 If `parens', they look like:
23905 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
23906 If `angles', they look like:
23907 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
23908 If `system-default', allows the mailer to insert its default From field
23909 derived from the envelope-from address.
23910
23911 In old versions of Emacs, the `system-default' setting also caused
23912 Emacs to pass the proper email address from `user-mail-address'
23913 to the mailer to specify the envelope-from address. But that is now
23914 controlled by a separate variable, `mail-specify-envelope-from'.")
23915
23916 (custom-autoload (quote mail-from-style) "sendmail" t)
23917
23918 (defvar mail-specify-envelope-from nil "\
23919 If non-nil, specify the envelope-from address when sending mail.
23920 The value used to specify it is whatever is found in
23921 the variable `mail-envelope-from', with `user-mail-address' as fallback.
23922
23923 On most systems, specifying the envelope-from address is a
23924 privileged operation. This variable affects sendmail and
23925 smtpmail -- if you use feedmail to send mail, see instead the
23926 variable `feedmail-deduce-envelope-from'.")
23927
23928 (custom-autoload (quote mail-specify-envelope-from) "sendmail" t)
23929
23930 (defvar mail-self-blind nil "\
23931 Non-nil means insert BCC to self in messages to be sent.
23932 This is done when the message is initialized,
23933 so you can remove or alter the BCC field to override the default.")
23934
23935 (custom-autoload (quote mail-self-blind) "sendmail" t)
23936
23937 (defvar mail-interactive nil "\
23938 Non-nil means when sending a message wait for and display errors.
23939 nil means let mailer mail back a message to report errors.")
23940
23941 (custom-autoload (quote mail-interactive) "sendmail" t)
23942
23943 (put (quote send-mail-function) (quote standard-value) (quote ((if (and window-system (memq system-type (quote (darwin windows-nt)))) (quote mailclient-send-it) (quote sendmail-send-it)))))
23944
23945 (defvar send-mail-function (if (and window-system (memq system-type (quote (darwin windows-nt)))) (quote mailclient-send-it) (quote sendmail-send-it)) "\
23946 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
23947 The headers should be delimited by a line which is
23948 not a valid RFC822 header or continuation line,
23949 that matches the variable `mail-header-separator'.
23950 This is used by the default mail-sending commands. See also
23951 `message-send-mail-function' for use with the Message package.")
23952
23953 (custom-autoload (quote send-mail-function) "sendmail" t)
23954
23955 (defvar mail-header-separator "--text follows this line--" "\
23956 Line used to separate headers from text in messages being composed.")
23957
23958 (custom-autoload (quote mail-header-separator) "sendmail" t)
23959
23960 (defvar mail-archive-file-name nil "\
23961 Name of file to write all outgoing messages in, or nil for none.
23962 This can be an inbox file or an Rmail file.")
23963
23964 (custom-autoload (quote mail-archive-file-name) "sendmail" t)
23965
23966 (defvar mail-default-reply-to nil "\
23967 Address to insert as default Reply-to field of outgoing messages.
23968 If nil, it will be initialized from the REPLYTO environment variable
23969 when you first send mail.")
23970
23971 (custom-autoload (quote mail-default-reply-to) "sendmail" t)
23972
23973 (defvar mail-alias-file nil "\
23974 If non-nil, the name of a file to use instead of `/usr/lib/aliases'.
23975 This file defines aliases to be expanded by the mailer; this is a different
23976 feature from that of defining aliases in `.mailrc' to be expanded in Emacs.
23977 This variable has no effect unless your system uses sendmail as its mailer.")
23978
23979 (custom-autoload (quote mail-alias-file) "sendmail" t)
23980
23981 (defvar mail-personal-alias-file "~/.mailrc" "\
23982 If non-nil, the name of the user's personal mail alias file.
23983 This file typically should be in same format as the `.mailrc' file used by
23984 the `Mail' or `mailx' program.
23985 This file need not actually exist.")
23986
23987 (custom-autoload (quote mail-personal-alias-file) "sendmail" t)
23988
23989 (defvar mail-setup-hook nil "\
23990 Normal hook, run each time a new outgoing mail message is initialized.
23991 The function `mail-setup' runs this hook.")
23992
23993 (custom-autoload (quote mail-setup-hook) "sendmail" t)
23994
23995 (defvar mail-aliases t "\
23996 Alist of mail address aliases,
23997 or t meaning should be initialized from your mail aliases file.
23998 \(The file's name is normally `~/.mailrc', but `mail-personal-alias-file'
23999 can specify a different file name.)
24000 The alias definitions in the file have this form:
24001 alias ALIAS MEANING")
24002
24003 (defvar mail-yank-prefix nil "\
24004 Prefix insert on lines of yanked message being replied to.
24005 nil means use indentation.")
24006
24007 (custom-autoload (quote mail-yank-prefix) "sendmail" t)
24008
24009 (defvar mail-indentation-spaces 3 "\
24010 Number of spaces to insert at the beginning of each cited line.
24011 Used by `mail-yank-original' via `mail-indent-citation'.")
24012
24013 (custom-autoload (quote mail-indentation-spaces) "sendmail" t)
24014
24015 (defvar mail-citation-hook nil "\
24016 Hook for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
24017 Each hook function can find the citation between (point) and (mark t),
24018 and should leave point and mark around the citation text as modified.
24019 The hook functions can find the header of the cited message
24020 in the variable `mail-citation-header', whether or not this is included
24021 in the cited portion of the message.
24022
24023 If this hook is entirely empty (nil), a default action is taken
24024 instead of no action.")
24025
24026 (custom-autoload (quote mail-citation-hook) "sendmail" t)
24027
24028 (defvar mail-citation-prefix-regexp "[ ]*[-a-z0-9A-Z]*>+[ ]*\\|[ ]*" "\
24029 Regular expression to match a citation prefix plus whitespace.
24030 It should match whatever sort of citation prefixes you want to handle,
24031 with whitespace before and after; it should also match just whitespace.
24032 The default value matches citations like `foo-bar>' plus whitespace.")
24033
24034 (custom-autoload (quote mail-citation-prefix-regexp) "sendmail" t)
24035
24036 (defvar mail-signature nil "\
24037 Text inserted at end of mail buffer when a message is initialized.
24038 If t, it means to insert the contents of the file `mail-signature-file'.
24039 If a string, that string is inserted.
24040 (To make a proper signature, the string should begin with \\n\\n-- \\n,
24041 which is the standard way to delimit a signature in a message.)
24042 Otherwise, it should be an expression; it is evaluated
24043 and should insert whatever you want to insert.")
24044
24045 (custom-autoload (quote mail-signature) "sendmail" t)
24046
24047 (defvar mail-signature-file "~/.signature" "\
24048 File containing the text inserted at end of mail buffer.")
24049
24050 (custom-autoload (quote mail-signature-file) "sendmail" t)
24051
24052 (defvar mail-default-directory "~/" "\
24053 Directory for mail buffers.
24054 Value of `default-directory' for mail buffers.
24055 This directory is used for auto-save files of mail buffers.")
24056
24057 (custom-autoload (quote mail-default-directory) "sendmail" t)
24058
24059 (defvar mail-default-headers nil "\
24060 A string containing header lines, to be inserted in outgoing messages.
24061 It is inserted before you edit the message,
24062 so you can edit or delete these lines.")
24063
24064 (custom-autoload (quote mail-default-headers) "sendmail" t)
24065
24066 (defvar mail-bury-selects-summary t "\
24067 If non-nil, try to show RMAIL summary buffer after returning from mail.
24068 The functions \\[mail-send-on-exit] or \\[mail-dont-send] select
24069 the RMAIL summary buffer before returning, if it exists and this variable
24070 is non-nil.")
24071
24072 (custom-autoload (quote mail-bury-selects-summary) "sendmail" t)
24073
24074 (defvar mail-send-nonascii (quote mime) "\
24075 Specify whether to allow sending non-ASCII characters in mail.
24076 If t, that means do allow it. nil means don't allow it.
24077 `query' means ask the user each time.
24078 `mime' means add an appropriate MIME header if none already present.
24079 The default is `mime'.
24080 Including non-ASCII characters in a mail message can be problematical
24081 for the recipient, who may not know how to decode them properly.")
24082
24083 (custom-autoload (quote mail-send-nonascii) "sendmail" t)
24084
24085 (autoload (quote mail-mode) "sendmail" "\
24086 Major mode for editing mail to be sent.
24087 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
24088
24089 \\[mail-send] mail-send (send the message)
24090 \\[mail-send-and-exit] mail-send-and-exit (send the message and exit)
24091
24092 Here are commands that move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
24093 \\[mail-to] move to To: \\[mail-subject] move to Subj:
24094 \\[mail-bcc] move to BCC: \\[mail-cc] move to CC:
24095 \\[mail-fcc] move to FCC: \\[mail-reply-to] move to Reply-To:
24096 \\[mail-mail-reply-to] move to Mail-Reply-To:
24097 \\[mail-mail-followup-to] move to Mail-Followup-To:
24098 \\[mail-text] move to message text.
24099 \\[mail-signature] mail-signature (insert `mail-signature-file' file).
24100 \\[mail-yank-original] mail-yank-original (insert current message, in Rmail).
24101 \\[mail-fill-yanked-message] mail-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked).
24102 \\[mail-sent-via] mail-sent-via (add a sent-via field for each To or CC).
24103 Turning on Mail mode runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and
24104 `mail-mode-hook' (in that order).
24105
24106 \(fn)" t nil)
24107
24108 (defvar mail-mailing-lists nil "\
24109 *List of mailing list addresses the user is subscribed to.
24110
24111 The variable is used to trigger insertion of the \"Mail-Followup-To\"
24112 header when sending a message to a mailing list.")
24113
24114 (custom-autoload (quote mail-mailing-lists) "sendmail" t)
24115
24116 (defvar sendmail-coding-system nil "\
24117 *Coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
24118 This has higher priority than `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
24119 and `default-sendmail-coding-system',
24120 but lower priority than the local value of `buffer-file-coding-system'.
24121 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
24122
24123 (defvar default-sendmail-coding-system (quote iso-latin-1) "\
24124 Default coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
24125 This variable is used only when `sendmail-coding-system' is nil.
24126
24127 This variable is set/changed by the command `set-language-environment'.
24128 User should not set this variable manually,
24129 instead use `sendmail-coding-system' to get a constant encoding
24130 of outgoing mails regardless of the current language environment.
24131 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
24132 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*mail*")
24133
24134 (autoload (quote mail) "sendmail" "\
24135 Edit a message to be sent. Prefix arg means resume editing (don't erase).
24136 When this function returns, the buffer `*mail*' is selected.
24137 The value is t if the message was newly initialized; otherwise, nil.
24138
24139 Optionally, the signature file `mail-signature-file' can be inserted at the
24140 end; see the variable `mail-signature'.
24141
24142 \\<mail-mode-map>
24143 While editing message, type \\[mail-send-and-exit] to send the message and exit.
24144
24145 Various special commands starting with C-c are available in sendmail mode
24146 to move to message header fields:
24147 \\{mail-mode-map}
24148
24149 If `mail-self-blind' is non-nil, a BCC to yourself is inserted
24150 when the message is initialized.
24151
24152 If `mail-default-reply-to' is non-nil, it should be an address (a string);
24153 a Reply-to: field with that address is inserted.
24154
24155 If `mail-archive-file-name' is non-nil, an FCC field with that file name
24156 is inserted.
24157
24158 The normal hook `mail-setup-hook' is run after the message is
24159 initialized. It can add more default fields to the message.
24160
24161 The first argument, NOERASE, determines what to do when there is
24162 an existing modified `*mail*' buffer. If NOERASE is nil, the
24163 existing mail buffer is used, and the user is prompted whether to
24164 keep the old contents or to erase them. If NOERASE has the value
24165 `new', a new mail buffer will be created instead of using the old
24166 one. Any other non-nil value means to always select the old
24167 buffer without erasing the contents.
24168
24169 The second through fifth arguments,
24170 TO, SUBJECT, IN-REPLY-TO and CC, specify if non-nil
24171 the initial contents of those header fields.
24172 These arguments should not have final newlines.
24173 The sixth argument REPLYBUFFER is a buffer which contains an
24174 original message being replied to, or else an action
24175 of the form (FUNCTION . ARGS) which says how to insert the original.
24176 Or it can be nil, if not replying to anything.
24177 The seventh argument ACTIONS is a list of actions to take
24178 if/when the message is sent. Each action looks like (FUNCTION . ARGS);
24179 when the message is sent, we apply FUNCTION to ARGS.
24180 This is how Rmail arranges to mark messages `answered'.
24181
24182 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER ACTIONS)" t nil)
24183
24184 (autoload (quote mail-other-window) "sendmail" "\
24185 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
24186
24187 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
24188
24189 (autoload (quote mail-other-frame) "sendmail" "\
24190 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
24191
24192 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
24193
24194 ;;;***
24195 \f
24196 ;;;### (autoloads (server-mode server-start) "server" "server.el"
24197 ;;;;;; (17921 16827))
24198 ;;; Generated autoloads from server.el
24199
24200 (autoload (quote server-start) "server" "\
24201 Allow this Emacs process to be a server for client processes.
24202 This starts a server communications subprocess through which
24203 client \"editors\" can send your editing commands to this Emacs
24204 job. To use the server, set up the program `emacsclient' in the
24205 Emacs distribution as your standard \"editor\".
24206
24207 Optional argument LEAVE-DEAD (interactively, a prefix arg) means just
24208 kill any existing server communications subprocess.
24209
24210 \(fn &optional LEAVE-DEAD)" t nil)
24211
24212 (defvar server-mode nil "\
24213 Non-nil if Server mode is enabled.
24214 See the command `server-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
24215 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24216 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
24217 or call the function `server-mode'.")
24218
24219 (custom-autoload (quote server-mode) "server" nil)
24220
24221 (autoload (quote server-mode) "server" "\
24222 Toggle Server mode.
24223 With ARG, turn Server mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
24224 Server mode runs a process that accepts commands from the
24225 `emacsclient' program. See `server-start' and Info node `Emacs server'.
24226
24227 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24228
24229 (autoload (quote server-save-buffers-kill-terminal) "server" "\
24230 Offer to save each buffer, then kill PROC.
24231
24232 With prefix arg, silently save all file-visiting buffers, then kill.
24233
24234 If emacsclient was started with a list of filenames to edit, then
24235 only these files will be asked to be saved.
24236
24237 \(fn PROC &optional ARG)" nil nil)
24238
24239 ;;;***
24240 \f
24241 ;;;### (autoloads (ses-mode) "ses" "ses.el" (17902 31690))
24242 ;;; Generated autoloads from ses.el
24243
24244 (autoload (quote ses-mode) "ses" "\
24245 Major mode for Simple Emacs Spreadsheet.
24246 See \"ses-example.ses\" (in `data-directory') for more info.
24247
24248 Key definitions:
24249 \\{ses-mode-map}
24250 These key definitions are active only in the print area (the visible part):
24251 \\{ses-mode-print-map}
24252 These are active only in the minibuffer, when entering or editing a formula:
24253 \\{ses-mode-edit-map}
24254
24255 \(fn)" t nil)
24256
24257 ;;;***
24258 \f
24259 ;;;### (autoloads (html-mode sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "textmodes/sgml-mode.el"
24260 ;;;;;; (18010 58080))
24261 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/sgml-mode.el
24262
24263 (autoload (quote sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "\
24264 Major mode for editing SGML documents.
24265 Makes > match <.
24266 Keys <, &, SPC within <>, \", / and ' can be electric depending on
24267 `sgml-quick-keys'.
24268
24269 An argument of N to a tag-inserting command means to wrap it around
24270 the next N words. In Transient Mark mode, when the mark is active,
24271 N defaults to -1, which means to wrap it around the current region.
24272
24273 If you like upcased tags, put (setq sgml-transformation-function 'upcase)
24274 in your `.emacs' file.
24275
24276 Use \\[sgml-validate] to validate your document with an SGML parser.
24277
24278 Do \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
24279 Do \\[describe-key] on the following bindings to discover what they do.
24280 \\{sgml-mode-map}
24281
24282 \(fn)" t nil)
24283
24284 (defalias (quote xml-mode) (quote sgml-mode))
24285
24286 (autoload (quote html-mode) "sgml-mode" "\
24287 Major mode based on SGML mode for editing HTML documents.
24288 This allows inserting skeleton constructs used in hypertext documents with
24289 completion. See below for an introduction to HTML. Use
24290 \\[browse-url-of-buffer] to see how this comes out. See also `sgml-mode' on
24291 which this is based.
24292
24293 Do \\[describe-variable] html- SPC and \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
24294
24295 To write fairly well formatted pages you only need to know few things. Most
24296 browsers have a function to read the source code of the page being seen, so
24297 you can imitate various tricks. Here's a very short HTML primer which you
24298 can also view with a browser to see what happens:
24299
24300 <title>A Title Describing Contents</title> should be on every page. Pages can
24301 have <h1>Very Major Headlines</h1> through <h6>Very Minor Headlines</h6>
24302 <hr> Parts can be separated with horizontal rules.
24303
24304 <p>Paragraphs only need an opening tag. Line breaks and multiple spaces are
24305 ignored unless the text is <pre>preformatted.</pre> Text can be marked as
24306 <b>bold</b>, <i>italic</i> or <u>underlined</u> using the normal M-o or
24307 Edit/Text Properties/Face commands.
24308
24309 Pages can have <a name=\"SOMENAME\">named points</a> and can link other points
24310 to them with <a href=\"#SOMENAME\">see also somename</a>. In the same way <a
24311 href=\"URL\">see also URL</a> where URL is a filename relative to current
24312 directory, or absolute as in `http://www.cs.indiana.edu/elisp/w3/docs.html'.
24313
24314 Images in many formats can be inlined with <img src=\"URL\">.
24315
24316 If you mainly create your own documents, `sgml-specials' might be
24317 interesting. But note that some HTML 2 browsers can't handle `&apos;'.
24318 To work around that, do:
24319 (eval-after-load \"sgml-mode\" '(aset sgml-char-names ?' nil))
24320
24321 \\{html-mode-map}
24322
24323 \(fn)" t nil)
24324
24325 ;;;***
24326 \f
24327 ;;;### (autoloads (sh-mode) "sh-script" "progmodes/sh-script.el"
24328 ;;;;;; (17992 30878))
24329 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sh-script.el
24330 (put 'sh-shell 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
24331
24332 (autoload (quote sh-mode) "sh-script" "\
24333 Major mode for editing shell scripts.
24334 This mode works for many shells, since they all have roughly the same syntax,
24335 as far as commands, arguments, variables, pipes, comments etc. are concerned.
24336 Unless the file's magic number indicates the shell, your usual shell is
24337 assumed. Since filenames rarely give a clue, they are not further analyzed.
24338
24339 This mode adapts to the variations between shells (see `sh-set-shell') by
24340 means of an inheritance based feature lookup (see `sh-feature'). This
24341 mechanism applies to all variables (including skeletons) that pertain to
24342 shell-specific features.
24343
24344 The default style of this mode is that of Rosenblatt's Korn shell book.
24345 The syntax of the statements varies with the shell being used. The
24346 following commands are available, based on the current shell's syntax:
24347 \\<sh-mode-map>
24348 \\[sh-case] case statement
24349 \\[sh-for] for loop
24350 \\[sh-function] function definition
24351 \\[sh-if] if statement
24352 \\[sh-indexed-loop] indexed loop from 1 to n
24353 \\[sh-while-getopts] while getopts loop
24354 \\[sh-repeat] repeat loop
24355 \\[sh-select] select loop
24356 \\[sh-until] until loop
24357 \\[sh-while] while loop
24358
24359 For sh and rc shells indentation commands are:
24360 \\[sh-show-indent] Show the variable controlling this line's indentation.
24361 \\[sh-set-indent] Set then variable controlling this line's indentation.
24362 \\[sh-learn-line-indent] Change the indentation variable so this line
24363 would indent to the way it currently is.
24364 \\[sh-learn-buffer-indent] Set the indentation variables so the
24365 buffer indents as it currently is indented.
24366
24367
24368 \\[backward-delete-char-untabify] Delete backward one position, even if it was a tab.
24369 \\[sh-newline-and-indent] Delete unquoted space and indent new line same as this one.
24370 \\[sh-end-of-command] Go to end of successive commands.
24371 \\[sh-beginning-of-command] Go to beginning of successive commands.
24372 \\[sh-set-shell] Set this buffer's shell, and maybe its magic number.
24373 \\[sh-execute-region] Have optional header and region be executed in a subshell.
24374
24375 \\[sh-maybe-here-document] Without prefix, following an unquoted < inserts here document.
24376 {, (, [, ', \", `
24377 Unless quoted with \\, insert the pairs {}, (), [], or '', \"\", ``.
24378
24379 If you generally program a shell different from your login shell you can
24380 set `sh-shell-file' accordingly. If your shell's file name doesn't correctly
24381 indicate what shell it is use `sh-alias-alist' to translate.
24382
24383 If your shell gives error messages with line numbers, you can use \\[executable-interpret]
24384 with your script for an edit-interpret-debug cycle.
24385
24386 \(fn)" t nil)
24387
24388 (defalias (quote shell-script-mode) (quote sh-mode))
24389
24390 ;;;***
24391 \f
24392 ;;;### (autoloads (sha1) "sha1" "gnus/sha1.el" (17842 54741))
24393 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sha1.el
24394
24395 (autoload (quote sha1) "sha1" "\
24396 Return the SHA1 (Secure Hash Algorithm) of an object.
24397 OBJECT is either a string or a buffer.
24398 Optional arguments BEG and END denote buffer positions for computing the
24399 hash of a portion of OBJECT.
24400 If BINARY is non-nil, return a string in binary form.
24401
24402 \(fn OBJECT &optional BEG END BINARY)" nil nil)
24403
24404 ;;;***
24405 \f
24406 ;;;### (autoloads (list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "emacs-lisp/shadow.el"
24407 ;;;;;; (17853 57352))
24408 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/shadow.el
24409
24410 (autoload (quote list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "\
24411 Display a list of Emacs Lisp files that shadow other files.
24412
24413 This function lists potential load path problems. Directories in
24414 the `load-path' variable are searched, in order, for Emacs Lisp
24415 files. When a previously encountered file name is found again, a
24416 message is displayed indicating that the later file is \"hidden\" by
24417 the earlier.
24418
24419 For example, suppose `load-path' is set to
24420
24421 \(\"/usr/gnu/emacs/site-lisp\" \"/usr/gnu/emacs/share/emacs/19.30/lisp\")
24422
24423 and that each of these directories contains a file called XXX.el. Then
24424 XXX.el in the site-lisp directory is referred to by all of:
24425 \(require 'XXX), (autoload .... \"XXX\"), (load-library \"XXX\") etc.
24426
24427 The first XXX.el file prevents Emacs from seeing the second (unless
24428 the second is loaded explicitly via `load-file').
24429
24430 When not intended, such shadowings can be the source of subtle
24431 problems. For example, the above situation may have arisen because the
24432 XXX package was not distributed with versions of Emacs prior to
24433 19.30. An Emacs maintainer downloaded XXX from elsewhere and installed
24434 it. Later, XXX was updated and included in the Emacs distribution.
24435 Unless the Emacs maintainer checks for this, the new version of XXX
24436 will be hidden behind the old (which may no longer work with the new
24437 Emacs version).
24438
24439 This function performs these checks and flags all possible
24440 shadowings. Because a .el file may exist without a corresponding .elc
24441 \(or vice-versa), these suffixes are essentially ignored. A file
24442 XXX.elc in an early directory (that does not contain XXX.el) is
24443 considered to shadow a later file XXX.el, and vice-versa.
24444
24445 When run interactively, the shadowings (if any) are displayed in a
24446 buffer called `*Shadows*'. Shadowings are located by calling the
24447 \(non-interactive) companion function, `find-emacs-lisp-shadows'.
24448
24449 \(fn)" t nil)
24450
24451 ;;;***
24452 \f
24453 ;;;### (autoloads (shadow-initialize shadow-define-regexp-group shadow-define-literal-group
24454 ;;;;;; shadow-define-cluster) "shadowfile" "shadowfile.el" (17842
24455 ;;;;;; 58278))
24456 ;;; Generated autoloads from shadowfile.el
24457
24458 (autoload (quote shadow-define-cluster) "shadowfile" "\
24459 Edit (or create) the definition of a cluster NAME.
24460 This is a group of hosts that share directories, so that copying to or from
24461 one of them is sufficient to update the file on all of them. Clusters are
24462 defined by a name, the network address of a primary host (the one we copy
24463 files to), and a regular expression that matches the hostnames of all the sites
24464 in the cluster.
24465
24466 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
24467
24468 (autoload (quote shadow-define-literal-group) "shadowfile" "\
24469 Declare a single file to be shared between sites.
24470 It may have different filenames on each site. When this file is edited, the
24471 new version will be copied to each of the other locations. Sites can be
24472 specific hostnames, or names of clusters (see `shadow-define-cluster').
24473
24474 \(fn)" t nil)
24475
24476 (autoload (quote shadow-define-regexp-group) "shadowfile" "\
24477 Make each of a group of files be shared between hosts.
24478 Prompts for regular expression; files matching this are shared between a list
24479 of sites, which are also prompted for. The filenames must be identical on all
24480 hosts (if they aren't, use `shadow-define-literal-group' instead of this function).
24481 Each site can be either a hostname or the name of a cluster (see
24482 `shadow-define-cluster').
24483
24484 \(fn)" t nil)
24485
24486 (autoload (quote shadow-initialize) "shadowfile" "\
24487 Set up file shadowing.
24488
24489 \(fn)" t nil)
24490
24491 ;;;***
24492 \f
24493 ;;;### (autoloads (shell shell-dumb-shell-regexp) "shell" "shell.el"
24494 ;;;;;; (17899 1575))
24495 ;;; Generated autoloads from shell.el
24496
24497 (defvar shell-dumb-shell-regexp "cmd\\(proxy\\)?\\.exe" "\
24498 Regexp to match shells that don't save their command history, and
24499 don't handle the backslash as a quote character. For shells that
24500 match this regexp, Emacs will write out the command history when the
24501 shell finishes, and won't remove backslashes when it unquotes shell
24502 arguments.")
24503
24504 (custom-autoload (quote shell-dumb-shell-regexp) "shell" t)
24505
24506 (autoload (quote shell) "shell" "\
24507 Run an inferior shell, with I/O through BUFFER (which defaults to `*shell*').
24508 Interactively, a prefix arg means to prompt for BUFFER.
24509 If BUFFER exists but shell process is not running, make new shell.
24510 If BUFFER exists and shell process is running, just switch to BUFFER.
24511 Program used comes from variable `explicit-shell-file-name',
24512 or (if that is nil) from the ESHELL environment variable,
24513 or (if that is nil) from `shell-file-name'.
24514 If a file `~/.emacs_SHELLNAME' exists, or `~/.emacs.d/init_SHELLNAME.sh',
24515 it is given as initial input (but this may be lost, due to a timing
24516 error, if the shell discards input when it starts up).
24517 The buffer is put in Shell mode, giving commands for sending input
24518 and controlling the subjobs of the shell. See `shell-mode'.
24519 See also the variable `shell-prompt-pattern'.
24520
24521 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
24522 in the input and output to the shell, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
24523 before \\[shell]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
24524 in the shell buffer, after you start the shell.
24525 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
24526 `default-process-coding-system'.
24527
24528 The shell file name (sans directories) is used to make a symbol name
24529 such as `explicit-csh-args'. If that symbol is a variable,
24530 its value is used as a list of arguments when invoking the shell.
24531 Otherwise, one argument `-i' is passed to the shell.
24532
24533 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
24534
24535 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24536 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*shell*")
24537
24538 ;;;***
24539 \f
24540 ;;;### (autoloads (sieve-upload-and-bury sieve-upload sieve-manage)
24541 ;;;;;; "sieve" "gnus/sieve.el" (17842 54741))
24542 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve.el
24543
24544 (autoload (quote sieve-manage) "sieve" "\
24545 Not documented
24546
24547 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT)" t nil)
24548
24549 (autoload (quote sieve-upload) "sieve" "\
24550 Not documented
24551
24552 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24553
24554 (autoload (quote sieve-upload-and-bury) "sieve" "\
24555 Not documented
24556
24557 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24558
24559 ;;;***
24560 \f
24561 ;;;### (autoloads (sieve-mode) "sieve-mode" "gnus/sieve-mode.el"
24562 ;;;;;; (17842 54741))
24563 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve-mode.el
24564
24565 (autoload (quote sieve-mode) "sieve-mode" "\
24566 Major mode for editing Sieve code.
24567 This is much like C mode except for the syntax of comments. Its keymap
24568 inherits from C mode's and it has the same variables for customizing
24569 indentation. It has its own abbrev table and its own syntax table.
24570
24571 Turning on Sieve mode runs `sieve-mode-hook'.
24572
24573 \(fn)" t nil)
24574
24575 ;;;***
24576 \f
24577 ;;;### (autoloads nil "simple" "simple.el" (18009 38727))
24578 ;;; Generated autoloads from simple.el
24579 (put 'fill-prefix 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
24580
24581 ;;;***
24582 \f
24583 ;;;### (autoloads (simula-mode) "simula" "progmodes/simula.el" (17842
24584 ;;;;;; 56332))
24585 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/simula.el
24586
24587 (autoload (quote simula-mode) "simula" "\
24588 Major mode for editing SIMULA code.
24589 \\{simula-mode-map}
24590 Variables controlling indentation style:
24591 `simula-tab-always-indent'
24592 Non-nil means TAB in SIMULA mode should always reindent the current line,
24593 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
24594 `simula-indent-level'
24595 Indentation of SIMULA statements with respect to containing block.
24596 `simula-substatement-offset'
24597 Extra indentation after DO, THEN, ELSE, WHEN and OTHERWISE.
24598 `simula-continued-statement-offset' 3
24599 Extra indentation for lines not starting a statement or substatement,
24600 e.g. a nested FOR-loop. If value is a list, each line in a multiple-
24601 line continued statement will have the car of the list extra indentation
24602 with respect to the previous line of the statement.
24603 `simula-label-offset' -4711
24604 Offset of SIMULA label lines relative to usual indentation.
24605 `simula-if-indent' '(0 . 0)
24606 Extra indentation of THEN and ELSE with respect to the starting IF.
24607 Value is a cons cell, the car is extra THEN indentation and the cdr
24608 extra ELSE indentation. IF after ELSE is indented as the starting IF.
24609 `simula-inspect-indent' '(0 . 0)
24610 Extra indentation of WHEN and OTHERWISE with respect to the
24611 corresponding INSPECT. Value is a cons cell, the car is
24612 extra WHEN indentation and the cdr extra OTHERWISE indentation.
24613 `simula-electric-indent' nil
24614 If this variable is non-nil, `simula-indent-line'
24615 will check the previous line to see if it has to be reindented.
24616 `simula-abbrev-keyword' 'upcase
24617 Determine how SIMULA keywords will be expanded. Value is one of
24618 the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize', (as in) `abbrev-table',
24619 or nil if they should not be changed.
24620 `simula-abbrev-stdproc' 'abbrev-table
24621 Determine how standard SIMULA procedure and class names will be
24622 expanded. Value is one of the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize',
24623 (as in) `abbrev-table', or nil if they should not be changed.
24624
24625 Turning on SIMULA mode calls the value of the variable simula-mode-hook
24626 with no arguments, if that value is non-nil.
24627
24628 \(fn)" t nil)
24629
24630 ;;;***
24631 \f
24632 ;;;### (autoloads (skeleton-pair-insert-maybe skeleton-insert skeleton-proxy-new
24633 ;;;;;; define-skeleton) "skeleton" "skeleton.el" (17842 58278))
24634 ;;; Generated autoloads from skeleton.el
24635
24636 (defvar skeleton-filter-function (quote identity) "\
24637 Function for transforming a skeleton proxy's aliases' variable value.")
24638
24639 (autoload (quote define-skeleton) "skeleton" "\
24640 Define a user-configurable COMMAND that enters a statement skeleton.
24641 DOCUMENTATION is that of the command.
24642 SKELETON is as defined under `skeleton-insert'.
24643
24644 \(fn COMMAND DOCUMENTATION &rest SKELETON)" nil (quote macro))
24645
24646 (autoload (quote skeleton-proxy-new) "skeleton" "\
24647 Insert SKELETON.
24648 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
24649 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
24650 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
24651 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
24652 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
24653
24654 Optional second argument STR may also be a string which will be the value
24655 of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then ignored.
24656
24657 \(fn SKELETON &optional STR ARG)" nil nil)
24658
24659 (autoload (quote skeleton-insert) "skeleton" "\
24660 Insert the complex statement skeleton SKELETON describes very concisely.
24661
24662 With optional second argument REGIONS, wrap first interesting point
24663 \(`_') in skeleton around next REGIONS words, if REGIONS is positive.
24664 If REGIONS is negative, wrap REGIONS preceding interregions into first
24665 REGIONS interesting positions (successive `_'s) in skeleton.
24666
24667 An interregion is the stretch of text between two contiguous marked
24668 points. If you marked A B C [] (where [] is the cursor) in
24669 alphabetical order, the 3 interregions are simply the last 3 regions.
24670 But if you marked B A [] C, the interregions are B-A, A-[], []-C.
24671
24672 The optional third argument STR, if specified, is the value for the
24673 variable `str' within the skeleton. When this is non-nil, the
24674 interactor gets ignored, and this should be a valid skeleton element.
24675
24676 SKELETON is made up as (INTERACTOR ELEMENT ...). INTERACTOR may be nil if
24677 not needed, a prompt-string or an expression for complex read functions.
24678
24679 If ELEMENT is a string or a character it gets inserted (see also
24680 `skeleton-transformation-function'). Other possibilities are:
24681
24682 \\n go to next line and indent according to mode
24683 _ interesting point, interregion here
24684 - interesting point, no interregion interaction, overrides
24685 interesting point set by _
24686 > indent line (or interregion if > _) according to major mode
24687 @ add position to `skeleton-positions'
24688 & do next ELEMENT iff previous moved point
24689 | do next ELEMENT iff previous didn't move point
24690 -num delete num preceding characters (see `skeleton-untabify')
24691 resume: skipped, continue here if quit is signaled
24692 nil skipped
24693
24694 After termination, point will be positioned at the last occurrence of -
24695 or at the first occurrence of _ or at the end of the inserted text.
24696
24697 Further elements can be defined via `skeleton-further-elements'. ELEMENT may
24698 itself be a SKELETON with an INTERACTOR. The user is prompted repeatedly for
24699 different inputs. The SKELETON is processed as often as the user enters a
24700 non-empty string. \\[keyboard-quit] terminates skeleton insertion, but
24701 continues after `resume:' and positions at `_' if any. If INTERACTOR in such
24702 a subskeleton is a prompt-string which contains a \".. %s ..\" it is
24703 formatted with `skeleton-subprompt'. Such an INTERACTOR may also be a list of
24704 strings with the subskeleton being repeated once for each string.
24705
24706 Quoted Lisp expressions are evaluated for their side-effects.
24707 Other Lisp expressions are evaluated and the value treated as above.
24708 Note that expressions may not return t since this implies an
24709 endless loop. Modes can define other symbols by locally setting them
24710 to any valid skeleton element. The following local variables are
24711 available:
24712
24713 str first time: read a string according to INTERACTOR
24714 then: insert previously read string once more
24715 help help-form during interaction with the user or nil
24716 input initial input (string or cons with index) while reading str
24717 v1, v2 local variables for memorizing anything you want
24718
24719 When done with skeleton, but before going back to `_'-point call
24720 `skeleton-end-hook' if that is non-nil.
24721
24722 \(fn SKELETON &optional REGIONS STR)" nil nil)
24723
24724 (autoload (quote skeleton-pair-insert-maybe) "skeleton" "\
24725 Insert the character you type ARG times.
24726
24727 With no ARG, if `skeleton-pair' is non-nil, pairing can occur. If the region
24728 is visible the pair is wrapped around it depending on `skeleton-autowrap'.
24729 Else, if `skeleton-pair-on-word' is non-nil or we are not before or inside a
24730 word, and if `skeleton-pair-filter-function' returns nil, pairing is performed.
24731 Pairing is also prohibited if we are right after a quoting character
24732 such as backslash.
24733
24734 If a match is found in `skeleton-pair-alist', that is inserted, else
24735 the defaults are used. These are (), [], {}, <> and `' for the
24736 symmetrical ones, and the same character twice for the others.
24737
24738 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
24739
24740 ;;;***
24741 \f
24742 ;;;### (autoloads (smerge-mode smerge-ediff) "smerge-mode" "smerge-mode.el"
24743 ;;;;;; (17904 28230))
24744 ;;; Generated autoloads from smerge-mode.el
24745
24746 (autoload (quote smerge-ediff) "smerge-mode" "\
24747 Invoke ediff to resolve the conflicts.
24748 NAME-MINE, NAME-OTHER, and NAME-BASE, if non-nil, are used for the
24749 buffer names.
24750
24751 \(fn &optional NAME-MINE NAME-OTHER NAME-BASE)" t nil)
24752
24753 (autoload (quote smerge-mode) "smerge-mode" "\
24754 Minor mode to simplify editing output from the diff3 program.
24755 \\{smerge-mode-map}
24756
24757 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24758
24759 ;;;***
24760 \f
24761 ;;;### (autoloads (smiley-buffer smiley-region) "smiley" "gnus/smiley.el"
24762 ;;;;;; (17875 18370))
24763 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/smiley.el
24764
24765 (autoload (quote smiley-region) "smiley" "\
24766 Replace in the region `smiley-regexp-alist' matches with corresponding images.
24767 A list of images is returned.
24768
24769 \(fn START END)" t nil)
24770
24771 (autoload (quote smiley-buffer) "smiley" "\
24772 Run `smiley-region' at the buffer, specified in the argument or
24773 interactively. If there's no argument, do it at the current buffer
24774
24775 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24776
24777 ;;;***
24778 \f
24779 ;;;### (autoloads (smtpmail-send-queued-mail smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail"
24780 ;;;;;; "mail/smtpmail.el" (17939 50716))
24781 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/smtpmail.el
24782
24783 (autoload (quote smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail" "\
24784 Not documented
24785
24786 \(fn)" nil nil)
24787
24788 (autoload (quote smtpmail-send-queued-mail) "smtpmail" "\
24789 Send mail that was queued as a result of setting `smtpmail-queue-mail'.
24790
24791 \(fn)" t nil)
24792
24793 ;;;***
24794 \f
24795 ;;;### (autoloads (snake) "snake" "play/snake.el" (17842 55395))
24796 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/snake.el
24797
24798 (autoload (quote snake) "snake" "\
24799 Play the Snake game.
24800 Move the snake around without colliding with its tail or with the border.
24801
24802 Eating dots causes the snake to get longer.
24803
24804 Snake mode keybindings:
24805 \\<snake-mode-map>
24806 \\[snake-start-game] Starts a new game of Snake
24807 \\[snake-end-game] Terminates the current game
24808 \\[snake-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
24809 \\[snake-move-left] Makes the snake move left
24810 \\[snake-move-right] Makes the snake move right
24811 \\[snake-move-up] Makes the snake move up
24812 \\[snake-move-down] Makes the snake move down
24813
24814 \(fn)" t nil)
24815
24816 ;;;***
24817 \f
24818 ;;;### (autoloads (snmpv2-mode snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "net/snmp-mode.el"
24819 ;;;;;; (17842 55218))
24820 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/snmp-mode.el
24821
24822 (autoload (quote snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "\
24823 Major mode for editing SNMP MIBs.
24824 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
24825 Tab indents for C code.
24826 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
24827 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24828 \\{snmp-mode-map}
24829 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook', then
24830 `snmp-mode-hook'.
24831
24832 \(fn)" t nil)
24833
24834 (autoload (quote snmpv2-mode) "snmp-mode" "\
24835 Major mode for editing SNMPv2 MIBs.
24836 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
24837 Tab indents for C code.
24838 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
24839 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24840 \\{snmp-mode-map}
24841 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook',
24842 then `snmpv2-mode-hook'.
24843
24844 \(fn)" t nil)
24845
24846 ;;;***
24847 \f
24848 ;;;### (autoloads (solar-equinoxes-solstices sunrise-sunset calendar-location-name
24849 ;;;;;; calendar-longitude calendar-latitude calendar-time-display-form)
24850 ;;;;;; "solar" "calendar/solar.el" (17956 13479))
24851 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/solar.el
24852
24853 (defvar calendar-time-display-form (quote (12-hours ":" minutes am-pm (if time-zone " (") time-zone (if time-zone ")"))) "\
24854 *The pseudo-pattern that governs the way a time of day is formatted.
24855
24856 A pseudo-pattern is a list of expressions that can involve the keywords
24857 `12-hours', `24-hours', and `minutes', all numbers in string form,
24858 and `am-pm' and `time-zone', both alphabetic strings.
24859
24860 For example, the form
24861
24862 '(24-hours \":\" minutes
24863 (if time-zone \" (\") time-zone (if time-zone \")\"))
24864
24865 would give military-style times like `21:07 (UTC)'.")
24866
24867 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-time-display-form) "solar" t)
24868
24869 (defvar calendar-latitude nil "\
24870 *Latitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees.
24871
24872 The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is
24873 sufficient), + north, - south, such as 40.7 for New York City, or the value
24874 can be a vector [degrees minutes north/south] such as [40 50 north] for New
24875 York City.
24876
24877 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
24878
24879 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-latitude) "solar" t)
24880
24881 (defvar calendar-longitude nil "\
24882 *Longitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees.
24883
24884 The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is
24885 sufficient), + east, - west, such as -73.9 for New York City, or the value
24886 can be a vector [degrees minutes east/west] such as [73 55 west] for New
24887 York City.
24888
24889 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
24890
24891 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-longitude) "solar" t)
24892
24893 (defvar calendar-location-name (quote (let ((float-output-format "%.1f")) (format "%s%s, %s%s" (if (numberp calendar-latitude) (abs calendar-latitude) (+ (aref calendar-latitude 0) (/ (aref calendar-latitude 1) 60.0))) (if (numberp calendar-latitude) (if (> calendar-latitude 0) "N" "S") (if (equal (aref calendar-latitude 2) (quote north)) "N" "S")) (if (numberp calendar-longitude) (abs calendar-longitude) (+ (aref calendar-longitude 0) (/ (aref calendar-longitude 1) 60.0))) (if (numberp calendar-longitude) (if (> calendar-longitude 0) "E" "W") (if (equal (aref calendar-longitude 2) (quote east)) "E" "W"))))) "\
24894 *Expression evaluating to name of `calendar-longitude', `calendar-latitude'.
24895 For example, \"New York City\". Default value is just the latitude, longitude
24896 pair.
24897
24898 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
24899
24900 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-location-name) "solar" t)
24901
24902 (autoload (quote sunrise-sunset) "solar" "\
24903 Local time of sunrise and sunset for today. Accurate to a few seconds.
24904 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompt for date.
24905
24906 If called with an optional double prefix argument, prompt for longitude,
24907 latitude, time zone, and date, and always use standard time.
24908
24909 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
24910
24911 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24912
24913 (autoload (quote solar-equinoxes-solstices) "solar" "\
24914 *local* date and time of equinoxes and solstices, if visible in the calendar window.
24915 Requires floating point.
24916
24917 \(fn)" nil nil)
24918
24919 ;;;***
24920 \f
24921 ;;;### (autoloads (solitaire) "solitaire" "play/solitaire.el" (17842
24922 ;;;;;; 55395))
24923 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/solitaire.el
24924
24925 (autoload (quote solitaire) "solitaire" "\
24926 Play Solitaire.
24927
24928 To play Solitaire, type \\[solitaire].
24929 \\<solitaire-mode-map>
24930 Move around the board using the cursor keys.
24931 Move stones using \\[solitaire-move] followed by a direction key.
24932 Undo moves using \\[solitaire-undo].
24933 Check for possible moves using \\[solitaire-do-check].
24934 \(The variable `solitaire-auto-eval' controls whether to automatically
24935 check after each move or undo)
24936
24937 What is Solitaire?
24938
24939 I don't know who invented this game, but it seems to be rather old and
24940 its origin seems to be northern Africa. Here's how to play:
24941 Initially, the board will look similar to this:
24942
24943 Le Solitaire
24944 ============
24945
24946 o o o
24947
24948 o o o
24949
24950 o o o o o o o
24951
24952 o o o . o o o
24953
24954 o o o o o o o
24955
24956 o o o
24957
24958 o o o
24959
24960 Let's call the o's stones and the .'s holes. One stone fits into one
24961 hole. As you can see, all holes but one are occupied by stones. The
24962 aim of the game is to get rid of all but one stone, leaving that last
24963 one in the middle of the board if you're cool.
24964
24965 A stone can be moved if there is another stone next to it, and a hole
24966 after that one. Thus there must be three fields in a row, either
24967 horizontally or vertically, up, down, left or right, which look like
24968 this: o o .
24969
24970 Then the first stone is moved to the hole, jumping over the second,
24971 which therefore is taken away. The above thus `evaluates' to: . . o
24972
24973 That's all. Here's the board after two moves:
24974
24975 o o o
24976
24977 . o o
24978
24979 o o . o o o o
24980
24981 o . o o o o o
24982
24983 o o o o o o o
24984
24985 o o o
24986
24987 o o o
24988
24989 Pick your favourite shortcuts:
24990
24991 \\{solitaire-mode-map}
24992
24993 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
24994
24995 ;;;***
24996 \f
24997 ;;;### (autoloads (reverse-region sort-columns sort-regexp-fields
24998 ;;;;;; sort-fields sort-numeric-fields sort-pages sort-paragraphs
24999 ;;;;;; sort-lines sort-subr) "sort" "sort.el" (17842 58278))
25000 ;;; Generated autoloads from sort.el
25001
25002 (autoload (quote sort-subr) "sort" "\
25003 General text sorting routine to divide buffer into records and sort them.
25004
25005 We divide the accessible portion of the buffer into disjoint pieces
25006 called sort records. A portion of each sort record (perhaps all of
25007 it) is designated as the sort key. The records are rearranged in the
25008 buffer in order by their sort keys. The records may or may not be
25009 contiguous.
25010
25011 Usually the records are rearranged in order of ascending sort key.
25012 If REVERSE is non-nil, they are rearranged in order of descending sort key.
25013 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25014 the sort order.
25015
25016 The next four arguments are functions to be called to move point
25017 across a sort record. They will be called many times from within sort-subr.
25018
25019 NEXTRECFUN is called with point at the end of the previous record.
25020 It moves point to the start of the next record.
25021 It should move point to the end of the buffer if there are no more records.
25022 The first record is assumed to start at the position of point when sort-subr
25023 is called.
25024
25025 ENDRECFUN is called with point within the record.
25026 It should move point to the end of the record.
25027
25028 STARTKEYFUN moves from the start of the record to the start of the key.
25029 It may return either a non-nil value to be used as the key, or
25030 else the key is the substring between the values of point after
25031 STARTKEYFUN and ENDKEYFUN are called. If STARTKEYFUN is nil, the key
25032 starts at the beginning of the record.
25033
25034 ENDKEYFUN moves from the start of the sort key to the end of the sort key.
25035 ENDKEYFUN may be nil if STARTKEYFUN returns a value or if it would be the
25036 same as ENDRECFUN.
25037
25038 PREDICATE is the function to use to compare keys. If keys are numbers,
25039 it defaults to `<', otherwise it defaults to `string<'.
25040
25041 \(fn REVERSE NEXTRECFUN ENDRECFUN &optional STARTKEYFUN ENDKEYFUN PREDICATE)" nil nil)
25042
25043 (autoload (quote sort-lines) "sort" "\
25044 Sort lines in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25045 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25046 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25047 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25048 the sort order.
25049
25050 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25051
25052 (autoload (quote sort-paragraphs) "sort" "\
25053 Sort paragraphs in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25054 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25055 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25056 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25057 the sort order.
25058
25059 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25060
25061 (autoload (quote sort-pages) "sort" "\
25062 Sort pages in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25063 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25064 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25065 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25066 the sort order.
25067
25068 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25069
25070 (autoload (quote sort-numeric-fields) "sort" "\
25071 Sort lines in region numerically by the ARGth field of each line.
25072 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
25073 Specified field must contain a number in each line of the region,
25074 which may begin with \"0x\" or \"0\" for hexadecimal and octal values.
25075 Otherwise, the number is interpreted according to sort-numeric-base.
25076 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
25077 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25078 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
25079
25080 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
25081
25082 (autoload (quote sort-fields) "sort" "\
25083 Sort lines in region lexicographically by the ARGth field of each line.
25084 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
25085 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
25086 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25087 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
25088 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25089 the sort order.
25090
25091 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
25092
25093 (autoload (quote sort-regexp-fields) "sort" "\
25094 Sort the region lexicographically as specified by RECORD-REGEXP and KEY.
25095 RECORD-REGEXP specifies the textual units which should be sorted.
25096 For example, to sort lines RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\"
25097 KEY specifies the part of each record (ie each match for RECORD-REGEXP)
25098 is to be used for sorting.
25099 If it is \"\\\\digit\" then the digit'th \"\\\\(...\\\\)\" match field from
25100 RECORD-REGEXP is used.
25101 If it is \"\\\\&\" then the whole record is used.
25102 Otherwise, it is a regular-expression for which to search within the record.
25103 If a match for KEY is not found within a record then that record is ignored.
25104
25105 With a negative prefix arg sorts in reverse order.
25106
25107 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25108 the sort order.
25109
25110 For example: to sort lines in the region by the first word on each line
25111 starting with the letter \"f\",
25112 RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\" and KEY would be \"\\\\=\\<f\\\\w*\\\\>\"
25113
25114 \(fn REVERSE RECORD-REGEXP KEY-REGEXP BEG END)" t nil)
25115
25116 (autoload (quote sort-columns) "sort" "\
25117 Sort lines in region alphabetically by a certain range of columns.
25118 For the purpose of this command, the region BEG...END includes
25119 the entire line that point is in and the entire line the mark is in.
25120 The column positions of point and mark bound the range of columns to sort on.
25121 A prefix argument means sort into REVERSE order.
25122 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25123 the sort order.
25124
25125 Note that `sort-columns' rejects text that contains tabs,
25126 because tabs could be split across the specified columns
25127 and it doesn't know how to handle that. Also, when possible,
25128 it uses the `sort' utility program, which doesn't understand tabs.
25129 Use \\[untabify] to convert tabs to spaces before sorting.
25130
25131 \(fn REVERSE &optional BEG END)" t nil)
25132
25133 (autoload (quote reverse-region) "sort" "\
25134 Reverse the order of lines in a region.
25135 From a program takes two point or marker arguments, BEG and END.
25136
25137 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
25138
25139 ;;;***
25140 \f
25141 ;;;### (autoloads (spam-initialize) "spam" "gnus/spam.el" (17842
25142 ;;;;;; 54741))
25143 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam.el
25144
25145 (autoload (quote spam-initialize) "spam" "\
25146 Install the spam.el hooks and do other initialization
25147
25148 \(fn)" t nil)
25149
25150 ;;;***
25151 \f
25152 ;;;### (autoloads (spam-report-deagentize spam-report-agentize spam-report-url-to-file
25153 ;;;;;; spam-report-url-ping-mm-url spam-report-process-queue) "spam-report"
25154 ;;;;;; "gnus/spam-report.el" (17842 54741))
25155 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam-report.el
25156
25157 (autoload (quote spam-report-process-queue) "spam-report" "\
25158 Report all queued requests from `spam-report-requests-file'.
25159
25160 If FILE is given, use it instead of `spam-report-requests-file'.
25161 If KEEP is t, leave old requests in the file. If KEEP is the
25162 symbol `ask', query before flushing the queue file.
25163
25164 \(fn &optional FILE KEEP)" t nil)
25165
25166 (autoload (quote spam-report-url-ping-mm-url) "spam-report" "\
25167 Ping a host through HTTP, addressing a specific GET resource. Use
25168 the external program specified in `mm-url-program' to connect to
25169 server.
25170
25171 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
25172
25173 (autoload (quote spam-report-url-to-file) "spam-report" "\
25174 Collect spam report requests in `spam-report-requests-file'.
25175 Customize `spam-report-url-ping-function' to use this function.
25176
25177 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
25178
25179 (autoload (quote spam-report-agentize) "spam-report" "\
25180 Add spam-report support to the Agent.
25181 Spam reports will be queued with \\[spam-report-url-to-file] when
25182 the Agent is unplugged, and will be submitted in a batch when the
25183 Agent is plugged.
25184
25185 \(fn)" t nil)
25186
25187 (autoload (quote spam-report-deagentize) "spam-report" "\
25188 Remove spam-report support from the Agent.
25189 Spam reports will be queued with the method used when
25190 \\[spam-report-agentize] was run.
25191
25192 \(fn)" t nil)
25193
25194 ;;;***
25195 \f
25196 ;;;### (autoloads (speedbar-get-focus speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar"
25197 ;;;;;; "speedbar.el" (17881 43027))
25198 ;;; Generated autoloads from speedbar.el
25199
25200 (defalias (quote speedbar) (quote speedbar-frame-mode))
25201
25202 (autoload (quote speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar" "\
25203 Enable or disable speedbar. Positive ARG means turn on, negative turn off.
25204 A nil ARG means toggle. Once the speedbar frame is activated, a buffer in
25205 `speedbar-mode' will be displayed. Currently, only one speedbar is
25206 supported at a time.
25207 `speedbar-before-popup-hook' is called before popping up the speedbar frame.
25208 `speedbar-before-delete-hook' is called before the frame is deleted.
25209
25210 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25211
25212 (autoload (quote speedbar-get-focus) "speedbar" "\
25213 Change frame focus to or from the speedbar frame.
25214 If the selected frame is not speedbar, then speedbar frame is
25215 selected. If the speedbar frame is active, then select the attached frame.
25216
25217 \(fn)" t nil)
25218
25219 ;;;***
25220 \f
25221 ;;;### (autoloads (spell-string spell-region spell-word spell-buffer)
25222 ;;;;;; "spell" "textmodes/spell.el" (17842 58276))
25223 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/spell.el
25224
25225 (put (quote spell-filter) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
25226
25227 (autoload (quote spell-buffer) "spell" "\
25228 Check spelling of every word in the buffer.
25229 For each incorrect word, you are asked for the correct spelling
25230 and then put into a query-replace to fix some or all occurrences.
25231 If you do not want to change a word, just give the same word
25232 as its \"correct\" spelling; then the query replace is skipped.
25233
25234 \(fn)" t nil)
25235
25236 (autoload (quote spell-word) "spell" "\
25237 Check spelling of word at or before point.
25238 If it is not correct, ask user for the correct spelling
25239 and `query-replace' the entire buffer to substitute it.
25240
25241 \(fn)" t nil)
25242
25243 (autoload (quote spell-region) "spell" "\
25244 Like `spell-buffer' but applies only to region.
25245 Used in a program, applies from START to END.
25246 DESCRIPTION is an optional string naming the unit being checked:
25247 for example, \"word\".
25248
25249 \(fn START END &optional DESCRIPTION)" t nil)
25250
25251 (autoload (quote spell-string) "spell" "\
25252 Check spelling of string supplied as argument.
25253
25254 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
25255
25256 ;;;***
25257 \f
25258 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-spooks spook) "spook" "play/spook.el" (17842
25259 ;;;;;; 55395))
25260 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/spook.el
25261
25262 (autoload (quote spook) "spook" "\
25263 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
25264
25265 \(fn)" t nil)
25266
25267 (autoload (quote snarf-spooks) "spook" "\
25268 Return a vector containing the lines from `spook-phrases-file'.
25269
25270 \(fn)" nil nil)
25271
25272 ;;;***
25273 \f
25274 ;;;### (autoloads (sql-linter sql-db2 sql-interbase sql-postgres
25275 ;;;;;; sql-ms sql-ingres sql-solid sql-mysql sql-sqlite sql-informix
25276 ;;;;;; sql-sybase sql-oracle sql-product-interactive sql-mode sql-help
25277 ;;;;;; sql-add-product-keywords) "sql" "progmodes/sql.el" (17842
25278 ;;;;;; 56332))
25279 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sql.el
25280
25281 (autoload (quote sql-add-product-keywords) "sql" "\
25282 Add highlighting KEYWORDS for SQL PRODUCT.
25283
25284 PRODUCT should be a symbol, the name of a sql product, such as
25285 `oracle'. KEYWORDS should be a list; see the variable
25286 `font-lock-keywords'. By default they are added at the beginning
25287 of the current highlighting list. If optional argument APPEND is
25288 `set', they are used to replace the current highlighting list.
25289 If APPEND is any other non-nil value, they are added at the end
25290 of the current highlighting list.
25291
25292 For example:
25293
25294 (sql-add-product-keywords 'ms
25295 '((\"\\\\b\\\\w+_t\\\\b\" . font-lock-type-face)))
25296
25297 adds a fontification pattern to fontify identifiers ending in
25298 `_t' as data types.
25299
25300 \(fn PRODUCT KEYWORDS &optional APPEND)" nil nil)
25301
25302 (autoload (quote sql-help) "sql" "\
25303 Show short help for the SQL modes.
25304
25305 Use an entry function to open an interactive SQL buffer. This buffer is
25306 usually named `*SQL*'. The name of the major mode is SQLi.
25307
25308 Use the following commands to start a specific SQL interpreter:
25309
25310 PostGres: \\[sql-postgres]
25311 MySQL: \\[sql-mysql]
25312 SQLite: \\[sql-sqlite]
25313
25314 Other non-free SQL implementations are also supported:
25315
25316 Solid: \\[sql-solid]
25317 Oracle: \\[sql-oracle]
25318 Informix: \\[sql-informix]
25319 Sybase: \\[sql-sybase]
25320 Ingres: \\[sql-ingres]
25321 Microsoft: \\[sql-ms]
25322 DB2: \\[sql-db2]
25323 Interbase: \\[sql-interbase]
25324 Linter: \\[sql-linter]
25325
25326 But we urge you to choose a free implementation instead of these.
25327
25328 Once you have the SQLi buffer, you can enter SQL statements in the
25329 buffer. The output generated is appended to the buffer and a new prompt
25330 is generated. See the In/Out menu in the SQLi buffer for some functions
25331 that help you navigate through the buffer, the input history, etc.
25332
25333 If you have a really complex SQL statement or if you are writing a
25334 procedure, you can do this in a separate buffer. Put the new buffer in
25335 `sql-mode' by calling \\[sql-mode]. The name of this buffer can be
25336 anything. The name of the major mode is SQL.
25337
25338 In this SQL buffer (SQL mode), you can send the region or the entire
25339 buffer to the interactive SQL buffer (SQLi mode). The results are
25340 appended to the SQLi buffer without disturbing your SQL buffer.
25341
25342 \(fn)" t nil)
25343
25344 (autoload (quote sql-mode) "sql" "\
25345 Major mode to edit SQL.
25346
25347 You can send SQL statements to the SQLi buffer using
25348 \\[sql-send-region]. Such a buffer must exist before you can do this.
25349 See `sql-help' on how to create SQLi buffers.
25350
25351 \\{sql-mode-map}
25352 Customization: Entry to this mode runs the `sql-mode-hook'.
25353
25354 When you put a buffer in SQL mode, the buffer stores the last SQLi
25355 buffer created as its destination in the variable `sql-buffer'. This
25356 will be the buffer \\[sql-send-region] sends the region to. If this
25357 SQLi buffer is killed, \\[sql-send-region] is no longer able to
25358 determine where the strings should be sent to. You can set the
25359 value of `sql-buffer' using \\[sql-set-sqli-buffer].
25360
25361 For information on how to create multiple SQLi buffers, see
25362 `sql-interactive-mode'.
25363
25364 Note that SQL doesn't have an escape character unless you specify
25365 one. If you specify backslash as escape character in SQL,
25366 you must tell Emacs. Here's how to do that in your `~/.emacs' file:
25367
25368 \(add-hook 'sql-mode-hook
25369 (lambda ()
25370 (modify-syntax-entry ?\\\\ \".\" sql-mode-syntax-table)))
25371
25372 \(fn)" t nil)
25373
25374 (autoload (quote sql-product-interactive) "sql" "\
25375 Run product interpreter as an inferior process.
25376
25377 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25378 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25379 `*SQL*'.
25380
25381 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25382
25383 \(fn &optional PRODUCT)" t nil)
25384
25385 (autoload (quote sql-oracle) "sql" "\
25386 Run sqlplus by Oracle as an inferior process.
25387
25388 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25389 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25390 `*SQL*'.
25391
25392 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-oracle-program'. Login uses
25393 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
25394 defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored in
25395 the list `sql-oracle-options'.
25396
25397 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25398 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25399
25400 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25401 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25402 before \\[sql-oracle]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25403 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25404 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25405 `default-process-coding-system'.
25406
25407 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25408
25409 \(fn)" t nil)
25410
25411 (autoload (quote sql-sybase) "sql" "\
25412 Run isql by SyBase as an inferior process.
25413
25414 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25415 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25416 `*SQL*'.
25417
25418 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sybase-program'. Login uses
25419 the variables `sql-server', `sql-user', `sql-password', and
25420 `sql-database' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25421 can be stored in the list `sql-sybase-options'.
25422
25423 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25424 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25425
25426 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25427 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25428 before \\[sql-sybase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25429 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25430 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25431 `default-process-coding-system'.
25432
25433 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25434
25435 \(fn)" t nil)
25436
25437 (autoload (quote sql-informix) "sql" "\
25438 Run dbaccess by Informix as an inferior process.
25439
25440 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25441 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25442 `*SQL*'.
25443
25444 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-informix-program'. Login uses
25445 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
25446
25447 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25448 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25449
25450 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25451 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25452 before \\[sql-informix]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25453 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25454 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25455 `default-process-coding-system'.
25456
25457 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25458
25459 \(fn)" t nil)
25460
25461 (autoload (quote sql-sqlite) "sql" "\
25462 Run sqlite as an inferior process.
25463
25464 SQLite is free software.
25465
25466 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25467 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25468 `*SQL*'.
25469
25470 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sqlite-program'. Login uses
25471 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
25472 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25473 can be stored in the list `sql-sqlite-options'.
25474
25475 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25476 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25477
25478 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25479 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25480 before \\[sql-sqlite]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25481 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25482 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25483 `default-process-coding-system'.
25484
25485 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25486
25487 \(fn)" t nil)
25488
25489 (autoload (quote sql-mysql) "sql" "\
25490 Run mysql by TcX as an inferior process.
25491
25492 Mysql versions 3.23 and up are free software.
25493
25494 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25495 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25496 `*SQL*'.
25497
25498 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-mysql-program'. Login uses
25499 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
25500 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25501 can be stored in the list `sql-mysql-options'.
25502
25503 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25504 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25505
25506 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25507 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25508 before \\[sql-mysql]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25509 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25510 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25511 `default-process-coding-system'.
25512
25513 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25514
25515 \(fn)" t nil)
25516
25517 (autoload (quote sql-solid) "sql" "\
25518 Run solsql by Solid as an inferior process.
25519
25520 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25521 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25522 `*SQL*'.
25523
25524 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-solid-program'. Login uses
25525 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-server' as
25526 defaults, if set.
25527
25528 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25529 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25530
25531 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25532 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25533 before \\[sql-solid]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25534 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25535 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25536 `default-process-coding-system'.
25537
25538 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25539
25540 \(fn)" t nil)
25541
25542 (autoload (quote sql-ingres) "sql" "\
25543 Run sql by Ingres as an inferior process.
25544
25545 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25546 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25547 `*SQL*'.
25548
25549 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ingres-program'. Login uses
25550 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
25551
25552 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25553 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25554
25555 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25556 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25557 before \\[sql-ingres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25558 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25559 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25560 `default-process-coding-system'.
25561
25562 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25563
25564 \(fn)" t nil)
25565
25566 (autoload (quote sql-ms) "sql" "\
25567 Run osql by Microsoft as an inferior process.
25568
25569 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25570 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25571 `*SQL*'.
25572
25573 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ms-program'. Login uses the
25574 variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and `sql-server'
25575 as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored
25576 in the list `sql-ms-options'.
25577
25578 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25579 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25580
25581 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25582 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25583 before \\[sql-ms]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25584 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25585 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25586 `default-process-coding-system'.
25587
25588 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25589
25590 \(fn)" t nil)
25591
25592 (autoload (quote sql-postgres) "sql" "\
25593 Run psql by Postgres as an inferior process.
25594
25595 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25596 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25597 `*SQL*'.
25598
25599 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-postgres-program'. Login uses
25600 the variables `sql-database' and `sql-server' as default, if set.
25601 Additional command line parameters can be stored in the list
25602 `sql-postgres-options'.
25603
25604 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25605 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25606
25607 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25608 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25609 before \\[sql-postgres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25610 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25611 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25612 `default-process-coding-system'. If your output lines end with ^M,
25613 your might try undecided-dos as a coding system. If this doesn't help,
25614 Try to set `comint-output-filter-functions' like this:
25615
25616 \(setq comint-output-filter-functions (append comint-output-filter-functions
25617 '(comint-strip-ctrl-m)))
25618
25619 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25620
25621 \(fn)" t nil)
25622
25623 (autoload (quote sql-interbase) "sql" "\
25624 Run isql by Interbase as an inferior process.
25625
25626 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25627 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25628 `*SQL*'.
25629
25630 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-interbase-program'. Login
25631 uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
25632 defaults, if set.
25633
25634 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25635 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25636
25637 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25638 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25639 before \\[sql-interbase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25640 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25641 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25642 `default-process-coding-system'.
25643
25644 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25645
25646 \(fn)" t nil)
25647
25648 (autoload (quote sql-db2) "sql" "\
25649 Run db2 by IBM as an inferior process.
25650
25651 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25652 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25653 `*SQL*'.
25654
25655 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-db2-program'. There is not
25656 automatic login.
25657
25658 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25659 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25660
25661 If you use \\[sql-accumulate-and-indent] to send multiline commands to
25662 db2, newlines will be escaped if necessary. If you don't want that, set
25663 `comint-input-sender' back to `comint-simple-send' by writing an after
25664 advice. See the elisp manual for more information.
25665
25666 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25667 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25668 before \\[sql-db2]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25669 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25670 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25671 `default-process-coding-system'.
25672
25673 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25674
25675 \(fn)" t nil)
25676
25677 (autoload (quote sql-linter) "sql" "\
25678 Run inl by RELEX as an inferior process.
25679
25680 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25681 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25682 `*SQL*'.
25683
25684 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-linter-program' - usually `inl'.
25685 Login uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database' and
25686 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25687 can be stored in the list `sql-linter-options'. Run inl -h to get help on
25688 parameters.
25689
25690 `sql-database' is used to set the LINTER_MBX environment variable for
25691 local connections, `sql-server' refers to the server name from the
25692 `nodetab' file for the network connection (dbc_tcp or friends must run
25693 for this to work). If `sql-password' is an empty string, inl will use
25694 an empty password.
25695
25696 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25697 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25698
25699 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25700
25701 \(fn)" t nil)
25702
25703 ;;;***
25704 \f
25705 ;;;### (autoloads (strokes-compose-complex-stroke strokes-decode-buffer
25706 ;;;;;; strokes-mode strokes-list-strokes strokes-load-user-strokes
25707 ;;;;;; strokes-help strokes-describe-stroke strokes-do-complex-stroke
25708 ;;;;;; strokes-do-stroke strokes-read-complex-stroke strokes-read-stroke
25709 ;;;;;; strokes-global-set-stroke) "strokes" "strokes.el" (17842
25710 ;;;;;; 58278))
25711 ;;; Generated autoloads from strokes.el
25712
25713 (autoload (quote strokes-global-set-stroke) "strokes" "\
25714 Interactively give STROKE the global binding as COMMAND.
25715 Operated just like `global-set-key', except for strokes.
25716 COMMAND is a symbol naming an interactively-callable function. STROKE
25717 is a list of sampled positions on the stroke grid as described in the
25718 documentation for the `strokes-define-stroke' function.
25719
25720 See also `strokes-global-set-stroke-string'.
25721
25722 \(fn STROKE COMMAND)" t nil)
25723
25724 (autoload (quote strokes-read-stroke) "strokes" "\
25725 Read a simple stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
25726 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
25727 This function will display the stroke interactively as it is being
25728 entered in the strokes buffer if the variable
25729 `strokes-use-strokes-buffer' is non-nil.
25730 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
25731
25732 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
25733
25734 (autoload (quote strokes-read-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
25735 Read a complex stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
25736 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
25737 Note that a complex stroke allows the user to pen-up and pen-down. This
25738 is implemented by allowing the user to paint with button 1 or button 2 and
25739 then complete the stroke with button 3.
25740 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
25741
25742 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
25743
25744 (autoload (quote strokes-do-stroke) "strokes" "\
25745 Read a simple stroke from the user and then execute its command.
25746 This must be bound to a mouse event.
25747
25748 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
25749
25750 (autoload (quote strokes-do-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
25751 Read a complex stroke from the user and then execute its command.
25752 This must be bound to a mouse event.
25753
25754 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
25755
25756 (autoload (quote strokes-describe-stroke) "strokes" "\
25757 Displays the command which STROKE maps to, reading STROKE interactively.
25758
25759 \(fn STROKE)" t nil)
25760
25761 (autoload (quote strokes-help) "strokes" "\
25762 Get instruction on using the Strokes package.
25763
25764 \(fn)" t nil)
25765
25766 (autoload (quote strokes-load-user-strokes) "strokes" "\
25767 Load user-defined strokes from file named by `strokes-file'.
25768
25769 \(fn)" t nil)
25770
25771 (autoload (quote strokes-list-strokes) "strokes" "\
25772 Pop up a buffer containing an alphabetical listing of strokes in STROKES-MAP.
25773 With CHRONOLOGICAL prefix arg (\\[universal-argument]) list strokes
25774 chronologically by command name.
25775 If STROKES-MAP is not given, `strokes-global-map' will be used instead.
25776
25777 \(fn &optional CHRONOLOGICAL STROKES-MAP)" t nil)
25778
25779 (defvar strokes-mode nil "\
25780 Non-nil if Strokes mode is enabled.
25781 See the command `strokes-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
25782 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25783 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
25784 or call the function `strokes-mode'.")
25785
25786 (custom-autoload (quote strokes-mode) "strokes" nil)
25787
25788 (autoload (quote strokes-mode) "strokes" "\
25789 Toggle Strokes global minor mode.\\<strokes-mode-map>
25790 With ARG, turn strokes on if and only if ARG is positive.
25791 Strokes are pictographic mouse gestures which invoke commands.
25792 Strokes are invoked with \\[strokes-do-stroke]. You can define
25793 new strokes with \\[strokes-global-set-stroke]. See also
25794 \\[strokes-do-complex-stroke] for `complex' strokes.
25795
25796 To use strokes for pictographic editing, such as Chinese/Japanese, use
25797 \\[strokes-compose-complex-stroke], which draws strokes and inserts them.
25798 Encode/decode your strokes with \\[strokes-encode-buffer],
25799 \\[strokes-decode-buffer].
25800
25801 \\{strokes-mode-map}
25802
25803 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25804
25805 (autoload (quote strokes-decode-buffer) "strokes" "\
25806 Decode stroke strings in BUFFER and display their corresponding glyphs.
25807 Optional BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
25808 Optional FORCE non-nil will ignore the buffer's read-only status.
25809
25810 \(fn &optional BUFFER FORCE)" t nil)
25811
25812 (autoload (quote strokes-compose-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
25813 Read a complex stroke and insert its glyph into the current buffer.
25814
25815 \(fn)" t nil)
25816
25817 ;;;***
25818 \f
25819 ;;;### (autoloads (studlify-buffer studlify-word studlify-region)
25820 ;;;;;; "studly" "play/studly.el" (17994 6715))
25821 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/studly.el
25822
25823 (autoload (quote studlify-region) "studly" "\
25824 Studlify-case the region.
25825
25826 \(fn BEGIN END)" t nil)
25827
25828 (autoload (quote studlify-word) "studly" "\
25829 Studlify-case the current word, or COUNT words if given an argument.
25830
25831 \(fn COUNT)" t nil)
25832
25833 (autoload (quote studlify-buffer) "studly" "\
25834 Studlify-case the current buffer.
25835
25836 \(fn)" t nil)
25837
25838 ;;;***
25839 \f
25840 ;;;### (autoloads (locate-library) "subr" "subr.el" (17964 48351))
25841 ;;; Generated autoloads from subr.el
25842
25843 (autoload (quote locate-library) "subr" "\
25844 Show the precise file name of Emacs library LIBRARY.
25845 This command searches the directories in `load-path' like `\\[load-library]'
25846 to find the file that `\\[load-library] RET LIBRARY RET' would load.
25847 Optional second arg NOSUFFIX non-nil means don't add suffixes `load-suffixes'
25848 to the specified name LIBRARY.
25849
25850 If the optional third arg PATH is specified, that list of directories
25851 is used instead of `load-path'.
25852
25853 When called from a program, the file name is normaly returned as a
25854 string. When run interactively, the argument INTERACTIVE-CALL is t,
25855 and the file name is displayed in the echo area.
25856
25857 \(fn LIBRARY &optional NOSUFFIX PATH INTERACTIVE-CALL)" t nil)
25858
25859 ;;;***
25860 \f
25861 ;;;### (autoloads (sc-cite-original) "supercite" "mail/supercite.el"
25862 ;;;;;; (17854 7564))
25863 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/supercite.el
25864
25865 (autoload (quote sc-cite-original) "supercite" "\
25866 Workhorse citing function which performs the initial citation.
25867 This is callable from the various mail and news readers' reply
25868 function according to the agreed upon standard. See the associated
25869 info node `(SC)Top' for more details.
25870 `sc-cite-original' does not do any yanking of the
25871 original message but it does require a few things:
25872
25873 1) The reply buffer is the current buffer.
25874
25875 2) The original message has been yanked and inserted into the
25876 reply buffer.
25877
25878 3) Verbose mail headers from the original message have been
25879 inserted into the reply buffer directly before the text of the
25880 original message.
25881
25882 4) Point is at the beginning of the verbose headers.
25883
25884 5) Mark is at the end of the body of text to be cited.
25885
25886 For Emacs 19's, the region need not be active (and typically isn't
25887 when this function is called. Also, the hook `sc-pre-hook' is run
25888 before, and `sc-post-hook' is run after the guts of this function.
25889
25890 \(fn)" nil nil)
25891
25892 ;;;***
25893 \f
25894 ;;;### (autoloads (t-mouse-mode) "t-mouse" "t-mouse.el" (18006 55796))
25895 ;;; Generated autoloads from t-mouse.el
25896
25897 (defvar t-mouse-mode nil "\
25898 Non-nil if T-Mouse mode is enabled.
25899 See the command `t-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
25900 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25901 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
25902 or call the function `t-mouse-mode'.")
25903
25904 (custom-autoload (quote t-mouse-mode) "t-mouse" nil)
25905
25906 (autoload (quote t-mouse-mode) "t-mouse" "\
25907 Toggle t-mouse mode to use the mouse in Linux consoles.
25908 With prefix arg, turn t-mouse mode on iff arg is positive.
25909
25910 This allows the use of the mouse when operating on a Linux console, in the
25911 same way as you can use the mouse under X11.
25912 It requires the `mev' program, part of the `gpm' utilities.
25913
25914 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25915
25916 ;;;***
25917 \f
25918 ;;;### (autoloads (tabify untabify) "tabify" "tabify.el" (17842 58278))
25919 ;;; Generated autoloads from tabify.el
25920
25921 (autoload (quote untabify) "tabify" "\
25922 Convert all tabs in region to multiple spaces, preserving columns.
25923 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
25924 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
25925 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
25926
25927 \(fn START END)" t nil)
25928
25929 (autoload (quote tabify) "tabify" "\
25930 Convert multiple spaces in region to tabs when possible.
25931 A group of spaces is partially replaced by tabs
25932 when this can be done without changing the column they end at.
25933 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
25934 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
25935 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
25936
25937 \(fn START END)" t nil)
25938
25939 ;;;***
25940 \f
25941 ;;;### (autoloads (table-release table-capture table-delete-column
25942 ;;;;;; table-delete-row table-insert-sequence table-generate-source
25943 ;;;;;; table-query-dimension table-fixed-width-mode table-justify-column
25944 ;;;;;; table-justify-row table-justify-cell table-justify table-split-cell
25945 ;;;;;; table-split-cell-horizontally table-split-cell-vertically
25946 ;;;;;; table-span-cell table-backward-cell table-forward-cell table-narrow-cell
25947 ;;;;;; table-widen-cell table-shorten-cell table-heighten-cell table-unrecognize-cell
25948 ;;;;;; table-recognize-cell table-unrecognize-table table-recognize-table
25949 ;;;;;; table-unrecognize-region table-recognize-region table-unrecognize
25950 ;;;;;; table-recognize table-insert-row-column table-insert-column
25951 ;;;;;; table-insert-row table-insert table-point-left-cell-hook
25952 ;;;;;; table-point-entered-cell-hook table-load-hook table-cell-map-hook)
25953 ;;;;;; "table" "textmodes/table.el" (18012 17784))
25954 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/table.el
25955
25956 (defvar table-cell-map-hook nil "\
25957 *Normal hooks run when finishing construction of `table-cell-map'.
25958 User can modify `table-cell-map' by adding custom functions here.")
25959
25960 (custom-autoload (quote table-cell-map-hook) "table" t)
25961
25962 (defvar table-load-hook nil "\
25963 *List of functions to be called after the table is first loaded.")
25964
25965 (custom-autoload (quote table-load-hook) "table" t)
25966
25967 (defvar table-point-entered-cell-hook nil "\
25968 *List of functions to be called after point entered a table cell.")
25969
25970 (custom-autoload (quote table-point-entered-cell-hook) "table" t)
25971
25972 (defvar table-point-left-cell-hook nil "\
25973 *List of functions to be called after point left a table cell.")
25974
25975 (custom-autoload (quote table-point-left-cell-hook) "table" t)
25976
25977 (autoload (quote table-insert) "table" "\
25978 Insert an editable text table.
25979 Insert a table of specified number of COLUMNS and ROWS. Optional
25980 parameter CELL-WIDTH and CELL-HEIGHT can specify the size of each
25981 cell. The cell size is uniform across the table if the specified size
25982 is a number. They can be a list of numbers to specify different size
25983 for each cell. When called interactively, the list of number is
25984 entered by simply listing all the numbers with space characters
25985 delimiting them.
25986
25987 Examples:
25988
25989 \\[table-insert] inserts a table at the current point location.
25990
25991 Suppose we have the following situation where `-!-' indicates the
25992 location of point.
25993
25994 -!-
25995
25996 Type \\[table-insert] and hit ENTER key. As it asks table
25997 specification, provide 3 for number of columns, 1 for number of rows,
25998 5 for cell width and 1 for cell height. Now you shall see the next
25999 table and the point is automatically moved to the beginning of the
26000 first cell.
26001
26002 +-----+-----+-----+
26003 |-!- | | |
26004 +-----+-----+-----+
26005
26006 Inside a table cell, there are special key bindings. \\<table-cell-map>
26007
26008 M-9 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 9 \\[table-widen-cell]) widens the first cell by 9 character
26009 width, which results as
26010
26011 +--------------+-----+-----+
26012 |-!- | | |
26013 +--------------+-----+-----+
26014
26015 Type TAB \\[table-widen-cell] then type TAB M-2 M-7 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 2 7 \\[table-widen-cell]). Typing
26016 TAB moves the point forward by a cell. The result now looks like this:
26017
26018 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26019 | | |-!- |
26020 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26021
26022 If you knew each width of the columns prior to the table creation,
26023 what you could have done better was to have had given the complete
26024 width information to `table-insert'.
26025
26026 Cell width(s): 14 6 32
26027
26028 instead of
26029
26030 Cell width(s): 5
26031
26032 This would have eliminated the previously mentioned width adjustment
26033 work all together.
26034
26035 If the point is in the last cell type S-TAB S-TAB to move it to the
26036 first cell. Now type \\[table-heighten-cell] which heighten the row by a line.
26037
26038 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26039 |-!- | | |
26040 | | | |
26041 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26042
26043 Type \\[table-insert-row-column] and tell it to insert a row.
26044
26045 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26046 |-!- | | |
26047 | | | |
26048 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26049 | | | |
26050 | | | |
26051 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26052
26053 Move the point under the table as shown below.
26054
26055 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26056 | | | |
26057 | | | |
26058 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26059 | | | |
26060 | | | |
26061 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26062 -!-
26063
26064 Type M-x table-insert-row instead of \\[table-insert-row-column]. \\[table-insert-row-column] does not work
26065 when the point is outside of the table. This insertion at
26066 outside of the table effectively appends a row at the end.
26067
26068 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26069 | | | |
26070 | | | |
26071 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26072 | | | |
26073 | | | |
26074 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26075 |-!- | | |
26076 | | | |
26077 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26078
26079 Text editing inside the table cell produces reasonably expected
26080 results.
26081
26082 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26083 | | | |
26084 | | | |
26085 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26086 | | |Text editing inside the table |
26087 | | |cell produces reasonably |
26088 | | |expected results.-!- |
26089 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26090 | | | |
26091 | | | |
26092 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26093
26094 Inside a table cell has a special keymap.
26095
26096 \\{table-cell-map}
26097
26098 \(fn COLUMNS ROWS &optional CELL-WIDTH CELL-HEIGHT)" t nil)
26099
26100 (autoload (quote table-insert-row) "table" "\
26101 Insert N table row(s).
26102 When point is in a table the newly inserted row(s) are placed above
26103 the current row. When point is outside of the table it must be below
26104 the table within the table width range, then the newly created row(s)
26105 are appended at the bottom of the table.
26106
26107 \(fn N)" t nil)
26108
26109 (autoload (quote table-insert-column) "table" "\
26110 Insert N table column(s).
26111 When point is in a table the newly inserted column(s) are placed left
26112 of the current column. When point is outside of the table it must be
26113 right side of the table within the table height range, then the newly
26114 created column(s) are appended at the right of the table.
26115
26116 \(fn N)" t nil)
26117
26118 (autoload (quote table-insert-row-column) "table" "\
26119 Insert row(s) or column(s).
26120 See `table-insert-row' and `table-insert-column'.
26121
26122 \(fn ROW-COLUMN N)" t nil)
26123
26124 (autoload (quote table-recognize) "table" "\
26125 Recognize all tables within the current buffer and activate them.
26126 Scans the entire buffer and recognizes valid table cells. If the
26127 optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the
26128 buffer become inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and loses
26129 all the table specific features.
26130
26131 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26132
26133 (autoload (quote table-unrecognize) "table" "\
26134 Not documented
26135
26136 \(fn)" t nil)
26137
26138 (autoload (quote table-recognize-region) "table" "\
26139 Recognize all tables within region.
26140 BEG and END specify the region to work on. If the optional numeric
26141 prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the region become
26142 inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and lose all the table
26143 specific features.
26144
26145 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
26146
26147 (autoload (quote table-unrecognize-region) "table" "\
26148 Not documented
26149
26150 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
26151
26152 (autoload (quote table-recognize-table) "table" "\
26153 Recognize a table at point.
26154 If the optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the table
26155 becomes inactive, meaning the table becomes plain text and loses all
26156 the table specific features.
26157
26158 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26159
26160 (autoload (quote table-unrecognize-table) "table" "\
26161 Not documented
26162
26163 \(fn)" t nil)
26164
26165 (autoload (quote table-recognize-cell) "table" "\
26166 Recognize a table cell that contains current point.
26167 Probe the cell dimension and prepare the cell information. The
26168 optional two arguments FORCE and NO-COPY are for internal use only and
26169 must not be specified. When the optional numeric prefix argument ARG
26170 is negative the cell becomes inactive, meaning that the cell becomes
26171 plain text and loses all the table specific features.
26172
26173 \(fn &optional FORCE NO-COPY ARG)" t nil)
26174
26175 (autoload (quote table-unrecognize-cell) "table" "\
26176 Not documented
26177
26178 \(fn)" t nil)
26179
26180 (autoload (quote table-heighten-cell) "table" "\
26181 Heighten the current cell by N lines by expanding the cell vertically.
26182 Heightening is done by adding blank lines at the bottom of the current
26183 cell. Other cells aligned horizontally with the current one are also
26184 heightened in order to keep the rectangular table structure. The
26185 optional argument NO-COPY is internal use only and must not be
26186 specified.
26187
26188 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
26189
26190 (autoload (quote table-shorten-cell) "table" "\
26191 Shorten the current cell by N lines by shrinking the cell vertically.
26192 Shortening is done by removing blank lines from the bottom of the cell
26193 and possibly from the top of the cell as well. Therefor, the cell
26194 must have some bottom/top blank lines to be shorten effectively. This
26195 is applicable to all the cells aligned horizontally with the current
26196 one because they are also shortened in order to keep the rectangular
26197 table structure.
26198
26199 \(fn N)" t nil)
26200
26201 (autoload (quote table-widen-cell) "table" "\
26202 Widen the current cell by N columns and expand the cell horizontally.
26203 Some other cells in the same table are widen as well to keep the
26204 table's rectangle structure.
26205
26206 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
26207
26208 (autoload (quote table-narrow-cell) "table" "\
26209 Narrow the current cell by N columns and shrink the cell horizontally.
26210 Some other cells in the same table are narrowed as well to keep the
26211 table's rectangle structure.
26212
26213 \(fn N)" t nil)
26214
26215 (autoload (quote table-forward-cell) "table" "\
26216 Move point forward to the beginning of the next cell.
26217 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
26218 a negative argument ARG = -N means move backward N cells.
26219 Do not specify NO-RECOGNIZE and UNRECOGNIZE. They are for internal use only.
26220
26221 Sample Cell Traveling Order (In Irregular Table Cases)
26222
26223 You can actually try how it works in this buffer. Press
26224 \\[table-recognize] and go to cells in the following tables and press
26225 \\[table-forward-cell] or TAB key.
26226
26227 +-----+--+ +--+-----+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +---------+ +--+---+--+
26228 |0 |1 | |0 |1 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 | |0 |1 |2 |
26229 +--+--+ | | +--+--+ +--+ | | | | +--+ +----+----+ +--+-+-+--+
26230 |2 |3 | | | |2 |3 | |3 +--+ | | +--+3 | |1 |2 | |3 |4 |
26231 | +--+--+ +--+--+ | +--+4 | | | |4 +--+ +--+-+-+--+ +----+----+
26232 | |4 | |4 | | |5 | | | | | |5 | |3 |4 |5 | |5 |
26233 +--+-----+ +-----+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+---+--+ +---------+
26234
26235 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26236 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |
26237 | | | | | +--+ | | | | | +--+ +--+
26238 +--+ +--+ +--+3 +--+ | +--+ | |3 +--+4 |
26239 |3 | |4 | |4 +--+5 | | |3 | | +--+5 +--+
26240 | | | | | |6 | | | | | | |6 | |7 |
26241 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26242
26243 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+ +--+--+--+--+
26244 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 |
26245 | +--+ | | +--+ | | +--+--+ | | | | | | +--+--+ |
26246 | |3 +--+ +--+3 | | +--+4 +--+ +--+ +--+ +--+4 +--+
26247 +--+ |4 | |4 | +--+ |5 +--+--+6 | |3 +--+--+4 | |5 | |6 |
26248 |5 +--+ | | +--+5 | | |7 |8 | | | |5 |6 | | | | | |
26249 | |6 | | | |6 | | +--+--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+
26250 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26251
26252 \(fn &optional ARG NO-RECOGNIZE UNRECOGNIZE)" t nil)
26253
26254 (autoload (quote table-backward-cell) "table" "\
26255 Move backward to the beginning of the previous cell.
26256 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
26257 a negative argument ARG = -N means move forward N cells.
26258
26259 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26260
26261 (autoload (quote table-span-cell) "table" "\
26262 Span current cell into adjacent cell in DIRECTION.
26263 DIRECTION is one of symbols; right, left, above or below.
26264
26265 \(fn DIRECTION)" t nil)
26266
26267 (autoload (quote table-split-cell-vertically) "table" "\
26268 Split current cell vertically.
26269 Creates a cell above and a cell below the current point location.
26270
26271 \(fn)" t nil)
26272
26273 (autoload (quote table-split-cell-horizontally) "table" "\
26274 Split current cell horizontally.
26275 Creates a cell on the left and a cell on the right of the current point location.
26276
26277 \(fn)" t nil)
26278
26279 (autoload (quote table-split-cell) "table" "\
26280 Split current cell in ORIENTATION.
26281 ORIENTATION is a symbol either horizontally or vertically.
26282
26283 \(fn ORIENTATION)" t nil)
26284
26285 (autoload (quote table-justify) "table" "\
26286 Justify contents of a cell, a row of cells or a column of cells.
26287 WHAT is a symbol 'cell, 'row or 'column. JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left,
26288 'center, 'right, 'top, 'middle, 'bottom or 'none.
26289
26290 \(fn WHAT JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26291
26292 (autoload (quote table-justify-cell) "table" "\
26293 Justify cell contents.
26294 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or 'top,
26295 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical. When optional PARAGRAPH is
26296 non-nil the justify operation is limited to the current paragraph,
26297 otherwise the entire cell contents is justified.
26298
26299 \(fn JUSTIFY &optional PARAGRAPH)" t nil)
26300
26301 (autoload (quote table-justify-row) "table" "\
26302 Justify cells of a row.
26303 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
26304 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
26305
26306 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26307
26308 (autoload (quote table-justify-column) "table" "\
26309 Justify cells of a column.
26310 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
26311 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
26312
26313 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26314
26315 (autoload (quote table-fixed-width-mode) "table" "\
26316 Toggle fixing width mode.
26317 In the fixed width mode, typing inside a cell never changes the cell
26318 width where in the normal mode the cell width expands automatically in
26319 order to prevent a word being folded into multiple lines.
26320
26321 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26322
26323 (autoload (quote table-query-dimension) "table" "\
26324 Return the dimension of the current cell and the current table.
26325 The result is a list (cw ch tw th c r cells) where cw is the cell
26326 width, ch is the cell height, tw is the table width, th is the table
26327 height, c is the number of columns, r is the number of rows and cells
26328 is the total number of cells. The cell dimension excludes the cell
26329 frame while the table dimension includes the table frame. The columns
26330 and the rows are counted by the number of cell boundaries. Therefore
26331 the number tends to be larger than it appears for the tables with
26332 non-uniform cell structure (heavily spanned and split). When optional
26333 WHERE is provided the cell and table at that location is reported.
26334
26335 \(fn &optional WHERE)" t nil)
26336
26337 (autoload (quote table-generate-source) "table" "\
26338 Generate source of the current table in the specified language.
26339 LANGUAGE is a symbol that specifies the language to describe the
26340 structure of the table. It must be either 'html, 'latex or 'cals.
26341 The resulted source text is inserted into DEST-BUFFER and the buffer
26342 object is returned. When DEST-BUFFER is omitted or nil the default
26343 buffer specified in `table-dest-buffer-name' is used. In this case
26344 the content of the default buffer is erased prior to the generation.
26345 When DEST-BUFFER is non-nil it is expected to be either a destination
26346 buffer or a name of the destination buffer. In this case the
26347 generated result is inserted at the current point in the destination
26348 buffer and the previously existing contents in the buffer are
26349 untouched.
26350
26351 References used for this implementation:
26352
26353 HTML:
26354 http://www.w3.org
26355
26356 LaTeX:
26357 http://www.maths.tcd.ie/~dwilkins/LaTeXPrimer/Tables.html
26358
26359 CALS (DocBook DTD):
26360 http://www.oasis-open.org/html/a502.htm
26361 http://www.oreilly.com/catalog/docbook/chapter/book/table.html#AEN114751
26362
26363 \(fn LANGUAGE &optional DEST-BUFFER CAPTION)" t nil)
26364
26365 (autoload (quote table-insert-sequence) "table" "\
26366 Travel cells forward while inserting a specified sequence string in each cell.
26367 STR is the base string from which the sequence starts. When STR is an
26368 empty string then each cell content is erased. When STR ends with
26369 numerical characters (they may optionally be surrounded by a pair of
26370 parentheses) they are incremented as a decimal number. Otherwise the
26371 last character in STR is incremented in ASCII code order. N is the
26372 number of sequence elements to insert. When N is negative the cell
26373 traveling direction is backward. When N is zero it travels forward
26374 entire table. INCREMENT is the increment between adjacent sequence
26375 elements and can be a negative number for effectively decrementing.
26376 INTERVAL is the number of cells to travel between sequence element
26377 insertion which is normally 1. When zero or less is given for
26378 INTERVAL it is interpreted as number of cells per row so that sequence
26379 is placed straight down vertically as long as the table's cell
26380 structure is uniform. JUSTIFY is one of the symbol 'left, 'center or
26381 'right, that specifies justification of the inserted string.
26382
26383 Example:
26384
26385 (progn
26386 (table-insert 16 3 5 1)
26387 (table-forward-cell 15)
26388 (table-insert-sequence \"D0\" -16 1 1 'center)
26389 (table-forward-cell 16)
26390 (table-insert-sequence \"A[0]\" -16 1 1 'center)
26391 (table-forward-cell 1)
26392 (table-insert-sequence \"-\" 16 0 1 'center))
26393
26394 (progn
26395 (table-insert 16 8 5 1)
26396 (table-insert-sequence \"@\" 0 1 2 'right)
26397 (table-forward-cell 1)
26398 (table-insert-sequence \"64\" 0 1 2 'left))
26399
26400 \(fn STR N INCREMENT INTERVAL JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26401
26402 (autoload (quote table-delete-row) "table" "\
26403 Delete N row(s) of cells.
26404 Delete N rows of cells from current row. The current row is the row
26405 contains the current cell where point is located. Each row must
26406 consists from cells of same height.
26407
26408 \(fn N)" t nil)
26409
26410 (autoload (quote table-delete-column) "table" "\
26411 Delete N column(s) of cells.
26412 Delete N columns of cells from current column. The current column is
26413 the column contains the current cell where point is located. Each
26414 column must consists from cells of same width.
26415
26416 \(fn N)" t nil)
26417
26418 (autoload (quote table-capture) "table" "\
26419 Convert plain text into a table by capturing the text in the region.
26420 Create a table with the text in region as cell contents. BEG and END
26421 specify the region. The text in the region is replaced with a table.
26422 The removed text is inserted in the table. When optional
26423 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are provided the region contents
26424 is parsed and separated into individual cell contents by using the
26425 delimiter regular expressions. This parsing determines the number of
26426 columns and rows of the table automatically. If COL-DELIM-REGEXP and
26427 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are omitted the result table has only one cell and
26428 the entire region contents is placed in that cell. Optional JUSTIFY
26429 is one of 'left, 'center or 'right, which specifies the cell
26430 justification. Optional MIN-CELL-WIDTH specifies the minimum cell
26431 width. Optional COLUMNS specify the number of columns when
26432 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP is not specified.
26433
26434
26435 Example 1:
26436
26437 1, 2, 3, 4
26438 5, 6, 7, 8
26439 , 9, 10
26440
26441 Running `table-capture' on above 3 line region with COL-DELIM-REGEXP
26442 \",\" and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP \"\\n\" creates the following table. In
26443 this example the cells are centered and minimum cell width is
26444 specified as 5.
26445
26446 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26447 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 |
26448 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26449 | 5 | 6 | 7 | 8 |
26450 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26451 | | 9 | 10 | |
26452 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26453
26454 Note:
26455
26456 In case the function is called interactively user must use \\[quoted-insert] `quoted-insert'
26457 in order to enter \"\\n\" successfully. COL-DELIM-REGEXP at the end
26458 of each row is optional.
26459
26460
26461 Example 2:
26462
26463 This example shows how a table can be used for text layout editing.
26464 Let `table-capture' capture the following region starting from
26465 -!- and ending at -*-, that contains three paragraphs and two item
26466 name headers. This time specify empty string for both
26467 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP.
26468
26469 -!-`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power
26470 requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do.
26471
26472 Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular
26473 expression and raw delimiter regular
26474 expression, it parses the specified text
26475 area and extracts cell items from
26476 non-table text and then forms a table out
26477 of them.
26478
26479 Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it
26480 creates a single cell table. The text in
26481 the specified region is placed in that
26482 cell.-*-
26483
26484 Now the entire content is captured in a cell which is itself a table
26485 like this.
26486
26487 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26488 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
26489 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
26490 | |
26491 |Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular |
26492 | expression and raw delimiter regular |
26493 | expression, it parses the specified text |
26494 | area and extracts cell items from |
26495 | non-table text and then forms a table out |
26496 | of them. |
26497 | |
26498 |Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it |
26499 | creates a single cell table. The text in |
26500 | the specified region is placed in that |
26501 | cell. |
26502 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26503
26504 By splitting the cell appropriately we now have a table consisting of
26505 paragraphs occupying its own cell. Each cell can now be edited
26506 independently.
26507
26508 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26509 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
26510 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
26511 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26512 |Parse Cell Items |By using column delimiter regular |
26513 | |expression and raw delimiter regular |
26514 | |expression, it parses the specified text |
26515 | |area and extracts cell items from |
26516 | |non-table text and then forms a table out |
26517 | |of them. |
26518 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26519 |Capture Text Area |When no delimiters are specified it |
26520 | |creates a single cell table. The text in |
26521 | |the specified region is placed in that |
26522 | |cell. |
26523 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26524
26525 By applying `table-release', which does the opposite process, the
26526 contents become once again plain text. `table-release' works as
26527 companion command to `table-capture' this way.
26528
26529 \(fn BEG END &optional COL-DELIM-REGEXP ROW-DELIM-REGEXP JUSTIFY MIN-CELL-WIDTH COLUMNS)" t nil)
26530
26531 (autoload (quote table-release) "table" "\
26532 Convert a table into plain text by removing the frame from a table.
26533 Remove the frame from a table and inactivate the table. This command
26534 converts a table into plain text without frames. It is a companion to
26535 `table-capture' which does the opposite process.
26536
26537 \(fn)" t nil)
26538
26539 ;;;***
26540 \f
26541 ;;;### (autoloads (talk-connect) "talk" "talk.el" (17842 58278))
26542 ;;; Generated autoloads from talk.el
26543
26544 (autoload (quote talk-connect) "talk" "\
26545 Connect to display DISPLAY for the Emacs talk group.
26546
26547 \(fn DISPLAY)" t nil)
26548
26549 (autoload (quote talk) "talk" "\
26550 Connect to the Emacs talk group from the current X display or tty frame.
26551
26552 \(fn)" t nil)
26553
26554 ;;;***
26555 \f
26556 ;;;### (autoloads (tar-mode) "tar-mode" "tar-mode.el" (18010 5426))
26557 ;;; Generated autoloads from tar-mode.el
26558
26559 (autoload (quote tar-mode) "tar-mode" "\
26560 Major mode for viewing a tar file as a dired-like listing of its contents.
26561 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
26562 Letters no longer insert themselves.
26563 Type `e' to pull a file out of the tar file and into its own buffer;
26564 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the Tar mode buffer.
26565 Type `c' to copy an entry from the tar file into another file on disk.
26566
26567 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
26568 save it with \\[save-buffer], the contents of that buffer will be
26569 saved back into the tar-file buffer; in this way you can edit a file
26570 inside of a tar archive without extracting it and re-archiving it.
26571
26572 See also: variables `tar-update-datestamp' and `tar-anal-blocksize'.
26573 \\{tar-mode-map}
26574
26575 \(fn)" t nil)
26576
26577 ;;;***
26578 \f
26579 ;;;### (autoloads (tcl-help-on-word inferior-tcl tcl-mode) "tcl"
26580 ;;;;;; "progmodes/tcl.el" (17842 56332))
26581 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/tcl.el
26582
26583 (autoload (quote tcl-mode) "tcl" "\
26584 Major mode for editing Tcl code.
26585 Expression and list commands understand all Tcl brackets.
26586 Tab indents for Tcl code.
26587 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
26588 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
26589
26590 Variables controlling indentation style:
26591 `tcl-indent-level'
26592 Indentation of Tcl statements within surrounding block.
26593 `tcl-continued-indent-level'
26594 Indentation of continuation line relative to first line of command.
26595
26596 Variables controlling user interaction with mode (see variable
26597 documentation for details):
26598 `tcl-tab-always-indent'
26599 Controls action of TAB key.
26600 `tcl-auto-newline'
26601 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, brackets,
26602 and semicolons inserted in Tcl code.
26603 `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'
26604 If not nil, use a smarter, Tcl-specific way to find the current
26605 word when looking up help on a Tcl command.
26606
26607 Turning on Tcl mode runs `tcl-mode-hook'. Read the documentation for
26608 `tcl-mode-hook' to see what kinds of interesting hook functions
26609 already exist.
26610
26611 Commands:
26612 \\{tcl-mode-map}
26613
26614 \(fn)" t nil)
26615
26616 (autoload (quote inferior-tcl) "tcl" "\
26617 Run inferior Tcl process.
26618 Prefix arg means enter program name interactively.
26619 See documentation for function `inferior-tcl-mode' for more information.
26620
26621 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
26622
26623 (autoload (quote tcl-help-on-word) "tcl" "\
26624 Get help on Tcl command. Default is word at point.
26625 Prefix argument means invert sense of `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'.
26626
26627 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG)" t nil)
26628
26629 ;;;***
26630 \f
26631 ;;;### (autoloads (rsh telnet) "telnet" "net/telnet.el" (17842 55218))
26632 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/telnet.el
26633 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*telnet-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
26634
26635 (autoload (quote telnet) "telnet" "\
26636 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
26637 Optional arg PORT specifies alternative port to connect to.
26638 Interactively, use \\[universal-argument] prefix to be prompted for port number.
26639
26640 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*PROGRAM-HOST*'
26641 where PROGRAM is the telnet program being used. This program
26642 is controlled by the contents of the global variable `telnet-host-properties',
26643 falling back on the value of the global variable `telnet-program'.
26644 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
26645
26646 \(fn HOST &optional PORT)" t nil)
26647 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*rsh-[^-]*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]*>\\)")
26648
26649 (autoload (quote rsh) "telnet" "\
26650 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
26651 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*rsh-HOST*'.
26652 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
26653
26654 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
26655
26656 ;;;***
26657 \f
26658 ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-term term make-term) "term" "term.el" (17952
26659 ;;;;;; 11093))
26660 ;;; Generated autoloads from term.el
26661
26662 (autoload (quote make-term) "term" "\
26663 Make a term process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
26664 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
26665 If there is already a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted.
26666 Optional third arg STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to
26667 the process. Any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
26668
26669 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
26670
26671 (autoload (quote term) "term" "\
26672 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
26673 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the
26674 commands to use in that buffer.
26675
26676 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
26677
26678 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
26679
26680 (autoload (quote ansi-term) "term" "\
26681 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
26682
26683 \(fn PROGRAM &optional NEW-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
26684
26685 ;;;***
26686 \f
26687 ;;;### (autoloads (terminal-emulator) "terminal" "terminal.el" (17842
26688 ;;;;;; 58278))
26689 ;;; Generated autoloads from terminal.el
26690
26691 (autoload (quote terminal-emulator) "terminal" "\
26692 Under a display-terminal emulator in BUFFER, run PROGRAM on arguments ARGS.
26693 ARGS is a list of argument-strings. Remaining arguments are WIDTH and HEIGHT.
26694 BUFFER's contents are made an image of the display generated by that program,
26695 and any input typed when BUFFER is the current Emacs buffer is sent to that
26696 program as keyboard input.
26697
26698 Interactively, BUFFER defaults to \"*terminal*\" and PROGRAM and ARGS
26699 are parsed from an input-string using your usual shell.
26700 WIDTH and HEIGHT are determined from the size of the current window
26701 -- WIDTH will be one less than the window's width, HEIGHT will be its height.
26702
26703 To switch buffers and leave the emulator, or to give commands
26704 to the emulator itself (as opposed to the program running under it),
26705 type Control-^. The following character is an emulator command.
26706 Type Control-^ twice to send it to the subprogram.
26707 This escape character may be changed using the variable `terminal-escape-char'.
26708
26709 `Meta' characters may not currently be sent through the terminal emulator.
26710
26711 Here is a list of some of the variables which control the behavior
26712 of the emulator -- see their documentation for more information:
26713 terminal-escape-char, terminal-scrolling, terminal-more-processing,
26714 terminal-redisplay-interval.
26715
26716 This function calls the value of terminal-mode-hook if that exists
26717 and is non-nil after the terminal buffer has been set up and the
26718 subprocess started.
26719
26720 \(fn BUFFER PROGRAM ARGS &optional WIDTH HEIGHT)" t nil)
26721
26722 ;;;***
26723 \f
26724 ;;;### (autoloads (testcover-this-defun) "testcover" "emacs-lisp/testcover.el"
26725 ;;;;;; (17925 52793))
26726 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/testcover.el
26727
26728 (autoload (quote testcover-this-defun) "testcover" "\
26729 Start coverage on function under point.
26730
26731 \(fn)" t nil)
26732
26733 ;;;***
26734 \f
26735 ;;;### (autoloads (tetris) "tetris" "play/tetris.el" (17941 38806))
26736 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/tetris.el
26737
26738 (autoload (quote tetris) "tetris" "\
26739 Play the Tetris game.
26740 Shapes drop from the top of the screen, and the user has to move and
26741 rotate the shape to fit in with those at the bottom of the screen so
26742 as to form complete rows.
26743
26744 tetris-mode keybindings:
26745 \\<tetris-mode-map>
26746 \\[tetris-start-game] Starts a new game of Tetris
26747 \\[tetris-end-game] Terminates the current game
26748 \\[tetris-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
26749 \\[tetris-move-left] Moves the shape one square to the left
26750 \\[tetris-move-right] Moves the shape one square to the right
26751 \\[tetris-rotate-prev] Rotates the shape clockwise
26752 \\[tetris-rotate-next] Rotates the shape anticlockwise
26753 \\[tetris-move-bottom] Drops the shape to the bottom of the playing area
26754
26755 \(fn)" t nil)
26756
26757 ;;;***
26758 \f
26759 ;;;### (autoloads (doctex-mode tex-start-shell slitex-mode latex-mode
26760 ;;;;;; plain-tex-mode tex-mode tex-close-quote tex-open-quote tex-default-mode
26761 ;;;;;; tex-show-queue-command tex-dvi-view-command tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26762 ;;;;;; tex-dvi-print-command tex-bibtex-command latex-block-names
26763 ;;;;;; tex-start-commands tex-start-options slitex-run-command latex-run-command
26764 ;;;;;; tex-run-command tex-offer-save tex-main-file tex-first-line-header-regexp
26765 ;;;;;; tex-directory tex-shell-file-name) "tex-mode" "textmodes/tex-mode.el"
26766 ;;;;;; (17992 30878))
26767 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tex-mode.el
26768
26769 (defvar tex-shell-file-name nil "\
26770 *If non-nil, the shell file name to run in the subshell used to run TeX.")
26771
26772 (custom-autoload (quote tex-shell-file-name) "tex-mode" t)
26773
26774 (defvar tex-directory "." "\
26775 *Directory in which temporary files are written.
26776 You can make this `/tmp' if your TEXINPUTS has no relative directories in it
26777 and you don't try to apply \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer] when there are
26778 `\\input' commands with relative directories.")
26779
26780 (custom-autoload (quote tex-directory) "tex-mode" t)
26781
26782 (defvar tex-first-line-header-regexp nil "\
26783 Regexp for matching a first line which `tex-region' should include.
26784 If this is non-nil, it should be a regular expression string;
26785 if it matches the first line of the file,
26786 `tex-region' always includes the first line in the TeX run.")
26787
26788 (custom-autoload (quote tex-first-line-header-regexp) "tex-mode" t)
26789
26790 (defvar tex-main-file nil "\
26791 *The main TeX source file which includes this buffer's file.
26792 The command `tex-file' runs TeX on the file specified by `tex-main-file'
26793 if the variable is non-nil.")
26794
26795 (custom-autoload (quote tex-main-file) "tex-mode" t)
26796
26797 (defvar tex-offer-save t "\
26798 *If non-nil, ask about saving modified buffers before \\[tex-file] is run.")
26799
26800 (custom-autoload (quote tex-offer-save) "tex-mode" t)
26801
26802 (defvar tex-run-command "tex" "\
26803 *Command used to run TeX subjob.
26804 TeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26805 See the documentation of that variable.")
26806
26807 (custom-autoload (quote tex-run-command) "tex-mode" t)
26808
26809 (defvar latex-run-command "latex" "\
26810 *Command used to run LaTeX subjob.
26811 LaTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26812 See the documentation of that variable.")
26813
26814 (custom-autoload (quote latex-run-command) "tex-mode" t)
26815
26816 (defvar slitex-run-command "slitex" "\
26817 *Command used to run SliTeX subjob.
26818 SliTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26819 See the documentation of that variable.")
26820
26821 (custom-autoload (quote slitex-run-command) "tex-mode" t)
26822
26823 (defvar tex-start-options "" "\
26824 *TeX options to use when starting TeX.
26825 These immediately precede the commands in `tex-start-commands'
26826 and the input file name, with no separating space and are not shell-quoted.
26827 If nil, TeX runs with no options. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
26828
26829 (custom-autoload (quote tex-start-options) "tex-mode" t)
26830
26831 (defvar tex-start-commands "\\nonstopmode\\input" "\
26832 *TeX commands to use when starting TeX.
26833 They are shell-quoted and precede the input file name, with a separating space.
26834 If nil, no commands are used. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
26835
26836 (custom-autoload (quote tex-start-commands) "tex-mode" t)
26837
26838 (defvar latex-block-names nil "\
26839 *User defined LaTeX block names.
26840 Combined with `latex-standard-block-names' for minibuffer completion.")
26841
26842 (custom-autoload (quote latex-block-names) "tex-mode" t)
26843
26844 (defvar tex-bibtex-command "bibtex" "\
26845 *Command used by `tex-bibtex-file' to gather bibliographic data.
26846 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26847 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
26848
26849 (custom-autoload (quote tex-bibtex-command) "tex-mode" t)
26850
26851 (defvar tex-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\
26852 *Command used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
26853 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26854 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
26855
26856 (custom-autoload (quote tex-dvi-print-command) "tex-mode" t)
26857
26858 (defvar tex-alt-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\
26859 *Command used by \\[tex-print] with a prefix arg to print a .dvi file.
26860 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26861 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
26862
26863 If two printers are not enough of a choice, you can set the variable
26864 `tex-alt-dvi-print-command' to an expression that asks what you want;
26865 for example,
26866
26867 (setq tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26868 '(format \"lpr -P%s\" (read-string \"Use printer: \")))
26869
26870 would tell \\[tex-print] with a prefix argument to ask you which printer to
26871 use.")
26872
26873 (custom-autoload (quote tex-alt-dvi-print-command) "tex-mode" t)
26874
26875 (defvar tex-dvi-view-command (quote (cond ((eq window-system (quote x)) "xdvi") ((eq window-system (quote w32)) "yap") (t "dvi2tty * | cat -s"))) "\
26876 *Command used by \\[tex-view] to display a `.dvi' file.
26877 If it is a string, that specifies the command directly.
26878 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26879 otherwise, the file name, preceded by a space, is added at the end.
26880
26881 If the value is a form, it is evaluated to get the command to use.")
26882
26883 (custom-autoload (quote tex-dvi-view-command) "tex-mode" t)
26884
26885 (defvar tex-show-queue-command "lpq" "\
26886 *Command used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print queue.
26887 Should show the queue(s) that \\[tex-print] puts jobs on.")
26888
26889 (custom-autoload (quote tex-show-queue-command) "tex-mode" t)
26890
26891 (defvar tex-default-mode (quote latex-mode) "\
26892 *Mode to enter for a new file that might be either TeX or LaTeX.
26893 This variable is used when it can't be determined whether the file
26894 is plain TeX or LaTeX or what because the file contains no commands.
26895 Normally set to either `plain-tex-mode' or `latex-mode'.")
26896
26897 (custom-autoload (quote tex-default-mode) "tex-mode" t)
26898
26899 (defvar tex-open-quote "``" "\
26900 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
26901
26902 (custom-autoload (quote tex-open-quote) "tex-mode" t)
26903
26904 (defvar tex-close-quote "''" "\
26905 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
26906
26907 (custom-autoload (quote tex-close-quote) "tex-mode" t)
26908
26909 (autoload (quote tex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
26910 Major mode for editing files of input for TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX.
26911 Tries to determine (by looking at the beginning of the file) whether
26912 this file is for plain TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX and calls `plain-tex-mode',
26913 `latex-mode', or `slitex-mode', respectively. If it cannot be determined,
26914 such as if there are no commands in the file, the value of `tex-default-mode'
26915 says which mode to use.
26916
26917 \(fn)" t nil)
26918
26919 (defalias (quote TeX-mode) (quote tex-mode))
26920
26921 (defalias (quote plain-TeX-mode) (quote plain-tex-mode))
26922
26923 (defalias (quote LaTeX-mode) (quote latex-mode))
26924
26925 (autoload (quote plain-tex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
26926 Major mode for editing files of input for plain TeX.
26927 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
26928 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
26929 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
26930
26931 Use \\[tex-region] to run TeX on the current region, plus a \"header\"
26932 copied from the top of the file (containing macro definitions, etc.),
26933 running TeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
26934 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
26935 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
26936 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
26937 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
26938
26939 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
26940 mismatched $'s or braces.
26941
26942 Special commands:
26943 \\{plain-tex-mode-map}
26944
26945 Mode variables:
26946 tex-run-command
26947 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26948 tex-directory
26949 Directory in which to create temporary files for TeX jobs
26950 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26951 tex-dvi-print-command
26952 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
26953 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26954 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
26955 argument) to print a .dvi file.
26956 tex-dvi-view-command
26957 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
26958 tex-show-queue-command
26959 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
26960 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
26961
26962 Entering Plain-tex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
26963 `tex-mode-hook', and finally the hook `plain-tex-mode-hook'. When the
26964 special subshell is initiated, the hook `tex-shell-hook' is run.
26965
26966 \(fn)" t nil)
26967
26968 (autoload (quote latex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
26969 Major mode for editing files of input for LaTeX.
26970 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
26971 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
26972 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
26973
26974 Use \\[tex-region] to run LaTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
26975 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
26976 running LaTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
26977 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
26978 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
26979 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
26980 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
26981
26982 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
26983 mismatched $'s or braces.
26984
26985 Special commands:
26986 \\{latex-mode-map}
26987
26988 Mode variables:
26989 latex-run-command
26990 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26991 tex-directory
26992 Directory in which to create temporary files for LaTeX jobs
26993 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26994 tex-dvi-print-command
26995 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
26996 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26997 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
26998 argument) to print a .dvi file.
26999 tex-dvi-view-command
27000 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27001 tex-show-queue-command
27002 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27003 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27004
27005 Entering Latex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then
27006 `tex-mode-hook', and finally `latex-mode-hook'. When the special
27007 subshell is initiated, `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27008
27009 \(fn)" t nil)
27010
27011 (autoload (quote slitex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
27012 Major mode for editing files of input for SliTeX.
27013 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27014 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27015 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27016
27017 Use \\[tex-region] to run SliTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
27018 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
27019 running SliTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27020 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27021 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27022 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27023 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27024
27025 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27026 mismatched $'s or braces.
27027
27028 Special commands:
27029 \\{slitex-mode-map}
27030
27031 Mode variables:
27032 slitex-run-command
27033 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27034 tex-directory
27035 Directory in which to create temporary files for SliTeX jobs
27036 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27037 tex-dvi-print-command
27038 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27039 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27040 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27041 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27042 tex-dvi-view-command
27043 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27044 tex-show-queue-command
27045 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27046 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27047
27048 Entering SliTeX mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
27049 `tex-mode-hook', then the hook `latex-mode-hook', and finally the hook
27050 `slitex-mode-hook'. When the special subshell is initiated, the hook
27051 `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27052
27053 \(fn)" t nil)
27054
27055 (autoload (quote tex-start-shell) "tex-mode" "\
27056 Not documented
27057
27058 \(fn)" nil nil)
27059
27060 (autoload (quote doctex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
27061 Major mode to edit DocTeX files.
27062
27063 \(fn)" t nil)
27064
27065 ;;;***
27066 \f
27067 ;;;### (autoloads (texi2info texinfo-format-region texinfo-format-buffer)
27068 ;;;;;; "texinfmt" "textmodes/texinfmt.el" (17842 58276))
27069 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfmt.el
27070
27071 (autoload (quote texinfo-format-buffer) "texinfmt" "\
27072 Process the current buffer as texinfo code, into an Info file.
27073 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
27074 name specified in the @setfilename command.
27075
27076 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't make tag table
27077 and don't split the file if large. You can use Info-tagify and
27078 Info-split to do these manually.
27079
27080 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
27081
27082 (autoload (quote texinfo-format-region) "texinfmt" "\
27083 Convert the current region of the Texinfo file to Info format.
27084 This lets you see what that part of the file will look like in Info.
27085 The command is bound to \\[texinfo-format-region]. The text that is
27086 converted to Info is stored in a temporary buffer.
27087
27088 \(fn REGION-BEGINNING REGION-END)" t nil)
27089
27090 (autoload (quote texi2info) "texinfmt" "\
27091 Convert the current buffer (written in Texinfo code) into an Info file.
27092 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
27093 names specified in the @setfilename command.
27094
27095 This function automatically updates all node pointers and menus, and
27096 creates a master menu. This work is done on a temporary buffer that
27097 is automatically removed when the Info file is created. The original
27098 Texinfo source buffer is not changed.
27099
27100 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't split the file
27101 if large. You can use Info-split to do this manually.
27102
27103 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
27104
27105 ;;;***
27106 \f
27107 ;;;### (autoloads (texinfo-mode texinfo-close-quote texinfo-open-quote)
27108 ;;;;;; "texinfo" "textmodes/texinfo.el" (17842 58276))
27109 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfo.el
27110
27111 (defvar texinfo-open-quote "``" "\
27112 *String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
27113
27114 (custom-autoload (quote texinfo-open-quote) "texinfo" t)
27115
27116 (defvar texinfo-close-quote "''" "\
27117 *String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
27118
27119 (custom-autoload (quote texinfo-close-quote) "texinfo" t)
27120
27121 (autoload (quote texinfo-mode) "texinfo" "\
27122 Major mode for editing Texinfo files.
27123
27124 It has these extra commands:
27125 \\{texinfo-mode-map}
27126
27127 These are files that are used as input for TeX to make printed manuals
27128 and also to be turned into Info files with \\[makeinfo-buffer] or
27129 the `makeinfo' program. These files must be written in a very restricted and
27130 modified version of TeX input format.
27131
27132 Editing commands are like text-mode except that the syntax table is
27133 set up so expression commands skip Texinfo bracket groups. To see
27134 what the Info version of a region of the Texinfo file will look like,
27135 use \\[makeinfo-region], which runs `makeinfo' on the current region.
27136
27137 You can show the structure of a Texinfo file with \\[texinfo-show-structure].
27138 This command shows the structure of a Texinfo file by listing the
27139 lines with the @-sign commands for @chapter, @section, and the like.
27140 These lines are displayed in another window called the *Occur* window.
27141 In that window, you can position the cursor over one of the lines and
27142 use \\[occur-mode-goto-occurrence], to jump to the corresponding spot
27143 in the Texinfo file.
27144
27145 In addition, Texinfo mode provides commands that insert various
27146 frequently used @-sign commands into the buffer. You can use these
27147 commands to save keystrokes. And you can insert balanced braces with
27148 \\[texinfo-insert-braces] and later use the command \\[up-list] to
27149 move forward past the closing brace.
27150
27151 Also, Texinfo mode provides functions for automatically creating or
27152 updating menus and node pointers. These functions
27153
27154 * insert the `Next', `Previous' and `Up' pointers of a node,
27155 * insert or update the menu for a section, and
27156 * create a master menu for a Texinfo source file.
27157
27158 Here are the functions:
27159
27160 texinfo-update-node \\[texinfo-update-node]
27161 texinfo-every-node-update \\[texinfo-every-node-update]
27162 texinfo-sequential-node-update
27163
27164 texinfo-make-menu \\[texinfo-make-menu]
27165 texinfo-all-menus-update \\[texinfo-all-menus-update]
27166 texinfo-master-menu
27167
27168 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
27169
27170 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
27171 which menu descriptions are indented.
27172
27173 Passed an argument (a prefix argument, if interactive), the
27174 `texinfo-update-node' and `texinfo-make-menu' functions do their jobs
27175 in the region.
27176
27177 To use the updating commands, you must structure your Texinfo file
27178 hierarchically, such that each `@node' line, with the exception of the
27179 Top node, is accompanied by some kind of section line, such as an
27180 `@chapter' or `@section' line.
27181
27182 If the file has a `top' node, it must be called `top' or `Top' and
27183 be the first node in the file.
27184
27185 Entering Texinfo mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook', and then the
27186 value of `texinfo-mode-hook'.
27187
27188 \(fn)" t nil)
27189
27190 ;;;***
27191 \f
27192 ;;;### (autoloads (thai-auto-composition-mode thai-composition-function
27193 ;;;;;; thai-post-read-conversion thai-compose-buffer thai-compose-string
27194 ;;;;;; thai-compose-region) "thai-util" "language/thai-util.el"
27195 ;;;;;; (17842 58278))
27196 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/thai-util.el
27197
27198 (autoload (quote thai-compose-region) "thai-util" "\
27199 Compose Thai characters in the region.
27200 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
27201 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region.
27202
27203 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27204
27205 (autoload (quote thai-compose-string) "thai-util" "\
27206 Compose Thai characters in STRING and return the resulting string.
27207
27208 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
27209
27210 (autoload (quote thai-compose-buffer) "thai-util" "\
27211 Compose Thai characters in the current buffer.
27212
27213 \(fn)" t nil)
27214
27215 (autoload (quote thai-post-read-conversion) "thai-util" "\
27216 Not documented
27217
27218 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
27219
27220 (autoload (quote thai-composition-function) "thai-util" "\
27221 Compose Thai text in the region FROM and TO.
27222 The text matches the regular expression PATTERN.
27223 Optional 4th argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string containing text
27224 to compose.
27225
27226 The return value is number of composed characters.
27227
27228 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
27229
27230 (autoload (quote thai-auto-composition-mode) "thai-util" "\
27231 Minor mode for automatically correct Thai character composition.
27232
27233 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27234
27235 ;;;***
27236 \f
27237 ;;;### (autoloads (list-at-point number-at-point symbol-at-point
27238 ;;;;;; sexp-at-point thing-at-point bounds-of-thing-at-point forward-thing)
27239 ;;;;;; "thingatpt" "thingatpt.el" (17842 58278))
27240 ;;; Generated autoloads from thingatpt.el
27241
27242 (autoload (quote forward-thing) "thingatpt" "\
27243 Move forward to the end of the Nth next THING.
27244
27245 \(fn THING &optional N)" nil nil)
27246
27247 (autoload (quote bounds-of-thing-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
27248 Determine the start and end buffer locations for the THING at point.
27249 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
27250 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
27251 `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
27252
27253 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
27254 a symbol as a valid THING.
27255
27256 The value is a cons cell (START . END) giving the start and end positions
27257 of the textual entity that was found.
27258
27259 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
27260
27261 (autoload (quote thing-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
27262 Return the THING at point.
27263 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
27264 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
27265 `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
27266
27267 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
27268 a symbol as a valid THING.
27269
27270 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
27271
27272 (autoload (quote sexp-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
27273 Not documented
27274
27275 \(fn)" nil nil)
27276
27277 (autoload (quote symbol-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
27278 Not documented
27279
27280 \(fn)" nil nil)
27281
27282 (autoload (quote number-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
27283 Not documented
27284
27285 \(fn)" nil nil)
27286
27287 (autoload (quote list-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
27288 Not documented
27289
27290 \(fn)" nil nil)
27291
27292 ;;;***
27293 \f
27294 ;;;### (autoloads (thumbs-dired-setroot thumbs-dired-show thumbs-dired-show-marked
27295 ;;;;;; thumbs-show-from-dir thumbs-find-thumb) "thumbs" "thumbs.el"
27296 ;;;;;; (17963 26308))
27297 ;;; Generated autoloads from thumbs.el
27298
27299 (autoload (quote thumbs-find-thumb) "thumbs" "\
27300 Display the thumbnail for IMG.
27301
27302 \(fn IMG)" t nil)
27303
27304 (autoload (quote thumbs-show-from-dir) "thumbs" "\
27305 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR.
27306 Optional argument REG to select file matching a regexp,
27307 and SAME-WINDOW to show thumbs in the same window.
27308
27309 \(fn DIR &optional REG SAME-WINDOW)" t nil)
27310
27311 (autoload (quote thumbs-dired-show-marked) "thumbs" "\
27312 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with marked files.
27313
27314 \(fn)" t nil)
27315
27316 (autoload (quote thumbs-dired-show) "thumbs" "\
27317 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with all files in current directory.
27318
27319 \(fn)" t nil)
27320
27321 (defalias (quote thumbs) (quote thumbs-show-from-dir))
27322
27323 (autoload (quote thumbs-dired-setroot) "thumbs" "\
27324 In dired, call the setroot program on the image at point.
27325
27326 \(fn)" t nil)
27327
27328 ;;;***
27329 \f
27330 ;;;### (autoloads (tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode tibetan-pre-write-conversion
27331 ;;;;;; tibetan-post-read-conversion tibetan-compose-buffer tibetan-decompose-buffer
27332 ;;;;;; tibetan-composition-function tibetan-decompose-string tibetan-decompose-region
27333 ;;;;;; tibetan-compose-region tibetan-compose-string tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan
27334 ;;;;;; tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util"
27335 ;;;;;; "language/tibet-util.el" (17842 58278))
27336 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tibet-util.el
27337
27338 (autoload (quote tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util" "\
27339 Check if char CH is Tibetan character.
27340 Returns non-nil if CH is Tibetan. Otherwise, returns nil.
27341
27342 \(fn CH)" nil nil)
27343
27344 (autoload (quote tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription) "tibet-util" "\
27345 Transcribe Tibetan string STR and return the corresponding Roman string.
27346
27347 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27348
27349 (autoload (quote tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan) "tibet-util" "\
27350 Convert Tibetan Roman string STR to Tibetan character string.
27351 The returned string has no composition information.
27352
27353 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27354
27355 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-string) "tibet-util" "\
27356 Compose Tibetan string STR.
27357
27358 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27359
27360 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-region) "tibet-util" "\
27361 Compose Tibetan text the region BEG and END.
27362
27363 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27364
27365 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-region) "tibet-util" "\
27366 Decompose Tibetan text in the region FROM and TO.
27367 This is different from decompose-region because precomposed Tibetan characters
27368 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
27369
27370 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
27371
27372 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-string) "tibet-util" "\
27373 Decompose Tibetan string STR.
27374 This is different from decompose-string because precomposed Tibetan characters
27375 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
27376
27377 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27378
27379 (autoload (quote tibetan-composition-function) "tibet-util" "\
27380 Not documented
27381
27382 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
27383
27384 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-buffer) "tibet-util" "\
27385 Decomposes Tibetan characters in the buffer into their components.
27386 See also the documentation of the function `tibetan-decompose-region'.
27387
27388 \(fn)" t nil)
27389
27390 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-buffer) "tibet-util" "\
27391 Composes Tibetan character components in the buffer.
27392 See also docstring of the function tibetan-compose-region.
27393
27394 \(fn)" t nil)
27395
27396 (autoload (quote tibetan-post-read-conversion) "tibet-util" "\
27397 Not documented
27398
27399 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
27400
27401 (autoload (quote tibetan-pre-write-conversion) "tibet-util" "\
27402 Not documented
27403
27404 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
27405
27406 (autoload (quote tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode) "tibet-util" "\
27407 Not documented
27408
27409 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
27410
27411 ;;;***
27412 \f
27413 ;;;### (autoloads (tildify-buffer tildify-region) "tildify" "textmodes/tildify.el"
27414 ;;;;;; (17842 58276))
27415 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tildify.el
27416
27417 (autoload (quote tildify-region) "tildify" "\
27418 Add hard spaces in the region between BEG and END.
27419 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
27420 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
27421 parameters.
27422 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
27423
27424 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27425
27426 (autoload (quote tildify-buffer) "tildify" "\
27427 Add hard spaces in the current buffer.
27428 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
27429 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
27430 parameters.
27431 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
27432
27433 \(fn)" t nil)
27434
27435 ;;;***
27436 \f
27437 ;;;### (autoloads (display-time-mode display-time display-time-day-and-date)
27438 ;;;;;; "time" "time.el" (18006 55796))
27439 ;;; Generated autoloads from time.el
27440
27441 (defvar display-time-day-and-date nil "\
27442 *Non-nil means \\[display-time] should display day and date as well as time.")
27443
27444 (custom-autoload (quote display-time-day-and-date) "time" t)
27445
27446 (autoload (quote display-time) "time" "\
27447 Enable display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
27448 This display updates automatically every minute.
27449 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
27450 are displayed as well.
27451 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
27452
27453 \(fn)" t nil)
27454
27455 (defvar display-time-mode nil "\
27456 Non-nil if Display-Time mode is enabled.
27457 See the command `display-time-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
27458 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
27459 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
27460 or call the function `display-time-mode'.")
27461
27462 (custom-autoload (quote display-time-mode) "time" nil)
27463
27464 (autoload (quote display-time-mode) "time" "\
27465 Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
27466 With a numeric arg, enable this display if arg is positive.
27467
27468 When this display is enabled, it updates automatically every minute.
27469 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
27470 are displayed as well.
27471 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
27472
27473 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27474
27475 ;;;***
27476 \f
27477 ;;;### (autoloads (safe-date-to-time time-to-days time-to-day-in-year
27478 ;;;;;; date-leap-year-p days-between date-to-day time-add time-subtract
27479 ;;;;;; time-since days-to-time time-less-p seconds-to-time time-to-seconds
27480 ;;;;;; date-to-time) "time-date" "calendar/time-date.el" (17842
27481 ;;;;;; 53792))
27482 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/time-date.el
27483
27484 (autoload (quote date-to-time) "time-date" "\
27485 Parse a string that represents a date-time and return a time value.
27486
27487 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27488
27489 (autoload (quote time-to-seconds) "time-date" "\
27490 Convert time value TIME to a floating point number.
27491 You can use `float-time' instead.
27492
27493 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27494
27495 (autoload (quote seconds-to-time) "time-date" "\
27496 Convert SECONDS (a floating point number) to a time value.
27497
27498 \(fn SECONDS)" nil nil)
27499
27500 (autoload (quote time-less-p) "time-date" "\
27501 Say whether time value T1 is less than time value T2.
27502
27503 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
27504
27505 (autoload (quote days-to-time) "time-date" "\
27506 Convert DAYS into a time value.
27507
27508 \(fn DAYS)" nil nil)
27509
27510 (autoload (quote time-since) "time-date" "\
27511 Return the time elapsed since TIME.
27512 TIME should be either a time value or a date-time string.
27513
27514 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27515
27516 (defalias (quote subtract-time) (quote time-subtract))
27517
27518 (autoload (quote time-subtract) "time-date" "\
27519 Subtract two time values.
27520 Return the difference in the format of a time value.
27521
27522 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
27523
27524 (autoload (quote time-add) "time-date" "\
27525 Add two time values. One should represent a time difference.
27526
27527 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
27528
27529 (autoload (quote date-to-day) "time-date" "\
27530 Return the number of days between year 1 and DATE.
27531 DATE should be a date-time string.
27532
27533 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27534
27535 (autoload (quote days-between) "time-date" "\
27536 Return the number of days between DATE1 and DATE2.
27537 DATE1 and DATE2 should be date-time strings.
27538
27539 \(fn DATE1 DATE2)" nil nil)
27540
27541 (autoload (quote date-leap-year-p) "time-date" "\
27542 Return t if YEAR is a leap year.
27543
27544 \(fn YEAR)" nil nil)
27545
27546 (autoload (quote time-to-day-in-year) "time-date" "\
27547 Return the day number within the year corresponding to TIME.
27548
27549 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27550
27551 (autoload (quote time-to-days) "time-date" "\
27552 The number of days between the Gregorian date 0001-12-31bce and TIME.
27553 TIME should be a time value.
27554 The Gregorian date Sunday, December 31, 1bce is imaginary.
27555
27556 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27557
27558 (autoload (quote safe-date-to-time) "time-date" "\
27559 Parse a string that represents a date-time and return a time value.
27560 If DATE is malformed, return a time value of zeros.
27561
27562 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27563
27564 ;;;***
27565 \f
27566 ;;;### (autoloads (time-stamp-toggle-active time-stamp) "time-stamp"
27567 ;;;;;; "time-stamp.el" (17842 58278))
27568 ;;; Generated autoloads from time-stamp.el
27569 (put 'time-stamp-format 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27570 (put 'time-stamp-line-limit 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
27571 (put 'time-stamp-start 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27572 (put 'time-stamp-end 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27573 (put 'time-stamp-inserts-lines 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
27574 (put 'time-stamp-count 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
27575 (put 'time-stamp-pattern 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27576
27577 (autoload (quote time-stamp) "time-stamp" "\
27578 Update the time stamp string(s) in the buffer.
27579 A template in a file can be automatically updated with a new time stamp
27580 every time you save the file. Add this line to your .emacs file:
27581 (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp)
27582 or customize `before-save-hook' through Custom.
27583 Normally the template must appear in the first 8 lines of a file and
27584 look like one of the following:
27585 Time-stamp: <>
27586 Time-stamp: \" \"
27587 The time stamp is written between the brackets or quotes:
27588 Time-stamp: <2001-02-18 10:20:51 gildea>
27589 The time stamp is updated only if the variable `time-stamp-active' is non-nil.
27590 The format of the time stamp is set by the variable `time-stamp-pattern' or
27591 `time-stamp-format'. The variables `time-stamp-pattern',
27592 `time-stamp-line-limit', `time-stamp-start', `time-stamp-end',
27593 `time-stamp-count', and `time-stamp-inserts-lines' control finding
27594 the template.
27595
27596 \(fn)" t nil)
27597
27598 (autoload (quote time-stamp-toggle-active) "time-stamp" "\
27599 Toggle `time-stamp-active', setting whether \\[time-stamp] updates a buffer.
27600 With ARG, turn time stamping on if and only if arg is positive.
27601
27602 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27603
27604 ;;;***
27605 \f
27606 ;;;### (autoloads (timeclock-when-to-leave-string timeclock-workday-elapsed-string
27607 ;;;;;; timeclock-workday-remaining-string timeclock-reread-log timeclock-query-out
27608 ;;;;;; timeclock-change timeclock-status-string timeclock-out timeclock-in
27609 ;;;;;; timeclock-modeline-display) "timeclock" "calendar/timeclock.el"
27610 ;;;;;; (17992 30878))
27611 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/timeclock.el
27612
27613 (autoload (quote timeclock-modeline-display) "timeclock" "\
27614 Toggle display of the amount of time left today in the modeline.
27615 If `timeclock-use-display-time' is non-nil (the default), then
27616 the function `display-time-mode' must be active, and the modeline
27617 will be updated whenever the time display is updated. Otherwise,
27618 the timeclock will use its own sixty second timer to do its
27619 updating. With prefix ARG, turn modeline display on if and only
27620 if ARG is positive. Returns the new status of timeclock modeline
27621 display (non-nil means on).
27622
27623 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27624
27625 (autoload (quote timeclock-in) "timeclock" "\
27626 Clock in, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
27627 With a numeric prefix ARG, record the fact that today has only that
27628 many hours in it to be worked. If arg is a non-numeric prefix arg
27629 \(non-nil, but not a number), 0 is assumed (working on a holiday or
27630 weekend). *If not called interactively, ARG should be the number of
27631 _seconds_ worked today*. This feature only has effect the first time
27632 this function is called within a day.
27633
27634 PROJECT is the project being clocked into. If PROJECT is nil, and
27635 FIND-PROJECT is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-in'
27636 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-project-function' to
27637 discover the name of the project.
27638
27639 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT FIND-PROJECT)" t nil)
27640
27641 (autoload (quote timeclock-out) "timeclock" "\
27642 Clock out, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
27643 If a prefix ARG is given, the user has completed the project that was
27644 begun during the last time segment.
27645
27646 REASON is the user's reason for clocking out. If REASON is nil, and
27647 FIND-REASON is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-out'
27648 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-reason-function' to
27649 discover the reason.
27650
27651 \(fn &optional ARG REASON FIND-REASON)" t nil)
27652
27653 (autoload (quote timeclock-status-string) "timeclock" "\
27654 Report the overall timeclock status at the present moment.
27655 If SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, display second resolution.
27656 If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time
27657 worked today, ignoring the time worked on previous days.
27658
27659 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27660
27661 (autoload (quote timeclock-change) "timeclock" "\
27662 Change to working on a different project.
27663 This clocks out of the current project, then clocks in on a new one.
27664 With a prefix ARG, consider the previous project as finished at the
27665 time of changeover. PROJECT is the name of the last project you were
27666 working on.
27667
27668 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT)" t nil)
27669
27670 (autoload (quote timeclock-query-out) "timeclock" "\
27671 Ask the user whether to clock out.
27672 This is a useful function for adding to `kill-emacs-query-functions'.
27673
27674 \(fn)" nil nil)
27675
27676 (autoload (quote timeclock-reread-log) "timeclock" "\
27677 Re-read the timeclock, to account for external changes.
27678 Returns the new value of `timeclock-discrepancy'.
27679
27680 \(fn)" t nil)
27681
27682 (autoload (quote timeclock-workday-remaining-string) "timeclock" "\
27683 Return a string representing the amount of time left today.
27684 Display second resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If TODAY-ONLY
27685 is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time worked today.
27686 See `timeclock-relative' for more information about the meaning of
27687 \"relative to today\".
27688
27689 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27690
27691 (autoload (quote timeclock-workday-elapsed-string) "timeclock" "\
27692 Return a string representing the amount of time worked today.
27693 Display seconds resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If RELATIVE is
27694 non-nil, the amount returned will be relative to past time worked.
27695
27696 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS)" t nil)
27697
27698 (autoload (quote timeclock-when-to-leave-string) "timeclock" "\
27699 Return a string representing the end of today's workday.
27700 This string is relative to the value of `timeclock-workday'. If
27701 SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, the value printed/returned will include
27702 seconds. If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the value returned will be
27703 relative only to the time worked today, and not to past time.
27704
27705 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27706
27707 ;;;***
27708 \f
27709 ;;;### (autoloads (with-timeout run-with-idle-timer add-timeout run-with-timer
27710 ;;;;;; run-at-time cancel-function-timers cancel-timer) "timer"
27711 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/timer.el" (17935 13348))
27712 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/timer.el
27713
27714 (defalias (quote disable-timeout) (quote cancel-timer))
27715
27716 (autoload (quote cancel-timer) "timer" "\
27717 Remove TIMER from the list of active timers.
27718
27719 \(fn TIMER)" nil nil)
27720
27721 (autoload (quote cancel-function-timers) "timer" "\
27722 Cancel all timers which would run FUNCTION.
27723 This affects ordinary timers such as are scheduled by `run-at-time',
27724 and idle timers such as are scheduled by `run-with-idle-timer'.
27725
27726 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
27727
27728 (autoload (quote run-at-time) "timer" "\
27729 Perform an action at time TIME.
27730 Repeat the action every REPEAT seconds, if REPEAT is non-nil.
27731 TIME should be one of: a string giving an absolute time like
27732 \"11:23pm\" (the acceptable formats are those recognized by
27733 `diary-entry-time'; note that such times are interpreted as times
27734 today, even if in the past); a string giving a relative time like
27735 \"2 hours 35 minutes\" (the acceptable formats are those
27736 recognized by `timer-duration'); nil meaning now; a number of
27737 seconds from now; a value from `encode-time'; or t (with non-nil
27738 REPEAT) meaning the next integral multiple of REPEAT. REPEAT may
27739 be an integer or floating point number. The action is to call
27740 FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
27741
27742 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'.
27743
27744 \(fn TIME REPEAT FUNCTION &rest ARGS)" t nil)
27745
27746 (autoload (quote run-with-timer) "timer" "\
27747 Perform an action after a delay of SECS seconds.
27748 Repeat the action every REPEAT seconds, if REPEAT is non-nil.
27749 SECS and REPEAT may be integers or floating point numbers.
27750 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
27751
27752 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'.
27753
27754 \(fn SECS REPEAT FUNCTION &rest ARGS)" t nil)
27755
27756 (autoload (quote add-timeout) "timer" "\
27757 Add a timer to run SECS seconds from now, to call FUNCTION on OBJECT.
27758 If REPEAT is non-nil, repeat the timer every REPEAT seconds.
27759 This function is for compatibility; see also `run-with-timer'.
27760
27761 \(fn SECS FUNCTION OBJECT &optional REPEAT)" nil nil)
27762
27763 (autoload (quote run-with-idle-timer) "timer" "\
27764 Perform an action the next time Emacs is idle for SECS seconds.
27765 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
27766 SECS may be an integer, a floating point number, or the internal
27767 time format (HIGH LOW USECS) returned by, e.g., `current-idle-time'.
27768 If Emacs is currently idle, and has been idle for N seconds (N < SECS),
27769 then it will call FUNCTION in SECS - N seconds from now.
27770
27771 If REPEAT is non-nil, do the action each time Emacs has been idle for
27772 exactly SECS seconds (that is, only once for each time Emacs becomes idle).
27773
27774 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'.
27775
27776 \(fn SECS REPEAT FUNCTION &rest ARGS)" t nil)
27777 (put 'with-timeout 'lisp-indent-function 1)
27778
27779 (autoload (quote with-timeout) "timer" "\
27780 Run BODY, but if it doesn't finish in SECONDS seconds, give up.
27781 If we give up, we run the TIMEOUT-FORMS and return the value of the last one.
27782 The timeout is checked whenever Emacs waits for some kind of external
27783 event (such as keyboard input, input from subprocesses, or a certain time);
27784 if the program loops without waiting in any way, the timeout will not
27785 be detected.
27786
27787 \(fn (SECONDS TIMEOUT-FORMS...) BODY)" nil (quote macro))
27788
27789 ;;;***
27790 \f
27791 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-titdic-convert titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv"
27792 ;;;;;; "international/titdic-cnv.el" (17870 32853))
27793 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/titdic-cnv.el
27794
27795 (autoload (quote titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv" "\
27796 Convert a TIT dictionary of FILENAME into a Quail package.
27797 Optional argument DIRNAME if specified is the directory name under which
27798 the generated Quail package is saved.
27799
27800 \(fn FILENAME &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
27801
27802 (autoload (quote batch-titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv" "\
27803 Run `titdic-convert' on the files remaining on the command line.
27804 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
27805 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
27806 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert XXX.tit\" to
27807 generate Quail package file \"xxx.el\" from TIT dictionary file \"XXX.tit\".
27808 To get complete usage, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert -h\".
27809
27810 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
27811
27812 ;;;***
27813 \f
27814 ;;;### (autoloads (tamil-composition-function tamil-post-read-conversion
27815 ;;;;;; tamil-compose-region) "tml-util" "language/tml-util.el" (17842
27816 ;;;;;; 58278))
27817 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tml-util.el
27818
27819 (autoload (quote tamil-compose-region) "tml-util" "\
27820 Not documented
27821
27822 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
27823
27824 (autoload (quote tamil-post-read-conversion) "tml-util" "\
27825 Not documented
27826
27827 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
27828
27829 (autoload (quote tamil-composition-function) "tml-util" "\
27830 Compose Tamil characters in REGION, or STRING if specified.
27831 Assume that the REGION or STRING must fully match the composable
27832 PATTERN regexp.
27833
27834 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
27835
27836 ;;;***
27837 \f
27838 ;;;### (autoloads (tmm-prompt tmm-menubar-mouse tmm-menubar) "tmm"
27839 ;;;;;; "tmm.el" (17952 58711))
27840 ;;; Generated autoloads from tmm.el
27841 (define-key global-map "\M-`" 'tmm-menubar)
27842 (define-key global-map [menu-bar mouse-1] 'tmm-menubar-mouse)
27843
27844 (autoload (quote tmm-menubar) "tmm" "\
27845 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
27846 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
27847 X-POSITION, if non-nil, specifies a horizontal position within the menu bar;
27848 we make that menu bar item (the one at that position) the default choice.
27849
27850 \(fn &optional X-POSITION)" t nil)
27851
27852 (autoload (quote tmm-menubar-mouse) "tmm" "\
27853 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
27854 This command is used when you click the mouse in the menubar
27855 on a console which has no window system but does have a mouse.
27856 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
27857
27858 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
27859
27860 (autoload (quote tmm-prompt) "tmm" "\
27861 Text-mode emulation of calling the bindings in keymap.
27862 Creates a text-mode menu of possible choices. You can access the elements
27863 in the menu in two ways:
27864 *) via history mechanism from minibuffer;
27865 *) Or via completion-buffer that is automatically shown.
27866 The last alternative is currently a hack, you cannot use mouse reliably.
27867
27868 MENU is like the MENU argument to `x-popup-menu': either a
27869 keymap or an alist of alists.
27870 DEFAULT-ITEM, if non-nil, specifies an initial default choice.
27871 Its value should be an event that has a binding in MENU.
27872
27873 \(fn MENU &optional IN-POPUP DEFAULT-ITEM)" nil nil)
27874
27875 ;;;***
27876 \f
27877 ;;;### (autoloads (todo-show todo-cp todo-mode todo-print todo-top-priorities
27878 ;;;;;; todo-insert-item todo-add-item-non-interactively todo-add-category)
27879 ;;;;;; "todo-mode" "calendar/todo-mode.el" (17962 52848))
27880 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/todo-mode.el
27881
27882 (autoload (quote todo-add-category) "todo-mode" "\
27883 Add new category CAT to the TODO list.
27884
27885 \(fn CAT)" t nil)
27886
27887 (autoload (quote todo-add-item-non-interactively) "todo-mode" "\
27888 Insert NEW-ITEM in TODO list as a new entry in CATEGORY.
27889
27890 \(fn NEW-ITEM CATEGORY)" nil nil)
27891
27892 (autoload (quote todo-insert-item) "todo-mode" "\
27893 Insert new TODO list entry.
27894 With a prefix argument solicit the category, otherwise use the current
27895 category.
27896
27897 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
27898
27899 (autoload (quote todo-top-priorities) "todo-mode" "\
27900 List top priorities for each category.
27901
27902 Number of entries for each category is given by NOF-PRIORITIES which
27903 defaults to 'todo-show-priorities'.
27904
27905 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator '^L' is inserted
27906 between each category.
27907
27908 \(fn &optional NOF-PRIORITIES CATEGORY-PR-PAGE)" t nil)
27909
27910 (autoload (quote todo-print) "todo-mode" "\
27911 Print todo summary using `todo-print-function'.
27912 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator `^L' is inserted
27913 between each category.
27914
27915 Number of entries for each category is given by `todo-print-priorities'.
27916
27917 \(fn &optional CATEGORY-PR-PAGE)" t nil)
27918
27919 (autoload (quote todo-mode) "todo-mode" "\
27920 Major mode for editing TODO lists.
27921
27922 \\{todo-mode-map}
27923
27924 \(fn)" t nil)
27925
27926 (autoload (quote todo-cp) "todo-mode" "\
27927 Make a diary entry appear only in the current date's diary.
27928
27929 \(fn)" nil nil)
27930
27931 (autoload (quote todo-show) "todo-mode" "\
27932 Show TODO list.
27933
27934 \(fn)" t nil)
27935
27936 ;;;***
27937 \f
27938 ;;;### (autoloads (tool-bar-local-item-from-menu tool-bar-add-item-from-menu
27939 ;;;;;; tool-bar-local-item tool-bar-add-item) "tool-bar" "tool-bar.el"
27940 ;;;;;; (17842 58278))
27941 ;;; Generated autoloads from tool-bar.el
27942
27943 (autoload (quote toggle-tool-bar-mode-from-frame) "tool-bar" "\
27944 Toggle tool bar on or off, based on the status of the current frame.
27945 See `tool-bar-mode' for more information.
27946
27947 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27948
27949 (put (quote tool-bar-mode) (quote standard-value) (quote (t)))
27950
27951 (autoload (quote tool-bar-add-item) "tool-bar" "\
27952 Add an item to the tool bar.
27953 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
27954 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
27955 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
27956 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
27957
27958 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
27959 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if display-color-cells
27960 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
27961 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
27962
27963 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
27964 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item'.
27965
27966 \(fn ICON DEF KEY &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
27967
27968 (autoload (quote tool-bar-local-item) "tool-bar" "\
27969 Add an item to the tool bar in map MAP.
27970 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
27971 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
27972 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
27973 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
27974
27975 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
27976 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if display-color-cells
27977 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
27978 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
27979
27980 \(fn ICON DEF KEY MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
27981
27982 (autoload (quote tool-bar-add-item-from-menu) "tool-bar" "\
27983 Define tool bar binding for COMMAND in keymap MAP using the given ICON.
27984 This makes a binding for COMMAND in `tool-bar-map', copying its
27985 binding from the menu bar in MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
27986 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
27987 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
27988 properties to add to the binding.
27989
27990 MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which holds a keymap.
27991
27992 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
27993 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item-from-menu'.
27994
27995 \(fn COMMAND ICON &optional MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
27996
27997 (autoload (quote tool-bar-local-item-from-menu) "tool-bar" "\
27998 Define local tool bar binding for COMMAND using the given ICON.
27999 This makes a binding for COMMAND in IN-MAP, copying its binding from
28000 the menu bar in FROM-MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
28001 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
28002 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
28003 properties to add to the binding.
28004
28005 FROM-MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which
28006 holds a keymap.
28007
28008 \(fn COMMAND ICON IN-MAP &optional FROM-MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28009
28010 ;;;***
28011 \f
28012 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-edt-on tpu-edt-mode) "tpu-edt" "emulation/tpu-edt.el"
28013 ;;;;;; (18006 55796))
28014 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-edt.el
28015
28016 (defvar tpu-edt-mode nil "\
28017 Non-nil if Tpu-Edt mode is enabled.
28018 See the command `tpu-edt-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
28019 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28020 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28021 or call the function `tpu-edt-mode'.")
28022
28023 (custom-autoload (quote tpu-edt-mode) "tpu-edt" nil)
28024
28025 (autoload (quote tpu-edt-mode) "tpu-edt" "\
28026 TPU/edt emulation.
28027
28028 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28029
28030 (defalias (quote tpu-edt) (quote tpu-edt-on))
28031
28032 (autoload (quote tpu-edt-on) "tpu-edt" "\
28033 Turn on TPU/edt emulation.
28034
28035 \(fn)" t nil)
28036
28037 ;;;***
28038 \f
28039 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-set-cursor-bound tpu-set-cursor-free tpu-set-scroll-margins)
28040 ;;;;;; "tpu-extras" "emulation/tpu-extras.el" (17842 54264))
28041 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-extras.el
28042
28043 (autoload (quote tpu-set-scroll-margins) "tpu-extras" "\
28044 Set scroll margins.
28045
28046 \(fn TOP BOTTOM)" t nil)
28047
28048 (autoload (quote tpu-set-cursor-free) "tpu-extras" "\
28049 Allow the cursor to move freely about the screen.
28050
28051 \(fn)" t nil)
28052
28053 (autoload (quote tpu-set-cursor-bound) "tpu-extras" "\
28054 Constrain the cursor to the flow of the text.
28055
28056 \(fn)" t nil)
28057
28058 ;;;***
28059 \f
28060 ;;;### (autoloads (tq-create) "tq" "emacs-lisp/tq.el" (17842 54152))
28061 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tq.el
28062
28063 (autoload (quote tq-create) "tq" "\
28064 Create and return a transaction queue communicating with PROCESS.
28065 PROCESS should be a subprocess capable of sending and receiving
28066 streams of bytes. It may be a local process, or it may be connected
28067 to a tcp server on another machine.
28068
28069 \(fn PROCESS)" nil nil)
28070
28071 ;;;***
28072 \f
28073 ;;;### (autoloads (trace-function-background trace-function trace-buffer)
28074 ;;;;;; "trace" "emacs-lisp/trace.el" (17842 54152))
28075 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/trace.el
28076
28077 (defvar trace-buffer "*trace-output*" "\
28078 *Trace output will by default go to that buffer.")
28079
28080 (custom-autoload (quote trace-buffer) "trace" t)
28081
28082 (autoload (quote trace-function) "trace" "\
28083 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going to BUFFER.
28084 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
28085 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the
28086 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
28087 there might be!! The trace BUFFER will popup whenever FUNCTION is called.
28088 Do not use this to trace functions that switch buffers or do any other
28089 display oriented stuff, use `trace-function-background' instead.
28090
28091 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
28092
28093 (autoload (quote trace-function-background) "trace" "\
28094 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going quietly to BUFFER.
28095 When this tracing is enabled, every call to FUNCTION writes
28096 a Lisp-style trace message (showing the arguments and return value)
28097 into BUFFER. This function generates advice to trace FUNCTION
28098 and activates it together with any other advice there might be.
28099 The trace output goes to BUFFER quietly, without changing
28100 the window or buffer configuration.
28101
28102 BUFFER defaults to `trace-buffer'.
28103
28104 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
28105
28106 ;;;***
28107 \f
28108 ;;;### (autoloads (tramp-unload-tramp tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion
28109 ;;;;;; tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions tramp-unload-file-name-handlers
28110 ;;;;;; tramp-file-name-handler tramp-completion-file-name-regexp
28111 ;;;;;; tramp-file-name-regexp) "tramp" "net/tramp.el" (17934 45069))
28112 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp.el
28113
28114 (defvar tramp-unified-filenames (not (featurep (quote xemacs))) "\
28115 Non-nil means to use unified Ange-FTP/Tramp filename syntax.
28116 Otherwise, use a separate filename syntax for Tramp.")
28117
28118 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-unified "\\`/[^/:]+:" "\
28119 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
28120 Emacs (not XEmacs) uses a unified filename syntax for Ange-FTP and
28121 Tramp. See `tramp-file-name-structure-unified' for more explanations.")
28122
28123 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-separate "\\`/\\[.*\\]" "\
28124 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
28125 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
28126 See `tramp-file-name-structure-separate' for more explanations.")
28127
28128 (defvar tramp-file-name-regexp (if tramp-unified-filenames tramp-file-name-regexp-unified tramp-file-name-regexp-separate) "\
28129 *Regular expression matching file names handled by tramp.
28130 This regexp should match tramp file names but no other file names.
28131 \(When tramp.el is loaded, this regular expression is prepended to
28132 `file-name-handler-alist', and that is searched sequentially. Thus,
28133 if the tramp entry appears rather early in the `file-name-handler-alist'
28134 and is a bit too general, then some files might be considered tramp
28135 files which are not really tramp files.
28136
28137 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
28138 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
28139 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
28140 updated after changing this variable.
28141
28142 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
28143
28144 (custom-autoload (quote tramp-file-name-regexp) "tramp" t)
28145
28146 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified "^/$\\|^/[^/:][^/]*$" "\
28147 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
28148 Emacs (not XEmacs) uses a unified filename syntax for Ange-FTP and
28149 Tramp. See `tramp-file-name-structure-unified' for more explanations.")
28150
28151 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate "^/\\([[][^]]*\\)?$" "\
28152 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
28153 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
28154 See `tramp-file-name-structure-separate' for more explanations.")
28155
28156 (defvar tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (if tramp-unified-filenames tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate) "\
28157 *Regular expression matching file names handled by tramp completion.
28158 This regexp should match partial tramp file names only.
28159
28160 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
28161 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
28162 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
28163 updated after changing this variable.
28164
28165 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
28166
28167 (custom-autoload (quote tramp-completion-file-name-regexp) "tramp" t)
28168
28169 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist (quote ((file-name-all-completions . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions) (file-name-completion . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion))) "\
28170 Alist of completion handler functions.
28171 Used for file names matching `tramp-file-name-regexp'. Operations not
28172 mentioned here will be handled by `tramp-file-name-handler-alist' or the
28173 normal Emacs functions.")
28174
28175 (defun tramp-run-real-handler (operation args) "\
28176 Invoke normal file name handler for OPERATION.
28177 First arg specifies the OPERATION, second arg is a list of arguments to
28178 pass to the OPERATION." (let* ((inhibit-file-name-handlers (\` (tramp-file-name-handler tramp-completion-file-name-handler cygwin-mount-name-hook-function cygwin-mount-map-drive-hook-function \, (and (eq inhibit-file-name-operation operation) inhibit-file-name-handlers)))) (inhibit-file-name-operation operation)) (apply operation args)))
28179
28180 (defun tramp-completion-run-real-handler (operation args) "\
28181 Invoke `tramp-file-name-handler' for OPERATION.
28182 First arg specifies the OPERATION, second arg is a list of arguments to
28183 pass to the OPERATION." (let* ((inhibit-file-name-handlers (\` (tramp-completion-file-name-handler cygwin-mount-name-hook-function cygwin-mount-map-drive-hook-function \, (and (eq inhibit-file-name-operation operation) inhibit-file-name-handlers)))) (inhibit-file-name-operation operation)) (apply operation args)))
28184
28185 (autoload (quote tramp-file-name-handler) "tramp" "\
28186 Invoke Tramp file name handler.
28187 Falls back to normal file name handler if no tramp file name handler exists.
28188
28189 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
28190
28191 (defun tramp-completion-file-name-handler (operation &rest args) "\
28192 Invoke tramp file name completion handler.
28193 Falls back to normal file name handler if no tramp file name handler exists." (let ((fn (assoc operation tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist))) (if fn (save-match-data (apply (cdr fn) args)) (tramp-completion-run-real-handler operation args))))
28194
28195 (defsubst tramp-register-file-name-handler nil "\
28196 Add tramp file name handler to `file-name-handler-alist'." (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-file-name-handler))) (let ((jka (rassoc (quote jka-compr-handler) file-name-handler-alist))) (when jka (setq file-name-handler-alist (cons jka (delete jka file-name-handler-alist))))))
28197
28198 (defsubst tramp-register-completion-file-name-handler nil "\
28199 Add tramp completion file name handler to `file-name-handler-alist'." (when (or (not (boundp (quote partial-completion-mode))) (symbol-value (quote partial-completion-mode)) (featurep (quote ido))) (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler))) (put (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t)) (let ((jka (rassoc (quote jka-compr-handler) file-name-handler-alist))) (when jka (setq file-name-handler-alist (cons jka (delete jka file-name-handler-alist))))))
28200 (tramp-register-file-name-handler)
28201 (add-hook
28202 'after-init-hook
28203 '(lambda () (tramp-register-completion-file-name-handler)))
28204
28205 (autoload (quote tramp-unload-file-name-handlers) "tramp" "\
28206 Not documented
28207
28208 \(fn)" nil nil)
28209
28210 (autoload (quote tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions) "tramp" "\
28211 Like `file-name-all-completions' for partial tramp files.
28212
28213 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY)" nil nil)
28214
28215 (autoload (quote tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion) "tramp" "\
28216 Like `file-name-completion' for tramp files.
28217
28218 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY &optional PREDICATE)" nil nil)
28219
28220 (autoload (quote tramp-unload-tramp) "tramp" "\
28221 Discard Tramp from loading remote files.
28222
28223 \(fn)" t nil)
28224
28225 ;;;***
28226 \f
28227 ;;;### (autoloads (tramp-ftp-enable-ange-ftp) "tramp-ftp" "net/tramp-ftp.el"
28228 ;;;;;; (17842 55218))
28229 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp-ftp.el
28230
28231 (autoload (quote tramp-ftp-enable-ange-ftp) "tramp-ftp" "\
28232 Not documented
28233
28234 \(fn)" nil nil)
28235
28236 ;;;***
28237 \f
28238 ;;;### (autoloads (help-with-tutorial) "tutorial" "tutorial.el" (18006
28239 ;;;;;; 55796))
28240 ;;; Generated autoloads from tutorial.el
28241
28242 (autoload (quote help-with-tutorial) "tutorial" "\
28243 Select the Emacs learn-by-doing tutorial.
28244 If there is a tutorial version written in the language
28245 of the selected language environment, that version is used.
28246 If there's no tutorial in that language, `TUTORIAL' is selected.
28247 With ARG, you are asked to choose which language.
28248 If DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT is non-nil the buffer is reverted without
28249 any question when restarting the tutorial.
28250
28251 If any of the standard Emacs key bindings that are used in the
28252 tutorial have been changed then an explanatory note about this is
28253 shown in the beginning of the tutorial buffer.
28254
28255 When the tutorial buffer is killed the content and the point
28256 position in the buffer is saved so that the tutorial may be
28257 resumed later.
28258
28259 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT)" t nil)
28260
28261 ;;;***
28262 \f
28263 ;;;### (autoloads (2C-split 2C-associate-buffer 2C-two-columns) "two-column"
28264 ;;;;;; "textmodes/two-column.el" (17842 58276))
28265 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/two-column.el
28266 (autoload '2C-command "two-column" () t 'keymap)
28267 (global-set-key "\C-x6" '2C-command)
28268 (global-set-key [f2] '2C-command)
28269
28270 (autoload (quote 2C-two-columns) "two-column" "\
28271 Split current window vertically for two-column editing.
28272 \\<global-map>When called the first time, associates a buffer with the current
28273 buffer in two-column minor mode (use \\[describe-mode] once in the mode,
28274 for details.). It runs `2C-other-buffer-hook' in the new buffer.
28275 When called again, restores the screen layout with the current buffer
28276 first and the associated buffer to its right.
28277
28278 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
28279
28280 (autoload (quote 2C-associate-buffer) "two-column" "\
28281 Associate another buffer with this one in two-column minor mode.
28282 Can also be used to associate a just previously visited file, by
28283 accepting the proposed default buffer.
28284
28285 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
28286
28287 \(fn)" t nil)
28288
28289 (autoload (quote 2C-split) "two-column" "\
28290 Split a two-column text at point, into two buffers in two-column minor mode.
28291 Point becomes the local value of `2C-window-width'. Only lines that
28292 have the ARG same preceding characters at that column get split. The
28293 ARG preceding characters without any leading whitespace become the local
28294 value for `2C-separator'. This way lines that continue across both
28295 columns remain untouched in the first buffer.
28296
28297 This function can be used with a prototype line, to set up things. You
28298 write the first line of each column and then split that line. E.g.:
28299
28300 First column's text sSs Second column's text
28301 \\___/\\
28302 / \\
28303 5 character Separator You type M-5 \\[2C-split] with the point here.
28304
28305 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
28306
28307 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
28308
28309 ;;;***
28310 \f
28311 ;;;### (autoloads (type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold type-break-statistics
28312 ;;;;;; type-break type-break-mode type-break-keystroke-threshold
28313 ;;;;;; type-break-good-break-interval type-break-good-rest-interval
28314 ;;;;;; type-break-interval type-break-mode) "type-break" "type-break.el"
28315 ;;;;;; (17908 29123))
28316 ;;; Generated autoloads from type-break.el
28317
28318 (defvar type-break-mode nil "\
28319 Toggle typing break mode.
28320 See the docstring for the `type-break-mode' command for more information.
28321 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28322 use either \\[customize] or the function `type-break-mode'.")
28323
28324 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-mode) "type-break" nil)
28325
28326 (defvar type-break-interval (* 60 60) "\
28327 *Number of seconds between scheduled typing breaks.")
28328
28329 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-interval) "type-break" t)
28330
28331 (defvar type-break-good-rest-interval (/ type-break-interval 6) "\
28332 *Number of seconds of idle time considered to be an adequate typing rest.
28333
28334 When this variable is non-nil, Emacs checks the idle time between
28335 keystrokes. If this idle time is long enough to be considered a \"good\"
28336 rest from typing, then the next typing break is simply rescheduled for later.
28337
28338 If a break is interrupted before this much time elapses, the user will be
28339 asked whether or not really to interrupt the break.")
28340
28341 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-good-rest-interval) "type-break" t)
28342
28343 (defvar type-break-good-break-interval nil "\
28344 *Number of seconds considered to be an adequate explicit typing rest.
28345
28346 When this variable is non-nil, its value is considered to be a \"good\"
28347 length (in seconds) for a break initiated by the command `type-break',
28348 overriding `type-break-good-rest-interval'. This provides querying of
28349 break interruptions when `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil.")
28350
28351 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-good-break-interval) "type-break" t)
28352
28353 (defvar type-break-keystroke-threshold (let* ((wpm 35) (avg-word-length 5) (upper (* wpm avg-word-length (/ type-break-interval 60))) (lower (/ upper 5))) (cons lower upper)) "\
28354 *Upper and lower bound on number of keystrokes for considering typing break.
28355 This structure is a pair of numbers (MIN . MAX).
28356
28357 The first number is the minimum number of keystrokes that must have been
28358 entered since the last typing break before considering another one, even if
28359 the scheduled time has elapsed; the break is simply rescheduled until later
28360 if the minimum threshold hasn't been reached. If this first value is nil,
28361 then there is no minimum threshold; as soon as the scheduled time has
28362 elapsed, the user will always be queried.
28363
28364 The second number is the maximum number of keystrokes that can be entered
28365 before a typing break is requested immediately, pre-empting the originally
28366 scheduled break. If this second value is nil, then no pre-emptive breaks
28367 will occur; only scheduled ones will.
28368
28369 Keys with bucky bits (shift, control, meta, etc) are counted as only one
28370 keystroke even though they really require multiple keys to generate them.
28371
28372 The command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' can be used to
28373 guess a reasonably good pair of values for this variable.")
28374
28375 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-keystroke-threshold) "type-break" t)
28376
28377 (autoload (quote type-break-mode) "type-break" "\
28378 Enable or disable typing-break mode.
28379 This is a minor mode, but it is global to all buffers by default.
28380
28381 When this mode is enabled, the user is encouraged to take typing breaks at
28382 appropriate intervals; either after a specified amount of time or when the
28383 user has exceeded a keystroke threshold. When the time arrives, the user
28384 is asked to take a break. If the user refuses at that time, Emacs will ask
28385 again in a short period of time. The idea is to give the user enough time
28386 to find a good breaking point in his or her work, but be sufficiently
28387 annoying to discourage putting typing breaks off indefinitely.
28388
28389 A negative prefix argument disables this mode.
28390 No argument or any non-negative argument enables it.
28391
28392 The user may enable or disable this mode by setting the variable of the
28393 same name, though setting it in that way doesn't reschedule a break or
28394 reset the keystroke counter.
28395
28396 If the mode was previously disabled and is enabled as a consequence of
28397 calling this function, it schedules a break with `type-break-schedule' to
28398 make sure one occurs (the user can call that command to reschedule the
28399 break at any time). It also initializes the keystroke counter.
28400
28401 The variable `type-break-interval' specifies the number of seconds to
28402 schedule between regular typing breaks. This variable doesn't directly
28403 affect the time schedule; it simply provides a default for the
28404 `type-break-schedule' command.
28405
28406 If set, the variable `type-break-good-rest-interval' specifies the minimum
28407 amount of time which is considered a reasonable typing break. Whenever
28408 that time has elapsed, typing breaks are automatically rescheduled for
28409 later even if Emacs didn't prompt you to take one first. Also, if a break
28410 is ended before this much time has elapsed, the user will be asked whether
28411 or not to continue. A nil value for this variable prevents automatic
28412 break rescheduling, making `type-break-interval' an upper bound on the time
28413 between breaks. In this case breaks will be prompted for as usual before
28414 the upper bound if the keystroke threshold is reached.
28415
28416 If `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil and
28417 `type-break-good-break-interval' is set, then confirmation is required to
28418 interrupt a break before `type-break-good-break-interval' seconds
28419 have passed. This provides for an upper bound on the time between breaks
28420 together with confirmation of interruptions to these breaks.
28421
28422 The variable `type-break-keystroke-threshold' is used to determine the
28423 thresholds at which typing breaks should be considered. You can use
28424 the command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' to try to
28425 approximate good values for this.
28426
28427 There are several variables that affect how or when warning messages about
28428 imminent typing breaks are displayed. They include:
28429
28430 `type-break-mode-line-message-mode'
28431 `type-break-time-warning-intervals'
28432 `type-break-keystroke-warning-intervals'
28433 `type-break-warning-repeat'
28434 `type-break-warning-countdown-string'
28435 `type-break-warning-countdown-string-type'
28436
28437 There are several variables that affect if, how, and when queries to begin
28438 a typing break occur. They include:
28439
28440 `type-break-query-mode'
28441 `type-break-query-function'
28442 `type-break-query-interval'
28443
28444 The command `type-break-statistics' prints interesting things.
28445
28446 Finally, a file (named `type-break-file-name') is used to store information
28447 across Emacs sessions. This provides recovery of the break status between
28448 sessions and after a crash. Manual changes to the file may result in
28449 problems.
28450
28451 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
28452
28453 (autoload (quote type-break) "type-break" "\
28454 Take a typing break.
28455
28456 During the break, a demo selected from the functions listed in
28457 `type-break-demo-functions' is run.
28458
28459 After the typing break is finished, the next break is scheduled
28460 as per the function `type-break-schedule'.
28461
28462 \(fn)" t nil)
28463
28464 (autoload (quote type-break-statistics) "type-break" "\
28465 Print statistics about typing breaks in a temporary buffer.
28466 This includes the last time a typing break was taken, when the next one is
28467 scheduled, the keystroke thresholds and the current keystroke count, etc.
28468
28469 \(fn)" t nil)
28470
28471 (autoload (quote type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold) "type-break" "\
28472 Guess values for the minimum/maximum keystroke threshold for typing breaks.
28473
28474 If called interactively, the user is prompted for their guess as to how
28475 many words per minute they usually type. This value should not be your
28476 maximum WPM, but your average. Of course, this is harder to gauge since it
28477 can vary considerably depending on what you are doing. For example, one
28478 tends to type less when debugging a program as opposed to writing
28479 documentation. (Perhaps a separate program should be written to estimate
28480 average typing speed.)
28481
28482 From that, this command sets the values in `type-break-keystroke-threshold'
28483 based on a fairly simple algorithm involving assumptions about the average
28484 length of words (5). For the minimum threshold, it uses about a fifth of
28485 the computed maximum threshold.
28486
28487 When called from Lisp programs, the optional args WORDLEN and FRAC can be
28488 used to override the default assumption about average word length and the
28489 fraction of the maximum threshold to which to set the minimum threshold.
28490 FRAC should be the inverse of the fractional value; for example, a value of
28491 2 would mean to use one half, a value of 4 would mean to use one quarter, etc.
28492
28493 \(fn WPM &optional WORDLEN FRAC)" t nil)
28494
28495 ;;;***
28496 \f
28497 ;;;### (autoloads (ununderline-region underline-region) "underline"
28498 ;;;;;; "textmodes/underline.el" (17842 58276))
28499 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/underline.el
28500
28501 (autoload (quote underline-region) "underline" "\
28502 Underline all nonblank characters in the region.
28503 Works by overstriking underscores.
28504 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
28505 which specify the range to operate on.
28506
28507 \(fn START END)" t nil)
28508
28509 (autoload (quote ununderline-region) "underline" "\
28510 Remove all underlining (overstruck underscores) in the region.
28511 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
28512 which specify the range to operate on.
28513
28514 \(fn START END)" t nil)
28515
28516 ;;;***
28517 \f
28518 ;;;### (autoloads (unforward-rmail-message undigestify-rmail-message)
28519 ;;;;;; "undigest" "mail/undigest.el" (17842 55035))
28520 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/undigest.el
28521
28522 (autoload (quote undigestify-rmail-message) "undigest" "\
28523 Break up a digest message into its constituent messages.
28524 Leaves original message, deleted, before the undigestified messages.
28525
28526 \(fn)" t nil)
28527
28528 (autoload (quote unforward-rmail-message) "undigest" "\
28529 Extract a forwarded message from the containing message.
28530 This puts the forwarded message into a separate rmail message
28531 following the containing message.
28532
28533 \(fn)" t nil)
28534
28535 ;;;***
28536 \f
28537 ;;;### (autoloads (unrmail batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "mail/unrmail.el"
28538 ;;;;;; (17842 55035))
28539 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/unrmail.el
28540
28541 (autoload (quote batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "\
28542 Convert Rmail files to system inbox format.
28543 Specify the input Rmail file names as command line arguments.
28544 For each Rmail file, the corresponding output file name
28545 is made by adding `.mail' at the end.
28546 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-unrmail RMAIL'.
28547
28548 \(fn)" nil nil)
28549
28550 (autoload (quote unrmail) "unrmail" "\
28551 Convert Rmail file FILE to system inbox format file TO-FILE.
28552
28553 \(fn FILE TO-FILE)" t nil)
28554
28555 ;;;***
28556 \f
28557 ;;;### (autoloads (unsafep) "unsafep" "emacs-lisp/unsafep.el" (17842
28558 ;;;;;; 54152))
28559 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/unsafep.el
28560
28561 (autoload (quote unsafep) "unsafep" "\
28562 Return nil if evaluating FORM couldn't possibly do any harm;
28563 otherwise result is a reason why FORM is unsafe. UNSAFEP-VARS is a list
28564 of symbols with local bindings.
28565
28566 \(fn FORM &optional UNSAFEP-VARS)" nil nil)
28567
28568 ;;;***
28569 \f
28570 ;;;### (autoloads (url-retrieve-synchronously url-retrieve) "url"
28571 ;;;;;; "url/url.el" (17842 56569))
28572 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url.el
28573
28574 (autoload (quote url-retrieve) "url" "\
28575 Retrieve URL asynchronously and call CALLBACK with CBARGS when finished.
28576 URL is either a string or a parsed URL.
28577
28578 CALLBACK is called when the object has been completely retrieved, with
28579 the current buffer containing the object, and any MIME headers associated
28580 with it. It is called as (apply CALLBACK STATUS CBARGS).
28581 STATUS is a list with an even number of elements representing
28582 what happened during the request, with most recent events first,
28583 or an empty list if no events have occurred. Each pair is one of:
28584
28585 \(:redirect REDIRECTED-TO) - the request was redirected to this URL
28586 \(:error (ERROR-SYMBOL . DATA)) - an error occurred. The error can be
28587 signaled with (signal ERROR-SYMBOL DATA).
28588
28589 Return the buffer URL will load into, or nil if the process has
28590 already completed (i.e. URL was a mailto URL or similar; in this case
28591 the callback is not called).
28592
28593 The variables `url-request-data', `url-request-method' and
28594 `url-request-extra-headers' can be dynamically bound around the
28595 request; dynamic binding of other variables doesn't necessarily
28596 take effect.
28597
28598 \(fn URL CALLBACK &optional CBARGS)" nil nil)
28599
28600 (autoload (quote url-retrieve-synchronously) "url" "\
28601 Retrieve URL synchronously.
28602 Return the buffer containing the data, or nil if there are no data
28603 associated with it (the case for dired, info, or mailto URLs that need
28604 no further processing). URL is either a string or a parsed URL.
28605
28606 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28607
28608 ;;;***
28609 \f
28610 ;;;### (autoloads (url-register-auth-scheme url-get-authentication)
28611 ;;;;;; "url-auth" "url/url-auth.el" (17854 10173))
28612 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-auth.el
28613
28614 (autoload (quote url-get-authentication) "url-auth" "\
28615 Return an authorization string suitable for use in the WWW-Authenticate
28616 header in an HTTP/1.0 request.
28617
28618 URL is the url you are requesting authorization to. This can be either a
28619 string representing the URL, or the parsed representation returned by
28620 `url-generic-parse-url'
28621 REALM is the realm at a specific site we are looking for. This should be a
28622 string specifying the exact realm, or nil or the symbol 'any' to
28623 specify that the filename portion of the URL should be used as the
28624 realm
28625 TYPE is the type of authentication to be returned. This is either a string
28626 representing the type (basic, digest, etc), or nil or the symbol 'any'
28627 to specify that any authentication is acceptable. If requesting 'any'
28628 the strongest matching authentication will be returned. If this is
28629 wrong, it's no big deal, the error from the server will specify exactly
28630 what type of auth to use
28631 PROMPT is boolean - specifies whether to ask the user for a username/password
28632 if one cannot be found in the cache
28633
28634 \(fn URL REALM TYPE PROMPT &optional ARGS)" nil nil)
28635
28636 (autoload (quote url-register-auth-scheme) "url-auth" "\
28637 Register an HTTP authentication method.
28638
28639 TYPE is a string or symbol specifying the name of the method. This
28640 should be the same thing you expect to get returned in an Authenticate
28641 header in HTTP/1.0 - it will be downcased.
28642 FUNCTION is the function to call to get the authorization information. This
28643 defaults to `url-?-auth', where ? is TYPE
28644 RATING a rating between 1 and 10 of the strength of the authentication.
28645 This is used when asking for the best authentication for a specific
28646 URL. The item with the highest rating is returned.
28647
28648 \(fn TYPE &optional FUNCTION RATING)" nil nil)
28649
28650 ;;;***
28651 \f
28652 ;;;### (autoloads (url-cache-expired url-cache-extract url-is-cached
28653 ;;;;;; url-store-in-cache) "url-cache" "url/url-cache.el" (17842
28654 ;;;;;; 56569))
28655 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cache.el
28656
28657 (autoload (quote url-store-in-cache) "url-cache" "\
28658 Store buffer BUFF in the cache.
28659
28660 \(fn &optional BUFF)" nil nil)
28661
28662 (autoload (quote url-is-cached) "url-cache" "\
28663 Return non-nil if the URL is cached.
28664
28665 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28666
28667 (autoload (quote url-cache-extract) "url-cache" "\
28668 Extract FNAM from the local disk cache
28669
28670 \(fn FNAM)" nil nil)
28671
28672 (autoload (quote url-cache-expired) "url-cache" "\
28673 Return t iff a cached file has expired.
28674
28675 \(fn URL MOD)" nil nil)
28676
28677 ;;;***
28678 \f
28679 ;;;### (autoloads (url-cid) "url-cid" "url/url-cid.el" (17842 56569))
28680 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cid.el
28681
28682 (autoload (quote url-cid) "url-cid" "\
28683 Not documented
28684
28685 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28686
28687 ;;;***
28688 \f
28689 ;;;### (autoloads (url-dav-vc-registered url-dav-supported-p) "url-dav"
28690 ;;;;;; "url/url-dav.el" (17842 56569))
28691 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-dav.el
28692
28693 (autoload (quote url-dav-supported-p) "url-dav" "\
28694 Not documented
28695
28696 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28697
28698 (autoload (quote url-dav-vc-registered) "url-dav" "\
28699 Not documented
28700
28701 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28702
28703 ;;;***
28704 \f
28705 ;;;### (autoloads (url-file) "url-file" "url/url-file.el" (17842
28706 ;;;;;; 56569))
28707 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-file.el
28708
28709 (autoload (quote url-file) "url-file" "\
28710 Handle file: and ftp: URLs.
28711
28712 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
28713
28714 ;;;***
28715 \f
28716 ;;;### (autoloads (url-open-stream url-gateway-nslookup-host) "url-gw"
28717 ;;;;;; "url/url-gw.el" (17842 56569))
28718 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-gw.el
28719
28720 (autoload (quote url-gateway-nslookup-host) "url-gw" "\
28721 Attempt to resolve the given HOST using nslookup if possible.
28722
28723 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
28724
28725 (autoload (quote url-open-stream) "url-gw" "\
28726 Open a stream to HOST, possibly via a gateway.
28727 Args per `open-network-stream'.
28728 Will not make a connection if `url-gateway-unplugged' is non-nil.
28729 Might do a non-blocking connection; use `process-status' to check.
28730
28731 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE)" nil nil)
28732
28733 ;;;***
28734 \f
28735 ;;;### (autoloads (url-insert-file-contents url-file-local-copy url-copy-file
28736 ;;;;;; url-handler-mode) "url-handlers" "url/url-handlers.el" (17842
28737 ;;;;;; 56569))
28738 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-handlers.el
28739
28740 (defvar url-handler-mode nil "\
28741 Non-nil if Url-Handler mode is enabled.
28742 See the command `url-handler-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
28743 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28744 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28745 or call the function `url-handler-mode'.")
28746
28747 (custom-autoload (quote url-handler-mode) "url-handlers" nil)
28748
28749 (autoload (quote url-handler-mode) "url-handlers" "\
28750 Use URL to handle URL-like file names.
28751
28752 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28753
28754 (autoload (quote url-copy-file) "url-handlers" "\
28755 Copy URL to NEWNAME. Both args must be strings.
28756 Signals a `file-already-exists' error if file NEWNAME already exists,
28757 unless a third argument OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS is supplied and non-nil.
28758 A number as third arg means request confirmation if NEWNAME already exists.
28759 This is what happens in interactive use with M-x.
28760 Fourth arg KEEP-TIME non-nil means give the new file the same
28761 last-modified time as the old one. (This works on only some systems.)
28762 A prefix arg makes KEEP-TIME non-nil.
28763
28764 \(fn URL NEWNAME &optional OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS KEEP-TIME)" nil nil)
28765
28766 (autoload (quote url-file-local-copy) "url-handlers" "\
28767 Copy URL into a temporary file on this machine.
28768 Returns the name of the local copy, or nil, if FILE is directly
28769 accessible.
28770
28771 \(fn URL &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
28772
28773 (autoload (quote url-insert-file-contents) "url-handlers" "\
28774 Not documented
28775
28776 \(fn URL &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
28777
28778 ;;;***
28779 \f
28780 ;;;### (autoloads (url-http-options url-http-file-attributes url-http-file-exists-p
28781 ;;;;;; url-http) "url-http" "url/url-http.el" (17952 11683))
28782 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-http.el
28783
28784 (autoload (quote url-http) "url-http" "\
28785 Retrieve URL via HTTP asynchronously.
28786 URL must be a parsed URL. See `url-generic-parse-url' for details.
28787 When retrieval is completed, the function CALLBACK is executed with
28788 CBARGS as the arguments.
28789
28790 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
28791
28792 (autoload (quote url-http-file-exists-p) "url-http" "\
28793 Not documented
28794
28795 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28796
28797 (defalias (quote url-http-file-readable-p) (quote url-http-file-exists-p))
28798
28799 (autoload (quote url-http-file-attributes) "url-http" "\
28800 Not documented
28801
28802 \(fn URL &optional ID-FORMAT)" nil nil)
28803
28804 (autoload (quote url-http-options) "url-http" "\
28805 Return a property list describing options available for URL.
28806 This list is retrieved using the `OPTIONS' HTTP method.
28807
28808 Property list members:
28809
28810 methods
28811 A list of symbols specifying what HTTP methods the resource
28812 supports.
28813
28814 dav
28815 A list of numbers specifying what DAV protocol/schema versions are
28816 supported.
28817
28818 dasl
28819 A list of supported DASL search types supported (string form)
28820
28821 ranges
28822 A list of the units available for use in partial document fetches.
28823
28824 p3p
28825 The `Platform For Privacy Protection' description for the resource.
28826 Currently this is just the raw header contents. This is likely to
28827 change once P3P is formally supported by the URL package or
28828 Emacs/W3.
28829
28830 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28831
28832 (defconst url-https-default-port 443 "\
28833 Default HTTPS port.")
28834
28835 (defconst url-https-asynchronous-p t "\
28836 HTTPS retrievals are asynchronous.")
28837
28838 (defalias (quote url-https-expand-file-name) (quote url-http-expand-file-name))
28839 (autoload 'url-https "url-http")
28840 (autoload 'url-https-file-exists-p "url-http")
28841 (autoload 'url-https-file-readable-p "url-http")
28842 (autoload 'url-https-file-attributes "url-http")
28843
28844 ;;;***
28845 \f
28846 ;;;### (autoloads (url-irc) "url-irc" "url/url-irc.el" (17842 56569))
28847 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-irc.el
28848
28849 (autoload (quote url-irc) "url-irc" "\
28850 Not documented
28851
28852 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28853
28854 ;;;***
28855 \f
28856 ;;;### (autoloads (url-ldap) "url-ldap" "url/url-ldap.el" (17842
28857 ;;;;;; 56569))
28858 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ldap.el
28859
28860 (autoload (quote url-ldap) "url-ldap" "\
28861 Perform an LDAP search specified by URL.
28862 The return value is a buffer displaying the search results in HTML.
28863 URL can be a URL string, or a URL vector of the type returned by
28864 `url-generic-parse-url'.
28865
28866 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28867
28868 ;;;***
28869 \f
28870 ;;;### (autoloads (url-mailto url-mail) "url-mailto" "url/url-mailto.el"
28871 ;;;;;; (18012 18089))
28872 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-mailto.el
28873
28874 (autoload (quote url-mail) "url-mailto" "\
28875 Not documented
28876
28877 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
28878
28879 (autoload (quote url-mailto) "url-mailto" "\
28880 Handle the mailto: URL syntax.
28881
28882 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28883
28884 ;;;***
28885 \f
28886 ;;;### (autoloads (url-data url-generic-emulator-loader url-info
28887 ;;;;;; url-man) "url-misc" "url/url-misc.el" (17842 56569))
28888 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-misc.el
28889
28890 (autoload (quote url-man) "url-misc" "\
28891 Fetch a Unix manual page URL.
28892
28893 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28894
28895 (autoload (quote url-info) "url-misc" "\
28896 Fetch a GNU Info URL.
28897
28898 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28899
28900 (autoload (quote url-generic-emulator-loader) "url-misc" "\
28901 Not documented
28902
28903 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28904
28905 (defalias (quote url-rlogin) (quote url-generic-emulator-loader))
28906
28907 (defalias (quote url-telnet) (quote url-generic-emulator-loader))
28908
28909 (defalias (quote url-tn3270) (quote url-generic-emulator-loader))
28910
28911 (autoload (quote url-data) "url-misc" "\
28912 Fetch a data URL (RFC 2397).
28913
28914 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28915
28916 ;;;***
28917 \f
28918 ;;;### (autoloads (url-snews url-news) "url-news" "url/url-news.el"
28919 ;;;;;; (17842 56569))
28920 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-news.el
28921
28922 (autoload (quote url-news) "url-news" "\
28923 Not documented
28924
28925 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28926
28927 (autoload (quote url-snews) "url-news" "\
28928 Not documented
28929
28930 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28931
28932 ;;;***
28933 \f
28934 ;;;### (autoloads (url-ns-user-pref url-ns-prefs isInNet isResolvable
28935 ;;;;;; dnsResolve dnsDomainIs isPlainHostName) "url-ns" "url/url-ns.el"
28936 ;;;;;; (17842 56569))
28937 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ns.el
28938
28939 (autoload (quote isPlainHostName) "url-ns" "\
28940 Not documented
28941
28942 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
28943
28944 (autoload (quote dnsDomainIs) "url-ns" "\
28945 Not documented
28946
28947 \(fn HOST DOM)" nil nil)
28948
28949 (autoload (quote dnsResolve) "url-ns" "\
28950 Not documented
28951
28952 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
28953
28954 (autoload (quote isResolvable) "url-ns" "\
28955 Not documented
28956
28957 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
28958
28959 (autoload (quote isInNet) "url-ns" "\
28960 Not documented
28961
28962 \(fn IP NET MASK)" nil nil)
28963
28964 (autoload (quote url-ns-prefs) "url-ns" "\
28965 Not documented
28966
28967 \(fn &optional FILE)" nil nil)
28968
28969 (autoload (quote url-ns-user-pref) "url-ns" "\
28970 Not documented
28971
28972 \(fn KEY &optional DEFAULT)" nil nil)
28973
28974 ;;;***
28975 \f
28976 ;;;### (autoloads (url-generic-parse-url url-recreate-url) "url-parse"
28977 ;;;;;; "url/url-parse.el" (17954 22157))
28978 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-parse.el
28979
28980 (autoload (quote url-recreate-url) "url-parse" "\
28981 Recreate a URL string from the parsed URLOBJ.
28982
28983 \(fn URLOBJ)" nil nil)
28984
28985 (autoload (quote url-generic-parse-url) "url-parse" "\
28986 Return a vector of the parts of URL.
28987 Format is:
28988 \[TYPE USER PASSWORD HOST PORT FILE TARGET ATTRIBUTES FULL]
28989
28990 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28991
28992 ;;;***
28993 \f
28994 ;;;### (autoloads (url-setup-privacy-info) "url-privacy" "url/url-privacy.el"
28995 ;;;;;; (17842 56569))
28996 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-privacy.el
28997
28998 (autoload (quote url-setup-privacy-info) "url-privacy" "\
28999 Setup variables that expose info about you and your system.
29000
29001 \(fn)" t nil)
29002
29003 ;;;***
29004 \f
29005 ;;;### (autoloads (url-view-url url-truncate-url-for-viewing url-file-extension
29006 ;;;;;; url-hexify-string url-unhex-string url-parse-query-string
29007 ;;;;;; url-basepath url-percentage url-display-percentage url-pretty-length
29008 ;;;;;; url-strip-leading-spaces url-eat-trailing-space url-get-normalized-date
29009 ;;;;;; url-lazy-message url-normalize-url url-insert-entities-in-string
29010 ;;;;;; url-parse-args url-debug url-debug) "url-util" "url/url-util.el"
29011 ;;;;;; (17842 56569))
29012 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-util.el
29013
29014 (defvar url-debug nil "\
29015 *What types of debug messages from the URL library to show.
29016 Debug messages are logged to the *URL-DEBUG* buffer.
29017
29018 If t, all messages will be logged.
29019 If a number, all messages will be logged, as well shown via `message'.
29020 If a list, it is a list of the types of messages to be logged.")
29021
29022 (custom-autoload (quote url-debug) "url-util" t)
29023
29024 (autoload (quote url-debug) "url-util" "\
29025 Not documented
29026
29027 \(fn TAG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29028
29029 (autoload (quote url-parse-args) "url-util" "\
29030 Not documented
29031
29032 \(fn STR &optional NODOWNCASE)" nil nil)
29033
29034 (autoload (quote url-insert-entities-in-string) "url-util" "\
29035 Convert HTML markup-start characters to entity references in STRING.
29036 Also replaces the \" character, so that the result may be safely used as
29037 an attribute value in a tag. Returns a new string with the result of the
29038 conversion. Replaces these characters as follows:
29039 & ==> &amp;
29040 < ==> &lt;
29041 > ==> &gt;
29042 \" ==> &quot;
29043
29044 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
29045
29046 (autoload (quote url-normalize-url) "url-util" "\
29047 Return a 'normalized' version of URL.
29048 Strips out default port numbers, etc.
29049
29050 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29051
29052 (autoload (quote url-lazy-message) "url-util" "\
29053 Just like `message', but is a no-op if called more than once a second.
29054 Will not do anything if `url-show-status' is nil.
29055
29056 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29057
29058 (autoload (quote url-get-normalized-date) "url-util" "\
29059 Return a 'real' date string that most HTTP servers can understand.
29060
29061 \(fn &optional SPECIFIED-TIME)" nil nil)
29062
29063 (autoload (quote url-eat-trailing-space) "url-util" "\
29064 Remove spaces/tabs at the end of a string.
29065
29066 \(fn X)" nil nil)
29067
29068 (autoload (quote url-strip-leading-spaces) "url-util" "\
29069 Remove spaces at the front of a string.
29070
29071 \(fn X)" nil nil)
29072
29073 (autoload (quote url-pretty-length) "url-util" "\
29074 Not documented
29075
29076 \(fn N)" nil nil)
29077
29078 (autoload (quote url-display-percentage) "url-util" "\
29079 Not documented
29080
29081 \(fn FMT PERC &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29082
29083 (autoload (quote url-percentage) "url-util" "\
29084 Not documented
29085
29086 \(fn X Y)" nil nil)
29087
29088 (autoload (quote url-basepath) "url-util" "\
29089 Return the base pathname of FILE, or the actual filename if X is true.
29090
29091 \(fn FILE &optional X)" nil nil)
29092
29093 (autoload (quote url-parse-query-string) "url-util" "\
29094 Not documented
29095
29096 \(fn QUERY &optional DOWNCASE ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
29097
29098 (autoload (quote url-unhex-string) "url-util" "\
29099 Remove %XX embedded spaces, etc in a url.
29100 If optional second argument ALLOW-NEWLINES is non-nil, then allow the
29101 decoding of carriage returns and line feeds in the string, which is normally
29102 forbidden in URL encoding.
29103
29104 \(fn STR &optional ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
29105
29106 (autoload (quote url-hexify-string) "url-util" "\
29107 Return a new string that is STRING URI-encoded.
29108 First, STRING is converted to utf-8, if necessary. Then, for each
29109 character in the utf-8 string, those found in `url-unreserved-chars'
29110 are left as-is, all others are represented as a three-character
29111 string: \"%\" followed by two lowercase hex digits.
29112
29113 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
29114
29115 (autoload (quote url-file-extension) "url-util" "\
29116 Return the filename extension of FNAME.
29117 If optional variable X is t,
29118 then return the basename of the file with the extension stripped off.
29119
29120 \(fn FNAME &optional X)" nil nil)
29121
29122 (autoload (quote url-truncate-url-for-viewing) "url-util" "\
29123 Return a shortened version of URL that is WIDTH characters or less wide.
29124 WIDTH defaults to the current frame width.
29125
29126 \(fn URL &optional WIDTH)" nil nil)
29127
29128 (autoload (quote url-view-url) "url-util" "\
29129 View the current document's URL.
29130 Optional argument NO-SHOW means just return the URL, don't show it in
29131 the minibuffer.
29132
29133 This uses `url-current-object', set locally to the buffer.
29134
29135 \(fn &optional NO-SHOW)" t nil)
29136
29137 ;;;***
29138 \f
29139 ;;;### (autoloads (ask-user-about-supersession-threat ask-user-about-lock)
29140 ;;;;;; "userlock" "userlock.el" (17842 58278))
29141 ;;; Generated autoloads from userlock.el
29142
29143 (autoload (quote ask-user-about-lock) "userlock" "\
29144 Ask user what to do when he wants to edit FILE but it is locked by OPPONENT.
29145 This function has a choice of three things to do:
29146 do (signal 'file-locked (list FILE OPPONENT))
29147 to refrain from editing the file
29148 return t (grab the lock on the file)
29149 return nil (edit the file even though it is locked).
29150 You can redefine this function to choose among those three alternatives
29151 in any way you like.
29152
29153 \(fn FILE OPPONENT)" nil nil)
29154
29155 (autoload (quote ask-user-about-supersession-threat) "userlock" "\
29156 Ask a user who is about to modify an obsolete buffer what to do.
29157 This function has two choices: it can return, in which case the modification
29158 of the buffer will proceed, or it can (signal 'file-supersession (file)),
29159 in which case the proposed buffer modification will not be made.
29160
29161 You can rewrite this to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do.
29162 The buffer in question is current when this function is called.
29163
29164 \(fn FN)" nil nil)
29165
29166 ;;;***
29167 \f
29168 ;;;### (autoloads nil "utf-7" "international/utf-7.el" (17842 54888))
29169 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/utf-7.el
29170 (autoload-coding-system 'utf-7 '(require 'utf-7))
29171
29172 ;;;***
29173 \f
29174 ;;;### (autoloads (uudecode-decode-region uudecode-decode-region-internal
29175 ;;;;;; uudecode-decode-region-external) "uudecode" "gnus/uudecode.el"
29176 ;;;;;; (17855 50203))
29177 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/uudecode.el
29178
29179 (autoload (quote uudecode-decode-region-external) "uudecode" "\
29180 Uudecode region between START and END using external program.
29181 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME. The program
29182 used is specified by `uudecode-decoder-program'.
29183
29184 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
29185
29186 (autoload (quote uudecode-decode-region-internal) "uudecode" "\
29187 Uudecode region between START and END without using an external program.
29188 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
29189
29190 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
29191
29192 (autoload (quote uudecode-decode-region) "uudecode" "\
29193 Uudecode region between START and END.
29194 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
29195
29196 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" nil nil)
29197
29198 ;;;***
29199 \f
29200 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-annotate vc-update-change-log vc-rename-file
29201 ;;;;;; vc-transfer-file vc-switch-backend vc-cancel-version vc-update
29202 ;;;;;; vc-revert-buffer vc-print-log vc-retrieve-snapshot vc-create-snapshot
29203 ;;;;;; vc-directory vc-merge vc-insert-headers vc-version-other-window
29204 ;;;;;; vc-diff vc-register vc-next-action vc-do-command edit-vc-file
29205 ;;;;;; with-vc-file vc-branch-part vc-trunk-p vc-before-checkin-hook
29206 ;;;;;; vc-checkin-hook vc-checkout-hook) "vc" "vc.el" (17992 30877))
29207 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc.el
29208
29209 (defvar vc-checkout-hook nil "\
29210 Normal hook (list of functions) run after checking out a file.
29211 See `run-hooks'.")
29212
29213 (custom-autoload (quote vc-checkout-hook) "vc" t)
29214
29215 (defvar vc-checkin-hook nil "\
29216 Normal hook (list of functions) run after a checkin is done.
29217 See also `log-edit-done-hook'.")
29218
29219 (custom-autoload (quote vc-checkin-hook) "vc" t)
29220
29221 (defvar vc-before-checkin-hook nil "\
29222 Normal hook (list of functions) run before a file is checked in.
29223 See `run-hooks'.")
29224
29225 (custom-autoload (quote vc-before-checkin-hook) "vc" t)
29226
29227 (autoload (quote vc-trunk-p) "vc" "\
29228 Return t if REV is a revision on the trunk.
29229
29230 \(fn REV)" nil nil)
29231
29232 (autoload (quote vc-branch-part) "vc" "\
29233 Return the branch part of a revision number REV.
29234
29235 \(fn REV)" nil nil)
29236
29237 (autoload (quote with-vc-file) "vc" "\
29238 Check out a writable copy of FILE if necessary, then execute BODY.
29239 Check in FILE with COMMENT (a string) after BODY has been executed.
29240 FILE is passed through `expand-file-name'; BODY executed within
29241 `save-excursion'. If FILE is not under version control, or locked by
29242 somebody else, signal error.
29243
29244 \(fn FILE COMMENT &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
29245
29246 (autoload (quote edit-vc-file) "vc" "\
29247 Edit FILE under version control, executing body.
29248 Checkin with COMMENT after executing BODY.
29249 This macro uses `with-vc-file', passing args to it.
29250 However, before executing BODY, find FILE, and after BODY, save buffer.
29251
29252 \(fn FILE COMMENT &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
29253
29254 (autoload (quote vc-do-command) "vc" "\
29255 Execute a VC command, notifying user and checking for errors.
29256 Output from COMMAND goes to BUFFER, or *vc* if BUFFER is nil or the
29257 current buffer if BUFFER is t. If the destination buffer is not
29258 already current, set it up properly and erase it. The command is
29259 considered successful if its exit status does not exceed OKSTATUS (if
29260 OKSTATUS is nil, that means to ignore error status, if it is `async', that
29261 means not to wait for termination of the subprocess; if it is t it means to
29262 ignore all execution errors). FILE is the
29263 name of the working file (may also be nil, to execute commands that
29264 don't expect a file name). If an optional list of FLAGS is present,
29265 that is inserted into the command line before the filename.
29266
29267 \(fn BUFFER OKSTATUS COMMAND FILE &rest FLAGS)" nil nil)
29268
29269 (autoload (quote vc-next-action) "vc" "\
29270 Do the next logical version control operation on the current file.
29271
29272 If you call this from within a VC dired buffer with no files marked,
29273 it will operate on the file in the current line.
29274
29275 If you call this from within a VC dired buffer, and one or more
29276 files are marked, it will accept a log message and then operate on
29277 each one. The log message will be used as a comment for any register
29278 or checkin operations, but ignored when doing checkouts. Attempted
29279 lock steals will raise an error.
29280
29281 A prefix argument lets you specify the version number to use.
29282
29283 For RCS and SCCS files:
29284 If the file is not already registered, this registers it for version
29285 control.
29286 If the file is registered and not locked by anyone, this checks out
29287 a writable and locked file ready for editing.
29288 If the file is checked out and locked by the calling user, this
29289 first checks to see if the file has changed since checkout. If not,
29290 it performs a revert.
29291 If the file has been changed, this pops up a buffer for entry
29292 of a log message; when the message has been entered, it checks in the
29293 resulting changes along with the log message as change commentary. If
29294 the variable `vc-keep-workfiles' is non-nil (which is its default), a
29295 read-only copy of the changed file is left in place afterwards.
29296 If the file is registered and locked by someone else, you are given
29297 the option to steal the lock.
29298
29299 For CVS files:
29300 If the file is not already registered, this registers it for version
29301 control. This does a \"cvs add\", but no \"cvs commit\".
29302 If the file is added but not committed, it is committed.
29303 If your working file is changed, but the repository file is
29304 unchanged, this pops up a buffer for entry of a log message; when the
29305 message has been entered, it checks in the resulting changes along
29306 with the logmessage as change commentary. A writable file is retained.
29307 If the repository file is changed, you are asked if you want to
29308 merge in the changes into your working copy.
29309
29310 \(fn VERBOSE)" t nil)
29311
29312 (autoload (quote vc-register) "vc" "\
29313 Register the current file into a version control system.
29314 With prefix argument SET-VERSION, allow user to specify initial version
29315 level. If COMMENT is present, use that as an initial comment.
29316
29317 The version control system to use is found by cycling through the list
29318 `vc-handled-backends'. The first backend in that list which declares
29319 itself responsible for the file (usually because other files in that
29320 directory are already registered under that backend) will be used to
29321 register the file. If no backend declares itself responsible, the
29322 first backend that could register the file is used.
29323
29324 \(fn &optional SET-VERSION COMMENT)" t nil)
29325
29326 (autoload (quote vc-diff) "vc" "\
29327 Display diffs between file versions.
29328 Normally this compares the current file and buffer with the most
29329 recent checked in version of that file. This uses no arguments. With
29330 a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads the file name to use and two
29331 version designators specifying which versions to compare. The
29332 optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
29333 saving the buffer.
29334
29335 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
29336
29337 (autoload (quote vc-version-other-window) "vc" "\
29338 Visit version REV of the current file in another window.
29339 If the current file is named `F', the version is named `F.~REV~'.
29340 If `F.~REV~' already exists, use it instead of checking it out again.
29341
29342 \(fn REV)" t nil)
29343
29344 (autoload (quote vc-insert-headers) "vc" "\
29345 Insert headers into a file for use with a version control system.
29346 Headers desired are inserted at point, and are pulled from
29347 the variable `vc-BACKEND-header'.
29348
29349 \(fn)" t nil)
29350
29351 (autoload (quote vc-merge) "vc" "\
29352 Merge changes between two versions into the current buffer's file.
29353 This asks for two versions to merge from in the minibuffer. If the
29354 first version is a branch number, then merge all changes from that
29355 branch. If the first version is empty, merge news, i.e. recent changes
29356 from the current branch.
29357
29358 See Info node `Merging'.
29359
29360 \(fn)" t nil)
29361
29362 (defalias (quote vc-resolve-conflicts) (quote smerge-ediff))
29363
29364 (autoload (quote vc-directory) "vc" "\
29365 Create a buffer in VC Dired Mode for directory DIR.
29366
29367 See Info node `VC Dired Mode'.
29368
29369 With prefix arg READ-SWITCHES, specify a value to override
29370 `dired-listing-switches' when generating the listing.
29371
29372 \(fn DIR READ-SWITCHES)" t nil)
29373
29374 (autoload (quote vc-create-snapshot) "vc" "\
29375 Descending recursively from DIR, make a snapshot called NAME.
29376 For each registered file, the version level of its latest version
29377 becomes part of the named configuration. If the prefix argument
29378 BRANCHP is given, the snapshot is made as a new branch and the files
29379 are checked out in that new branch.
29380
29381 \(fn DIR NAME BRANCHP)" t nil)
29382
29383 (autoload (quote vc-retrieve-snapshot) "vc" "\
29384 Descending recursively from DIR, retrieve the snapshot called NAME.
29385 If NAME is empty, it refers to the latest versions.
29386 If locking is used for the files in DIR, then there must not be any
29387 locked files at or below DIR (but if NAME is empty, locked files are
29388 allowed and simply skipped).
29389
29390 \(fn DIR NAME)" t nil)
29391
29392 (autoload (quote vc-print-log) "vc" "\
29393 List the change log of the current buffer in a window.
29394 If FOCUS-REV is non-nil, leave the point at that revision.
29395
29396 \(fn &optional FOCUS-REV)" t nil)
29397
29398 (autoload (quote vc-revert-buffer) "vc" "\
29399 Revert the current buffer's file to the version it was based on.
29400 This asks for confirmation if the buffer contents are not identical
29401 to that version. This function does not automatically pick up newer
29402 changes found in the master file; use \\[universal-argument] \\[vc-next-action] to do so.
29403
29404 \(fn)" t nil)
29405
29406 (autoload (quote vc-update) "vc" "\
29407 Update the current buffer's file to the latest version on its branch.
29408 If the file contains no changes, and is not locked, then this simply replaces
29409 the working file with the latest version on its branch. If the file contains
29410 changes, and the backend supports merging news, then any recent changes from
29411 the current branch are merged into the working file.
29412
29413 \(fn)" t nil)
29414
29415 (autoload (quote vc-cancel-version) "vc" "\
29416 Get rid of most recently checked in version of this file.
29417 A prefix argument NOREVERT means do not revert the buffer afterwards.
29418
29419 \(fn NOREVERT)" t nil)
29420
29421 (autoload (quote vc-switch-backend) "vc" "\
29422 Make BACKEND the current version control system for FILE.
29423 FILE must already be registered in BACKEND. The change is not
29424 permanent, only for the current session. This function only changes
29425 VC's perspective on FILE, it does not register or unregister it.
29426 By default, this command cycles through the registered backends.
29427 To get a prompt, use a prefix argument.
29428
29429 \(fn FILE BACKEND)" t nil)
29430
29431 (autoload (quote vc-transfer-file) "vc" "\
29432 Transfer FILE to another version control system NEW-BACKEND.
29433 If NEW-BACKEND has a higher precedence than FILE's current backend
29434 \(i.e. it comes earlier in `vc-handled-backends'), then register FILE in
29435 NEW-BACKEND, using the version number from the current backend as the
29436 base level. If NEW-BACKEND has a lower precedence than the current
29437 backend, then commit all changes that were made under the current
29438 backend to NEW-BACKEND, and unregister FILE from the current backend.
29439 \(If FILE is not yet registered under NEW-BACKEND, register it.)
29440
29441 \(fn FILE NEW-BACKEND)" nil nil)
29442
29443 (autoload (quote vc-rename-file) "vc" "\
29444 Rename file OLD to NEW, and rename its master file likewise.
29445
29446 \(fn OLD NEW)" t nil)
29447
29448 (autoload (quote vc-update-change-log) "vc" "\
29449 Find change log file and add entries from recent version control logs.
29450 Normally, find log entries for all registered files in the default
29451 directory.
29452
29453 With prefix arg of \\[universal-argument], only find log entries for the current buffer's file.
29454
29455 With any numeric prefix arg, find log entries for all currently visited
29456 files that are under version control. This puts all the entries in the
29457 log for the default directory, which may not be appropriate.
29458
29459 From a program, any ARGS are assumed to be filenames for which
29460 log entries should be gathered.
29461
29462 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
29463
29464 (autoload (quote vc-annotate) "vc" "\
29465 Display the edit history of the current file using colors.
29466
29467 This command creates a buffer that shows, for each line of the current
29468 file, when it was last edited and by whom. Additionally, colors are
29469 used to show the age of each line--blue means oldest, red means
29470 youngest, and intermediate colors indicate intermediate ages. By
29471 default, the time scale stretches back one year into the past;
29472 everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
29473
29474 With a prefix argument, this command asks two questions in the
29475 minibuffer. First, you may enter a version number; then the buffer
29476 displays and annotates that version instead of the current version
29477 \(type RET in the minibuffer to leave that default unchanged). Then,
29478 you are prompted for the time span in days which the color range
29479 should cover. For example, a time span of 20 days means that changes
29480 over the past 20 days are shown in red to blue, according to their
29481 age, and everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
29482
29483 Customization variables:
29484
29485 `vc-annotate-menu-elements' customizes the menu elements of the
29486 mode-specific menu. `vc-annotate-color-map' and
29487 `vc-annotate-very-old-color' defines the mapping of time to
29488 colors. `vc-annotate-background' specifies the background color.
29489
29490 \(fn FILE REV &optional DISPLAY-MODE BUF)" t nil)
29491
29492 ;;;***
29493 \f
29494 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-arch" "vc-arch.el" (17930 34221))
29495 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-arch.el
29496 (defun vc-arch-registered (file)
29497 (if (vc-find-root file "{arch}/=tagging-method")
29498 (progn
29499 (load "vc-arch")
29500 (vc-arch-registered file))))
29501
29502 ;;;***
29503 \f
29504 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-cvs" "vc-cvs.el" (17842 58278))
29505 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-cvs.el
29506 (defun vc-cvs-registered (f)
29507 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
29508 "CVS/Entries" (file-name-directory f)))
29509 (load "vc-cvs")
29510 (vc-cvs-registered f)))
29511
29512 ;;;***
29513 \f
29514 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-mcvs" "vc-mcvs.el" (17842 58278))
29515 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-mcvs.el
29516 (defun vc-mcvs-registered (file)
29517 (if (vc-find-root file "MCVS/CVS")
29518 (progn
29519 (load "vc-mcvs")
29520 (vc-mcvs-registered file))))
29521
29522 ;;;***
29523 \f
29524 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-rcs-master-templates) "vc-rcs" "vc-rcs.el"
29525 ;;;;;; (17925 15266))
29526 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-rcs.el
29527
29528 (defvar vc-rcs-master-templates (quote ("%sRCS/%s,v" "%s%s,v" "%sRCS/%s")) "\
29529 *Where to look for RCS master files.
29530 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
29531
29532 (custom-autoload (quote vc-rcs-master-templates) "vc-rcs" t)
29533 (defun vc-rcs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'RCS f))
29534
29535 ;;;***
29536 \f
29537 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-sccs-master-templates) "vc-sccs" "vc-sccs.el"
29538 ;;;;;; (17842 58278))
29539 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-sccs.el
29540
29541 (defvar vc-sccs-master-templates (quote ("%sSCCS/s.%s" "%ss.%s" vc-sccs-search-project-dir)) "\
29542 *Where to look for SCCS master files.
29543 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
29544
29545 (custom-autoload (quote vc-sccs-master-templates) "vc-sccs" t)
29546 (defun vc-sccs-registered(f) (vc-default-registered 'SCCS f))
29547
29548 (defun vc-sccs-search-project-dir (dirname basename) "\
29549 Return the name of a master file in the SCCS project directory.
29550 Does not check whether the file exists but returns nil if it does not
29551 find any project directory." (let ((project-dir (getenv "PROJECTDIR")) dirs dir) (when project-dir (if (file-name-absolute-p project-dir) (setq dirs (quote ("SCCS" ""))) (setq dirs (quote ("src/SCCS" "src" "source/SCCS" "source"))) (setq project-dir (expand-file-name (concat "~" project-dir)))) (while (and (not dir) dirs) (setq dir (expand-file-name (car dirs) project-dir)) (unless (file-directory-p dir) (setq dir nil) (setq dirs (cdr dirs)))) (and dir (expand-file-name (concat "s." basename) dir)))))
29552
29553 ;;;***
29554 \f
29555 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-svn" "vc-svn.el" (17881 64914))
29556 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-svn.el
29557 (defun vc-svn-registered (f)
29558 (let ((admin-dir (cond ((and (eq system-type 'windows-nt)
29559 (getenv "SVN_ASP_DOT_NET_HACK"))
29560 "_svn")
29561 (t ".svn"))))
29562 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
29563 (concat admin-dir "/entries")
29564 (file-name-directory f)))
29565 (load "vc-svn")
29566 (vc-svn-registered f))))
29567
29568 (add-to-list (quote completion-ignored-extensions) ".svn/")
29569
29570 ;;;***
29571 \f
29572 ;;;### (autoloads (vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "progmodes/vhdl-mode.el"
29573 ;;;;;; (17962 27361))
29574 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vhdl-mode.el
29575
29576 (autoload (quote vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "\
29577 Major mode for editing VHDL code.
29578
29579 Usage:
29580 ------
29581
29582 TEMPLATE INSERTION (electrification):
29583 After typing a VHDL keyword and entering `SPC', you are prompted for
29584 arguments while a template is generated for that VHDL construct. Typing
29585 `RET' or `C-g' at the first (mandatory) prompt aborts the current
29586 template generation. Optional arguments are indicated by square
29587 brackets and removed if the queried string is left empty. Prompts for
29588 mandatory arguments remain in the code if the queried string is left
29589 empty. They can be queried again by `C-c C-t C-q'. Enabled
29590 electrification is indicated by `/e' in the modeline.
29591
29592 Typing `M-SPC' after a keyword inserts a space without calling the
29593 template generator. Automatic template generation (i.e.
29594 electrification) can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-e' or by
29595 setting option `vhdl-electric-mode' (see OPTIONS).
29596
29597 Template generators can be invoked from the VHDL menu, by key
29598 bindings, by typing `C-c C-i C-c' and choosing a construct, or by typing
29599 the keyword (i.e. first word of menu entry not in parenthesis) and
29600 `SPC'. The following abbreviations can also be used: arch, attr, cond,
29601 conf, comp, cons, func, inst, pack, sig, var.
29602
29603 Template styles can be customized in customization group
29604 `vhdl-template' (see OPTIONS).
29605
29606
29607 HEADER INSERTION:
29608 A file header can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-h'. A file footer
29609 (template at the end of the file) can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-f'.
29610 See customization group `vhdl-header'.
29611
29612
29613 STUTTERING:
29614 Double striking of some keys inserts cumbersome VHDL syntax elements.
29615 Stuttering can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-s' or by
29616 option `vhdl-stutter-mode'. Enabled stuttering is indicated by `/s' in
29617 the modeline. The stuttering keys and their effects are:
29618
29619 ;; --> \" : \" [ --> ( -- --> comment
29620 ;;; --> \" := \" [[ --> [ --CR --> comment-out code
29621 .. --> \" => \" ] --> ) --- --> horizontal line
29622 ,, --> \" <= \" ]] --> ] ---- --> display comment
29623 == --> \" == \" '' --> \\\"
29624
29625
29626 WORD COMPLETION:
29627 Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks for a VHDL keyword or a
29628 word in the buffer that starts alike, inserts it and adjusts case.
29629 Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word completions. This also
29630 works in the minibuffer (i.e. in template generator prompts).
29631
29632 Typing `TAB' after `(' looks for and inserts complete parenthesized
29633 expressions (e.g. for array index ranges). All keywords as well as
29634 standard types and subprograms of VHDL have predefined abbreviations
29635 (e.g. type \"std\" and `TAB' will toggle through all standard types
29636 beginning with \"std\").
29637
29638 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character indents the line if at the
29639 beginning of a line (i.e. no preceding non-blank characters), and
29640 inserts a tabulator stop otherwise. `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator
29641 stop.
29642
29643
29644 COMMENTS:
29645 `--' puts a single comment.
29646 `---' draws a horizontal line for separating code segments.
29647 `----' inserts a display comment, i.e. two horizontal lines
29648 with a comment in between.
29649 `--CR' comments out code on that line. Re-hitting CR comments
29650 out following lines.
29651 `C-c c' comments out a region if not commented out,
29652 uncomments a region if already commented out.
29653
29654 You are prompted for comments after object definitions (i.e. signals,
29655 variables, constants, ports) and after subprogram and process
29656 specifications if option `vhdl-prompt-for-comments' is non-nil.
29657 Comments are automatically inserted as additional labels (e.g. after
29658 begin statements) and as help comments if `vhdl-self-insert-comments' is
29659 non-nil.
29660
29661 Inline comments (i.e. comments after a piece of code on the same line)
29662 are indented at least to `vhdl-inline-comment-column'. Comments go at
29663 maximum to `vhdl-end-comment-column'. `RET' after a space in a comment
29664 will open a new comment line. Typing beyond `vhdl-end-comment-column'
29665 in a comment automatically opens a new comment line. `M-q' re-fills
29666 multi-line comments.
29667
29668
29669 INDENTATION:
29670 `TAB' indents a line if at the beginning of the line. The amount of
29671 indentation is specified by option `vhdl-basic-offset'. `C-c C-i C-l'
29672 always indents the current line (is bound to `TAB' if option
29673 `vhdl-intelligent-tab' is nil).
29674
29675 Indentation can be done for a group of lines (`C-c C-i C-g'), a region
29676 (`M-C-\\') or the entire buffer (menu). Argument and port lists are
29677 indented normally (nil) or relative to the opening parenthesis (non-nil)
29678 according to option `vhdl-argument-list-indent'.
29679
29680 If option `vhdl-indent-tabs-mode' is nil, spaces are used instead of
29681 tabs. `M-x tabify' and `M-x untabify' allow to convert spaces to tabs
29682 and vice versa.
29683
29684 Syntax-based indentation can be very slow in large files. Option
29685 `vhdl-indent-syntax-based' allows to use faster but simpler indentation.
29686
29687
29688 ALIGNMENT:
29689 The alignment functions align operators, keywords, and inline comments
29690 to beautify the code. `C-c C-a C-a' aligns a group of consecutive lines
29691 separated by blank lines, `C-c C-a C-i' a block of lines with same
29692 indent. `C-c C-a C-l' aligns all lines belonging to a list enclosed by
29693 a pair of parentheses (e.g. port clause/map, argument list), and `C-c
29694 C-a C-d' all lines within the declarative part of a design unit. `C-c
29695 C-a M-a' aligns an entire region. `C-c C-a C-c' aligns inline comments
29696 for a group of lines, and `C-c C-a M-c' for a region.
29697
29698 If option `vhdl-align-groups' is non-nil, groups of code lines
29699 separated by special lines (see option `vhdl-align-group-separate') are
29700 aligned individually. If option `vhdl-align-same-indent' is non-nil,
29701 blocks of lines with same indent are aligned separately. Some templates
29702 are automatically aligned after generation if option `vhdl-auto-align'
29703 is non-nil.
29704
29705 Alignment tries to align inline comments at
29706 `vhdl-inline-comment-column' and tries inline comment not to exceed
29707 `vhdl-end-comment-column'.
29708
29709 `C-c C-x M-w' fixes up whitespace in a region. That is, operator
29710 symbols are surrounded by one space, and multiple spaces are eliminated.
29711
29712
29713 CODE FILLING:
29714 Code filling allows to condense code (e.g. sensitivity lists or port
29715 maps) by removing comments and newlines and re-wrapping so that all
29716 lines are maximally filled (block filling). `C-c C-f C-f' fills a list
29717 enclosed by parenthesis, `C-c C-f C-g' a group of lines separated by
29718 blank lines, `C-c C-f C-i' a block of lines with same indent, and
29719 `C-c C-f M-f' an entire region.
29720
29721
29722 CODE BEAUTIFICATION:
29723 `C-c M-b' and `C-c C-b' beautify the code of a region or of the entire
29724 buffer respectively. This inludes indentation, alignment, and case
29725 fixing. Code beautification can also be run non-interactively using the
29726 command:
29727
29728 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs filename.vhd -f vhdl-beautify-buffer
29729
29730
29731 PORT TRANSLATION:
29732 Generic and port clauses from entity or component declarations can be
29733 copied (`C-c C-p C-w') and pasted as entity and component declarations,
29734 as component instantiations and corresponding internal constants and
29735 signals, as a generic map with constants as actual generics, and as
29736 internal signal initializations (menu).
29737
29738 To include formals in component instantiations, see option
29739 `vhdl-association-list-with-formals'. To include comments in pasting,
29740 see options `vhdl-include-...-comments'.
29741
29742 A clause with several generic/port names on the same line can be
29743 flattened (`C-c C-p C-f') so that only one name per line exists. The
29744 direction of ports can be reversed (`C-c C-p C-r'), i.e., inputs become
29745 outputs and vice versa, which can be useful in testbenches. (This
29746 reversion is done on the internal data structure and is only reflected
29747 in subsequent paste operations.)
29748
29749 Names for actual ports, instances, testbenches, and
29750 design-under-test instances can be derived from existing names according
29751 to options `vhdl-...-name'. See customization group `vhdl-port'.
29752
29753
29754 SUBPROGRAM TRANSLATION:
29755 Similar functionality exists for copying/pasting the interface of
29756 subprograms (function/procedure). A subprogram interface can be copied
29757 and then pasted as a subprogram declaration, body or call (uses
29758 association list with formals).
29759
29760
29761 TESTBENCH GENERATION:
29762 A copied port can also be pasted as a testbench. The generated
29763 testbench includes an entity, an architecture, and an optional
29764 configuration. The architecture contains the component declaration and
29765 instantiation of the DUT as well as internal constant and signal
29766 declarations. Additional user-defined templates can be inserted. The
29767 names used for entity/architecture/configuration/DUT as well as the file
29768 structure to be generated can be customized. See customization group
29769 `vhdl-testbench'.
29770
29771
29772 KEY BINDINGS:
29773 Key bindings (`C-c ...') exist for most commands (see in menu).
29774
29775
29776 VHDL MENU:
29777 All commands can be found in the VHDL menu including their key bindings.
29778
29779
29780 FILE BROWSER:
29781 The speedbar allows browsing of directories and file contents. It can
29782 be accessed from the VHDL menu and is automatically opened if option
29783 `vhdl-speedbar-auto-open' is non-nil.
29784
29785 In speedbar, open files and directories with `mouse-2' on the name and
29786 browse/rescan their contents with `mouse-2'/`S-mouse-2' on the `+'.
29787
29788
29789 DESIGN HIERARCHY BROWSER:
29790 The speedbar can also be used for browsing the hierarchy of design units
29791 contained in the source files of the current directory or the specified
29792 projects (see option `vhdl-project-alist').
29793
29794 The speedbar can be switched between file, directory hierarchy and
29795 project hierarchy browsing mode in the speedbar menu or by typing `f',
29796 `h' or `H' in speedbar.
29797
29798 In speedbar, open design units with `mouse-2' on the name and browse
29799 their hierarchy with `mouse-2' on the `+'. Ports can directly be copied
29800 from entities and components (in packages). Individual design units and
29801 complete designs can directly be compiled (\"Make\" menu entry).
29802
29803 The hierarchy is automatically updated upon saving a modified source
29804 file when option `vhdl-speedbar-update-on-saving' is non-nil. The
29805 hierarchy is only updated for projects that have been opened once in the
29806 speedbar. The hierarchy is cached between Emacs sessions in a file (see
29807 options in group `vhdl-speedbar').
29808
29809 Simple design consistency checks are done during scanning, such as
29810 multiple declarations of the same unit or missing primary units that are
29811 required by secondary units.
29812
29813
29814 STRUCTURAL COMPOSITION:
29815 Enables simple structural composition. `C-c C-c C-n' creates a skeleton
29816 for a new component. Subcomponents (i.e. component declaration and
29817 instantiation) can be automatically placed from a previously read port
29818 (`C-c C-c C-p') or directly from the hierarchy browser (`P'). Finally,
29819 all subcomponents can be automatically connected using internal signals
29820 and ports (`C-c C-c C-w') following these rules:
29821 - subcomponent actual ports with same name are considered to be
29822 connected by a signal (internal signal or port)
29823 - signals that are only inputs to subcomponents are considered as
29824 inputs to this component -> input port created
29825 - signals that are only outputs from subcomponents are considered as
29826 outputs from this component -> output port created
29827 - signals that are inputs to AND outputs from subcomponents are
29828 considered as internal connections -> internal signal created
29829
29830 Purpose: With appropriate naming conventions it is possible to
29831 create higher design levels with only a few mouse clicks or key
29832 strokes. A new design level can be created by simply generating a new
29833 component, placing the required subcomponents from the hierarchy
29834 browser, and wiring everything automatically.
29835
29836 Note: Automatic wiring only works reliably on templates of new
29837 components and component instantiations that were created by VHDL mode.
29838
29839 Component declarations can be placed in a components package (option
29840 `vhdl-use-components-package') which can be automatically generated for
29841 an entire directory or project (`C-c C-c M-p'). The VHDL'93 direct
29842 component instantiation is also supported (option
29843 `vhdl-use-direct-instantiation').
29844
29845 | Configuration declarations can automatically be generated either from
29846 | the menu (`C-c C-c C-f') (for the architecture the cursor is in) or from
29847 | the speedbar menu (for the architecture under the cursor). The
29848 | configurations can optionally be hierarchical (i.e. include all
29849 | component levels of a hierarchical design, option
29850 | `vhdl-compose-configuration-hierarchical') or include subconfigurations
29851 | (option `vhdl-compose-configuration-use-subconfiguration'). For
29852 | subcomponents in hierarchical configurations, the most-recently-analyzed
29853 | (mra) architecture is selected. If another architecture is desired, it
29854 | can be marked as most-recently-analyzed (speedbar menu) before
29855 | generating the configuration.
29856 |
29857 | Note: Configurations of subcomponents (i.e. hierarchical configuration
29858 | declarations) are currently not considered when displaying
29859 | configurations in speedbar.
29860
29861 See the options group `vhdl-compose' for all relevant user options.
29862
29863
29864 SOURCE FILE COMPILATION:
29865 The syntax of the current buffer can be analyzed by calling a VHDL
29866 compiler (menu, `C-c C-k'). The compiler to be used is specified by
29867 option `vhdl-compiler'. The available compilers are listed in option
29868 `vhdl-compiler-alist' including all required compilation command,
29869 command options, compilation directory, and error message syntax
29870 information. New compilers can be added.
29871
29872 All the source files of an entire design can be compiled by the `make'
29873 command (menu, `C-c M-C-k') if an appropriate Makefile exists.
29874
29875
29876 MAKEFILE GENERATION:
29877 Makefiles can be generated automatically by an internal generation
29878 routine (`C-c M-k'). The library unit dependency information is
29879 obtained from the hierarchy browser. Makefile generation can be
29880 customized for each compiler in option `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
29881
29882 Makefile generation can also be run non-interactively using the
29883 command:
29884
29885 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l vhdl-mode
29886 [-compiler compilername] [-project projectname]
29887 -f vhdl-generate-makefile
29888
29889 The Makefile's default target \"all\" compiles the entire design, the
29890 target \"clean\" removes it and the target \"library\" creates the
29891 library directory if not existent. The Makefile also includes a target
29892 for each primary library unit which allows selective compilation of this
29893 unit, its secondary units and its subhierarchy (example: compilation of
29894 a design specified by a configuration). User specific parts can be
29895 inserted into a Makefile with option `vhdl-makefile-generation-hook'.
29896
29897 Limitations:
29898 - Only library units and dependencies within the current library are
29899 considered. Makefiles for designs that span multiple libraries are
29900 not (yet) supported.
29901 - Only one-level configurations are supported (also hierarchical),
29902 but configurations that go down several levels are not.
29903 - The \"others\" keyword in configurations is not supported.
29904
29905
29906 PROJECTS:
29907 Projects can be defined in option `vhdl-project-alist' and a current
29908 project be selected using option `vhdl-project' (permanently) or from
29909 the menu or speedbar (temporarily). For each project, title and
29910 description strings (for the file headers), source files/directories
29911 (for the hierarchy browser and Makefile generation), library name, and
29912 compiler-dependent options, exceptions and compilation directory can be
29913 specified. Compilation settings overwrite the settings of option
29914 `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
29915
29916 Project setups can be exported (i.e. written to a file) and imported.
29917 Imported setups are not automatically saved in `vhdl-project-alist' but
29918 can be saved afterwards in its customization buffer. When starting
29919 Emacs with VHDL Mode (i.e. load a VHDL file or use \"emacs -l
29920 vhdl-mode\") in a directory with an existing project setup file, it is
29921 automatically loaded and its project activated if option
29922 `vhdl-project-auto-load' is non-nil. Names/paths of the project setup
29923 files can be specified in option `vhdl-project-file-name'. Multiple
29924 project setups can be automatically loaded from global directories.
29925 This is an alternative to specifying project setups with option
29926 `vhdl-project-alist'.
29927
29928
29929 SPECIAL MENUES:
29930 As an alternative to the speedbar, an index menu can be added (set
29931 option `vhdl-index-menu' to non-nil) or made accessible as a mouse menu
29932 (e.g. add \"(global-set-key '[S-down-mouse-3] 'imenu)\" to your start-up
29933 file) for browsing the file contents (is not populated if buffer is
29934 larger than `font-lock-maximum-size'). Also, a source file menu can be
29935 added (set option `vhdl-source-file-menu' to non-nil) for browsing the
29936 current directory for VHDL source files.
29937
29938
29939 VHDL STANDARDS:
29940 The VHDL standards to be used are specified in option `vhdl-standard'.
29941 Available standards are: VHDL'87/'93, VHDL-AMS, and Math Packages.
29942
29943
29944 KEYWORD CASE:
29945 Lower and upper case for keywords and standardized types, attributes,
29946 and enumeration values is supported. If the option
29947 `vhdl-upper-case-keywords' is set to non-nil, keywords can be typed in
29948 lower case and are converted into upper case automatically (not for
29949 types, attributes, and enumeration values). The case of keywords,
29950 types, attributes,and enumeration values can be fixed for an entire
29951 region (menu) or buffer (`C-c C-x C-c') according to the options
29952 `vhdl-upper-case-{keywords,types,attributes,enum-values}'.
29953
29954
29955 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification):
29956 Keywords and standardized types, attributes, enumeration values, and
29957 function names (controlled by option `vhdl-highlight-keywords'), as well
29958 as comments, strings, and template prompts are highlighted using
29959 different colors. Unit, subprogram, signal, variable, constant,
29960 parameter and generic/port names in declarations as well as labels are
29961 highlighted if option `vhdl-highlight-names' is non-nil.
29962
29963 Additional reserved words or words with a forbidden syntax (e.g. words
29964 that should be avoided) can be specified in option
29965 `vhdl-forbidden-words' or `vhdl-forbidden-syntax' and be highlighted in
29966 a warning color (option `vhdl-highlight-forbidden-words'). Verilog
29967 keywords are highlighted as forbidden words if option
29968 `vhdl-highlight-verilog-keywords' is non-nil.
29969
29970 Words with special syntax can be highlighted by specifying their
29971 syntax and color in option `vhdl-special-syntax-alist' and by setting
29972 option `vhdl-highlight-special-words' to non-nil. This allows to
29973 establish some naming conventions (e.g. to distinguish different kinds
29974 of signals or other objects by using name suffices) and to support them
29975 visually.
29976
29977 Option `vhdl-highlight-case-sensitive' can be set to non-nil in order
29978 to support case-sensitive highlighting. However, keywords are then only
29979 highlighted if written in lower case.
29980
29981 Code between \"translate_off\" and \"translate_on\" pragmas is
29982 highlighted using a different background color if option
29983 `vhdl-highlight-translate-off' is non-nil.
29984
29985 For documentation and customization of the used colors see
29986 customization group `vhdl-highlight-faces' (`M-x customize-group'). For
29987 highlighting of matching parenthesis, see customization group
29988 `paren-showing'. Automatic buffer highlighting is turned on/off by
29989 option `global-font-lock-mode' (`font-lock-auto-fontify' in XEmacs).
29990
29991
29992 USER MODELS:
29993 VHDL models (templates) can be specified by the user and made accessible
29994 in the menu, through key bindings (`C-c C-m ...'), or by keyword
29995 electrification. See option `vhdl-model-alist'.
29996
29997
29998 HIDE/SHOW:
29999 The code of blocks, processes, subprograms, component declarations and
30000 instantiations, generic/port clauses, and configuration declarations can
30001 be hidden using the `Hide/Show' menu or by pressing `S-mouse-2' within
30002 the code (see customization group `vhdl-menu'). XEmacs: limited
30003 functionality due to old `hideshow.el' package.
30004
30005
30006 CODE UPDATING:
30007 - Sensitivity List: `C-c C-u C-s' updates the sensitivity list of the
30008 current process, `C-c C-u M-s' of all processes in the current buffer.
30009 Limitations:
30010 - Only declared local signals (ports, signals declared in
30011 architecture and blocks) are automatically inserted.
30012 - Global signals declared in packages are not automatically inserted.
30013 Insert them once manually (will be kept afterwards).
30014 - Out parameters of procedures are considered to be read.
30015 Use option `vhdl-entity-file-name' to specify the entity file name
30016 (used to obtain the port names).
30017
30018
30019 CODE FIXING:
30020 `C-c C-x C-p' fixes the closing parenthesis of a generic/port clause
30021 (e.g. if the closing parenthesis is on the wrong line or is missing).
30022
30023
30024 PRINTING:
30025 Postscript printing with different faces (an optimized set of faces is
30026 used if `vhdl-print-customize-faces' is non-nil) or colors (if
30027 `ps-print-color-p' is non-nil) is possible using the standard Emacs
30028 postscript printing commands. Option `vhdl-print-two-column' defines
30029 appropriate default settings for nice landscape two-column printing.
30030 The paper format can be set by option `ps-paper-type'. Do not forget to
30031 switch `ps-print-color-p' to nil for printing on black-and-white
30032 printers.
30033
30034
30035 OPTIONS:
30036 User options allow customization of VHDL Mode. All options are
30037 accessible from the \"Options\" menu entry. Simple options (switches
30038 and choices) can directly be changed, while for complex options a
30039 customization buffer is opened. Changed options can be saved for future
30040 sessions using the \"Save Options\" menu entry.
30041
30042 Options and their detailed descriptions can also be accessed by using
30043 the \"Customize\" menu entry or the command `M-x customize-option' (`M-x
30044 customize-group' for groups). Some customizations only take effect
30045 after some action (read the NOTE in the option documentation).
30046 Customization can also be done globally (i.e. site-wide, read the
30047 INSTALL file).
30048
30049 Not all options are described in this documentation, so go and see
30050 what other useful user options there are (`M-x vhdl-customize' or menu)!
30051
30052
30053 FILE EXTENSIONS:
30054 As default, files with extensions \".vhd\" and \".vhdl\" are
30055 automatically recognized as VHDL source files. To add an extension
30056 \".xxx\", add the following line to your Emacs start-up file (`.emacs'):
30057
30058 (setq auto-mode-alist (cons '(\"\\\\.xxx\\\\'\" . vhdl-mode) auto-mode-alist))
30059
30060
30061 HINTS:
30062 - To start Emacs with open VHDL hierarchy browser without having to load
30063 a VHDL file first, use the command:
30064
30065 emacs -l vhdl-mode -f speedbar-frame-mode
30066
30067 - Type `C-g C-g' to interrupt long operations or if Emacs hangs.
30068
30069 - Some features only work on properly indented code.
30070
30071
30072 RELEASE NOTES:
30073 See also the release notes (menu) for added features in new releases.
30074
30075
30076 Maintenance:
30077 ------------
30078
30079 To submit a bug report, enter `M-x vhdl-submit-bug-report' within VHDL Mode.
30080 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
30081
30082 Questions and enhancement requests can be sent to <reto@gnu.org>.
30083
30084 The `vhdl-mode-announce' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode releases.
30085 The `vhdl-mode-victims' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode beta
30086 releases. You are kindly invited to participate in beta testing. Subscribe
30087 to above mailing lists by sending an email to <reto@gnu.org>.
30088
30089 VHDL Mode is officially distributed at
30090 http://opensource.ethz.ch/emacs/vhdl-mode.html
30091 where the latest version can be found.
30092
30093
30094 Known problems:
30095 ---------------
30096
30097 - Indentation bug in simultaneous if- and case-statements (VHDL-AMS).
30098 - XEmacs: Incorrect start-up when automatically opening speedbar.
30099 - XEmacs: Indentation in XEmacs 21.4 (and higher).
30100
30101
30102 The VHDL Mode Authors
30103 Reto Zimmermann and Rod Whitby
30104
30105 Key bindings:
30106 -------------
30107
30108 \\{vhdl-mode-map}
30109
30110 \(fn)" t nil)
30111
30112 ;;;***
30113 \f
30114 ;;;### (autoloads (vi-mode) "vi" "emulation/vi.el" (17788 40208))
30115 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vi.el
30116
30117 (autoload (quote vi-mode) "vi" "\
30118 Major mode that acts like the `vi' editor.
30119 The purpose of this mode is to provide you the combined power of vi (namely,
30120 the \"cross product\" effect of commands and repeat last changes) and Emacs.
30121
30122 This command redefines nearly all keys to look like vi commands.
30123 It records the previous major mode, and any vi command for input
30124 \(`i', `a', `s', etc.) switches back to that mode.
30125 Thus, ordinary Emacs (in whatever major mode you had been using)
30126 is \"input\" mode as far as vi is concerned.
30127
30128 To get back into vi from \"input\" mode, you must issue this command again.
30129 Therefore, it is recommended that you assign it to a key.
30130
30131 Major differences between this mode and real vi :
30132
30133 * Limitations and unsupported features
30134 - Search patterns with line offset (e.g. /pat/+3 or /pat/z.) are
30135 not supported.
30136 - Ex commands are not implemented; try ':' to get some hints.
30137 - No line undo (i.e. the 'U' command), but multi-undo is a standard feature.
30138
30139 * Modifications
30140 - The stopping positions for some point motion commands (word boundary,
30141 pattern search) are slightly different from standard 'vi'.
30142 Also, no automatic wrap around at end of buffer for pattern searching.
30143 - Since changes are done in two steps (deletion then insertion), you need
30144 to undo twice to completely undo a change command. But this is not needed
30145 for undoing a repeated change command.
30146 - No need to set/unset 'magic', to search for a string with regular expr
30147 in it just put a prefix arg for the search commands. Replace cmds too.
30148 - ^R is bound to incremental backward search, so use ^L to redraw screen.
30149
30150 * Extensions
30151 - Some standard (or modified) Emacs commands were integrated, such as
30152 incremental search, query replace, transpose objects, and keyboard macros.
30153 - In command state, ^X links to the 'ctl-x-map', and ESC can be linked to
30154 esc-map or set undefined. These can give you the full power of Emacs.
30155 - See vi-com-map for those keys that are extensions to standard vi, e.g.
30156 `vi-name-last-change-or-macro', `vi-verify-spelling', `vi-locate-def',
30157 `vi-mark-region', and 'vi-quote-words'. Some of them are quite handy.
30158 - Use \\[vi-switch-mode] to switch among different modes quickly.
30159
30160 Syntax table and abbrevs while in vi mode remain as they were in Emacs.
30161
30162 \(fn)" t nil)
30163
30164 ;;;***
30165 \f
30166 ;;;### (autoloads (viqr-pre-write-conversion viqr-post-read-conversion
30167 ;;;;;; viet-encode-viqr-buffer viet-encode-viqr-region viet-decode-viqr-buffer
30168 ;;;;;; viet-decode-viqr-region viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util"
30169 ;;;;;; "language/viet-util.el" (17842 58278))
30170 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/viet-util.el
30171
30172 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util" "\
30173 Return VISCII character code of CHAR if appropriate.
30174
30175 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
30176
30177 (autoload (quote viet-decode-viqr-region) "viet-util" "\
30178 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current region to Vietnamese characters.
30179 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
30180 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
30181
30182 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
30183
30184 (autoload (quote viet-decode-viqr-buffer) "viet-util" "\
30185 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current buffer to Vietnamese characters.
30186
30187 \(fn)" t nil)
30188
30189 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viqr-region) "viet-util" "\
30190 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current region to `VIQR' mnemonics.
30191 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
30192 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
30193
30194 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
30195
30196 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viqr-buffer) "viet-util" "\
30197 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current buffer to `VIQR' mnemonics.
30198
30199 \(fn)" t nil)
30200
30201 (autoload (quote viqr-post-read-conversion) "viet-util" "\
30202 Not documented
30203
30204 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
30205
30206 (autoload (quote viqr-pre-write-conversion) "viet-util" "\
30207 Not documented
30208
30209 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
30210
30211 ;;;***
30212 \f
30213 ;;;### (autoloads (View-exit-and-edit view-mode-enter view-mode view-buffer-other-frame
30214 ;;;;;; view-buffer-other-window view-buffer view-file-other-frame
30215 ;;;;;; view-file-other-window view-file) "view" "view.el" (18006
30216 ;;;;;; 55796))
30217 ;;; Generated autoloads from view.el
30218
30219 (defvar view-mode nil "\
30220 Non-nil if View mode is enabled.
30221 Don't change this variable directly, you must change it by one of the
30222 functions that enable or disable view mode.")
30223
30224 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote view-mode))
30225
30226 (autoload (quote view-file) "view" "\
30227 View FILE in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
30228 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
30229 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
30230 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30231 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30232 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30233
30234 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30235
30236 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
30237
30238 (autoload (quote view-file-other-window) "view" "\
30239 View FILE in View mode in another window.
30240 Return that window to its previous buffer when done.
30241 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
30242 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
30243 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30244 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30245 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30246
30247 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30248
30249 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
30250
30251 (autoload (quote view-file-other-frame) "view" "\
30252 View FILE in View mode in another frame.
30253 Maybe delete other frame and/or return to previous buffer when done.
30254 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
30255 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
30256 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30257 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30258 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30259
30260 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30261
30262 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
30263
30264 (autoload (quote view-buffer) "view" "\
30265 View BUFFER in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
30266 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
30267 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
30268 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30269 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30270 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30271
30272 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30273
30274 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
30275 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
30276 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
30277
30278 \(fn BUFFER &optional EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
30279
30280 (autoload (quote view-buffer-other-window) "view" "\
30281 View BUFFER in View mode in another window.
30282 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is non-nil.
30283 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
30284 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
30285 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30286 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30287 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30288
30289 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30290
30291 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
30292 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
30293 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
30294
30295 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
30296
30297 (autoload (quote view-buffer-other-frame) "view" "\
30298 View BUFFER in View mode in another frame.
30299 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is non-nil.
30300 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
30301 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
30302 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30303 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30304 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30305
30306 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30307
30308 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
30309 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
30310 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
30311
30312 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
30313
30314 (autoload (quote view-mode) "view" "\
30315 Toggle View mode, a minor mode for viewing text but not editing it.
30316 With ARG, turn View mode on iff ARG is positive.
30317
30318 Emacs commands that do not change the buffer contents are available as usual.
30319 Kill commands insert text in kill buffers but do not delete. Other commands
30320 \(among them most letters and punctuation) beep and tell that the buffer is
30321 read-only.
30322 \\<view-mode-map>
30323 The following additional commands are provided. Most commands take prefix
30324 arguments. Page commands default to \"page size\" lines which is almost a whole
30325 window full, or number of lines set by \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] or \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size]. Half page commands default to
30326 and set \"half page size\" lines which initially is half a window full. Search
30327 commands default to a repeat count of one.
30328
30329 H, h, ? This message.
30330 Digits provide prefix arguments.
30331 \\[negative-argument] negative prefix argument.
30332 \\[beginning-of-buffer] move to the beginning of buffer.
30333 > move to the end of buffer.
30334 \\[View-scroll-to-buffer-end] scroll so that buffer end is at last line of window.
30335 SPC scroll forward \"page size\" lines.
30336 With prefix scroll forward prefix lines.
30337 DEL scroll backward \"page size\" lines.
30338 With prefix scroll backward prefix lines.
30339 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-forward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
30340 \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-backward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
30341 \\[View-scroll-half-page-forward] scroll forward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
30342 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls forward that much.
30343 \\[View-scroll-half-page-backward] scroll backward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
30344 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls backward that much.
30345 RET, LFD scroll forward one line. With prefix scroll forward prefix line(s).
30346 y scroll backward one line. With prefix scroll backward prefix line(s).
30347 \\[View-revert-buffer-scroll-page-forward] revert-buffer if necessary and scroll forward.
30348 Use this to view a changing file.
30349 \\[what-line] prints the current line number.
30350 \\[View-goto-percent] goes prefix argument (default 100) percent into buffer.
30351 \\[View-goto-line] goes to line given by prefix argument (default first line).
30352 . set the mark.
30353 x exchanges point and mark.
30354 \\[View-back-to-mark] return to mark and pops mark ring.
30355 Mark ring is pushed at start of every successful search and when
30356 jump to line occurs. The mark is set on jump to buffer start or end.
30357 \\[point-to-register] save current position in character register.
30358 ' go to position saved in character register.
30359 s do forward incremental search.
30360 r do reverse incremental search.
30361 \\[View-search-regexp-forward] searches forward for regular expression, starting after current page.
30362 ! and @ have a special meaning at the beginning of the regexp.
30363 ! means search for a line with no match for regexp. @ means start
30364 search at beginning (end for backward search) of buffer.
30365 \\ searches backward for regular expression, starting before current page.
30366 \\[View-search-last-regexp-forward] searches forward for last regular expression.
30367 p searches backward for last regular expression.
30368 \\[View-quit] quit View mode, restoring this window and buffer to previous state.
30369 \\[View-quit] is the normal way to leave view mode.
30370 \\[View-exit] exit View mode but stay in current buffer. Use this if you started
30371 viewing a buffer (file) and find out you want to edit it.
30372 This command restores the previous read-only status of the buffer.
30373 \\[View-exit-and-edit] exit View mode, and make the current buffer editable
30374 even if it was not editable before entry to View mode.
30375 \\[View-quit-all] quit View mode, restoring all windows to previous state.
30376 \\[View-leave] quit View mode and maybe switch buffers, but don't kill this buffer.
30377 \\[View-kill-and-leave] quit View mode, kill current buffer and go back to other buffer.
30378
30379 The effect of \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] depends on how view-mode was entered. If it was
30380 entered by view-file, view-file-other-window, view-file-other-frame, or
30381 \\[dired-view-file] (\\[view-file], \\[view-file-other-window],
30382 \\[view-file-other-frame], or the Dired mode v command),
30383 then \\[View-quit] will try to kill the current buffer.
30384 If view-mode was entered from another buffer, by \\[view-buffer],
30385 \\[view-buffer-other-window], \\[view-buffer-other frame], \\[view-file],
30386 \\[view-file-other-window], or \\[view-file-other-frame],
30387 then \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] will return to that buffer.
30388
30389 Entry to view-mode runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30390
30391 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30392
30393 (autoload (quote view-mode-enter) "view" "\
30394 Enter View mode and set up exit from view mode depending on optional arguments.
30395 If RETURN-TO is non-nil it is added as an element to the buffer local alist
30396 `view-return-to-alist'.
30397 Save EXIT-ACTION in buffer local variable `view-exit-action'.
30398 It should be either nil or a function that takes a buffer as argument.
30399 This function will be called by `view-mode-exit'.
30400
30401 RETURN-TO is either nil, meaning do nothing when exiting view mode, or
30402 it has the format (WINDOW OLD-WINDOW . OLD-BUF-INFO).
30403 WINDOW is a window used for viewing.
30404 OLD-WINDOW is nil or the window to select after viewing.
30405 OLD-BUF-INFO tells what to do with WINDOW when exiting. It is one of:
30406 1) nil Do nothing.
30407 2) t Delete WINDOW or, if it is the only window, its frame.
30408 3) (OLD-BUFF START POINT) Display buffer OLD-BUFF with displayed text
30409 starting at START and point at POINT in WINDOW.
30410 4) quit-window Do `quit-window' in WINDOW.
30411
30412 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30413
30414 This function runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30415
30416 \(fn &optional RETURN-TO EXIT-ACTION)" nil nil)
30417
30418 (autoload (quote View-exit-and-edit) "view" "\
30419 Exit View mode and make the current buffer editable.
30420
30421 \(fn)" t nil)
30422
30423 ;;;***
30424 \f
30425 ;;;### (autoloads (vip-mode vip-setup) "vip" "emulation/vip.el" (17842
30426 ;;;;;; 54264))
30427 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vip.el
30428
30429 (autoload (quote vip-setup) "vip" "\
30430 Set up bindings for C-x 7 and C-z that are useful for VIP users.
30431
30432 \(fn)" nil nil)
30433
30434 (autoload (quote vip-mode) "vip" "\
30435 Turn on VIP emulation of VI.
30436
30437 \(fn)" t nil)
30438
30439 ;;;***
30440 \f
30441 ;;;### (autoloads (viper-mode toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "emulation/viper.el"
30442 ;;;;;; (17921 23052))
30443 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper.el
30444
30445 (autoload (quote toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "\
30446 Toggle Viper on/off.
30447 If Viper is enabled, turn it off. Otherwise, turn it on.
30448
30449 \(fn)" t nil)
30450
30451 (autoload (quote viper-mode) "viper" "\
30452 Turn on Viper emulation of Vi in Emacs. See Info node `(viper)Top'.
30453
30454 \(fn)" t nil)
30455
30456 ;;;***
30457 \f
30458 ;;;### (autoloads (warn lwarn display-warning) "warnings" "emacs-lisp/warnings.el"
30459 ;;;;;; (17935 13348))
30460 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/warnings.el
30461
30462 (defvar warning-prefix-function nil "\
30463 Function to generate warning prefixes.
30464 This function, if non-nil, is called with two arguments,
30465 the severity level and its entry in `warning-levels',
30466 and should return the entry that should actually be used.
30467 The warnings buffer is current when this function is called
30468 and the function can insert text in it. This text becomes
30469 the beginning of the warning.")
30470
30471 (defvar warning-series nil "\
30472 Non-nil means treat multiple `display-warning' calls as a series.
30473 A marker indicates a position in the warnings buffer
30474 which is the start of the current series; it means that
30475 additional warnings in the same buffer should not move point.
30476 t means the next warning begins a series (and stores a marker here).
30477 A symbol with a function definition is like t, except
30478 also call that function before the next warning.")
30479
30480 (defvar warning-fill-prefix nil "\
30481 Non-nil means fill each warning text using this string as `fill-prefix'.")
30482
30483 (defvar warning-type-format " (%s)" "\
30484 Format for displaying the warning type in the warning message.
30485 The result of formatting the type this way gets included in the
30486 message under the control of the string in `warning-levels'.")
30487
30488 (autoload (quote display-warning) "warnings" "\
30489 Display a warning message, MESSAGE.
30490 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
30491 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
30492 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories, for warning purposes
30493 only, and you can use whatever symbols you like.)
30494
30495 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
30496 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
30497 Default is :warning.
30498
30499 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
30500 if you do not attend to it promptly.
30501 :error -- data or circumstances that are inherently wrong.
30502 :warning -- data or circumstances that are not inherently wrong,
30503 but raise suspicion of a possible problem.
30504 :debug -- info for debugging only.
30505
30506 BUFFER-NAME, if specified, is the name of the buffer for logging
30507 the warning. By default, it is `*Warnings*'. If this function
30508 has to create the buffer, it disables undo in the buffer.
30509
30510 See the `warnings' custom group for user customization features.
30511
30512 See also `warning-series', `warning-prefix-function' and
30513 `warning-fill-prefix' for additional programming features.
30514
30515 \(fn TYPE MESSAGE &optional LEVEL BUFFER-NAME)" nil nil)
30516
30517 (autoload (quote lwarn) "warnings" "\
30518 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
30519 Aside from generating the message with `format',
30520 this is equivalent to `display-warning'.
30521
30522 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
30523 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
30524 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories and
30525 can be whatever you like.)
30526
30527 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
30528 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
30529
30530 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
30531 if you do not attend to it promptly.
30532 :error -- invalid data or circumstances.
30533 :warning -- suspicious data or circumstances.
30534 :debug -- info for debugging only.
30535
30536 \(fn TYPE LEVEL MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
30537
30538 (autoload (quote warn) "warnings" "\
30539 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
30540 Aside from generating the message with `format',
30541 this is equivalent to `display-warning', using
30542 `emacs' as the type and `:warning' as the level.
30543
30544 \(fn MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
30545
30546 ;;;***
30547 \f
30548 ;;;### (autoloads (wdired-change-to-wdired-mode) "wdired" "wdired.el"
30549 ;;;;;; (17842 58278))
30550 ;;; Generated autoloads from wdired.el
30551
30552 (autoload (quote wdired-change-to-wdired-mode) "wdired" "\
30553 Put a dired buffer in a mode in which filenames are editable.
30554 \\<wdired-mode-map>
30555 This mode allows the user to change the names of the files, and after
30556 typing \\[wdired-finish-edit] Emacs renames the files and directories
30557 in disk.
30558
30559 See `wdired-mode'.
30560
30561 \(fn)" t nil)
30562
30563 ;;;***
30564 \f
30565 ;;;### (autoloads (webjump) "webjump" "net/webjump.el" (17842 55218))
30566 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/webjump.el
30567
30568 (autoload (quote webjump) "webjump" "\
30569 Jumps to a Web site from a programmable hotlist.
30570
30571 See the documentation for the `webjump-sites' variable for how to customize the
30572 hotlist.
30573
30574 Please submit bug reports and other feedback to the author, Neil W. Van Dyke
30575 <nwv@acm.org>.
30576
30577 \(fn)" t nil)
30578
30579 ;;;***
30580 \f
30581 ;;;### (autoloads (which-function-mode) "which-func" "progmodes/which-func.el"
30582 ;;;;;; (17842 56332))
30583 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/which-func.el
30584 (put 'which-func-format 'risky-local-variable t)
30585 (put 'which-func-current 'risky-local-variable t)
30586
30587 (defalias (quote which-func-mode) (quote which-function-mode))
30588
30589 (defvar which-function-mode nil "\
30590 Non-nil if Which-Function mode is enabled.
30591 See the command `which-function-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
30592 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
30593 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
30594 or call the function `which-function-mode'.")
30595
30596 (custom-autoload (quote which-function-mode) "which-func" nil)
30597
30598 (autoload (quote which-function-mode) "which-func" "\
30599 Toggle Which Function mode, globally.
30600 When Which Function mode is enabled, the current function name is
30601 continuously displayed in the mode line, in certain major modes.
30602
30603 With prefix ARG, turn Which Function mode on iff arg is positive,
30604 and off otherwise.
30605
30606 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30607
30608 ;;;***
30609 \f
30610 ;;;### (autoloads (whitespace-write-file-hook whitespace-global-mode
30611 ;;;;;; whitespace-cleanup-region whitespace-cleanup whitespace-region
30612 ;;;;;; whitespace-buffer whitespace-toggle-ateol-check whitespace-toggle-spacetab-check
30613 ;;;;;; whitespace-toggle-indent-check whitespace-toggle-trailing-check
30614 ;;;;;; whitespace-toggle-leading-check) "whitespace" "whitespace.el"
30615 ;;;;;; (17925 15266))
30616 ;;; Generated autoloads from whitespace.el
30617
30618 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-leading-check) "whitespace" "\
30619 Toggle the check for leading space in the local buffer.
30620
30621 \(fn)" t nil)
30622
30623 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-trailing-check) "whitespace" "\
30624 Toggle the check for trailing space in the local buffer.
30625
30626 \(fn)" t nil)
30627
30628 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-indent-check) "whitespace" "\
30629 Toggle the check for indentation space in the local buffer.
30630
30631 \(fn)" t nil)
30632
30633 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-spacetab-check) "whitespace" "\
30634 Toggle the check for space-followed-by-TABs in the local buffer.
30635
30636 \(fn)" t nil)
30637
30638 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-ateol-check) "whitespace" "\
30639 Toggle the check for end-of-line space in the local buffer.
30640
30641 \(fn)" t nil)
30642
30643 (autoload (quote whitespace-buffer) "whitespace" "\
30644 Find five different types of white spaces in buffer.
30645 These are:
30646 1. Leading space (empty lines at the top of a file).
30647 2. Trailing space (empty lines at the end of a file).
30648 3. Indentation space (8 or more spaces, that should be replaced with TABS).
30649 4. Spaces followed by a TAB. (Almost always, we never want that).
30650 5. Spaces or TABS at the end of a line.
30651
30652 Check for whitespace only if this buffer really contains a non-empty file
30653 and:
30654 1. the major mode is one of the whitespace-modes, or
30655 2. `whitespace-buffer' was explicitly called with a prefix argument.
30656
30657 \(fn &optional QUIET)" t nil)
30658
30659 (autoload (quote whitespace-region) "whitespace" "\
30660 Check the region for whitespace errors.
30661
30662 \(fn S E)" t nil)
30663
30664 (autoload (quote whitespace-cleanup) "whitespace" "\
30665 Cleanup the five different kinds of whitespace problems.
30666 It normally applies to the whole buffer, but in Transient Mark mode
30667 when the mark is active it applies to the region.
30668 See `whitespace-buffer' docstring for a summary of the problems.
30669
30670 \(fn)" t nil)
30671
30672 (autoload (quote whitespace-cleanup-region) "whitespace" "\
30673 Whitespace cleanup on the region.
30674
30675 \(fn S E)" t nil)
30676
30677 (defalias (quote global-whitespace-mode) (quote whitespace-global-mode))
30678
30679 (defvar whitespace-global-mode nil "\
30680 Non-nil if Whitespace-Global mode is enabled.
30681 See the command `whitespace-global-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
30682 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
30683 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
30684 or call the function `whitespace-global-mode'.")
30685
30686 (custom-autoload (quote whitespace-global-mode) "whitespace" nil)
30687
30688 (autoload (quote whitespace-global-mode) "whitespace" "\
30689 Toggle using Whitespace mode in new buffers.
30690 With ARG, turn the mode on iff ARG is positive.
30691
30692 When this mode is active, `whitespace-buffer' is added to
30693 `find-file-hook' and `kill-buffer-hook'.
30694
30695 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30696
30697 (autoload (quote whitespace-write-file-hook) "whitespace" "\
30698 Hook function to be called on the buffer when whitespace check is enabled.
30699 This is meant to be added buffer-locally to `write-file-functions'.
30700
30701 \(fn)" t nil)
30702
30703 ;;;***
30704 \f
30705 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-minor-mode widget-browse-other-window widget-browse
30706 ;;;;;; widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "wid-browse.el" (17842 58278))
30707 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-browse.el
30708
30709 (autoload (quote widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "\
30710 Browse the widget under point.
30711
30712 \(fn POS)" t nil)
30713
30714 (autoload (quote widget-browse) "wid-browse" "\
30715 Create a widget browser for WIDGET.
30716
30717 \(fn WIDGET)" t nil)
30718
30719 (autoload (quote widget-browse-other-window) "wid-browse" "\
30720 Show widget browser for WIDGET in other window.
30721
30722 \(fn &optional WIDGET)" t nil)
30723
30724 (autoload (quote widget-minor-mode) "wid-browse" "\
30725 Togle minor mode for traversing widgets.
30726 With arg, turn widget mode on if and only if arg is positive.
30727
30728 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30729
30730 ;;;***
30731 \f
30732 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-setup widget-insert widget-delete widget-create
30733 ;;;;;; widget-prompt-value widgetp) "wid-edit" "wid-edit.el" (17952
30734 ;;;;;; 11093))
30735 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-edit.el
30736
30737 (autoload (quote widgetp) "wid-edit" "\
30738 Return non-nil iff WIDGET is a widget.
30739
30740 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
30741
30742 (autoload (quote widget-prompt-value) "wid-edit" "\
30743 Prompt for a value matching WIDGET, using PROMPT.
30744 The current value is assumed to be VALUE, unless UNBOUND is non-nil.
30745
30746 \(fn WIDGET PROMPT &optional VALUE UNBOUND)" nil nil)
30747
30748 (autoload (quote widget-create) "wid-edit" "\
30749 Create widget of TYPE.
30750 The optional ARGS are additional keyword arguments.
30751
30752 \(fn TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
30753
30754 (autoload (quote widget-delete) "wid-edit" "\
30755 Delete WIDGET.
30756
30757 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
30758
30759 (autoload (quote widget-insert) "wid-edit" "\
30760 Call `insert' with ARGS even if surrounding text is read only.
30761
30762 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
30763
30764 (defalias (quote advertised-widget-backward) (quote widget-backward))
30765
30766 (defvar widget-keymap (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map " " (quote widget-forward)) (define-key map "\e " (quote widget-backward)) (define-key map [(shift tab)] (quote advertised-widget-backward)) (define-key map [backtab] (quote widget-backward)) (define-key map [down-mouse-2] (quote widget-button-click)) (define-key map [down-mouse-1] (quote widget-button-click)) (define-key map " " (quote widget-button-press)) map) "\
30767 Keymap containing useful binding for buffers containing widgets.
30768 Recommended as a parent keymap for modes using widgets.")
30769
30770 (autoload (quote widget-setup) "wid-edit" "\
30771 Setup current buffer so editing string widgets works.
30772
30773 \(fn)" nil nil)
30774
30775 ;;;***
30776 \f
30777 ;;;### (autoloads (windmove-default-keybindings windmove-down windmove-right
30778 ;;;;;; windmove-up windmove-left) "windmove" "windmove.el" (17842
30779 ;;;;;; 58278))
30780 ;;; Generated autoloads from windmove.el
30781
30782 (autoload (quote windmove-left) "windmove" "\
30783 Select the window to the left of the current one.
30784 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
30785 \"left\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
30786 it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the bottom edge
30787 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
30788 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
30789
30790 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30791
30792 (autoload (quote windmove-up) "windmove" "\
30793 Select the window above the current one.
30794 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero, \"up\"
30795 is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise it is
30796 relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge (for
30797 negative ARG) of the current window.
30798 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
30799
30800 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30801
30802 (autoload (quote windmove-right) "windmove" "\
30803 Select the window to the right of the current one.
30804 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
30805 \"right\" is relative to the position of point in the window;
30806 otherwise it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the
30807 bottom edge (for negative ARG) of the current window.
30808 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
30809
30810 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30811
30812 (autoload (quote windmove-down) "windmove" "\
30813 Select the window below the current one.
30814 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
30815 \"down\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
30816 it is relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge
30817 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
30818 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
30819
30820 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30821
30822 (autoload (quote windmove-default-keybindings) "windmove" "\
30823 Set up keybindings for `windmove'.
30824 Keybindings are of the form MODIFIER-{left,right,up,down}.
30825 Default MODIFIER is 'shift.
30826
30827 \(fn &optional MODIFIER)" t nil)
30828
30829 ;;;***
30830 \f
30831 ;;;### (autoloads (winner-mode winner-mode) "winner" "winner.el"
30832 ;;;;;; (17842 58278))
30833 ;;; Generated autoloads from winner.el
30834
30835 (defvar winner-mode nil "\
30836 Toggle Winner mode.
30837 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
30838 use either \\[customize] or the function `winner-mode'.")
30839
30840 (custom-autoload (quote winner-mode) "winner" nil)
30841
30842 (autoload (quote winner-mode) "winner" "\
30843 Toggle Winner mode.
30844 With arg, turn Winner mode on if and only if arg is positive.
30845
30846 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30847
30848 ;;;***
30849 \f
30850 ;;;### (autoloads (woman-find-file woman-dired-find-file woman) "woman"
30851 ;;;;;; "woman.el" (17949 41467))
30852 ;;; Generated autoloads from woman.el
30853
30854 (autoload (quote woman) "woman" "\
30855 Browse UN*X man page for TOPIC (Without using external Man program).
30856 The major browsing mode used is essentially the standard Man mode.
30857 Choose the filename for the man page using completion, based on the
30858 topic selected from the directories specified in `woman-manpath' and
30859 `woman-path'. The directory expansions and topics are cached for
30860 speed, but a non-nil interactive argument forces the caches to be
30861 updated (e.g. to re-interpret the current directory).
30862
30863 Used non-interactively, arguments are optional: if given then TOPIC
30864 should be a topic string and non-nil RE-CACHE forces re-caching.
30865
30866 \(fn &optional TOPIC RE-CACHE)" t nil)
30867
30868 (autoload (quote woman-dired-find-file) "woman" "\
30869 In dired, run the WoMan man-page browser on this file.
30870
30871 \(fn)" t nil)
30872
30873 (autoload (quote woman-find-file) "woman" "\
30874 Find, decode and browse a specific UN*X man-page source file FILE-NAME.
30875 Use existing buffer if possible; reformat only if prefix arg given.
30876 When called interactively, optional argument REFORMAT forces reformatting
30877 of an existing WoMan buffer formatted earlier.
30878 No external programs are used, except that `gunzip' will be used to
30879 decompress the file if appropriate. See the documentation for the
30880 `woman' command for further details.
30881
30882 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional REFORMAT)" t nil)
30883
30884 ;;;***
30885 \f
30886 ;;;### (autoloads (wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "emulation/ws-mode.el"
30887 ;;;;;; (17842 54264))
30888 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/ws-mode.el
30889
30890 (autoload (quote wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "\
30891 Major mode with WordStar-like key bindings.
30892
30893 BUGS:
30894 - Help menus with WordStar commands (C-j just calls help-for-help)
30895 are not implemented
30896 - Options for search and replace
30897 - Show markers (C-k h) is somewhat strange
30898 - Search and replace (C-q a) is only available in forward direction
30899
30900 No key bindings beginning with ESC are installed, they will work
30901 Emacs-like.
30902
30903 The key bindings are:
30904
30905 C-a backward-word
30906 C-b fill-paragraph
30907 C-c scroll-up-line
30908 C-d forward-char
30909 C-e previous-line
30910 C-f forward-word
30911 C-g delete-char
30912 C-h backward-char
30913 C-i indent-for-tab-command
30914 C-j help-for-help
30915 C-k ordstar-C-k-map
30916 C-l ws-repeat-search
30917 C-n open-line
30918 C-p quoted-insert
30919 C-r scroll-down-line
30920 C-s backward-char
30921 C-t kill-word
30922 C-u keyboard-quit
30923 C-v overwrite-mode
30924 C-w scroll-down
30925 C-x next-line
30926 C-y kill-complete-line
30927 C-z scroll-up
30928
30929 C-k 0 ws-set-marker-0
30930 C-k 1 ws-set-marker-1
30931 C-k 2 ws-set-marker-2
30932 C-k 3 ws-set-marker-3
30933 C-k 4 ws-set-marker-4
30934 C-k 5 ws-set-marker-5
30935 C-k 6 ws-set-marker-6
30936 C-k 7 ws-set-marker-7
30937 C-k 8 ws-set-marker-8
30938 C-k 9 ws-set-marker-9
30939 C-k b ws-begin-block
30940 C-k c ws-copy-block
30941 C-k d save-buffers-kill-emacs
30942 C-k f find-file
30943 C-k h ws-show-markers
30944 C-k i ws-indent-block
30945 C-k k ws-end-block
30946 C-k p ws-print-block
30947 C-k q kill-emacs
30948 C-k r insert-file
30949 C-k s save-some-buffers
30950 C-k t ws-mark-word
30951 C-k u ws-exdent-block
30952 C-k C-u keyboard-quit
30953 C-k v ws-move-block
30954 C-k w ws-write-block
30955 C-k x kill-emacs
30956 C-k y ws-delete-block
30957
30958 C-o c wordstar-center-line
30959 C-o b switch-to-buffer
30960 C-o j justify-current-line
30961 C-o k kill-buffer
30962 C-o l list-buffers
30963 C-o m auto-fill-mode
30964 C-o r set-fill-column
30965 C-o C-u keyboard-quit
30966 C-o wd delete-other-windows
30967 C-o wh split-window-horizontally
30968 C-o wo other-window
30969 C-o wv split-window-vertically
30970
30971 C-q 0 ws-find-marker-0
30972 C-q 1 ws-find-marker-1
30973 C-q 2 ws-find-marker-2
30974 C-q 3 ws-find-marker-3
30975 C-q 4 ws-find-marker-4
30976 C-q 5 ws-find-marker-5
30977 C-q 6 ws-find-marker-6
30978 C-q 7 ws-find-marker-7
30979 C-q 8 ws-find-marker-8
30980 C-q 9 ws-find-marker-9
30981 C-q a ws-query-replace
30982 C-q b ws-to-block-begin
30983 C-q c end-of-buffer
30984 C-q d end-of-line
30985 C-q f ws-search
30986 C-q k ws-to-block-end
30987 C-q l ws-undo
30988 C-q p ws-last-cursorp
30989 C-q r beginning-of-buffer
30990 C-q C-u keyboard-quit
30991 C-q w ws-last-error
30992 C-q y ws-kill-eol
30993 C-q DEL ws-kill-bol
30994
30995 \(fn)" t nil)
30996
30997 ;;;***
30998 \f
30999 ;;;### (autoloads (xml-parse-region xml-parse-file) "xml" "xml.el"
31000 ;;;;;; (17916 14776))
31001 ;;; Generated autoloads from xml.el
31002
31003 (autoload (quote xml-parse-file) "xml" "\
31004 Parse the well-formed XML file FILE.
31005 If FILE is already visited, use its buffer and don't kill it.
31006 Returns the top node with all its children.
31007 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped.
31008 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded.
31009
31010 \(fn FILE &optional PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
31011
31012 (autoload (quote xml-parse-region) "xml" "\
31013 Parse the region from BEG to END in BUFFER.
31014 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to the current buffer.
31015 Returns the XML list for the region, or raises an error if the region
31016 is not well-formed XML.
31017 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped,
31018 and returned as the first element of the list.
31019 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded.
31020
31021 \(fn BEG END &optional BUFFER PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
31022
31023 ;;;***
31024 \f
31025 ;;;### (autoloads (xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "xt-mouse.el" (18007
31026 ;;;;;; 39657))
31027 ;;; Generated autoloads from xt-mouse.el
31028
31029 (defvar xterm-mouse-mode nil "\
31030 Non-nil if Xterm-Mouse mode is enabled.
31031 See the command `xterm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31032 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31033 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31034 or call the function `xterm-mouse-mode'.")
31035
31036 (custom-autoload (quote xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" nil)
31037
31038 (autoload (quote xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "\
31039 Toggle XTerm mouse mode.
31040 With prefix arg, turn XTerm mouse mode on iff arg is positive.
31041
31042 Turn it on to use Emacs mouse commands, and off to use xterm mouse commands.
31043 This works in terminal emulators compatible with xterm. It only
31044 works for simple uses of the mouse. Basically, only non-modified
31045 single clicks are supported. When turned on, the normal xterm
31046 mouse functionality for such clicks is still available by holding
31047 down the SHIFT key while pressing the mouse button.
31048
31049 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31050
31051 ;;;***
31052 \f
31053 ;;;### (autoloads (yenc-extract-filename yenc-decode-region) "yenc"
31054 ;;;;;; "gnus/yenc.el" (17842 54741))
31055 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/yenc.el
31056
31057 (autoload (quote yenc-decode-region) "yenc" "\
31058 Yenc decode region between START and END using an internal decoder.
31059
31060 \(fn START END)" t nil)
31061
31062 (autoload (quote yenc-extract-filename) "yenc" "\
31063 Extract file name from an yenc header.
31064
31065 \(fn)" nil nil)
31066
31067 ;;;***
31068 \f
31069 ;;;### (autoloads (psychoanalyze-pinhead apropos-zippy insert-zippyism
31070 ;;;;;; yow) "yow" "play/yow.el" (17842 55395))
31071 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/yow.el
31072
31073 (autoload (quote yow) "yow" "\
31074 Return or display a random Zippy quotation. With prefix arg, insert it.
31075
31076 \(fn &optional INSERT DISPLAY)" t nil)
31077
31078 (autoload (quote insert-zippyism) "yow" "\
31079 Prompt with completion for a known Zippy quotation, and insert it at point.
31080
31081 \(fn &optional ZIPPYISM)" t nil)
31082
31083 (autoload (quote apropos-zippy) "yow" "\
31084 Return a list of all Zippy quotes matching REGEXP.
31085 If called interactively, display a list of matches.
31086
31087 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
31088
31089 (autoload (quote psychoanalyze-pinhead) "yow" "\
31090 Zippy goes to the analyst.
31091
31092 \(fn)" t nil)
31093
31094 ;;;***
31095 \f
31096 ;;;### (autoloads (zone) "zone" "play/zone.el" (17941 38806))
31097 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/zone.el
31098
31099 (autoload (quote zone) "zone" "\
31100 Zone out, completely.
31101
31102 \(fn)" t nil)
31103
31104 ;;;***
31105 \f
31106 ;;;### (autoloads nil nil ("bindings.el" "buff-menu.el" "calc/calc-aent.el"
31107 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-alg.el" "calc/calc-arith.el" "calc/calc-bin.el"
31108 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-comb.el" "calc/calc-cplx.el" "calc/calc-embed.el"
31109 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-ext.el" "calc/calc-fin.el" "calc/calc-forms.el"
31110 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-frac.el" "calc/calc-funcs.el" "calc/calc-graph.el"
31111 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-help.el" "calc/calc-incom.el" "calc/calc-keypd.el"
31112 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-lang.el" "calc/calc-macs.el" "calc/calc-map.el"
31113 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-math.el" "calc/calc-misc.el" "calc/calc-mode.el"
31114 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-mtx.el" "calc/calc-poly.el" "calc/calc-prog.el"
31115 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-rewr.el" "calc/calc-rules.el" "calc/calc-sel.el"
31116 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-stat.el" "calc/calc-store.el" "calc/calc-stuff.el"
31117 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-trail.el" "calc/calc-undo.el" "calc/calc-units.el"
31118 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-vec.el" "calc/calc-yank.el" "calc/calcalg2.el"
31119 ;;;;;; "calc/calcalg3.el" "calc/calccomp.el" "calc/calcsel2.el"
31120 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-bahai.el" "calendar/cal-china.el" "calendar/cal-coptic.el"
31121 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-french.el" "calendar/cal-html.el" "calendar/cal-islam.el"
31122 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-iso.el" "calendar/cal-julian.el" "calendar/cal-mayan.el"
31123 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-menu.el" "calendar/cal-move.el" "calendar/cal-persia.el"
31124 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-tex.el" "calendar/cal-x.el" "case-table.el"
31125 ;;;;;; "cdl.el" "cus-dep.el" "cus-load.el" "cus-start.el" "custom.el"
31126 ;;;;;; "dframe.el" "dos-fns.el" "dos-vars.el" "dos-w32.el" "ediff-diff.el"
31127 ;;;;;; "ediff-init.el" "ediff-merg.el" "ediff-ptch.el" "ediff-vers.el"
31128 ;;;;;; "ediff-wind.el" "electric.el" "emacs-lisp/assoc.el" "emacs-lisp/authors.el"
31129 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/bindat.el" "emacs-lisp/byte-opt.el" "emacs-lisp/byte-run.el"
31130 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-compat.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-extra.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-macs.el"
31131 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-seq.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-specs.el" "emacs-lisp/cust-print.el"
31132 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/find-gc.el" "emacs-lisp/float-sup.el" "emacs-lisp/gulp.el"
31133 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/levents.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp-mnt.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp-mode.el"
31134 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/lisp.el" "emacs-lisp/lmenu.el" "emacs-lisp/lselect.el"
31135 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/lucid.el" "emacs-lisp/map-ynp.el" "emacs-lisp/regi.el"
31136 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/sregex.el" "emacs-lisp/syntax.el" "emacs-lisp/tcover-ses.el"
31137 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/tcover-unsafep.el" "emacs-lock.el" "emulation/cua-gmrk.el"
31138 ;;;;;; "emulation/cua-rect.el" "emulation/edt-lk201.el" "emulation/edt-mapper.el"
31139 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt-pc.el" "emulation/edt-vt100.el" "emulation/tpu-mapper.el"
31140 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-cmd.el" "emulation/viper-ex.el" "emulation/viper-init.el"
31141 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-keym.el" "emulation/viper-macs.el" "emulation/viper-mous.el"
31142 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-util.el" "env.el" "erc/erc-backend.el" "erc/erc-goodies.el"
31143 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-ibuffer.el" "erc/erc-lang.el" "erc/erc-nicklist.el"
31144 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-alias.el" "eshell/em-banner.el" "eshell/em-basic.el"
31145 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-cmpl.el" "eshell/em-dirs.el" "eshell/em-glob.el"
31146 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-hist.el" "eshell/em-ls.el" "eshell/em-pred.el"
31147 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-prompt.el" "eshell/em-rebind.el" "eshell/em-script.el"
31148 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-smart.el" "eshell/em-term.el" "eshell/em-unix.el"
31149 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-xtra.el" "eshell/esh-arg.el" "eshell/esh-cmd.el"
31150 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-ext.el" "eshell/esh-groups.el" "eshell/esh-io.el"
31151 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-maint.el" "eshell/esh-module.el" "eshell/esh-opt.el"
31152 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-proc.el" "eshell/esh-util.el" "eshell/esh-var.el"
31153 ;;;;;; "ezimage.el" "faces.el" "files.el" "finder-inf.el" "foldout.el"
31154 ;;;;;; "font-core.el" "font-lock.el" "format.el" "forms-d2.el" "forms-pass.el"
31155 ;;;;;; "frame.el" "fringe.el" "generic-x.el" "gnus/compface.el"
31156 ;;;;;; "gnus/dig.el" "gnus/dns.el" "gnus/format-spec.el" "gnus/gnus-async.el"
31157 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-bcklg.el" "gnus/gnus-cite.el" "gnus/gnus-cus.el"
31158 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-demon.el" "gnus/gnus-dup.el" "gnus/gnus-eform.el"
31159 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-ems.el" "gnus/gnus-gl.el" "gnus/gnus-int.el" "gnus/gnus-logic.el"
31160 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-mh.el" "gnus/gnus-salt.el" "gnus/gnus-score.el"
31161 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-setup.el" "gnus/gnus-srvr.el" "gnus/gnus-sum.el"
31162 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-topic.el" "gnus/gnus-undo.el" "gnus/gnus-util.el"
31163 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-uu.el" "gnus/gnus-vm.el" "gnus/hex-util.el" "gnus/ietf-drums.el"
31164 ;;;;;; "gnus/imap.el" "gnus/legacy-gnus-agent.el" "gnus/mail-parse.el"
31165 ;;;;;; "gnus/mail-prsvr.el" "gnus/mail-source.el" "gnus/mailcap.el"
31166 ;;;;;; "gnus/messcompat.el" "gnus/mm-bodies.el" "gnus/mm-decode.el"
31167 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-encode.el" "gnus/mm-util.el" "gnus/mm-view.el" "gnus/mml-sec.el"
31168 ;;;;;; "gnus/mml-smime.el" "gnus/mml.el" "gnus/nnagent.el" "gnus/nnbabyl.el"
31169 ;;;;;; "gnus/nndb.el" "gnus/nndir.el" "gnus/nndraft.el" "gnus/nneething.el"
31170 ;;;;;; "gnus/nngateway.el" "gnus/nnheader.el" "gnus/nnimap.el" "gnus/nnlistserv.el"
31171 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnmail.el" "gnus/nnmaildir.el" "gnus/nnmbox.el" "gnus/nnmh.el"
31172 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnnil.el" "gnus/nnoo.el" "gnus/nnrss.el" "gnus/nnslashdot.el"
31173 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnspool.el" "gnus/nntp.el" "gnus/nnultimate.el" "gnus/nnvirtual.el"
31174 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnwarchive.el" "gnus/nnweb.el" "gnus/nnwfm.el" "gnus/pop3.el"
31175 ;;;;;; "gnus/rfc1843.el" "gnus/rfc2045.el" "gnus/rfc2047.el" "gnus/rfc2104.el"
31176 ;;;;;; "gnus/rfc2231.el" "gnus/sieve-manage.el" "gnus/smime.el"
31177 ;;;;;; "gnus/spam-stat.el" "gnus/starttls.el" "gnus/utf7.el" "gnus/webmail.el"
31178 ;;;;;; "help.el" "indent.el" "international/characters.el" "international/fontset.el"
31179 ;;;;;; "international/iso-ascii.el" "international/ja-dic-cnv.el"
31180 ;;;;;; "international/ja-dic-utl.el" "international/latin-1.el"
31181 ;;;;;; "international/latin-2.el" "international/latin-3.el" "international/latin-4.el"
31182 ;;;;;; "international/latin-5.el" "international/latin-8.el" "international/latin-9.el"
31183 ;;;;;; "international/mule-cmds.el" "international/mule-conf.el"
31184 ;;;;;; "international/mule.el" "international/ogonek.el" "international/subst-big5.el"
31185 ;;;;;; "international/subst-gb2312.el" "international/subst-jis.el"
31186 ;;;;;; "international/subst-ksc.el" "international/ucs-tables.el"
31187 ;;;;;; "international/utf-16.el" "international/utf-8.el" "isearch.el"
31188 ;;;;;; "jit-lock.el" "jka-cmpr-hook.el" "kermit.el" "language/chinese.el"
31189 ;;;;;; "language/cyrillic.el" "language/czech.el" "language/devanagari.el"
31190 ;;;;;; "language/english.el" "language/ethiopic.el" "language/european.el"
31191 ;;;;;; "language/georgian.el" "language/greek.el" "language/hebrew.el"
31192 ;;;;;; "language/indian.el" "language/japanese.el" "language/kannada.el"
31193 ;;;;;; "language/korean.el" "language/lao.el" "language/malayalam.el"
31194 ;;;;;; "language/misc-lang.el" "language/romanian.el" "language/slovak.el"
31195 ;;;;;; "language/tamil.el" "language/thai-word.el" "language/thai.el"
31196 ;;;;;; "language/tibetan.el" "language/utf-8-lang.el" "language/vietnamese.el"
31197 ;;;;;; "ldefs-boot.el" "loadup.el" "mail/blessmail.el" "mail/mailheader.el"
31198 ;;;;;; "mail/mailpost.el" "mail/mspools.el" "mail/rfc2368.el" "mail/rfc822.el"
31199 ;;;;;; "mail/rmail-spam-filter.el" "mail/uce.el" "mail/vms-pmail.el"
31200 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-acros.el" "mh-e/mh-alias.el" "mh-e/mh-buffers.el"
31201 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-compat.el" "mh-e/mh-funcs.el" "mh-e/mh-gnus.el"
31202 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-identity.el" "mh-e/mh-inc.el" "mh-e/mh-junk.el"
31203 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-letter.el" "mh-e/mh-limit.el" "mh-e/mh-loaddefs.el"
31204 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-mime.el" "mh-e/mh-print.el" "mh-e/mh-scan.el" "mh-e/mh-search.el"
31205 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-seq.el" "mh-e/mh-show.el" "mh-e/mh-speed.el" "mh-e/mh-thread.el"
31206 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-tool-bar.el" "mh-e/mh-utils.el" "mh-e/mh-xface.el"
31207 ;;;;;; "misc.el" "mouse-copy.el" "mouse-drag.el" "mouse.el" "net/eudc-vars.el"
31208 ;;;;;; "net/eudcb-bbdb.el" "net/eudcb-ldap.el" "net/eudcb-mab.el"
31209 ;;;;;; "net/eudcb-ph.el" "net/ldap.el" "net/netrc.el" "net/tls.el"
31210 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-smb.el" "net/tramp-util.el" "net/tramp-uu.el"
31211 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-vc.el" "net/trampver.el" "patcomp.el" "paths.el"
31212 ;;;;;; "pcvs-info.el" "pcvs-parse.el" "pcvs-util.el" "pgg-def.el"
31213 ;;;;;; "pgg-parse.el" "pgg-pgp.el" "pgg-pgp5.el" "play/gamegrid.el"
31214 ;;;;;; "play/gametree.el" "play/meese.el" "progmodes/ada-prj.el"
31215 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-align.el" "progmodes/cc-awk.el" "progmodes/cc-bytecomp.el"
31216 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-cmds.el" "progmodes/cc-defs.el" "progmodes/cc-fonts.el"
31217 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-langs.el" "progmodes/cc-menus.el" "progmodes/ebnf-abn.el"
31218 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-bnf.el" "progmodes/ebnf-dtd.el" "progmodes/ebnf-ebx.el"
31219 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-iso.el" "progmodes/ebnf-otz.el" "progmodes/ebnf-yac.el"
31220 ;;;;;; "progmodes/idlw-complete-structtag.el" "progmodes/idlw-help.el"
31221 ;;;;;; "progmodes/idlw-toolbar.el" "progmodes/mantemp.el" "progmodes/xscheme.el"
31222 ;;;;;; "register.el" "replace.el" "rfn-eshadow.el" "s-region.el"
31223 ;;;;;; "saveplace.el" "sb-image.el" "scroll-bar.el" "select.el"
31224 ;;;;;; "soundex.el" "startup.el" "subdirs.el" "tempo.el" "termdev.el"
31225 ;;;;;; "textmodes/bib-mode.el" "textmodes/makeinfo.el" "textmodes/page-ext.el"
31226 ;;;;;; "textmodes/page.el" "textmodes/refbib.el" "textmodes/refer.el"
31227 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-auc.el" "textmodes/reftex-dcr.el" "textmodes/reftex-ref.el"
31228 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-sel.el" "textmodes/reftex-toc.el" "textmodes/texnfo-upd.el"
31229 ;;;;;; "textmodes/text-mode.el" "timezone.el" "tooltip.el" "tree-widget.el"
31230 ;;;;;; "uniquify.el" "url/url-about.el" "url/url-cookie.el" "url/url-dired.el"
31231 ;;;;;; "url/url-expand.el" "url/url-ftp.el" "url/url-history.el"
31232 ;;;;;; "url/url-imap.el" "url/url-methods.el" "url/url-nfs.el" "url/url-proxy.el"
31233 ;;;;;; "url/url-vars.el" "url/vc-dav.el" "vc-hooks.el" "vcursor.el"
31234 ;;;;;; "version.el" "vms-patch.el" "vmsproc.el" "vt-control.el"
31235 ;;;;;; "vt100-led.el" "w32-fns.el" "w32-vars.el" "widget.el" "window.el"
31236 ;;;;;; "x-dnd.el") (18016 62249 573562))
31237
31238 ;;;***
31239 \f
31240 ;;; Local Variables:
31241 ;;; version-control: never
31242 ;;; no-byte-compile: t
31243 ;;; no-update-autoloads: t
31244 ;;; End:
31245 ;;; loaddefs.el ends here